SEI-186 - Maintenance Manual CJ610

8
GEAirc~A Engines
CJ610
TURBOJET ENGINE
CJ61011
CJ61014
CJGI 015
(0 CJ610-6
CJGI018
CJ61018A
CJ61019
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTICE TO AIRCRAR OWNER
If you sell your aircraft, the new owner will require the material in this manual to maintain
and service the engines. Please forward this manual to the new owner as soon as
possible after the sale is completed.
MARCH 30, 1967

REVISION 21 JULY 15, 1999
CJ610 TURBOJET ENGINES
GEAircraftEnsines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Rev. Revision Date of Insertion

No. Date Approval Date By
Basic Mar 30/67 Mar 14/67
1 Nov 15/67 Dec 11/67
2 Apr 15/68 Mar 1/68
3 Jan 15/69 Jan 7/69
4 Sep 15/69 Sep 12/69
5 May 15/70 Apr 27/70
6 Oct 15/70 Oct 16/70
7 Jun 1/71 May 10/71
8 Nov 15/72 Oct 10/72
9 Nov 15/73 Oct 5/73
10 Sep 1/75 Jul 15/75
II Sep 1/76 Jul 8/76
12 Feb 23/77 Feb 17/77
13 Dec 1/77 Sep 29/77
14 Dec 30/78 Nov 14/78
15 Dec 1/79 Sep 24/79
16 Nov 1/80 Oct 14/80
17 Mar 30/84 May 31/84
18 Dec 31/91 Mar 10/92
19 Dec 31/95 Nov 15/96
Retain this record in the front of the manual. On receipt of revisions, insert revised
pages in the manual, enter revision number, date inserted, and name.
Page 1
CJ61 O TURBOJET ENGINES
GE Aircraft En9ines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Rev. Revision Date of Insertion

No. Date Approval Date By
20 May 31/98 Apr 15/98
21 Jul 15/99 Jun 8/99

10/28/99 ATP/ZS
Retain this record in the front of the manual. On receipt of revisions, insert revised
pages in the manual, enter revision number, date inserted, and name.
Page 2
GENERAL ELECTRIC-------
SEI-186 RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Temporary Inserted Date

Section No. Page No. Issue Date BY
Rev. No. By Removed
72-433 72-32-0 204 2-14-86 1/21/02 /VP

73 72-00 504 10-28-97 ATP/IT?I 6/25/981_4TP
II II
72-474 2 504 JRS

i
72-475 72-00 1 1
72-476 72-00 1&2 n n n
t72-477 72-00 1, II 1~ 11
-478 72-00 11 1~ II
72’00 1&2 II ill
5 5- -4´• 1/9103 ATP G

1
I,
7- II 11 8: p/ly
11 II
73- II
II a II
II 11
1 1 I,
11 ~I 11
1- s~- 7´•2- go-so 50 st oB B I

72-489 72-42-00 214 11/5/2010 ATP/RLL
72-490 72-40-00 203/204 11/19/2010 ATP/RD
72-491 72-40-00 207 11/19/2010 ATP/RD
72-492 72-40-00 211 11/19/2010 ATP/RD
5-006 5-21 21 10/21/2011 ATP/GM
72-493 72-53-00 201 12/13/2012 ATP/RLL
72-494 72-53-00 202B.2 12/13/2012 ATP/RLL
72-495 72-53-00 207 12/13/2012 ATP/RLL
72-496 72-53-00 208B 12/13/2012 ATP/RLL
72-497 72-53-00 208C/208D 12/13/2013 ATP/RLL
Retain t:7-s record in the front of the manual. On receipt of Temporary Revisions, insert
revisions into the manual and enter appropriate information in this record.
Page 1
CJ61 6 TU R BOJ ET
SEI-186
RECORD OF’ TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Temporary Inserted Date

Section No. Page No. Issue Date By
Rev. No. By Removed
Retain ~his record in the front of the manual. On receipt of Temporary Revisions, insert
revisions into the manual and enter appropriate information in this record.
Page Z
GE Aircraft Engines
General Electric Company

1000 Western Ave., Lynn, MA 01910
June 8, 1999
SUBJECT: Revision 21, dated July 15,1999, to the CJ610 Maintenance Manual SEI-186
Highlights of this revision are included in the front of every Chapter that is affected by this Revision.
Insert Revision 21 pages and remove the deleted pages in accordance with the List of Effective Pages included
with Revision 21. Make sure that all the previous´• revisions have been inserted. After you insert the pages of
Revision 21, note the necessary information on the Record of Revisions page, which contains the FAA approval
date.
To help improve our manuals, please report any deficiencies or submit any suggestions to the undersigned.
Please direct any questions concerning distribution (changes in address, incorrect quantities,
addressee changes, etc.) to:
Technical Services
10525 Chester Road
Cincinnati, Ohio 45215
USA
A~TTENTION: Diane Piening
Telephone: (513) 672-8400, Ext. 130

Fax: (513) 672-8422
THE INFORMATION (INCLUDING TECHNICAL DATA) CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS THE

PROPERTY OF GE. IT IS DISCLOSED IN CONFIDENCE AND THE TECHNICAL DATA THEREIN IS
EXPORTED UNDER U.S. GOVERNMENT LICENSE. THEREFORE, NONE OF THE INFORMATION MAY BE
DISCLOSED TO ANYONE OTHER THAN THE RECIPIENT, OR USED FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN TO
RENDER SERVICES TO GE, WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF GE. IN
ADDITION, THE TECHNICAL DATA THEREIN, AND THE DIRECT PRODUCT OF THE DATA, MAY NOT BE
DIVERTED, TRANSFERRED, RE-EXPORTED OR DISCLOSED IN ANY MANNER NOT PROVIDED FOR BY
THE LICENSE WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT.
L.C. Swart
Technical Information Operation
Telephone: (781) 594-2994
Fax: (781) 594-0600
GEAircraftEn~sines RAINTENANCE RANUAL
REVISION NO. 21, DATED JUL 15/99
CHAPTER/SECTION DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE PAGE (S)
INTRODUCTION Added D
step (precautions to prevent 2
unwanted objects or materials from
going into the engine, controls, or
accessories)
HIGHLIGHTS
Jul 15/99 INTRODUCTION
Page 1 of 1
CJB10 TURBOJET ENGINES
GEAircraftEnQines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
List of
Effective
Pages *I Jul 15/99
INTRO 1 Dec 31/95

*2 Jul 15/99
*2A thru 2B Jul 15/99
3 Feb 23/77
4 Dec ~1/95
5 Feb 23/77
6 Dec 31/95
7 Feb 23/77
Asterisk denotes pages added, changed, or deleted by this revision.
INTRODUCTION
Jul 15/99
GEAbCTaftEnqines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
LNTRODUC’llON
i. General.
A. This maintenance manual is written to cover the varying degrees of

maintenance that may be performed on the CJ610-1, -4, -8, -8A,
and -9 engines as used in business aircraft listed below. To overcome
the variances that are involved in dealing with an installed engine,

this manual is written on the premise that all areas of the engine are
accessible as when the engine is removed from the aircraft. The format
of the manual is based on the Air Transport Association Specification
100. Because of this format, the continuity of the chapter numbers is
broken down.
ENGINE MODEL AIRCRAFT APPLICATION
CJ610-1 LearJet 23, Hansa Jet, Jet Commander 1121/1121A
CJ610-4 LearJet 23 and 24
CJ610-5 Jet Commander 1121B, Hansa Jet
CJ610-6 LearJet 24B and 25
CJ610-8A LearJet 25, 28, 29
CJ610-9 Commodore Jet, Hansa Jet
NOTE: GE Aircraft Engines will not assume responsibility for engines

maintained, inspected, and repaired per the instructions of the
this manual which have been installed and operated in aircraft
other than those listed above.
NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, all instructions in this manual

identified as pertaining to engines also pertain
the CJ610-8
to’ the CJ61D-8A engines. E;risting references to the -8 engine
throughout the manual also apply to -8A engines. The manual
will be revised on an attrition basis to include the reference
to -8A engine.
B. Standard safety procedures, and precautionary measures

shop practices,
should be observedtimes to avoid damage or injury to equipment
at all
and persons. Warnings for hazardous substances have been.developed from
dated Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), when available. Each warning
is valid as of its specific preharation date. To ensure compliance with
current precautionary information:
(1) Read and follow specific instructions in MSDS for types of

personal protective equipment (safety glasses, gloves, apron,
etc.), for use of ventilators or respirators, for types of fire
extinguishers, and for treating medical emergencies.
INTRODUCTION
Dec 31/95 Pagel
GE Ail"craft En~qines MAINTENANCE ~MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARY REVISION INTRO 001

Filing
Instructions: Put this Temporary Revision (TR) in the CJ610
TURBOJET ENGINES Maintenance Manual SEI-186,
adjacent to page 2, dated Jul 15/99, in Chapter
INTRODUCTION.
Record this TR number in the Record of Temporary

Revisions.
Subject: Replacement Parts and Life-Limited Low Cycle

Fatigue (LCF) Parts
Reason: Revised the CAUTION stating to use only genuine

GEAE parts for the maintenance of GEAE engines.
Ghange: Revised the CAUTION before step C.
GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this document is GE proprietary

information and is disclosed in confidence. It is the property of CE
and shall not be used, disclosed to others or reproduced without the
express written consent of GE, including, but without limitation, it
is not to be used in the creation, manufacture, development, or
derivation of any repairs, modifications, spare parts, designs, or
configuration changes or to obtain FAA or any other government or
regulatory approval to do so. If consent is given for reproduction
in whole or in part, this notice and the notice set forth on each
page of this document shall appear in any such reproduction in whole
or in part. The information contained in this document may also be
controlled by U.S. export control laws. Unauthorited export or re-
export is prohibited.
Copyright <1967) General Electric Company, U.S.A.
FEL4 APPROVED DECEMBER 3, 2001
INTRODUCTION
Page’l of 2
Dec 3/01
GE Aircraft En~qines NIAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEFJIPORARYREVISION INTRO 001
CAUTION: GEAE RECOMMENDS THAT GENUINE GEAE PARTS BE USED IN

MAINTAINING YOUR GEAE
ENGINES. GEAE’S MANUALS, SERVICE
BULLETINS AND OTHER MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS RELATING TO
INSPECTION LIMITS, REPAIR METHODS, OPERATIONAL LIMITS, LIFE
LIMITS, AND THE LIKE ARE DEVELOPED AND APPROVED FOR USE
WITH GENUINE GEAE PARTS. GEAE DOES NOT TEST, CERTIFY FOR
ASSEMBLY OR USE, NOR ADDRESS IN ITS TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS
NON-GEAE PARTS.
c GEAE CUSTOMER CONTRACTS CONTAIN IMPORTANT WARRANTY AND
GUARANTEE BENEFITS, WHICH, UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES,
MAY BE IMPACTED BY THE USE OF NON-GEAE PARTS OR NON-GEAE-
SUBSTANTIATED REPAIRS. FOR EXAMPLE, NON-GEAE PARTS OR
REPAIRS NOT PERFORMED BY GE GENERALLY ARE NOT COVERED BY
THE GEAE WARRANTY. FURTHERMORE, ANY ENGINE DAMAGE CAUSED
IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OF A
NON-GEAE PART OR A REPAIR PROVIDED BY OTHERS MAY NOT BE
COVERED UNDER WARRANTY. THE SPECIFIC CONDITIONS AND
QUALIFICATIONS FOR WARRANTY/GUARANTEE COVERAGE ARE
DELINEATED IN THE PRODUCT SUPPORT PLAN PROVISIONS OF
THE APPLICABLE CUSTOMER CONTRACT.
c IF DOUBT EXISTS ON THE FLIGHTWORTHINESS OF A PART,
ANY
GE AIRCRAFT ENGINES MUST BE CONTACTED FOR A RECOMMENDED
COURSE.OF ACTION.
INTRODUCTION
Page 2 of 2
I3ec 3/01
GEAircraftEnsines MAINTENANC,E- MANUAL. .r
(2) Read and follow the hazardous materials label posted on the
container for the specific substance and the MSDS supplied by
the manufacturer.
(3) Follo~ established shop practices and procedures when you use,
handle, and store hazardous materials.
(4) Dispose of hazardous materials by complying with existing

federal, state, and local regulations.
CAUTIOhT: ONLY REPLACEMENT PARTS CERTIFIED AIRWORTHY BY GE AIRCRAFT

ENGINES, AN FAA-APPROVED CJ610 REPAIR FACILITY, OR A REPAIR
FACILITY OUTSIDE THE U.S. AUTHORIZED BY GE AIRCRAFT ENGINES
AND APPROVED BY TKE LOCAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY SHOULD BE
USED IN THE MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, AND OVERHAUL OF CJ610 ENGINES.
GE AIRCRAFT ENGINES SHALL ASSUME NO LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY
FOR DAMAGES CAUSED BY TEE USE OF PARTS WHICH ARE NOT CERTIFIED
AIRWORTHY PER THE ABOVE. FURTHER, ANY USED, NON-CERTIFIED GE
AIRCRAFT ENGINES PARTS SHOULD NOT BE USED AS REPLACEMENT PARTS.
THESE PARTS MAY HAVE BEEN EXPOSED TO CONDITIONS WHICH COULD
RESULT IN UNANTICIPATED FAILURE IF USED AS REPLACEMENT PARTS.
GE AIRCRAFT ENGINES SHALL ASSUME NO LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY
FOR DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OF USED, NO~-CrRTIFISD REPLACEMENTS
PARTS; IF ANY DOUBT EXISTS ON THE OF A PART, GE
AIRCRAFT ENGINES SHOULD BE CONTACTED FOR k RECOMMENDED COURSE
OF ACTION.
C. These instructions do not purport ~o cover all derails or variations

in eauipment nor to possible contingency to be mec
provide for every
in connections wi~h installation, operation, or main~enance. Should
further information be desired, or particular problems arise which are
not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purpose, the matter should
be referred to:
Manager, CJ610/CF700 Programs

GE Aircraft Engines
1000 Western Avenue
Lynn, MA 01910
USA
D. Precautions must be taken to prevent all unwanted objects or materials

from going engine or controls andaccessories. If at any time,
into the
you think unwanted objects or materials have gone into the engine or
controls anh accessories, the maintenance procedure must stop until
the unwanted objects or materials are located and removed. Before you
assemble or install engine parts, make sure that the part is fully
cleaned to prevent unwanted objects or materials from going into the
engine or controls and accessories. Suitable plugs, caps, and other
coverings must be used to protect all openings from unwanted objects or
materials.
NOTE: Please see the

TEMPORARY
REWSION
INTRODUCTION that revises this page.
Page 2 Jul 15/99
CJ610 TURB03ET ENGINES
GEAircraffEnsines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Organization of Manual.
A. Numbering System.
The Main~enance Manual employs a 3-element numbering system. The first

element denotes Chapter, the second element denotes the Section,
the
and the third element denotes the Subject or item. Example: 72-42-0.
(1) The chapters used in this manual are denoted as follows:
Chapter Chapter
Number Designation
5 Life Limits
72 Engine
73 Engine Fuel and Control
75..... Air
77 Indicating
78 Exhaust
79 Lubrication
80 Starting
INTRODUCTION
Ju115/99 Page 2A
(2] The sections used within the above chapter designation are
identified as follows:
Chapter Section Number Section Designation
5 -11 Life Limits
-21 Maintenance Practices Inspection/Check
72 -00 Engine General

-01 General Assembly Information
-02 General Inspection/Repair
-03 General Inspection Techniques
-30 Compressor Section
-31 through 39 Major Components of the Compressor Section
-40 Combustion Section
-41 through 49 Major Components of the Combustion Section
-50 Turbine Section
-51 through 59 Major Components of the Turbine Section
-60 Accessory Drives
-61 through 69 Major Components of the Accessory Drive

Section
73 -00 General
-10 Distribution
-11 through 19 Components of Distribution Section
-20 Controlling
-21 through 29 Components of Controlling Section
75 -00 General
-10 Power Plant Anti-Icing

-11 through 19 Components of Anti-Icing System
-30 Compressor Control
-31 through 39 Components of Compressor Control System
77 -00 General
-10 Power
-11 through 19 Components of Power Indicating System

-20 Temperature
-21 through 29 Components of Temperature Indicating System
78 -00 General
-10 Collector
-11 through 19 Major Components of Collector System
INTRODUCTION
Page 2B Jul 15/99
SEIEIIL~ tlttf~lt
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
79 -00 General
-10 Storage
-11 through 19 Major Components of Storage System
-20 Distribution
-21 through 29 Major Components of Distribution System
-40 Sump Pressurizing and Vent Systems
-41 through 49 Major Components of Sump Pressurizing and
Vent Systems
80 -00 General
-10 Cranking
-11 through 19 Components of Cranking System
-20 Ignition
-21 through 29 Components of Ignition System
(3) Separate subjects or units are covered within the respective sedtion
of each chapter. These subjects are denoted by the third element
digits. 1 and up indicates a part of the major component.
NOTE: The use of a zero (O) in the third element indicates coverage
of the entire assembly or major component as defined by the
second number.
Page Numbers.
Page number blocks are assigned to separate the subjects into topics.
The following blocks have been assigned for the respective topic uses:
Description and Operation pages 1 through 100

Troubleshooting pages 101 through 200
Maintenance Practices pages 201 through 300
NOTE: When individual sub-topics are too lengthy to include under the
above heading, they are treated as individual topics and are
found within the following blocks of page numbers.
Servicing pages 301 through 400

Removal/Installation pages 401 through 500
Adjustment/Test pages 501 through 600
Inspection/Check pages 601 through 700
Cleaning/Preservation pages 701 through 800
Repairs pages 801 through 900
A complete breakdown of pages, as shown above, is not used when the part
is small extremely simple
and and can be covered in from 1 to 5 pages.
These subject parts are page-numbered 201 through 205.
INTRODUCTZON
I Feb 23/77 Page 3
GENERAL ELECTRIC------
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C. Figure Numbers.
Illustrations are numbered consecutively within each topic. The figure

numbers within a topic use the same block of numbers as the page numbers.
Figures in Description and Operation 1 through 100
Figures in Maintenance Practices 201 through 300
D. Chapter Coverage.
(1) Complete coverage for the maintenance

particular part is included of a
under each subject head is referenced

all chapters except sec-
or in
tions 72-01. 72-02. and 72-03 on general procedures. These sections do
not cover any parts, only processes and procedures.
(2) When a process is used many times and it is a standard General Electric
process or procedure, it is included in either 72-01. 72-02. or 72-03

and are referenced´• in the other chapters.
(3) All special and standard torques for this engine are listed in 72-01-3.
When a special torque is required for a particular application it will
be given in the text as well as on the torque chart in this section.
Use standard torque value when a special torque value is not specified.
E. Organization of Inspection Data.
(1) The inspection of data for individual parts in most cases is arranged
in tables, which may or imay not include an illustration of the part.
(2) To use the tables, first inspect the part to determine what deviation
is present. When the deviation is located in the "Inspect" column.
then check the corresponding columns for "Maximum Serviceable Limit" to
ascertain whether the defect is serviceable. If the defect exceeds the

Maximum Serviceable Limits the part must be rejected from further ser-
vice until the defect in the part or section of the part is corrected.
INTRODUCTION
Page 4 Dec 31/95

i
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. SuDDlementarv Publication. The following is a list of C3610 publications, which

directly support this maintenance publication:
A. Operating Instructions (SEI-188)
The operating instructions give operating limits and special operating proce-
dures useful for pilots and maintenance personnel who will operate the engine
while installed in the aircraft. These instructions are not to be used for
testing the engines after maintenance or overhaul. Operations Engineering

Bulletins are also filed with this publication and offer pertinent informa-
tion.
B. Illustrated parts Catalog (SEI-137)
(1) The Illustrated Parts Catalog lists, describes, and illustrates assen-
blies, subassemblies, and detailed parts of the

engine. It is intended
only for
requisitioning, issuing, and identifying parts
and for illus-
trating relationships for disassembly, where applicable. It is not to
be used as the authority for procedures of assembly or disassembly.
(2) The catalog is also a historical record of parts used, superseded, and/
or discontinued.
4. Other SuDDlementarv Publications, The following list includes additional publi-

cations that support the engine but do not directly relate to the maintenance
phase of this engine.
Overhaul Manual (SEI-136)
(1) The Overhaul Manual defines the work that can be done at an overhaul
facility. Overhaul is defined as the work necessary to restore the
engine to its optimum level of performance.
(2) The manual of

procedures outlining the methods of disassembly.
consists
inspection, repair, and

assembly of individual engine components. En-
gine test procedures are presented to enable the user to evaluate the
success of the overhaul.
B. Accessories Overhaul Manual and Illustrated Parts Catalog (SEI-154)
(1) The Accessories Overhaul Manual and Illustrated Parts Catalog contains
detailed overhaul instructions for the accessories furnished on the
engine.
!2) The manual covers disassembly, cleaning, inspection, repairs, assembly

and testing of the accessories as listed in ~he Illustrated Parts Cata-
og (SEI-137). The manual also includes an illustrated parts catalog

for each of these accessories.
INTRODUCTION
Feb 23/77 Page 5
GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MAMIAL
5. Definitions. The following terms are used in the overhaul manual and are de
fined as follows:
NOTE: Notes call attention to methods which make the job easier.
CAUTION: CAUTIONS CALL ATTENTION TO METHODS AND PROCEDURES WHICH, IF NOT

PRECISELY FOLLOWED, POSE A PARTICULAR RISK OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
WARNING: WARNINGS CALL ATTENTION TO METHODS, PROCEDURES OR LIMITS WHICH, IF NOT

PRECISELY FOLLOWED, POSE A PARTICULAR RISK OF INJURY OR DEATH
TO PERSONS.
6. En~ine Directional References. (See figure i.) "Clockwise" and "counter-clock-

wise", "clock position" and other directional references apply to the engine in
a horizontal position, viewed from the rear, and with the accessories section at
the bottom. When components or struts are numbered in a circumferential direc-

tion the No. position is at 12 o’clock, or immediately clockwise from 12
1
o’clock. The remaining positions increase arithmetically in a clockwise posi-
tion.
7. Special Tools. The tools listed

in this publication are identified by part
numbers of GeneralCompany.Electric
These tools, or their equivalent, may be
used but are not required. Copies of the tool prints are available, or if de-
sirable, the tools may be purchased from General Electric.
Asbestos. The following warning is for asbestos parts, and must be strictly
complied with.
WARNING: ASBESTOS
THIS ENGINE MAY CONTAIN SMALL AMOUNTS OF ASBESTOS. WHEN WORKING WITH
THIS ENGINE, THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS MUST BE RIGIDLY ADHERED TO:
BEFORE ANY MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES ARE UNDERTAKEN, REVIEW THE ILLUS-

TRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN/CATALOG INDEX TO DETERMINE IF THE HARDWARE TO
BE WORKED ON OR USED CONTAINS ASBESTOS.
WHENEVER MECHANICAL REMOVAL OF MATERIAL, SUCH AS MACHINING, GRINDING,

BUFFING, DRILLING, SANDING OR ANY TYPE OF MATERIAL BUILD-UP ON PARTS
THAT CONTAIN ASBESTOS IS NECESSARY, APPROPRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT MUST BE WORN, AND NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS REQUIRED
FOR THE HANDLING OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL MUST BE COMPLIED
WITH.
BEFORE HANDLING, REPLACING, OR DISPOSING OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING HARD-

WARE, APPROPRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND NATIONAL ENVIRON
MENTAL CONTROLS MUST BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO FOR HANDLING ASBESTOS-
CONTAINING HARDWARE.
INTRODUCTION
Page 6 Dec 31/95

CEWERAL~B ELEC~RIC
C46(0 TURBOJET
TOP
(12 O’CLOCK)
RIGHT
AFT
(3 O’CLOCK)
r´•
s
,j i
DI RECTION
i OF
s/ ROTATION
I_Y’
t i I:
FORWARD
c´•v i
4:
I LEFT
(9 O’CLOCK)
BOTTOM
(6 O’CLOC K)
CJ610´•6105´•0-D2
Engine Directional Reference

Figure 1
INTRODUCTION
Feb 23/77 Page 7
C H A PT E R
TIME LIMITS/
MAINTENANCE
CH EC KS
CJ61 6 TU R BOJ ET
SEI-186
KAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 5 LIFE LIMITS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
5-11 LIFE LIMITS OF ENGINE ROTAING PARTS 1
General 1
Definitions 1
Examples 2
Affected Components 3
Recording Cycles 3
5-11-2 COMPRESSOR ROTOR LIFE LIMITS 1
General 1
Life Limits of Components of the Compressor Rotor 1
5-11-3 TURBINE ROTOR LIFE LIMITS 1
General 1
Life Limits of Components of the Turbine Rotor 1
5-11-4 BEARING LIFE LIMITS
General 1
Bearings 1
5-21 MAINTENANCE PRACTICES INSPECTION/CHECKS 1
General 1
Five-Year Corrosion
Inspection Requirement 1
Ten-Year Corrosion Inspection Requirement 2

Non-Scheduled (Over-Limits) Inspection/Checks 2
Inspection of Engines Subjected to Excessive
In-Flight G-Loading 2
Inspection of Engines Subjected to Overtemperature Operation... 3
Inspection of Engines Which Show Evidence of Hot-Streaking

(Burnouts) 3
Inspection of Engines Subjected to Overspeed 3
Inspection of Installed Engines Following Bleed Valve

Malfunction of Compressor Deceleration Stall 4
Accident and Incident Damage Special Inspection Workscope.... b
Inspection of Engines After the Aircraft Has Been

Hit by Lightning.............................................. 7
Scheduled Inspection/Checks 8
General 8
Daily Checks Preflight/Postflight 8
Periodic Inspection 8
Hot Section
Inpsection 8
Inspection Guide 11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Dec 31/95 Page 1

’CJB10 TURBOJET ENGINES
GEAircraftEnqines PIAINTENANCE MANUAL
REVISION NO. 20, DATED MAY 31/98
5-11, Deleted step B.(5), in paragraph 2 2

LIFE LIMITS (incorporation of TR 5-001)
5-11-4, Revised paragraph 1.B. (the life 1

LIFE LIMITS limits of bearings is measured in
hours TSN), and added the reference
to 72-02-3 for the inspection
requirements
HIGHLIGHTS
May 31/98 5
Page 1 of 1
GEAircraftEnaines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 5 LIFE LIMITS
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
List of
Effective
Pages *I May 31/98
Table of
Contents 1 Dec 31/95
5-11 1 Dec 31/95

*2 May 31/98
3 Dec 31/95
5-11-2 1 thru 3 Dec 31/95
5-11-3 1 thru 2 Dec 31/95
5-11-4 *1 May 31/98
5-21 1 thru 21 Dec 31/95
Asterisk indicates pages added, changed, or deleted by this revision.
May 31/98
CJ610 TURBO;JET ENGINES
GEABgaflEnSines RAINTENAN~E nANUAL
LIFE LIMITS OF ENGINE ROTATING PARTS
General.
A. The FAA approved service life limit cycles for rotating parts
has
installed the GE Aircraft Engines CJ610-1,
in -4, -5, -6, -8, -8A, and
-9 model turbojet engines.
B. Rotating parts of all turbine engines have some type of service limits.
Critical rotating parts are those parts whose sudden failure could
threaten the structural integrity of the engine. These parts, when
subjected to large, repeated, and/or alternating stresses, can fail
through fatigue. The material properties of a part are depleted by
fatigue as a function of the number of stress cycles the part
experiences. Stress cycles of turbine engine rotating parts result from
the transients of engine speed and temperatures occurring during normal
engine operation. Therefore, the life limit cycles provide the operator
with a means of tracking the useful service life of a part so that the
part can be removed from service before possible fatigue failure. These
life limits are usually expressed in terms of cycles, and can be
related almost directly to the number of stress cycles that occur
during engine operation. It is for this reason that the limits are in
terms of cycles.
C. Life limits of the critical rotating parts are established through

analysis and testing. Accumulated cycles are compared to the life
limits to determine if the affected hardware is still serviceable. No
component must be permitted to remain in service beyond its life limit

cycles. Refer to paragraph 2 for the definitions of a cycle.
2. Definitions.
A. A cycle is defined as a flight consisting of a start, takeoff, landing,

and shutdown.
NOTE: Use of thrust reverser is not included in this cycle count.
B. Operational procedures affecting the cycle life limits of rotating

parts are counted as follows:
NOTE: Engine starts and shutdowns for operational checks, ground

maintenance, and taxiing do not count against cycle limits.
(1) An air start is considered one cycle on rotating parts.
(2) Partial cycles such as the following must be counted if such

operations either occur on more than 10 percent of total flights
or subject the engine to conditions which accelerate low cycle
fatigue.
5-11
Dec 31/95 Page 1
86/~E Z a~ed
~e307 9/’C-~
laslaaal ~snlq7 9/~
uorssruI ~eur;rou :au~Bua
9/~C-Z
laslaaal ~snlq? 9/~
~ie7s Ire 7:
uorssrur :aur6ua
´•fjN o~ pasuenpe s´•F arl~ ’uor7elado lasla~al
~snly? ’saurBua uMop s~nqs pue ’laslaaal aq? Bursn spue~
’aurBua puey-~rlbrl arl? uo Ire ue sayeuI ~o7elado ’~YBTT3 e Burlna ´•y
’sa-Cdurexg ´•E:
~slnoq Bur~elado
a~rBua lo~ slnoy anr~ pu~ 3red pa?ruIr~ q~sa
lo~ ~euor7yppe aalq7 se ~uaaa ~dy 1C~cang (8)
´•pappe ale ou ’BN 59 puo~aq.
pa3uenpe ~ou sr ay~ ~ng pasn sT laslaaal aq7 uat~l (L)
y~ea
~o ?uno~ aq~ o~ pappe sr 9/~ ’~N 3ua~lad 59 puo~aq
sy a~7 pue pasn s~ lasla~al aq? uarIM (9)
[S)
7xau aq? o~ loyld uMop ~nrls ale aq~ ~ou to laq7arlm ~o
ssa~pleBal auo se pue
’71~d y~ea
lo~ auo se BuTu~el7 7o~rd loJ paurzo~lad ~le7s lye r~ (E)
tiuy7e?ol q~ea
lo~ 9/~ punole-oB to y (q)
’7~ed ~uT3e701 q~ea lo~ 9/~
laq~oue ~q uMop7nqs auy~ua (e)
~VIINVW 33NVN~INIVW
OL9r3
CJ610 TURBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. More than 10 percent of missions are used for pilot training (10 percent rule
applies). Normal flight consists landing
of a takeoff, reverser, with thrust
and shutdown. During thrust reverser operation, the throttle is not advanced
beyond 65 percent Ng. The flight includes three touch-and-go landings.
Cycle count, left- and right-hand engines:

1 normal flight
1/2 touch-and-go (1/6 cycle each)
1-1/2 total
NOTE: Thrust reverser operation did not add to cycle count because throttle
was not advanced beyond 65 percent Ng.
C. Landing engine shutdown occurs on more than 10 percent of missions.

without
An operator starts the engines, takes off, and lands using thrust reverser.
Engines are not shut down. Operator makes second takeoff and landing using
thrust reverser, and does not shut down engines. Operator then makes a third
takeoff and landing, without using thrust reverser. The throttle was ad-
vanced beyond 65 percent Ng during thrust reverser operation.
Cycle count, left- andright-hand engines:

1 normal takeoff and landing
2/6 thrust reverser (1/6 for each)
2/6 landing without shutdown (1/6 for each)
1-2/3 total for all rotating parts
CAUTION: LIFE LIMITED PARTS DEFINED HEREIN MUST NOT BE OPERATED BEYOND THE ESTAB-
LISHED LIMITS.
4. Affected Components. Engine parts that are life limited by this section are as
follows:
A. Compressor Rotor Components (See figure 1 and table 1 in Section 5-11-2)
B. Turbine Rotor Components (See figure 1 and table 1 in Section 5-11-3)
5. Recordine Cycles.
A. The operator responsible for maintaining an accurate

is record of the cycles
experienced during engine operation. The operator must also monitor the
status of the parts to ensure that none of the parts listed in paragraph 4
exceed the established life limit cycles.
B. The Engine Service Record book provides forms for recording the engine cycle
history.
C. The operator and/or the Service or Overhaul Facility is responsible for mak-
ing appropriate engine logbook entries to reflect the changes in components.
5-11
Dec 31/95 Page 3

GMERAL ELECTRIC------
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANLIAL
COMPRESSOR ROTOR LIFE LIMITS
General.
A. This section contains the FAA-approved life limits for the compressor rotor
components.
B. The life limit is determined by the total number of flight cycles. Refer to
5-11. paragraph 2. for the requirements. (The operator is responsible to
make sure that the cycle limited parts are not used beyond their cycle limit.
2. Life Limits of Components of the Compressor Rotor. (Refer to figure 1)
2A 3A I 14A 5A 6A 7A
8A
88
R Y Y\7 58 68 78
1A
28---11 38---1 1--48
000CF7-894800
Figure 1
Compressor Rotor Components

EL~L TEMPORARY
REVISION
that revises this page.
i-11-2
Dec 31/95 Page 1
CJ610TURBOJET
GE Aircraft Engines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
´•’;SEI-1 86
TEIVIPORARY REVISION 5-002

Filing
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, adjacent to page 1, dated
Dec 31/95 in Chapter 5-11-2.

Revisions.
Subject: Compressor Rotor Life Limits
Reason: This TR changes paragraph 2 to add steps A and B
referencing the location of the figures 1 and 1A.
Change: Revise paragraph 2.
2. Life Limits of Components of the Compressor Rotor.
I
A. See figure 1 and table 1 for all non-spool rotors.
B. See figure 1A and table 1A for engines

C3610-6
modified to the spool rotor configuration (SB CJ72-
148)
FAA APPROVED OCTOBER 10, 2000
Page 1 of 1
Oct. 10/2000
GENERAL ELECTRIC~----
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANU~LT,
TABLE 1
Compressor Rotor Components Life Limits
Location Life Limits
(Ref. Fin. 1) Comoonent Nomenclature Part Number Cycles Since New
1B Stage 1 Diskshaft 37E501428P102f 7.000

37E501428P106* 7.000
5001T26P04’ 7.000
2B Stage 2 Disk 37D401312P101 7.000

5045T88P01 7.000
1A Stage 1 Seal 646C638P2 7,000
2A Stage 2 Spacer 37D401302P101 5.000

37D401302P103 6,600
3B Stage 3 Disk 37D401313P101 7.000

5045T89P01 7,000
3A Stage 3 Spacer 37D401303P101 5,000

37D401303P102 5.000
37D401303P104 6,600
4B Stage 4 Disk 37D401314P101 5,000

37D401314P102 5,000
5018T16P01 6.600
4A Stage 4 Spacer 37D401304P103 4.400

37D401304P104 4.400
3920T04P02 4,400
5013T88P01 6.600
5B Stage 5 Disk 37D401315P101 3,900

4920T32P01 3.900
5013T79P01 6.600
5A Stage 5 Spacer 37D401305P103 4.000

37D401305P104 4,000
3920T05P02 4,000
5013T89P01 6.600
6B Stage 6 Disk 37D401316P101 4,600

4920T33P01 4,600
5013T80P01 6,600
6A Stage 6 Spacer 37D401306P103 5.000

37D401306P105 6,600
*Incorporated in assembly P/N 37C311035
5-11-2
Page 2 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRIC--~-
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1
Compressor Rotor Components Life Limits (Cont)
Location Life Limi~s

(Ref. Fi~. 1) ComDonen~ Nomenclature Part Number Cycles Since New
7E Stage 7 Disk 37D401317P101 4.500

4920T34P01 4.500
5013T82P01 6.600
7A Stage 7 Spacer 37D4C1307P103 5.000

5013T90P01 6.600
8B Stage 8 Disk 37D401709P101 5.000

4920T35P01 5.000
5013T83P01 6.600
8A Stage 8 Seal (Double Step) 37D401510P102 6.600
8A Stage 8 Seal (Single Step) 4010T01P01 6.600
9 Rear Driveshaft 37E501234P101 13.200

5004T73701 13.200
5004T73P02’ 13.200
I.lncoiparaied in airembly EIN:.07T986~1
5-11-2
Dec 31/95 Page 3
CJGIOTURBOJET
GE Aircraft Engines RnAINTENANCE MANUAL
ss
TENIPORARY REVISION 5-004

Filing
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, after page 3, dated Dec 31/94 in
Chapter 5-11-2.
Record this TR number in the Record of Temporary Revisions.
Subj ect Compressor Rotor Life Limits
Reason: This provides life limits for the spool

TR rotor
configuration (CJ610-6 engines modified to SE C572-148)
Change: Add a new figure 1A and table 1A as shown on page 2.
FAA APPROVED NOVEMBER 30, 2000
5-11-2
Page 1 of 2
Nov. 30/00
CJGIOTURBOJET
SEI-1 86’
TEMPORARY REVISION 5-004(confinued)
Figure 1A
Compressor Rotor Components For Engines Modified

CJ610-6 to Spool Rotor
Configuration SE CJ72-148
TABLE 1A
Compressor Rotor Components Life Limits
(For CJ610-6 Engines Modified to Spool Rotor Configuration SE C372-148)

Ref. Fiq. 1A Component Nomenclature Part Number Cycles Since New
1 Spool, Forward 5126T30P02 10,000
Z Disk, Stage 3 5126T33P02 10,000
3 Shaft, Drive 5126T36P01 20,000
4 Spool, Rear 5126137P03 10,000
5-11-2
Page 2 of 2
Nov. 30/00
GENERAL ELECTRIC--------
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ Ei
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TURBINE ROTOR LIFE LIMITS
General
A. This section contains the FAA-approved life limits for the components of the
turbine rotor.
B. The life limit is determined by the total number of flight cycles. Refer to
5-11, paragraph 2 for the requirements. (The operator is responsible to make
sure that the cycle limited parts are not used beyond their cycle limit.)
2. Life Lim~ts of Components of the Turbine Rotor. (Refer to figure i.)
1B
10
1A
1C
2A
000CF7-B94900
Figure 1
Turbine Rotor Components
5-11-3
Dec 31/95 Page 1
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1
TURBINE ROTOR COMPONENTS LIFE LIMITS

(Ref. Fie. 1) Comaonent Nomenclature Part Number Cycles Since New
1A Stage 1 Wheel 634E583P4 3.100

634E583P4Y 3.100
634E583P5 5.000
5011T75P01 10.000
5011T75P03 10.000
4920T29P01 Retire per note 1
6028T44P01 7.000
1C Stage 1 Inner Seal 646C501P1 7.000

3002T74P01 10,000
1B Stage 1 Outer Seal 646C590P2 10.000
1D Torque Ring 37D401014P101 5.000

37D401014P102 5.000
5011T74G01 10,000
5011T74G02 10,000
2A Stage 2 Wheel 646C596P1 3.300

646C596P1Y 3.300
646C596P2 5.000
4036T24P01 5,500
5011T76P01 10.000
5011T76P03 10,000
4920T27P01 Retire per note 2
NOTE: 1. Refer to ALERT Service Bulletin (CJ610) A72-106.
2. Refer to ALERT Service Bulletin (CJ610) A72-107.
5-11-3
Page 2 Dec 31/95

.CJ610 TURBOJET ENGINES
BEARING LIFE LIMITS
i. General.
A. This section contains the FAA-approved life limits for the engine
bearings.
B. The life limit of bearings is measured in hours TSN. Refer to

Section 72-02-3 for inspection information.
2. Bearings.
Cumulative life limits on serviceable bearings are:
*Life Limit *Life Limit

(+30 Hours) (+30 Hours]
Bearing Part No. CJ610-1, -5, -9 CJ610-4, -6,-8A
Power Takeoff Ref. SEI-137 4,800 5,000

Transfer Gearbox Ref. SEI-137 4,800 5,000
Accessory Gearbox Ref. SEI-137 4,800 5,000
No. 1 Ref. SEI-137 2,100 2,100
(Excluding
5020T20P01)
5020T20P01 SAME AS ENGINE TBO SAME AS ENGINE TBO
No. 2 Ref. SEI-137 SAME AS ENGINE TBO SAME AS ENGINE TBO

No. 3 Ref. SEI-137 SAME AS ENGINE TBO SAME AS ENGINE TBO
*Reference CJ610 Service Bulletin 72-43.

hL TEMPORARY
1L~I" REVISION
5-11-4
May 31/98 Page 1

SEI-1 86
TEMPOF~aRY REVISION 5-005

Filing
Tu’rbojet MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, adjacent

to page 1, dated May 31/98, in Chapter 5-11-4.
Revisions.
Subject: Life Limit of Bearings

Reason: Bearing life analysis substantiated a bearing life
higher than 20,000 hours of operation. Bearing
failures are near random events and not a wear-out
condition and, as such, negate the application of
a life limit.
Change: Removed the Life Limits for the bearings of the

power takeoff, transfer gearbox, and accessory
gearbox in paragraph 2.
The information contained in this document is GE proprietary

information and is disclosed in confidence. It is the property of GE
and shall not be used, disclosed to others or reproduced without the
express written consent of CE, including, but without limitation, it
is not to be used in the creation, manufacture, deveiopment, or
derivation of any repairs, modifications, spare parts, designs, or
configuration changes or to obtain FAA or any other government or
regulatory approval to do so. If consent is given for reproduction
in whole or in part, thisnotice and the notice set forth on each
page of this document shall appear in any such reproduction in whole
or in part. The information contained in this document may also be
controlled by U.S. export control laws. Unauthorized export or re-
export is prohibited,
Copyright (1967) General Electric Company, U.S.A.
FAA APPROVED JANUARY 9, 2003
5-11-4
Page 1 of 2
Jan 9/03
GE Aircraft EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE~ MAINTENANCE I1OANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARYREVISION 5005(continued)
BEARING LIFE LIMITS
1. General.
A. This section contains the FAA-approved life limits for the engine
bearings.
B. The life limit of bearings is measured in hours time-since-new

<TSN). Refer to Section 72-02-3 for inspection information.
2. Bearings.
Cumulative life Limits on serviceable bearings are as follows:
Life Limit Life Limit

Bearing Part No. (+30 Hours) (+30 Hours)
CJ610-1, -5, -9 CJ610-4, -6, -8A
Power Takeoff Refer to
SEI-137
Transfer Gearbox Refer to

SEI-137
Accessory Gearbox Refer to

SEI-137
No. 1 Refer to 2,100’ 21100

SEI-137
(Excluding
5020TZOP0?)
S020TZ0PO1 SAME AS ENGINE TBO SAME AS ENGINE TBO
No. Z Refer to SAME AS ENGINE TBO SAME AS ENGINE TB0

SEI-137
No. 3 Refer to SAME AS ENGINE TBO SAME AS ENGINE TBO

SEI-137
Refer to CJ610 Service Bulletin 72-43
5-11-4
Page 2 of 2
Jan 9/03
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES INSPECTION/CHECKS
General. The maintenance of the engine requires that inspection/checks be made

on a periodic, scheduled basis to make certain the engine will function at its
most efficient point. In addition to the scheduled inspection/checks, there are
certain inspection/checks that

required are engine whenever
subjected the is to
an over-limit operation, such as overspeed or overtemperature, etc. This sec-

tion will describe the requirements for both the scheduled and non-scheduled
insp ec tion~ checks..
A. Five-Year Corrosion Inspection Requirement.
CAUTION: ENGINES NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXTENDED LIFE COMPRESSOR AS

DEFINED IN SERVICE BULLETIN (CJ610) 72-129, WHICH DO NOT REACH
OVERHAUL WITHIN A 5-YEAR PERIOD FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION
IN AIRCRAFT, MUST BE SCHEDULED FOR A COMPRESSOR CORROSION
INSPECTION.
(1) Inspect the engine as follows:
(a) Both compressor casing halves should be removed from the engine.
If all the vane segments in stages 3 through 7 can be removed with
the lower compressor casing half installed, do not remove the lower
compressor casing half for inspection of vane segments. Install
the vanes in the same positions as they were when they were re-
moved.
(b) Inspect all compressor blade and vane airfoils for corrosion.
(c) Inspect stage 1 and stage 2 vane segments for corrosion. Removal
of vane segments for inspection is not required.
WARNING: HANDLING BLADED COMPONENTS
WEAR LEATHER PALM GLOVES (WELDER’S TYPE WITH GAUNTLET) WHEN

HANDLING COMPONENTS WITH ASSEMBLED BLADES AND VANES. BLADES
AND VANES ARE SHARP AND CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY.
(d) Remove all stainless steel vane segments in stages 3 through 7.
Inspect vane segment platforms for corrosion. Install the vane
segments in the same positions as they were when they were removed.
(e) If both compressor casing halves have been removed from the engine
and the vane segments in stages 3 through 7 are made from INCO
material, it is not necessary to remove segments from compres-
vane
sor casing halves to inspect the vane platforms for corrosion.
5-21
Dec 31/35 Page 1
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAI~TENANCE MANUAL
(2) Corrosion inspection limits are defined in the Overhaul Manual as
follows:
O/H Manual SEI-136
Compressor Casing Section 72-32-1

Blades Section 72-33-2
Vane Segments Section 72-32-2
B. Ten-Year Corrosion Inspection Requirement.
CAUTION: ENGINES IN COMPLIANCE WITH SERVICE BULLETIN (CJ610) 72-129 (EX-

TENDED LIFE COMPRESSOR) MUST BE SCHEDULED FOR A COMPRESSOR CORRO-
SION INSPECTION EVERY 10-YEARS. ALSO, ONLY ENGINES THAT CONTAIN
VANE SEGMENTS MADE FROM INCO MATERIAL QUALIFY FOR A 10-YEAR CORRO-
SION INSPECTION. THIS INSPECTION CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED DURING RE-
PLACEMENT OF CYCLE LIMITED PARTS, DURING ENGINE OVERHAUL, OR

10-YEAR CALENDAR.
(1) Inspection requirements of engines in compliance with Service Bulletin

(Cj610) 72-129 are as follows:

(a) Both compressor casing halves should be removed from the engines.
If all the vane segments in stages 3 through 7 can be removed with
the lower compressor casing half installed, do not remove the lower
compressor casing half for inspection of vane segments.
(b) On either of the compressor casing halves that have been removed
from the engine, removal of stages 3 through 7 vane segments is not
required for this inspection.
(2) Corrosion Inspection Limits are defined in the Overhaul Manual as fdl-
lows:
O/H Manual SEI-136
Compressor Casing Section 72-32-1

Blades Section 72-33-2
Vane Segments Section 72-32-2
Non-Scheduled (Over-Limits) Inspection/Checks.
A. Inspection of Engines Subjected to Excessive In-Flight G-Loading.
5-21
Page 2 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1) Inspect the entire engine for evidence of engine contact with the air-
craft structure.
(2) Inspect the exterior of the engine for buckling and "oil-canning." loose
bolts and clamps, bent brackets and tubes, and evidence of damage to
externally mounted equipment.
(3) Inspect the accessory mounting studs and fasteners for looseness or
bending.
(4) Inspect the accessory mounting flanges for damage or distortion.
(5) Inspect the gearbox mounting studs, brackets, and bolts for looseness,
distortion, and cracks.
(6) Inspect the engine mounts, attaching bolts, and flange areas for bolt
damage, hole elongation, and flange distortion.
(7) Perform a functional test on the engine per Adjustment/Test 72-00.
(8) Record the results of the above inspection/checks. If any of the above
conditions exist, or if the functional test shows discrepancies, the
engine should be replaced.
B. Inspection of Engines Subjected Overtemperature Operation. If the engine

to
exceeds the maximum

temperature the operating limits, a Hotof
Section In-
spection, paragraph 3.D.. must be performed and turbine rotor given the fol-
lowing additional inspections:
(1) All turbine blades must be removed and inspected per the Overhaul
Manual, SEI-136.
(2) A hardness check must be made on the turbine wheels in three equally
spaced locations adjacent to the dovetail slots on the forward and aft
faces of the wheels. A minimum hardness of 29 R, must be obtained.
NOTE: The turbine rotor must be balanced when reassembled.
C. Inspection of Engines Which Show Evidence Hot-Streaking (Burnouts)

of
Engines which show evidence of hot-streaking, denoted by severe damage to
turbine nozzles, turbine blades, etc., should be inspected as follows:
(1) Perform hot section distress inspection (refer to figure 1)
(2) Replace all fuel nozzles so they may be bench checked.
D. Inspection of Engines Subjected to Overspeed. If an engine exceeds the maxi-

mum speed operating limits for the time specified, return the engine to Over-
haul for dimensional inspection of the rotors.
5-21
Dec 31/95 Page 3
GENERAL ~g ELECTRIO------
CJ61 O~TU R BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
I
LEADING EDGE TIP RUB VP TO 3/4’ IS
NORMAL. LITE RUB WILL NOT CAUSE
BURR ON EDGES. HEAVY RUB (AP-
PROACHING 3/4" LENGTH) CAN
RESULT )N BURR ON EDGE. LEADING
EDGE TIP RUB IS ACCEPTABLE.
CRACK IN An TANG
INSPECT FOR
LEADING EDGE CRACKS IN
THIS AREA
CRACI< AND/OR DEFORMATION IN THIS PIN HOLE AREA )N

BLADE OR DISCSHAFT WILL ALLOW BLADE TO TIP FURTHER
FORWARD AND CAUSE TRAILING EDGE TIP RUB UP TO 1/2"
LONG. ASSOCIATED WITH THIS TIP RUB WILL 88 BURRS ON
EDGES AND PAINT DISCOLORATION. TRAILING EDGE TIP
RUB IS VNACCEPTABLE. VIEWL.
Compressor First Stage Blade-Decel Stall Inspection Criteria
Figure 1
of Installed Engines Following Bleed Valve Malfunction of Compres-

E. Inspection
sor Deceleration Stall.
(1) Use thefollowing procedural steps to inspect for compressor damage if

the following operating conditions are observed:
(a) Compressor air bleed jam or hangup between the one-half

valves
closed to the fully closed position.
(b) Compressor stalls during deceleration for any cause.
NOTE: A compressor stall is normally associated with a rapid

rise in EGT and higher than normal vibration or audible
sound such as a rumble, woosh. boom, or bang.
(2) Visually inspect, using a strong light, the trailing edges (figure 1) of
the first stage blade tips for rubbing (burrs on tip edges near trailing
edge). Rubbing indicates that the retaining pin holes in either the
blades or the diskshaft have cracked or deformed. If rubbing is ob-
served, remove the engine from the aircraft proceed

and to perform more
complete inspection per step (4). Leading edge tip rub is acceptable.
(3) Visually inspect both concave and convex surfaces, usinga dental mirror
and a strong light, for cracking of the first stage blade airfoil trail-
ing edges between the root and the midsection of the blade. If a crack
is found, remove the engine from the aircraft and proceed to step (4).
5-21
4 Dec 31/95
Page
GENERAL ELECTRIC---
CJ610 TURBOJ ET
SEI-186
MA‘INTENANCE MANUAZ,
ABNORMAL DISTRESS
INSPECT STAGE 2 TURBINE NOULE BLUISH-WHITE DISCOLORATION OF

FOR HEAT DISTRESS CAUSED BY t~ RANDOM PARTITIONS WITH WRINK-
CONTAMINATED FUEL SYSTEM. LED COATING AND/OR BURNOUT,
DARK BLUE DISCOLORATION WITH
SPOTS OF SEVERE DAMAGE.
FOR EACH DISTRESSED AREA REMOVE

THREE FUEL NOZZLES, ONE DIRECTLY
NORMAL DISTRESS
UPSTREAM AND ONE FROM EACH SIDE
BLUISH-WHITE DISCOLORATION OF OF THE DISTRESSED AREA. (FUEL
PARTITIONS AT ABOUT 3 AND 7 NOULES SHOULD BE PROCESSED AT
O’CLOCK POSITIONS (AFT LOOKING AN OVERHAUL SHOP.)
FORWARD) WITH MINOR WRINKLING
OF COATING AND/OR PARTTTION
BURNOUT.
MINOR CONTAMINATION DISASSEMBLE FUEL NOULES AND
INSPECT INLET SCREENS FOR CON-
SMALL AMOUNTS OF LINT, PAINT, TAMINATION PER SEI-154, SECTION
FUUY PARTICLES. 73-16-1.
MAIOR CONTAMINATION
LARGE AMOUNTS OF LINT, PAINT.

FUZPI PARTICLES, AND METALLIC
IFS.
CLEAN AND TEST FUEL NOZZLES PER REMOVE REMAINING

SECTION 73-18-0, PARAGRAPH 4, AND~----1FUEL NOZZLES
RETURN TO SERVICE. FOR PROCESSING.
REMOVE MFC AND INSPECT COVER.

NOT CONTAMINATED
SLEEVE, SPEED SENSOR, AND FILTER.
CONTAMINATED
ASSEMBLE AND TEST PER SEI-154, INSPECT MFC FOR CAUSE OF CON-
CAUSE
SECTION 73-20-1, AND RETURN TAMINATION AND CLEAN PER
IDENTIFIED
MFC TO SERVICE. SEI-154, SECTION 73-20-1.
CAUSE NOT
IDENTIFIED
INSPECT ALL REMAINING FUEL

LEAN,TEST,AND RETURNTOJ_ I CAUSE
SECTION PARTS FOR CAUSE O
E OR REPLACE PART. I- IIDENTIFIED
CONTAMINATION PER SEI-154.
CAUSE NOT
IDENTIFIED
REPAIR HOT SECTION PER INSPEC-

TION PARAGRAPH FOR APPLICABLEI I INSPECT AIRFRAME FUEL SYSTEM
PART(S) AND RETURN ENGINE TO FOR CAUSE OF CONTAMINATION.
SERVICE.
00080-0291-01
Fuel System Induced Hot Section Distress Inspection Guide

Figure 2
5-21
Dec 31/95 Page 5
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Use the following procedure if blade tip rubbing is observed or if a
cracked blade is found:
(a) Remove all stage 1 compressor blades per Section 72-30.
(b) Thoroughly inspect all blade trailing edges, blade retaining pin
holes (see figure i), and diskshaft retaining pin holes for cracks
using either of the following two methods.
1 Visually inspect using a strong light.
2 Spot method of post emulsification penetrant inspection, per

72-03-1.
(c) Replace all stage 1 compressor blades if a cracked blade is found.

Scrap removed blades.
(d) Return the engine to overhaul for diskshaft and stage 1 blade re-
placement if a cracked diskshaft retaining pin hole is found.
(5) Return the engine to service if visual inspection does not show blade
tip rub or trailing edge cracks.
(6) Refer to Troubleshooting Section for correction of cause for compressor

stall or bleed valve hangup.
F. Accident and Incident Damage Special Inspection Workscope.
CAUTION: ANY ENGINE EXPOSED TO THE ABNORMAL CONDITIONS OF AN ACCIDENT OR
INCIDENT REQUIRES SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND DISPOSITION STANDARDS

THAT ARE MORE STRICT THAN THE MANUAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS.
(1) Some of the abnormal conditions of operation which the engine may become
exposed to during an accident or incident may include one or more of the
follo~ing:
(a) Shock loading, collision impact, crash damage, or separation from

the aircraft.
(b) Structural overstress: engine structure supporting weight of air-

craft. such as failure or separation of landing gear.
(c) Sudden seize or stoppage.
(d) C-loading during operations, in excess of airframe manual limits.
(e) Extreme ingestion events.
5-21
Page 6 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRIC---------
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) Fire exposure:
Aircraft totally or partially consumed by fire.

Post-crash engine exterior fire, engine only.
Engine undercowl fire.
(g) Thermal quench; submersion or partial submersion into water, severe
quench during fire extinguishing.
(h) Severe exposure to corrosives, chemicals, fire extinguisher fluids,

or dry powder.
(i) Immersion in brackish water, salt water, or sewage.
(j) Post-crash damage during rescue/recovery actions.
(k) Other extreme environments such as hostile action.
(2) When accident incident damage occurs, engines which have been in-
or
volved must be subjected to a special workscope. Each event and each
engine must have the special workscope completed before return of the
engine to service. The owner/operator has the responsibility for con-

tinued airworthiness of theengine, which includes replacement of parts.
Special workscopes are available through the Lynn Product Support De-
partment. Please direct your request to:
ATTN: Manager, CJ610/CF700 Programs

GE Aircraft Engines
1000 Western Avenue
Lynn, MA 01910
G. Inspection of Engines After the Aircraft Has Been Hit by Lightning.
NOTE: If defects or out-of-limits parameters are found while doing steps (1)
(2), or (3), get more instructions from your GE Aircraft Engines Repre-
sentative.
(1) Examine both engines installed in the aircraft, including components,

for damage caused by arcing (noticeable black discoloration, pitting,
burn holes, or heat discoloration). If no defects are found, go to step
(2)
(2) Examine engine and aircraft related wiring, including connectors. Look
for burn marks, pitting, or broken wires. If no defects are found, go
to step (3)
(3) Do an installed engine run to be sure all parameters are within limits.
(4) If no defects are found and engine parameters are within limits, con-
tinue to operate.
5-21
Dec 31/95 Page 7
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Scheduled Inspection/Checks.
A. General.
(1) The inspection categories of table 1 are broken down into four inspec-
tion intervals: Daily inspections, periodic 300-hour and 600-hour in-
spections, and Hot Section Inspection (HSI). The checks outlined in
these intervals indicate minimum inspection requirements for satisfac-
tory inspection compliance.
(2) Visually inspect the items listed in table 1 under the appropriate In-
spection Time Categories.
(3) When the condition of a part is questionable, refer to the maintenance

limits and procedures which apply to the individual part.
(4) The following lube system maintenance must be performed on new engines
or whenever the engine has undergone overhaul, Hot Section Inspection,
or repair.
(5) The lube filter must be inspected for metallic particles per Inspection/
Checks, Section 79-00, at 5-10 hours and 50-60 hours.
B. Daily Checks Preflight/Postflight.
(1) Visually check the engine inlet and exhaust areas. Remove the duct
covers and use a flashlight to check the items listed in table 1 under
the column for daily checks.
(2) Check the ground surface area and any aircraft surfaces in the immediate
vicinity of the engine inlets for foreign debris.
C. Periodic Inspections.
(1) A thorough visual inspection of the engine is required at regular inter-

vals of approximately 300-310 operating hours and 600-610 operating
hours.
(2) Clean the compressor section at Inspection Time Categories 3 and 4 of

table 1 by using procedures in Maintenance Practices Cleaning, Section
72-00. Use either paragraph 2 or 3, depending upon the nature of the
contaminant and the calendar time.
(3) Visually inspect the items listed in table 1 under the appropriate In-
spection Time Categories.
D. Hot Section Inspection. (See Service Bulletin (CJ610) 72-43 for time inter-
vals and limiting items.)
5-21
Page 8 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTI~NANCE MANUAL
(1) Inspect items listed in table 1, category 4. Disassemble the basic
engine to the
point where the combustion liner can be removed. Remove
only the parts necessary to provide access to the liner. After removing
necessary airframe QEC parts, disassemble the engine in the following
sequence:
Removal/Installation Inspection/Check
Section Section
(a) Exhaust Cone Assembly 78-11-0 78-11-0
(b) Combustion Casing Upper 72-40 72-47-0

and Lower Shaft Shield
Insulation Blankets (Heat
Shields, if installed)
(c) Igniter Plugs Alternate replacement of top and bottom
igniter is recommended. See table 1,

Item 5.(2), NOTE.
(d) Turbine Stater Assembly 72-50 72-52-0
(Casing and Stage 2 Nozzle)
CAUTION: DO NOT MIX HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL FLANGE BOLTS OF DIFFERENT

PART NUMBERS. PART CODE IS NOTED ON TOP SURFACE OF ALL BOLT
HEADS.
NOTES: 1. The lower half of the stage 2 nozzle receives more deterio-
ration than the upper half. To increase nozzle life, record
the position of nozzle halves at disassembly (upper or lower)
and reverse their positions at assembly. Halves are identi-
fied by the letters "A" or "B" marked after the serial number
on the inner band. If no letter is present, mark one half "A"
and the other half "B". Mark with a vibropeen pencil or
equivalent.
2. Because the stage 2 turbine nozzle is more susceptible to
hot section distress than other engine parts, it is used as an
indicator of abnormal distress.

during Hot Section
Therefore,
Inspection (HSI), if the nozzle is abnormally distressed,
inspect the engine fuel system as described in figure 2.
(e) Turbine Rotor Assembly 72-50 72-53-0
(f) First-stage Turbine Nozzle 72-40 72-51-0
(g) Combustion Liner 72-40 72-42-0
5-21
Dec 31/95 Page 9
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Removal/Installation rnsDection/Check
Section Section
(h) No. 3 Bearing 72-40 72-02-3
(i) Compressor Interstage 75-32-0 75-32-0

Bleed Valves
(j) Any Exposed Carbon Seals 72-30/72-40 72-02-2

and Seal Runners
(k) Fuel Nozzle 73-18-0 73-18-0
(2) Inspect the removed parts per the requirements of the sections refer-
enced under Inspection/Check.
NOTE: It is not necessary to disassemble the subassemblies, such as
turbine rotor, turbine casing, and No. 3 bearing and seal, un-
less condition indicates.
(3) Inspect all other items listed in table 1 and the exposed internal parts
(visible areas) per the requirements of individual sections.
(4) Clean and repair or replace defective part (if condition indicates).
(5) Reassemble the engine according to the instructions in the Sections

referenced under Removal/Installation.
(6) Functionally check engine operation per Section 72-00. Adjustment/Test.

figure 503. After acceleration check, perform the following seal run-in
procedure.
(a) With engine at idle, throttle burst to limiting EGT or RPM (see 72-
00, figure 504. 505. 505A, or 510 for limits), stabilize for 1
minute, then chop throttle to idle and stabilize for 1 minute.
Repeat five times.
(b) After last chop, stabilize for 2 minutes and shut down engine.
(c) Three minutes after rotation stops, start engine and operate at
idle for 2 minutes and shut down.

(d) For next 30 minutes, periodically check rotor for seizure by turn-
ing rotor by hand. If none occurs, repeat take-off power check.
(e) If seizure occurs, repeat steps (a) through (d). If this does not
clear seizure, investigate to determine cause of seizure.
5-21
Page 10 Dec 31/95

CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1
INSPECTION GUIDE
INSPECTION TIME CATEGORIES

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Para.
ENGINE COMPONENT AND INSPECTION Daily 300 HRS 600 HRS 3.D.)
11213 4
A. Check the engine inlet duct for:
(I) Deterioration, damage, and x I x I x I x
loose rivets.
(2) Integrity of anti-icing boot x I x I x I x
(if installed).
(3) Presence of foreign objects. x I x I x I x
B. Check theoverspeed governor-to-

f~owmeter line, engine
fuel
external lines, ports, flanges.
clamps, and brackets for the
following:
(I)Check the overspeed governor- x I x I x
to-flowmeter fuel line for
chafing. Replace line if

evidence of chafing exists
(73-00)
(2)Check engine external lines,

ports, flanges, clamps, and
brackets for:
(a) Security. x I x x I x
(b) Damage. x I x I x I x
(c) Evidence of Leakage. x I x I x I x
(d) Chafing. x I x I x I x
C. Evidence of leakage (fuel.
()Surface beneath the engine. x
(Z) Engine surface and accessories. x I x I x
5-21
Dec 31/95 Page 11
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1
INSPECTION GUIDE (Cont)

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Para.
1 2 3 4
CAUTION: .REPLACE O-RINGS WHENEVER THEY ARE EXPO;SED DURING WORK ON THE
LUBE SYSTEM.
D. Check the lube system for

contamination as follows:
NOTE: A leak check must be performed after any part of the lube system
is disrupted/disconnected and reassembled as referenced in Section
72-00. figure 503.
(1) Remove and inspect the lube x I x I x
filter for metallic particles

per Inspection/Checks, Section
79-00. Clean and reinstall
filter.
NOTES: 1. At 300 hours, the

disposable Type "D" filter is to be
replaced or may be
inspected and rinsed in clean engine oil
or rinsed in Stoddard Solvent. Federal Specification
P-D-680 (Shell Chemical Co.. Petro Chemical Division. 750
Union Commerce Bldg.. Cleveland. OH 44115) and dried.
Replace filter at 600 hours.
2. Inspect accessory and transfer gearbox magnetic drain plugs

whenever lube and filter exhibits metal.
(2) Remove the magnetic drain X I x I X
plugs from the accessory and

transfer gearboxes. Inspect
the plugs for metallic
particles per Inspection/
Checks. Section 79-00. Clean
and reinstall plugs.
(3) Check oil level. Maintain x I x I x I x
oil level at or slightly

below the FULL mark on the
oil tank dipstick.
5-21
Page 12 Dec 31/95

´•_´•__
GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
tMAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Para.
1 2 3 4
NOTE: Oil will seep from the oil tank to the gearbox when the engine
is inactive and will give a false indication of a low oil
level. Check oil level immediately after engine shutdown.
(4) Change oil. Refer to x I x
Servicing Section 79-00.

Inspect drained oil for
presence of particles per

Inspection/Checks. Section
79-00.
CAUTION: REPLACE O-RINGS WHENEVER THEY ARE EXPOSED DURING WORK ON THE
FUEL SYSTEM.
E. Check the fuel system for

contamination: (Refer to
Section 73-00.)
NOTE: A leak check must be performed after any part of the fuel system
is disrupted/disconnected and reassembled as referenced in Section
72-00. figure 503.
(1) Remove the filters from the x I x I x
fuel pump (Section 73-13) and

fuel control (Section 73-21);
check contamination, clean
and reinstall filters.
(2) Clean the overspeed governor I I I I x
servo filter per

Section 73-14-0.
NOTE: Always check overspeed governor servo filter whenever other

fuel filters are found to be contaminated. Source of
contamination should be determined.
5-21
Dec 31/95 Page 13
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Para.
1 2 3 4
F. Check the engine inlet and front

frame areas for: (Refer to
Section 72-31-0 for serviceable

limits.)
NOTE: A leak check must be performed after any part of the air
system is disrupted/disconnected and reassembled as referenced in

Section 72-00. figure 503. step 12.
(1) Security and cracks at the x I x I x
forward engine mount.
(2) Front frame casing cracks. X I X
(3) Dome assembly (Bullet nose) for:
(a) Dents. X I X I X I X
(b) Looseness. X I X I X
(c) Cracks. x I x I x
(4) Front frame struts for:
(a) Nicks and dents. x I x I x I x
(b) Cracks. x I x
(5) Variable vanes for:
(a) Nicks and dents. x I x I x I x
(b) Cracks. x I x
(6) Missing pin and clips from x I x I x
visible variable vane levers.
(7) Missing cotter pins from visible x I x I x
variable vane outer shanks.
(8) Rubs between variable vanes and x I x
shrouds.
5-21
Page 14 Dec 31/95

CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MANUAL
TABLE 1
NSPECTION GUIDE (Cont)

HSI
Periodic (Ref
Every Every Para.
1 2 1 3 1 4
(9) Distorted variable vane X I X
actuator ring.
(10) Security of anti-icing valve, x I x
line, and clamps.
(11)Evidence of leaking gaskets at x I x
anti-icing valve.
(12)Variable geometry system I I i I

looseness. (Check per
Section 75-00.)
G. Check the compressor stater and

rotor assemblies for: (Refer to
Sections 72-32-0 and 72-33-0.)
WEAR LEATHER PALM GLOVES (WELDER’S TYPE WITH GAUNTLET).WHEN HAN

DLING COMPONENTS WITH ASSEMBLED BLADES AND VANES. BLADES AND VANES
ARE SHARP AND CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY.
(1) Free rotation of the compressor x I x I x I r.
rotor.
NOTE: Check by spinning rotor by hand or watching rotor during

coastdown.
(ij Broken rotor studs Rotate x I x I x I x
rotor slowly (by hand) and

listen for rattling noise, or
listen as rotor coasts down
during shutdown.
(3) Visible compressor rotor blades x I x I x I x
for nicks, dents, and tip curl.
Cracked rotor blades. I I I x x
5-21
Dec Page 15
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Para.
11213 4
(5) Compressor casings for dents I I I

and cracks.
(6) Bleed valve for:
(a) Security. x I x
(b) Lubricate. (Refer to I I I x
Section 75-32-0.)
(C) Inspect rollers. (Refer to I I I I x
to Section 75-32-0.)
WARNING: PENETRANT METHOD OF INSPECTION
PROLONGED OR REPEATED INHALATION OF POWDERS AND VAPORS OF

CLEANING SOLVENTS. DEVELOPERS. AND EMULSIFIERS USED IN ELUO-
RESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION CAN IRRITATE MUCOUS MEMBRANE AR-
EAS OF THE BODY.
CONTINUAL EXPOSURE TO PENETRANT INSPECTION MATERIALS CAN IRRI-

TATE THE SKIN. DIRECT EXPOSURE OF EYES TO BLACK LIGHT AND
PROLONGED EXPOSURE OF SKIN TO BLACK LIGHT CAN INFLAME AND DAM-
AGE EYES AND SKIN.
WEAR NEOPRENE GLOVES WHEN HANDLING PENETRANT INSPECTION MATE-

RIALS. KEEP INSIDES OF GLOVES CLEAN.
STORE ALL PRESSURIZED SPRAY CANS CONTAINING PENETRANTS, DEVEL-

OPERS. AND EMULSIFIERS IN A COOL. DRY AREA PROTECTED FROM DI-
RECT SUNLIGHT, HEAT, AND OPEN FLAMES. TEMPERATURES HIGHER
THAN 1200F (490C) MAY CAUSE PRESSURIZED CAN TO BURST AND CAUSE
INJURY.
IF DIRECT EYE CONTACT WITH BLACK LIGHT CAUSES EYE PROBLEMS.

IMMEDIATELY GET MEDICAL HELP.
WHEN USING BLACK LIGHT FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTIONS, WEAR

SAFETY GLASSES.
(d) Fluorescent-penetrant I I I x
inspect pushrod assembly.
5-21
Page 16 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
’%IA´•INTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Para.
ENGINE COMPONENT AND INSPECTION Daily 300 HRS 1 600 HRS 3.D.)
1 2 3 4
(7) Ign~ter leads for security I I I I x
and damage.
(8) Ignition exciter for security x I x
and damage.
(9) Eighth-stage and exit guide I x
vanes.
H. Check the mainframe assembly for:
(Refer to Section 72-34-0.)
(1) Fuel manifold for security x I x 1 x
and chafing.
(2) Mainframe casing and struts I I I I x
for cracks.
(3) Mainframe internal flowpath I I I x
for corrosion.
(4) Fuel nozzles for condition and I I I x
operation per Section 73-18-0.

paragraph 3.A.(2). 3.1.(2) and
3.C. Flow check per Section
73-18-0, paragraph 4.
I. Check the accessory drive section

for: (Refer to Sections 72-62-0.
72-63-0. and 72-64-0.)
(1) Security of transfer gearbox on x I x x
brackets and brackets on
mainframe.
(2) Security of accessory gearbox on x I x I x
brackets and brackets on front

frame and/or mainframe.
5-21
Dec 31/95 Page 17

CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Para.
112 3 4
(3) Security of components mounted x I x I x
on gearboxes.
(4) Spline wear:
(a) Axis C spline(s) driving X’ X’ Xf
generator(s).
(b) All accessory splines: fuell I I x´•
pump,overspeed governor.
hydraulic pump, and A-C
generator (if installed).
J. Check the combustion section for:

(Refer to Section 72-40.)
(1) Hot spots, bulges, and cracks x I x I x I x
on the outer casing per

Section 72-41-0.
WARNING: IGNITER PLUGS
BEFORE ENERGIZING THE IGNITION CIRCUIT, BE

CERTAIN THAT NO FUEL OR OIL IS PRESENT. HAVE FIRE
EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT PRESENT.
HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT. BE CERTAIN THE IGNITION UNIT AND

PLUGS ARE GROUNDED BEFORE ENERGIZING THE CIRCUIT.
NEVER TOUCH OR MAKE CONTACT WITH THE ELECTRICAL OUTPUT

CONNECTOR WHEN OPERATING ANY IGNITION COMPONENT.
NEVER HOLD OR MAKE CONTACT WITH THE IGNITER PLUG WHEN

ENERGIZING THE IGNITION COMPONENT
(2) Replace igniter plugs per See X I X
Section 80-23-0. Note
Clean and lubricate mating splines.
5-21
Page 18 Dec 31/95

CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Para.
1 2 1 3 4
(3) The~´•combustion liner shells I I I x´•
must be removed permanently

and replaced with new shells.
The cowl and dome assembly,
including the fuel nozzle
ferrules and igniter washer,
are not to be disassembled
or replaced unless there is
an obvious defect. Refer to
SEI-136, Section 72-42-0 for

limits.
NOTE: Igniter plug life is a function of engine time, proper

immersion depth, ignition cycles, and period of ignition use.
The most reliable operation can be obtained by alternatively
replacing the top and bottom units at intervals of 100-150
hours, or at intervals consistent with the operator’s
experience and use of ignition in flight.
(4) Combustion inner casing for I

hot spots, bulges, and cracks.
:5) Inspect outer combus~ion I I I I x
casing per Section 72-41-0.
K. Check the turbine section for:

(Refer to Sections 72-51-0, 72-52-0,
and 72-53-0 for serviceable limits.)
(1) Turbine casing cracks. I I
(2) Turbine nozzles for operation I I I x
defects.
(3) Turbine rotor assembly. I I I x
On CJ610-9 engines, the inner and outer shells are life limited to 1.200
hours and must be replaced at every other 600-hour hot section inspection.
This epplies to´•Par~ No. 6008T94 liners only.
5-21
Dec 31/95 Page 19
GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ,
TABLE 1

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Para.
112 3 4
L. Check the exhaust cone for:
(1) Casing cracks, distortion, and x I x I x I x
hot spots (Refer to Section

78-11-0.)
(2) Security of exhaust pressure x I x I x I x
probes (Refer to Section

77-11-0.)
(3) Inspect and clean exhaust I I I I x
pressure probes (Refer to

Section 77-11-0.)
(4) The exhaust gas thermocouple

harness for:
(a) Breaks or missing loops. x I x I x I x

(b) Insulation resistance. I I I I x

(c) Indication when local heat I I I x
is (Refer
applied. to
Section 77-21-0.)
M. Functionally check engine operation See See x
per Adjustment/Test. Section 72-00. Note 1 Note 1
figure 503.
N. Motoring check. See See x
Note 2 Note 2
O. Clean compressor per Section 72-00. See I See See

Note 3 Note 3 Note 3
5-21
Page 20 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRIC---~-
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 1

HSI
Periodic (Ref.
Every Every Pars.
ENGINE COMPONENT AND INSPECTION Daily 300 HRS 1 600 HRS 3.D.)
1 2 3 4
NOTES: 1. Functional Checks indicated at 300 or 600 hour intervals are
recommended if engines have been idle for more than 1 month
prior to the check. This check is also recommended if pilot’s

post flight report indicates there may be an engine
operational problem.
2. This check can be accomplished as part of cleaning or igniter

plug change. Pilot’s normal starting procedure can be used to
monitor starter torque capability of 12% Ng RPM in 12
seconds or better.
3. A high rate of landings. especially in areas where there is

airborne soot or dirt, may require additional cleaning
intervals to maintain efficient compressor operation.
5-21
Dec 31/95 Page 21
NOTE: Please see the TEMPORARY REVISION that revises this page
SEI-186
TEMPORARY REVISION 5-006

Filing Put this Temporary Revision (TR) in the CJ610
Instructions: MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, adjacent to page 21,
dated Dec 31/95, in Chapter 5-21.

Revisions.
Subject: Mandatory Inspections/Checks
Reason: This TR adds a new paragraph for Mandatory

Inspections/Checks.
Change: Added paragraph 4 to section 5-21.
The information contained in this document is GE proprietary information and is disclosed in

confidence. It is the property of GE and shall not be used, disclosed to others or reproduced
without the express written consent of GE, including, but without limitation, it is not to be used in
the creation, manufacture, development, or derivation of any repairs, modifications, spare parts,
designs, or configuration changes or to obtain FAA or any other government or regulatory
approval to do so. If consent is given for reproduction in whole or in part, this notice and the notice
set forth on each page of this document shall appear in any such reproduction in whole or in part.
This technical data is considered EAR controlled pursuant to 15 CFR Parts 730-774 respectively.
Transfer of this data by any means to a Non-US Person, whether in the United States or abroad,
without the proper U.S. Government authorization (e.g., license, exemption, NLR, etc.), is strictly
prohibited.
All technical documentation and information contained herein, with respect to assembly and
disassembly, cleaning, inspection methods and limits, repair methods and limits, operational limits,
life limits and the like, have been developed and approved for use with engines and parts that
have been manufactured and/or approved by GE and that have been maintained in accordance
with GE technical documentation and recommendations. GE has no contractual or legal obligation
for, nor knowledge of, non-GE-approved parts and repairs. Accordingly, this document is not
intended to apply to non-GE-approved parts and repairs.
Copyright (2011) General Electric Company, USA
5-21
Page 1 of 2
Oct 21/11
SEI-186
TEMPORARY REVISION 5-006 (continued)

4. Mandatory Inspections/Checks.
A. General.
(1) This procedure is used to identify specific piece-parts that

require mandatory inspections that must be accomplished at each
piece-part exposure, using the applicable chapters referenced in
Table 2 for the inspection requirements.
(2) Piece-part exposure is defined as follows:
The part is considered disassembled to the piece-part level when

done in accordance with the disassembly instructions in the GEAE
engine authorized Overhaul Engine Manual.
B. Mandatory Inspection Requirements.
Refer to Table 2 for the mandatory inspection requirements.
TABLE 2
MANDATORY INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
Part Name/Part Number Manual/Chapter/Section/Subject Mandatory Inspection
Stage 1 Compressor SEI-136, 72-33-3, Inspection Per paragraph

Rotor Disk 2.A.(4) (MPI)*







*MPI = Magnetic Particle Inspection
5-21
Page 2 of 2
Oct 21/11
GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION - Subject to the restrictions on the cover or first page
CHAPTER
ENGINES
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SE~-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 72 ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-Paoe
72-00 COMPLETE ENGINE
Description and Operation 1
Troubleshooting 101
Maintenance Practices
Servicing 301
Removal and Installation 401
Adjustment/Test 501
Inspection/Checks (see 5-21) Deleted

Cleaning and Preservation 701
Special Tools 1001
72-01 GENERAL ASSEMBLY INFORMATION

72-01-1 Lubricants, Preservatives, and Anti-Seize Compounds 1
72-01-2 Locking Procedures 1
72-01-3 Torque Values Tightening Practices 1
72-01-4 Procedure for the Installation of the Positioning-Type

Universal Fitting 1
72-01-5 Conversion Tables 1
72-02 GENERAL INSPECTION/REPAIR INFORMATION

72-02-0 Marking of Engine Parts 1
72-02-1 Hose, Tube and Clamp Inspection and Repair 1
72-02-2 Carbon Seal and Runner Inspection and Repair 1

72-02-3 Anti-Friction Bearing Method of Inspection 1
72-02-4 Welding Procedures General 1
72-02-5 Touchup, Protective Coating (SermeTel an Solaramic) 1
72-02-6 Touchup, A12/HIjl Intermetallic Diffusion Coating 1

72-02-7 Touchup, TSM-3 Intermetallic Diffusion Coating 1
72-02-8 Touchup, SerneTel 725 Protective Coating 1

72-02-9 Blending Procedures 1
72-03 GENERAL INSPECTION TECHNIQUES

72-03-1 Spot Method of Post Emulsified Liquid Penetrant Inspection 1
72-30 COMPRESSOR SECTION
Maintenance Practices Removal/Installation

Front Frame 201
No. Bearing
1 204
No. 1 Bearing Carbon Seal 205
Compressor Upper Casing 205
First-Stage ComFressor Rotor Blades 203
Accessory Gearbox Bracket (CJ610-1, -5 and -9 206A
Accessory Gearbox Bracket (CJ610-4, -6, -8 and -8A) 210
Scavenge Tubes 212P,
TABLE OP CONTENTS
72
Dec 31/95 Page 1
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MAN~AL SEI-186
CHAPTER 72 ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS ~Cont)
Pane
72-30 COMPRESSOR SECTION (Cont)
Air Pad Covers or Airframer Fittings 213

Stater Sector 213
72-31-0 Front Frame Assembly
Maintenance Practices..................~.................. 201
72-32-0 Compressor Stater Casing Assembly
Maintenance Practices...................~................. 201
72-33-0 Compressor Rotor Assembly
Maintenance Practices..................................... 201
72-34-0 Mainframe Assembly
Maintenance 201
72-40 COMBUSTION SECTION

Description and Operation...................................... 1
Maintenance Practices Removal/ Ins tallat ion........ 201
Heat Shield 201
Combustion Liner 202
Outer Combustion Casing. 205
Inner Combustion Casing´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•-´•´•´•´•´•´•´•-´•-´•´•´•´•..´•.´•´•.´•´•..... 208

No. 3 Bearing....................~.......................... 208
72-41-0 Outer Combustion Casing

72-42-0 Combustion Liner
Maintenance Practices 201
72-43-0 Inner Combustion Casing
Maintenance 201
72-45-0 Turbine Stationary Outer Seal
72-46-0 No. 3 Bearing Sump Components
72-46-1 No. 3 Carbon Seal Support
Maintenance Practices..................~.................. 201
72-46-2 Insulation Blanket (No. 3 Bearing Area)
72-46-3 Carbon Seal (No. 3 Bearing)
Maintenance Practices..............................-´•..... 201
72-46-4 No. 3 Bearing Support
Maintenance Practices...............................´•..... 201
72-46-5 No. 3 Bearing
72-47-0 Heat Shield
TABLE OF CONTENTS
72 Dec 31/91
Page 2
GEWERAL~B ELECTlllt
cJsio TURBOJET
CHAPTER 72 ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Page
72-50 TURBINE SECTION

Description and Operation.......................~.............. 1
Maintenance Practices Removal/Installation
Removal of Turbine Stator................................... 201
Removal of Turbine Rotor 202
Installation of Turbine Rotor.......,................,...... 204A
Determination of Axial Clearances between Turbine Rotor
and Combustion Section Parts 207
Installation of Turbine Stater 210
Clearance Checks Between Turbine Rotor and Stater 213
72-51-0 First-Stage Turbine Nozzle Assembly

Maintenance 201
72-52-0 Turbine Casing Assembly
72-53-0 Turbine Rotor Assembly
72-60 ACCESSORY DRIVE SECTION

Description and Operation...................................... 1
72-62-0 Transfer Gearbox

72-63-0 Horizontal Drive Shaft and Covers
Maintenance Practices................................~.... 201
72-64-0 Accessory Drive Gearbox
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I Dec 31/91 72
Page 3
GEAircraftEn~ines MAINTENANCE MANVAL
72-00, Added NOTE 3 before step II(1) 518fi

ADJUSTMENT/TEST
72-02-3, Revised para i, step A. (deleted the 1

INSPECTION requirement to re-install the bearings
that have remaining residual life in
the same engine)
HIGHLIGHTS
Jul 15/99 72
Page 1 of 1
GEAircraftEnaines MAINT’NANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 72 ENGINE
CHAPTERI CHAPTER/
72 *I thru IV Jul 15/99 72-00 132A/132B Mar 30/84

(Cont) 133 Mar 30/84
Contents 1 Dec 31/95 134 Nov 15/72
2 thru 3 Dec 31/91 135 thru 137 Mar 30/84
138 thru 139 Nov 15/72
72-00 1 Dec 31/95 140 Dec 30/78
2 May 15/70 140A/140B Dec 31/91
141 Dec 31/91
101 Mar 30/84 142 thru 143 Sep 1/75
102 May 15/70
102A/102B May 15/70 301 Sep 1/75
103 Sep 15/69 302 Dec 31/91
104 Oct 15/70 303 thru 304 Jan 15/69
104A/104B Dec 31/95 304A thru 304B Jun 1/71
105 Dec 31/95 305 thru 306 Sep 15/69
106 Sep 15/69 307 Sep 1/75
107 thru 109 Nov 15/72 308 Jun 1/71
110 Mar 30/84 309 Jan 15/69
11OA/11OB Nov 15/73 310 Sep 15/69
ill Mar 30/84 311 Jan 15/69
112 Nov 15/73 312 Apr 15/68
113 Dec 30/78 313 Dec 30/78
114 Nov 15/73 314 thru 315 Jan 15/69
114A thru 114B Mar 30/84 316 Apr 15/68
114C/114D Mar 30/84 317 Sep 15/69
115 thru 116 Mar 30/84 318 Jan 15/69
116A Dec 31/95 319 Apr 15/68
116B Mar 30/84
116C/116D Mar 30/84 401 Sep 1/75
117 Sep 1/75
118 Nov 1/80 501 Dec 1/77
118A/118B Sep 1/75 502 thru 503 Mar 30/67
119 Sep 1/75 504 May 31/98
120 Nov 1/80 504A/504B Dec 30/78
121 thru 122 Sep 1/75 505 Dec 31/91
122A thru 122B Sep 1/75 506 Mar 30/67
123 Nov 1/80 507 Oct 15/70
124 Sep 15/69 508 Feb 23/77
125 Nov 15/73 509 Dec 30/78
126 Jun 1/71 510 Dec 30/78
126A/126B Jun 1/71 510A thru 510B Dec 30/78
127 Dec 31/91 510C/510D Dec 31/91
128 Jun 1/71 511 thru 512 Sep 1/75
128A/128B Mar 30/84 512A/512B Sep 1/75
129 Mar 30/84 513 Dec 31/91
130 Dec 31/95 514 Dec 1/79
131 thru 132 Sep 15/69 514A May 15/70
72
Jul 15/99
GEAircraftEnqines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 72 ENGINE (Cont)
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Cont)
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
72-00 514B Sep 1/75 72-01-1 1 Dec 31/91

(Cont) 514C May 15/70 2 thru 3 Dec 31/95
514D Dec 31/95
514E/514F Dec 31/95 72-01-2 1 Dec 31/95
515 Dec 31/91 2 thru 4 Mar 30/67
516 Dec 31/95
516A thru 516B Mar 30/84 72-01-3 1 thru 3 Mar 30/67
517 Mar 30/84 4 Jan 15/69
518 Jan 15/69 5 thru 6 Mar 30/67
*518A Jul 15/99 7 May 15/70
518B Mar 30/84 8 thru 9 Dec 31/95
518C thru 518F Sep 1/75
518G Mar 30/84 72-01-4 1 Mar 30/67
518H thru 5183 Sep 1/75
518K thru 518M Mar 30/84 72-01-5 1 thru 2 May 15/70
519 Mar 30/67
520 Dec 31/91 72-02-0 1 Oct 15/70
521 Feb 23/77
522 Apr 15/68 72-02-1 1 thru 2 Dec 31/95
522A/522B Dec 1/77 2A/2B Dec 31/95
523 thru 524 Dec 31/91 3 thru 4 Mar 30/67
524A/524B Dec 31/91 5 Dec 31/95
525 Dec 1/77 6 thru 7 Mar 30/67
526 Dec 31/95 8 Dec 31/95
527 Dec 1/77 8A/8B Dec 31/95
528 Dec 31/91 9 thru 10 Mar 30/67
528A/528B Dec 31/91 11 Dec 31/95
529 thru 530 Dec 1/77 12 thru 13 Mar 30/67
14 May 15/70
601 Dec 31/95 15 Dec 1/79
16 thru 18 Dec 31/95
701 thru 702 Mar 30/84
702A Mar 30/84 72-02-2 1 thru 3 Mar 30/67
702B Dec 31/91 4 Sep 15/69
703 Nov 1/80
704 Mar 30/84 72-02-3 *1 Jul 15/99
705 Sep 1/75 2 thru 18 Dec 31/91
706 Nov 1/80
706P. Mar 30/84 72-02-4 1 Dec 31/91
706B Sep 1/75 2 thru 3 Sep 1/75
707 thru 709 Jan 15/69 4 Dec 31/91
1001 Dec 30/78 72-02-5 1 Dec 1/77

1002 thru 1003 Dec 31/95
72-02-6 1 thru 2 Dec 30/78
72
II Jul 15/99
GEAircraftEnohes MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 72 -ENGINE (Cont)
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
72-02-7 1 Dec 30/78 72-32-0 210A/210B Dec 31/95

2 Sep 1/75 [Cont) 211 thru 213 Sep 1/75
72-02-8 1 thru 2 Dec 30/78 72-33-0 201 thru 202 Mar 30/84
203 Sep 1/75
72-02-9 1 thru 2 Dec 31/91 204 thru 205 Dec 31/91
206 thru 207 Sep 1/75
72-03-1 1 thru 2 Dec 31/95
72-34-0 201 Dec 31/95
72-30 1 Mar 30/67 202 thru 203 Dec 31/91
2 Dec 31/91
3 Dec 31/95 72-40 1 thru 3 Mar 30/67
4 thru 6 Mar 30/67 201 thru 202 Dec 30/78
7 Dec 31/95 203 May 15/70
201 thru 202 Dec 31/95 204 Dec 31/91
202A thru 202B Dec 31/95 205 Dec 30/78
202C/202D Dec 31/95 206 thru 207 Nov 15/73
203 thru 204 Dec 31/95 208 thru 209 Dec 31/91
204A Mar 30/84 210 Dec 1/77
204B Sep 1/76 211 Dec 30/78
205 Dec 31/95 212 Nov 15/73
206 Dec 31/91 213 thru 218 May 31/98
206A/206B Dec 31/95
207 Dec 1/77 72-41-0 201 Jun 1/71
208 Dec 30/78 202 thru 203 Dec 1/77
208A/208B Dec 30/78 204 Jun 1/77
209 May 15/70
210 Dec 30/78 72-42-0 201 thru 207 Dec 1/77
211 Mar 30/67 208 Dec 31/95
212 Dec 31/95 209 thru 215 Dec 1/77
212A/212B Dec 31/95
213 Dec 31/95 72-43-0 201 Dec 31/91
214 Nov 15/72 202 Dec 1/77
72-31-0 201 Dec 31/91 72-45-0 201 Dec 1/77

202 Sep 15/69
203 thru 204 Dec 1/77 72-46-1 201 thru 202 Mar 30/67
205 Dec 31/95
206 Nov 15/73 72-46-2 201 Mar 30/67
207 thru 208 Dec 1/77
72-46-3 201 Mar 30/67
72-32-0 201 thru 202 Mar 30/84
203 Sep 1/7’5 72-46-4 201 thru 2D2 Jun 1/71
204 Dec 31/91
205 thru 207 Sep 1/75 72-46-5 201 Oct 15/70
208 Nov 1/80
209 thru 210 Dec 31/95 72-47-0 201 thru 202 Mar 30/67
72
Jul 15/99 III
GEAircraftEnoines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 72 ENGINE (Cont)
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
72-50 1 Mar 30/84 72-53-0 201 Dec 31/95

2 Jan 15/69 202 Mar 30/84
3 Mar 30/84 202A thru 202B Dec 31/95
4 Nov 15/73 202B.1 thru
201 thru 202 Mar 30/84 202B.2 Dec 31/95
203 thru 204 Sep 1/76 202C thru 202D Dec 31/91
204A thru 204B Sep 1/76 203 thru 205 Dec 31/91
205 Mar 30/67 206 Dec 1/77
206 Apr 15/68 206A/206B Dec 31/91
207 Mar 30/84 207 Dec 31/91
208 Dec 31/95 208 Dec 1/77
209 Mar 30/84 208A Dec 31/91
210 Dec 1/79 208B Dec 30/78
210A/210B Dec 1/79 208C/208D Dec 30/78
211 thru 212 Dec 31/95 209 Sep 1/76
212A/212B Dec 31/95 210 thru 211 Apr 15/68
213 Sep 1/75 212 thru 215 Sep 15/69
72-51-0 201 Dec 31/95 72-60 1 Sep 1/75

202 Sep 1/75 2 Sep 1/76
202A/202B Dec 31/95 3 Sep 1/75
203 Dec 30/78
204 Mar 30/84 72-62-0 201 Sep 1/75
204A/204B Mar 30/84 202 Dec 31/95
205 thru 206 Dec 31/91 203 thru 204 Sep 1/75
206A/206B Dec 31/91
207 Jan 15/69 72-63-0 201 thru 202 Sep 1/75
208 Mar 30/84 203 thru 204 Sep 1/76
209 Nov 15/73
210 thru 211 Mar 30/84 72-64-0 201 Sep 1/76
212 thru 218 Dec 31/91 202 thru 206 Sep 1/75
206A Sep 1/75
72-52-0 201 Jan 15/69 206B Dec 1/77
202 Dec 30/78 206C/206D Sep 1/75
202A Dec 31/91 207 thru 209 Sep 1/75
202B Dec 1/77 210 Dec 31/95
203 Sep 1/76 211 thru 214 Sep 1/75
204 thru 205 Mar 30/84
206 Sep 1/76
206A Mar 30/84
206B Dec 31/91
207 thru 210 ~´•Mar 30/84
210A thru 210B Sep 1/76
210C/210D Nov 15/72
211 thru 212 Sep 1/76
72
IV Jul 15/99
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 72 ENGINE
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General. The General Electric CJ610-1, -4, -5, -6, -8 and -9 engines are axial
flow, turbojet engines. They are compact, high thrust, lightweight engines with
three main bearings suppor~ing an eight stage axial flow compressor and a two
stage turbine coupled to the compressor rotor. The engine is controlled by a
hydro-mechanical fuel system and a combination variable geometry-air bleed con-

trol on the compressor.
2. Eneine Data.
Engine Length front ilange to Rear Flange 40.5 inches (approx.)

Extremes 51.1 inches (approx.)
Engine Diameter Maximum 17.56 inches (approx.)
Engine Weight (Dry) 400 (Ibs) (approx.)
Direction of Rotation (Rear Locking Forward) Clockwise
3, Sections of Engine. (See figure i.)
Basically, the engine consists of the following major sections: the compressor
section, the combustion section, turbine section, accessory drive section and
exhaust section. The description of each of these is given in the corresponding
sections of this chapter.
WARNING: ASBESTOS
THIS ENGINE MAY CONTAIN SMALL AMOUNTS OF ASBESTOS. WHEN WORKING WITH
THIS ENGINE, THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS MUST BE RIGIDLY ADHERED TO:
BEFORE ANY MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES ARE UNDERTAKEN, REVIEW THE ILLUS-

TRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN/CATALOG INDEX TO DETERMINE IF THE HARDWARE TO
BE WORKED ON OR USED CONTAINS ASBESTOS.
WHENEVER MECHANICAL REMOVAL OF MATERIAL, SUCH AS MACHINING, GRINDING,

BUFFING, DRILLING, SANDING OR ANY TYPE OF MATERIAL BUILD-UP ON PARTS
THAT CONTAIN ASBESTOS IS NECESSARY, APPROPRIATE PERSONAL PR3TECTIVE
EQUIPMENT MUST BE WORN, AND NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS REQUIRED
FOR THE HANDLING OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL MUST BE COMPLIED
WITH.
BEFORE HANDLING. ~EPLACING, OR DISPOSING OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING HARD-

WARE, APPROPRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND NATIONAL ENVIRON-
MENTAL CONTROLS MUST BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO FOR HANDLING ASBESTOS-
CONTAINING HARDWARE.
~ae ~O
I
TEMPORARY
REVISION
that revises this page, oo
Dec 31/95 Page 1
CJ6lbiURBOJET
SEI-1 86
Filing
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, adjacent to page 1, dated Dec
31/95 in Chapter 72-00.
Subj ect Engine Description and Operation
Reason: This TR revises paragraph 2 to reflect the weight of CJ610-6

engines modified to the spool rotor configuration (SB CJ72-
148)
Change: Revise paragraph 2, Engine Weight (Dry)
Engine Weight (Dry)

Engines Without Compressor Spool Rotor Configuration 400 (Ibs) Approx.
I CJ610-6 Engines Modified

Configuration
to
(SB C572-148)
Compressor Spool Rotor
418 (Ibs)
72-00
Page 1 of 1
Oct. 10/00
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
rua"~LE ~X*PUsr
CoFhB~’S
coch~ssssop
~d"l
Y
~O
ACCESSORY DRIVE SECTION
(CJ610-4,-6, AND-8)
411r
ti~
DRIVE SECTION
(CJ610-1.- 5 AND -9)
CJ610 Basic Engine Cutaway

Figure 1
72-00
Page 2
May 15/70
G E II E R A L E ii CTI! ICi
CJ610 TURBOJET
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. General. Troubleshooting is a systematic analysis of the symptoms which indi-

cate engine malfunction; these are usually a deviation from normal operating
parameters. Since the operating limits section of this manual describes nor-
mal engine indications, troubleshooting is closely related to this informa-
tion. Since it would be impractical to list all the possible malfunctions
which could occur in a modern jet engine, this section will cover only the
most common malfunctions. A thorough knowledge of the engine systems,
ap?elied with logical reasoning, will solve any remaining problems which may
occur.
As a guide to troubleshooting, the most probable troubles have been listed and
analyzed. (See Table 101.) Possible solutions have been listed, in most
cases, inthe order of their probability. The only deviation from the proba-
bility sequence occurs when checking the least probable is much easier than
checking the more probable. For instance, changing the fuel controlis an
extensive operation, hence the fuel control is not removed and replaced until
all other areas of malfunction are eliminated.
As a further guide to troubleshooting, the most probable troubles have also

been listed in flow chart form (see figure 101).
´•I
2. Whenever the fuelcontrol is adjusted to a lower density setting, a maximum
altitude acceleration check of the engine must be accomplished. (See MAINTE-
NANCE PRACTICES ADJUSTMENT/TEST;, paragraph 3.
12 or 3.
13.)

TEMPORARY
REV~S’ON
revises this page.
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 101
CJG1OTURBOJET
SEI-186
TEMPORARY REVISION 721485

Instructions: Turbojet MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, adjacent to
page 101, dated Mar 30/84, in Chapter 72-00.

Revisions
Subject: Troubleshooting
Reason: To add engine stall and flameout troubleshooting

requirements.
Change: Added paragraph 3.
Theinformation contained in this document is GE proprietary information

and is disclosed in confidence. It is the property of GE and shall not be
used, disclosed to others or reproduced without the express written
consent of GE, including, but without limitation, it is not to be used in
the creation, manufacture, development, or derivation of any repairs,
modifications, spare parts, designs, or configuration changes or to
obtain FAA other government or regulatory approval to do so. If
orany
consent is given for reproduction in whole or in part, this notice and
the notice set forth on each page of this document shall appear in any
such reproduction in whole or in part. The information contained in this
document may also be controlled by U.S. export control laws. Unauthorized
export or re-export is prohibited.
All technical documentation and information contained herein, with

respect to and disassembly,
assembly cleaning, inspection methods and
limits, repair methods and limits, operational limits, life limits and
the like, have been developed and approved for use with engines and parts
that have been manufactured and/or approved by GE‘ and that have been
maintained in accordance with GE technical documentation and
recommendati ons. GE has no contractual or legal obligation for, nor
knowledge of, non-GE-approved parts and repairs. Accordingly, this
document is not intended to apply to non-GE-approved parts and repairs.
FAA APPROVED DECEMBER 13, 2005
72-00
Page 1 of 2
Dec 13/05
CJG1OTURBOJET
GEAircraffEn~sines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
sE-l-lss
TEMPORARYREVISION 72485(continued)
3. For stall and flameout troubleshooting, the following additional
requirements must be met:
A. Inlet temperature (T2), engine speed (Ng), airspeed, altitude,

power setting (steady-state, acceleration, or deceleration), and
flight condition at which event occurred, must be recorded per
Aircraft Flight Manual.
B. Probable causes and corrective actions shown in table 101 and
figure 101 should be taken in sequence from start to finish for

these events.
C. A maximum altitude acceleration check of the engine must be

accomplished after corrective action for altitude stalls or
flameouts to confirm effectiveness of corrective action. (See

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ADJUSTMENT/TEST, paragraph 3.12 or 3.13.)
72-00
Page 2 of 2
Dec 13/05
cJeio TiJfiBQJET
MAINTENA~CE LiANUAL
SEI-186
TABLE 101
TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE
Problem Probable Cause I~vestigatibn/CorPective Action
STARTING PROBLEMS
i. Engine Fails to Rotate When Starter is Energizedi
WARNING: WHEN ROTATING COMPRESSOR ROTOR BY HAND, PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT

HAND FROM BEING CAUGHT BETWEEN ROTATING AM) STATIONARY PARTS.
A. Starter (1) Rotate compressor (a) Check for simultaneous ro-
Inoperative rotor by hand tation ;of the starter arma-
ture. If the armature
rotates, refer to the air-

craft electrical system
manual for troubleshooting
of a ~ossible electrical
system malfunction.
(b) If armatur’e does not rotate,

remove starter and check
starter shaft shear section
for failure.
(c) Check for rotation of drive
spline accessory gearbox

at
pad. If drive~spline does

not rotate, investigation
into the accessory drive
section will be necessary.
This wdrk should only be
performed by a proper mainte-
nance agency.
B. Compressor (1) Attempt hand (a) If the engine rotor will not
or Turbine rotation of com- rotate and visual inspection

Rotor Seized presser rotor of the compressor and tur-
bine reveals no damage, al-

low engine to cool at least
one hour. During cool down,
attempt hand rotation of
rotor.
72-00 May 15/70

Page 102
ELECIRIG
CJB10 TURBOS´•ET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
TABLE 101 (Cont)
Problem Probable Cause Investigation/Corrective Action
i. After cool period four

hours if necessary if
rotor is still frozen,
pull forward on compres-
.sor rotor in an attempt
to shift rotor forward.
I May 15/70 72-00
Page 102A/102B
tEllfllliL~ I:LIE’IR!C
cJsiO ‘~I;IRBOJET
SEI-L86 MAINTENAN~E MANUAL
TABLE 101 (Cont)
If rotor frees, turn by

hand and listen for un-
usual noises. If none
are heard, motor engine

with starter and listen
for unusual noises. If
none are heard, continue

normal operation of en-
gine. If unusual noises

are noted, determine and
correct cause before
proceeding.
2. If engine rotor does not
become free after cool
period, remove lube fil-

ter and magnetic drain
plug and check for metal

contamination’per section
79-00, Maintenance Prac-
tices, before proceeding.
If’metallic contamination
is found, th~ source must
be det~rmined and correc-
tive action’taken by a
qualified maintenance
agency. If no metal con-
tamination is found,
loosen all boits in for-
ward flange of turbine
casing and attempt to
rotate rotor. If rotor
is free, retighten bolts

per section 72-01-3,
figures 2 and 3. If
rotor will rock but tur-

bine casing ´•is´•´•frozen to
thelr~tor, the turbine

stater casing must be
removed and inspected.
If rotor is still frozen
in position, the turbine
rotor must be removed and
the turbine outer laby-
rinth and inter-stage
72-00
Sept. 15/69 Page 103

cEnrniL
cJsio
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186
TABLE 101~(Cont)
seals inspected for in-

terference. Maintenance
facility should have Hot

Section capability if
they are to proceed.
NOTE: Engine will have to be removed from aircraft if all turbine casing flange
bolts cannot be loosened in order to complete this check.
C. Accessory Drive (1) Attempt hand ro- (a) If the rotor will rock, the
Section Seized tation of compres- seizure is probably in the
sor rotor accessories or accessory

drive section and will re-
quire individual removal

and inspection of each ac-
cessory beginning with the

starter.
2. Motoring Speed on Starter is Low.
NOTE: The most common cause for low motoring speed is low battery voltage.
with capability of
Check this
volts de,
by using
1000 amps
a
to
ground
motor
power
engine.
unit
A5.82-5.72
good system either battery or
ground power unit, should have capability of motoring engine to, at
least 12 percent engine speed (Ng) in 12 seconds for ambient tempera-
ture conditions of OOF (-18"0) or higher.
A.]Compressor Rotor (1) T~rn rotor by hand (a) When excessive drag is noted,
Dragging, and check for ex- remove the aircraft hydraulic

cessive drag pump and the starter-genera-
tor and again check for ex-
cessive drag. If excessive
drag is still
noted, trouble-
shoot the engine per preced-
ing paragraph i.
WARNING: WHEN ROTATING COMPRESSOR ROTOR BY HAND, TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO

PREVENT HAND FROM BEING CAUGHT BETWEEN ROTATING AND STATIONARY
PARTS
B. Electrical Input (1) Check motoring (a) If neither engine will

to Starter speed of opposite motor to proper speed, re-
engine, noting fer to aircraft electrical

max attainable system manual for trouble-
rpm, then recheck shooting of a possible elec-
engine in question trical system malfunction.
72-00 Oct. 15/70

Page 104
GENERAL ELEi~RIC------
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 101 (Cont)
(b) If there is a substantial

difference in indicated
RPM’s. switch RPM indica-
tors to check for indica-
tor malfunction.
(c) If indication remains the

sane, switch starter from
good side to bad side or re-

place starter with known
good unit and recheck motor-
ing speed. If this corrects
problem reject faulty start-

er.
(d) If, after installation of

known good starter, the
RPM remains low, consult
applicable aircraft elec-

trical manual.
72-00
I Dec 31/95 Page i04A/104B

CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Problem Probable Cause Inves~igation/Corrective Action
3. Failure of Engine to Li8ht-Off During Attempted Start.
BEFORE ENERGIZING THE IGNITION CIRCUIT, 3E CERTAIN THAT NO FUEL OR
OIL IS PRESENT. HAVE FIRE EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT PRESENT.
HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT. BE CERTAIN THE IGNITION UNIT AND PLUGS
ARE GROUNDED EEFORE ENERGIZING THE CIRCUIT.
NEVER TOUCH OR MAKE CONTACT WITHT THE ELECTRICAL OUTPUT CONNECTOR
WHEN OPERATING ANY IGNITION COMPONENT.
NEVER HOLD OR MAKE CONTACT WITH THE IGNITER PLUG WHEN ENERGIZING
THE IGNITION COMPONENT.
NOTE: If motoring speed of 12 percent in 12 seconds for ambient temperature

conditions of OOF (-180C) or higher can be achieved, and fuel mist is
coming tailpipe with throttle in idle detent and no continuous

from
fuel drainage from engine drains, proceed on the assumption that the
problem is in the ignition system.
A. No audible spark (1) Motor engine and (a) If check´•is insufficient

from either check for proper voltage, check input to
igniter, input voltage to exciter using air-start
igniter box (min- ignition system.

imun 19 volts)
(b) If proper voltage can only

be attained using airstart
system or if proper voltage

cannot be attained using
either system, refer to air-
craft electrical system
manual for troubleshooting
of possible aircraft system
malfunction.
(c) If proper voltage is present,

shut off power supply to the
ignition, remove both igniter
plugs from engine per
80-23-0 and position
them where spark.
72-00
Dec 31/95 Page 105

6flEIAL~ ELEtTIIC
CJ610 TURSOJET
TABLE 101 (Cont)
gap is visible. Energize

ignition exciter and check
both igniters for strong,
blue colored, rapid firing
arcs. If either or both
igniters exhibit weak arcs,

replace the weak igniters
per section 80-23-0 and
check again.
(d) If strong arcs are observed,

check for proper immersion
of the igniters and assemble
per section 80-23-0.
(e) If neither igniter fires

properly, replace the igni-
tion exciter per 80-21-0
and recheck igniter plugs
again.
(f) If only one igniter produces

a strong are, switch the
high tension leads at the
exciter box to check the
plugs for breakdown. When
weak are is consistent with
switch, replace the bad plug.

Should the same igniter con-
tinue to exhibit a weak are,

replace the ignition exciter
per 80-21-0,
B. Faulty Fuel Nozzle
NOTE: Before proceeding with fuel system investigation, ensure there is

no severe hot section distress in the form of burned metal on the
second-stage turbine nozzle and deposits on the second-stage turbine

blades.
(I) Motor engine with (a) If a heavy mist is observed

throttle in idle and it has been previously
detent; a heavy established that ignition is
mist should be satisfactory, it is recom-
seen coming from mended that the two fuel
72-00
106 Sept. 15/69
Page
GERERAL~ELEC T.RIIC
cJ61 o LO~E T
SEI-186
TABLE .101´• (Cqnt):
Problem ‘I Probable Cause _;´•::´• Investigat ion~Corrective Action
tailpipe. See nozzles, those immediately

following step upstreamof two igniterthe
(2) if no or plugs which might interfere
slight mist is with the spray pattern, be
observe~. removed and checked for

cracks or carbon build-up
per section 73-18-0. De-
termine if there was an in-
crease during
in EGT the
previous flight.
NOTE: A rough:approximation for amount of mist is that the~ output of all fuel
nozzles together is about one quart every 30 seconds at starter motor-
ing speed,
(2) If tailpipe is (a) If boost pressure indication

not wet after~ is observed, consult ap-
not
motoring engine plicable aircraft electrical

with throttle in and fuel system manuals for
idle detent, the. troubleshooting of possible
fuel system should aircraft system malfunction.
be investigated
starting with the (b) If properboost pressure
aircraft system, indication is observed, and
then proceeding to continuous drainage noted
the engine. Check from engine gang drains,
aircraft fuel sys- during motoring with throt-
tem by ~observing tie in idle detent or at
the aircraft in- anytimeboost pumps are oper-

strumenfs for ating, replace;the manifold
positive indica- drain valve per 73-16-0 on
tion of boost CJ610-1, -5 and -9 engines
pressure while or P and:D valve per 73-17-0
attempting a nor- on CJ610-4, -6 and -8 en-

mal start per the gines.
aircraft flight i. Replace the fuel pump,
manuals.
73-13_0, if fuel drains
from the fuel pump shaft
NOTE: Check the
seal drain. It is impor-
aircraft fuel
tant to check the fuel
shut-off valve
pump and control filters
for proper for contamination. Should
operation’. the control filter show
signs of having bypassed
(heavily contaminated)
the fuel control must be
replaced per 73-21-0. In
72-00
Nov. 15/72 Page 107
GEntRII~:ILICIIIIC
cJsiO" iURBOJET
MA~NTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186
TABLE 101 (Cont)
addition, the filter in

the servo fuel supply
line to the overspeed
governor must be cleaned.
2. Replace the manifold

drain valve per 73-16-0
on CJ610-1, -5 and -9
engines; P and D valve
per 73-17-0 on CJ610-4,

-6 and -8 engines, if
fuel drains from the
valve at a steady flow
rate while engine is
being motored with throt-

tle in idle detent.
(c) Carry out start attempt-

advance throttle to higher
setting. If
engine starts,
check the following:
i. Correct throttle rigging

if shaft fails to reach
idle detent or fuel con-
trol lever is not at
ground idle mark on the

control when throttle
shaft is in the idle de-
tent.
2. Deleted.
72-00
Page 108 Nov. 15/72

G E W E RAP ~B ELECTRIC
6 J 61 6 ~´•´•T U 6 BOJ E T
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAI,
TABLE 101 (Cont)
-D 3. Deleted.
(d) If engine does not start

when throttle is pushed
the
forward.fol owing: Carry out
1. If proper boost pressure

indication is observed
and the control throttle
shaft is positioned
properly, check for air
locked pump by first
disconnecting reference
pressure line to pres-
surization valve. Turn
on aircraft electrical
boost pumps until at
least one quart of fuel
drains from line then

reconnect line. If air
was present in the sys-
tem, perform a "Motoring
Check", 72-00, Adjust-
ment/Check Section, to
prime system then attempt
a start.
Nov. 15/72 72-00
Page 109
69WE RALQ CI~CTRle
CJ610 TUR esJET
TABLE 101
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (Cont)
2. If air was not present,

and engine will not
start, check fuel pump

and fuel control filters
for contamination. If
either filter contains
sufficient contamination
to have bypassed, that
component must be re-
placed.
3. ExcessiiJe internal leak
age the overspeed

in
governor, check by dis-

connecting the line from
the overspeed governor
"bypass" port. Cap the
line but leave the over-
´•speed governor port un-
plugged. Disarm ignition

and motor engine. Place
throttle in idle position.
Leakage from port shall
be less than 80 pph. If
over 80 pph, the over-
speed governor must be

replaced per section
73-22-0.
Mar 30/84
72-00
Page 110
66 I ERAL fLt CtR:iC
cJ61o T U R1B qJ E T
SEI-186
1
MAINTENAN CE MANUAZ,
TABLE´•101 (Cont)
4. High Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) During Starts.
NOTE: Be sureengine achieves 12 percent speed in 12 seconds for ambient tem-

perature conditions of OOF (-180C) or higher. A slow ´•acceleration to a
speed below 12 percent may result in a hot start. Hot starts represent
over-temperature conditions withirithe engine; therefore, troubleshoot-

ing should be approached with caution. Any overtemperature of the en-
gine requ´•ires inspection checksper.´•72-00, Inspection/Checks. Prior to
troubleshooting the engine,:position~ aircraft facing into.the wind.
A. Turbine Tempera- (1) Improper EGT (a) Ensure EGT indicating system
ture EGT (T5) indication. is functioning correctly by
Rises Abnormally checking aircraft/engine
Requiring Start system with a Jetcal Ana-
To Be Aborted. lyzer, or equivalent, which
actually applies heat to
the thermocouple harness
probes. If the aircraft/
engine EGT indicating sys-
tem does not check out
satisfactory, ~heck each

component (thermocouple
harness, engine temperature
protector, aircraft wiring,
aircraft indicator) for re-
sistanceand determine the

malfunctioning component.
NOTE: If an engine tempera-

ture protector (ETP)
is installed on the
engine, the aircraft
indicating system
should read 130C
lower than the Jetcal
Analyzer for every one
ohm of resistance in
the ETP above 1.5 ohms
,i I and 130C higher than
the Jetcal Analyzer
for every one ohm of
resistance in the ETP
below 1.5 ohms.
C´•
Nov. 15/73 72-00
Page 11OA/11OB
G C W E RA L E LE CTR It
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
P~oblem Probable Cause Investigation/Corrective Action
(2) Improper fuel Check fuel density setting for

density setting. proper combination of fuel and
position. If setting is incor-
rect, reset to proper detent
(73-21-0).
´•I sore: Whenever the fuel control is adjusted to a lower
density setting, a maximum altitude acceleration

check of the engine must be accomplished. (See
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ADJUSTMENT/TEST, para-
graph 3,
12 or 3.
13.)
(3) Foreign object Inspect compressor and turbine
damage (FOD). for signs of FOD. If damage is
evident, repair as necessary
(72-32-0 and 72-33-0 or 72-52-0
and 72-53-0).
(4) Improper starting Ensure throttle is not advanced

procedure, to idle until at least 10 per-
(Ng)
cent
cent higher
or
is reached.
is preferable
21(fi
per-
obtainable.)
(5) Air in fuel This is likely to occur if any

control. portion of the fuel system has
been opened upstream of the fuel
control. If this has occurred,
make a normal (wet) start at-
tempt without ignition for 20

seconds. Allow engine to drain,
then make a normal start. Do
not open stopcock until 15 sec-
onds after initiation of start.
This will blow residual fuel
from the engine.
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 111
eEW ERAL ~eD ,,,,,RIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101 (Cont)
(6) Delayed ignition. (a) Check that engine lights

off within 5 seconds of
throttle advance to ground
idle detent. If not, check
ignition system. If this
proves satisfactory, sus-
pect fuel nozzles.
(3) Improper over- (a) Motor engine with throttle

board drainage. in ground idle detent and
ignition off. When motor-
ing speed has stabilized,
stopcock the throttle and
allow engine to shut down.
A minimum of 100 cc of fuel
should flow from the over-
board drain. If there is

no or little overboard
drainage replace the drain
valve per 73-16-0 on
CJdlO-l, -5 and -9 engines;
P and D valve per 73-17-0
on CJ610-4, -6 and -8
engines.
(8) Ice in fuel con- (a) Apply heat to fuel control

trol Pg sensing sensing bellows before at-
bellows. tempting next start.
(b) Remove the water from the

sensing bellows and fill the
bellows with diethylene
glycol monobutyl ether,
antifreeze fluid (Butyl
Carbitol, manufactured by
Union Carbide Corp., Box
8361, 437 MacCorkle Ave.,

South Charleston, West
Virginia, 25303, or MCB Manu-
facturing Chemists, 2909 High-
land Ave., Norwood, Ohio
45212, or equivalent) as
follows:
i. Disconnect the Pg line

from the fuel control.
72-00 Nov. 15/73

Page 112
GEltRIL ~D ELtCPRiC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101 (Cont)
Problem Action
2. Deleted.
3. Beat (evenly distributed)

the control, if necessary,
to 756-1350F and stabi-
lize the temperature.
4. Close antifreeze valve

(No. 2) and open vacuum
pump valve (No. i).

Maintain a constant tem-
perature and the correct
pressure/vacuum for at
least 1 hour.
5. After the bellows has

been evacuated for 1 hour
at the proper temperature
and pressure/vacuum,
close the vacuum pump
valve (No. 1) and
open
the antifreeze valve
(No. 2) to allow complete
filling of the bellows
with antifreeze.
6. Close antifreeze valve

(No. 2). Reconnect the
P3 line to the fuel

control.
(c) The following procedure may

be used to remove the water
from the sensing bellows and
to fill the bellows with
antifreeze fluid.
6
Dec. 30/78 72-00
Page 113
G EW ERAL ELEC~RIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAI; SEI-186
TABLE 101 (Cont)
NOTE: This procedure is to

be used only as an
interim procedure
and must be followed
by the procedure des-
cribed in paragraph
(b) at the first
possible opportunity.
I. Disconnect the P, line

from the fuel control.
2. Allow moisture or water

to drain out of Pg fit-
ting on fuel control.
Using a syringe inserted
suck
out
theellows.fitting,
3. Pour squirt a small
or
amount diethylene
of
glycol monobutyl ether
into the P3 fitting to
fill the bellows (approx.
5 cc).
k´• Reconnect the Pg line to

the fuel control.
NOTE: If the foregoing does not correct problem, make more rigorous FOD
inspection. If no damage, change fuel control per 73-21-0.
5. Engine Will Not Accelerate to Idle Speed in 40 Seconds
NOTE: Deleted.
A. Hang-Up Occurs (1) Starting system (a) Trouble shoot start system
Below 20 ~ercent will not acceler- per paragraph 2. of this
Engine Speed. ate engine to 12 troubleshooting guide.
percent speed in
less than 12
seconds.
72-00 Nov. 15/73

Page 114
GLIERAL ELEMRIC _--
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
B. Hang-Up Occurs (1) Engine accelerates Correct throttle rigging if

Above 20 Percent out of hang-up throttle shaft fails to reach
Engine Speed. when throttle is idle detent or fuel control lever
advanced. is not at idle mark when throttle
shaft is in idle detent.
(2) Engine does not (a) Inspect P3-to-fuel control

accelerate out of tube foy tightness and
hang-up when cracks. Repair as necessary.
throttle is ad- (72-02-1).
vanced.
(b) Check overboard drain line
for fuel flow, replace drain
valve if any fuel flows from
drain at hang-up condition.
(c) Inspect for FOD in compres-

sor and turbine sections.
Repair as necessary (73-32-0
and 72-33-0 or 72-52-0 and
72-53-0).
(d) Measure overspeed governor

internal leakage by discon-
necting the return line from
the overspeed governor by-
pass port. Cap the line but
leave the overspeed governor
port unplugged. Disarm igni-
tion and motor engine. Place
throttle in idle position.
Leakage from port should be
less than 80 pph. If great-
er, the overspeed governor
must bereplaced (73-22-0).
(e) Adjust fuel control density

setting one click to a lower
density setting and try
another start.
NOTE: Whenever the fuel control is adjusted density setting, a maximum

to a lower
altitude acceleration check of the
engine accomplished.
must be(See
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ADJUSTMENT/TEST, Paragraph 3. 12 or 3. 13.)
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 114A
6EWERAL ~B E LE CTR le
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-’186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186
TABLE 101
(f) Check for leakage of fuel

pressurizing valve by open-
ing valve reference pressure
line, capping off line from
main fuel pump, and cranking
engine with stopcock open.
If leakage occurs, change
fuel pressurizing valve
(73-15-0 on CJ610-1, -5 and
-9 engines; 73-17-0 on
CJ610-4, -6 and -8A engines).
(g) Replace fuel control if con-
trol checks do not correct

problem (73-21-0).
C. Air Start (1) Improper air- Make sure the start was attempted
Hang-up. start envelope. within the air-start envelope
of the Aircraft Flight Manual.
(2) Improper fuel Check fuel density setting for
type setting, proper combination of fuel and

(73-21-0).
NOTE: If a lower density setting is made, a maximum

altitude acceleration check of the engine must be
accomplished. (See MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
ADJUSTMENT/TEST, paragraph 3. 12 or 3.
13.)
(3) Faulty ignition Check ignition system (paragraph
system. 3.A.).
5A. Er-lgine Undergoes RPM Roll-back or RPM Roll-back and Flameout After Engine
Reaches Idle Speed. (CJ610-4, 6, and -8A engines.)
A. Engine RPM (1) Air leaking into Change overspeed governor

roll-back or overspeed governor (73-22-0).
RPM roll-back through carbon
and flameout seal, allowing fuel
after engine to drain back to
reaches idle tank when engine is
speed. shut down.
72-00 Mar 30/84

Page 114B
G E II E RA L ~B C LE eTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
Problem Probable Cause Investigation/~orrective Action
(2) Air leaking Remove fuel pump and replace

through fuel pump o-ring beneath ´•fuel pump high-
high-pressure pressure relief valve cover
relief valve (73-13-0).

cover when engine
is shut downi
allowing fuel to
drain back to
tank. Evidenced
by small external
fuel leak at high
pressure relief
valve cover when
engine is running.
STALL PROBLEMS
6. Compressor Stalls.
Stalls may be divided into two types; steady state and those occurring
during acceleration or decele~ation. Steady state stalls are those
that occur each time an engine reaches a certainspeed regardless of
how slowly it is accelerated. Acceleration/deceleration stalls depend
on the rate of acceleration or deceleration. Stalls occur when the
air flow through the compressor is disrupted.

TEMPORARY
REVISION
1 Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 114C/114D
GE Aircraft Engines NIAINTENANCE:MANUAL
SEI-1 86

Instructions: Turbojet MAINTENANCE MANUAL, SEI-186. Remove and
replace pages 114C´•/114D, 115, 116, 116A, 116B, and
116C/116D in Chapter 72-00 with this TR.

Revisions.
Subject: Troubleshooting Guide
Reason: To clarify the troubleshooting of stalls.
Change: Revised Troubleshooting

the Guide for
troubleshooting of stalls.
The information contained in this document is GE proprietary information

obtain FAA or other government or regulatory approval to do so. If
any
ALL technical documentation and information contained herein, with

respect assembly and disassembly, cleaning, inspection methods and
to
limits, repair .methods and limits, operational limits, life limits and
the like, have been developed and approved for use with~-engines ahd parts
that have been manufactured and/or approved by GE and that have been
maintained in accordancewith CE technical documentation and
recommendations. GE has contractual
no or legal obligation for, nor
Copyright C1967) General Electric Company, USA
72-00
Page 1 of 10
Dec 13/05
GE Aircraff En~ines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARYREVISION 72-480(continued)
Table 101
Troubleshooting Guide (Cont)
Problem Probable Cause rnvestigation/Corrective Action
(2) Air leaking Remove fuel pump and replace

through fuel pump O-ring beneath fuel pump high-
high-pressure pressure relief valve cover
relief valve 173-13-0)

cover when engine
is shut down,
allowing fuel to
drain back to
tank. Evidenced
by small external
fuel leak at
high-pressure
relief valve
cover when engine
is running.
STALL PROBLEMS
6. Compressor Stalls (see Figure 101, Sheets 5 thru 8).
A. Prior to "Return to Service" and after engine renuxml and installation, a
maximum altitude acceleration check of the engine must be

accomplished (see MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ADJUSTMENT/TEST, Paragraph
3. 12. Or 3.
B. Record inlet temperature (T2), engine speed (Ng), airspeed,

altitude, power setting (steady-state, acceleration, deceleration),
and flight condition at which the stall occurred per Aircraft Flight
Manual. This will assist in troubleshooting the problem.
C. The following guide requires a check flight consisting of a maximum

altitude acceleration check after corrective action. This check
flight demonstrates margin equivalent to the type design and ensures
that the´•corrective action has been effective and that engine-caused
stalls will not recur.
D. All of these probable causes and corrective actions should be taken

in sequence from start to finish.
NOTE: Stalls may be divided into two types; steady-state and those
occurring during acceleration or deceleration. Steady-state
stalls are those that occur each time an engine reaches acertain
speed regardless of how slowly it accelerated.
Acceleration/deceleration stalls depend on the rate of
acceleration or deceleration. Stalls occur when airflow through
the compressor is disrupted.
72-00
Page 2 of 10
Dec 13/05
GE Aircraft Enllines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
TEMPORARY REVISION 72480 (continued)
6.1 Installed Engine, External Checks (see Figure 101, Sheet 5).
Table 101
ProSLem Probable Cause Investigation/Corrective Action
A. All types of (1) rnlet distortion, (a) Check nacelle for evidence
Stalls (Steady- of air leakage or exhaust
State, recirculation per aircraft
Acceleration and manual. Repair/replace as
Deceleration). necessary,
(b) C~ieck nacelle inlet for
damage, distortion, or step

in the inner flowpath per
aircraft manual.
Repair/replace as
necessary.
(c) Check nacelle alignment by
checking engine mounting

structure for looseness or
distortion per aircraft

manual. Repair/replace as
necessary.
(2)High compressor Check tailpipe area per

operating line, aircraft manual. Use an average
of 12 measurements or Pi tape.
Required areas for specific
engine/ aircraft model
combinations are specified in
the aircraft manual.
(3) Compressor Waterwash compressor per 72-00,

contaminated. CLEANING and PRESERVATION.
(4)Loss of compressor Check compressor and turbine

stall margin and sections for FOD (72-32-0
turbine and 72-33-0 or 72-52-0 and
efficiency. 72-53-0)
6.2 Installed Engine, Undercowl Visual Checks (see Figure 101, Sheet 6).
A. All types of (1) Bleed duct Check alignment of bleed duct

Stalls (Steady- misaligned. per aircraft manual. Adjust if
State, duct is causing any blockage to
Acceleration and airflow.
Deceleration)
72-00
Page 3 of 10
Dec 13/05
GE Aircraff Enl7ines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
Table 101
(2) T2 sensor Check T2 sensing air hose

(CIT)
aspirator hose from inlet aspirator for
to
leaking. chafing, collapse, or blockage

and replace if necessary per
aircraft manual.
B. Engine stalls Stall occurs in 50-70 Check fuel density setting for
during percent speed range. proper combination of fuel and

acceleration or position. If setting is
deceleration, incorrect, reset to proper
detent (73-21-0 or SEI-154,
73-20-1, TESTING)
6.3 Installed Engine, Undercowl Inspection (see Figure 101, Sheet 7).
A. Alitypes of (1)Variable geometry Check variable geometry system

Stalls (Steady- system not working (75-00) by operating system by
State, properly. hand for:
Acceleration and
Deceleration)
1 Excessive wear.
2 Binding linkages.
3 Actuator jamming.
4 Broken/kinked feedback
cable.
NOTE: The actuators should move smoothly but have

firm resistance.
(2)Variable geometry Check variable geometry´•system

system out-of- including IGV setting full open
limits. (72-00 ADJUSTMENT/TEST)
Adjust VG system if necessary
(75-00)
(3)Bleed valve gates Repair or replace bleed
worn, loose, or valve(s) per SEI-154, 75-31-1.

not moving full
travel.
72-00
Page 4 of 10
Dec 13/05
SEI-186
Table 101
(4) Fuel control unit Remove fuel control unit (FCU)

(FCU) out of Test and recalibrate (SEI-154,
calibration. 73-20-1, TESTING)
NOTE: If bleed valves have closed during shutdown,

turn on boost pumps and motor the engine with
ignition OFF. This will open the bleed valves.
(5) Loss of compressor Check compressor (through inlet

stall margin. and bleed valves) for
cleanliness and corrosion. A
contaminated compressor will
result in loss of stall margin.
Clean as necessary (see
Cleaning and Preservation,
paragraph 4)
(6) Incorrect stater Check alignment of stater
alignment, segment bleed holes with holes

in compressor casing (view
through customer bleed ducts;
(7) EPR probe Repair or replace per Service

defective or Bulletin (CJ610) 77-3, 77-4,
incorrect. 77-5, and by SEI-154, 77-11-0,
77-11-1.
(8) Fuel manifold Repair (SEI-154, 73-16-1) or

pressure out of replace (73-18-0) fuel nozzles
limits.
(9) Top speed greater (a) If speed exceeded limits

than 108 percent. for time specified, return
to overhaul fordimensional
inspection of rotors per 5-
21.
(b) Repair (SEI-154, 73-21-0,

73-21-1) orreplace (SEI-
154, 73-22-0) OS governor.
(C) Adjust maximum speed on

fuel control per SEI-154,
73-21-1.
72-00
Page 5 of 10
Dec 13/05
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
Table 101
NOTE: The above checks should eliminate steady-state stall problems. Further
checks for acceleration and deceleration stalls should be carried out
with the
engine running. Ensure aircraft is facing into the wind when
performing these checks.
B. Engine stalls (1) Bleed valve (a) Perform variable geometry

during schedule out-of- check (72-00,
acceleration or limits. ADJUSTMENT/TEST). If
deceleration. schedule cannot be adjusted
towithin limits, replace
fuel control (73-21-0)
(b) Perform fast acceleration

followed by fast
deceleration. If engine
does not stall, return
engine to service.
6.4 Stall Causes Requiring Engine Removal, Disassembly, and Inspection in

Shop and Reinstallation (see Figure 101, Sheet 8).
NOTE: Record the following data for engines in "as received" condition and
inspect as instructed.
A. Perform borescope inspection and take oil samples before teardown when
engine is inducted into shop.
(a) Measure compressor rotor

B. Compressor. (1) Inspect compressor
blade tips (shadowgraph)
blade and vane tip and concentricity of
clearances las
compressor rotor spacers
received)
(SEI-136, 72-33-00,
ASSEMBLY)
(b) Do a dimension check (EROM)

of compressor casing lands
(SEI-136, 72-32-1,
INSPECTION).
(C) Calculate average blade-tip

clearances (SEI-136,
72-33-0, ASSEMBLY)
(2) Inspect airfoil (a) Be sure all blades and

quality. vanes are clean.
(b) Replace all FOD blended

blades and vanes.
.b
72-00
Page 6 of 10
Dec 13/05
GEAircraff Engines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
Table 101
(C) Reject all airfoils that do

not meet the surface finish
requirements (32
microinches maximum ~or
stages 1-4, and 20

microinches maximum for
stages 5-8) and do not meet

the leading edge radius
requirements (SEI-136,
72-32-1, REPAIR)
(d) For extended-life
compressor, the aluminum-

base inter-metallic
diffusion coating must be
removed, or stages 5-8
compressor blades must be
replaced per Service

Bulletin (CJ610) 72-129
(Latest Revision)
(3) Inspect airfoils Inspect compressor casing

for FOD, (SEI-136, 72-32-1, INSPECTION),
corrosion, and tip stater sectors (SEI-136,
rubs. 72-32-2, INSPECTION), and
compressor blades (SEI-136,
72-32-2, INSPECTION) for FOD
(dents), corrosion (pits), and
tip rubs.
(4) Replace/repair (a) Replace all blades

components with exceeding runout of 0.008
excessive inch TIR.
runout.
(b) Repair compressor casings

that exceed 0.007 inch
runout (SEI-I36, 72-32-1,
REPAIR)
(c) Replace vanes as necessary

to obtain the following:
1 Maximum vane tip runout

not to exceed 0.007 irict-i
TIR.
72-00
Page 7 of 10
Dec 13/05
GEAircraffEnaines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
TEMPORARYREVISION 72-480(u>ntinued) I
Table 101
2 Maximum average step

between adjacent vane
sectors 0.003 inch.
3 Maximum scallop for each

individual vane sector
0.006 inch.
(5) Check vane Machine vanes to obtain the

sector end-gap, following end-gap on each half
compressor casing:
Stage(s) End-gap per case half
3,4,5 0.030 to 0.055 inch

6,7 0.040 to 0.100 inch
If more than 0.005 inch of

metal removal is
required,
machine vanes uniformly on each
sector. Adjust end-gap to
maximum end of tolerance.
(6) Inspect for Running with reversed vane
compressor vane sector(s) will cause damage to

reversed rotor blades. Replace blades
installation. one stage forward and two
stages aft of reversed vane

sector, and reinstall vane
sector (s)
17) Check and record (a) If one or more stages of

clearances. blades require
replacements, use the
CJ610-8A clearance limits
in tables I thru IV, or
spool compressorrotor
clearances for engines
equipped with spool rotors
(SEI-136, 72-33-0,
ASSEMBLY)
(b] Record clearance data. To

obtain average value, all
calculationsmust be based
on 100 percent of the
blades and vanes.
72-00
Page 8 of 10
Dec 13/05
GEAircraFtEnqines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
TEMPORARYRNISION 72´•4801continued)
Table 101
C. Turbine nozzles. (1) Stage 1 nozzle. (a) Measure area of nozzle "as
received"
(b) For CJ610-8A engines,

nozzle area is not
adjustable; replace nozzle

i~ required.
(C) For all other engines,

adjust nozzle area
(SEI-136, 72-51’0, FITS

AND CLEARANCES) to maximum
area.
(d) Check partitions, no
reverse bends are allowed.
(2) Stage 2 nozzle. Stage 2 nozzles to be within

manual area limits; no further
adjustment is allowed.
D. Turbine. !1) Clearances la) Measure and record

clearances "as.received"
(b) Replace blades or shrouds

as necessary to obtain tip
clearance limits (SEI-136,
72-53-0, ASSEMBLY)
Oversize shrouds are not
permitted on CJ610-8A
engines.
(2) FOD. Inspect for FOD(SEI-136,

72-53-0, INSPECTION)
13) Seal clearances, la) Measure and record FWD and

AFT seal clearances for
turbine assemblies.
Replace as necessary to
meet clearance limits.
72-80
Page 9 of 10
Dec 13/05
GE Aircraft MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
Table 101
(b) Disassemble turbine wheel

assemblies and
measure/calculate
interstage-to-torque ring
clearances. Replace as
necessary’to meet clearance

limits.
(4) Inspect turbine Inspect per SEI-136, 72-53-1.

blades for Replace as necessary to meet
warping. limits.
(5) Inspect turbine Inspect per SEI-136, 72-53-1.

blades for Replace as necessary to meet
bowing. limits.
E. Fuel control unit Test. Test and recalibrate (SEI-154,

(FCU). 73-20, TESTING)
F. Fuel sjrstem. Test. Flow-check fuel nozzles

(SEI-154, 73-16-1)
G. Engine rigging. Adjust. Adjust variable vanes trigging)

to "zero
degree" position
(fully open) (SEI-136, 72-00,
Assembly)
H. Engine test. Test. Do an Engine Performance test

and Compressor Operating Line
check (SEI-136, 72-00,
Testing)
72-00
Page 10 of 10
Dec 13/05
C E W E RAL ~B Lf CT R IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
A. All Types of (1) Loss of compres- (a) Check compressor and turbine
Stalls (Steady- sor stall margin sections for FOD (72-32-0 and
State, Accel- and turbine 72-33-0 or 72-52-0 and

eration and efficiency. 72-53-0).
Deceleration).
(b) Check compressor (through in-
let and bleed valves) for
cleanliness or corrosion. A
contaminated compressor will
result in loss of stall mar-
gin. Clean as necessary
(Cleaning and Preservation,
paragraph 4).
(2) Variable geometry Check variable geometry system

system not working (75-00) by operating system
properly. by hand for:
i. Excessive wear.
2. Binding linkages.
3. Actuator jamming.
4. Broken/kinked feedback cable.
NOTE: The actuators should move smoothly but have firm resistance.
(3) Variable geometry Check variable geometry system.

system out-of-
limits.
NOTE: If bleed valves have closed during shutdown, turn on boost pumps
and motor the engine with ignition OFF. This will open the bleed
valves.
(4) Improper fuel type Check fuel density setting for
setting. proper combination of fuel and

(73-21-0).

hL TEMPORARY
REV’slON
72-00
Mar 30/84 ’Ib- that revises this page.
Page 115
CEIERAL ~B ELLETRIC
CJ610 ~IURBOJET
TABLE 101
NOTE: If a lower density settingis made, a maximum

ADJUSTMENT/TEST, Paragraph 3. I:! or 3. 13)
d
(5) Faulty compressor Check CIT sensing air hoses from
inlet temperature inlet to aspirator for signs of
sensing systems. chafing, collapse or blockage.
(6) Incorrect stater Checkalignment of stater seg-

alignment. ment bleed holes with holes in
compressor casing (view through
customer bleed ducts).
NOTE:~ The.above checks should eliminate steady-state stall problems.

Further checks for acceleration or deceleration stalls should be
carried out with the engine running. Ensure aircraft is facing
into the wind when performing these checks.
B. Engine stalls (1) Bleed valve sched- (a) Performs variable geometry
during accel- ule out-of-limits. check (Adjustment/Test).
eration or If schedule adjust-
cannot be
deceleration. ed within limits, replace
fuel control (73-21-0).
(b) Perform fast acceleration

followed by fast decelera-
tion. If engine ddes not
stall, return engine to ser-
vice.
(2) Stall occurs in Check fuel density setting on

50-to-70-percent fuel control for correct setting.
speed range. If setting is incorrect, reset to
proper detent (73-21-0).
NOTE: If a lower density setting, is made, a maximum

ADJUSTMENT/TEST, Paragraph 3. 12 or 3. I3´•)
(3) Stall occurs (a) Either FOD or basic engine

above 70-percent problem. If stall occurs
speed range. above 90 percent, remove
compressor top half and in-
NOTE: Please spect for FOD or stater vane

see the
sector reversal (72-32-0).
TEMPORARY
72-00
Page 116
It~REVISION
Mar 30/84
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 101
(b) If fuel density setting is
at recommended setting, re-
set it one click to a higher

specific gravity setting and
Derform Acceleration Check
(Adjustment/Test). If this
corrects problem, perform
Maximum Speed Setting proce-
dure (Adjustment/Test). If
problem still exists, replace

fuel control (73-21-0).
C. Engine stalls during
altitude acceleration
or steady state condi-
tions.
NOTES: 1.Record inlet temperature (T2) and speed (Ng) at which stall
occurred.
2. See figure 103 for troubleshooting guide and for references to
overhaul inspection and repair procedures.
3.To make sure that the stall problem has been corrected, perform
an altitude acceleration check after all repairs and adjustments
have been accomplished.
(1)Compressor or (a) Inspect and repair per

turbine FOD. overhaul manual.
(a) Check VG system by operating

binding or broken by hand. The actuators
and feedback cable should move smoothly and

broken or kinked, have firm resis~ance.
(b) Inspect and repair per

overhaul manual.
(3j P? line to MFC taj Inspect for damage or
damaged, blockage.
(4) Contaminated (a) Inspect aircraft and engine

fuel filters, filters for blockage
´•I
per
SEI 154, Sections 73 20 i.
i3 13-0, 73-14-0, and 73 21-0.
TEMPORARY 72-CO
Dec 11/95, Page
I that revises this page.
~D ELECTllt
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
(5) Top speed in ex- (a) Bench test fuel control and
cess of 108% gas recalibrate topping schedule
generator. downwards per SEI-154,
Section 73-20-1.
(6) Shift in fuel (a) Check fuel control for

control -accel- proper specific gravity
eratFon schedule; setting per SEI-154,
Section 73-20-1.
NOTE: If a lower density setting is made, a maximum

ADJUSTMENT/TEST, Paragraph 3. 12 or 3. 13´•)
(b) Bench test fuel control and

recalibrate acceleration
schedule per SEI-154,
Section 73-20-1.
(7) Engine/aircraft (a) Check inlet duct for damage

system problem. or misalignment.
(b) Check nacelle area for air
leakage or exhaust recircu-

lation.
(c) Check aircraft for engine

throttle rigging fault.
(d) Inspect T2 sensor hose for
damage or cracking.
(e) Check sample of fuel for

contamination (debris or
water)
(f) Check aircraft for boost
pumps failure.
(g) Check bleed duct for mis-
alignment.
Use
(h) Check tail pipe area.
TEMPORARY 12 U)
average of measure-
-li REVISION ments.

72-00 Mar 30/84

Page 116B
GENfIAL ~B E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
(8) Highrcompressor (a) Inspect turbinefor FOD,

operating line. tip rubs, and blade damage
repair per overhaul manual.
(b) Inspect turbine shroud for

excessive clearance and re-
pair per overhaul manual.
(c) Inspect for undersize tur-

bine nozzle flow areas and
repair per overhaul manual.
(d) Inspect compressorfor ex-
cessive corrosion and for
tip rubs per overhaul manual.
(e) Inspect compressor for ex-
cessive FOD rework per over-
haul manual.
(f) Inspect compressor for

excessive blade and vane tip
clearance and repair per
overhaul manual.
(g) Inspect for clogged fuel

passages and/or clogged
cooler repair per overhaul
manual.
(h) Inspect for compressor blade

leading edge quality (fac-
tory check) and replace if
necessary.
(i) Inspect for compressor vane
orientation angle (factory

check) and replace if neces-
sary.

TEMPORARY
Mar 30/84
REC/ISION 1 72-00
thatreviseslhispage. I Page 116ClllbD
OIYIIILiO
CJGIO TURBOJET
SEI-L86 MAINTENANCE-‘MANUAL
TABLE 101 (Cont)
ACCELERATION PROBLEMS
7. Slow Engine Acceleration From Idle to Takeoff Power.
A. Acceleration (1) Compressor and/or (a) Inspect the compressor

Time from Idle turbine area blades for non-serviceable
rpm to Stabil- damage, damage through the engine "i

ized Takeoff inlet and bleed valve ports.
EPR is Greater Check for non-serviceable
than 15 Seconds damage to the turbine sec-
tor what was tion by looking up the
previously tailpipe.
I1Normalll for
the particular (2) Low idle’RPM. (a) Check idle rpm and correct,
engine). since the slowest accelera-
tion is in the range below
65 percent rpm a low idle
rpm will extend the accel-

eration time.
(3) Aircraft bleed (a) Check the b~eed air system

air system. forleakage by making ac-
celerations~with customer
bleed air on and off. Check
for large‘increase in ac-
celeration time with cus-
tomer bleed air on. If this
occurs, colisult applicable

aircraft mani~al for trouble-
shooting; of bleed
system. air
Check engine anti-ice system
for proper operation. If
valve has failed, replace
the valve, 75-11-0, and re-
check acceleration time.
(4) Compressor dis- (a) Check compressor discharge

charge pressure pressure sensing line to the
(P3) sensing_line, fuel control for leaks,
especially at the gasket on

the engine mainframe. Re-
move and replace the gasket
if a leak is found and re-
peat the acceleration test.
72-00
Sep 1175 Page 117

GEWfRAL ~B E if CTR It
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (Cont.)
(5) Low fuel flow -Check fuel control fuel density

from fuel con- setting. If setting is for a
trol. higher specific gravity fuel than
that being used, reset it for
type of fuel being used and check
acceleration. If this does not
correct problem, density
reset
setting one click to a lower

specific gravity setting. Ac-
celerate from idle to takeoff.
If this corrects the problem,
perform Acceleration Check and
Maximum Speed Setting procedure
(Adjustment/Test). If problem
still exists, replace fuel
control (73-21-0).
LOW ENGINE SPEED
8. Low RPM Engine Unable to Reach Selected Speed.
NOTE: Deleted.
A. Engine fails to (1) Turbine section ´•Visually inspect turbine section

attain selected damage. for nonservlceable damage.
engine speed.
(2) Fuel control Check fuel control shaft travel
shaft position, by positioning aircraft throttle
against takeoff stop and then
checking control shaft for proper
position. Rig aircraft throttle
system according to aircraft
manual if required.
(3) Compressor dis- Check for ruptured gasket at
charge pressure mainframe end of compressor dis-

(P3) sensing line, charge pressure sensing line.
Check for loos~ fitting at fuel
(4))Aircraft bleed
control.Inspect aircraft bleed air sys-
air system. tem for evidence of leaks.
Correct according to aircraft
manual if required.
72-00 Nov 1/80

Page 118
CEILIAL~L LLetllC
CJ610 VURBOJIJ
SE’I-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 101
(5) Perform engine (a) Check the indicating system

run. by replacing the low read-
ing indicator with a known
good item or by switching
indicator from opposite
engine.
(b) Check Maximum Speed Setting

per 72-00 Adjustment/Test.
Adjust maximum speed setting
higher; if necessary.
(c) Check for overspeed gover-

nor malfunction by making
an overspeed governor check.
If test speed on overspeed
governor is not within

limits, replace the gover-
nor, 73-22-0.
(d) Check for defective fuel

pump by inspecting the fuel
pump and fuel control fil-
ters. Check boost element
by removing inlet line to
pump and attempt rotation

of boost element through
the inlet.
(e) Check for defective fuel

control by making bleed
valve schedule check per
72-00, Adjustment/Test. If
there is a large shift in
the downward direction
(bleed valves close much
sooner than they are sup-
posed to, i.e. 1 2 per-
cent or more under schedule)
replace the fuel control per
73-21-0.
I Sep 1/75
Page 118A/118B
72-00
GEIERAL~ELECtRIC:
CJ610.´• .TURBOJET
TABLE 101
B. Engine speed (1) Failed engine (a) Disconnect.fuel pump inlet

decreases fuel pump hose. Carefully rotate en-
approx. 2% Ng. impeller shaft. gine while attempting to
Speed regained hold impeller; with a nylon
by turning on rod. If impeller does not
A/C boost pump. rotate replace fuel pump.
WARNING: WHEN ROTATING COMPRESSOR ROTOR BY HAND, TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT

HAND FROM BEING CAUGHT BETWEEN ROTATING AND STATIONARY PARTS.
PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS
NOTE: Before Troubleshooting any performance problem, calibrate instrumenta-

tion for the following parameters:
Gas generator speed (Ng)

EGT (T5). See paragraph 4.A.(l)(a).
Fuel Flow (Wf)
Engine Pressure Ratio (EPR) (aircraft instrumentation)
9. Insufficient performance margin. (See figure 104.)
A. Aircraft engine (1) Aircraft instru- (a) Recalibrate aircraft

instrument(s) ment(s) out of instruments as noted.
over limits. calibration.
NOTE: Aircraft problem possibilities should (b) Using Engine Analyzer Model
be eliminated before rejecting newly 1300, R-L Instruments, Co-
installed engines. Refer to.figure lumbia Station, Ohio 44028
104 for troubleshooting guide. (or equivalent), check each
parameter through the entire
engine operating range.
Advise operator to replace
or repair defective instru-
ments.
(2) Bleed air loss. (a) Test engine with the main-
frame customer bleed ports
blanked off; if engine per-
formance margin is suffi-
cient, troubleshoot aircraft
for losses.
Sep 1/75 72-00

Page 119
CEWERAL L~B E Lf CIR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (Cont.)
B. EGT limited at (1) EPR error. (a) Check probes for cracks and
takeoff (or carbon buildup covering
maximum cruise) sensing holes. Remove carbon
EPR condition. or replace probe (77-11-0).
(b) Check lines for cracks and

leaks. Replace defective
parts.
(c) Check variable geometry

system for integrity, free-
dom of movement, and proper
rigging (75-00).
(2) CIT sensing Check CIT inlet aspirator hoses

error, for signs of collapse, damage
or blockage.
(3) Compressor FOD, (a) Check compressor blades and

erosion or ex- vanes, and check bleed valves
cessively dirty, for FOD, cleanliness, and
corrosion (72-32-0 and
72-33-0).
(b) Check 8th-stage seal clear-

ances according to Overhaul
Manual (SEI-136).
(4) Faulty air bleed Turn off bleed air system, and
system or IGV’s check for increase in EPR. If
incorrectly EPR, fuel flow, and EGT return

rigged, to normal, inspect bleed air
system. Check engine variable

geometry schedule (75-00), and
check IGV static rigging. With
IGV’s in fully-open position, the
scribe mark‘on actuating ring
must line up with zero mark
(longest line of the five lines
on front frame). Adjust IGV
rigging (75-00).
72-00 Nov 1/80

Page 120
tLICllle
CJ610 TUReOJET
TABLE 101
(5) Faulty fuel (a) With engine running, station

nozzles, in- an observer in a safe posi-
dicated by tion where he can see into
torching. the engine tailpipe. In-

struct the observer to look
for a continuous visible
flame and to note its posi-
tion. Proceed as follows:
CAUTION: DURING A NORMAL START THERE CAN BE NO

VISIBLE FLAME OR TORCHING FROM THE TAIL-
PIPE WH~LE THE ENGINE ACCELERATES TO
IDLE. THE ENGINE START SYSTEM SHOULD BE
CAPABLE OF MOTORING THE ENGINE TO AT
LEAST 12 PERCENT ENGINE SPEED (Ng) IN
12 SECONDS. THE THROTTLE SHOULD BE AD-
VANCED TO IDLE AT 10 PERCENT, MINIMUM,
ENGINE SPEED (Ng). IF THESE REQUIREMENTS
ARE NOT MET CONSISTENTLY, THE TORCHING
MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE HOT SECTION
PARTS.
1 If a continuous flame is
observed at idle, termi-
nate engine run immediate-
ly and remove three fuel
nozzles; the one clockwise
of the flame and the next
two in the counterclock-

wise direction (aft look-
ing forward). Inspect
these nozzles, in the noz-
xle annulus and on front
face, for carbon deposits
and/or cracks which might
alter the nozzle spray
pattern. Replace fuel noz-
zles per 73-18-0.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED

RPM OR EGT
LIMITS.
2 If no torching is observed
at idle, advance power
slowly until either
Sep 1/75 72-00

Page 121
OEILIAL~ ntC1IIIE
CJ610 TLCReOJLT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEZ-186
TABLE 101
torching is observed or
EGT or RPM limits power

increases.
3´• If torching is observed at

any speed between idle and
max power, terminate run
and remove fuel nozzles

and inspect per step 1
above.
(6) Engine temper- (a) Perform cell test to check

ature protector engine temperature pro-
set incorrectly. tector per overhaul manual.
(7) Turbine damage, (a) Carefully inspect for any

erosion or rubs. evidence of abnormal metal
erosion, FOD or other forms
of damage such missing
4
as
and/or damaged nozzle par-

titions orblades, or
rotor
damage to the tailpipe exit

area. Inspect and repair
damaged parts per 72-50.
(b) Inspect turbine shroud for

excessive clearances or
rubs. Replace as necessary

per 72-50.
(c) Inspect turbine nozzles for

cracks and missing metal.
Repair and resize per
overhaul manual.
(d) Inspect first-stage turbine

blades for bow and warp per
72-53-0.
(8) Combustor dam- (a) Inspect for abnormal metal
age. burnout, erosion or miss-

ing rivets. Repair as nec-
essary per 72-42-0.
72-00 Sep 1/75

Page 122
OtltllL´• L(ICtlllC
CJB10 TU~´•OJCT
TABLE 101
C. High gas gen- (1) Undersize tur- (a) Inspect and repair flow
erator speed at bine nozzle area per overhaul manual.
takeoff EPR. flow area.
(2) Leaking inter- (a) Inspect for proper rigging

stage bleed and operation of valves
valve. per 75-00.
(3) Leaking anti- (a) Inspect for operation of

icing valve. valve per 72-00 or replace
per 75-11-0.
(4) Excessive com- (a) Inspect clearance and re-

pressor 8th- place parts as necessary
stage seal per overhaul manual.
clearance.
(5) Excessive tur- (a) Inspect per 72-50. Repair

bine shroud or replace parts if nec-
clearance. essary.
(6) Misrigged IGV (a) Inspect and rig per 75-00.

and variable
geometry.
D. High or low (1) Excessive un- (a) Inspect first-stage turbine

thrust at EPR. twist of tur- blades for bow and warp per
bine blades. 72-53-0.
(2) Cracked or (a) Inspect and repair per

plugged EPR 77-11-0.
probe.
Sep 1/75 72-00

Page 122A
OLlt~AI´• tMC1IIC
CJB10 TURIOJLT
TABLE 101
TROUBLESHOOTING
GUIDE (Cont)
E. High specific (1) Leaking anti- (a) Inspect and repair per
fuel consump- icing or bleed 75-00.
tion (SFC). valves.
(2) Excessive tur- (a) Inspect per 72-50. Repair

bine blade tip or replace parts if nec-
clearance. essary.
(3) Excessive tur- (a) Inspect first-stage turbine

bine blade un- blades for bow and warp
twist. per 72-53-0.
(4) Compressor FOD. (a) Inspect and repair per

72-31-0, 72-32-0 and
72-33-0.
(5) Excessive CDP (a) Inspect and replace if nec-
seal leakage, essary per overhaul manual.
(6) Turbine FOD. (a) Inspect and repair per

72-53-0.
(7) Oversize tur- (a) Inspect and repair per

bine nozzle overhaul manual.
areas.
10. Apparent Excessive T2 Cutback (Speed and EPR Low at Altitude).
NOTE: These checks must be made with throttle at Max. position.

(See figures 507 and 508.)
A. Speed and EPR (1) Speed can be (a) Check aircraft’and engine
are low at al- increased by throttle system and rigging.
titude when advancing
compared to throttle. (b) Check P3 to fuel control
figure 507 or line for tightness, cracks
508, 72-00, or bad gasket at mainframe.
Adjustment/ Test.
72-00 Sep 1/75

Page 122B
CEW ERAL ~B E LE CTR It
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
TROUBLESHOOTIN6 GUU)E (Cont.)
(c) Check fuel control top speed

setting during ground runup
(Adjustment/Test).
(2) Slow start as Reset fuel control density ad-

well as T2 cut- justment to a lower specific
back is experi- gravity setting. Adjust idle and
enced. top speed, then perform fast
idle-to-maximum acceleration.
If engine stalls, replace fuel
control (73-21-0). If engine
operation is satisfactory, make
flight test to determine if ex-
cessive speed cutback has been

eliminated.
NOTE: Engine-to-control system tolerance~stackupmay create a throttle

mismatch situation which should not be interpreted as excessive T2
cutback.
(3) Speed cannot be (a) Check for correct function-

increased by ad- ing of aircraft boost pump.
vancing throttle. If low pressure, trouble-
shoot aircraft fuel system.
(b) Inspect CIT sensing system
I for damage, collapsed or

blocked hoses. Inspect as-
pirator housing for cracks
or other damage.
(c) During throttle retard-to-

idle, engine stalled or
flamed-out between 80-90
percent speed (indicates
T2 bellows failure or IGV
feedback cable problem).
Inspect compressor and tur-
bine for FOD and other dam-

age (i.e. thermal distress)
(72-32-0 and 72-33-0 or
72-52-0 and 72-53-0). If
satisfactory, start engine

and check bleed valve
schedule while accelerating.
If bleed valves start to
close early (approx. 70
Nov 1/80 72-00

Page 123
Gtn ERAL ILtCTRIC
CJBIO TURBOJET
TABLE 101 (Cont)
Problem Probahie Cause Investigation/Corrective Action
percent speed) do not con-
tinue to accel engine as
speed hang-up may occur in

70-75 percent (Ng) range.
Replace fuel control (Ta
bellows failure) per 73-21-0.
(d) If engine does not stall or
flame out on decel, turn on
anti-icing air and observe

engine speed. This should
be done the
flight con-
at
dition at which problem oc-
curs. If speed does not
change, replace fuel control

per 73-21-0.
(4) Excessive metered (a) Check overspeed governor

flow leakage for internal leakage per
3.B.(2)(d)3.
(b) Check drain valve on CJ610-
i, -5 -9
engines for
and
overboard leakage with en-
gine running. If leakage,

replace valve per 73-16-0.
(c) Check pressurizing valve

for leakage through refer-
ence port by disconnecting
hose at fuel pump. Cap off

fuel pump connection and
start engine. Fuel should
not leak from the open
pressurizing valve port. If
it does, replace valve per
73-15-0 on CJ610-1, -5 and
-9 engines; P and D valve
per 73-17-0 on CJ610-4, -6

and -8 engines.
72-00
Page 124 Sept. 15/69
r’i-
crnf RAL ~.ELECTIIC
CJ610 TURBOJET

j it
11. High or Erratic EGT (T5) Readings~in Flight Envelope.
A. High EGT in (1) EPR is low,’:, Check the EGT indicating

Flight EGT.:~ system per paragraph
Envelope.
(b) Check physical security of

the EGT wiring harness and
any other wires in its

vicinity. Incorrect read-
ings can result due to

bunches of other wires com-
ing close to the EGT wiring

harness, setting up an in-
duced current.
(2) Anti-icing (a) Check functioning and re-

air is on. lated wiring of anti-ice
valve. This is a fail-safe
system, and so if
any part
of the electrical system in
the anti-ice circuit fails,
then the valve opens.
ABNORMAL ENGINE NOISE
12. Excessive Engine~ Noise.
NOTE: There are certain normal noises associated with engine starts and
shutdowns, such as "ticking", "scraping" and "rubbing" because of

basicdesign features such as pinned No. 1 stage compressor rotor
blades, backlash in the accessory gear train and variable clearances.
Departuresfrom normal noises are to be investigated. A normal engine
coastdown time is usually greater than 30 seconds and a slight "kick-
back"atthe moment the rotor stops turning usually indicates that the
rotor´• is free.
A. Noise During Gearbox, Compress- (a) Turn rotor by hand to deter-

Start and or, Turbine. mine the amount of drag asso-
Shutdown. ciated with the noise, if

NOTE: Scraping.noises are possible determine the
sometimes associated approximate location of the
with newly overhauled noise, i.e., gearbox, com-
or repaired eng~nes: pres s or,’:’tuirb fne.

and usually associ-´•:
ated with "wearing in"
Nov. 15/73 72-00

Page 125
GEIERAL ED ELECTRIC
cJelo :TURd:OilE’tl
´•’)5.´•´•
TABLE 101 (Cont)

NOTE r (Cont)
of new or re-
located seals.
This may be’con-
sidered normal.
(b) If coastdown time is less

than 20 seconds, remove the
.hydraulic pump from its pad,
then start engine. After
engine has stabilized at
idle, shutdown engine and
note coastdown time.
(c) If time is less than 25

seconds and can be deter-
mined that the noise comes
from the turbine, perform

engine run as follows.
Start engine and advance
power until max is obtained.
Hold max power for approxi-
mately four minutes then
reduce RPM in increments of
5 percent holding each speed
for two minutes until idle
or 50 percent speed is
reached. Shutdown engine
and listen for noise and
check coastdown time.
i. If either or both improve,

observe proper shutdown
procedure after subsequent
flights and monitor shut-
down noise.
2. If engine run has not cor-
rected turbine noise,

teardown of the engine
hot section by a facility
having this capability
should be made to deter-
mine the source and cor-
rect the problem.
B. Noises such as Generally. associated some sound amplification

"Bumps","Thumps" with bearings. probe method check the starte~,
and "Squeaks~ gearbox, and external engine
72-00 June 1(71

Page 126
;Sip;’´•;i
a
GEW ERAL S%B!E:LE

cJsio VUR:BO:~JET
SEI-186 I MAINTENANCE ’M~TAL
TABLE 10liCCont)
Problem Probable:’Cause Investigation/Corrective Action
adjacent to mainengine bearings

at starter mdtoring.speeds and
during coastdown from either
start or idle RPM;. If it is
believed that’th~ noise is a
bearing, the-Engine dr acces-
sory component should be re-

moved and replacedat a facility
having proper:´•capability.
June 1/71 72-00

Page 126A/126B
":i19:;:´•´•":
6EW E RAL ~B E LE CTR IC
CJGIO TURBOJET
TABLE 101 (Cont)
C. Operational Noises
NOTE: Abnormal engine operation can result from fuel or combustion

system instability, vibration of the engine structures or
piping, and noise internal to the engine or accessories due to
interference.
(1) Fuel or com- (a) instability within either

bustion system. system is heard as a
"rumble." The condition

can be corrected by
orderly removal and

replacement of components
within either system.
However, prior to
replacing components it is
recommended that a GE
Aircraft Engines
representative be
consulted.
(2) Vibrating engine (a) This condition usually re-

structures and suits from an unbalance
piping. condition of an engine ro-
tating component, Correc-

tion can be performed only
at an engineoverhaul level
facility,
(3) Interference (a) The offending accessory can

noise. be detected by removal and
replacement.
(b) Rubbing within the engine

usually occurs in the tur-
bine section (seals and

blade rubs) and can be de-
tected by using a sound
amplification probe method.
Rubbing noises within the
compressor section require
detailed inspection and
correction at an engine
overhaul facility.
72-00
Dec 31/91 Page 127
6 E 6 ERAL ~B E LE CTR IC
CJGIO TURBOJET
TABLE 101 (Cont)
12A. Engine 1(Rumbletl in Speed Range 48-65% N~.
A. Fuel System (1) Air in pressuriz- (a) Turn on boost pump, open
Malfunction. ing valve reference stop cock and loosen refer-
line, ence pressure line at pres-
suring valve. Allow flow to
continue until fuel is free
of air bubbles. Tighten
fuel line, close stop cock
and switch off boost pump.
(2) Pressurizing (a) Change pressurizing valve.

valve instability.
(3) Overspeed gover- (a) Change overspeed governor.

nor servo valve
instability.
(4) Fuel nozzle flow (a) Change all fuel nozzles.

divider insta-
bility.
B. Improper (1) Combustor incom- (a) Change combustor.

Combustion. patability with
other engine
components.
NOTE: Aircraft fuel system boost pressure level can cause "rumble". Con-
sideration should be given to changing the aircraft boost pump if
difficulty is found in eliminating rumble.
LUBE SYSTEM
NOTE: Before Trouble Shooting Lube System problems of temperature or
pressure, check the instrumentation calibration of these parameters.

13. Lube System Troubleshooting.
NOTE: The engine lube supply system basically consists of a supply tank, a
positive displacement pzI~mp, a cooler, a filter and the jets. Oil

pressure is sensed before it enters the filter. If the filter becomes
dirty or the flow through the jets is restricted the indicated pressure
will increase. At the present time there are two basic lube systems.
The center vent (CV) and
non-center vent (non-CV) systems, In trouble-
shooting the CV the non-CV system, the most significant difference
vs,
is that the internal sump and gearbox pressures in the CV engine run
considerably higher than those of the non-CV engine.
72-00 June 1/71

Page 128
cEn ERAL ELECTMC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
Problem Probable Cause InvestigationlCorrective Action
CAUTION: IF THE ENGINE HAS OPERATED WITH NO OIL PRESSURE, A COMPLETE LUBE
SYSTEM INSPECTION MUST BE MADE BY AN OVERHAUL FACILITY. A SI~DDEN
INCREASE OR DECREASE IN OIL PRESSURE OF 10 PSI FROM THAT OIL PRES-
SURE CONSIDERED TO BE NORMAL FOR THE ENGINE IS CAUSE FOR INVESTIGA-
TION.
A. High Oil (1) Contaminated (a) Remove filter and check for
Pressure. lube pump filter. contamination as stated in
section 79-00, Servicing.
NOTE: Check lube (2) Defective oil (a) Replace defective transmit-
filter and pressure trans- ter or gage.
perform gear- mirter or gage.
box pressure Install a direct NOTE: During engine opera-
check if en- reading gage tion the direct read-
gine has non- (0-200 psi scale) ing gage on CV engines
CV system. If in theline tothe will indicate higher
filter is clean aircraft transmit- pressure.than non-CV
and gearbox ter. If engine is engine at same RPM.
pressure is CV type install a Reference (main sump)

less than 5 second (0-30 psi) pressure must be sub-
Ibs., engine gage in parallel tracted from supply
should be re- with the lube pressure when checking
moved for com- pressure reference lube pressures of CV
plete lube sys- line. engines.
tem inspection
by an overhaul (3) Defective oil (a) Thermostat or relief valve

facility. cooler. failure/ruptured oil cooler
(internal). Replace oil
cooler per 79-23-0.
(4) Damaged/defective (a) Remove supply line. Inspect

oil supply line. forblockage or damage.
Repair or replace supply
line.
NOTE: Do not change lube pump because it cannot cause
high oil pressure.
B. Low or No Oil (1) Low oil in oil (a) Service lubrication system
Pressure. tank. per 79-00.
Mar 30/84 72-00
Page 128A/128B
CEIERIL~ ELEE~IIC
CJ610 TURSOJET
TABLE 101
TROUBLES~OOTING GUIDE (Cont)
(2) Defective lubri- (a) Retorque or replace defec-

cation lines tive line and fittings.
and/or fittings.
(3) Defective pres- (a) Replace defective pressure

sure transmitter transmitter or gage. Check
or gage. using direct reading page.
(4) Defective or ob-- (a)´• Clean/replace relief valve.

structed relief
valve.
(5) Defective oil (a) Faulty thermostat valve.

cooler. Comply with engine service
bulletin (ESB) No. 72-45 or
replace cooler per 79-00.
(6) Defective lube (a) Disconnect No. I bearing

p’~p´• lube inlet line at 10
o’clock (aft looking for-
ward) front frame connec-
tion. Motor engine. If oil

does not discharge, remove
lube pump. Check lube pump

inlet for clogged condition.
Clean as required or replace
lube pump per section
79-21-0.
NOTE: If pressure remains low after lube pump replacement, reject engine to
overhaul facility for inspection of internal lube system components.
C. No oil pressure (1) Defective lube (a) Determine cause of pump

and loss of Ng pump. failure. Check lube supply
indication. filter per 79-22-0.
i. If clean, remove pump and

check for failed gear
and/or No. 1 element
bearing seizure. Remove
pump and send to engine

overhaul facility. Flush
engine lube system and

service with new oil.
2. If contaminated, remove
engine and send to over-
haul facility for inspec-

tion and repair.
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 129
GENERAL ELECIRIC------
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 101
Problem Probable Cause InvestigationlCorrective Action
D. Fluctuating oil (1) Low oil in tank. (a) Check and service lubrica-
tion system per section 79-00.
pressure,
NOTE: A fluctuation of rt5 PSI is cause for investigation.
(2) Defective pres- (a) Replace defective pressure

sure transmitter transmitter or gage. Check
or gage. using direct reading gage as
stated in preceeding para-

graph A. (2).
(3) Contaminated or (a) Remove filter and check for
weak check valve contamination as stated in
spring in lube section 79-00.
pump filter.
(4) Defective lube (a) Check pump operation as
pump´• stated in preceding para-

graph B. (5).
(5) Defective swivel (a) Remove pump from tank per

pendulum pickup. section 79-21-0 and check
pickup for proper movement.
E. High oil (1) Oil tank filler (a) Replace O-ring, install and
consumption, cap loose. lock cap.
(2) Defective lube (a) Replace seal per Section
pump tachometer 79-21-0.
generator drive
shaft seal.
(3) External lube (a) Retorque or replace defective

lines and fit- lube lines or fittings.
tings for leakage.
(4) Defective oil tank (a) Replace valve per Section

relief valve. 72-12-0.
(5) Oil on compressor (a) If oil is present, operate

blades and pooling the engine at IDLE speed
of oil droplets at after running for at least
6 o’clock position three minutes at approxi-
inside compressor mately 100 percent and with
casing. stabilized oil temperature,

check for oil mist blowing
from the compressor bleed
72-00
130 Dec 31/95
Page
cJsio
SEI-186
TABLE101 (C.~nt’)i
valves. Oil will be appar-

ent inside the cowling or
at the bleed valve duct

exits. (Do not misconstrue
compressor rotor preserva-

tion oil which blows out
during start.) Replace the

No. 1 carbon seal, if oil
mist is noted, by a quali-
fied maintenance facility,
per Section 72-30.
(6) Faulty carbon (a) Check No. 2 and 3 sumps as
seals, O-rings, follows:

etc.
i. Disconnect No. 1 sump
vent line. Cap off end
of vent line or fitting
to prevent oil loss dur-
ing engine operation.
2. Connect a vacuum-pressure
gage (30 in. Hg vacuum to
30 psig) to the mainframe
vent fitting for center
vent (CV) or axis ’1B" aft
fitting for non-center
vent (non-CV).
3. Operate engine at take-

off for 5 minutes stabi-
lization period and then
record sump pressure.
Operate engine at idle
for 3 minutes stabiliza-

tion period and then re-
cord sump pressure.
4. Nos. 2 and 3 sump read-
ing must be within the

following limits. Read-
r ing lower than these in-
dicate an internal leak.
72-00

OEWERLL ILICTIIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101 (Cont).
Problm Probable Cause Investigat~on/Corrective Action
CV Non-CV
Idle 0 psig -1.0 in Hg.
Take-off 10 psig 0 psig
5. If leakage is determined
to be
internal, remove
the engine and return to
overhaul for investiga-
tion (per Overhaul Manual)
of No. 2 and No. 3 sump
areas. This will require
engine disassembly to
areas required for leak-
age isolation. If No. 2
and 3 sumps are within
limits, continue trouble-
shooting as follows:
(b) The engine should be removed

from the aircraft for ease
of troubleshooting.
(c) Remove external hoses and

lines and inspect for block-
age or breaks. Clear or
replace as necessary.
(d) Check No. 1 sump area as
follows:
i. Remove bullet nose.
2. Remove line from oil

supply, scavenge and
vent fittings on front
frame.
3. Cap the oil supply and
scavenge line. Supply

5-10 psig of clean air
to No. 1 sump through
the vent line.
72-00
Page 132 Sept. 15;/00

GEIERAL~ ELEGIRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 101
4´• SOap check all brazed

joints outside of No. 1
sump. No leaks allowed.
Leakage from the carbon
seal is normal.
5. If leakage occurs, return
the engine to overhaul.
(7) Oil foaming in (a) Small amounts of silicone oil

oil tank. or grease in the lube system
will cause oil foaming which
may result in engine oil
being forced out of the
overboard vent. If silicone
contamination is suspected,
replace the engine oil per
Section 79-001 Paragraph 2.E.
F. Fuel Mixed (1) Ruptured oil (a) Watch oil tank overboard
with Lube Oil. cooler. air relief valve for over-
flow of lube oil and/or

fuel. Replace oil cooler
per 79-23-0. Drain, flush,
and fill lube system.
(b) Drain oil tank; check drain-

ings for fuel contamination
by smeller byfeel. Replace
oil cooler per 79-23-0. Drain,
flush, and fill lube system.
(2) Fuel pump shaft (a) Check fuel pump overboard

seal failure. drain for excessive fuel
drainage. Replace defective
fuel pump per 73-13-0.
Drain,
flush, and fill lube system.
(3) Accessory gearbox (a) Check for defective seal.

fuel pump drive Replace defective seal per
gear seal failure. 72-64-0. Drain, flush, and
fill lube system.
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 132A/132B
G E W I RA L ~B E1E CTR IC
CJS10 TU.RBOJET
TABLE 101
G. Oil Tank (1) Oil tank relief (a) Check valve for proper
Ballooned. valve. operation and replace the
valve if required per 79-12-0.
i-
(2) Fuel contamination. (a) Refer to preceding paragraph
F for procedure.
H. Lube System (1) Contaminated lube (a) If filterihasless than 10%

Contamina t ion, pump filter. element coverage, flush
system,change filter, and
monitor. Refer to 79-00.
(b) If filter has more than 10%

element coverage, lube system
investigation is required.
Bypass of filter is possibly
allowing contaminates to pass
into lube jets, sumps, lube
pump, oil tank, and oil

cooler.
(2) System contamina- (a) Define by examination of the

tion. extent of contamination.
(b) If system is contaminated

beyond filter, remove engine
for examination by overhaul
shop. (For example, examina-
tion is required if metal
particles are detected on
magnetic plug of accessory
gearbox.)

TEMPORARY
I
REVISION
II that revises this page.
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 133
GEAircraft MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
~EMPORARY REVISION 72-481

Filing Put this Temporary Revision (TR) in the’CJG10
Instructions: Turbojet MAINTENANCE MANUAL, SEI-186. Remove and
replace pages 133 thru 140, 1.40A/140B, and 141
thru 142 in Chapter 72-00 with this TR.
Record this TR numker in the Record of Temporary

Revisions.
Subject: Troubleshooting Guide
Reason: To clarify the troubleshooting of stalls and

flameout conditions.

and disclosed in confidence. ~It is the property of GE and shall not be
is
obtain FAA orother government or regulatory approval to do so. If
any
All technicaldocumentation and information contained herein, with

respect assembly and disassembly, ~cleaning, inspection methods and
to
maintained in accordancewith GE technical documentation and
knowledge of, non-CE-approved parts and repairs. Accordingly, this
72-00
Page 1 of 22
Dec 13/05
CJB1OTURBOJETENGINES
SEI-186
TEMPORARYREVISION 72-481 (continued)

I
Change: Revised the TroubleshootingGuide to add
troubleshooting of flameout events and revised the

Troubleshooting Guide Flow Figure
Charts, 101
(Sheets 1 to 11) for troubleshooting of stalls and
added troubleshooting of flameout events.
NOTE
Stall Event Section 6 organized into four
has been
sections. It is recommended all inspections
that
referenced in a specific section be completed in
sequence before engine testing is completed.
72-00
Page 2 of 22
Dec 13/05
GE Aircraft ~nsrines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
Table 101
Problem Probable Cause Investigation/Corrective Actinn
G. Oil Tank (1) Oil tank relief (a) Check valve for proper
Ballooned. valve. operation and replace the
valve if required per 79-
1.2-0.
(2) Fuel (a) Refer to preceding

contamination. paragraph F for procedure.
ii. Lube System (1) Contaminated (a) Tf filter has less than 1.0
Contamination. lube pump percent element coverage,
tilter. flush system, change
filter, and monitor. Refer
to 79-00.
(b) If filter has more th,-~n 10

percent element coverage,
lube system investj.gai_i.on
is required. Bypass of
filter is possibly al.l.nwing
contaminates pas:~ i.;lr.o
to
lube jets, sumps, lube
pump, oil tank, and oil
cooler.
(2) System (a) Define by examination of

contamination. the extent of
contamination.
(b) If system is contaminai:ed

beyond filter, reniove
engine for examination by
overhaul~shop. (For
example, examination is
required if metal
particles
are detected maycetic
on
plug of accessory gearbox.)
72-00
Page 3 of 22
Dec 13/05
SEI-1 86
~MPORARYREVISION 72-481 (continued)
FLAMEOUT PROBLEMS
14. Flameout Troubleshooting (see Figure 101, Sheets 9 thru 11).
A. Prior to "Return to Service", a maximum altitude acceleration check of

the engine must be accomplished (see MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
ADJUSTMENT/TEST, Paragraph 3. 12. Or 3. 13.)
B. Record inlet temperature, engine speed, airspeed, altitude, power

setting (steady-state, acceleration, deceleration) and flight
condition at which flameout occurred per Aircraft Flight Manual. This
will assist in troubleshooting the problem.
C. The following guide requires a check flight consisting of a maximum

altitude acceleration check after corrective action. This check
flight demonstrates margin equivalent to the type design and ensures
that the corrective action has been effective and that engine-caused
flameouts will not recur.
D. All of these probable causes and corrective actions should be taken in
sequence from start to finish.
NOTE: Flameout could result in unplanned descents to re-light the

events
affected engine, with potential disruption to air traffic. It is
therefore important to identify and correct the condition causing the
flameout before returning to service.
NOTE: If an audible sign of compressor stall accompanied the flameout, refer

to section 6 to troubleshoot for compressor stalls.
Table 101
14.1 External Causes of Flameout (see Figure 101, Sheet 9).
A. Aircraft fuel (1)~ Boost fuel pump (a) Check per aircraft manual.
low pressure defective.
warning light (b) Replace boost element.
indicating.
(c) Return to service.
(2) Aircraft fuel (a) Check per aircraft manual.

filter blocked.
(b) Replace aircraft filter
element.
(c) Return to service.
72-00
Page 4 of 22
Dec 13/05
GE Aircraft Eniaines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEIWPORARY REVISION 72´•481 (continued)
Table 101
B. Fuel system (1.) Water or debris (a) Check for contamination per
contaminated. in fuel. aircraft manual.
Ib) If contaminated, drain

complete fuel system per
aircraft manual and replace
tuel.
(C) Replace aircraft filter

element per aircraft
manual.
(d) Replace fuel pump filter

element (SEI-136, 73-13-0),
overspeed governor servo
tilter element (SEI-136,
73-14-0), and fuel control
filter element (SEI-136,
73-21-0)
(e) Return to service.
C. Engine fuel (1) Contaminated (a) Check for contamination per

filters blocked. fuel. aircraft manual.
(b) If contaminated, drain
complete fuel system per

aircraft manual and replace
fuel.
(c) Replace aircraft filter

element per aircraft
manual.
(d) Replace fuel pumi~ filter

element (SEI-136, 73-13-0),
tilter element (SEI-136,
73-21-0)
(e) Return to service.
72-00
Page 5 of 22
Dec 13/05
GEAircraffER9ines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARYREVISION 72-481 (continued)
Table 101
(2) Interval (a) Replace.fuel pump filter

exceeded. element (SEI-136, 73-13-0),
73-21-0)
(b) Return to service.
D. Installation (1) Inlet cowl Check inlet cowl positioning

effects. alignment. versus blankets and reinstall
if required per aircraft
manual.
(2) Inlet cowl Correct the damage per aircraft

damage. manual.
(3) Nacelle Check nacelle soft mounts for
alignment. looseness and replace if

required per aircraft manual.
(4) Hot gas re- (a) Check nacelle for signs of

ingestion. leakage.
(b) Correct leakage per

aircraft manual.
(5) Tailpipe area. (a) Check tailpipe area by

measuring 12 diameters for
average reading or use P1
tape. Required areas for
specific ~engine/aircraft
model combinhtions are
specified in the aircraft

manual.
(b) Replace/repair tailpipe if

area incorrect.
(6) Fuel puddle (a) For CJ610-4/-6/-8A engineS,

visible under repair or replaceP&D valve
nacelle. if defective.
72-00
Page 6 of 22
Dec 13/05
CJ610 TVRBOJET ENGINES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORAFlrREVISION 72-481 (continued)
Table 101
Problem Probable Cause Lnvestigation/Corrective Action
(b) ForCJ610-1/-5/-9 engines,

repair/replace pressurizing
valve if defective.
(C) For CJ610-1/-5/-9 engines,

repair/replace drain valve
t defective.
(d) Inspect and correct any

other sources of leakage
(72-00, MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES
ADJUSTMENT/TEST, table 504,
fuel drainage limits)
7) Defective fuel Run engine at idle and check lip

nozzles. tailpipe for hot streaks.
Replace fuel nozzles as
required per SEI-154, 73-16-1.
14.2 Flameout on Deceleration (see Figure 1C1, Sheet 10).
A. Flameout during (1) Throttle Return to service.

engine retarded below
deceleration, that recommended
for min. idle
speed.
(2) Throttle rigging Re-rig throttle linkage to
out of limits. prevent over-travel into sh~t

down at idle setting per 72-00.
(3) Fuel control Remove fuel control unit (FCU),

unit (FCU) out test and recalibrate per SEI-
of calibration. 154, 73-20-1, TESTING.
(4) Undetected Refer to section6 to
stall, troubleshoot for compressor

stalls.
72-00
Page 7 of 22
Dec 13/05
CJ6~0 TURBOJET ENGINES
GEAircraffEnaines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
i
Table 101
14.3 Flameout on Acceleration or Steady-State (see Figure 101, Sheet 11).
A. Flameout during (1) Compressor Waterwash compressor per 72-00,

engine contaminated. CLEANING and PRESERVATION.
acceleration or
steady-state. (2) Loss of Check compressor and turbine

compressor stall sections for FOD (72-32-0 and
margin and 72-33-0 or 72-52-0 and
turbine 72-53-0)
efficiency.
(3) Fuel control Replace kinked hoses per

hoses kinked or 72-02-1.
collapsed.
(4) CDP to fuel Repair or replace line per

control line 72-02-1.
leaking or
clogged.
(5) Fuel control Remove fuel control unit (FCU),

unit (FCU) out test and recalibrate per SEI-
of calibration. 154, 73-20-1, TESTING.
(6) Fuel manifold Repair or replace fuel nozzles
pressure out of per 73-18-0.

limits.
(7) Sheared drive to Replace main fuel pump per

main fuel pump. 73-13-0.
(8) Bleed valve Repair or replace bleed valve

leaking. per SEI-154, 75-31-1.
(9) Clogged fuel Replace or clean oil cooler per

passages in oil SEI-154, 7~9-23-0.
cooler.
72-00
Page 8 of 22
Dec 13/05
GEAircraft Enines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
TEMPORARYREVISION 72481 (coniirlued)
Table 101
(10) T2 sensor Check T2 sensing air hose

(CIT)
aspirator hose from inlet aspirator for
to
leaking. chafing, collapse, or blockage

per aircraft manual. Replace
hose if necessary.
(II) Incorrect fuel (a) Check per 73-21-0, or

density setting. SEI-154, 73-20-1, TESTING)
(b) Readjust setting.
(12) Undetected Refer to Section 6 to
stall. troubleshoot for compressor

stalls.
72-00
Page 9of 22
Dec 13/05
CJ610 TUFPBOJET
NOTE: Please see the NO START

hL TEMPORARY I I No EGT RISE
REVISION
that revises this page. STARTING SYSTEM
MUST ACHIEVE
SPEED OF MJWINIHTA
NOTORING O
LEAST 12X. IN
12 SEC. O
MOTOR ENGINE CHECK BAn;ERY PER
WITH THROTTLE IN
PARAGRAPH 2 AND
FUEL SYSTEM IGNITION SYSTEM PER
IDLE DETENT.
PARAGRAPH 3.A. OF
IGNITION OFF
TABLE 101.
MIST OBSERVED IS
a HEAVY MIST IS1 ITAILPIPE IS NOT WET
VERY LIGHT
SEEN COMING FROM
TAILPIPE ADVANCE THROTTLE
CHECK FOR I I I CHECK ALL OVER-

TOHIGHERPOWER O
SETTING
POSITIVE AIRCRAFT I BOARD DRAINS
BOOST PRESSURE DURING THE
IF IGNITION SYSTEM AND MAKE SURE MOTORING CHECK.
IS OPERATING j\IRCRAFf SHUT-OFF
SATISFACTORILY, VALVE IS OPEN
REPLACE THE TWO FUEL
EXCESSIVE OVER´•
NOZZLES UPSTREAM OF BOARD DRAINAGE O
THE TWO IGNITERS
O IsoLnTp Ano
REPLACE DEFECTIVE
FUEL SYSTEM COMPONENT
(MANIFOLD DRAIN VALVE,
OR P AND D VALVE)
ENGINE STARTS
IF ENGINE STARTS,
REPLACE SOLENOID
ON LEAR A/C
CHECK THROTTLE EQUIPPED WITH JET
RIGGING TO
FUEL CONTROL
O ND CHANGE
OBSERVED
In REPLACE OS6 PUHP UIP OFF LINE
FROM ENGINE FUEL
sv~Pions I I,,,,,,,,, ´•I IPUMP

LEAKAGE
LEAKAGE WITHIN
OK I ..I I(OVER 100 PPH)
LIMITS
PERFORM PRESSURE
CticiCK Ai FUEL
PUY
REPLPICE
CONTROL
FUEL
O OR AT PRES-
SURIZING VALVE PERFORM OVER-
SPEEIICOYERNOR
INTERNAL LEAKAGE O
TEST
REPLACE PUMP OR
PRESSURIZING I I PRESSURE LEVELS
VALVE AS RE- I I NORMAL
QUIRED
NOTE:
ANY OF THE ITEIMS LISTED MAY CAUSE THE PROBLEM, THEREFORE ME ENTIRE CHART SHOULD BE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD BY TH~ USER. HOWEVER, FIELD EXPERIENCE HAS INDICATED THAT THE MOST
PROBABLE CAUSES (IN DESCENDING ORDER) ARE THOSE INDICATED BY THE NUMBERED CIRCLES. IT J
IS SUGGESTED THAT THEY BE FOLLOWED IN SE9UENCE. 00-0120
Trouble-Shooting Flow Chart (Sheet 1 of 6)

Figure 101
72-00 Nov. 15/72
Page 134
CJ610 TURB(XIET ENGINES
SEI-186
NO START
XO EGT RISE
STARTING SYSTEM
MUST ACHIEVE
HINtM1W
DnPfOHIROTOW
OF 1T
O
WT It~ IH
12 SEC. O
MOTOR ENGINE CHECK BATTERY PER~
YITH THROTTLE PARAGRAPH E AND
FUEL SYSTEM IGNITION SYSTEM PER
IDLE DETENT.
IGNITION OTF PARAGRAPH 3.A. Of
TABLE 1D1.
MIST OBSERVED rS
n HEAVY MIST IS
TAILPIPE IS NOT wn
VERY LIGHT
SEEN COMING FROM
AILPIPE ADVANCE THROTnE´•
~cEa: FMI CHEEX 1L OYER-

TOHIMEIIPMR
SETTING
O
POSITIVEARRCBAFTI BOARD DRAINS
BOOST PRESSURE DURIHG ItE
IF IGNITION SYSTEM
AND MAKE SURE MOTORING
IS OPERATING
AIRCRAFT SHUT-OFF
VALVE 15 OPEN
~PLAeE THE TWO FUEL
HOZZLES UPSTREAM Of
’THE TUO IQlffEilS
EXCESSIVE OVER-
BOARD DRAINAGE O
O troLm Uill
REPLACE DEFECTIVE
FUEL SYSTEM COIWU(ENT
(CUUIIFoLo DRAIN 1IALYEI
OR P AND D VALVE)
ENGINE STARTS
IF ENGINE STARTSI
REPLACE SOLENOID
O# LEAR A/C
CHECK THROTTLE moIpPE, WITH Jn
O HO MIWGB IW
OBSERVED
~LP6 056 AEP tlP OFI LIE
FROM ONGI~E Na
SYMPTOMS PU~P
EXCESSIVE
LEAKAGE
LEAKAGE WITHIN
or I I I(OYER rbO PPH) LIMITS
PERFORM PRESSURE
CHECK AT NEt
I REPUCE FLRL I 8 PURP OR Ilt PRES-
(COKTRM. IV 5URIZING VALVE PERA)~ DYER-
O
TEST
REPLACE WR OR
PRESSURIZING ’I I PRESSURE LEVELS
VALVE AS RE- NdRIAt
purw,
NOTE
Any OF M ITEMS LISTED nlu CAUSE tHE PROBLEM, THEREFORE THE ENTIRE CHART SHOULD BE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD BY THE USER. HOWEYER, FIELD EXPERIE(CE W\S INDICATED THAT THE rOST
PROBABLE CAUSES 015 OESCENDING ORDER) ARE THOSE INDICATED BY THE NLD(BEREO CIRCLES. tT
IS SUGGESTED THAT THEY BE FOLLOUED II SEPUWtE.
1228751-00
Troubleshooting Flow Chart (Sheet 1 of 11)

Figure 101
72-00
Page 10 of 22
Dec 13/05
CJ610 TURBOJET: ENGINES
SEI-186
TEMPORARY:REVISION 72-481 (continued)
SLOW START
(5505505 QO SEC)
DOES STARTING S’ISfEn ACllfE~E

Ib SPEE~ IH LESS TWI 12 IEC O
CHECK 3321551 PER PARAGRAPH 2
YES1 NO C-clAnD IGHITION SYSTfn PER
PARAGRAPH 3.A. aF TABLE 101
DOES ADVANCIIG THP~TLE 1 1SLOIJ START I IREPLACE LlrmE aR no WCHaCK F)R KTEREO
m A HIB(ER POWER SETTING I (STILL OCCURS ~-1NEL COITAOLI (IR~OVEIBHI (-1ROWLEAKA~E
TIL
C"""""""~
NO
MExnommE reri*wrolPormoa
3
6160[66 START CYCLE IS SLOW
!STA#T TI#’
LIGHT-DFF r---L-----~
[OLE SPEED
AFTER THROTnE :P5RF0IM FAST:
1F
IS EXCESSIL CHECK R)R EXCESSIVE
(2-5 SEC AVS) II~LE-IUCI CHECK OVERSPEED
LEAKAGE FROn PRES-
GOVERNOR INTERNAL
SURlfINC VALVE IIEF
LEAKAGE (100 PPH
t LINE UHILE AT IDLE
MI\X)
ENGINE STILL 1 ISUSPEtT IGNITION SPEED
r----’-------?
STARTSSLOU ISYSTEW(L(UER ~I I j:NOOPERAtllG I
IENITIR 5 PROBLECIS OK O
REL\IUOST IDLE
PS(D IIAX SPEED
REPLACE FUEL 1 I SUSPECT FUEL IF REOUIREO
CONTROL NOZZLES
(7 O’CLOCK) LEAR A/C EPUIPPEP
353 PUNP, CAP
:UHD(EYER IRE FUEL PU(PLIRE
DENSITY
Is AaaJS´•nD to
LIMT-DfF. ENGINE LONER 3271506, A
TI~E TO IDLE I I i NAX ALTITUDE ACCEL IF START TII(E
5 EXCESSIVE I I j’CHECY I(USI BE IWDE i I~PROMS. REPLACE
(,5-m 5EC 111) I ISOLENOID
PIUenCES-IDmET-I
lmt2rrebr, PUld.
SUSPECT LOW FUEL R6PECF FUEL
3.rz QB 3.13)
smEoULllo To ENGINE L------~----------’
INSPECT ENGINE
FOR FOD OR
olEa: F)R EXCESSIVE I_IWRING COLD UEATHER
LEAKAGE I~ ICHECK FOR IQ OR YATER
IN Pj Td FUEL CONTROL
LINE CHECK P3 TO FUEL CONTROL
LIRE iOR TfBrmEZS.
so ILEPWE
tTIVE 0013PMIOn CRACKS 2U10 BAD GASKET O
APPLY HEAT TO Af ~AIIFRAPIE
(~IIR)LD DRAIN VAL
p AND D VALVE) FUEL COHTROL
NOTE
LHY OF THE ITM LISTED ~AY CAUSE THE PROBLEP(; THEREFORE T~E EKI~RE MART SHOULD
82 READ AND 0005557000 BY USER. HOVEIIER. FIELD EXPERIENCE. HAS INDICATED
THAT THE K)ST PROBABLE CAUSES IIN OESG~ING ORDER) ARE THOSE INDICATED BY TFIE
NUnBEREO CIRCLES. IT IS SUGCESfED THA: THEY BE fOLLOUED In SEWENCE.
122875?-011
’Troubleshooting FlowChart (Sheet 2 of 11)

Figure 101
72-00
Page 11 of 22
Dec 13/05
CJG1D TURBOJET ENGINES
881-188
TEMPORARYREVISION 72-481 (,,inued)
HUNG START
ENGINE LIC31TS, BVT DOES NaT
ACCELERATE TO IDLE SPEED
CHECK BATTERY PER PARAGRAPH 2

AND IGNITION SYSTM PER
DOES STARTING PARAGRAPH 3.A. OF TABLE 101
SuSTEn
alEVEflOA
sPno IN LESI O
THAN 12 SEC. RESET FUEL CONTROL
DENSITY ADJUSTMENT
YES NO TD A L(BIER SPECIFIC
4 O TY
DURING COLD YI(ENEVER DENSITY

HEATHER SUSPECT APPLY MAT TO‘ ENGINE ACCELS I5 ADJUSTED TO A
P3 m FUEL W#TRDL LINE AND FUEL- OUT OF HANG-UP LONER SETTING, A
LIRE HAS HATER OR 1CE CONTROL 1 ’1 1 1 nAXALTITUDEACCEL
IN IT CMCX (IUST BE. NADE
O(EC: THwrmE sa NAINTENANCE
3 rucsrrcm PRAC’TICEEAOJUST-
CHECK FOR EXCESSIVE FUEL tOFTRI)L I(ENTltEST. PARA
HANG-UP OCCURS t I OVERBOALID LEAKAGE 3.11 o~ 3.29)
BELON 2~ SPEED (WIWrFOL) DRAIN VALVE
OR P AND D VALVE) r 1 P+
II(RL~SE Na DDRRDL
HANG-UP OCCURS I IAWANCE

ABOVE 2~ SPEED THROTTLE TO Hlg(-
ER WI1ER SETTING NO OIAWGE II ENGINE BLEED VALVES
SPEEL) CLOSED, CHECK
GEOIETR’I
SYSTEn FDR
atEcK FaR OPEN I I IBIWDIHt 6RJAIHIIG
BLEED VALVES AND
CIISTC9PII BLEED
O IF #MnI16 NRONG
YITH VARIABLE
REPAIR AS INSPECT P3 TO FUEL CdOMTRY SYSTEn´•
NO VISIBLE
OK CONTROL LINE FOR REPLACE FUEL
REQUIRED FOD
TIG~HESS AND CRACKS
ON A/C EPUIPPEO
REPLACE NEL.OONTROL INSPECT En6fHE
WTTH LEAR1ET PVWP,
FOR HWD
CAP OFI: ENGINE
FIRL P1~P LINE
ENGINE STILL L__L_I t IFOD EXCEEDS

HANQ-UP LIPNTS
fF ENGINE ACCELS
To IDLE, REPLACE REPLACE OSC IF
SOLENOID LEAKAGE EXCEEDS REPLACE
uMn (\OO PPH) ENGINE
PERFDW OVERSPEED PRESSURE CHECK REPLACE HO~UES

GOVERNOR IMERNAL FUEL N~aa IF
Ir PRESSURE OIEQ:
LEAKAGE CHE(X 056 LEAKAGE now
IS WITH1N LIWITS
NOTE
ANY OF THE ITEM LISTED NAY CAUSE THE PROBLMI THEREFORE THE ENTIRE CHART SHOULD BE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD BY THE USER. HOWEVERI FIELD EXPERIENCE HAS INDICATED TWAT THE HOST
PROBABLE CAUSES (IN DESCENDIN5 ORDER) ARE THOSE INDICATED BY THE NUI(BERED CIRCLES. IT
IS 506665160 THAT TIIEY BE FOLCOYED II( SEQLENCE.
1228753-00

Figure 101
72-00
Page 12 of 22
Dec 13/05
GEAircraft En~qines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
HOT START
DIES STARTING CHECK BATTERY PER PARAGRAPH t
O WD IMITIOI SY~TEH PEI

PARAGRAPH 3.A. OF TABLE 10I.
THAN 12 SECONDS
IIIIENEVER DENSITY
YES I NO
I
IS ADJUSTED TO A
2 IOUER SETTING, A
bOES FUEL CONTROL I I ALTITUDE ACCEL
HAVE CORRECT DEN- CHECK MIST BE XAOE
SIn AOIDSTNENT SEE MAINTENANCE
HOT STARTS RESET PRAtf~CES-AOJUST-
BE.CAUSED BY IES NO AS NENT/TEST. PARA.
REPU IREO S´•IZ OR
Ij)
O __
IF ENGINE STILL
ENGINE STILL C-c-I INSPECT ~MBL6-
DEFECTIVE 061
STARTS HOT AFTER
STARTS KOT tTONLINERAND
INDICATING STSTEH
ALL POSSIBLE PERWRH WORE
CAUSES HAVE BEEN RIGOROUS FDD
INSPECTION
INVESTIGATED.
InPROQERSfAm I IREPLAtE FUEL
fflCIWIPUE CONTROL.
W NOf ADVANCE
sornr uunL L~3 SUSPECT
spno 00 101
FUEL
NOtZLES
HAKEA STOPCOCK
DELAYED IGNITION
START. I.E. WWU-
ALLY METER FUEL
CHECK IGNITION 10 THE ENGINE BY
ENGINE LIGHT-OFF
SYSTEM PER ~EANS THROTTLE
EXCEED 5-SEC
PARAGRAPH 3.A. MOVEMENT TO
ADVANCE PREVENT OVERTEHP.
IIUN ENGINE AT IDLE
SPEED ROR 3 NIN.
fN FUEL CONTROL.
4 WITH THROTTLE IN SnuT~ AND WAKE
Is LIKELY TO A NOTW\L START
IDLE OETENT AND´•
IF AIOY WRTION
IGNITION OFF STaP-
T)IE FUEL SWTEn
COW. THROTTLE
BEEN OPENED UP-
AND ALLOU ENGINE GRAINAGE MEETS
Of THE t6MRQ
TOSHLITW)WN. A LIMITS
511 OYER
BOARD GRAINAGE
OF 100 CC
Of FUEL YIOULO
O
COPE FW)IIDRAIN
LITTLE bR NO WREPLAQ kANI
:IALYE OVERBOARD
OVERBOARD VALVE OR
ICE IN NEL CONTROL
DRAINAGE I )PII#DDYALYE
Pj SENSING SYSTECI
IH COLD VEATHER
SUSPECT 1Q m
FUEL CONTROL
BELLOWS. APPLY
HEAT m FUEL 7
CONTROL BEFORE
ATTECIPTIIOG
ANOTHER START
INSPECT TURBINE
FOD
AND COMPRESSOR
MRfDD
NOTE
ANY OF THE ITEMS LISTED WAY CAUSEIHE PROBLEM. THEREFORE THE ENTIRE CHART SHOULD BE READ
AHD UNDERSTOOD BY THE USER. IOUEVER FIELD EXPERIENCE HAS INDICATED THAT THE HJST
PROBABLE CAUSES (00 DESCENDING ORMRI ARE THOSE INDICATED BY THE NU13BE~D CIRCLES.. IT
IS SEPUENCE.
SUGGESTED THAT THEY BE FOLLOUED IN
1228754-00
Troubleshooting Flow.Chart (Sheet 4 of 11)

Figure 101
72-00
Page 13 of 22
Dec 13/05
GEAircraff En~aines MArNTENANCE IMANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARY REVISION 72-481 (continuedl
NOTE
All of these probable causes and corrective actions should be taken
Stall Event Section 6.1 Installed Eng5ne, External Checks
Dust str.eaks on Repair nacelle seals

YES
nacelle? per aircraft manual.
NO
Inlet duct out I ICheck soft mounts

f alignment or I YES
for looseness,
distorted? I Ireplace if required.
NO
Check inlet duct
positioning vs.
blankets, reinstaCC
if required per
aircraft manual.
Compressor Clean per 72-00,

YES
fCoupath dirty? Maintenance
Practices, Cleaning
NO and Preservation.
ailpipe area Repair/replace

YES
incorrect? tailpipe per
aircraft manual.
NO
isible damage Remove engine and

YES
o compressor or repair per
turbine blades? 1. 172-32-0, 72-33-0,
2-52-0, 72-53-0.
NO
Run maximum
Exter-nal causes I YES ~----L---(aLtitude
found and fixed? I I lacceleration
check per 72-00,
NO
MAINTENANCE
OK?
PRACTICES,
ADJUSTMENT/TEST.
NO I YES
Return to service.
Continue to Section 6.2
1228737-00

Figure 101
j
72-00
Page 14 of 22
Dec 13/05
SEI-186
NOTE
ALI of these probable causes and corrective actions should be taken
Stall Event (Continued)
Section 6.2 Installed Engine, Undercowl Visual Checks
From Section 6.1
Leed duct Reinstall bleed

YES
isa~igned? uctper aircraft
anual.
NO
T2 sensor YES Repair or replace

aspirator hose I Ihose per aircraft
damage? I Imanual 75-00.
NO
Fuel density I YES Adjust setting per

setting 1 172-21-0, SEI-154,
incorrect? 1 173-20-1.
NO
Run maximum
altitude
acceleration
ndercoul visual I yES Icheck per 72-00,
causes found and I IMAINTENANCE
fixed? I JPRACTICES,
ADJUSTnEWT/TEST.
NO
NO JOK? I YES
Continue to Section 6.3 IReturn to service.
1228738-00

Figure 101
72-00
Page 15 of 22
Dec 13/05
GEAircraffEnsines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
TEMPORARY RR(ISION 72-481 (continued)
NOTE
ALL of these probable causes and corrective actions should be taken in
tall Event (Continued)
Section 6.3 Installed Engine, Undercoul Inspection

From Section 6.2
V6 system I YES JReplace uorn
orn? I litems per 75-00.
O I r IFuel manifold JrES RepLace or repair

ressure out I IfueL nozzles per
of Limits? 1 175-18-0,~SEI-154,
3-16-1.
V6 system IrES Replace items
inding? I Ithat bind per
75-00.
NO
Shift in fuel nch test fuel
YES
control control per SEI-
I 15Ehedule? 1 73-20-1.
FaedbacL cabl~ yES’IReplace per I
roken? 1 175-00. 1 I I ya
NO
Top speed IrES ’f gpeed exceeded

I Iliiaits for time
greater than
ICV rigging I rES~ JReadlust per I 1108 percent? I Ispecified, return
out? I 172-00, 75-00.

NO
to overhaul for
imensional
NO
nspection of
rotors per 5-21.
leed valve IYE5 IRBadjust rigging pair/replace

ut of er 75-00.
OS governor per
adlustment? 73-22-0, 881-154,
73-21-0, 73-21-1.
dlust maximum
leed valve IYES Repair or replace) I Ispeed on fuel
ates uorn, I Ibleed velvets) I I I Icontrol per
Loose, or not Iper SEI-154, I I 1 173-21-1.
ving full 1 175-31-1.
travel?
Undercoul Run maximum

YES
i"sPcstion altitude
Fuel control e"OVB FCU. Teet
1E5 causes found acceleration
nit tFCU) out nd recalibrate
nd fixed? check per 72-00,
f I Iper SEI-154, INTENANtE
calibration? 1 173-20-1, TESTING. I HO
ACTICESI
JOST~ENT/TEST.
NO
Bleed hole out epair or replacel I I I OK? JYES

rES
of alignment ane sectors to
NO
on casing? I lensure alignment eturn to
f all holes. service.
NO Remove engine and
return to shop.
PR probe epair/replace
’IES
efective or er SE tCJ61O)
incorrect? 1 177-3, 77-4, 77-5,
WO l"r SE’-1S4,
-ll-0, 77-11-1.
1228739-00

Figure 101
72-00
Page 16 of 22
Dec 13/05
GE Aircraff Engines MAINTENANCE NIANUAL
SEI-186
NOTE
All of these probable causes and corrective actions should betaken in
Stall Event (Continued)
Section 6.4 Engine Shop Inspection

From Section 6.3
Excessive I ’Ilnspect per II Itheck turbine Illeplace blades

compressor I ISEI-136, 72-00, for IOD. I las required per
clearances. I IFits and II I ISEI-136, 72-53-1.
Clearances. Repair
er SEI-136,
72-32-0 (Stator);
72-33-0 (Rotor).
heck turbine I ’IRepairlreplace
eal I las required per
Inspect airfoil I ’IRepair/replace II (tlearances. j JSEI-136, 72-53-0.
uality. I las required.
Inspect I 1Replace as
Inspect airfoils ’(Repairlreplace turbine blades required per
for FOD, stators and/or II If or bou. SE1-136, 72-53-1.
corrosion, and I Iblades per
tip rubs. I ISEI-136, 72-32-2.
nspect I IReplace as
urbine blades required per

Inspect blades, I’ll(epairlreplace as
or uarp. I ISE1-136, 72-53-1.
vanes, and casing required.
for runout.
ench test 1 ’IRecalibrate per

uel control SEI-154, 13-20.
theek vane sector) ’IAdjust to requiredl( lunit (FCU).
end gap. 1 lend gap.
Bench test I IFlou check per

Check for I ’IIf found, correct
fuel nozzles. SEI-154, 73-16-1.
reversed vanes. I Ithe vane and
replace blades one
stage forvard and

Check and record I I If"O SfaSes aft.
Reset rigging.l ’Il\djust at zero
rebuild
egree setting per
clearances.
72-00.
Check turbine I ’IFor CJ610-8A,

norrle areas. replace any stage erform engine performance test per
1 nozzle that
15
2-00, TESTING.
ut of Limits.
For all other
odels, adjust
stage 1 nozzles. II IRun maximum altitude acceleration
check per 72-00, nAINTEHANtE:´•
RAtTICES, ADJUSTnENT/TEST.
Check turbine I’lleplace blades

lade tip I landler shrouds I) I aK? Return to
YES
clearances. s required per service.
NO
EI-136, 72-53-0,
SSEIIBLY.
Return to Section 6.1
1228730-00

Figure 101
72-00
Page 17 of 22
Dec 13/05
CJGIO TURBOJET ENGINES
GEAircraftEn~aines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
NOTE
All of these probable causes and corrective actions should be taken in
Section 14.1 Installed Engine, External Checks

Flameout Event
id engine I y ES IU´•n recogn i ted I I IP D epairl

YES
pop"? stall follou valve replace
stall procedures defective I Iper
NO I
in section 6. 1 ltJ610-4, I ISEI-154,
-6, -8)? 1 173-15-0.
Lou pressure~lyES- Ifilters IYESe IAeplace I I NO
fuel uarning I Iclogged?I laircraft fuel
Light? filters per
NO aircraft
NO I Imanual. Pressure
YES
Repair/
valve replace
defective I Iper
(CJ610-1, I ISEI-156,
Defective boost
-5, -9)? 1 173-13-0.
fuellYES JReplace
st pump? I Ipump per 1 I NO
ircraft
NO
anual.
rain and
brain valve
YES
Repairl
Fuel sample ES
replace
efective replace
cpntaminated? Uel and engine
nd aircraft fuel (CJ610-1, I Iper
-5, -9)? SEI-1SC,
NO Ifilters per
73-14-0.
3-13-0, 73-14-0,1 1 I I NO
73-21-0, and
ircraft manual.
Identify and repair fuel

Leak.
Return to service.
treaks in lYESIRepairlreplace
Inlet duct yES
heck soft mounts II Iteilpipe at I Ifuel nozzles
out of for looseness, idle? per 521-154,
replace If required. 73-16-1.
alignment? NO
heck inlet duct
NO
Ipositioning vs.
lankets, reinstall
If required. II I IExternal IYES RU" "checkss
causes found Idefined for
and fixed? item 11, 72-
Dust streaks
YES
epair nacelle
OD, FUNCTIONAL
on nacelle? eats. NO ICHECK GUIDE,
NO Fig. 503, for
any fuel
system
connections
disruption.
Tailpipe area Repair/replace
incorrect? I YES Itailpipe. I I I IRun maximum altitude
acceleration check per 72-
00, nAINTENANCE PRACTICES,
DJUSTnENT/TEST.
Fuel puddle YES

under engine? I I Il I OK? IYES
NO IY I I NO
eturn to
Continue to Section 14.2 IsePvice.
1228741-00

Figure 101
72-00
Page 18 of 22
Dec 13/05
CJG1D TURBOJET ENGINES
GEAircraffEnqines MAINTENANGEMANUAL
SEI-186
TEMPORARY REVISION 72$81 Icontinued)
NOTE
Flameout Event (tontinued)

Section 14.2 Deceleration FLameout
From Section 14.1
Flameout on I yES Ifhrottle I YES

decel? I Iretarded
below idle
NO
speed?
NO
hrottle IYES Fix throttle

rigging out I Irigging per
of Limits? 172-00,
nAINTENANCE
NO
PRACTICES,
ADJUSTIENT/TEST.
Fuel control Remove fuel

YES
unit (FtU) control unit
out of I(FCU). Test and
calibration?l Irecalibrate per
SEI-154,~73-20-
NO i, TESTING
Run each of the

"checks" defined
for item 4, 72-
O, FUNCTIONAL
CHECK GUIDE,
Fig. 503, for
fuel control
chanae.
Run maximum
altitude
acceleration.
check per 72-00,
nAINTENANCE
PRACTICES,
ADJUSTnENT/TEST.
OK? IYES
nrecognized
tall follow I I NO
tall procedures
in section 6.
Return to
service.

1228742-00

Figure 101
72-00
Page 19 of 22
Dec 13/05
SEI-186
TEMPORARY REVISION 72-481 B

(continued)
NOTE
seq~ence from start to finish.
Flameout Event (Continued)
Section 14.3 Acceleration or Steady-State FLemeout
From Section 14.2
Visible damage I YES

to compressor or
turbine blades?
Clogged fuel
YE
Replace or
NO clean oil
essages in
ii cooler" cooler per
Fuel control eplace kinked
YES SEI-154,
hoses hose(s) NO
kinked per 79-23-0.
or collapsed?( (72-02-).
12 sensor IYES IRepair or
aspirator I Ireplace hose

hose damage? I Iper 72-02-1.
CDP line to eplece or
YES
FCU leaking retightan line II I no
clogged7 I Iper 72-02-1.
Fuel density lyE~SIAdjust

setting I Isetting per
Fuel control Remove FCU. incorrect? 1 172-21-0, SEI-

YES 154, 73-20-1.
nit (FCU) Yest and NO
ut of I Irecalibrate
calibration? I Iper 561-154,
73-20-1, 1 I I IRemove engine and
NO ITESTIHC. I (repair per 72-32-0,
2-33-0, 72-52-01
72-53-0.
Fuel manifold Replace fuel

YES
ressure out notrCes per It Itauses found Run maximum
YES
f Limits? 1 173-16-0. 11 land fixed? altitude
acceleration
No I I NO check per 12-00,
INTEEIA1JCE
PRAtTICES,
Sheered NFP Replace NFP peril j IADJUST#EHTITEST.
VES
drive? 73-13-0.
NO
OK?
YES
NO
Leed valve ep(8ce or

YES
leaking? epair bCeed
alve per
NO (SEI-154,
75-31-1.
recognized
stall follou
stall procedures IIReturn to
in section 6. 1
1228743-00

Figure 101
72-00
Page 20 of 22
Dec 13/05
CJ610 TURB(UET ENGINES
GE Aircraff En~qines MAINTENANCEMANUAL
SEI-186
TEMPORARY REVISION 72-481 (,,,,inufd)
Figure 102. Deleted.
Table 102. Deleted.
Figurel03. Deleted (Superseded by Figure 101, Sheet 9).
72-00
Page 21 of 22
Dec 13/05
TEIWPORABY
Ot)lt~LLg tltErRIE
CJ610 TURBOJET REvlslonr
SLOW START
(EXCEEDS 40 SEC)
DOES STARTING SYSTEM ACHIEVE

12~ SPEED IN LESS THAN 12 SEC O
YES I
NO tc~ AND IGNITION SYSTEM PER
PARAGRAPH 3.A. OF TABLE 101
DOES ADVANCING T~ROTTLE I ISLOW START L~j REPLACE L~LITTLE OR NO L~CHECK FOR METERED
TO A HIGHER POWER SETTING STILL OCCURSJ JFUEL CONTROLI JIMPROVEMENT JFLOW LEAKAGE
IMPROVE START TIME I I I IIN START TIME
’‘-‘--"---"--1
DECREASE FUEL
CONTROL
No
SNE GNITESYTINED
1CLICK
CHECK THRO~LE DEFINE WHICH PORTION O r
O RIGGING START CYCLE IS SLOW
ISTART TIMEI ISLOW START I
iIMPROVES STILL OCCURSI
L---,__,-~ L,,---------l
ENGINE LIGHT-OFF ---L,

CK IDLE SPEED r
TIME AFTER THROTTLE
RE-ADJUST 1F IPERFORM FASTI
ADVANCE IS EXCESSIVE IDLE-MAX CHECK FOR EXCESSIVE
(2-5 SEC AVG) CHECK OVERSPEED
ACCELS LEAKAGE FROM PRES-
GOVERNOR INTERNAL
SURIZING VALVE REF
LEAKAGE (100 PPH
t LINE WHILE AT IDLE
MAX)
ENGINE STILL SUSPECT IGNITION SPEED
r----C--------~
STARTS SLOW SYSTEM (LOWER I I I I
IGNITER 5 1
NO OPERATING
PROBLEMS OK
O
READJUST IDLE 1
REPLACE FUEL SUSPECT FUEL
:AND MAX SPEED i
i IF RE9UIRED
CONTROL NOZZLES
(7 O’CLDCK) ON LEAR A/C EQUIPPED
WITH JET PUMP, CAP
WHENEVER DENSITY j IENGINE FUEL PUMPLINE

t IS ADJUSTED TO A
AFTER LIGHT-OFF, ENGINE
ACCEL TIMETO IDLE
i LOWER SETTING, A
MAX ALTITUDE ACCEL IF START TIME
IS EXCESSIVE I CHECK MUST BE MADE IMPROVES, REPLACE
(15-20 SEC AVGj (SEE MAINTENANCE i JSDLENOID
PRACTICES- ADJUST-
MENT/TEST, PARA
SUSPECT LOW FUEL SUSPECT FUEL
13.12 3.13) OR
SCHEDULING TO ENGINE L-------,---------l NOZZLES
INSPECT ENGINE
FDR FOD OR
CHECK FOR EXCESSIVE I. IDURING COLD WEATHER I I OTHER DAMAGE
OVERBOARD LEAKAGE ’I~ ICHECK FOR ICE OR WATER
IN Pj TO FUEL CONTROL
LINE I WCHECK P3 TO FUEL CONTROL
ISOLATE AND REPLACE I 1 ILINE FOfi TIGHTNESS,
DEFECTIVE COMPONENT CRACKS AND BAD GASKET O
APPLY HEAT TO AT MAINFRAME
(MANIFOLD DRAIN VALVE
P AND D VALVE) FUEL CONTROL
NOTE: ANY OF THE ITEMS LISTED MAY CAUSE THE PROBLEM, THEREFORE THE ENTIRE CHART SHOULD
BE READ AND UNDERSTOOD 8Y THE USER. HOWEVER, FIELD EXPERIENCE. HAS INDICATED
THAT THE MOST PROBABLE CAUSES (IN DESCENDING ORDER) ARE THOSE INDICATED BY THE 80-0121-1
NUMBERED CIRCLES. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THEY BE FOLLOWED IN SEQUENCE.

Figure 101
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 135
GIWIIIAL Gb tl~flllC
~$6)0" ~UPBOSET
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ. SEI-186

HUNG START
Ae TEMPORARY
REVISION
that revises this page. I
ENGINE LIGHTS, 8UT DOES NOT
ACCELERATE TOIDLE SPEED
t T
AND IGNITION SYSTEM PER
DOES STARTING PARAGRAPH 3.A. OF TABLE 101
RESET FUEL CONTROL

THAN 12 SEC.
DENSITY ADJUSTMENT
YES TO A LOWER SPECIFIC
No
O SETTING~’
DURING COLD WHENEVER DENSITY

WEATHER’ ~USPECT APPLY HEAT TO ENGINE ACCELS IS AbJUSTED TO A
P3 iO ~UE1 ~ONTROL L~NE AFjD FUEL oui~ OF HANG-UP LOWER SETTING, A
LINE ~HAS WATER OR ICE CONTROL I I C I I MAX ALTITUDE ACCEL
IN IT CkECK MUSi BE MADE
i~HiCK THRdiiLE SEE MAINTENANCE
RIGGING TO PRACTICES-ADJUST-
CHECK FOn EXCESSIVE O FUEL CONTROL nENT/TEST, PARR
HANG-UP OCCURS OVERBOARD LEA~AGE; 3.I2 or 3.13)
BELOW 20% SPEED (P?ANt~Oid DRjiiN:VALVE
OR~ Fl dNb D VdLLEj F’
O(REPLACE FUEL CONTROL
HANG-UP OCCURS ADVANCE

ABOVE 20% SPEED THROTiLE TO HIGH-
E#’‘POWER SETTING I WNO CHANGE IN ENGINE IF BLEED VALVES
SPEED CLOSED CHECK
ARIABLE GEOMETRY
INKAGE SYSTEM FOR
CHECK FOR OPEN I I IBINDING OR JAMMING
BLEED VALVES AND
CUSTOMER BLEED
DUCT ALIGNMENT
O IF NOTHING WRONG
WITH VARIABLE
INSPECT pj TO FUEL GEOMETRY SYSTEM,
REPAIR AS NO VISIBLE
OK CONTROL LINE FOR REPLACE FUEL CONTROL
RERUIRFI! TIG~TNESS AND CkACKS FOD
ON A/C EQUIPPED
REPLACE FUEL CONTROL INSPECT ENGINE
WITH LEARJET PUMP
CAP OFF ENGINE FOR FOD
FUEL PUMP LINE
ENGINE STILL FOD EXCEEDS

HANGSLUP LIMITS
IF ENGINE ACCELS
TO IDLE. REPLACE REPLACE OSG IF
SBLENOID I ~-I LEAKAGE EXCEEDS REPLACE
LIMITS (100 PPH) ENGINE
PERFORM OVERSPEED PRESSURE CHECK

REPLACE NOZZLES
GOVERNOR INTERNAL FUEL NOZZLES IF
IF PRESSURE CHECK
LEAKAGE CHECK (OSG LEAKAGE FLOW EXCEEDS LIMITS
IS WITHIN LIMITS
NOTE:
ANY OF THE ITEMS LISTED MAY CAUSE THE PROBLEM, THEREFORE THE ENTIRE CHART SHOULD BE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD BY THE USER. HOWEVER, FIELD EXPERIENCE HAS INDICATED THAT THE MOST
PROBABLE CAUSES (IN DESCENDING ORDER) ARE THOSE INDICATED BY THE NUMBERED CIRCLES. IT
80-0122-2
IS SUGGESTED THAT THEY BE FOLLOWED IN SEQUENCE.

Figure 101
72-00 Mar 30/84

Page 136
OEIITIIIIL ~D 6LtCIRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET

hr TEMPORARY
HOT START
REVISION
that revises this page. COES STARTING CHECK BATTERY PER PARAGRAPH 2
SYSTEM ACHIEYE
12% SPEED IN LESS
O ANO IGNITION SYSTEM PER
PARAGRAPH 3.A. OF TABLE 1O1.
THAN 12 SECONDS
WHENEVER DENSITY
YES NO ~J IS ADJUSTED TO A
21 LOWER SETTING, A
DOES FUEL CONTROL MAX ALTITUDE ACCEL
HAVE CORRECT DEN- CHECK MUST BE MADE
SITY ADJUSTMENT SEE MAINTENANCE
RESET PRACTI~ES-ADJUST-
HOT STARTS CAN
AS MENT/TEST, PARA.
BE CAUSED BY I---( YES I INO
REPUIREO 312 OR 13)
O ENGINE STILL tcl INSPECT COMBUS-
DEFECTIVE EGT I I IF ENGINE STILL
_
STARTS HOT TION LINER AND
INDICATING SYSTEM(--~ STARTS HOT AFTER
PERFORM MORE
ALL POSSIBLE
RIGOROUS FOD
CAUSES HAVE BEEN
INSPECTION
INVESTIGATED,
IMPROPER START REPLACE FUEL
TECHNIQUE 1 CONTROL.
DO NOT ADVANCE
THROTTLE ~UNTIL NO
SPEED OF 10% SUSPECTFuEL
NOZZLES
MAKE A STOPCOCK
DELAYED IGNITION I IlyES START. I.E. MANU-
ALLY METER FUEL
CHECK IGNITION TO THE ENGINE BY
DOES ENGINE LIGHT-OFF
SYSTEM PER MEANS THROTTLE
TIME EXCEED 5-SEC
PARAGRAPH 3.A. MOVEMENT TO
AFTER
PREVENT OVERTEMP.
THROTTLE ADVANCE
RUN ENGINE AT IDLE
MOTOR ENGINE SPEED FDR 3 MIN.
AIR IN FUEL CONTROL. SHUTDOWN AND MAKE
WITH THROTTLE IN
4 THIS IS LIKELY TO A NORMAL START
IDLE DETENT AND
OCCUR IF ANY PORTION
IGNITION OFF STOP-
OF THE FUEL SYSTEM
COCK THROTTLE
HAS BEEN OPENED UP-
STREAM OF THE CONTROL
AND ALLOW ENGINE I n,,,,,,,,,,,,,
TO SHUTDOWN. A I IILIMITS
MINIMUM OF 100 CC
s IMPROPER OVER-
OF FUEL SHOULD
BOARD DRAINAGE
COME FROM DRAIN
LITTLE OR NO WREPLACE MANI
VALVE OVERBOARD
OVERBOARD DRAIN VALVE OR
ICE IN FUEL CONTROL h IPORT
DRAINAGE P AND D VALVE
Pj SENSING SYSTEM
IN COLD WEATHER
SUSPECT ICE IN
FUEL CONTROL
BELLOWS. APPLY
HEAT TO FUEL
CONTROL BEFORE
ATTEMPTING
ANOTHER START
INSPECT TURBINE
FOD
AND COMPRESSOR
FOR FOD
NOTE: ANY OF THE ITEMS LISTED MAY CAUSE THE PROBLEM, THEREFORE THE ENTIRE CHART SHOULD BE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD BY THE USER. HOWEVER, FIELD EXPERIENCE HAS INDICATED THAT THE MOST
PROBABLE CAUSES (IN DESCENDING ORDER) ARE THOSE INDICATED BY THE NUMBERED CIRCLES. IT
BC-0123-1
IS SUGGESTED THAT THEY BE FOLLOWED IN SEQUENCE.

Figure 101
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 137
ellltRII~
CJGIO TURBOJET
STALL
PERFORM VISUAL L t 1 HOT GAS
INSPECTION I I INGESTION
CHECK VARIABLE GEOMETRYI L

I CHECK CIT
EXAMINE ENGINE
SYSTEM FOR: SENSING SYSTEM
FOR FOD IN C~-l NO VISIBLE FOD
COMPRESSOR AND
1) EXCESSIVE WEAR
TURBINE 2j
3
BINDING LINKAGES
ACTUATOR JAMMING REPLACE OR
4) BROKEN/KINKED REPAIR AS
FEEDBACK CABLE REQUIRED
FOD EXCEEDS
ALLOWABLE LIMITS
REPLACE AND REPAIR JCHECK ALIGNMENT
AS REPUIRED I (OF CUSTOMER BLEED
PLACE ENGINE I C I IDUCT
CHECK VARIABLE
GEOMETRY SYSTEM REPAIR AS
NOTE: Please see the I I RIGGING REQUIRED
TEMPORARY
ADJUST VARIABLE
REv~srorv
GEOMETRY SYSTEM
that revises this page. PER 75-00
ALL VISUAL INSPECTIONS

OK TO
COMPLETED WITH NO
START ENGINE
DISCREPANCIES
PERFORM SLOW
ACCEL AND CHECK
BLEED ADJUSTMENT
PER 75-00
REPLACE ENGINE
FLY
BLEED VALVE BLEED VALVE

ADJUSTMENT I .I ADJUSTMENT ENGINE STALLS NO STALL
IN LIMITS OUT OF LIMITS
ADJUST BLEED I I UNABLE TO ADJUST REPLACE FUEL PERFORM FAST

PERFORM FAST
VALVE BLEED VALVE IN CONTROL IDLE-MAX ACCELS
IDLE-MAX ACCELS
LIMITS
ENGINE STALLS
CHECK FUEL INCREASE FUEL PERFORM FAST

STALL OCCURS
DENSITY SETTING DENSITY SET- IDLE-MAX ACCELS
IN 50-70%
FOR RIGHT TING.
SPEED RANGE
POSITION
NO STALL
STALL OCCURS ENGINE MEETS
REPLACE ENGINE ACCEL TIME
ABOVE 70% N
NO STALL
FLY
FLY
BC-O124

Figure 101
72-00 Nov. 15/72
Page 138
TEMPORARY
GEILRIL~ IIIEIIIC
CJ610 ---TURBOJET REVISION
I
FLAMEOUT
DID A/C LOW PRESSURE CHECK FUEL SYSTEM CHECK FUEL PUMP
WARNING LIGHT FOR CONTAMINATION BOOST ELEMENT
COME ON OR WATER
NO tc-l FOD
YESI I I I IF FUEL SYSTEM NO CONTAMINATION

CONTAMINATED
REPLACE FUEL
CHECK FUEL SUPPLY
AND/OR AIRCRAFT
BOOST PUMP BOOST ELEMENT
REPLACE FUEL PUMP
if BOOST ELEMENT OK
IS DEFECTIVE
INSPECT COMPRESSOR
AND TURBINE FOR
FLY
DAMAGE
ACCEL
INSPECT FUEL
CONTROL TO
IF DAMAGE EXCEEDS NO DETECTABLE I I DEFINE TYPE I 1 I P3 LINE
ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOD 3F FLAMEOUT
REPAIR DAMAGE OR
REPLACE ENGINE I i I REPAIR AS OK
REQUIRED
FLY
STEADY STATE I I DECEL I _
ICHECK FOR RUPTURED I I _
CHECK THROTTLE
T2 BELLOWS 111 RIGGING TO FUEL
CONTROL
INSPECT P3 TO WAS THROTTLE RETARDED
FUEL CONTROL BELOW THAT RECOMMENDED
REPAIR AS OK
LINE FOR MIN IDLE SPEED OK
RE-RIG
REBUIRED
UNDETECTED
YES
F:Y FLv
STALL
REPAIR AS I I OK
FLY
REQUIPED NO STALLI- I FOLLOW TROUBLE-SHOOTING
OCCURS I‘ I FLOW CHART FOR STALL I UNDETECTED
STALL
FLY
RUN ENGINE AND FOLLOW TROUBLE-SHOOTING
PERFORM FUEL MANI- I I FLOW CI~ART FOR STALL
FOLD PRESSURE CHECK
NO STALL
OCCURS
NO FLAMEOUTS ~t FLY
FLIGHT IS REqUIRED
OUT OF LIMITS IN LIMITS ~CITO DETERMINE IF
FLAMEOUT IS REPEATABLE L1FLAMEOUT OCCURS
REPLACE FUEL
FLY I
NOZZLES OBTAIN FLIGHT
TEST DATA ON
FLAME OUT
;C-012’3

Figure 101
Nov. 15/72 72-00
Page 139
GEIIRIL ELECIRIC
CJ810 TURBOJET
Figure 102 Deleted.
TABLE 102 Deleted.

TEMPORARY

72-00
Dec. 30/78
Page 140
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MANUAL
Nacelle Area All references apply to 861-166, unless

In-Service
Leakage or othenise noted.
StalllFlameout
Recirculation
Check Engine Do an Engine Performance Test and Compressor

for Each.of the A/C Engine Operating Line Check (SEI-136, 72-00, TESTING)
Folloving: Throttle
Rigging Fault
and Turbi
ressor NOTE: Perform all of the steps in sheet 2
for FOD
ons T2 Sensor Hose unless an obvious reason for stall is
(72-32-0 and 72-33-0, Damaged or
Cracked (ReP~ove found, such as physically damaged cool-
-52-0 and 72-53-0) presser blades or vanes.
and Inspect)
System (7560) for

Hear, Binding Link-
Fuel System
Contanination Do an Engine Performance Test and Compressor
,,Actuator jannlng
(Debris or Water) ting Line Check (SEI-136, 72-00,
BrokenlKinked F
le
Aircraft Boast
Pump Failed
to-Fuel Control
ube for Tightness and
Tighten or Passes
Aircraft Bleed
Ir <72-02-1) Test
Duct Misaligned
nspect AIC and Incorrect iai!~Pipe Remove Engine

uel Filters ;fiir’~ From A/C
Area (neasured at 12
lockage (73-13-0, Locations iot Average
14-0, 7121-0)´• Readi ng) Do 4 Max
Altitude
Accel erati on
Fuel Control
Unitfor Proper Fuel
Check_(72-0),
Do VG Check (72-00,
a
ity Setting ADJUSTMENTITEST). ´•I No
(73-21-0, or 381-154, Necessary, Adjust VG Probable
73-20-1, TESTING) System (75-00) Cause
Check Aircraft
No
for Each of the
Stall
Following: I I I I Stall
Correct Tailpipe
Do a Max
RETURN
Found Altitude No
Probable TO
Inlet Duct Damaged Accel erati on Stall
SERYICE
or Misaligned Cause Check (72-00,
ADJUSTMENT
O00CJ F-8841 OA
Altitude Stall/Flameout Troubleshooting Guide

Figure 103 (Sheet 1 of 2)
Dec 31/91 72-00

Page 140A/140B
OIWERIII~ELLCTRIE
Ccd610 TURBOJET
~1LE: All references apply to SU-136. For extended-life compressor, the

unless otherwise noted, aluminum-base intermetallic
diffusion coating must be removed,
Record the following data upon engine or stages 5 thru 8 compressor blades
’as received’ condition and inspect as must be replaced per Service

instructed in manual. Bulletin (CJ61O) 72-129, Revision i.
If one or more stagesof blades
i. Compressor requires replacement,use the
W61O-8A clearance limits tables I
Measure compressor rotor blade tips thru IV (72-33-0, ASSMBLY).
(shadowgraph) and concentricity
of compressor rotor spacers 2. Turbine Nonles
(72-33-0, ASSEMBLY). Do a dimensional
check (EROH) of compressor casing Stage 1 Wonle
lands (72-32-1, INSPECTION). Measure’
area of nonle ’as re-
Calculate the average blade-tip ceived’.
clearances (72-33-0, ASSEMBLY). For W610-8A engines, nonle
Be sure all blades and vanes are clean. area is not adjustable; therefore
Replace all FOD blended blades and replace nonle if reauired.
vanes. For all other engines, adjust
Replace all blades exceeding nonle area (72-51-0, FITS AND
runouts of 0.008 inch TIR. CLEARANCES) to max area.
Inspect compressor casing (72-32-1, Check partitions; no reverse
INSPECTION), stator sectors (72-32-2, bends are allowed.
INSPECTION), and compressor blades Stage 2 nonle to be within manual
(72-32-2, INSPECTION) for FOD (dents), area limits; no further adjustment
corrosion (plts), and tip rubs, is allowed.
Repair (72-32-1, REPAIR) compressor
casings that exceed 0.007 inch land 3. Turbine
runout.
1
Reject all airfoils which do not Measure and record ’as received’
meet the requirements or surface clearances.
finish (32 ~fcrointheo max for Inspect for fOD (72-53-0.
stages 1 thru 4, and 20 microinches INSPECTION). Replace blades or
for stages 5 thru 8) and do not shrouds as necessary to obtain
meet the leading edge radius tip clearance limits (72-53-0,
requirements (7232-1, REPAIR). ASSEMBLY). No oversize turbine
Replace vanes as necessary to shrouds are permitted on Q610-8A
obtain the following: engi nes.
Maximum vane runout not to Measure and record FQD and AFT seal
exceed 0.007 inch nR. clearances ior’~Pini-turblne’ as-
I(axi~P average step between semblfes. Oisassemble standard
adjacent vane sectors: 0.003 Inch. turbine wheel assemblies and mea-
Maximumscallop for each Indl- sure/calculate interstage-t~-torque
vidual vane sector: 0.006 inch. ring clearances.
Machine vanes to obtain the fol-
loving end-gap on each half of 4. Fuel Control Unit (FCU)
compressor casing:
Stage ´•End-Ca~Per Case Half Test and recalibrate tSEI-l54,
3, 4, 5 0.030 to 0.055 inch 73-20-1, TESTING).
6, 7 O.WO to 0.100 Inch
If more than 0.005 inch of metal 5. Fuel Svste~n
removal is required, machine vanes
uniformly on each sector. Adjust Flow-check fuel nonles (Sm-154,
end-gap to maximum side of tolerance. (73-16-1).
Record clearance data. (79 obtain
the average value, all calculations 6. Encrlne Rluaina
must be based on 100I of the blades
and vanes.) Adjust variable vanes trigging) to
´•zero degtee´• position (fully open)
(72-00, ASSEMBLY).
0OOCJF-890O00
Altitude Stall/Flameout Troubleshooting Guide

Figure 103 (Sheet 2 of 2)
Dec 31/91 72-00

Page 141
(DO
o
r ENGINE INLET RAM AIR TEMPERATURE OF
-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
102"""’’"’’’’’""’’
)OJmtrrrttmttr~ll, srlll Irrll11lnl11~ll1ll i,,, II I

16665
100´•rrnlllrrrlrllnl Illrl II I Inlllllr´•´•~l ´•-Il~´•m´•l´•m

16500
Inllll´•nllllnnllrrl
16335
M
a H
16170 cr
co t
cn a’ e Q,~
o?
’d w I
a
0) M
117 16005
g Y
B
Y w
r´• v~
I m
96 15840 C7
rcct
r z
9
(P cl
u
B
O
O E: 15675
w C
n,
m
cn
rt 8
94 15510
F
r
I 93"’""’ IrrllLI~Tlllrmll Ilnll~lnlrllrlll Irrrl ´•I´•1

15345
1 91 5015
09
90 14850
cn -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 o to to 30 4b ro 60
ENGINE INLET RAM AIR TEMPERATURE OC ~I

50-0214
r r
co
o\
~II
4 TEMPORARY
REVISION
/4L2
m
ENGINE INLET RAM AIR TEMPERATURE "F
-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 -e~

102 16830
O
101 117111 Irrll 1 I II I I I I I I III I I I i 1117111r llmllT1nlnT1l 1 I I I Imlllll I nrrl Inrrlrln I II I II III I rri I Illrrn rrrrmnr-n I i I I I 1
16665 B
5ci
100 16500
m
rn
o,
a
CT
98 16170 ct v,
a
O --I
n c~ a
z r
Y 97 16005 u
rr ?o
cn cn
r ul
u,
z OIJ
ul
c~
z 96 15840 Z zO
3
Y
iOr
Z oD m
Z
on
wn,
w
srn
e~ 95 15675
´•t rn
9 1
94 15510
e~
Z
a
Z 8 C)
r-
93 15345 rn
cr
v,
92 HHHHHHHHHHHHHI’’’’’ i’’’’’’’’’’’ nvlLLLnzuvLLLLLaLLII I I I I lrl I i I I 11
15180
91 ##################1######~######################## 15015
IF,
C~
90 14850
~lo -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
o h, rV
o I
r
ENGINE INLET RAM AIR TEMPERATURE ’C
C> B
a2,
1
os
os
(D
a
m
H
FAILS
PERFOarulaCE I I r
IN AIRCRAFT
co
i. TESTVI~
0\
Cn WGINE AHILLYZW, noDEL 1300
Note:
IULHITPACZUBED BI R-l CORP., 13618
INSTEIRIEKTS
proble~n E. RIVER ROAD, EOUMBI~, STATION, OHIO, 64028.
VISUALLY CHECK identified
problem CIT SgLISIIW: BOSESI and 1 2. UIWSS OTBERYISE IND~CAZgD. PERPOBn IIISPBC-
not
correcrad Tiorm pEa TaB apwawcED SECTION OP TIIE gPIGIHE
identified OVKBHIIOL IUMUL,
TElT WITH (gg~ ABD CORRECT
CBB~ AND CORRECT MBCILLPT
EBCIEE I passes
CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
AHbLTZEB I test IIESTRIBiENIS
fails
test
BII)P nTTI 1II1D CORRECT nracpbpr I IcaEclr Aao CORRECT

passes
BLIIlP LOSSES BLEED MB, VALVE
test
’d I BLEEd hIP HEATER AIR LEAKS, EM. 75-10-0 (SEI-154)
(D
~h EOR PROBE
checl EPR LINE VARIABLE COIIPBBSSOR FUEL NOZPgS problem
TEST YITB
i d)0::
fails for each OR I JWILI~E I IH)D OR DIRTP I IIAULTP identif ied passea
WGINE
cest of the PLUGGED 77- RIGGING 72-32-2, (STREAKT) and test
11-1 (SEI-154) 72-392

IUULYZ~ C
following ERROR 72-00 73-1~ (SEI-L54 corrected m
C) problem fails
TEST CELL PIIPI
(D not
72-00
r~c3
suwrons
identifiedO
~Lrl
OQO
E~ C HIGH WRONG
Tg I TURBINE NOZZLE LEAKING. ANT1-
1
(D
a
ID
I Lc!
AT
TM(EOFF
EPR
chect
for each
ENGINE
TENPERATWE
PROTECTOR
TURBINE
~WU)B
FOD
72-32-2, 2-42-0
SEAL AREAS
72-51-0.
OVERSIZE TURBINE
72-52-31-1 SHROUD
ICE
VALVES
OR BLEED
72-00
ca
of the UNIYIST 72-)3-2, 75-10-O(SEI-
following SETTING 72-53-1 72-53-1. -00 72-00 154) C~ OCI
03
f-O
72-00 "O
o
r
tn
=1 II
09 II~DERSIZE LEAKING ANTI- U(CESIIVE PXCESSIVE IGT l1lI0
HIGH Ng checl
IUPBINE (ICEORBLEED I ICDP SEAL I I
G~ I LJAT I for each TES? CeLL
NOZZLE AREAs VALVES 72-00. LWUGE/ SHROUD CECWEIRY
TAKEOFF of the RUN 72-00
75-10-O(SEI- CLEARAN~E CLEAIULNCE WISBICGPD
EPR foil
72-51-0,
154) 72-00 72-00 72-00
I I 172-52-3
(D
chec*
HIGH W(CESSIYE EpR PROBE
for each
LOY TURBINE BLADEI JCRACI(ED OR
of the
THRUST UNTWIST PLUGGED 77-
follovieg 72-53-1
AT EPR 1 111-1 (SEI-154)
checlt
LEAKING
ANTI-I IW(CESSIVEI IEKCESSIVEI I COMPRESSORI IEICESSIVE OVERSIZE
HIGH I for each I ITURBINE
ICE OR BLEED I IRTBBIIPB POD I I~DP SEAL I ITUBBINE TURBINE
SFC I of the -cIVALVES 72-00, nBLADE TIPn BLADE n 72-32-2, n LBIUILCsI nPOD n NOZZLE 1RglS
75-1~0(SEI- I ICLEARANCEI Ivwnnsr 72-33-2 72-53-1 72-51-0.
following
150) 72-00 72-53-1 72-00 jL 1 172-52-3 _1 IRETURN
’’d
P1 ro
00 SERI’ICE
BC-OL97
h,
r-0
WO
GEIERAL~ tL~CIRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
ENGINE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES SERVICING
i. General.
The items require servicing are listed in this section along with the
that
service toperformed. It also contains instructions fro activating the
be
engine after storage, preserving and storing the engine for specific time
periods either in the airframe or the shipping container.
I NOTE: Engines
installed
removed from aircraft
in a horizontal stand,
for servicing
such as
or
2C5349.
maintenance should be
2. Lubrication System.
A. Check lube level in lube tank. (Refer to 79-00.)
B. Clean and check lube filter. (Refer to 79-22-0.)
C. Check for metallic particles. (Refer to 79-00.)
D. Procedure for changing lube oil. (Refer to 79-00.)
E. Prime the lube and scavenge p~nnp as instructed in paragraph, this Section,
titled Activating Engine After Storage Procedures if any of the following
conditions exist.
(1) Engine has not been operated within the last 14 days.
(2) The engine is being tested for the first time since installation into
an aircraft.
(3) The engine is being tested for the first time after having been pre-
served.
(4) The engine is being tested for the first time after replacement of the
lube and scavenge pump.
3. Fuel System.
A. Clean and check fuel pump filter. (Refer to 73-13-0.)
B. Clean and check fuel control filter. (Refer to 73-21-0.)
C. Clean and check high-pressure fuel filter. (Refer to 73-14-0.)
4. Activating Engine After Storage Procedures.
NOTE: Preserved engines must be depreserved before operation.
A. Remove all protective covers from the engine.
Sep 1/75 72-00

Page 301
GEnERAL~ELfCfRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
nelNTB~pcl Na~aL SEI-1BL
B. Visually inspect the engine for damage. Insure that no foreign material
is lodged in any of the engine ports such as the bleed valves, fuel in-
let, etc.
C. Depreserve the lubrication system as follows:
(1) Drain residue oil from the accessory gearbox and the
any transfer
gearbox by removing the drain plugs.
(2) Reinstall drain plugs and torque to 60-80 Ib-in.
(3) Remove the oil filter cap from the lube tank and fill the tank with
oil that has been filtered through a l0-micron metallic filter (tank
capacity is 4 quarts). Refer to Chapter 79-00, Lubrication System
Maintenance Practices for the list of approved oils.
(4) Prime the number 1 scavenge element of the lube and scavenge pump
with engine oil by using any of the following methods:
(a) For CJ610-1, -5, and -9 engines:
1 Disconnect the No. 1 sump oil supply line from the elbow (fig-
ure 301) at the top left side of the accessory gearbox (aft look-
ing forward). Add one pint of engine oil toil must be clean and
filtered through a lO-micron filter) into the hose so it will
enter the No. 1 sump and drain through the mo. 1 scavenge
element of the pump,
2 Remove the dome assembly (bullet nose) and the front frame
sump cover from the forward side of the front frame hub. Add
one pint of engine oil toil must be clean and filtered through
a lO-micron filter) to enter the No. 1 sump scavenge tube to
the inlet port of the mo, 1 scavenge element of the pump.
NOTE: Remove and replace the bullet nose and the sump cover
asoutlined in Section 72-30, Front Frame

Removal/Installation.
3 Or, use any other method approved by’GE Aircraft Engines.
(b) For CJ61O-4, -6, -8, and -8A engines:
1 Remove plug (figure 301) at the top left side of the

the
accessory gearbox (aft looking figure). Add one pint of
engine oil toil must be clean and filtered through a lO-micron
filter) into the gearbox so it will enter the inlet port of
the No. 1 scavenge element of the pump.
2 Or, use any othe method approved by GE Aircraft Engines.
72-00 Dec 31/91

Page 302
GEYIRIL~iLCEtiBiC
cJslo
SEI-186
(5) Allow the added oil to settle in the lube and scavenge-pump parts for
at l;?ast 10 minutesto assure the No, 1 scavenge element is primed,
CAUTION: BEFORE THE ENGINE ~IS STARTED A PINT OF OIL MUST BE DRAINED
FRbhl THE OIL TANK ´•’r0 MAKE CERTAIN THE LUBE SYSTEM HAS N(YT
BEEN OVER-SERVICED,
1’ (6) Replace the oil tank cap and lock it. Connect lines.
D, Depreservation of the compressor and exhaust sections of the engine is

not required, Make sure the engine inletand exhaust areas are free of
foreign´•materia~ that could damage the engine,
E, Depresej~irat’ibn of the variabl:e geometry actuators is not necessary, The
preservative oil and any entrapped air will mix withfuel,before it is

discharged through the fuel nozzies,
F. Depreserve the fuelsystem as’´•follows:
(1) Colinect -a fuel supply to the f~el´•- pump inlet ad8pter.r...The fue’l
should be supplied to the engine through a l0-micron filter ~at a
pressure between 7.5 psi (above true vapor pressure) and 50 psig,
Refer to:´• Chapter 73-00, Maintenance Practices,
D o
o o
jl
ELBOW
ACCESSORY
ACCESSORY
GEARBOX
GEARBOX
LEFT-HAND SIDE LEFT-HAND SIDE

CJ610-1, -5, AND -9 CJ61 0-4, :~61´• A~ilb -8 _
CJ610-6123-0-E2
i
’i’
Lube and Scavenge Pump Priming

Figure 301
Jan, 15/69 72-00
Page 303
GEIERAL~E LE5TRIC~
CJ610 TUR‘BOJET
MAINTENA‘NCE MANUAL SEI-186
(a)Motor the engine, with the throttle set at 15 degrees, for 2 minutes
as follows:
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE IGNITION IS TURNED OFF. DO NOT EXCEED TKE
DUTY CYCLE PERIOD FOR THE STARTER. THE 8-MINUTE MOTORING
PERIOD MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED IN INCREMENTS OF THE STARTER
DUTY CYCLE. RETURN THE THROTTLE TO O DEGREES AT THE END
OF EACH DUTY CYCLE.
(a) Check the tailpipe. A fine mist should be seen coming from the
tailpipe during motoring.
(b) Check the engine piping for leaks. No leaks allowed.
(c) Check the combustion section drain. Fuel should drain out of
the combustion drain line during motoring.
(d) Check the fuel manifold drain valve for proper operation. Fuel
should drain from the valve during motoring.
(3) At the completion of the motoring perlod,’allow the engine to drain

for 3 minutes.
(4) Withthe throttle closed, motor the engine for 1 minute.
G. Start the engine and perform the following check per Adjustment/Test,
72-00. Adjustments should be made as required, per Adjustment/Test,
72-00.
(1) Start engine.
(2) Check engine idle. Allow the engine to remain at idle RPM for a
minimum of 5 minutes operating time before advancing the throttle to
higher power or speed settings.
(3) Check the variable geometry system.
(4) Perform the takeoff check.
(5) Check the overspeed governor.
(6) Check engine acceleration.
(7) Shut down engine.
5. Preservation Procedure 1 to 30 Days.
NOTE: A preservation run is not required for oil system preservation.
Page 304
GE WESAL ~Bf LECTRIC..~--
C J 61 O ´•7 U:R B OJ E T
A. After the last engine run, drain fuel from the bottom of the fuel tanks
and check the fuel for water. If there is none, the engine has been shut
down with water-free fuel in the main fuel control and there is no need
to preserve the fuel system or ´•VG actuator system.
B. If the engine is to remain inactive spray the for more than 15 days,
compressor section per paragraph 6, step D. Also preserve the fuel
system per step C, using fuel (filtered through a 25-micron filter)

instead of MIL-L-6081, grade 1010 oil.
C. Install the closures per paragraph 6, step "E".
D. Engine preservation does not require additional work to maintain engine

preservation for the 1 to 30-day period. However if for any reason the
fuel system is drained or partially drained, the fuel system should be
refilled wi´•th a fresh supply of fuel to prevent internal corrosion and
drying out of rubber packing rings, etc.
E. Engine’ preservation for the 1 to 30 day period may be renewed once.

r Renew engine preservation by motoring the engine for 2 minutes
:swollofsa
(1) Make sure the ignition is OFF.
(2) Make sure there is oil in the oil tank.
(3) Motor engine for 2 minutes.

the While motoring the engine, provide
fuel filtered through a 25-micron filter to the fuel pump inlet
adapter at a pressure between O and 50 psig.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED THE STARTER DUTY CYCLE. IF THE ENGINE IS

MOTORED WITH STARTER, THE THROTTLE SHOULD BE ADVANCED TO
15 DEGREES, HELD FOR 15 SECONDS, TO O DEGREES RETARDED AND
HELD FOR 15 SECONDS. CONTINUE WITH THIS CYCLE FOR THE
DURATION OF THE MOTORING PERIOD (SEE ADJUSTMENT/TEST,
72-00).
6. Preservation Procedure 30 to 120 Days.
NOTE: This procedure may be engines regardless of

use:d for preservation of
whether a shipping container If the engine will be
is or is not used.
installed in a shipping container, steps "F" and "G" of this procedure
do not apply (refer to the instructions in paragraph 8).
I A. Deleted.
June 1/71 72-00
Page 304A
GE#LRAL ~B ELECrRLC!
GJ~tO
MAINTEN~NCE MAN~AL SEI-186
NOTE: Deleted.
B. Preserve the~ variable geometry (VG) actuators ~as´• f$llbws:
(1) Preservation of CJ610-1, -5 and -9 VG actuator.
72-00 June 1/!1

Page 304B
CEN ERAL ~b ELECTRIC’
cJsio ~uR EiOJET
SE1-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: ?’Por preservation of CJ610-4, -6 and -8 VG-act,uators see
step (2).
(a) Disconnect the 2 VG actuator lines at the fue´•lcontrol. Cap the
fuel control fittings.
(b) operate the VG actuators several times to remove all
the fuel from the lines. Position the actuatorsin the fully
extended position (bleed valves closed).
NOTE: Two men, one at each bell crank, are required for manual
operation of the VG actuators.
(c) Remove the 2 plugs from the underside of the left-hand actuator.
Allow the fuel to drain.
I (d) Supply oil (Specification MI~-L-6081, grade 1010) through a 25-
micron filter, to each of-the actuator lines.:.Flow´•the oil

through each of the actuator lines until fuel-free oil is seen
coming from the open ports on the underside of the left-hand

actuator.
(e) Reinstall the plugs in the open ports of the leSt-hand~actuator

and lockwire. Install plugs´•in the open ends of the~VG actuator
lines. t
I (f) Wipe a light film of oil (Specification MIL-L-608li-grgde 1010)

on theextended VG actuator piston rods. i:
(2) Preservation of CJ610-4, -6-and-8VG actuator.
NOTE: :Forpreservation ofCJ610’1,:-5 and -9 VGac;tuators see
step (1).
(a) Disconnect the 2 VGactuator ~lines at the fuel control. Cap the
fuel control fittings.
Manua;lly operate the VG actuators several times to remove all the

fuel from the lines. Positionthe actuators in the fully extend-
ed position (bleed valves closed).
NOTE: Two men, one at each bell crank, are required for manual
operation of the VGactuators.
(c) Remove the 2 plugs from the top side of the left-hand actuator.
(d) Supply oil (Specification MIL-L-6081, grade 1010) through a 25-
micronfilter, to each of the actuator lines. Flow the.oil
through each of the actuator lines until fuel-free oil is seen
coming from the open ports on the actuator.
Sept. 15/69 72-00
Page 305
GLWERAL ELtCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-L86
(e) Reinstall the plugs in the open ports of theleft-hand actuator

and lockwire.
(f)Remove the 2 plugs from the top side of the right-hand actuator
and repeat step (d).
(g) Reinstall the plugs in the open ports of the right-hand actuator
and lockwire.
(h) Install plugs in the open ends of the VG actuator lines.
(i)´• Wipe a light film of oil on the extended VG actuator piston rods.
I e. Preserve the fuel system by introducing oil, EiIIL-L-6081, grade 1010, into
the fuel system as follows:
(1) Make sure the caps and plugs installed in fuel control fittings, VG
actuator and VG actuator lines are tight. Make sure all other plugs
in the’ fuel system are installed and tight.
(2) Remove the cover from the fuel pump inlet adapter.
(3) Supply oil through a 25-micron filter to the engine fuel pump inlet
adapter at a pressure between 0 and.50 psig. (The oil supply system
must be capable of supplying oil at the rate of at least 1 gpm.)
(4);Motor the engine (see Adjustment/Test, 72-00) starter (with-

in the limits of the starter duty cycle) to raise engine.speed to
starting RPM. .Advance the throttle to 15 degrees and allow 2 gal-

lons of oil to pass through the fuel pump.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE IGNITION IS OFF. BEFORE MOTORING THE EN-
GINE, MAKE SURE THERE IS OIL IN THE OIL TANK. IF THERE

IS NO OIL ON THE OIL TANK DIPSTICK, ADD ENGINE OIL UNTIL
IT CAN BE SEEN ON THE DIPSTICK.
IF TNE LIMITS OF THE STARTER DUTY CYCLE WILL NOT ALLOW

(iN A SINGLE PERIOD) ENOUGH TIME TO PUMP 2 GALLONS OF OIL
THROUGH THE ENGINE, USE AS MANY STARTER DUTY CYCLE PERIODS
AS REQUIRED, PROVIDING THE THROTTLE IS RETURNED TO 0 DE-
GREES AT THE END OF EACH DUTY CYCLE.
(5) Retard the throttle to 0 degrees and allow the engine to coast to a
complete stop.
(6) Reconnect the VG actuator lines to the fuel control.
(7) Reinstall the cover to the fuel´•pump inlet adapter.
72-00 Sept. 15/69

Page 306
ELIC711C
CJ610 TURBOJET
D. Preserve the compressor section as follows:
CAUTION1: BEFORE MOTORING THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THERE IS OIL IN THE OIL
TANK.
CAUTION 2: IF THE LIMITS OF THE STARTER DUTY CYCLE WILL NOT ALLOW, IN A
SINGLE PERIOD, ENOUGH TIME TO SPRAY THE ENTIRE 1/2 PINT, USE AS
MANY DUTY CYCLE PERIODS AS REQUIRED TO USE UP THE ENTIRE
AMOUNT
(1) While the engine is being motored, spray 1/2 pint of oil (MIL-C-6529)
Type II) into the compressor inlet. Adjust the spray gun to spray a
fine mist or fog. Spray the oil into the compressor section by hold-
ing the spray gun about 18 inches from the engine inlet and moving
the gun radially and circumferentially to cover the entire inlet area.
NOTE: To effectively spray the compressor section, the engine motoring

speed should Se close to starting RPM, but not less than 10% RPM.
(2) Allow the engine to coast down and the excess preservation oil to
drain off.
E. Install all engine openings, namely the bleed valves, eighth-

closures to
bleed ports,
engine inlet, engine instrumentation bosses
or
egatsd
connectors, and
accessory
evir,tsuahxe
pads. The openings are sealed to pre-
vent water and foreign material from entering the engine. If pre-fabricated
type closures are not available, any waterproof type material can be used
and fixed in place with a suitable pressure sensitive tape. Only manu-
facturer approved plastic caps are recommended for protection of electrical
connectors.
F. If the engine is not installed into a shipping container after the engine
is preserved per steps B through E, engine preservation is maintained
during the 30.to 120 day inactive period as follows:
NOTE: The fuel, anti-icing and VG actuator systems do not require any
additional work to maintain their preservation.
(1) At least once every 30 days, motor the engine for 2 minutes using the
installed starter.
CAUTION: BEFORE MOTORING THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THERE IS OIL IN THE OI~
TANK.
DO NOT EXCEED THE DUTY CYCLE PERIOD OF THE STARTER.
WHILE MOTORING THE ENGINE, SUPPLY OIL (SPECIFICATION

MIL-L-6081, GRADE 1010) FILTERED THROUGH A 25-MICRON
FILTER TO THE FUEL PUMP INLET AT A PRESSURE BETWEEN
O AND 50 PSIG.
Sep 1/75 72-00

Page 307
CEIIIAL LLICIIIC
CJB10 ´•TURBOJET
(2) See if thereis an oil film on the engine inlet. If it has deteri-
orated, respray per step "D"
G. If the engine is not installed in a shipping container, engine preserva-

tion must be renewed at the end of 120-day period.
each There is no
limit to the number of times that engine preservation may be renewed.
Renew engine preservation as follows:
(1) Depreserve the engine per paragraph 4.
1 (2) Represerve engine per steps B through E of this paragraph.
7. Installation of Engine Into Shipping Containers.
NOTE: After the engine is preserved per paragraph 6, install the engine into
the shipping container.
A. Vapor-barrier bag. (See figure 302.)
(1) Remove the cover and

stored hardware from the engine shipping con-
tainer. Unfold the
vapor-barrier bag so that the engine may be
placed in the shipping container inner frame.
(2) Wit’h the engine held in a horizontal position with a sling, 2C5327
(1, figure 302) and hoist, lower it into the shipping container so
that the trunnion mount monoball adapters rest on the container
inner frame.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO TEAR THE VAPOR-BARRIER BAG.
(3) Secure the 2 adapters to the container inner frame with 4 nuts and
bolts. (Do not tighten the nuts.)
(4) Install forward

support yoke over the engine forward support
the
ring. yoke to the container inner frame with 4 bolts and

Secure the
nuts. Secure the engine forward support ring to the yoke with the
shoulder bolt and nut. Torque the nut to 160-190 Ib-in.
(5) Align the engine with the monoball adapters and torque the 4 nuts
that secure the adapters to the inner frame to 160-190 Ib-in.
(6) Remove the sling from the engine.
(7) Fasten 15, 8-unit bags (or equivalent) of dehydrating agent, Specifi-
cation MIL-D-3464, to the container inner frame around the engine.
(8) Pad sharp corners of the engine

the and inner frame to protect the
vapor-barrier bag when it is folded around the engine.
72-00 June lj71

Page 308
6 LN ERAL Os~ ILECIRIC
CJ610. iURBOclET
ii
O
(i
REMOVE CONTAINER TOP

A
CUT SEAM
I 2 Y
REMOVE ENGINE FROM CONTAINER

C REMOVE YOKE 8 RETURN IT TO
CONTAINER
i. ENG)NESLING
2. LIFTING CABLES
3. PIPPINS
YOKE
1 4.
UNFOLD´•WRAPPING
ATTACH SLING 8 REMOVE
NUTS 8 BOLTS (4 ON EACH
SIDE)
CJ610-6030-0-*2*
Removal of Engine from the Shipping Container
Figure 302
Jan. 15/69 72-00
Page 309
eEI 61 A C E i CT‘R ie
C J 6 1Q r
~T U R B,O J E T
(9) Fold the vapor-barrier bag around the engine and heat-seal a seam
gpproximately’lLinch wide. Leave approximately a 2-inch bpening at
one end of the seam so that a nozzle may be inserted to evacuate the
excess air from the bag.
(10) Insert the nozzle in the seam opening and evacuate the excess air
from inside the vapor-barrier bag.
NOTE: The bag will collapse and hug the engine and container inner
frame.
(11) Remove the nozzle, and heat-seal the nozzle opening. (The engine is
now sealed inside the vapor-barrier bag.)
(12) Fold the loose vapor-barrier material (that did not collapse against
the engine when the air was evacuated) close to the engine and secure
it with cloth tape.
(13) Secure the engine records (enclosed iii a plastic bag) inside the
container. Place the cover on the container and secure it with the
bolts. Band the cover with 3/4-inch bands in 3 locations.
B. Metal Shipping Container. (See figure 303.)
(1) ~Remove lid of shipping container. Place to the side.
CAUTION:~ USE WOOD SLATS UNDER CORNERS OF LID.
(2) Check container,´• including the horizontal flangegasket recess, for

rust and loose paint. Remove rust, and repaint any place which needs
touching up. Wipe and/or vacuum-clean the inside of the container

and the gasket recess to ensure cleanliness.
(3) ~Remove two container brackets (1), shipping support ring (2) and con-
tainer yoke (3) from the container.
(4) Install the two container brackets (1) on the enginetrunnion mount
pads located at the and 3positions.’9 o’clock

Secure´• with eight
1/4-28 x 1 inch long hex head bolts (4). Tighten bolts’- do not
torqueor lockwire at this time.
(5) Install the flange of the front frame.

shipping support ring on the
The 7/16 inch diameter hole in the shipping support ring must be in
the 12 o’clock position. Secure with fourteen 10-32 x 1/2 inch long
bolts (5) locknuts and lockwire as required.
(6) Secure compressor inlet plastic (6) in place by criss-crossing

cover
lockwire (7) in front of running wire through 1/8 inch diame-

cover,
ter holes located on outeredge of shipping support ring (2).
72-00 Sept. 15/69

Page 310
CILILRII
cJeto ~’fuR eoJET
SEI-186 MAI~TENANCE MANUAL
1. CONTAINER BRACKET
2. SHIPPING SUPPORT RING
3. CONTAINER Y~KE
4. BOLT
5. BOLT 8 LOCKNUT
6. COMPRESSORINLET PLASTIC COVER
7. LOCKWIRE
8. ENGINE SLING
9. INNERFRAME
~T ‘71 1 to. BOLT, WASHER 8 LOCKNUT
Il. PIN, 8 WASHER 8 COTTER ´•PIN
12. BOLT, WASHER 8 LOCKNUT
o~------5
o´•
CJ6 10´•3168´•0-*2*
Metal Shipping Co~tainer

Figure 303
Jan. 15/69 72-00

Page 311
G I´•W E R?´•L.Q~ E I t eT RI
dJ e:1 s: ,.T U-R B OJ E T
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186´•
(7) Using sling (8) 2C5327 and hoist, position engine over the lower
half of the container.
(8) Lower engine into the container until the container brackets (1) rest
on the inner frame (9). Align the holes of the brackets with the
holes of the, inner frame.
(9) Secure´•the.two: brackets to the inner frame with 7/16-20 hex head
bolts (10) washers and locknuts. Thread nuts to a snug fit. Do not
torque ist this time. Threaded section of bolts~must be in up posi-

tion.
(10) Place the ~dntainer yoke (3) over the shipping i~upport’ ring (2).
InsertL the´• 7/16 inch diameter pin (11) through the yoke and shipping
Support ring link. Install washer and 1/8 inch diameter cotter pin.
Spread cotter pin.
(11) Align holes of container yoke and inner frame. .!Insert 7/16-20 hex
head bolts (12) threaded section of bolts must be in up position.
Turn on locknuts until finger tight.
(12) Remove engine sling (8) from the engine. ´•j’

(13) Tighten bolts (4) that ´•secllre container bracket Itd\~ngine mount pad
and lockwire.
(14) Tighten bolts (10) that.secure container bracket, to iri;ler’ frame and
bolts (12) that’secure .container ~yoke to fra~ ´•~’d;:321´•38 Ib-ft
of torque.
(15) When engine´•´• is’ ready to be enclosed with co;ltainer

basket located in lower half of contaili~r’ with :eight ~jags
of desiccant.
NOTE:´• If dehydrated air is not used to~.pressGrize.the an:
additional eight:’i8) unit bags of de’siccant Should be taped

to contairier inner frame around eng~rie.
(16) Hoist cover over engine container and lower.ibto. position on lower
half immedateell´•;
CAUTION: ~LID MUST BE IN PLACE AND BOLTS TORQUED AS ~UICKLY AS POS-

SIBLE AFTER PLACING DESICCANT ´•IN CONTAINER TO AVOID CON-
TAMINATION OF THE DESICCANT.
(17) Install with threaded ends up, eighteen 1/2-13 bolts and nuts in
closure flanges.
(18) Tighten bolts i, 4,´•6, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 in that order to pull cover
down evenly on gasket.
72-00 April 15~68

Page -312
G EW ERAL B~ ELLCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(19) Starting with bolt No. 1 tighten each successivebolt to 70-75 Ib-ft.
NOTE: If shipping container contains an air relief valve omit
steps (20) through (25).
(20) Remove outer cover of the desiccant port, valve cap and valve insert.
I (21) Install
5
psig. o
an air-filler valve
connection,and pressurize
t
container
CAUTION: USE DEHYDRATED AIR ONLY UNLESS EXTRA DESICCANT WAS PLACED
INSIDE CONTAINER.
(22) Recheck with an air gage for proper pressure; then remove the filler
valve connection and install the valve cap.
(23) Brush the air-filler valve and all joints, seams flanges with
and a
liquid soap solution. Correct the leaks that any resulting air
bubbles indicate.
(24) At the end of a 60-minute period, recheck for proper pressure.
(25) Bolt the outer cover of the desiccant port in place.
(26) Coat the exposed surfaces of flange-bolts and nuts with a corrosion
preventative compound conforming to MIL-C-16173, Grade I.
(27) Place engine records and shipping papers in plastic bag or envelope.
Place in record receptacle. Tighten bolts securely.
8. Storage of Engines Installed in Shipping Containers.
A. Vapor-barrier bag.
(1) Engines may be stored in their shipping containers for the period
specified on the outside of the shipping container.
(2) The humidity indicators should be checked every 90 days to make sure
the moisture content within the plastic bag has not exceeded the
maximum acceptable limit.
(3) The engine must be represerved if any of the humidity indicators have
changed to a pink color.
B. Metal shipping containers lair relief-valve type).
(1) Engines may be stored in their shipping containers indefinitely pro-

vided periodic inspection indicates that humidity condition in the
container is satisfactory.
72-00
Dec. 30/78
Page 313
GE#ERAL ILICTRIE
CJ610 TURB6JET
(2) The humidity indicators should be checked every 30 days to make sure
the moisture content within the container has not exceeded the maxi-
mum acceptable limit.
(3) The engine must be represerved if any of the humidity indicators

have changed to a pink color.
C. Metal shipping containers (pressurized type).
NOTE: When an engine has been preserved and packed according to the
preceding instructions, it is’considered to be preserved indefi-

nitely provided periodic inspection indicates that pressure and
humidityconditions in the container are satisfactory. The fol-
lowing Periodic Inspection must be made at least once every 180
days.
(1) Observe and record pressure and humidity in the shipping container
within 7 days and at least once every 180 days thereafter.
(2) If inspection reveals that internal pressure is more than 1 psig and
humidity indicator is blue, no action is required.
(3) If inspection reveals that internal pressure is less than 1 psig and
that in an initial inspection, the humidity indicator is blue, re-
pressurize the container to 5 1) psig with clean, dry air. Check

the pressure again after 7 days. If pressure has not been maintained,
remove the engine and represerve it in another container.
(4) If inspection reveals that humidity indicator is pink (a corrosive

condition) remove the engine from the container and inspect it for
indication of rust or corrosion.
(a) If ~the engine is serviceable, represerve it in another container.
(b) If inspection shows evidence of rust or corrosion, reinstall the

shipping cover, replace the desiccant, repressurize the contain-
er to 5 (f 1) psig and return the engine to overhaul for inspec-
tion and repair.
9. Removal of Engine from the Shipping Container.
A. Vapor-barrier bag. (See figure 302.)
(1) Place the shipping container under a hoist.
(2) Cut and remove the wire bands (if installed) that secure the cover
to the container.
(3) Remove the bolts that attach the cover to the container. Remove the
cover.
72-00 Jan. 15/69

Page 314
:i
c J sl ET
SE1-186
´•i:
(4) Remove and";check the engine-hist~drical records. (Note a"ny deficien-

cies.):’:R;ecord any damage:to container; rec~rd damage
of any-consequence to the~bngihe.;:
(5) CarefulSyremove the cloth tape~´•that is used to hold the corners of

the moisture-barrier bag dlose‘-to the engine. Cut off.the sealed
seam onkthe top of the bag.
CAUTIONI::-‘DO NOT TEAR THE. BAG. CUT THE BAG CARE-

FULLY SO THAT IT CAN:~BE;REUSED.
(6) Unfold:the bag carefully so as to’:;~xpose the engine’ for removal.
(7) Attach the engine sling’(l), t~ol No. 2C5327, to the engine as
follows~:
(a) Place the sling on the´•hoi8~.
(b) Adjust_lifting eye to of gravity on bay.
(c) AdSu~t_,the lifting cables (2?to proper location on ba~.
(d) Install the locking pip pinS:~3) to engine installation lug.

:i ´•:’´•i´•
(e3 hoist take.up the li:fting~cables of

sling.the
to in
(8) Remove:it~: nuts and bolts that:´•:attach the trunnion mount adapters and
the forward support yoke to the~:inner frame of the::shipping; container.
(9) Carefully:i´•aise the engine andt~ie´•:yoke free of the:container.
CAUTION1- BE CAREFUL SO AS THE ENGINE’OR´•TEAR THE

VAPOR-BARRIER BAG.
(10) Remoyo-.ihenut and bolt that the yoke to~the,fqrward sup-

port ring.
(11) Store ~he yoke and hardware in theishipping containerAor reuse.
NOTE: Ii the engine maintenance and if it will not be
ope’rated before being torn down, no depreservation is
required.
B. Metal shipIj’ing~container. (See figure"i303.)

i-; ::iL:
i.´•
(1) Release.-air pressure fromthe shipjjing container by.l’emoving the

cover the core of t"e’ air filler valve.
The cdat‘iiner is pressurized’ to;’’~alj‘proximately 5 psig.’AAfter pressure
has been released, reinstall core.
Jan. 15/69 72-00

GEWERAL
cJ ´•T U R’ e o;iJ f~T
SEI-186
Step-´•(l)- necessary´• for that contain

NOTE:´•-´•´• is not
-ship~ing; con´•tainers;:
airrelief valve as´•they are not:press~ri.zed.
(2) Remove the bolts which fasten the top half of the container to the
bottom -half.
(3) Attach a sling to the cover, Lb9t the cover:´•carefully.´•´•
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL´• NOT TO STRIKE TKE.ENGINE´•.WHEN LI´•FTING THE COVER.
(4) Attach the engine sling (8) tool No, 2C5327 to the engine as follows:
(a) Place~the sling on the hoist.
(b) Adjust li’fting eye to proper center of gravity;on’ bar.
(c) Adjust the lifting cables to proper~location on-bar
(d) Install.the locking:pip pins to engine installation lug.
(e) Raise.’ the hoist to take up, the slack -in the´•lifting cables of
the sling.
(5) Remove the nuts and bolts (10), (12) that attach the container
bracket (1) and container yoke :(3) to the inner ´•frame .(9) of the
shipping container.
(6) Remove pip, washer and co.tter pin. (11) from´•~ conta~ner´•´•yoke: 8nd remove
the.yoke. 1
1
(7) Carefully raise the engine free of the container.
CAUTION: ´•BE CAREEUL NOT TO STRIKE THE ENGINE AGAINST THE CONTAINER.
(8) Remove bolts (4) that attach the container brackets (1) to the engine
trunnlon mount pads. ´•Return brackets and yoke to the ;shipping con-
tainer for reuse,
NOTE: .,If the engine requires and if it will. no;t´•be

operated before being torn down, no depreservation is
required, ´•i
10. Preservation of Accessories.
NOTE: If an accessory is removed from the engine´•and~placed in spare parts
stock, it must be properly prepared for storage, By observing normal

practices of proper packaging and performing-the following preserva-
tion procedures, .all~engine accessorieS.can be stored,.without detri-
mental effects, i .I
i
72-00 15~68
Page 316
GE W ERAL O~ EL~CT´•RIC
CJ 610 TU R B~OJ E T
A. Fuel System Components.
(1) If component has been subjected to commercial kerosene, as in engine
operation, it can periods up

be stored for to 30 days by draining
excess fluid, installing protective covers over drive shafts and
control shafts, and capping all.openings.
(2) To store components for periods in

excess of 30 days, the component
should be flushed with
MLL-L-6081, grade 1010 oil. Drain excess
fluid, install protective covers over drive shafts and control shafts,
and cap all openings.
B. Lubrication System Components.
(1) Pour a sufficient amount of engine oil, listed in approved oils,

Chaptei´•~g, into the compqnent to coat the internal parts. Rotate
the drive´•shaft of engine:´•driven components to assure a thorough
coating ofoil.
(2) Drain excess fluid.
(3) Cap all openings.
(4) Install protective covers over drive shafts.
C. Electrical Components. To store electrical components, install protec-

tive covers on amphenol connectors and drives.
D. Air System Coniponents. To store air System components, install caps on
all openings~.
11. Installation of Engine into Maintenance Stand.
A. Place~engine in a horizont~l position with a lift sling, 2C5327 (1, fig-

ure 302):and hoist.
B. Position maintenance stand, 2(35349 under engine, with the rear support
swing positioned to one side.
NOTE: Remove transportation brackets from engine trunnion mount pads

and the yoke.
C. Lower engine until engine trunnion mount pads are at same level and in
alignment with the maintenance stand ´•pivots. Center engine between the
maintenance stand side supports and attach pivots to engine trunnion

mount pads with 4 bolts on each side and snug the bolts for holding stand
pivots to side supports.
Sept. 15/69 72-00

Page 317
G LW ERAL O~ E LECIRIC
CJB10 T.URBOJET
\a;F.
cJalo-slll.o.e2
Engine Installation into Maintenance Stand

Figure 304
72-00 Jan. 15/69

Page 318
GEWERAL ELECTRIC.-----_
CJB10 TURBOJET
SEI.-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Release:thg rear cable of the lift sling, 2C5327, from engine and connect
the maintenance stand rear support.
NOTE: The engine may have a tendency to tilt when rear support to en-
gine i~ removed.
E. Release the front cable of lift sling from machine.
April 15/68 72-00
Page 319
GEIERALQ tlCCtl~C
CJ610 TUR~e3OJeT
ENGINE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES AND INSTALLATION

REMOVAL
i. General.
A. The detailed removal and installation information is covered in the Air-

frame Maintenance Manual.
B. Whenever the engine is removed fromthe aircraft, it should be preserved in

accordance with Engine Maintenance Practices Servicing, 72-00.
C. Install engine in maintenance stand, 205349, when engine is removed from

aircraft for maintenance.
Sep 1/75 72-00

Page 401
GEIEAIL~ ELaFtllC
c J 66 1.d r o R´•B O J E T
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES ADJUSTMENT/TEST
i. General.
To operate properly, an engine must be correctly adjusted. The checks for
proper’adjustment, and the adjustments themselves, can best be made during

operation of the engine; therefore, a functional run-up procedure is out-
lined in this section. This is followed by adjustment procedures and oper-
ating limits. Thepre-start check is to ensure thatthe engine inlet and
area around the engine area are clean, no fuel or oil leaks are evident, fuel
and oil supply is adequate and the gas generator rotor turns freely. The
functional test run takes the engine through a full running cycle. This pro-
cedure should be followed for a newly installed engine, and for troubleshoot-
ing an engine with a malfunction, The functional run has been divided into a
number of different categories called checks. Each check has been selected
to evaluate one engine operation. Generally, only one or
particular phase of
two of these checks need to be made on an engine, depending on the extent of
the maintenance the engine has undergone. A record of engine instrument
readings at T.O. and cruise including air speed, RAT, and altitude every
10-15 hours is very useful for trbubleshooting.
2. Safety Precautions.
A. Observe routine safety precautions while operating the engine.
(1) Be sure that personnel are standing clear of the exhaust area.
(Refer to figures 501 and 502.)
(2) Be sure that personnel are standing clear of the engine inlet and
compressor bleed valves.
(3) Be sure that fuel drainage does not present a fire hazard.
(4) Be surethe ground beneath the engine is clean and free of loose
debris which might possibly be picked up and ingested by the engine.
B. Do not exceed the exhaust gas temperature or engine speed limits during
starting or subsequent engine operation.
J)
Dec 1/77 72-00
Page 501
C;1610 TURBO;IET
IDLE
INDICATED VELOCITY Fb/SEC
c 350 250 200 150 100 70

1 4
Y
4
INDICATED TEMPERATURE OF
6000F 5000F 4000F 3000F 2000F 150"F
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38
DISTANCE FROM JET NOZZLE- FT.
cJ610-1003´•0-C2
Jet Wake Temperature and Velocity Profile at Idle
Figure 501
72-00 Mar. 30/67

Page 502
’CJ610 TURBOJET ENGINES
GEAircraftEncrines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TAKE OFF
INDICATED VELCITY
2 F1/SEC.
1700 1200 800 600 *00 200 100--70
Y
4
Y
INDICATED TEMPERATURE -´•F
1l00´•F 7DOOF 50(rF U)OOF J00´•F MO´•F 150´•F
0 2 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 21 26 28 ´•30 32 34 26 38
DIS’IANCE FROM JEf NOULE -n.
cw I o. 1001~4´•tI
Jet Wake Temperature and Velocity Profile at Takeoff

Figure 502
72-00
Mar 30/67 Page 503
CJG1OTURBDJFT
GE Aircraff En~sines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARY RRIISION 72-487

Filing This Temporary Revision (TR) cancels and
Instructions: supersedes TR 72-482 dated Dec 13/05. Remove
and discard TR 72-482, and put this Temporary
Revision (TR) in the CJ610 Turbojet MAINTENANCE
MANUAL SEI-186, adjacent to page 504, dated
May 31/98, in Chapter 72-00.

Revisions.
Subject: Function Check Guide
Reason: Revised the requirements to do a function check

after overhaul andmajor repairs in figure 503,
item 1 and item 2, and to add test cell
requirement after overhaul.
Change: Revised figure 503, Function Check Guide.
The information contained is GE proprietary information

in this document
and is disclosed in theproperty of GE and shall not
confidence. It is
be used, disclosed to others or reproduced without the express´•written
consent of GE, including, but without limitation, it is not to be used
in the creation, manufacture, development, or derivation of any repairs,
obtain FAA or any other government or regulatory approval to do so. If
consent is ´•given for reproductionin whole or in part, this notice and
document may also be controlled by U.S. export control laws.
Unauthorized export or re-export´•isprohibi~ed.

respect assembly and disassembly, Fleaning, inspection methods
to and
limits, repair methods and limit$, operational limits, life limits and
the like, have been developed and approved for use with engines and
parts that have been manufactured and/or approved by GE and that have
been maintained in accordance with GE technical documentation and
recommendations.’GE has no contractual
or~legal obligation for, nor

FAA APPROVED JULY 8, 2008
72-00
Page 1 of 2
Jul 08/08
CJG1OTURBOJEI
GEAircraf~Engines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C SEI-1 86
r‘
TEMPORARY RRIISION
I u
6
u
I~ IL~
Q
u
tj
E s;
DONE ON ENGR~E u
=f
o
1 ou
t: u
’s F:
a.zi
C3
1. OVERHAUL (NOTE 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXX

2. ENGINE INSTALLATION OR
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
MAJOR REPAIR OI~OTE 2)
3. PERIODIC INSPECTION (NOTE 4) X X X X X X X X X X X
4. HOT SECTION INSPECTION X X X X X X X X X X X X
5. FUEL CONTROL CHANGED XIX X X X X X X IX X
6. VARIABLE GEOMETRY SYSTEM

X X XX X X
ADJUSTED
7. IGNITER PLUG CHANGED XI IX X
8. LUBE PUMP CHANGED X X X X X X
9. LUBE TANK CHANGED X X X X X X
10. OVERSPEED GOVERNOR CHANGED X X X X X X X
II.ANY LUBE SYSTEM CONNECTION
X X
NOITPURSIDNOITCEN OC
12. ANY FUEL SYSTEM
DISRUPTION
13. ANY AIR SYSTEM CONNECTION
X X
C
XI IX
DISRUPTION
CAUTION
1. REPLACING THE EPR PROBE WITH A DIFFERENT PART NUMBERTHAN

ENTERED IN THE ENGINE LOG BOOK, OR CHANGING ORIFICES,
REQUIRES TEST CELL.
2. REPLACING ETP WITH DIFFERENT RESISTANCE THAN ENTERED IN LOG
BOOK REQUIRES TEST CELL.
NOTE
1. INCLUDES ANY DISRUPTION OF COMPRESSOR ROTOR TO NO. 2

BEARING RELATIONSHIP, NOT INCLUDING TOP HALF REMOVAL FOR
INSPECTION.
2. MAJOR REPAIR IS DEFINED AS ANY CORRECTIVE ACTION FOR
STALL OR FLAMEOUT PER TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDETABLE
101, SECTIONS 6 OR 14, OR FIGURE 101, SHEETS 5 THROUGH 11.
3. REFER TO SEI-136, OVERHAUL MANUAL, FOR REQUIREMENTS.
4. REFER TO SECTION 5-21, TABLE I,ITEM M.
1182585-02
Function Check Guide

Figure 503
C 72-00 C
Page 2 of 2
Jul 08/08
nnINTENnNcE MANUAL
GEAircraftEn9ines
~e
u"
wU x
XI I 1 ’3
Z:
UZ: r
U
3~
E P
’s LillYIY
3 5
B U
L~ U
Y
U~ y
1
f3
Z X
tXIRg 8 B
OE:~NGINE
Y
2
P LC L
5 23~
n W U El O. E c~ 01 W w
~IZ1 I~ V)lilrOl;ilU C Z
I$ ~u
w o n: x ugw
c.
"2"""5~
PI I;: cc 4 Y wO. w
1. INITIAL ENGINE
X 2 X 2 XIXIX E; 2 X X 2
INSTALLATION
(REFER TD SECTION 5-21, TABLE 1, ITEM M)

1´• 2. PERIODIC
X X X X X X X 2 2 i X ´•I I 2
I
INSPECTION
3. EOT SECTION
2 2 X 2 XIXIX 2 2 X .X 2
INSPECTION
4. fLTn CONTROL
X 2 2 X X X .2 2 2 2
CIJANGED
VARIABLE GEOHETRP
X‘ I 2 2 I1 X
SYSTEM ADJUSTED
6. IGhTI’ER PLUG
2 XI I I i I I 1 I I IX
CBANGED
7. LUPE PZMP
21 2 XI I 2 IXI I I I I IX
CBANGED
8, LUBE T~
212 2 2 21 I I I Ix
C~ANGED
9. OVERSPEED
X X X X IX 2 I I I Ix
GOVERNOR CRANGED
10. ANy LUEE SYSTI~H

CONNECTION 2 2
DISRUPTION
11I ANY FUEL SYSTEM

CONNECTION 2 2
DISRUPTION
12. ANY AIR SYSTEM

CONNECTION 2 Z
DISRUPTION
Function Check Guide

Figure 503
.72-00
Ae ~that
TEMPORARY
REVISION
revises this page.
1 May 31/98
Page 504
GflfRALQ ELtCtR\e
CJ(610 TURBOJET
3. Functional Test Run.
NOTE: Refer to 72-00, SERVICING, Lubrication System to determine if the lube

and scavenge pump requires priming before starting the engine.
The functional test run is intended to give an engine a thorough test for
mechanical soundness and for correct indications of engine operation parame-
72-00
Dec 30/78
Page 504A/504B
tEIERAL~ELfCtRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-1B6 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ters. The functional test has been divided into categories called "checks";
these are defined
in Figure 503. After some types of maintenance, it will
be ´•necessary to perform all of the checks listed. Figure 503 can be used as
a guide to decide what checks are necessary after certain types of
maintenance. The checks may be performed with the engine installed in a
test cell, test stand, or in the aircraft. If the engine is in a test
I facility, a bellmouth and tailpipe which conforms to GE Aircraft Engines
specifications must be used. If the engine is installed in an aircraft, the

inlet portion of the nacelle and the tailpipe must be attached. Face engine
into the wind, if possible, so that the exhaust gases are not ingested by
the engine.
A. Preset Check.
(1) Check the oil level indicated on the oil tank dipstick. If the
dipstick indicates that additional oil is required, use the following

steps to prevent overservicing the oil tank.
NOTE: When the engine is shut down, oil seeps from the oil tank to
the accessory and transfer gearboxes.
(a) Motor the engine with the starter for a period not to exceed
the starter duty cycle. (Motoring scavenges the oil back to the
oil tank.)
(b) Drain the accessory and transfer gearbox sumps. Replace the plugs.
(c) If dipstick still indicates that oil is required, add oil that
the
has been filtered through a l0-micron metallic filter to bring the
oil level up to the nnL mark on the oil tank dipstick.
(d) Replace the oil tank filler cap. Turn the locking tab clockwise to
seat the cap.
(2) Check the power lever actuator rigging at the IDLE position. If adjust-
ment is necessary, do the following:
(a), Set the input shaft at the IDLE position. Insert the
fuel control
rigging pin, 2C5320, through the input shaft rigging hole and
into the slot in the fuel control casing.
(b) Connect the power lever clamp and linkage to the fuel control
input shaft.
Dec 31/91 72-00

Page 505
E RERAL ELEC’IR TC
613610 TURBOJET
NOTE: The input shaft has a missing serration which can be used
for alignment purposes.
(c) Exert slight pressure on the input shaft toward the OFF direc-
a
tion, and
adjust the linkage so that the power lever is set at
the IDLE position.
(d) Remove the rigging pin and check the input shaft travel. The
travel should be 93-94 degrees.
(3) Inspect the engine and engine installation.
(a) Check the engine mounts, and the fuel and electrical connections.
(b) Check all engine fuel, air, and lube lines. Check the engine
accessories for proper installation and security of mounting.
(c) Check the compressor rotor for free rotation.
(d) Check to determine that the density la~ob on the fuel control is
set at the correct location forthe particular type fuel being
used.
B. Motoring Check.
(1) The motoring required only after inspection or maintenance

check is
and it
ensures engine rotates freely, that the instrumen-
that the
tation functions properly, that the fuel and lube systems are leak-
free, and that starter operation meets the speed requirements for
successful starts. Motoring primes the fuel and lube systems when
maintenance has required replacement of fuel or lube system com-
ponents.
(2) Position the engine controls as follows:
(a) Fuel Boost ON
(b) Anti-Icing OFF
(c) Power Lever OFF
(d) Ignition OFF
(e) Starter OFF
(f) Customer Air Bleed System OFF
CAUTION: THE FLJEL PUMP AND FUEL CONTROL ARE: FUEL-LUBRICATED,

DO NOT MOIOR, START, OR OPERATE THE ENGINE UNLESS A
POSITIVE FtTEL INLET PRESSURE IS INDICATED.
72-00 Mar. 30/67

Page 506
6 E W 66 A L ~P 6 LL elR It
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE. MANUAL
(3) Turn.the starter ON. Advance the power lever to IDLE and hold only
as long as~necessary (20 seconds max.) to check theinstruments for
positive indications of engine speed, oil pressure, and fuel flow.
(a) The starter must be capable of turning the engine rotor to at
least 12 percent within seconds 12 for ambient temperature con-
ditions of O"F (-180C) or higher to achieve normal starts. If

these conditions cannot be met, refer to Troubleshooting Guide.
(b) Normal~oil pressureindication is 1 to 10 psig. However, ini-
tially there may be no indication if any of the lube system

components have been replaced, or if the oil has been changed
during maintenance.
(4) Retard the power lever to OFF and continue motoring (20 seconds
min.) for the time remaining within the starter-usage limit to purge
the combustion and exhaust sections of fuels and vapors.
NOTE: If the fuel flow does not drop to zero when the power lever
is returned to OFF, check the rigging of the power lever.
(5) De-energize the starter. During engine coastdown, make the follow-
ing checks:
(a) Listen for unusual noise from the rotating components. Check
the engine front frame, mainframe, and turbine areas for unusual
roughness.
NOTE: Normal rotational noise consists of clicking compressor

and turbine blades, gear noise, and rubsat the second-
stage turbine shroud and turbine torque ring.
(b) Inspect the fuel and lube system lines and their fittings for
leakage.
(c) Check the combustor and fuel manifold drain valve for proper
drainage operation.
(6) After rotation ceases, turn the fuel boost OFF. Shut off the power
and supply systems to the engine.
(7) Refer to Troubleshooting, 72-00, for the correction of any discrep-

ancies found during the motoring check.
(8) Retorque or replace fittings as necessary, to correct fuel or lube
leaks.
(9) Check the oil tank oil level. If necessary, add oil per procedure
specified in Prestart Check.
(10) a 2 minute (min.) period for fuel to drain from the engine be-
fore attempting to start the engine after the motoring check.
Oct. 15/70 72-00
Page 507
GLIE RAL ~BB EL~crRle
CJGIO TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI--186
C. Engine Start.
(1) Position the engine controls and switches as follo\rs:
(a) Fuel Boost ON
(b) Anti-Icing~............................. OFF
(c) Power Lever OFF
(d) Ignition OFF
(e) Starter OFF
(f) Customer Air Bleed System OFF
CAUTION: THE FUEL PUMP AND FUEL CONTROL ARE FUEL-LUBRICATED.

DO N(YT MOTOR, START, OR OPERATE THE ENGINE UNLESS A
POSITIVE FUEL INLET PRESSURE IS INDICATED.
(2) Turn the starter and ignition ON, and advance the power lever to
IDLE at 10 percent rpm.
(a) Be prepared to retard the power lever slightly, or if necessary,

to chop completely OFF should the starting fuel flow exceed 350
pounds per hour. Chop power lever to OFF if EGT indication does
not occur within 10 seconds.
CAUTION: FUEL FLOW IN EXCESS OF 350 POUNDS PER HOUR WILL CAUSE
HOT STARTS. DO NOT ALLOW THE STARTING FUEL FLOW TO
EXCEED 350 POUNDS PER HOUR BEFORE COMBUSTION OCCURS.
(3) Observe the exhaust gas temperature (EGT), fuel flow, and oil pres-
sure instrument readings.
If ECT reaches 900"C (1650"F) and is rising rapidly during an
attempted start, chop the power lever to OFF, and continue oper-
ating the starter to maintain EGT within the starting tenipera-
ture limits.
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW EGT TO EXCEED TEMPER~TURE, OR TIME-AT-

THE
TEMPERATURE LIMITS IN FIGURES 504, 505, 505A, OR 505B.
Turn the starter and ignition OFF when the engine speed exceeds 37~
(6105) rpm.
(5) Allow the engine to stabilize at IDLE. Check the engine instrumen-
tation readings for values within the operating limits.
72-00 Feb 23/77

Page 508
vl
o m
o I I r
1000 .ri
1
-T i
1 I: :I
rrrf i IINVESTIGATE MAXIMUM
oo :´•´•i
1800 fl :IABOVE OC LIMIT OC
800 0-2 SECONDS 910
800 5 SECONDS 854
950 r; 782 10 SECONDS 782
704 5 MINUTES (TAKEOFF) 704
1 677 MAX. CONT. 677
i; tr´•´•i :I
ii-i t
LL Iv ´•i´•´•´•´•´•^´•´•’ i´•’i::´•i-
ii
OPERATION ABOVE :-l;-i:1::i t
4 1600 THIS CURVE NOT

PERMITTED ’i i i
j ::if´•’
a: o~
i I
850 -i
n
w
t:7T~-- f~ilii :r
i
:I i: i
t
I
I i a,
800 .:i
O~D
s
c ENGINE OPERATION FDR A TIME-AT-TEMPERATURE
~3 BELOW THE CURVE IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS
-4
w 1400
oK 750
I i
1
i ID"
k
u u
i O
Ic~ CONTINUED STARTS IN THIS AREA C
z r 7040C
1300 ARE CAUSE FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION m
700
j i
k77"~
I i
i
/1
--I:
i I
:rl- r•´i:Li•´
i
1200~ 650
I :ti.
j~1 i I:
f
-r?T~-’ I:: Ij
i´•
~.:..:.i :.I i I i.l-i-- ´•i
:Y ´•:1-j. i.
i--´•´•1’i Z
IlOoJ 600
´•Ba, O2TIME-MINUTES 1
10 5
*START TEMPERATURES SHOULD NEVER EXCEED THE SOLID LINE TIMEITEMPERATURE CURVE. AT AMBIENT TEMPERATURES
OOF APPROXIMATELY 300C (860F) AND ABOVE, NORMAL START TEMPERATURES MAY EXCEED 8000C (14720F) BUT SHOULD J
BE LESS THAN 8200C (15080F). BC-OO85-1
Cn
O O
\oo Exhaust Gas Temperature Starting and Transient Limits (CJ610-1 and -4 Engines)
Figure 504
(Dg
0
cn 1050
r
i INVESTIGATE" MAXIMUM
o .I-t; 1: I ABOVE "C LIMIT OC
910
j ~. .i IJli 1:
800
800
0-2 SECONDS
55ECONDS 854
f 782 10 SECONDS 782
i 716 5 MINLITES (TAKEOFF) 716
-It-~-in 702 MAX. CONT. 702
:f
LL _I O
j _
´•.ii.. i i i ii
17001
r-´•1- :--´•f
I rl
I-
C. .:
~..:.1..1..:..:.....i ...._...._.:_.
i
´•!i. I i i iii IIIi:ii.:i
rrf I i
900 OPERATION ABOVE t
w w
i
g P THIS CURYE NOT i
PERMITTED !1 II
1
j ---i t"
4~ 1
L~ 850 ´•´•´•-i´•-´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•-´•´•´•-
t,
4’ 4’ ENGINE OPERATION FOR A TIME-AT-TEMPERATURE
Eo~
BELOW THE CURVE IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS
1
wI
x C~
c~
w
I"
O
1400~ g
7501-- ´•´•--i-´•-
i m
i
CONTINUED STARTS IN THIS AREA
ARE CAUSE FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION
1 i
j020Ci:
700 :´•-i´•-´•:´•´•´•´•´•:-’´•´•´•-´•.´•´•ri.-7~T-.´•-. ’.-´•. . . :. i. . . . .’-T.~ ...i
i i
-i i :::;I::::
i:: ij
--_;--´• :I:: i
ri i
1200-1 650
5
.I:TIME-MINUTES-I
O 10
I- -~- 2
"START TEMPERATURES SHOIILD NEVER EXCEED THE SOLID LINE TIME~TEMPERATURE CURVE. AT AMBIENT TEMPERATURES
,,,,1,,,,.,,
OF APPROXIMATELY 300C (860F) AND ABOVE, NORMAL START TEMPERATURES MAY EXCEED 8000C (14720F)
BUT SHOULD J
BE LESS THAN 8200C (15080F). BC-D084-1

O
01
90 Exhaust Gas Temperature Starting and Transient Limits (CJ610-5 and -6 Engines) c~
Figure 505
O
o w
w
0
1050 r
..i: t I--INVESTIGATE’ MAXIMUM 03
1
u
93
1: i
ABOVE "C LIMIT "C
800 0-2 SECONDS 910
1000
i
i•I´
´•1
I 800 5 SECONDS 854
i
782 10 SECONDS 782
I i
746 5 MINUTES (TAKEOFF) 746
1800 1~L´•--´•´•-´• 729 PIAX. CONT. 729
I i. I
950 --´•´•´•-’´•´•1-- c-´•-´•-´•´•
LL JU i-: i
i
1700
w w i:.
4 4 I
900
k THIS CURVE #OT t
i
ar d 1
f i:
w PERMITTED
_.1.1..
sl i; i 1:i C
11
w i fiI I
i 1.
0)
y ,85a i! rtcl
g Ii
:if ji 1; ENGINE OPERATION FOR A iERUTAREPMET- AEMIT i
$O
1
BELOW THE CURVE IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS -I=
q 9 I: I C 1-
800 :I´•´•´•--´•´•C´• -i--
x
u
~I 1 i
o i i i :I: I I 0"
w
I
1400 1 t
u ::l:i:
o
750 m
z i
7290C
CONTINUED STARTS IN THIS AREA
ARE CAUSE FOR CORRECTIVE ACflON j
I-:
1300
700
1 i:
j
i
;i
c´•i
i:
-´•--i´•--´•´•i
:i
I
a,
1200~ 650
O 2 10 5co
TIME-SEC~NDS TIME-
rSTART TEMPERATURES SHOULD NEVER EXCEED THE SOLIO LINE TIME-TEMPERATURE CURVE. AT AMBIENT TEMPERATURES
OF APPROXIMATELY 300C (860F) END ABOVE, NORMAL START TEMPERATURES MAY EXCEED 8000C (14720F) BUT SHOULD J
BE LESS THAN 8200C (15080F). BC-0086-1
tn to
Exhaust Gas Temperature Starting and Transient Limits (CJ610-8 and -9 Engines)
Figure 505A
IUN
09
(00
O 1050
~f 1900
7 1’ I´• j´• /:-::I:
O INVESTIGATE MAXIMUM
td ABOVE OC LIMIT oC
I
800 0-2 SECONDS 910
800 5 SECONDS 854
1000
782 10 SECONDS 782
735 5 MINUTES (:AKEOFF; 735
1800 724 MAX. CONT. 724
950
oY
1700
eu I i i -II .´•I´•..´•-: I l-:...i
i-t!-
rr
1- 900
I d OPERATION ABOVE
w
!.1
a --I I THIS CURVE NOT 1-- I-:-´•-1-
B PERMITTED
~1600 ..I
:.!I t
v, I ~n m
:.L.. i
4
C~
i´•
1_L
-ti
Q,
850
i
ITCL-´•~. -I-:---´• I -;;´•~´•----I: t-i :I:
L II H
x
--´•-t-
~i Z
"1500
W
ENGINE OPERATION FOR A TIME-AT-TEMPERATURE t3
o
Itl´•--!
B BELOW THE CURVE IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE LIMITS C
c-
4800
g ;XI
a i-i´•i IP´•"
-C r-
L: i
i;i:
M
O
1400
C
::.i:
750
ii’: :If-i-i’´• m
7350C
i. .:?.1.:
li--i 7240C
I CONTINUED STARTS IN THIS AREA

I. .i
:il ARE CAUSE FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION ..i i i’
1300
70(1 i~
i..
ii:
i
i ii i
i.. ..-C-;´•..
I?-:
;-i i
1200 --J i-i f ,i; ii
o 2 10 20 1 V 5 o,
I~ TIME-SECONDS
I~- TIME-E;INUTES --I
(D
(Ics~ *START TEMPERATURES SHOULD NEVER EXCEED THE SOLID LINE TIME-TEMPERATURE CURVE. AT AMBIENT TEMPERATURES
OF APPROXIMATELY 300C AND ABO~E,.NORMAL START TEMPERATURES Mi~Y ~EXCEED 8000C BUT SHOULD BE LESS THAN J
I 82000. 80-0384
m
m
u H
o
Exhaust Gas Temperature Starting and Transient Limits (CJ610-8A Engines) r
cr,
Figure 505B o\
GEWERAL ELESTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
D. Idle Check.
(1) The idle check consists of checking for proper engine operation as
evidenced by leak-free connections, normal operating noise, and
proper indications of all engine-related instruments, controls, and
switches. While the engine is running, a malfunction is indicated by
abnormal readings of the instruments.
(2) After the engine has stabilized at IDLE, check the following
instruments:
(a) Engine Speed:
1 Applies to all 48 1)% (7755-8085 rpm)

engines except
CJ610-9 with
Service
Bulletin 73-47.
2 Applies to 53 1)% (8580-8910 rpm)

CJ610-9 engines
after compliance
with Service
Bulletin 73-47.
(b) Oil Pressure:
1 Applies to all 5.0-25,0 psig (with oil tank

engines except temperature stabilized above 1760F
CJ610-9 with (800C)). Operate engine at maximum
Service continuous for 5 minutes to warm up
Bulletin 73-47. oil just prior to taking reading,
2 Applies to 6-30 psig (with oil tank

CJ610-9 engines temperature stabilized above 1760F
after compliance (800C)). Operate engine at maximum
with Service continuous for 5 minutes to warm up
Bulletin 73-47. oil just prior to taking reading.
(c) Exhaust´•Gas Temperature,....,.,. See figures 504, 505, 505A, or
5055.
(d) Fuel Inlet Pressure,....,...,.., 50 psig (max.)
Dec 31/91 72-00

Page 510C/510D
GEIERALB~ tLCCtlle
CJ610 TUCPeOJeT
NOTE: Do not adjust the IDLE speed adjustment until after the
MAXIMUM speed adjustment has been made.
(3) Inspect the engine and accessories as follows:
(a) Check for leakage at the horizontal (split-line) and vertical

flanges of the compressor and turbine casings.
(b) Check all engine accessories, lines, and fittings for fuel, air,
or oil leakage.
NOTE: Little or no fuel drainage from the combustion casing or
fuel manifold drain valve should be evident after several

minutes of operation.
(c) Check each gearbox-mounted accessory at the mounting pads for oil
leakage. Disregard normal oil leakage from the provided drains.
(See TABLE 504 for limits.)
(4) Before proceeding with the operational check, retorque any leaking
fittings or lines, and replace defective instruments. If necessary,
shut the engine down to make repairs. All instrument indications
should be within limits and the fuel or oil leaks corrected before
running the engine at TAKEOFF power.
F,. Variable Geometry Check.
(1) The variable geometry operating schedule, which is a function of

compressor inlet temperature (CIT) and engine speed (RPM), is regu-
lated by the main fuel control. "The fuel control closes the.inlet
guide vanes and opens the compressor bleed valves at lower engine
speeds. At higher engine speeds the inlet guide vanes are fully
opened, and the compressor bleed valves are closed to allow maximum
air flow through the engine.
(2) Check the variable geometry operating schedule as follows:
NOTE: A calibrated tachometer accurate within +0.25 percent, or
equivalent Jetcal
analyzer, is checking engine
recommended when
speed. However, aircraft instrumentation may be used for a rough
check. Use observed ambient temperature in the engine inlet for
CIT. To determine compressor bleed valve position, use\tool
205425.
(a) While observing the compressor bleed valves, slowly advance the
power lever until the valves begin to close. Record the CIT and
RPM at this point.
1 Plot the observed point on figure 506.
Sep 1/75 72-00

Page 511
mh,
40~ o
´•loo i´• :´•I´•
1´• i i- i
r
cn
o
i- ´•1---´•r:i:: I:::
r-
h)
16,010
:t~.1 I´• r; LI BLEED YALYES BEGIN fO
i.. i:i/
OPEW DW DECELERATIOW
05 ::,´•:::l::::I::::r::::I:::: :i
li’il:(i ::I::::
~5,
:::I:::: .´•I :::1::::I::
:::llillllll.llll: :::-I:::
iiiili~iil’:ic[i:i:
RPW
::1I::(I:.::II1(I iiijliiiil.ll :~?IN
r::::c::::
151 i_i,-llii iiii
ii:
90,
.:~::::I::´•: ´•1~:ilii,i:)i:)lliiiiiii:
iii~irjili’lliij iili
:::1::::1:-.
::::r;
:::L::::
:::~:;f::I, rill::-ciilii:-i- ---l-ijiliiiil:iiljiiiiiiii ilfnli: ::i :r::
3 ::r::: ´•´•-:I::::I::: :::1:::: i:
::::1:::: :::c:::1.:::I~
10 :::r::::r:;:
0~(b
::::r::::1::::I::::
ill~,li iii ilililii
::I~:
:::ll::::~1: ::I::::
C
o 14, ik ss
::r:::
´•n:1:1:
::1:~:::: ::1::: ::::~::::I::: n
Si=W r .li~ijj :~::C::t::::l:.--- ::::1::: :::.C:1:1::::1::~: :::1:1::~::::1:::

P´•
H ::::I:::
iiiliijiliiiifriti :::1:::::::
:;::I:::
::::,::::li
iiiilii ::I:::: :::1:´•:::1:´•

:.1.´•. Yrl´• :::r::::
::::I::::
_:illllli:I:l
´•::1::::
"i
::::1:::1::::1:::::´•´•
::::i::´•:
:::I:::
1
P´•
80
i::i::::,: -ci:r:ii:i--r:!::i ::i:i:::iii:i ri:iliiiliiiiiii"!:iiilii:ij:.:iliiijii:jii- :I!ii~
:I::c: 1.1.1:1 :::1::-
I:::; ~ii::::::’:.:: C1
~1
13, i:iil::::ii:::::r:
::1::::’:’
~l:::i:::::’::::
P1 Z
m
~j
~nm
00 pt .:.-i;
po
C
rr :’I’´• ::l::::c::~::ii 1
12 :´•!!l´•c~´•r::´•:l-:I: :i:i:l::1 :(::::I::;
I:
r 75
ii:liiii
L1::1::::l::::1::::l::::1;:::1::1:1:::
::::l::::r::::1::r: (II
1:::i::::r::::
n~ 12,
:r::~::::1::::1:::1
::::1::::
::::l!lilllll
:;1::;:
f ::1::::
litilltil~lill
a Ili:llli’ljijlljlitliijlli~i Il)lliti:II::
:I ..:1:I: :::r:::: 111:1::
70
ff :..:l::::r: ´•I´•c:~l!r:-’:rc,,_liI--I-
:I::::
´•:11:::
:::.~1:::1:::1:::
(0 i:
::::I::: ::::I::::~:;::I:::: ::::(::::I:::
::I:
liiiiiiiilii::l:ililI iiiii’iiji’iiiilijiiIlii :-:-)-I:::´•:I:::.1::::I::.

::::1:::
11,000J Il:l::illriii ,,,,,:,,,,,criliilliiiil_iilijiililllliii
::.I::: 1:
:::1:::1 i :I
L.’:
65
i
-5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
-55.-50 -45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20-\i -~O
COnJRESSOR INLET TMPERATURE-OC

60
-;o -do -;o -;o -;o -io -io b Ib io ;6 40 60 60 70 ED 90 100

1-1
c= I CMPRESY)R IIYET TU(PERATURE-aF 66-0176
00
ul
OEltlAL´• ILtttllt
CJ610 TURb03ET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE-MANUAL
2 If the point falls within the maximum-minimum limits at the

initial closing band, this portion at the variable geometry
check is complete and no adjustment is necessary.
3 If the point falls outside the limit, adjust the variable

geometry system per Maintenance Practices, 75-00.
(b) Increase engine speed until the bleed valves are fully closed.
Slowly decrease engine speed until bleed valves just begin to
open. Record this speed (RPM) and the compressor inlet temperature
(CIT). Tool 205425 reads 0.5% high due to pressure and mechanical
lag. Correct for lag by subtracting 0.5% from RPM (observed) prior
to plotting the point.
5 Plot´• the observed point on figure 506.
2 If the point falls within the maximum-minimum limits of the full

closed band, the variable geometry check is complete´•and no
adjustments are necessary.
3 If the point falls outside the limit, adjust the variable

geometry system per Maintenance Practices, 75-00.
(c) Deleted.
-df.
I’
Sep 1/75 72-00

Page 512A/512B
Gf I ERAL tLf CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
F. Takeoff Power Check.
NOTE: Takeoff power is attained when the required engine pressure ratio
(EPR) for the existing compressor inlet temperature is attained
without exceeding engine speed or exhaust gas temperature limits.
(1) The takeoff power check determines the capability of the engine to
meet the minimum power requirements for optimum takeoff performance
using the engine pressure ratio (EPR) system. However, the data is
applicable only if the following conditions exist:
(a) Inlet duct recovery equal to 1O0%. Compressor total inlet

pressure equal to barometric pressure.
I (b) Anengine tailpipe which

specifications.
conforms to GE Aircraft Engines
(c) mo anti-icing airflow.
(d) No customer bleed or power extraction.
(e) Instrumentation is as follows:
Parameter Gage Range
RPPI 0-110%
Exhaust Gas Temperature 0-10000C
Exhaust Gas Pressure 0-50 in Hg.
NOTE: If the takeoff check is conducted with the engine in the

aircraft with the inlet ducting and tailpipe
aircraft
attached, the operator must use the AIRCRAFT EPR takeoff power
curve.
(2) Conduct the tdkeoff power check with the engine facing into the wind
so that the exhaust gases are not ingested by the engine.
(3) If exhaust pressure (EGP) is to be read directly instead of

gas
engine pressure ratio (EPR), convert EPR to EGP before operating the
engine by using the following formula:
EGP (gage) (EPR x barometric pressure) barometric pressure
(4) Accurately determine and record compressor inlet temperature

(ambient) and barometric pressure.
Dec 31/91 72-00

Page 513
ELPCtRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(5) Determine the following for the particular compressor inlet tempera-
ture that was recorded:
(a) Engine speed limit. (See Figure 507 for’all engine models
except CJ610-8A. See Figure 507A for CJ610-8A engines.)
NOTE: The curve Figure 507 (Figure 507A for CJ610-8A engines
in
only) represents the engine speed cutback limits only
when the throttle is at maximum setting. The cutback will
be zero at IDLE and will increase, roughly proportional
with engine speed, to maximum limits in Figure 507
(Figure 507A for CJ610-8A engines only).
(b) Exhaust gas temperature limit (figures 504, 505 or 505A).
(c) Engine pressure ratio (EPR) required at takeoff power (refer to

the Aircraft Operating Manual).
(6) Perform maximum speed adjustment check per paragraph Fl. If EPR de-
termined in step (5)(c) is achieved with RPM and EGT within limits,
the engine has demonstrated satisfactory takeoff performance. If EPR
requirement is not met due to:
(a) Maximum speed adjustment being too low, the maximum speed will have
to be raised per paragraph Fl. and another EPR check made.
(b) Speed limit or EGT limit, other maintenance action is required.

Refer to Troubleshooting.
Fl. Maximum Speed Setting. This procedure is used for ambient temperatures
above OOF for G10 and lower controls and minus 100F for G11 and above
controls.
(1) Perform a speed check (MSC) by slowly advancing the power

maximum
lever to maximum unless an engine operational limit is exceeded
(refer to Table 504). If the engine is speed or temperature
limited, stabilize the engine at the highest limiting factor and
record engine speed, EGT and EPR. Retard power lever to idle
position.
72-00 Dec 1/79

Page 514
GiW8HAi E LE CPR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 501. DELETED
(2) Compare the readings to Table 502 to determine which of the two
procedures (direct or indirect) is to be used to make the maximum
speed adjustment (MSA).
TABLE 502
Maximum Speed Setting Procedures
Operating
Case Parameter Result Procedure
i. Power lever Maximum (920 or more) None required.

Engine speed (Ng) Equal to 100.7 to 101.2 percent Adjustment is
EGT (Tg) Equal to or less than limiting correct.
2.~ Power lever Less than maximum Direct. See step

Engine speed Equal to 101.2 percent (3) for procedure.
EGT Equal to or less than limiting (MSA is too high)
3. Power lever Equal to or less than maximum Indirect. See
Engine speed Less than 100.7 percent step (4) for pro-
EGT Equal to limiting cedure. (MSA not
directly deter-
minable.)
4. Power lever Equal to maximum As the MSA is too
Engine speed Less than 100.7 percent low, an estimate

EGT Less than limiting should be made to
determine the re-
sult on Tg when
increasing the
MSA. This esti-
mate will deter-
72-00
May 15/70 Page 514A

EEr EIIL O ELCEIIIC
CJ610 TURBOJ~T
TABLE 502 (Cont)
Operating
Case Parameter Result Procedure
mine which pro-

cedure is to be
used so an addi-
tional cycle will
not be required.
See step (5) for
procedure.
NOTE: In the region of 97 percent corrected engine speed, EGT increases at the
rate of approximately 200C per percent Ng. By multiplying this rate times
the difference percent (Ng)
between 100.7 approxi- andobserved speed, an
mation of the increaseparameter can be determined.

in this Adding this
approximation to the observed speed and comparing the sum to limits in
Table’SO´•Q;will determine if the engine will be limited when engine speed
is increased to 100.7 percent. If the estimate is not limiting, use the
direct method; if the estimate is limiting, use the indirect method.
(3) Direct (Power lever less than maximum, engine speed of

2.101.erupercent
decorp is obtainable and EGT is within limits of Table 504.)
(a) Set maximum speed in accordance with Maintenance Practices,

73-21-0.
(b) Slowly advance the power lever to maximum andobserve that speed
is within limits of figure 507.
(c) Return power lever to idle. Adjust idle speed per Maintenance
Practices, 73-21-0, if required.
(4) Indirect procedure. (Power lever equal to or less than maximum,

engine speed less than 100.7 percent and EGT is equal to limiting.)
(a) Determine the number of clicks required to set maximum speed to

desired limit by the following:
1 Subtract recorded engine speed from 101.2 percent.
2 Divide result of step 1 by 0.2 percent per click. Round off
any fraction to next highest number. This is the number of

counterclockwise (CCW) clicks required to set maximum
speed
approximately 1 to 1-1/2 percent below EGT limiting speed.
72 -00 i ’Sep .1/75

Page 514B
6LIERIL ~g EiESf~lC
CJ610 TURBOJET
3 Add 5 clicks to results of step 2 to ensure that MSA is lowered
sufficiently.
(b) Adjust the MSA with the number of CCW clicks determined in step
3 per Maintenance Practices, 73-21-0. Adjust at idle or with
engine shutdown.
(c) Repeat maximum speed check. Conditions of case (4) Table 502
must be met. If not, repeat steps (a) and (b) until these con-
ditions are met. Record engine speed. Retard power lever to
idle. Label this, I(speed reading number one.ll
(d) Adjust maximum speed 10 clicks CCW per Maintenance

Practices,
73-21-0 and run another check. R~cord
engine speed. Retard
power lever to idle. Label this Ilspeed reading number two."
(e) Determine the gain of this adjustment by the following:
1 Subtract ttspeed reading number two" from ttspeed reading number

one
2 Divide by
result of step 1 ten (the number of CCIH clicks
I p
(d). e tsni
(f)’Determine number of clicks required for adjustment by the follow-
ing:
1 Subtract "speed reading number two", step (d) from 101.2 per-
cent.
2 Divide the result of step 1 by the gain (found in step (e) 2).
Round off to the next lowest whole number.
(g) Change the maximum speed adjustment by the number of clicks de-
termined in step (f) 2 and adjust per Maintenance Practices,

73-21-0.
(h) Check idle

speed and adjust per Maintenance Practices, 73-21-0,
if required.
(5) Estimating procedure. (Power lever at maximum, engine´•speed less

than 100.7 percent, and EGT is less than limiting.)
(a) Determine if EGT is limiting by the following:
1 Subtract the recorded engine speed from 100.7 percent.
2Multiply result of step 1 by 200C. (Change per percent Ng´•)
72-00
May 15/70 Page 514C

GMERAL ELECTRIC~-
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3 Add result of step 2 to recorded EGT. Compare sum with limits

in Table 504.
4 If the sum of step 3 is equal to or less than maximum operat-
ing limit, engine will not be temperature limited and the

direct procedure is used to adjust maximum speed.
5 If the sum of step 3 is more than maximum operating limit,

engine will be temperature limited. Determine the amount the
temperature exceeds limit by subtracting the maximum operating
limit from this.
6 Divide the result of step 5 by 200C (change per percent Ng)´•

NOTE: The estimated engine speed (Ng,) will be used in place of the
recorded engine speed tin theindirect procedure).
7 Subtract the result of step d from 100.7 percent. Label this

estimated engine speed With this estimated
"Ng, N
go´•
use
the indirect procedure for adjusting the maximum speed.
CAUTION: DO NOT ADJUST THE IGV’S IN THE OPEN DIRECTION MORE THAN
THE ZERO DEGREE POSITION.
DO NOT ADJUST THE IGV’S IN THE CLOSED DIRECTION MORE
THAN THREE DEGREES.
NOTE: 1. Do step (6) only if you can not bring the engine speed
up to limits by making the adjustments described in
steps (1) through (5).
2. If you lengthen the

adjustable link to close the IGV’s.
you will increase
engine speed. (One turn of the
adjustable link is approximately 1.7 degrees; 1-1/2
turns 2.5 degrees; and 2 turns 3 degrees.)
(6) Loosen the variable vane actuator ring adjustable link (turnbuckle) jam-
nut. Turn the link to increase the length as necessary, but no more
than 2 turns. Torque the jamnut to 6-8 Ib-in.
(7) If necessary, do the maximum speed check/set procedure again to get the
correct limits (see figure 507 or 507A).
72-00
Page 514D Dec 31/95

´•s´•:t
GENERAL ELECTRIC-~----
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
G. Anti-Icing Check.
(1) Set the engine to operate at approximately 95% speed (15,675 rpm)
(2) Turn the anti-icing system ON. (When the anti-icing system is turned
ON, the exhaust gas temperature increases.) Check for an increase in
exhaust gas temperature. (When a gage is installed, check the anti-
icing gage for pressure indication.) Turn the anti-icing system OFF.
(3) Retard the power lever to IDLE.
72-00
I Dec 31/95 Page 514E/514F

ELEETRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
104
102
HAx WOWBLE P~SIW SPEED ~101.E
100.61
100
z
O RmS:
Z e’
I. RPII SK)UU) BE TRLICIED TD LI)IIT Of IIAX, PSUYABLE PHISIW SPEED

aw THE 6RWIIID YITH THE TIRQTTLE AT THE I1AXUQW
2. IAJr. PWISrW SPEED WOLILO HOT BE’ PERnTTm) TO uaED
L DO #n ATTBlPT TO TRfn BMY -14´• t efT.
4. TIIE nrslmul RPI QITBAO: UIHE IS RPI( PERnlTIED LB(DER T2
~IBAO:
IIIII~.
5. THE HAX, RPCI MBAO; LIRE IS TtIE nne RPn POlllmn, UMDER T,
123 1 I I I J 1 I QrmALX QE~mOBS. HYEYER, OPERAnOn Af LOYER R# VALUES-if
AmPTABtE PROVIDED THE EPR AT THAT RPn 1S AT. OR ABOVE. THE
VALUE REQUIRED FOR Tlf RI6HT B~ TtIE AIRaWT RI6HT
IAIUBW.
db -50 j) -20 -10 O 10 20 30 60 SO

WCINE INLET TOTAL TEMPERATLB1E Y
I 1 I I I 1 1 7 1 1 I 1 1 I I I 1 I I I~
-80 -10 -60 do -Al -30 -20 -10 O 10 20 30 60 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
MC1NE INLET TOTAL TEMPERANRE ´•F
QKOWF-021601
Engine Speed at Maximum Throttle

Figure 507
H. Overspeed Governor (OSG) Check. Check the operation of the OSG using one
of the two following procedures.
(1) If the overspeed governor has a knurled-knobon the control arm, and
with ~the engine shutdown or at IDLE proceed as follows:
(a) Grasp the knurled knob on the governor control arm and push up
approximately 1/8 inch to free it from its locked position.
(b) Rotate the knob clockwise 1/8 turn.
(c) Pull the knob downward so that the square part of the arm is below
the bracket.
Dec 31/91 72-00

Page 515
GENERAL ELECTRIG--~-
CJ61 O TU R BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
102
MAX ALLOWABLE PHYSICAL SPEED IO1.
100.696
100
FL 30,000 ft.
bP
98
Typical CJ610-8A
4s.ooo ct. Max Continuous
ttrEngine Speeds
ss
FL 51,000 ft.
94 NOTES:
1. .RPM SHOULD BE TRIMMED TO LIMIT OF MAX; ALLOWABLE PHYSICAL SPEED

ON THE Cf~OUND WITH THE TIIROTTLE AT THE MAXIH~ POSITION.
2. MAX. PHYSICAL SPEED SHOULD NOT BE PERMITTED TO EXCEED 101.2X.
92
3. DO NOT ATTEMPT 10 TRIM BELOW -140 C CIT.
4. ME MINIMIM RPH CUTBAU( LINE IS THE MAX. RPM PERHI~ED UNDER T2
CUTBACK CONDITIONS.
5. THE MAX. RPM CUTBACK LINE IS THE MIN. RPM PERMITTED UNDER T2
90 CUTBACK CONDITIONS. HOWEVER, OPERATION AT LOWER RPM VALUES IS
ACCEPTABLE PROVIDED THE EPR AT MAT RPM IS AT, OR ABOVE, THE
VALUE REQUIRED FOR THE FLIGHT CONDITION BY THE AIRCRAFT FLIGHT
MANUAL.
88
-60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 O 10 20 30 40 50
ENGINE INLET TOTAL TEMPERATURE OC
I I I I 1 i I 1 -1 I 1 1 1 I I I 1 I I I I
-80 -70 ~60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1OO 110 120
ENGINE INLET TOTAL TEMPERATURE "F
000CJF-OqO7O2
Engine Speed at Maximum Throttle (CJ610-8A Engines)

Figure 507A
72-00
Page 516 Dec 31/95

GENERAL~E LC´•CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
Figure 508 Deleted
(d) Rotate the knob 1/8 turn colnterclockwise so that the square part
of the arm snaps into the locked position.
(e) With the engine operating at IDLE, advance the power lever to the
Engine speed should be limited to 90.5 (+1.5)%
I
TAKEOFF position.
(14,708-15,156 rpm) for satisfactory governor operation. If not,
replace the overspeed governor per 73-22-0.
(f) Retard the power lever to IDLE land shut-down the engine if
desired).
(g) Return the governor control arm to the normal (up) position as
follows:
1. Grasp the knurled knob on the governor control arm and pull
down approximately 1/8 inch to free it from its locked posi-
tion.
2. Rotate the knob clockwise 1/8 turn.
2´• Push the knob upward so that the square part of the arm is
above the bracket.
i.
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 516A
CJG1OTURBOJET
GE Aircraff En9ines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
TENIPORARY REVISION 72-483

Filing Put this Temp~orary Revision (TR) in the CJ610
page 516B, dated Mar 30/84, in Chapter 72-00.

Revisions.
Subject: Flight Checks
Reason: To add the requirement to "step-down" flight

checks to a lower altitude under certain
conditions.
Change: Revised figure 509.

and disclosed in confidence. It is the property of GEand shall not be
is
j used, disclosed to others or reproduced without the express written
consent is given for reproduction in whole notice and
or in part, this
the noticeset forth on each page of this document shall appear in any
ALL technicaldocumentation and information contained herein, with

respect assembly
to and disassembly, cleaning, inspection methods and
the like, have been developed and approved for use with´•engines and parts
maintained in accordance with GE technical documentation and
recommendations. GE has no contractual or legal obligation for, nor
know ledge of, non-GE-approved parts and repai rs. Accordi ng Ly, this
document is not intended to apply to non-GE-approved parts andrepairs.
72-00
.Page 1 of 2
Dec 13/05
CJG1OTURBOJET
GEAircraftEn~qines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
FLIGHT CHECK AT 41K.

SEE I3(2)(e)
OK I I NOT OK
FLIGHT CHECK AT I I ICONTACT AUTHORIZED

45K. SEE I3<2>(B) OVERHAUL OR REPAIR
FACILITY FOR
OK I I HOT OK
CORRECTIVE ACTION.
OK\L I NOT OK
OK
FL.IGHT CHECK AT I I ’AUTHORIZED OVERHAUL
45K. SEE I,(Z)<C)I I IOR REPAIR FACILITY
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOT OK
OK COMPLETED.
NOT OK
TEST COMPLETEDI ICOMPLY COnPLY IRESTRICT

WITH I IWITH I IALT TO 41K
r,tz>(B>a( II,(Z)(B)
OK
NOT OK OK i I NOT OK
FLIGHT CHECK AT NOT OK

INSTALL -8A TAILPIPE, 45K. SEE I,(2)<C)
LEARJET KIT NO.
SSK959, AND EPR PROBE I ~L OK
PN 37D401739P110.
OK
FLIGHT CHECK AT 45K. TEST CONPLETED
SEE STEP I,(t)(C).
NOT OK INSTALL -8A TAILPIPE,
LEARJET KIT NO.
RESTRICT OPERATION
SSK959, AND EPR PROBE
PN.37D401739P110.
ABOVE 41K TO NACELLE
HEAT ON.
SEE STEP
NOT OK
OKI I NOT OK
CONTACT AUTHORIZED
OVERHAUL OR REPAIR
FACILITY FOR I ITEST I~ IIF REQUIRED,
CORRECTIVE ACTION. I ICOI(IPLETED I IRENOV.E ENGINE
OK
NOT OK
OK AUTHORIZED OVERHAUL OR REPAIR FACILITY NOT OK

CORRECTIVE ACTION COMPLETED.
1232506-00
Flight Checks
Figure 509
,3
72-00
Page 2 of 2
Dec 13/05
ernruLQ rucriie
CJ610 TURBOJET

SEE I3(2)(a)
OK NOT OK
FLIGHT CHECK AT 45K. RESTRICT ALT BELOW 41K

OR CONTACT AUTHORIZED
SEE 13(2)(b)
OVERHAUL OR REPAIR FACILITY
FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION.
OK I I NOT OK

COMPLY WITH I I RESTRICT ALT
SEE I3(2)(c) I3(2)(b)Z TO I1K
NOT OK
OK I OK j NOT OK
TEST COMPLETED COMP~Y M~TH

13(2)(b)l
OK
FLIGHT CHECK AT45K.
SEE I 3(2)(c)
INSTALL -8A TAILPIPE,
LEARJET KIT NO.
NOT OK SSK959, AND EPR PROBE

OK I
PN 3704017398110.
SEE I 3(2)(c).
TEST COMPLETED
NOT OK
OK
NOT OK
TEST COMPLETED
INSTALL -8A TAILPIPE,

LEARJET KIT NO.
OK I SSK959, AND EPR PROBE
PN 3704017398110.
F~IGHT CHECK AT 45K.
SEE STEP I3(2)(c).
NOT OK
RESTRICT OPERATION ABOVE

41K TO NACELLE HEAT ON DR
CONTACY AUTHORIZED OVERHAUL
OR REPAIR FACILITY FOR
CORRECTIYE ACTION.
8(3-0427
Flight Checks
Figure 509
72-00 TEMPORARY Mar 30/84

Page 516B REVISION
CEIERAL ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
4. Rotate the knob 1/8 turn counterclockwise so that the square

part of the arm snaps into the locked position.
(2) If the overspeed governor has a lever-type controlarmand with the

engine shutdown or at IDLE proceed as follows:
(a) Push the control arm aft until the rocker arm firmly seats
against the stop.
(b) With Engine operating at IDLE, advance the aircraft power lever
to the TAKEOFF
position. Engine should be limited to 90.5 (+1)%
RPM for satisfactory governor operation. If not, replace the
overspeed governor per 73-22-0.
(c) Retard the power lever to IDLE land shutdownthe engine if

desired).
(d) Complete the overspeed governor check by returning~ the control arm
to the forward position.
I. Acceleration Check.
Make throttle movements smooth and normal manner. Quick
´•I
NOTE: in a
throttle retard followed by immediate advance (Bodie burst) will

make the check invalid.
(1) The acceleration check determines engine capability for reaching

TAKEOFF power output in a specifie~ time and indirectly checks com-
pressor performance, fuelscheduling, variable geometry operation,

and governor speed control.
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 517
GEIERAL ~g E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(2) Advance the power lever from IDLE to TAKEOFF setting in 1 second or
less. T~e engine should attain takeoff power stabilization within

6-8 seconds.
N(YI~E: During power-burst accelerations, EGT and RPM may overshoot

the steady-state operating limits momentarily. See figures
504, 505, 505A and 510 for the allowable transient overtem-
perature and overspeed limits.
(3) Retard the power lever to IDLE.
108
irs
li i rililiti i ,i ititili itili i
106
: : : !:i:I: : :s: : : : : : : : : I:1:!:.: !:!:!:!:I:li:!:I:!: ENGINE SPEED IN THIS AREA

1:I tail:I lo:i :~:i I: I: l:I ;I: li;l:i J: I:l I: l: il :t : : : : i: Yi: i:
REQUIRES INSPECTION OF THE
iiijiiijiiiiSi
104
: : : : : : : : ~:j: : : : : : : 1:´•:´•:´•t:´•: : : :´•,: : :i: : : : :a: : : : : : : : : I: j: : : j: : : :::::j::::::::::n::::::::::::::::
05 : : : : : : : : :~: : : : : : : : : I: : : : : : : : :
ae 102
C101.2%
100
i i i i i i i i i i i i i
’I
1 2 3 4 5
TIME- MINUTES
CJ6 10´•1(107-0-C2
´•Engine Transient Overspeed Limits
Figure 510
72-00 Jan. 15/69

Page 518
GEAircraftEn~ines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
I1. Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGTo Check.
NOTES: i. The objective of this’check is to assure that takeoff EPR

is available within the certified EGT limit at all values
of It should be done after specific maintenance
uIT. work
(see figure 503) and can be used as a general engine
performance health check at any time.
2. Because altitude affects engine performance, do not do this

.check at altitudes above 2000 feet.
3. If specific maintenance work figure 503) is done at (see

altitudes above engine should be operated
2000 feet, the
in accordance with the applicable Aircraft Flight Manual.
(1) Set the Engine PressureRatio (EPR) for the model engine
installed per the applicable figure 510A through figure 5101.
(2) Read the indicated EGT.
(3) If the EGT is at or below the temperature line shown on the

applicable figure 510A through 5101, takeoff EPR is available
within the certified EGT limit at all values of uIT.
(4) If the EGT is above the temperature line by 200C b680F) or more,
troubleshooting and corrective action per Section 72-00, Table

101, paragraphs 4, 9, and 11 is recommended before you operate
the aircraft. If EGT is above the value determi~ed in step (2)
by less than 200C
troubleshooting and corrective action
(680F),
should be taken practical time. Operation of the
at the earliest
aircraft prior to corrective action is acceptable only for CIT
values that produce EGT within the certified limit.
12. Max Altitude Acceleration Check~for All AircraftExcept Learjet.

(See paragraph I, for Learjet aircraft.)
NOTES: i. This check is required on newly installed engines and on

engines that have been subjected to maintenance procedures
which can affect engine performance (see figure 503). This
check must be done in flight bone engine at a time) at
maximum altitude certified for the particular aircraft
involved.
2. Refer to FAA approved Aircraft Flight Manual for maximum

certified altitude for the specific aircraft involved.
(1) Prepare for acceleration check as follows:
ba) Establish stabilized flight parameters within the aircraft

flight envelope. Any aircraft flight problem encountered
must be corrected before you continue the check.
(b) Turn off the anti-icing system.
72-00
Jul 15/99 Page 518A
CJG1OTURBOJET
GEAircraft Engjnes FI1AINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186

page 516B, dated Mar 30/84, in Chapter 72-00.

Revisions.
Subject: Max Altitude Acceleration Check (except Learjet

aircraft)
Reason: To revise the reference for engine that fails the

altitude acceleration test.
Change: Revised step 12(3)

obtain FAA orother government or regulatory approval to do so. If
any

respect assembly and disassembly, cleaning, inspection methods and
to
limits, repair methods and Limits, operational limits, life limits and
the like, have been developed and approved for use with-engines and parts
maintained in accordancewith GE technical documentation and
72-00
Page 1 of 2
Dec 13/05
CJG1OTURBOJET
GE Aircraft En~sines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI´•186
TEMPORARYRNISION 72´•486(continued)
(3) If engine fails altitude acceleration test at maximum
certificated altitude, troubleshoot per TROUBLESHOOTING,
Section 72-00, Table’lOl, STALL PROBLEMS, items 6 through 6.4.
72-00
Page 2 of 2
Dec 13/05
TEMPORARY
CJ610 TURBOJET ENGINES REVISION
66 Aircraft Enshes MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Establish airspeed at 190 200 KIAS (Knots Indicated Air

Speed). Stabilize engine power and ram air temperature
(RAT)
(d) Record´•engine parameters: RPM, EGT, RAT, fuel flow,

airspeed (Mach No.), and EPR.
(2) Acceleration Check.
NOTE: Make throttle movements in a smooth, and normal manner.
Quick throttle retard followed by immediate advance (Bodie

burst) will make the check invalid.
(a) Retard throttle to 858 gas generator speed (Ng) while

maintaining aircraft altitude and airspeed.
(b)’ Stabilize Ng at 858 for 25 35 seconds.
NOTE: While performing this check, it is permissible to

exceed max continubus Tg Up to the levels and times
specified in EGT curves, figures 504, 505, 505A and
505B. Reset throttle at or below max continuous
power as soon as practical.
(c) Advance the throttle tin a smooth and normal manner) in one
second or less to the maximum throttle stop on the

quadrant. Record max RPM obtainable and RhT.
(3) If engine fails altitude acceleration test at maximum

certificated altitude, troubleshoot per Section 72-00, Table 101,
Item 6.C.
13. Max Altitude Acceleration Check for Learjet Aircraft. (See paragraph It
for all other model aircraft.)
NOTES: i. This check required on newly installed engines and on

is
engines having been subjected to maintenance procedures
which can affect engine performance. (See figure 503.) This
check shall be made in flight tone engine at a time) at
maximum altitude certified for the particular aircraft
involved.
2. Refer to FAA aircraft approved flight manual for maximum

certified altitude for the specific aircraft involved.
(1) Preparefor acceleration check.
(a) Establish stabilized flight parameters within the aircraft

flight envelope. Any aircraft flight problem encountered
shall be corrected before continuing the check.
(b) Turn off anti-icing system.
(c) Establish airspeed at 0.68-0.72 Mach number. Stabilize

engine power and ram air temperature (RAT)
72-00
Page 518B Mar 30/84
OII~ILLL´•
C3BtO TUIIIOJiltT
8(10~ ,1.1-;-]-~1-!1 i
t j.t,~:
i.; 1: ii !il i.
i
-i ~-i
jl -i
U~ --i
-i
i--´•´• i--i
;-i
3
I-
.i 1 ’.--i-
iL1 i I i., i´• ´•i ii
i, i..: .il -i -I i.
.:i.
1( i
i. i j i-i´•-i---i--
.’.!-..:i.
iiiI i t
i., ;´•i
i I..
ii
ii´•i
~4 ii i j
L3 -i-i-´•i-
600
3 ii .i. j i´•-
-t ´•i
1-11
4:
r
’..i. .I---- ii r ii r
x i If
W
i.
.i
ii i~ii
500
1 i...i.i
i´•-- i´•´•i´•´•´•;
t i´•´•;i :i i.i.7i.‘ i...i
i i
i., i
ii-i
i -i-.l-i i
i
;..i
-~-i i
’’i t
1 t i .i i;;-; ..i-- --1
i
i i-i i- i I i
i i:::::::.: I:i:::-i::: PRESSUR’U\T’ON -´•i-l-----
ii-i L-.ii
AND -i-
:t’;l-!.’t-t-t -1-1---~i -i--t´•i:-i´•´•i:--i i-i-i -i

i.i..i. ANTI-ICING OFF
--´•-m-m; ´•-´•--~´•t´•-i- ’-´•i´•-’-
i
L-L--; :tr
11 .i..i
.1
i i.i..i-
t--1
2.4
1)
iir ..i
i-ii i j II.: i i.j..l j i..i..l-i.l..i. U
.i i
::I´•:
1
-1´•
i
I
--i-
‘t i-.´•’ i-i
i-
1-i---i
i
tl-l-~-1-it-"l i´•´•´•´•’
OFF i
i´•´•t´•!-:- -Ti i´•- j-

~ci i
i
2.3 iFUEL ~HEATER .i-~-.i
i ´•´•i. i i-i
1.:.
j-; :i i
-u-´• t-t-:-i- -tt
i i
O, ..ii i--;
i i
I:1 -´•i -(-i-´•

w
r i
a
i .i i. i.
r
2.2
:ij i.., -i-
n ;ic: 1´•´•;-
i
a
i ;´•-i-´• --i-i -I:
i-´•i-
-i´•i-t-
-;i
~J-´•i´•´• i--
_ji ~----i
i-
:´•´•i´•i-; i
iI i i ´•i i´•l-i i-i i

:l::;:j ;-i-t-
w i-i i -’-,´•-i 1 ii i
i-i .i•´i ii
-1´•´•´•:-1
’i i?
2.1 ´•i i.:
i. ´•;I --i´•i i .I.: i ill ii i -i-
-t--i- ´•t
´•´•i´•´•!´•
i:-1
i.;
i 1 1
:.!.lf-I. i´• i i.
1
i- 1-- I´•-´•I i i i.i..ji
i i i
i. i i
i.1: i..i i.i.i. i‘ i -i i i-j .i
-i.i--i.l TI j´•
j .i..ci
i::i i
I:
j i i:i: i.i.i
2.0
’´•´•;f -’--’´•-’--’´•-t´•´•i ri´• li:-
i
i--i-i ci i: i
i i ii.i.i.: ’-:i-i-- ’--:--i-´•1-- ii i j~i i-~ i--i- t-1-fiY~: I´•i:\i

i-;-´•t~ it: .i.
c-i 1";
1_1 i: ´•i,i..
ii
’-’i´•i´•
i..
´•tr’t Ct-i I--I-;- -´•---´•´•;´•i-i-’ i:-t´• i i-
;’-.i´•-i-
j.ii ´•-1-´•´•
t
i i´•i´•! i
i
-3Q -20 -10 O 1D 20 30 40 50
COMPRESSOR INLET TEMPERATURE OC
BC-0158
Power Assurance Check for CJ630-L Engines

Installed in Cormnodore 1121 Aircraft
Figure 510A
1 Sep 1/15 72-00

Page 518C
EIIIII~L´•ILICIIIC
CJ610 TURBOJeT
800
7160C
-i t
700
ii_i.
oU i.i.i
i
.i..l...l.: :1 i_: 1_ i.i i..i
w
pr -i-´•i
i-i--.
i´•~i i-’-’ --J´•-i-´•i-i
!´•t´•´•´•r
:~T:.T.
c i i
4. i ti: i
-+i i-
."’i
~I
...i...i ´•j-´•-l´•´•i´•l i:´•´• ´•i -´•i-i- i i-
´•´•i
u 600
;-i i i-; -i;--:
1111
i
´•i´• I.;i i
i:i i- i-´•
i...i i.i.
i i
i-
~n
i.i !.i ..i..i
-i j ;.._ ::i:::::i i. i. i.i.

i i
--i ´•i i
ii-:l-i i I 1 i
i-i- -i-l--; I..
i -L
g i ´•i--i
´•’´•´•I-’´•--’-´•
i-i
i
´•i i
I´•´•~ ’´•´•’´•´•i--i
i
i-:´•´•´•i´•
x
500
I-i ´•ci-ii´•;j i-
i
.i.
jSi
i
;i.ii
i
ii
,i
i
i-i-i--i i´•
!--i-i
r i-i’
I i.i PRESSURIZATION
i
AND
ANTI-ICING OFF
i
1 i
2.5
i
C
FIFj
2.4
iU;;’HEA;;d
i ´•´•/´•´•´•´•i´•-´•l-
i
w
pr
L" 2´•3
W
´•r i-- i-’
i .i.. .,..i
..i.j~i-
i
;::,:::I ii
i´•´•´•i- i´•
i
i I´•
2.2
i ´•i´•´•´•i. i
i ii-i1-´•
-i-i´•´•i´•
i -i´• i´•´•:-
´•i i
i- f-
i.i!
i´•-i´•´•´•i´• 1:I
1. i-i´•´•´•i´•´•;´• i-´•1
2.1 i
i
i..i
i I i I i I 1 1 I i 1 I I ii iliiiiL.LL.i_iLl...i.L.I_LI..I ~i.i Ll.il...i..l...l .i..l.l.l.i.i...i. i
i i
C i--i-
i
Ci I... i
i..i i-t- i....
i i i i
2.0
-30 -20 -10 O 10 20 30 40 50
8(3-0159
Power Assurance Check for CJ610-5 Engines

Installed in Commodore 1121B Aircraft
Figure 510B
2-00 Sep 1/75

age 518D
tlle!lle
CJ810 TU~bOJeT
881-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
80o
;-t i--it--!-i--i -t-1´•$-´•l-$$´•1´•´•´•t´•´•´•i--t-´•´•t´•’ 1KC1 7460C
-i -t"-;
700
oU
p:
i i
~i :::i:I::i: i ’ti
’i:
’I
/´•i i ii ´•i i i i
600 r.’
ii i
i.:::
iij
c
i ’i"
::::i
,i
i
i iiL.i
s" i i
i; i
i i
t r tl
i..l..i
.i
i-i--l -i-l- i :i
i I ii;
s’ sol,
i f i :T
i-
t jj i..i.i
-1
iC; i.
t~t
i
ct-t-1--:f--´•:
ii..
i-iii :_ i .i
i I i
i I i
i
tii
It´•
PRESSURIU\TION
i It;ii--
AND
ANTI-ICING OFF
2.5
:´•i
i-i-i
FUEL HEATER ON’ OFF
iiiiii i..
il;-i’i ´•-t-~i-i´•´•´•i
i. .i.i t.i-
2.4
r;t´•´•it -Lct-tl-´•i´•´•´•l´•´•l´• i-´•ti-i-t--;---l--i;-~ i i
i
t I
E: tei-1 i-1-i-
2.3
w
i-i i j.i i. 1
-:´•-I ´•-1-;
´•´•1-1 ´•:--H--i´•t--i---i -i-t-t ----j
i´• I,-ij I i i-ii i
i-1
w ’:::i::
L i
2.2
X i.:.:..
:i..i
t --I
/i
i t t
i i i-i f --i-;
2.1
´•i-l i-i-´•´•-i´•´•t- ’-´•i´•i---~
..t i..i
I: r-
t
iii-Ii,-. i i.,’
-I
2,0 t’"‘’if .’i~´•"’t-t?’it ’i I-ii i~:-t-i-

-30 -20 -lO O 10 20 30 40 50
COMPRESSOR INLET TEMPERATVRE "C J

BC-0160-1

Installed in Commodore 1123 Aircraft
Figure 510C
Sep 1/75 72-00
Page 518E
OEltlAL8 tltCtllC
CJB~O TURB03eT
800
7040C
oU
700
w
.i ..i .i.: i~i .i.i.i-i

t" i
CC1-T.
P. i. Ui~il!. .I-.l.-i*i..l´• j
r i..i.i
:::I: .i...i .i...i.. I.ii.i.
i´•--i´•´•´•´•l-´•l´•l´•´•i -!-´•´•i´•l
$sao i.. i i.l.i.i-
f--i-i- i I
i..! i.j.i i.i..i./. t~l-i
-ii---i i
i -i- i i----;--i j..:..;
´•i it ji-l-~ .-i-.i
i i
:CT::;::: i...i´•i- t´• t

500
T-i---"
i
i´•´•l-’ r
i PRESSURIZATION i-
AND
i ANTI-ICINGOFF
i--:- t-´•l--1-´•:´•´•’-´•t- -tl--i-l-
i .I...!. i
2.3
I i I ~L1 II:~ II.; I I

E: I.iCi i
´•´•l--i---t´•-1´•´•-i --f-
i-CI
~n
i.i. i- ij-
i:i: ~i-i
i i
iii
iii;
U ii i i’
i..i.
r:
.,.1..,. i..i...i
2.1 7.
i... i.ii’ iii i’i i
i.i:i
i 1 i i
.i
L’:C t::S:~
i i
~´•;´•´•´•i´•´•i´•
’-i ifT
,.a I,. i I.i-i i i.ci I-i..t

i t-
--t-;
ii !´•´•t i´•i-i---i--1 i´•
ii i.i.l
;-´•t ’-´•1-t i
-C- -e
iii-:
´•i- i--.-,.-i
i:r:
..i.;. i..i i-´•e-´•i
1.9
-10 O 10 20 30 40 50
-30 -20
COMPRESSOR IN~ET TEMPERATURE OC
BC-O161
Power Assurance Check for CJ610-1 and -4 Engines

Installed in Gates-Learjet Models 23 and 24 Aircraft
Figure 510D
72-00 Sep 1/75
Page 518F
GEW LRAL(2~ ELEC!RIC
CJGIQ TURBOJET
800
i..j
i-i i-
-i-i--´•f- i
o" ~ti::f ´•i--t-~i 7~6´•c::

w
700
i´•t -i-l-ili
w
i ´•´•-i----t
P i-i ’i.
t
r
i;.i .i..i
w
i-t´• ~I---1 i :ii .J,
600
´•~-´•´•i- ~:f:t i
.i i i-
ij.i j ii.:
.j -i-i-´•-
...i.
r i
-i-: i -i- i i.i. i I i
i..i
i,
i -l-i
ii ii
1-
500
i.i I´•-
-i-´•-
i r
-i
iti i
t
i
!111---i´•~ i i i
:!i
i--i PRESSURIZAZION \I.i,.-j
AND
i´• i~.l
i- .i..ji-; I
t i. ANTI-ICING OFF
-i...i.L ii
ii
rttri-f-i -t-´•-´•t-l´•-´•t-l- 1-´•t-t´•´•t´•´•1-f-t´•-1- 1-´•´•t- t- t- t´•´•i
i---i--’- i -i-----
it--I.
cc:
’t´•´•´•i i--i-;-
tlic i
i ii- i
2.5
i-~l i-´•l´•(´•´• i´•´•´•l´•-i-)´•(´•´•-i´•:´•´•i´•´•´•l´•´•´•l-´•(´•´•´•i´•´•´•l´•´•´•i´•´•´•l-´•l~ --i i
f.i.. j
.’-t-’" i’´•´•! :1 i i
-r--
i
i i i
t
-j
.I.i.i.i.t :I-i i- i i-i
i i--i-´•i-
´•lii ´•i´•´•l--i´•il´• i´•´•-I-´•I i´•-l--i--i
.i t.
i
~--it
-i r-
2´•4
´•--c-i-
.i::::~::i:.:
i
ii
.i i
i
i- t
i ´•-i--i-l t
-´•t
i.i
w ~.3
i
u,
j i:::I:::~ :.I
.i.
u,
i i i
i t i f j i
.i
w :-´•i i :i--i -i ii´•--i
i´•´•´•
z
C3
2.2
i´•; ::):It:: i..i i..
i
’’i
i. i
r
w i i-i- i.
:t:
ii
r
i.
i
:l::i: i
i. i; 1: -i-
:,i
c ´•i i.i
i
c -´•i´•´• i t
2.1
i i I i
i i-i
t~ ´•i
i
f´•i´•-´•tt-´•t´•´•t´•´•´•l´•´•)´•-´•t-´•tt-t~-l-- i-´•~i-t i i-i i ~-i-
c.i i-.1
r
-li
i I-)-)
2.0
-20 -10 0 :io 20 30 40 50
COMPRESSOR IMLET TEMPERAIURE OC

00-0162-1
Powef Assurance Check for CJ610-6 Engines Installed in

Gates-Lear~et Models 24B, 240, 25, 25B, and 25C Aircraft
Figure 510E
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 518G
GEIIERAL~ CLICTRIC
C3610 TURBOL)ET
800
T t.;
ii
I ’r":’!7
i. i I I
i!
I i´•i
i i i
ii i I
j.:ji I-1 i~t i1iii:

I~
’t
´•i´•
t.-i ijTf i i
i
ii i i-i i- i
´•i´•-i i. i
-i´• i
i.
.i
i ´•i
´•i i t I´•I
I I-r :i ii
i ii i 1i ;i -i i 13040C´•
tl
,u ’iDO ´•i. i-
i i
ili~ J-1.~
i1
r
j I i
,.i.i.
ii´• ri
I-i
i i i
i
ii
-i ’I. ii-i-r
i j i
T´•f i ’I
ifl! i
i-r
i´• i i
´•i -ii
It
1’ i;i´•-ii
i i
i
i i;
I-i
iii!
r
r
i~il
I i
1.i, 1
i~lll
i
i
i-i
ii´•´•!
i i
’i
i I
I i´•i i
(1-~1-
r’00
i.
i-"´•~ :1;
~´•!lrl´• ´•n
i i ii 1 II i:’i i
;I; i -i-
i i ´•i ´•I
c,
500
i
i´•t
i-i
ti
i ij i´•´•
´•1:
il-´•t
:i
...i..
i i ´•i´•-t-´•i-
if:l´•:l I:t:i :1 i-iI--ii:
i´•-i-´•r- ´•´•I´•
-1-E:1IF
i i´•´•i´•-
:i
.i iiU-i-~ i
t--’
i -t
i
-i-i:t i-j-
i.! 1
PRESSURIZATION
AND
ANT’-’C’NG OFF
:i31’
~-ti
t
:i.:1:: i..!.?
´•I i-i’ t "i-
´•?-j3 i
1 ..i. i
i ii.:i.i i
i´•i´•´• I-;-i´• i ´•1´• ´•t i-i-
I i i
-i
i-; i. ~-1.i
2.4
i´•i--t-t t.i~i:,ti-´•-t´•:´•i´• i (i t-
-i
I i i
i
_ ,iii
ji ´•1-
i. ’´•i´•´•;-i´• .i-
-.i:
2.3
i i ´•i j
i-i´•~ i´• -i i-i
.i j
´•1´• i ´•I i
’S[ a:
´•i I
B -t´•
.i .i, i:t’"i
i-i F:’I::F :i ´•~-i´•i--i ´•´•´•i´•’;
´•t
j
´•-’-´•i´•~ ;--i
i i..,
-i,i ;i.
i
j:i
´•i i;iI Ij
-1
i i- i- ´•i´• :tfj !_i.i -I i.

i i
:ii ti´•!-
I´•i
i i- 1~:I
2.2
i.
:.i
i
i’i´•’
i-F
´•iEj’:T i
i
-i -j1 i
i
;´•i
i Ii I i
´•´•t I´•
ii: i´•
ij
i´•´•i’
i´•i´•i i itt´•i´•lt
-i ;;iit ;t it
i i
i..’~ i.i..j t
´•´•i´• I.i t
iii:~ i´•I
´•i
i 1.; i ~;i´•´•i ;´•´•i´•
B i: 1
I--i i
i-
´•!´•-I i-
i iii-i i-:I-t
1.
i j- ´•t ri
2.1 ´•1 :i i -i .i´•
.jjl i
i.-::i-f.i.i:il- i´•
i t´•i
r i. i i
[i.
i. -i i! ti´•
´•´•i-i´•r´•
it:$ j.
’I
";´•ii t´•´•f-C´•2´•´•i´•´•-t´•´•(´•Pb-´•t´•´•t´•C-´•´•´•i-´•-:´•-f´•´•:-i´•-;- t~ I
i.,’ -i i-i-´•i i tj:i :.-J--´•~-i-i
;- Ii S-i--i’
-c-i
´•i~" i
i-
2.0 i i i
-i-
1 i’ i i
t..~.t I~f-r i
i
i ´•I´•
r´•
i’ ’i t´•
i
i .r?
-i t´•ti-i´•~
i
i: i t i-
i’
ii
1, tl-i
1.9
-30 -20 -)O D 10 20 30 40 50
COMPRESSOR INLET TEMPERATURE "C
BC-0~63

Installed in Hansa 320 Aircraft
Figu;e 510F
72-QO Sep 1/75
Page 518H
c;J´•~9 tU~1)03´•T
815I-1~6 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
r::i i i i i i
1:::i:f:::’
R:l’:::lf: i i i f-H’i-t´•)-i´•´•i-tt-t--t-t--ti-i 7160ct-:"-i’:-i:-i

o" ,t
u 700
cr i--´• i
3 Lii -L.i.i i i.
i..j_ i .i
.i.;
i.i i. ´•--ii-! --i--i- ´•´•t´•´•´•i
..i ii
i. I
i ;li .i
rr
--i it i
n .L i.iii. i.i i i i t
.ic-
u
-1- t i
i I... .i
1´•-ti
i i
ri-
;--i-i´•1- ii ii i-i
i i I i
600
i.i i:..: i: ´•l-’-i :::-t- L~’
t i i 1
ii´•i-i-´•´•i I ´•´•´•\´•i-l-;
:::i:i I i
i
i :i.Ir
i
ii
u, -i--i--: i
i; i i´•´•´•t"i ´•f-! iit
i.i
´•-jt;i
4 ’i- -r
;i´•
i
I
t
-i
i i
i_ii. i-I
.i..
I .ii. i- I
ii.;r
500 ii
-i ii i r--
-i--i-i-
-i.C
i--´•1-´• .i~i -i-
--i-i-- r
PRESSURIZATION i´•i
AND
.i- ii.i.(
-i
i i i
f T ANTI-ICING OFF Ui ii..
i-t-l-i iii
i-i i, i ;j i
2.6 H-ci+w~imti+r---r--L- ;I;, ili;i ii´•´•

I-l´•i
::i" F::F: I: :i: : : :I: :’: :;: :´•:;: :ii
.;-1
i´•i´•j ~:T: i
2.5 i: i i i.li i 1
.ii l.i
.i..i.i C-l--i-i :i :i
1 ’i::I:::::::I:::I:::I:::i::i--:i:::!:´•l-I-´•i ´•I-I´•-I--C´•-C~L-
´•-1 ;-i li i’
i:-i i
-1- i
r .i .i
´•i r
2.4 j!i
It i -i
0, i i
i´•ii -i.i
1.
1...I~ 1.
"w 2.3
"e ,ii.i
i. t-i-;
i:::~::::::t i
i: tf-t-
i i:
i
i i´• i
w -i-c-i-i
i´•´•i´•i,
i-i
i!:i-i
i-~--i-i
i´•I- i- i /i 1--t
i-´•i
I
i
i
2.2
-i--i
´•;i cN i i i´•´•i 1´•1
--i-t I 1--r-
.i.; 1 ;i,
L~i i I-it -t---1-’
i
’---Li
I-i- ’-t i--i-i i-1 i--i-t
t
i
t::i: ii..j .t
i.i
:i i
2.1 ..I
i
-i i.i
i-’-i
i
-t--r
i i’ I
-t---t-t-t--t-+! i 1- i I i i’- I--i--´• i:-i-’-´•
2.0
10 20 30 40 50
-30 -20 -10 O
BC-O164

Figure 510G
I Sep 1/75
Page 5181
72-00
SIWtlLL´• ILICIIIC
CJ610 TUBLIOJ~V
MAINT~ENANCE P~NAUAL SEI-186
890
700
600
500
PRESSURIZATION
AND
ANTI-ICING OFF
2.5
2.4
2.3
~2.2
2.1
2.0
-30 -20 -10 O 10 20 30 40 50
COMPRESSOR INLET TEMPERATURE OC J

50-0215

Figure 510H
72-00 Sep 1/75

Page 5185
GEWERAL ~ib EL~CTRle
CJ610’ TUR:BOJET
800
7350C
700 ;-r
~TflI
mttt-tli -~tti+-1- ii -i--i--ti--t --i
500
ii
H -i-l PRESSURIZATION
AND
-1-: ANTI-ICING OFF
i
ii
2.5
G
~-i--;-!- 1-tft´•f t i- i-i--i-
7 i--i
:I-1-:I i-i-i-i-
2.4
i-i- I
I- I-I I il-!
2.3’
::!::1
rl
t
2.2
citlli :-r-r
’LC I .ii
TT-;
i.ii
i i ti--i-! I-. i
2.1
1CI
1~1
~i!; I:I iJ- i 1 i~l.t
I
;t
r; liti
Y-: ´•i Il-i-J:
2.0
i# i7.t
-30 -20 -10 O 10 20 30 40 50

8C-0343-2
Power Assurance Check for CJ610-8A Engines

Installed in Gates-Learjet Models 24, 25, 28, and 29 Aircraft
Figure 5101
I Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 518K
CJG1OTURBOJET
GEAircraftEn~qines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186

page 518L, dated Mar 30/84, in Chapter 72-00.
Record this TR numb’er in the Record of Temporary

Revisions.
Subject: Acceleration Check
Reason: To adjust the max altitude restriction
requirement.
Change: Revised step 12(2) (a), Deleted step 13(2) (d)4, and
revised figure reference in step 13(3)

obtain FAA or other government or regulatory approval to do so.
any If
document may alsd be controlled by U.S. export control laws. Unauthorized

respect assembly and disassembly,’ cleaning, inspection methods and
to
limits, repair methods and limits, operational Limits, life limits and
maintained ´•in accordancewith GE technical documentation and
72-00
Page 1 of 3
Dec 13/05
CJG1OTURBOJET
GEAircraffEnlaines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
(d) Record engine parameters: RPM, EGT, RAT, fuel flow,
airspeed (Mach No.), and EPR.
(e) Keep gas generator speed (Ng) of non-test engine 2 percent

below the Ng of the test engine.
WARNING: THE MAXIMUM ALTITUDE CHECK DESCRIBED IN THESE

INSTRUCTIONS MAY CAUSE LOSS OF ENGINE POWER. BE
PREPARED FOR SINGLE ENGINE OPERATION AND AIRSTART.
NOTE: Prior to making this check, the aircraft/engine dual
ignition system must be checked for satisfactory

operation in accordance with instructions in Section 72-
00, Table 101, item 3.
NOTE: Make throttle movements in a smooth, and normal manner.

Quick throttle retard followed by immediate advance
(Bodie burst) will make the check invalid.
NOTE: While performing this check, it is permissible to exceed

max continuous Tg UP to the levels andtimes specified
in EGT curves, figures 504, 505, 505A, and 505B. Reset
throttle at or below max continuous power as soon as
practical.
In fair weather conditions, proceed to FL 410 with engine anti-

icing heat turned off and perform the following checks:
NOTE: See figure 509 for recommended procedures and options.
(a) Stabilize airspeed at 0.68 to 0.72 Mach. Set engines

2 percent below max RPM and increase to maximum RPM by
rapid throttle movement on test engine. Repeat on opposite
engine if required. Record max RPM and RAT. If step
I,(2)(a) is OK, proceed to step I3(2)(b). If step I3(2)(a)
is not satisfactory, contact authorized pverhaul or repair
facility for corrective action.
NOTE: While checking one engine, other engine shbuld be 2
percent below max RPM.
CAUTION: OPERATION WITH ENGINE ANTI-ICING HEAT ON CAN ADVERSELY

EFFECT SPECIFIC FUEL CONSUMPTION.
72-00
Page 2 of 3
Dec 13/05
CJGIOTVRBOJET
G1TAircraftEn9ines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARY REVISION 72484 (continued)
(b) Turn engine anti-icing switch and climb to FL 450 at 98

on
percent Ng or max power level angle (PLA) at 0.68 to 0.72

Mach. Stabilize at FL 450. Set engine 2 percent below max
RPM and increase to max RPM by rabid throttle movement on
test engine. Repeat on opposite engine if required. Record
max RPM, RAT, airspeed, EGT, EPR, and fuel flow.
NOTE: While checking one engine, other engine should be 2
percent below max RPM.
1 If step I3(2)(b) is OK (engine meets requirements o~

this step), proceed to step Tj(2)!c)
2 If I3(2)(b) is not satis~actory (engine fails to

step
meet requirements of this step), return to base and set
engine speed down to 99.5 percent Ng or the speed
required for takeoff power whichever is higher and
repeat step 13(2)
3 If compliance with r312)(b)2 is not effective in

clearing the problem, refer to figure 509.
(c) Turn off engine anti-icing switch on test engine and

repeat acceleration checks described in paragraph I,(2)(b)
at Mach 0.68-0.72;
1 If OK (engine passes altitude acceleration test) no
further action is required.
2 If step I,(2)(c) is not satisfactory (engine fails to

meet requirements of this step), refer to figure 509
for corrective action.
(d) Corrective action options available, if required, to
continue flight operations include:
1 Turn on engine anti-icing switch.
2 Reduce engine speed.
3 Larger tailpipe.
4 Deleted.
NOTE: See figure 509 logic chart.
13) If engine (fails altitude acceleration test at

stalls maximum
certificated altitude), troubleshoot according to
TROUBLESHOOTING, Section 72-00, figure 101, sheet 9.
72-00
Page 3 of 3
Dec 13/05
GEIIERAL ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
(d) Record engine parameters: RPM, EGT, RAT, fuel flow, airspeed
(Mach No.), and EPR.
(e) Keep gas generator speed (Ng) of non-test engine 2% below the Ng
of the test engine.
WARNING: THE MAXIMUM ALTITUDE CHECK DESCRIBED IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS

MAY CAUSE LOSS OF ENGINE POWER. BE PREPARED FOR SINGLE
ENGINE OPERATION AND ´•AIRSTART.
NOTE: Prior to making this check, the aircraft/engine dual ignition

system must be checked for satisfactory operation in accordance
with instructions in Section 72-00, Table 101, item 3.
NOTE: Make throttle movements’ in a smooth, and normal manner. quick

throttle retard followed by immediate advance (Bodie burst)
will make the check invalid.
NOTE: While performing this check, it is permissible to exceed max

continuous up to the levels and times specified in EGT
T5
curves, figures 504, 505, 505A and 505B. Reset throttle at or
below max continuous power as soon as practical.
In fair weather conditions, proceed to FL 410 with engine anti-icing

heat turned off and perform the following checks:
NOTE: See figure 509 for recommended procedures and options.
(a) Stabilize air speed at Set engines 2% below

0.68 to 0.72 mach.
max RPM and increase by rapid throttle movement on
to maximum RPM
test engine. Repeat on opposite engine if required. Record max
RPM and RAT. If step I3(2)(a) is OK, proceed to step I (2)(b). If
step 13(2)(") is not satisfactory, restrict altitude FL 410 beqow

or contact authorized overhaul orrepair facility for corrective
action.
NOTE: While checking one engine, other engine should be 2% below max
RPM
CAUTION: OPERATION WITH ENGINE ANTI-ICING HEAT ON CAN ADVERSELY

EFFECT SPECIFIC FUEL CONSUMPTION.

TEMPORARY
I
y~´• REWSION
72-00 ~1 that revises this page. Mar 30/84
Page 518L
CfWERAL~ EL~CTRIC
cJsio, T~RBOJET
MAINTENANCE ´•MANUAL
SEI-186
(b) Turnon engine anti-icing switch and climb toFL 450 at 98% Ng or
max power lever angle (PLA) at 0.68 to 0.72 mach. Stabilize at
FL i50. Set engine 2% belowmax RPM and increase to max RPM by
rapid throttle movement ~h test engine. Repeat on opposite engine

if required. Record max RPM,~RAT, air speed,EGT,EPR, and fuel
flow.
NOTE: While checking one engine,, other engine should be 2% below

max RPM.
i. If step I3(2)(b) is OK (engine meets requirements of this
~tep), proceed ta~step I3(2)(c).
1 If´• step I3(2)(b) is not satisfactory (engine fails to meet
requirements of this step), return to baseandset engine speed

down to 99.5% Ng or se:eed required for takeoff power which-
ever is higher and

repeat:;tep I3(2)´•
2 If compliance with I,(2)(b)2 is not effectivein clearing the
problem, refer to ´•fi~ure 509.
(c)Turn:off engine anti-icing switch on test engine and repeat accel-

era~_ion checks describedin paragraph I3(2)(b) at mach 0.68 0.72.
9’ 1 .Tf OK (engine passes altitude acceleration´•test),

action is required.
no further
2:If step I,(2)(c) is satisfactory (engine fails to meet

not
of this step), refer to figure 509 for corrective

action.
(d) Corrective action optionsavailable, if required, to continue
flight operations include’:.
1_ Turn on engine anti-icing switch.
2 Reduce engine speed.
3 Larger tailpipe.
Restrict max altitude.
N6TE: See figure 509 logicchart.
(3) If erigi~ne stalls (fails altitude acceleration test at maximum
certif~icated altitude), .troubleshoot according to TROUBLESHOOTING,

Section 72-00, figure 103.
’i’’
TEMPORARY
REVISION
72-00
Mar 30/84 1 II that revises this page.
Page 518M
6 EI ERAL E CE CTR I C
CJ6~0 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE
J. Shutdown Procedure.
(1) Prior to a normal shutdown, operate the engine at IDLE for 2 minutes
to dissipate heat and stabilize operating temperatures. In an emer-
gency, such overtemperature, flameout,

as an or loss of oil pressure,
shut the engine down immediately.
(2) Normal Shutdown.
(a) Set the power lever at IDLE for 2 minutes to stabilize operating
temperatures.
(b) Whileobserving EGT and fuel flow, retard the power lever to
OFF (00).
EGT and RPM should decrease, and fuel flow should
immediately drop to zero.
CAUTION: IF EGT REMAINS ABNORMALLY HIGH, MOTOR THE ENGINE WITH

TEIE STARTER TO ELIMINATE ANY FUEL IN THE HOT SECTION
OF THE ENGINE.
(c) During coastdown, listen for any unusual rotational noises.

Check for an abrupt or binding stop.
(d) Inspect the engine and repair any fuel or lube oil leaks. Ob-
serve the amount of fuel drainage from the engine drain lines.
(3) Abnormal Shutdown.
(a) Chop the power lever to OFF (00). Shut off the engine fuel
supply. If a post-shutdown fire occurs, motor the engine to
the limits of the starter.
NOTE: A post-shutdown fire is evidenced by black smoke from the
engine inlet or exhaust sections.
(b) If a post-shutdown fire is still evident, motor the engine with

the starter and apply a C02 fire extinguisher to the engine in-
let section.
NOTE: Exercise judgment in the use of the starter when applying

a extinguisher to control a post-shutdown fire.
fire
Motor the engine only if the coastdown is reasonably
smooth; otherwise additional damage to the engine may

occur.
(c) During coastdown, listen for any unusual rotational noises.
Mar. 30/67 72-00
Page 519
6 EWEIIAL ~B ~Lf CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
~6AINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186
(d) Inspect the compressor through the inlet section and through the
bleed valve ports for rubs or damage. Inspect the turbine through
the exhaust section for burned or damaged parts. If damage is
evident, visually inspect all compressor rotor blades and stater
vanes and perform a Hot Section Inspection (HSI).
4. Abnormal Operation.
A. Emergency Procedures. The following paragraphs describe abnormal condi-

tions which may be encountered during engine operation and the emergency
action to be taken to correct the condition.
B. mo start. engine does not light off- within the prescribed

If the
time/temperature (see figures 504 through 505B), the cause is usually a
malfunctioning fuel or ignition system. If the engine fails to start,
refer to Troubleshooting, 72-00.
C. Hot Start. During a hot start, the exhaust gas temperature increases very
rapidly and will exceed the limits if the start is not discontinued in
time. This
usually is by excessively
caused an rich mixture in the com-
bustion or by low motoring speed.

section By keeping a close check of
starting speed and exhaust gas temperature, the operator should be able
to anticipate a hot start and discontinue it before the temperature
limits are exceeded. If temperature limits are exceeded, refer to
spection, 72-00, for engine disposition. EGT reaches 900"0 (16500F) fI-nI
and is rising rapidly, chop power lever to OFF.
D. False Start. The engine lights off normally during a false start; but
the engine, instead of increasing to idle speed (47 to 49~, 7755 to 8055
rpm), remains at some lower value. The start should be discontinued as
soon as this condition is recognized by chopping the power lever to OFF.

If second attempt produces
a the same results, refer to Troubleshooting,
72-00.
E. Compressor Stall.
(1) Compressor stall is recognized by overtemperature, speed "hang-up,"

and a rapid audible change in the characteristic sound of normal
engine operation. The stall usually occurs during throttle-burst
accelerations and may result from improper adjustment or from
malfunctioning components in the variable geometry system.
NOTE: The objective of the technique for handling the power lever
during a stall condition is to recover from the stall and to
return the engine to IDLE speed for a cooling stabilization
period before shutting the engine down.
72-00 Dec 31/91

Page 520
GENERAL ~B E LE CT R IC
CJ61´•0 TURBOJET
(2) As soon as a stall is recognized, or the stall occurs, immediately

retard the power lever toward IDLE. Use care to ensure that the
engine does not flameout because of too rapid or great movement of

the power lever (below the IDLE position); however, the movement
must berapid and great enough to prevent overtemperature and sub-
sequent damage to the engine.
CAUTION: IF EGT INCREASES TOO RAPIDLY TO ATTEMPT RECOVERY AFTER A

STALL HAS OCCURRED, CHOP THE POWER LEVER TO OFF.
N(YTE: Successful recovery from a stall depends on how far the con-
dition has progressed. Early recognition will increase the
possibility of a quick recovery and lessen the chance of

damage from overtemperature.
(3) If the stall condition is corrected after the initial movement of

the power lever toward IDLE, advance the po~cer lever slightly to
prevent flameout; but not so far as to cause re-entry into stall.
(4) After regaining control of the engine, retard the powerlever to

IDLE. Allow the engine to stabilize for 2 minutes, then shut it
down.
(5) During the
grinding noises.
listen
Inspect the´•engine
for any unusual
for any
rubbing, clicking or
damaged, loose or miss-
i)
ing parts. Give special attention to the variable geometry system
linkage. Inspect the compressor rotor interior for damaged blading
or dirty condition by looking through the ports of both bleed valves
and through the compressor inlet section. Take~ all possible measures
to eliminate the cause of stall before restarting the engine.
(6) Refer to Inspection/Checks for deceleration stalls.
F. Overtemperature.
(1) ~henever the exhaust gas temperature (EGT) exceeds the established
limits, first retard the power´•lever to bring EGT within operating

limits. If it still appears that EGT u~ill exceed limits, chop the
power lever to OFF. Do not allow EGT to exceed the limits before
taking corrective action.
(2) Record the magnitude (degree F or C) anti dui´•ation (seconds) of the
ovcrtemperatu~e, then determine engine serviceability per figure

504, 505, 505A or 505B. Refer to Inspection, 72-00, for engine
disposition if the limits have been exceeded.
G. Overspeed.
(1) If the MAXIRIU~I engine speed stabilizes at 103.5 (~0.5)70 (16996-17160

rpm), and cannot be reduced
by retarding the power lever to IDLE,
i
engine speed is being controlled by the overspeed governor. Retard
the power lever to OFF (0-degrees),
72-00
Geb ~3/7:
Page 521
ILICTRIC
CJB10 TURBOJET
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESTART UNTIL CAUSE OF OVERSPEED IS

DETERMINED AND CORRECTED.
(2) Remove the fuel pump, fuel control and fuel filters and check for
contamination.
NOTE: If the fuel control fails, the overspeed governor limits

engine speed to 103.5gb RPM (NOMINALLY).
(a) Replace fuel control.

C
(b) Inspect~the high pressure fuel filter, OSG servo filter and the
fuel control filters. If metal contamination is found, replace
fuel pump.
(c) If other contamination is

observed,-which is abnormal for oper-
ating period and conditions, determine the source and correct
the situation.
(d) Clean and examine the pump fuel filter, OSG servo filter and fuel
control filter in accordance with the applicable sections of this
manual. Especially determine that the screening elements are
physically intact (not ruptured or torn).
(e) Install serviceable units, replace others.
(3) If the engine exceeds a sustained speed of (16,700 rpm) or a tran-

sient speed of 108% (17820 rpm), determine engine serviceability
per figure 51’0.
NOTE:. Engineoperation above 17,820 rpm requires an engine inspec-

tion as defined in Inspection; 72-00.
(4) Shut the engine down. Refer to the Troubleshooting, 72-00, and
correct the cause of the overspeed.
M. Flameout. A flameout is usually caused by an imbalance in the fuel-air

ratio in the engine combustion section. The flameout is accompanied by
a decreasing EGT, RPM and EPR along with a change in the pitch of a
normal engine sound. If an engine flameout occurs, do the following:
(1) Chop the throttle to OFF and motor the engine with the starter to
purge the’engine of residue fuel.
(2) Check for any unusual noise from the rotating components during
engine coastdown.
7’-00 15/68
April
Pnge 522
GE#EIIAL ELECTI-IC
CJ610 TURg)OJeT
I. Oil Leakage Due to Engine Windmill Operation. Oil leakage may occur, due
to inefficient sump scavenging, when the engine is allowedto windmill at
low speeds. Windmilling of the engine during~ flight may cause some in-
crease in oil
consumption above
engine the
usage depending on
normal rate
time, conditions and engine speeds. Regardless of oil loss during wind-
milling operation, it is not’cause for rejecting the engine. After a
windmilling condition, oil consumption should be confirmed´• during normal
engine opeilation. Oil levelmust bechecked before i~ngine operation.
TI~BLE 503
Deleted
5. Engine Adjustments.
A. The followirig adjustments areallbwab;le on the fuel system components.

Refer to Maintenance Practices, 73-21-0.
(1) Idlespeed adjustment.
(2) Maximum speed adjustment.
(3) Fueldensity adjustment.
B. Adjustment of the variable geometry system. Refer to Maintenance
Practices, 75-00.
6. Operating Limits. (See Table 504.)
TABLE 504
OPERATING LIMITS
Item Requirements Remarks
~I A. Exhaust gas temperature.
(1) Starting. Refer to figure 504, 505,

505A, or 505B for allowed
starting temperatures.
(2) Idle. EGT indication should Refer to figure 504, 505,

occurwit~in 10 seconds 505A, or 505B for allowed
after throttlemovement starting and transient
to idle position. overtemperature limits.
I Dec 1/77 72-00

Page 522A/522B
6Enf RIL ELEEtRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 504 (Cont)
(3) Take-off. 7040C (13000F) maximum Refer to figure 504, 505,

CJ610-1/-4. 505A, or 505B for allowed
temperature limits.
716"0 (13210F) maximum
CJ610-5/-6.
7460C (13750F) maximum

CJ610-8/-9.
7350C (13550F) maximum

CJ610-8A.
(4) Oscillation at LOOC (180F) not exceed- Provided steady state
take-off. ing maximum. limits are not exceeded.
B. Speed RPM.
(1) Starting. See paragraph 3.0. Starting system must be
for starting instruc- capable of turning the
tions. engine rotor to at least
12 percent speed in 12
seconds at ambient tem-
perature conditions to OOF

(-180C) or higher to
achieve normal start.
(2) Idle. 47-49 percent (7755- When adjusting IDLE

8085 rpm). speed on all engines
except CJ610-9 with
Service Bulletin 73-47.
52-54 percent 18580- When adjusting IDLE

8910 rpm). speed on CJ610-9 engines
after compliance with
(3) Takeoff (5 101.2 percent (16,700 Refer to´•Figure 510 for

minute rating). rpm) maximum. transient overspeed
limits. See Figure 507
for cold day limits.
(4) Time to reach Approximately 40 Measured from starter
idle. seconds. energizing to stabilizing

IDLE speed.
Dec 31/91 72-00

Page 523
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 504 (Cont)
Item Reauirements Remarks
(5) Repeatability 46.5-49.5 percent Applies to all engines

at idle. (7670-8170 rpm). except CJ610-9 with.
51.5-54.5 percent Applies to CJ610-9 engines

(8485-8995 rpm). after compliance with
(6) Oscillation.
(a) Idle. 3 percent (495 rpm). Within range of 46.5-49.5

percent (7670-8170 rpm)
for all other engines
except CJ610-9 with
3 percent (557 rpm). Within range of 51.5-54.5

percent (8495-8995 rpm)
for engines after
CJ61O-9
compliance with Service
Bulletin 73-47.
(b) Takeoff. 2 percent not exceeding
101.2 percent.
C. Oil System. Stabilized oil pressure will vary between engines from 20
psig to 60 psig in the cruise-to-take-off power range. Determine what
the engine’s normal operating oil pressure should be by referring to the
engine test and operation records. Investigate any deviation of more
than +10 psig from the normal under the same operating conditions. See
Figures 511 and 511.1 for operating range. It is possible for an
engine’s normal operating limits to shift after lube system parts have
been replaced or after a changeover to Type 2 oil. There may be a slight
delay in oil pressure indication after changing or servicing oil.
Extremely low ambient temperatures during the first few seconds of start
may cause abnormally high oil pressure. Wait until oil pressure
stabilizes below 70 psig before operating the engine above IDLE (with oil
tank temperature below 1760F (80"0)). Operate engine at maximum
continuous for 5 minutes to stabilize oil temperature just prior to
reading idle oil pressure.
(1) Engine Oil Pressure.
(a) Starting Positive indication. May peak to 175 psig

under extremely cold
conditions.
72-00 Dec 31/91

Page 524
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 504 (Cont)
Item Reauirements Remarks
(b) Idle.
1 For all 5-25 psig (with oil Lube oil pressure on
is
engines tank temperature center vent
engines
except above 1760F (800C)). measured as differential
CJ610-9 Operate engines at between filter inlet and
with maximum continuous main sump vent.
Service for 5 minutes to
Bulletin stabilize oil temp-
73-47. erature just prior
to reading idle oil
pressure.
2 For 6-30 psig (with Lube oil pressure on
CJ610-9 oil tank temperature center vent engines is

engines above 1760F (800C)). measured as differential
after Operate engines at between filter inlet and
compli- maximum continuous main sump vent.
lance for 5 minutes to
with stabilize oil temp-
Service erature just prior to
Bulletin reading idle oil
73-47. pressure.
*(c) All other Refer to figures 511 and
I conditions. 511.1.
*(d)Drop across 10 psig max.
engine.
(2) Oil pressure +2 psig.

fluctuations.
(3) Oil consumption. 0.40 pints per hour

(max.).
Trend conditions best observed and recorded in flight

"NOTE: under
are
steady-state conditions
(such as 15 to 30 minutes of
cruise operation) by the pilot.
Dec 31/91 72-00

Page 524A/524B
ELltllL~ LLf~TIIC
CJ610 TURSOJET
TABLE 504
OPERATING LIMITS (Cont)
(4) Oil temperature.
(a) Oil in tank. 3650F (1850C). Max. steady-state.
3800F (1930C). Max. transient (3 minutes).

See figure 511A.
(b) No. 2 bearing 3800F (1930C). Max. steady-state.

scavenge.
(c) No. 3 bearing 3800F (1930C). Max. steady-state.

scavenge.
(5) Oil leakage.
(a) Oil tankvent 10 cc per hour.

relief valve.
NOTE: Approximately 18 drops of oil equal 1 cc.
(b) Accessory drive 3 drips in 5 minutes During engine operation.

gearbox seals. at each mounting pad.
(c) Oil blowing None allowed. Check at idle.

from bleed
valves
(d) Front frame oil None allowed up to 10

accumulation minutes after normal
(after shut- shutdown.
down).
(e) Front frame No. 10 cc per hour. Check at Hot Section In-
1 bearing seal spection and whenever there
drain line. are indications of ex-
cessive leakage.
D. Fuel System.
(1) Fuel pump inlet Positive indication

pressure. (min) to 50 psig (max.).
(2) Starting fuel flow. 200-350 pounds per hour,
I Dec 1/77 72-00

Page 525
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE 504 (Cont)
(3) Fuel pump inlet
temperature
(a) JP-5. -200F (min) estimated to
1100F (max).
(b) JB-4. -650F (min) to 1100F

(max).
(c) Jet A. Jet Al. -450F (min) estimated

JP-8. to 1100F (max).
(d) Av-gas. -650F (min) to 1100F Emergency use only. 25
(max). hours within any one over-
haul period when mixture

contains more than 50 per-
cent Av-gas by volume.
(4) Fuel drainage.
(a) Fuel pump. 30 cc per hour.
(b) Fuel control. 3 cc per hour.
(c) Drain valve. 5 cc per hour. Other than starting or
shutdown.
(d) Overspeed 6 cc per hour.
governor.
(e) IGV actuator. 90 cc per hour. Drain port leakage static
or dynamic.
NOTE: Approximately 21 drops of fuel equal 1 cc.
E. Starting and Ignition

System.
(1) Starting duty Refer to starter manual.
cycle.
(2) Ignition exciter. (a) 2 minutes ON, (a) First start.
3 minutes OFF.
72-00
526 Dec 31/95
Page
GE#LRIL~B ELECIRIC--------
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 504 (Cont)
(b) 2 minutes ON. (b) Second start.

23 minutes OFF.
(c) Alternate: 5 minutes

ON, 25 minutes OFF.
(d) Extended duty-during

Landings and take-
offs, adverse
weather and possible
bird strikes; use as
required.
F. Vibrations.
Vibration standards are established for cell operation and these

test
standards acceptable
are Pilot
for all CJ610 engine/aircraft installations.
reports of change of or excessive vibration attributed to the engine can be
confirmed by running the engine in the test cell and performing a vibration
check in accordance with overhaul manual test requirements.
When observing engine operation in the aircraft, evidence of "blurry"

the
fuel, oil hard lines, cracked standoff brackets, cracked air tubing, foreign
object damage or a rattling noise in the compressor during coast down are
usually signs of excessive engine vibration.
If these symptoms are not evident, careful checks of engine mounts for tight-
ness, aircraft doors, nacelle cowling, flat fit, or antennae fit in accord-
ance with the airframe maintenance instructions should be undertaken prior to
removing engine for vibration testing.
I)ec 1/77 72-00

Page 527
GEIIERIL~ELICTRrC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MAN~TAI, SEI-186
80
RANGE III
OIL PRESSUBE AT OIL
BELOW 800C FDR
OF 12 PIINVIE LIMIT
70
OPERATING RANGE I
MAXIMUM OIL PRESSURE
60 AT OIL TEMPERATURES
BELOW 800C.
P 50
g OPERATING RANGE II:

40 MAXIMUM OIL PRESSURE
o
AT OIL TEMPERATURES
ABOVE BOOC.
30
NORMAL OPERATING RANGE
20
10
101.2~
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
ENGINE RPM 7
000CJF~880800
Oil Pressure Limits For All CJ610 Engines, Except CJ610-9 Engines Installed
On Hansa Jets With Fuel Control PN 5002T94646
Figure 511
72-00 Dec 31/91

Page 528
´•´•´•~I
GEYERIL~ELEeTRIC
cJ 6.1,0, TU..R B OJ E T
SEI-186 MAINTEN~NCE MANLTAL
so
OPERATING RANGE III

PlhXIH~ OIL PRE~SUBE AT OIL
TEMPERANRES BELOW 800C FOR
A HAXIlIUN OF 12 ~IIHUTE LIMIT
70
OPERATING RANGE I
nAX I MUM OIC PRESSURE
60 AT OIL TEMPERATURES
BELOW 800t.
50
CUI~ I
OPERATING RANGE II
40 1 I rir I I I i irri Irlr MAXIMUM OIL PRESSURE.
AT OIL TEMPERATURES
ABOVE 800C.
Ci´•i-i I i-i-~´•
30
NORMAL OPERATING RANGE
tt+t
ii!
to
I t
H ii~
i.i i i.
10
-i´•i~
101.2%
if!: !’i i´•f´•´•’:
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
ENGINE RPM ’b
000CJF-ssO7OO
Oil Pressure Limits For CJ610-9 Engines Installed

On Hansa ~ets With Fuel Control PN 5002294646
Figure 511.1
Dec 31/91
72-00
Page 5288/528B
6EICRAL~ EltC1RIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
Z1:I
r
I::
ii:
iii-F-~ti.!
(Ot) bF
i:i i;
(193) 380
:i iiiie-;
1
(182) 360 il~lTi
i_i::.:li:ili
(171) 340
(160) 320
(149) 300
(138) 280
"E
(127) 260
(116) 240
O
(104) 220
(93) 200
L´•--
(71)(82) 160180 i-,
(60)
-40 O 40 80 120 of
(-40) (-17.8) (4.4) (26.7) (49.0) (OC)
COMPRESSOR INLET TEMP (T2) OF Ot)
1 NOTES:
1. TEMPERATURE RANGE BASED ON STEADY-STATE RPM OF 95 to 102~.

2. MAX STABILIZED LIMIT MAY BE EXCEEDED UP TO THE TRANSIENT
LIMIT OF 380UF (1930C) FOR 3 MINUTES PROVIDED TEMPERATURE
RETURNS TO BELOW THE MAX LIMIT CURVE WITHIN 6 MINUTES.
3. ON COLD DAYS OR INITIAL RUNUPS, TEnPERATURES MAY BE BELOW
MIN STABILIZED LIMITS PROVIDED THEY STABILIZE ABOVE THE MIN
LIMIT CURVE WITHIN 5 MINUTES AT TAKEOFF POWER AND 7 MINUTES
IN MAX CLIMB OR BELOW.
80-0149
Oil Tank Temperature Limits in Aircraft

Figure 511A
I Declj77 72-00
Page 529
P)E3
00
(D d
-Is9, t rn -?20 ’Iu I,, o I 35 56 50 51 Io 75 76 to 100 :1 II)1 (U :11(1 n(11o190 11 ~91 10 750
O
VI
W
Y F I. I P Y C
I."’
Y F F F F F
1...1
´•i
(...I
i P I FI:F or
VI~..I. F F
0 --I?.’L ?Li
-?!41-:116 711.8 11,.6 LI I?:I.s 21.1 110 932
(BO --zw -:ltn -11:.7 2 1:lh~: 2.;~ 21 rll.fi II.1 Sz 125.6 71 li~)li 19 lf0’1111 IW" 360;PXO Zli6 510!950
--L162 1(O --I1.I -leo -:lta -In.l 3 ´•I: I -z.?ul 2* 127.( ?S.fi In 31 IJO;:SI; IIII liO 69R .´•71
~is I__
i, ,
--?57 130 --11( --15.R :I:, )O L1.Z I’’.’’ 8( 1’’9.2 7) hi) I (O 1:1:1 110 716 217 ~JO 986
-251 (20 -II, --110 --~71 --15.0 J 11.0 1.11 So L16.0 55 111.0 ?6.~ 110 hh 130 .1~,- 1’11) J)O i31 ?LI? 3(0 IM)t
--21fi (10 --101 5 IZ.I 0.56 ii 117.X St 132.)1 "7.? RI :1 16011’’11 20( too 752 288 SSO 1022
--2(0 1 --1M) i ´•11 --101 --ISO I --23W --13.9 I O )2 RS.fi 13.L) )T 1:11.6 27.1 8? i 17Y.li II ii i 110 i .I.L~ ?IU ~10 i 7i0 293
--?:II I~O --95.fi I --1(O 2?0 --15.3 Ik.l 0.56 1) sl.l I ,J Iro ~16 ~to ?rs 299 a?o loss
--229
--22;1
--218
--L’I?
3110
570
360
J50
-91).()
7d.D
1 --110
--120
--110
-IW
ZVL
IHI
--156
--I(R
--12.8
--12.2
--11.7
--II.L
S
10
11
I~
5U.O
sl.n
5:IR
~a.z 1.1I
1.61
"*1
r.~l
st
is
16
37 91.F,
s:l.p
sa.e
ls.o
15.6
16.1
16.7
5,
64
62
I‘Jr.z
110.0
ltl.s
1(3.6
za.s
29.4
39.8
:10.6
R(
Is
sr
17
LR:I.L
lai.O
106.~
1´•111.1;
11
n´•s
*?1
Y3iZ001392
11111
190
zloIilo
21?!113
:111 :’LI
""i
1:12
´•):1.*
t(D
tso
~rD
RO~
82(
81z
060
301
310
3L6
321
L110
In
(W
(Ip
10~6
109(
1112
1130
--207 S10 r~ib -991 --130 --106 IJ 1;1 I 3.33 3(1100.1 17.2 i 61 1(5.~ :11.1 Ii i Ilnl.t Ij IIII ’´•ZU I LLIII 1178 SZ1 I I(~
--20( 330 Ii"." --*O --11? --10.0 11 3.89 is loz.2 L(7.2 :11.7 1) 1111 230 1 II,; flY (10 1196 JS? ~10 I IR6
--196 ~ZO s5.7
----I------
1--70 91 9.14 as.o luc.o IR.3 1~9.0 5?.2 90 191.(1 II III: 2I0/(1;I 25~ tSO 9L( 338 64D 11~1
-----:----rr--
I~lo
-190 310 -5111-66 --76 16 60.8 5.60 41 los.s ls.s re Iso.R 32.8 Il 183.* I"I ZLO 112 343 654 1202
--17Y
So0
--290
1S.fij--?~
(U.II (O
-58
tn
R.aR
?.ln la
6?.1
at
5.56
611
tL 107.6
los.~
19.(
20.0
67 152.fi
151(
3:1.3
3:l.s
92
,s
1’’? ?60
270
SUU
511
319
3M
IIO 12"9
tz3a
--173 --2110 IO --22 1) 66.2 6.61 (t 111.2 20.6 69 156.2 201.2 366 IIO 1?56
c~
(D
-~ro -.ll -~ss
-~aPi-lO/ IP .Ro ~Z1 1130 211 re ISR.O 150 .1 ZU311 1(12a15jl 3W ´•~O I:il
-16X --270 11 kvn 1.78 (I II(.s 21.1 11 IJ9.R :11.6 111) Son a7~ 571 796 1292
3
--162 --2~0 --(36 L7.P O 3’1 5.56 72 71.6 8.53 47 116.6 22.2 12 1615 :16.1 SI 577 710 1110
´•C~
(D
-157
-151
--250
-z(o
--(IR
-coo
5.00 23
2(
73.(
7a.z
8.89 ts IIR.I
Iso.s
2?.R
23.0
75 163.1
165.?
:lfi.7
.17.2
)R
99
2(1* L Il(o
Irii
3:4
310
6Ull
fi26
38?
ns~
720
I. I
I:L11
1JI~
OOI m
’1 --146 --r)0 -382 21 ??.o 10.0 SO 1?2.0 ?3.9 75 Ifi?.ll :I;.n too 1;1 Ito 6(( 39311~P IRRI
tL
ct
CT I--lto --~20 -364

ii
399 1 750 j 1312 Q)
1251 1. 1(90
r´• (p
OP c c
1..´ c r c C C
~2 70
ot or or or or or or or
a c P r r F F I: r C P F I´• F C P P C F F
toc Iso I~ao olo cnso fil2 t~so ?noo R16 500 960 1~10 3200 109D ~010 3650 12RR (IIH, 1371 2560 (SJZ 1516 27~0 5000
(D
,,o ,o ,H,, ,,,R 1,1 II I~ 1371 2510 (SLO 15?1 2770 501R C C)
(Ib 1110 1116 111 1O1O IXXB C93 1110 P:L~, J:~ ITD 2161 Bil 3236 1110 mlo :leRs 12I9 zl*I 1116 13RZ 2IM 156~ 1SZi l7ro 5G16
U1 (D 121 790 1´•151 560 10(0 1901 699 1290 2351 113? SjO 2786 977 1794 3251 1116 20(0 a?u~ 1254 2290 I3kn rsso tsss 1532 t7~0 5051
127 sOO 1(72 566 1050 1922 701 1~00 2372 nad 540 280( 982 ta7OO 3272 1121 2050 3722 1260 2100 ~112 I393 ZYO toot 1~3LI tsM) 5072
PJ[n mNcI
(32 1110 11!)0 511 IOCO 1910 710 1)10 ?390 n13 ISSo 2822 988 11)10 3290 1127 2WO 3710 1266 JIO (190 1393 rSSO (622 15(3 ~1)10 5090
O
=I
~3(1
tt3
t51
820
sIo
L(O
sSo
Ison
1~25
1511
lafi~
.577
5112
5Rn
ss:~
1070
10110
1090
Iloo
1958
1976
1991
2012
116
721
;27
l~a0
llJO
11(0
IIso
2408
2(26
2((1
2(62
819
L1S(
R60
856
15~0
1510
1510
LSPO
2L110
2858
21176
’LW9(
993
999
tW1
1010
1110
11150
3308
3326
33~(
3362
1132
113X
I I~n
1119
ZOfD
1010
2140
1758
J’lili
J?rl
3812
12:1
1:11*
25?0
Z)SU
2550
I"(1.
11´•´•11
IIOI
11111
I llb:
1(21
LS(B
2570
zsso
2590
t6t0
~6)P
1616
169(
1519
1551
1560
1568
2120
tRIo
21)t0
IIn
SIoB
5126
51((
5162
to
m
9 tF,O (lr0 15YI) 599 1110 2030 738 IJIO 2180 871 1~00 2912 1015 IMO 3386 list tlIo 3830 1"ll:) ?S10 1?)10 1(27 nMo t7l2 157L 5186 Q
eJ ~ss s~ollsrw 604 1120 lots 7(3 1110 2(98 L177 1610 2930 1021 1870 1 3398 11 1160 tltO I 3818 1~99 2370 II It:)? (.L~X I nlo I t;Jo 15i7 ~070 SI98 r
CI (71 no 161611510 1110 206R 7(9 ISRO 2516 nR? Is20 291R 1027 IIIRO 1 3416 11 1168 1 2110 3866 130( 2310113116111(38 n,o tIta Issz tsso 5216
t17 In 1631 616 1II0 2081 75( IS)O 253~ BWLI 1610 2966 lent Ilw 3434 117L 2110 :111)(1 1:110 2390 (1:~( 1((3 t~30 1766 1588 t1)00 5’131
C~
(1)2 SOO 1652 621 1150 2102 160 1(00 2552 119:1 16~0 ?91~ ~U3LI IPM) 3~52 1177 2150 :(902 IJ16 3(00 135~ 1((9 26(0 (7R( 1593 ZSOQ 5?52
4881910 16iU 627111661212011766 1(10 2578 899116501:l0U~ 1013 1)10 3(701111RZ121~P 3921)111.1:1 2110 (310 1(5( 2650 tM)2 1599 tSlOlS?:o
193 920 Ilihd

8:IZ 1110 21:1)( 7;1 I(~O 25881190( 1660 30~U 1019 I)to 3(88111181 2170 39311111:1:7 2439 1366111160 rs(O tX20 I60t t920 slna
(99 1 ~J011;116 II 638 1 11110 2156 717 ItSol2606 910 1670 30DR111051 1)~O 3506 1193 1180 395RlllJJZ ttSD 1106 1(66 ~670 tX3s 161012)30 5306
50( Uo1172t11613 1190 2171 782 1(tO 2RZ111914 16RO 30561111360 194013524 1199 IIM 39:( 1358 2140 IP56 Lfilslr)~O 532(
5101950 171211619 ltoo 2192 IsB I(SO 2612 921 1699 3o1t111o66 1JSO 3512111201 2200 399*1113(3 ttSo 1621 Z9Lo 53(2
516 no 1760 654 121012210 793 1(60 2666 927 1760 3092 1071 Ino 3560 1210 2210 (010 13(9 tt60 ~16011111(2 2700 (89’L 1627 F~O 5360
521 970 1778 6M) 12201222811799 1470 2678 932 1710 3110i110771 1)70 1 3578 11 1216 52201(V2X11135( Zt10 It7X IIBR 2710 1910 1532 2979 5578
521 980 1796 666 i~JO 22461180411480 264611438 )720 1 3128 11 1082 I)so 3596 1221 3230 1 (0(6 IR60 ZtROI (t96 11 1(93 1 2720 1928 168R 3989 5396
532 990 1811 671 I2to 22U1181011(~0 271(11913 175013146 108X 19901361( I227 12(01(061 1366 24961(514111499 1739 (9(6111613 2996 5414
538 1000 1832 677 1250 228211 1 1 119(9 11(0 3164 109312000 3632 1232 2266 468211 I 1 111501 2740 (9Itiil6I9 3000 5432
951 1750 318211 1 I II I I II I 1 111510 2750 19112
WOTE--The numb~n in bold f´•ee typ refer to the t.mpr´•lur*.ilhrr in C P I C P

9
delrm Ccntllr´•dr or F´•hrcnheit rkirh It i´• dnirrd Lo convrrl into the other ´•F.. (OC)+92 INtERPOLA710N 6.56 1.8 3.33 10.8
´•c´•b. If convcrtinl
from F´•hrcnhcit dnrrss to C~nCilr´•dr d~rm the cquiv´•- S F*(:TOIW 1.1I f 3.6 3.13 7 12.6
Icnl trmar´•lure rill be found in the left column. *hile if ronvcrtinl from 1.67 1 5.( t.tt I
5
C.ntilrlde to deIres F´•hrmhcil. Lh´• ´•rur~r rill be roundin Ih´• ´•Cr (´•P--32) 2.22 7.2 5.00 15.2
rolumn on Ihe rilht. 9 2.78 1 9.0 S.Sb IO 18.0
tl
(p
n CJ(IDdlll-O~*I* M
I
r
03
ORIGINAL
kReceived 61(
ATP
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SET-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Deleted Section
Maintenance Practices Inspection/Checks
(See Sections 5-11 and 5-21)
72-00
Dec 31/95 Page 601
GfWERAL ~b L LE eTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES CLEANING AND PRESERVATION
i. General. The
following procedures are.practices applicable to the basic
engine. cleaning procedures applicable to a system componentre fully
The
covered within its respective chapter. Refer to table 701 for cleaning or
preservation ofcompressors.
NOTEI: A coated compressor is one that meets the following conditions:
Allstages 1 through 8 rotor blades andall stages 1 and 2 vane sectors

must be coated.with aluminum-base intermetallic diffusion cdating A-12
or HI51.
All stages 3 through 8 vane sectors must be made of Inconel 718

material.
The compressor casing must be coated with‘~ magnesium-base intermetallic

diffusion coating TSM-3 or SermeTel 725.
NOTE 2: An uncoated compressor is any compressor not completely conform-

ing to the coated configuration (see not~e i). That.is, if one
blade, one statorvane segment, or the compressor stater does

not conform to the coated configuration, thecompressor is
considered uncoated.
mar30/B4 72-00
Page 701
GENERAL E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 701
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR
COATED AND UNCOATED COMPRESSORS
The following definitions are associated with coated and uncoated compressors:
Water-Wash. Use to remove salt nd other light deposits from compressor

airfoils.
Cleaning Use to remove heavy industrial grime and smog deposits,

using an approved solvent and water.
Preservation Use to inhibit corrosion on uncoated compressor parts,

using a corrosion preventive fluid.
CAUTION: IF USED EXCESSIVELY, OILS IN PRESERVA’rION SOLUTIONS WILL CAUSE INTER-

METALLIC DIFFUSION COATINGS TO DETERIORATE.
Configuration Water-Wash Cleaning Preservation
Coated Compressor Not required. When compressor -is Not required.

Stater Cases, visibly dirty, when
Coated Blades (Stg engine performance
1-8), or Coated has deteriorated,
Blades (Stg 1-4). or when loss of
(Refer to~Senrice stall margin’is
Bulletin (CJ610) noted.
72-129 and 72-129,
Revision i.)
Uncoated Every 60 days or When compressor is Every 60 days or
Compressor Rotor/ 100 hours, which- visibly dirty, when 100 hours, which-
Stater Cases. ever occurs first. engineperformance ever occurs first.
Every 30 days or has deteriorated, Every days or
30
50 hours, which- or when loss of 50 hours, which-
ever occurs first, stall margin is ever occursfirst,,
when operated in noted, when operated in
or near salt-laden salt-laden air
air or high-humid´•’ity (see Note).
conditions (see
Note).
NOTE i: Salt-ladenair can be expected as far as‘100-150 miles inland.
NOTE 2: The above recommendations are for normal aircraft operation; aircraft
operating under extreme conditions should be water-washed/cleaned as
required to maintain engine integrity.
72-00 Mar 30/84

Page 702
G E W E R AL ~B E if CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MkINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Removal of Compressor Contaminants. This procedure is recommended for clean-

ing the compressor of an engine subjected to the deteriorating effects of
industrial grime or smog and the exposure to salt-laden or warm humid atmos-
pheres. Industrial grime or smog may be detected by a dark film on compressor
airfoil surfaces. The film will be much more noticeable on the rear or high
pressure side of the compressor blades. Salt deposits are evidenced by white
deposits-’on vanes and blades. All compressor contaminants must be promptly
removed if corrosion isto be controlled.
NOTE: Engine compressors not protected by diffusion coatings should always

be water-washed with a cleaner prior to instituting a preservation
program. Do not apply preservative in a dirty compressor.
A. Equipment and Material Required.
(1) Engine Inlet Cover, 2C5505, used to block the airflow through the engine
inlet.
(2) Power Spray, "Dobbins" Power Sprayer Cart, No. 14125-0, or equivalent.
Used to supply water for washing. This pump type sprayer is a 30
gallon tank unit on wheels with a 3 HP gasoline engine. The adjustable
pressure regulator set at 300-400psi will deliver the required 5.5-
6,0 GPM through the number 9 disc (orifice). The 25 foot hose and the
4 foot wand allow insertion of the spray nozzle into the engine inlet.
(Fimco, Inc. Ist and Court Streets, Sioux City, Iowa, 51101.)
(3) Corrosive Preventative and Cleaning Compound Applicator, 205503.

An ordinary lawn and pump type sprayer modified with a 4.foot
garden
wand to allow insertion of the spray nozzle into the engine inlet.
li~ 4oieL
I Page 702A72-00
6EN ERAL ~B ELF~CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Mixer. Used to externally mix cleaner and water at the desired
proportion so that only water need be put into the power sprayer
cart. Mixer may be obtained from Bb B Chemical Co., Miami,
Florida.
(5) All engines can be cleaned using plain water; however, the following
cleaning solutions, or other solutions approved by GE Aircraft
Engines, can be used to clean compressors:
NOTE: The water used for this process will be more effective if
it is hot (1400-1600F; 600-710C) and demineralized
(softened) prevent mineral deposits on The blades and
to
vanes. However, ordinary tap water may be used for water-
washing
Name Manufacturer Solution
B 6 B 3100 B 6 B Chemical Co. 4 parts water to

Gas Path Cleaner General Offices and 1 part B B 3100
Main Plant Gas Path Cleaner
Miami, Florida 33166
Harco 141 Harley Chemical Co. Mix per manufacturer’ s

Ilth and pederal Srretts re.o~nendarion.
Camden, New Jersey
08105
Rust-Lick No. 606 Rust-Lick, Inc. Use full strength;

92 Taylor Street allows to soak for 6-8
Danbury, Conn. 06810 hour period and then
water-wash.
Androx 9PR4L Ardrox Limited Mix according to

Commerce Road manufacturer’s in-
Brentford, England structions.
(6) The following preservative, or any other GE Aircraft Engines approved

preservative, can be used to preserve compressor parts:
N~ime Manufacturer
WD-40 WD-40 Co.

5390 Napa Street
San Diego, Calif. 92110
Diversey MP71 Diversey Chemical Co.

212 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
72-00
Dec 31/91
Page 702B
CI N ERAL 9~ t LICTRIC
CJ610´• TURBOJET
SEL-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Name Manufacturer
Rust-Lick No. 606 Rust-Lick, Inc.

92Taylor Street
Danburn, Conn. 06810
B. Preparation of Aircraft for Cleaning:
WARNING: DO NOT USE TRICHLOROETHANE (FED SPEC 0-T-620) NEAR OPEN

FLAMES OR ON VERY HOT SURFACES.
DO NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, A SOURCE OF CONCENTRATED

ULTRAVIOLET RAYS. INTENSE ULTRAVIOLET RAYS CAN CAUSE THE
FORMATION OF PHOSGENE GAS WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO THE LUNGS.
VAPORS ARE HARMFUL. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION.

AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED BREATHING OF VAPORS.
AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN. WEAR

APPROVED GLOVES AND GOGGLES (OR FACE SHIELD) WHEN HANDLING
AhTD WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING.
DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN USING IT.
STORE IN APPROVED METAL SAFETY CONTAINER AND KEEP IT

TIGHTLY COVERED.
(1) Wipe all dirt deposits from engine inlet, IGV’s, front frame
and both sides of stage 1 compressor blades using a suitable
solvent, such as trichloroethane.
(2) Check to be sure the cabin air conditioning and anti-icing air
valves are in the OFF position.
(3) Face the aircraft into the wind to carry´•the exhaust discharge
away from the aircraft.
(4) Allow the engineto cool until EGT is less than 1000C (212oF) before
applying thecleaning agent.
NOTE: High "soak back" temperatures after shutdown’will cause
cleaners and contaminants to bake onto the blades, re-
sulting in a loss of performance and stall margin.
Nov 1/80
72-00
Page 703
C N E RAL t Lt CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL- SEI-186
(5) Install the engine inlet cover 2C5505 wedged into the engine inlet
against the front frame struts with the application hole located
between struts near 12 o’clock. Install cover with the attached
red flag left dangling outside the aircraft inlet duct.
(6) If engine has not complied with Service Bulletin (CJ610) 73-38 or
73-41,disconnect the P3 (CDP).´•line at the fuel control and plug the
line.
C. Cleaning and water-washing shall be accomplished as follows:
Every 60 days or 100 hours, whichever occurs first.

Every 30 days or 50 hours, whichever occurs first, when operated
in or near salt-laden air or high-humidity conditions.
CAUTION: DO NOT. TURN IGNITION ON DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
(1) Mix the approved cleaners per the manufacturer’s recommendations

and put in power sprayer cart 14125-G, or equivalent.
NOTE: If a mixer is used, only water need be put into the

power sprayer cart.
(2) Assemble equipment and adjust nozzle of power sprayer cart 14125-G,
or equivalent, to provide’a delivery of 2.5 gallons of solution at
the rate of 5.5-6.0 GPM. Determine proper flow by first spraying
into a container for 30 seconds.
NOTE: i. Use of a ground power unit (GPU) during motoring cycles

will eliminate discharge of aircraft battery. Ensure
that GPU voltage is set 0.5 to 1.0 volt below aircraft
system voltage.
2. Refer to aircraft manuals for starter duty limitations

for water washing.
(3) Motor the engine to maximum starter speed (about 10 to 13 percent gas
generator speed).
CAUTION: i. BEFORE STARTING TO SPRAY WATER, ALLOW ENGINE TO REACH

MAXIMUM MOTORING SPEED. THIS WILL BUILD UP PRESSURE IN
THE COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE AIR BLEED TUBES TO PREVENT
SPRAY FROM ENTERING THE TUBES.
2. A SOLID STREAM OF WATER WILL DAMAGE THE ROTATING

COMPRESSOR BLADES. A FINE SPRAY MUST BE USED.
72-00 Mar 30j84

Page j04
EEILIALQ tLtCtllC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANG~´•MANUAL
(4) With the engine rotating, spray approximately 2.5 gallons of the
mixed solution, at the rate of 5.5-6.0 GPM, or 4 ounces´•of Rust-
Lick No. 606, at full strength, through the opening of inlet cover
205505. On completion of spraying, discontinue motoring and allow
to coast down to static conditions.
(5) Maintain the engine in a static condition for a period of 10 to 15

minutes for the mixed solution or several hours (overni~ht) for
Rust-Lick 606 to permit the cleaner to soften contamination de-
posits. Install aircraft exhaust cover during period of inactivity.
NOTE: Do not start engine(s) until after washing compressor with

fresh water. If this is not done, the deposits are likely
to be baked onto the blade airfoils, and result in loss of
stall margin or performance.
(6) Remove exhaust cover.
(7) Motor the engine to maximum starter speed (about 10 to 13 percent
gas generator speed).
(8) With the engine rotating, spray approximately 2.5 gallons of water,
the rate of 5.5-6.0 GPM through the opening of inlet cover
i´• at
205505. On completion of spraying, discontinue motoring and allow
engine to coast down to static conditions.
D, Dry-out Cycle Procedure. Immediately after water washing, dry out engine
as follows:
(1) If used, remove plug from P3 (CDP) line at fuel control. Blow
through P3 line to force trappedfluids back into engine. Connect
and ~tighten P3 line onto fuel control.
(2) Remove inlet cover 2C5505.
CAUTION: ENGINE WILL BE DAMAGED IF THE INLET COVER IS NOT REMOVED.
(3) Start engine and stabilize at idle speed.
(4) Turn ON aircraft anti-icing and cabin air conditioning valves to
purge these lines of fluids that may have collected.
NOTE: Refer to aircraft manuals for anti-icing and cabin air con-
ditioning ground Dperatio~ limitations.

j I
(5) Operate for 5 minutes, then turn OFF aircraft anti-icing and cabin
air conditioning valves and shut-down engine.
72-00
Sep 1/75
Page 705
ELECtllE
CJB10 TURB03ET
I E. Preserve engines having compressors that are uncoated as follows:
(1) Allow engine to cool so that EGT is below 1000C (2120Fj.
NOTE: Engine cooling period is required to permit the liquid pre-

servative to deposit on the compressor rear stages. These
stages are hot enough at engine shutdown to vaporize the
liquid preservative compound, which will bake onto the
blades, resulting in a loss of performance and stall margin.
(2) Install engine inlet cover 205505 wedged into the engine inlet
against the front frame struts with the application hole between
struts near 12 o’clock. Install the cover.with the attached red
flag left dangling outside the aircraft inlet duct,
CAUTION: DO NOT TURN IGNITION ON DURING THIS PROCESS.
(3) Use applicator 205503 approximately 4 ounces of the pre-

to spray
servative into the inlet
cover application hole during coastdown
from maximum motoring speed. Refer to paragraph 2.A, (6).
(4) Remove inlet cover 2C5505.
(5) Install aircraft inlet and exhaust covers during periods of in-
activity.
F. Inspection of the cloth filters (coalescer bags) in the cabin air condi-
tioning system may be required with repeated application of the preserva-
tive compound. Although liquid preservative compounds are non-toxic, the
accumulation of preservative in the filters may cause a disagreeable odor
in the cockpit until the excess material is dissipated.
3. Removal of Salt Deposits Washing and Preserving. Engines operated over or

near (within 150 miles from sea coast) large bodies of salt water, or in
warm humid climates are particularly susceptible to corrosive attack. This
procedure is recommended for those aircraft encountering the above types of
atmosphere either in operation or storage. The following procedure is re-
commended every 30 days or 50 flying hours, with applications of the preser-

vative compound once a week.
and Material Required.
(1) Same as paragr~ph 2.A. except the mixer will not be required since
only water is used for this wash procedure.
B. Preparation of Aircraft for Cleaning.
(1) Prepare aircraft and engine according to instructions in paragraph

2.B.
72-00 I Nov 1/80

ORIGINAL AS RECEIVED BY ATP
Page 706
G E II E R A L ~s t Lf CT R IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEL-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C. Cleaning and water-washing shall be accomplished as follows:
Every 60 days or 100 hours, whichever occurs first.

Every 30 days or 50 hours, whichever occurs first, when operated in
or near salt-laden air or high-humidity conditions.
(1) Assemble equipment and adjust nozzle of power sprayer cart 14125 -G, or
equivalent, to provide a delivery of 2.5 gallons of water at the rate
of 5.5-6.0 GPM.
CAUTIDI: DO NOT ENERGIZE IGNITION DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
NOTE: i. Use of a ground power unit (GPU) during motoring cycles

will eliminate discharge of aircraft battery. Ensure that
GPU voltage is set 0.5 to 1.0 volt below aircraft system
voltage.
2. Refer to aircraft manuals for starter duty limitations for

water washing.
(2) Motor the engine to maximum starter speed (about 10 to 13 percent gas
generator speed).
CAUTION: i. BEFORE STARTING TO SPRAY WATER, ALLOW.ENGINE TO REACH

MAXIMUM MOTORING SPEED. THIS WILL BUILD UP PRESSURE IN
THE COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE AIR BLEED TUBES TO PREVENT
SPRAY FROM ENTERING THE TUBES.
2. A SOLID STREAM OF WATER WILL DAMAGE THE ROTATING COM-

PRESSOR BLADES. A FINE SPRAY MUST BE USED.
(3) With the engine rotating, spray approximately 2.5 gallons of water, at
the rate of 5.5-6.0 GPM through the opening of inlet cover 2C5505. On
completion of spraying, discontinue motoring and allow engine to coast

down to static conditions.
D. Dry-out Cycle Procedure.
(1) Immediately after water washing, dry outengine according to instruc-

tions in paragraph 2.D.
E. Apply Preservative (weekly) to applicable engines according to instructions

in paragraph 2.E.
F. Inspection of (coalescer bags)in the cabin air condi-

the cloth filters
tioning required
system may be repeated applications of the preser-
with
vative compound. Although liquid preservative compounds are non-toxic,
the accumulation of preservative in the filters may cause a disagreeable
odor in the cockpit until the excess material is dissipated.
Mar 30/84 72-00

Page 706A
GEWCRAL~ ILECIRIC
CJGIO TURBOJET
4. Abrasive Cleaning-Compressor Section (Shellblast). This procedure is

recommended in instances where a considerable loss of stall margin or engine
performance is experienced and the condition is suspected to be theresult
of compressor contamination or corrosion. This procedure is most useful in
removing hard or baked-on deposits from compressor airfoils which cannot be
removed by the recommended liquid cleaning compounds. Such deposits may
result from’washing the compressor with cold hard water or from repeated
compressor preservation without the benefit of the compressor water washing
cycle, or prebervation of a hot engine. This type of compressor contamination
generally occurs in the latter stages of the compressor where higher operating
temperatures promote rapid evaporation of preservative and baking of con-
taminant residues. Compressor internal inspection throughthe stage 5 bleed
valve ports,-is helpful in detecting hard, baked-on airfoil deposits.
CAUTION: DO NOT SHELLBLAST ENGINES HAVING COMPRESSOR PARTS THAT ARE INTER-
METALLIC I)IFFUSION COATED. ABRASIVE CLEANING (SHELLBLAST) WILL
DAMAGE THE COATING.
A. Equipment and Material Required.
(1) Shop air supply (50-120 psig with a 8 CFM continuous ~duty).
(2) Air pressure regulator capable of 25 psig setting at outlet when

connected to shop air supply.
(3) Walnut shell shellblast, size AD-9B, mesh 40/100, (Manufactured by

Agra Shell Inc., 4500 East 26th Street, Los Angeles, California) or
equivalent.
Sep 1/75
Page
0-27B6
GEICRAL.~ ELECTdlC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SE1-186 MAINTENANCEMANUAL
NOTE: Do not use mesh size other than that recommended.
(4) I~it-Shellblast-Engine Compredsor Cleaning, 20537362 (Lear Jet) or
20537363 (Jet Commander).
NOTE:: A cleaning kit and procedure for the Hansa Jet 320 will be
supplied at a later date.
B. Preparation for Cleaning.
(1) Orient the aircraft into the wind to carry away shellblast material
from the aircraft.
(2) Protect or remove the EPR probes (located in the exhaust cone) to
prevent the probe holes from becoming plugged by shellblast material.
(3) Disconnect the P3 sensing line at fuel control (1, figure 701). In-
stall plug assembly 2C5373P6, in the sensing line.
(4) Disconnect P3 line ~at aspirator (2, figure 701). .Connect aspirator
P3 line (2, figure 701) to filter inlet, 2C5373P5. Connect filter
discharge hose to P3 fitting on fuel control (1, figure 701). In-
stall cap assembly, 2C5373P7, on fitting (3, figure 701).
(not shown, but located above 4,

j (5) Loosen clamp securing´•flexible-hose
figure 701) to aspirator tube (5, figure 701). Cap off tube using
the 2C5373P8, rubber cap assembly.
i. .Pg SENSING LINE AT FUEL CONTROL

2. Pg SENSING LINE CONNECTION AT ASPIRATOR
3. ASPIRATOR CONNECTOR FOR Pg SENSING LINE
4. CLAMP FOR ASPIRATOR TUBE
5. ASPIRATOR TUBE CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE HOSE
6. FUEL CONTROL AIR MANIFOLD CONNECTION
2 ~Q VIEW IN DIRECTION OF ARROW

EF100-60~1´•0´•E1
Dynamic Compressor Cleaning Cap Off Points Fuel Control

Figure 701
Jan. 15/69 72-00

Page 707
EflCIAL ~B LLtCIRIC
CJ61’0 TURBOJET
(6) I~oosen (not shown) securing flexible hose to fuel contSol air
clamp
manifold (6, figure 701). Cap off inlet to manifold using a second
rubber cap assembly, 2C5373P8.
(7) Remove the anti-ice tube; disconnect at teeon mainframe and the
anti-ice valve on the front frame. Slip on and

clamp a suitable
length of rubber hose (1-1/8 inch ID) or equivalent to the tee on
the mainframe, to discharge blast material overboard. Install blank-
off plate, 2C5373P9, on the anti-ice valve.
(8) Perform the following steps on Lear aircraft.
(a) Disconnect the cabin air supply at the top of the engine by re-
moving the Marman clamp on the air tubein the area of the com-
bustion casing. Refer to airframe manual for location of con-
nection.
(b) Slip on and clamp a suitable length of hose 1-3/4 or 1-1/2 inch
ID (dependent on size of Marman joint flange) or equivalent to
engine end of air tube to discharge blast material overboard.
NOTE: Some -23 model aircraft take the cabin air from the 5 or
7 o’clock pad on the mainframe. On these installations

disconnect the flange at the mainframe and install blank-
off plate assembly, 2C5373P10.
(9) Perform the following steps on Jet Commander aircraft.
(a) Disconnect the elbow at the joint between the air manifold (from
the -engine) and the cabin air
supply. Rotate the elbow so the
blast material will be discharged below the engine, then reclamp
elbow in position. Refer to airframe manual for location of con-
nection.
(b) Disconnect the fuel heater air supply at the front of engine, aft
of bulkhead. Install duct, 2C5373P15, on the engine end of air
tube and clamp in position, using 1-1/2 inch hose clamp 2C5373P23,
so the blast material will be discharged away from fuel heater
inlet.
(10) Connect the hose assembly, 2C5373P12 (less blow gun 2C5373P12-1), to
air source and the other end to quick-disconnect on blast gun,
2C5373Pll.
(11) Remove the blast gun cannister and fill with 8 pounds of shellblast
(AD´•SB). Reassemble cannister to blast gun.
NOTE: Make sure cannister is clean prior to filling.
3
72-00 Jan. 15/69
Page 708
GEWERAL E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
C. Cleaning Procedure.
(1) Adjust the air pressure to give a flow rate of shellblast of approxi-
mately 1/2 pound per minute. (Approximately 25-30 psig to blast
gun.)
(2) Install the six~foot tube extension (2 pieces), 2C5373P18 and P26,
on the blast gun and clamp in place using clamps, 2C5373P19 and P20,
for Lear aircraft. On Jet Commander aircraft install the 90 degree
extension, 2C5373P21, on blast gun and clamp in place using clamp,

2C5373P20.
(3) Start engine and set engine speed at IDLE.
(4) Direct shellblast into engine inlet, with engine running at IDLE
speed, at a flow rate of 1/2 pound per minute. Direct discharge
around entire engine inlet to obtain complete coverage until 8 pounds
of blast material is discharged into engine.
(5) Purge air lines after blasting by advancing engine to 60 percent en-
gine speed for five minutes and shut down engine.
(6) Clean the accessible areas in the compressor inlet by hand

using a
clean cloth and suitable solvent, such as trichloroethylene or

equivalent. (Areas.to be cleaned are the inlet duct, bulletnose,
frame ID, IGV’s sides of the first
blades.)front struts and and both stage
D. Restore engine to operating condition.
(1) Remove cleaning hardware with exception of aspirator caps, 2C5373P8.
(2) Remove blast gun from air supply and installblow gun, 2C5373P12-1,
and use Blow Gun to reverse purge the P3 lines (1 and 2, figure 701)
to the fuel control and aspirator and reconnect. Blow off aspirator
adapter to front frame and any area where shells may have accumulated.
(3) Remove aspirator caps, 2C5373P8, and restore engine to normal operat-
ing configuration.
Jan. 15~69 72-00
Page 709
ELEfTIIE
~S;610 TURSOJET
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES SPECIAL TOOLS
i. GeI~al. The special tools numerically listed below ate the recommended
tools for engine maintenance. The Recommended Tool No. col~rmn lists the
recommended or preferred tool part number; the Alt Tool No. column lists,
but ncit in numerical order, an alternate tool part number which may be
substituted, if necessary, for the recon~mended tool; the Nomenclature
column lists the identifying of the tool; and the Topic/Sect./Para.
name No.
colunm lists the area of the text where the tool is referenced.
A. Tool List.
I /Recommended( Illt I 1 Text Ref.

Tool No. Tool No. Nomenclature Topic/Sect./Pata. No
2(=5300 21C506 Pusher, Hydraulic Turbine r Removal-Install..

Rotor Assembly 72/50/2
205301601 None Tab Bender Stage 2, Turbine Repair/72-53-0/4
Rotor (C561~1,-4,-5 6 -6)
205301602 None Tab Bender Stage 2, Turbine Repair/72-53-0/4
Rotor (CJ610-8 6 -9)
205302001 None Tab Bender Stage i, Turbine Repair/72-53-0/4
Rotor (CJ610-1,-4,-5 -6)
2C5302G02 None I Tab Bender Stage i, Turbine Repair/72-53-0/4
Rotor (CJ610-8 6 -9)
205303 210518 Stand Turbine Rotor Assembly Ranoval-Install,/
72-50/2
Repair/ 72-53-0/4
2C5304 210531 Wrench, Spanner No. 3 Repair/72-53-0/4
Bearing Loc~aut
205305 210532 Puller, Hydraulic Turbine Removal-Install./
Rotor Assembly 72-50/2
205306 210533 Puller, No. 3 Bearing Inner Repair/72-53-0/4
Race 6 Seal Runner
205308 210565 Gage, Runout No,3 Bearing Removal-Znstall./
Area 72-40/5
205309 21C641 Pusher No~ 3 Bearing Removal-Install./
Outer Race 72-40/5
205310 210665 Pusher No. 1 Bearing Inner Ranoval-lnstall./
Race 6 Seal Runner 72-30/3
205311 210666 Puller No. 1 Bearing Inner Removal-Install./
Race C Seal Runner 22-30/3
205312 21C669 1 Pusher No. 1 Bearing~ I Removal-Install,/
Outer Race 1 72-30/3
2C5313 21C2663 Puller No. 1 Bearing Removal-Install./
Outer Race 72-30/3
72-00
Dec 30/78 Page 1001
GENERAL ELECTRIC---
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Recommended Alt I I Text Ref.

Tool No. Tool No. Nomenclature Topic/Sect./Para.No.
2C5315 21C822 Wrench. Combustion Special, Removal-Install./
Accessory Gearbox 72-64-0/2 &3
2C5316 21C823 Wrench, Half Special, Remvoal-Install./
Accessory Gearbox 1 72-64-0/2 g3
2C5317 21C862 Wrench. Spanner´• 6 Torque I Removal-Install.l
Turbine Rotor Locknut 72-30/2 3
Removal -Install,l
72-50/2
2C5318 21C863 Gage, Depth Igniter Plug Removal-Install./
80-23-0/1
2C5319 21C866 Pliers, Seating Pin
Retainer, Removal-Install,/
Ist Stage Compressor Rotor 72-30/6
2C5320 21C868 Pin, Rigging’- Fuel Control Adj.-Test/72-00/3
2Cj321 21C2615 Wrench, Spanner;´•Runup I Removal-Install./
Turbine Rotor´•Locknut 72-50/2
2C5322 21C2640 Wrench, Socket. Extension Anti- Removal-Install./
Icing Valve, Air Leakage Duct 73-18-0/2
Fuel Noizle I Removal-Install./
75-11-0/2
2C5323 21C2900 Fixture, Alignment Gearbox Removal-Install,/
Brackets (CJ610-1,-5,-9) 72-30/7
2C5324 None Gage, Alignment Accessory Install.l
Transfer Gearbox Splined Shafts 72-64-0/2
2C5325 None Pliers, Special Gearbox Snap Removal-Install./
Ring 1 72-63-0/2
2C5326 1 None Guide, Pilot Front Frame Removal-Install.l
72-30/2 3
2C5327 21C2997 Sling, Universal Aircraft Servicing/72-00/7.
9 6~ 11
2C5331 21C3029 Tool Kit Replacement, Lube Pump Repair/79-21-0/5

Shaft Seal
2C5333 1 21C2901 Kit, Puller Accessory Transfer Repair/72-62-0/4
Gearbox Seal Housing Repair/72-64-0/5
2C5334 21C2619 Kit. Replacement Carbon Seal, Repair/72-62-0/4
Accessory 6 Transfer Gearbox Repair/72-64-0/5
2C5335 21C2636 Inserter Mating Ring 6r Packing. Repair/72-62-0/4
Accessory 6; Transfer Gearbox Repair/72-64-0/5
2C5336 21C631 Kit. Guide -Mating Ring 6 Repair/72-62-0/4
Packing Installation, Repair/72-64-0/5
Accessory Transfer Gearbox
2C5337 None Kit Hydraulic Actuating Removal-Install.l
72-50/2
2C5349 None Stand, CJ610Maintenance I Servicing/72-00/1
Horizontal 72-00/11
Removal-Install./
72-00/1
2C5353 21C940 Fixture, Alignment Gearbox Removal-Install.l
Brackets (C5610-4.-6,-8) 72-30/8
2C5356 21C630 Gage, Alignement IGV Actuator Adj.-Test/75-00-2
Ring
72-00
Page 1002 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
I
MA~NTENANGE MANUAL
Recommendedl Alt I I Text Ref.

Tool No. Tool No. I Nomenclature TopiclSect.lPara.No.
2C5359 None Wrench, Spanner No. 1 Removal-Install./
Bearing Locknut 72-30/2 3
2C5360 None Adapter, Locking Gearbox Removal-Install/
Axis "B" Aft 72-30/2 3
2C5371 21C661 Tool Set Removal Install- Removal-Install./
21C2664 ation of Segments
Stater 72-30/11
2C5373G2 2163041 Kit, ShellblastEngine Clean.-Pres./72-00/4
Compressor Cleaning (Learjet)
2C5373G3 21C3041 Kit. Shellblast Engine Clean.-Pres.~72-00/4
Compressor Cleaning
(Jet Commander)
265374 21C3097 Clamp. Alignment Inlet Guide Adj.-Test/75-00/2
Vane
2C5377 None Holding Fixture, Tip Grinding I Repair/72-53-0/4
Turbine Blades (CJ610-8,-9)
2C5388 21C863 Gage, Immersion Depth I Removal-Install.l
Ignitor Plug 80-23-0/1
2C5425 None Indicator Position Actuator, Adj.-Test/72-00/3
Bleed Valve
2C5436 None (Kit, Installation Removal Repair/79-21-0/5
Aft Seal, Lube Scavenge Pump
2C5424 None Applicator. Grease Stater Removal-Install.l
Case Tracks 72-30/11
2C5450 21C3067 Spreader Louvers, Swirl Cup, I Repaiir/22-2200/4
Combustion Liner
2C5451 1 21C3077 Closing Tool Louvers, Swirl Repair/72-42-0/4
Cup. Combustion Liner
2C5452 1 21C3068 Gage. Go-No-Go Louvers. Swirl Repair/72-42-0/4
Cup. Combustion Liner
2C5453 21C2681 Kit. Maintenance Louvers, Repair/72-42-0/4
Combustion Liners
2C5482 21C3065 Spreader Louvers, Dome, Repair/72-42-0/4
Combustion Liner
2C5483 1 21C3066 Gage. Go-No-Go Louvers, Repair/72-42-0/4
Dome, Combustion Liner
2C5484 1 None Puller Mating Ring, Repair/79-21-0/5
Main Lube Pump
2C55al 1 21C2639 Gage. Plug, Alignment Bleed Removal-Install./
or Air Ports 72-30/5
equivalent
2C5503 None Applicator. Preserva~ive I Clean.-Pres./72-00/
Engine 2 3
2C5505 None Plug, Engine Inlet Duct Clean.-Pres./72-001

2&3
21C6198P01 None Gage. Thickness Stage 2 Nozzle Repair/72-52-0/3A

21C6277 None Set, Cutter and Bushing Repair/72-02-1/9
72-00
Dec 31/95 Page 1003
CJGIOTURBOJET
GEAircraftEnqines MANUAL
SEI-I 86
Filing
31/95 in Chapter 72-00.
Subject: Tools List
Reason: This TR revises paragraph 1.A. tool list table to add tools
needed to remove and install the stage 1 blade retaining
rings, for the compressor spool rotor configuration.
Change: Revise paragraph 1.A. "tool list" table to add the following
new tools at the end of the table
Recommended Alt Text Ref.
Tool No. Tool Nomenclature Topic/Sect./Para. No.

No.
21C6302G01 None Installation tool, Stage 1 Remove 1- Ins tall

Blade Retainer
72-30, 6.A B.
21C6302P07 None Installation tool, Stage 1 Remova 1- Ins tall

Blade Retainer Pin Set
72-30, 6.A.
21C6309G01 None Gage, No-Go ,Retaining Ring, Remova 1- Ins ta.l 1

Stage 1 Blade
72-30, 6.B.
72-00
Page 1 of 1
Oct. 10/00
BEI(ERIL~ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURSOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENP.~CE MANLIAL
LUBRICANTS. PRESERVATIVES. Ar~D ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUNDS
i. General.
The following table contains the lubricants, preservatives, and anti-seize

compounds used on various parts of the engine.
Specification Number Name Typical Uses
A. W-P-236 Petrolatum Hold and lubricate

O-r-ings.
I B. GE Aircraft Engines
Specificaton A50TF92 Mobil RT403C Hold and
O-rings.
lubricate
I C. GE Aircraft Engines
Specification D50TF1
Engine oil (See 79-00,
Servicing, for list
(a) Threads
fittings
of all
(See applicable of approved oils) (except fuel).

Operations Engineering (b) All gears and
Bulletin) splines in
lubrication
system.
(c) Preservation of
eng ine
bearings.
D. MIL-L-6081, 1005 or 1010 Lubricating oil (a) Threads of fuel

fittings.
(b) Preservation of
VG actuator,
fuel system,
and compressor
1-30 days.
E. MIL-L-6529, Type III Corrosion Preventive, Preservation of

Aircraft Engine compressor 30-120
days.
I F. Deleted.
Dec 31/91 72-01-1

Page 1
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
G. GE Aircraft Engines Plastilube Moly No. 3 (a) Fuel pump shaft
Specification A50TF18. (Thiem Automotive Div., spline.

Subsihiary of (b) O/S governor
Koppers´•Co.. Inc., shaft spline.
5151 Denison Ave., (c~ Starter pad
Cleveland, OH 44101) spline.
or Moly Lube 503 Grease (d) Hydraulic pump
(Bel-Ray Co., Inc., pad spline.
P.O; Box526, (e) Tachometer pad
Farmingdale, NJ 07727) spline.
or approved equivalent. (f) Customer PTO
pad spline.
MIL-G-81322 Mobil Grease 28

(alternate). (Mobii Oil Corp.) or
Royco 22S
(Royal Lubricants) or
Aeroshell 22
(Shell Oil Co.).
MIL-L-3545 Aeroshell 5 Accessory pad splines.

(alternate). (Shell Oil Co.).
H. MIL-L-23398. Solid film, air Bleed valves.
drying lubricant.
Molybdenum Disulfide Fan liner segments.

Electrofilm Lubribond A.
I. MIL-A-907. Anti-seize compound or Turbine rotor
Molykote M-77 locknut threads.

(Dow Coming Corp.
3901 S. Saginaw Rd.,
Midland, MI 48602).
J. No known Milk of magnesia (a) Thermocouple

specification. (unflavored). bosses.
(b) Igniter plugs.
(c) Pressure probe
threads.
K. No known Ease Off 990. Bolt threads.
specification. (Texacone Co.,

4111 Forney Rd.,
Mesquite, TX 75149).
72-01-1
Page 2 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ~ELECTRIC------
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
.MAINTENANCE MANUAL
L. No known MPL662 (Kidde Inc., Compressor rotor
specification. Wake Forest, NC 27587). drive shaft and

turbine rotor shaft.
M. MIL-A-46106. RVT-106 (GE Silicon (a) Front frame

Products Division, bulletnose.
260 Hudson River Road, (b) Fan front frame
Waterford, NY liner panels.
12188-1910). (c) Fan rear frame
exit guide vanes.
N. MIL-T-5544. Braycote 665 Turbine rotor
petrolatum graphite locknut threads.
(Bray Oil Co.,

801 Wharf St.,
Richmond, CA 94804).
72-01-1
Dec 31/95 Page 3
GENERAL ELECfAIC------
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENI~CE MANUAL
LOCKING PROCEDURES
i. General. This section covers lockwiring practices and cotterpin practices which
are used many times on many different parts of the engine.
2. Lockwiring Practices. Lockwiring is the securing together of two or more parts

with a wire which shall be installed in such a manner that any tendency for a
pat-t to loosen will be

by an additional tightening of the wire.
counteracted It
is NOT a means of obtaining or maintaining torque, but rather a safety device
used to prevent the disengagement of the lockwired parts. (See figure 1.)
A. Observe the following general rules for lockwiring unless specific instruc-
tions to the contrary are given in the text.
(1) The of installing lockwire shall consist of two strands of wire

method
twisted together (so called double-twist method), where one twist is
defined as being produced by twisting the wires through an are of 180
degrees and is equivalent to half a complete turn. Use the single
strand method (3) only when specified. Single strand lockwire method
may be used in the following applications.
(a) Mainframe customer bleed ports.

(b) Anti-ice valve forward and aft end.
(c) Stage 8 leakage valve and elbow duct.
(d) Outer combustion case viewport covers.
(e) Aft fan assembly, forward and ait shield P/N 3003T22/3005T19.
(2) Lockwire shall not be installed in such a manner as to cause the wire to
be subjected to chafing, fatigue through vibration, or additional ten-

sion other than the tension imposed on the wire to prevent loosening.
(3) In all cases wiring must be done through the holes provided. In the
event that no wire hole is provided,.wiring shall be to a neighboring
part (6, 7) in a manner so as not to interfere with the function of the
parts, and in accordance with the basic principles described herein.
(4) The maximum span of lockwire between tension points shall be six inches
unless otherwise specified. Where multiple groups are lockwired by
either the double-twist or the single strand method, the maximum number
in a series shall be determined by the number of units that can be
lockwired by a twenty-four inch length of wire. When lockwiring widely
spaced multiple groups using the double-twist method, three’units shall
be the maximum number in a series (8, 9).
(5) Both 0.020 inch and 0.032 inch lockwire are used throughout the engine.
The application is determined by the size hole in the unit to be
lockwired. Generally, whenever possible, use the 0.032 inch size
lockwire.
NOTE: Only new lockwire shall be used upon each application.
72-01-2
Dec 31/95 Page 1
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
yy
1 ~ZZT S I 6 1 7
4
RH TWIST
LH TWIST
PIGTAIL
8 1 ‘UY
9 1 Ld 10 11
12 1 M~J 13
Lockwiring Practices
72-01-2 Figure 1
Page 2 Mar 30/67
8;´• a
CJS1OI ´•e
SEI-186 AL
(6) The lockwlre shallbe pulled taut while beingtwisted, and shall
have approximatelye-12 twists per inch for 0.020 inch wire and 7-10
twists per inch for 0.032 inch wire.
(7) Hose and electrical coupling nuts shall be lockwired in the same
manner as the tube coupling nuts(6,7, 10, 11, 1,:13).
(8) Caution~must be exercised duringthe.twisting operation.to keep the

wire tight without overstressing,,or ~allowing it to become nicked,
kinked or otherwise mutilated,
B. The following lockwiring procedures are to be used throughout the engine

during assembly.
(1) Check the~lockwire holes of the parts to be:lockwired for proper
alignment,. If a part has been properly torqued but is improperly
aligned, replace it with another part.
NOTE: Proper alignment means that the lockwire holes are aligned in
such way that the installed

a lockwire will prevent loosening
of the lockwired part.
Do NOT attempt to either over-torque or under-torque a par.t

to align the lockwirehole.
(2) Insert the lockwire through the first part and bend the upper end
either over the head of the part or around it. ~If bent around it,
the direction of wrap and twist of, the strands shall, be, such that
the loop around the part´•.comes under the strand protruding from thg
hole. Done thisway, loop the will stay down and will not tend to.
slip up and leave,aslack loop (8,9~:..´•´•
(3) Twist the strands while taut until´•the twiste~ part is just short of
a hole in the next part. The twisl~d portion should be within one-
eighth inch~of the hole in either part.
(4) If the free strand is to be beht ardu‘i~d the heaaof the second part,
insert the uppermost strand through the hole in this part, then re-
peat step "B, (2)" If the free strand is to bebent over the unit,
the direction of twist is unimportant. If there are more than two
units in the series, repeat the preceding steps.
(5) After wiring’ the last part, cbntinue’twisting the wires to ~orm‘a
pigtail of 3 to 6 twists tone quarter to one-half inch long) and cut
off the excess wire. Bend the pigtail in toward the part in such a
manner as to prevent it from becoming a snag.
Mar. 30/67 72-01-2
Page 3
GLWtRAL ELECfRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
NOTE: Although every possible combination of lockwiring is not

shown in the illustration, all´•lockwiring must generally
correspond to the examples shown.
C. If, after lockwiring per thepreceding instructions, the lockwire is not
taut, use the following limits to determine its acceptability.
NOTE: Use light finger pressure, applied at the mid point of the lock-
wire span, and flexin both directions.
Length of lockwire Total flexing

.between parts at center
(inches) (inches)
1/2 1/8
1 1/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/4
5 3/4
6 3/4
3. Cotterpin Practices. (Refer to figure 2 for installation of cotterpins.)
NOTE: Cotterpins are not to be bent into position more than once.
CJ610.6059´•D´•F2
Cotterpin Practices
Figure 2
72-01-2 Mar. 30/67

Page 4
ELECTRIC
CJ610cEnERAL TURBOJET
TORQUE VALUES TIGHTENING PRACTICES
i. Torque Tightening Practices.
A. General. Torque is expressed as Ib-in. (pound-inches) or Ib-ft. (pound-

feet). pound-inch (or one pound-foot) is the twisting stress of one
One
pound applied to a twist-type fastener (such as a bolt or nut) with one

inch (or one foot) of leverage. This twisting stress is applied to the
fastener to secure the components. Unless otherwise specified, all
torque values prescribed within this manual shall be obtained with lu-
bricated threads.
B. Torque Tightening Procedures.
(1) Tighten at a uniformly increasing rate until the desired~torque is

obtained. In some cases, where’gaskets or other parts cause a slow
permanent set, be sure to hold the torque at the desired value until
the material is seated.
(2) Apply a uniform, average torque to a series of bolts of varying

cross-sectional area on one flange or in one area. This prevents
the tighter bolts from shearing or snapping loose because of force
concentrations.
(3) It is not desirable to tighten to the final torque value during the
first drawdown; uneven tension can cause distortion or overstressing
of Seat and torque mating parts by drawing down the bolts or
parts.
nuts gradually until the parts are firmly seated, then loosen each
one separately and apply´•final tightening. Tightening in a diam-
etrically opposite (staggered) sequence is desirable in most cases.
Do not exceed listed maximum torque values.
CAUTION: WHEN CHILLING OR HEATING ENGINE PARTS DURING ASSEMBLY, DO

NOT TORQUE LOCKNUTS OR RETAINING BOLTS UNTIL THE PART RE-
TURNS TO ROOM TEMPERATURE. IF THE PART HAS BEEN HEATED,
THE FASTENER MAY LOOSEN AS THE PART COOLS. IF THE PART
HAS BEEN CHILLED, THE FASTENER MAY BE OVERSTRESSED AS~ THE
PART EXPANDS.
C. Suggested Torque Wrench Sizes. The torque wrenches listed below are
recommended for use within the indicated ranges. Larger wrenches have
too great a tolerance, and use of these wrenches can result in inaccu-
racies.
Mar. 30/67 72-01-3
Page 1
GEWERAL ELECTRIC
CJ610 ----TURBOJET
Torque Torque
Between Wrench Tolerance
0-25 Ib-in. 30 Ib-in. ’1 Ib-in.

25-140 Ib-in. 150 Ib-in. ’5 Ib-in.
140-550 Ib-in. 600 Ib-in. ’20 Ib-in.
30-140 Ib-ft. 150 Ib-ft. f5 Ib-ft.
140-240 Ib-ft. 250 Ib-ft. +10 Ib-ft.
240-1000 Ib-ft. 1000 Ib-ft. +20 Ib-ft.
D. Use of Offset Extension Wrench (Crowfoot). When a crowfoot extension

wrench is used with a torque wrench, the effective length of the torque
wrench is changed. The torque wrench is so calibrated that when an´•ex-
tension wrench is torque (torque which appears on a

used, the indicated
dial or gage torque wrench) may be different from the actual
on the
torque that is applied to the nut or bolt. Therefore, when a crowfoot

extension is used, the torque wrench shall be preset to compensate for
the increase or decrease in actual torque as compared to indicated
torque. Refer to paragraphs E. and F. for the proper method of comput-

ing the adjustment.
E. Measuring Effective Length of Offset Extension Wrench (Crowfoot). (See

figure i.) The addition or subtraction of the effective length of the
crowfoot extension wrench (E) is determined by the position of the ex-
tension wrench on the torque wrench. When the extension wrench is

pointed in the same direction as the torque wrench add the effective
length of the extension wrench to the effective length of the torque
wrench (L E). When the extension wrench is pointed back toward the
handle of the torque wrench, lengthsubtract ex- the effective of the
tension wrench from lengththe effective
torque wrench (L E). of the
When the extension is pointed at right angles to the torque wrench, the
actual value does not change. The effective length of the torque wrench
is a variable and a different figure will be used for each type of
torque wrench. The effective length of the crowfoot extension wrench is

determined by measuring from the center of the drive opening to the
center of the extension wrench opening (E).
F. Determination of Gage Reading When Using Offset Extension Wrench (Crow-

foot). (See figure i.)
(1) The object is to find the gage reading which indicates the required
torque.
72-01-3 Mar. 30/67

Page 2
CJ610 TURBOJET
~;´•z
NOTE ------------1 LEGEND

WHEN USING A TORQUE WRENCH ADAPTER WHICH T’ACTUAL (DESIRED) TORQUE
CHANGES THE DISTANCE FROM THE TORQUE WRENCH I:\":~ I Y=APPARENT (INDICATED) TORQUE
DRIVE TO THE ADAPTER DRIVE, APPLY THE I L =EFFECTIVE LENGTH LEVER gji’a
FOLLOWING FORMULAS.TO OBTAIN THE CORRECTED I E=EFFECTIVE LENGTH OF EXTENSION
TORQUE READING:
A
TORQUE TORQUE WRENCH
ADAPTER
WRENCHWRENCHi
DRIVE HANDGRIP WRENCH HANDGRIP
CENTERLINE CENTERLINE DRIVE
CENTERLINE
CENTERLINE~
’(PREDETERMINED)
ADAPTER (PREDETERMINED)
DRIVE DRIVE
CENTERLINE CENTERLINE
E
r
P FORMULA
TxL
L+E
EXAMPLE: (WITH "E" AS PLUS DIMENSION)

Y FORMULA
Txl
L-E
EXAMPLE: (WITH "E" AS MINUS DIMENSION)

=Y
1350 1J5 x 10 1350

135 x 10
T =135 LB. IN. Y=
_
117.39 T 135 LB. IN. Y 158.82

10 1.5 11.5 10 1.5 8.5
Y UNKNOWN Y UNKNOWN
L=IO.OIN. L=10.0 IN.
E 1.5 IN. Y =112 LB. IN. E "1.5 IN. Y 159 LB. IN.
i-I NOTE
A CORRECTED TOROUE READING IS NDT~REQUIRED
WHEN AN ADAPTER IS USED WHICH DOES NOT CHANCE
DIMENSION ’L’. DO NOT USE A HANDLE EXTENSION
TORQUE WRENCH ON ANY TOROUE WRENCH.
ADAPTER
C16106060-0-82
Computing Effective Length of Extens;on Wrench (Crowfoot)

Figure 1
Mar. 30/67 72-01-3
Page 3
GfWERAL ~B E LE CTA I C
CJ690 TURBOJET
(2) Determine the effective length of the torque wrench (which is des-
ignated as 11LI1 in the following example) and the effective length

of the crowfoot wrench (E).
(3) Multiply the required torque by the effective length of the torque
wrench (L).
(4) Divide this result by (L E), or (L E), as determined from figure

i. This answer is the gage reading which indicates the required
torque.
For example: Required torque 265 Ib-in. Effective length of
torque wrench 8.4 in. Effective length of crowfoot 1.5 in.
Therefore, (L E) 9.9 in.
265 x 8.4 2226.0
2226.0 i 9.9 224.8 Ib-in.
Thus, a gage reading of 225 Ib-in. indicates a required torque of
265 Ib-in.
2. Standard Torque Values for SteelNuts andBolts.
A. General. The torque values for standard steel nuts (including self-
locking) and bolts are shown in the following table.
UNC and 8 Series UNF and 12 Series

Threads Threads
Size Per Inch Torque Per Inch Torque
0.112 40 3-5 Ib-in.

0.138 32 6-8 Ib-in.
0.164 32 13-16 Ib-in. 36 16-19 Ib-in.
0.190 24 20-23 Ib-in. 32 24-27 Ib-in.
0.250 20 40-60 Ib-in. 28 55-70 Ib-in.
0.3125 18 70-110 Ib-in. 24 100-130 Ib-in.
0.375 16 160-210 Ib-in. 24 190-230 Ib-in.
0.4375 14 250-320 Ib-in. 20 300-360 Ib-in.
0.500 13 420-510 Ib-in. 20 480-570 Ib-in.
72-01-3Page 4
Jan. 15/69
Q
6EnraAL i LE Cf R IC
&I, C3610 TUREPOJET
B. Exceptions. Use one-half of the values given in the above table for
following applications.
(1) Thin steel hex nuts, these nuts having a height of less than 0.6
pitch diameter for plain nuts and less than 0.8 pitch diameter for
self-locking nuts,
(2) Nuts and bolts of non-ferrous alloys.
(3) All bolts threaded directly´•into aluminum, magnesium or non-ferrous
alloys.
3. Standard Torque Values for Stud BoltsandStepped Studs in Aluminum or
Magnesium.
A. General. The following torque values are for stud bolts and stepped
studs, installed in aluminum or magnesium, that are held in position by
only the locking action of the interference fit between mating parts.
NOTE: These torque values are not applicable to "Lok-Thread" studs.
Bolt Size Torque (Pound Inches)
.190 -24 35-40

.250 -20 75-80
.3125 -18 135-145
.375 -16 240-250

.4375 -14 370-380
.500 -13 580-600
B. Studs which have different thread sizes on opposite ends

Exceptions.
shall be torqued to the smaller size regardless of which end is fitted
into the installation.
4. Standard Torque Valuesfor Fla red Tubing and Hose Fit t ings The following
table contains the dimensions of flared tubing and hose fittings and their
standard torque values:
30/67 72-01-3
Mar.
Page 5
6lnERILelLteTRIC----
CJ610 TURBOJET
All Steel Tube-

Tube Thread Aluminum Aluminum or Torque
OD Size Parts Steel Nuts Uni ts
.125 .3125 -24 35-40 Ib-in.

.1875 .375 -24 30-50 90-100 Ib-in.
.250 .4375 -20 40-65 135-150 Ib-in.
.3125 .500 -20 60-80 180-200 Ib-in.
.375 .5625 -18 75-125 270-300 Ib-in.
.500 .750 -16 150-250 450-550 Ib-in.
.625 .875 -14 200-350 650-770 Ib-in.
.750 1.0625 -12 35-41 75-91 Ib-ft.
1.000 1.3125 -12 41-58 100-128 Ib-ft.
1.250 1.625 -12 50-75 125-150 Ib-ft.
1.500 1.875 -12 50-75 158-183 Ib-ft.
5. Standard Torque Values for Fittings with Gaskets. The following table con-
il~
tains the dimensions of the fittings with gaskets and their standard torque
values:
Tube Thread Nut (AN924) Plug Nut Torque

OD Size Union (AN815) (AN814) (AN6289) Units
.125 .3125 -24 25-35 10-16 25-35 Ib-in.

.1875 .375 -24 50-75 30-40 50-75 Ib-in.
.250 .4375 -20 55-80 40-65 75-100 Ib-in.
.3125 .500 -20 75-100 60-80 90-120 Ib-in.
.375 .5625 -18 100-150 80-120 150-200 Ib-in.
.500 .750 -16 180-230 150-200 200-250 Ib-in.
.625 .875 -14 250-350 200-350 275-400 Ib-in.
.750 1.0625 -12 420-600 300-500 450-650 Ib-in.
1.000 1.3125 -12 50-70 38-50 55-75 Ib-ft.
1.250 1.625 -12 60-80 50-60 65-85 Ib-ft.
1.500 1.875 -12 70-90 50-70 75-90 Ib-ft.
d
72-01-3 Mar. 30/67
Page 6
tltC~lle
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MAMJAL
6. Standard Torque Values for Jam Nuts of Fitting Without Gaskets. The follow-
ing table contains the dimensions of fittings and their standard torque
values:
Tube Thread Torque

OD Size Aluminum Steel Uni t s
.125 .3125 -24 35-50 Ib-in.

.1875 .375 -24 65-80 70-90 Ib-in.
.250 .4375 -20 90-105 110-130 Ib-in.
.3125 .500 -20 105-125 140-160 Ib-in.
.375 .5625 -18 125-145 225-275 Ib-in.
.500 .750 -16 240-280 400-450 Ib-in.
.625 .875 -14 330-370 550-650 Ib-in.
.750 1.0625 -12 45-55 70-80 Ib-ft.
1.000 1.3125 -12 70-80 85-100 Ib-ft.
1.250 1.625 -12 80-100 l&ft.
1.500 1.875 -12 100-120 Ib-ft.
7. Special Torque Values. (See figures 2 and 3.)
72-01-3
May 15/70
Page 7
CJ61 OTU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NO. 3 BEARING OIL

AIR BAFFLE (2 BOLTSJ~ NOZZLE; (SCREW 6-8)
35-40
NO. 2 BEARING OIL
20-40 PLUS RUN ON
COMPRESSOR ´•ROTOR STAGE 2 h, u NOZZLE; (3 SCREWS) 14-23
THRU 8 60-65 h) O O 9
p W
o O($ V1
p P
E´•L) O IGNITOR PLUG o
0
01
Cn ~n0 P
03
*225-275 w
~1
p
O
i P PVg, VI P
o i O‘ i h; J N
aJ do~l ~lo I \o I I \o I lo \u
ANTI-ICE VALVE
TO FRONT
20-25
18-22
*40-50
6-~0 It
NO. 1 BEARING
NOZZLE (1 SC
8-10
OIL28-32150-17050-5
HOLES 22 AND
28 TORQUE TO
o
6-10
w
ul
285-300
.LB.FT. "75-100
LB. FT.
16-19
225-230 LB. FT.
c;l Iili ;i4’-27

24-27 o a
ul 25-30 140-160
4I;LLLLLLIUI _~
OSG
25-35 711 17 11~60-9
60-90
MFC PUMP \II mi II NOTES:
60-90 P~iiTI 1~ LUBRICATE THREADS OF ALL
BLEED VALVE: I I TI I t 1 I I I BOLTS, NUTS AND STUDS
)O WITH ENGINE OIL UNLESS
(1) FEED BACK ’3 0´• .h) ~3 h3
TACH.-GEN.
CABLE AND 9 9 OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ADJUSTABLE do G 28-35
tn ul 2. ’LUBRICATE WITH UNFLAVORED
LINK JAM-NUTS O O V1
tn~ O
MILK OF MAGNESIA
6-8 LUBE PUMP
(MAGNESIUM OXIDE, MGO)
(2) ROD END TO OIL TANK
24-27
3. "TORQUE, LOOSEN; RETORQUE
JAM-NUT,
25-30 4. TORQUE ALL DRAIN PLUGS
KLINCHER OIL COOLER TO OIL TO 60-80
TYPE NUT TANK (2 BOLTS) 5. TORQUE VALUES ARE GIVEN
95-125 14-18 IN LB.-IN.
CJ6106061-03
Engine Torque Chart CJ610-1. CJ610-5. and CJ610-9
72-01-3 Figure 2
Page 8 Dec31/95
ELECTRIC------
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186 .´•II
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NO. 3 BEARING OIL 20-40 PLUS RUN ON

NO. 2 BEARING OIL NOZZLE
NOZZLE; (SCREW 6-8)
(3 SCREWS) 14-23
35-40 AIR BAFFLE
COMPRESSOR ROTOR
c~
do
p
bJ
u
rlGNITER PLUG
~eE$
mo´•o ’225-275 O w
STAGE 2 THRU 8 o W
0´•
h)
W g OVP´•OP
60-65 m b
~r
b
01
S~ P
do tl 21 ´•o
NO~
O V
O CD Ln O O)
E: O>
28-32
ANTI-ICE 18-22
20-25 ’40-5
VALVE TO ii 15-25
FRONT FRAME
20-25
225-230 LB. FT.
6-10 Z
"75-100
6-10 1 LB. FT.
,LB. FT. 28-32
55
NO. 1 BEARING OIL 16-19 150-170
NOZZLE(ISCREW)B-lql I~ I (tI;)-2q 140-160

25-30 1 IIII I#II"
220-325-
OSG 25-
’40-50
MFC PUMP 120-150~rn GEN.
BLEED’VALVE: 60-90 6 28-35
(1) FEEDBACK /1220-2351 LUBE PUMP TO OIL

CABLE AND TANK, 24-27
25-35
ADJUSTABLE OIL COOLER TO OIL TANK
LINK JAM-NUTS 25-35 120-150
(2 BOLTS) 14-18
6-8
NOTES:
(2) ROD END
JAM-NUT, 1. LUBRICATE THREADS OF ALL 3. "TORQUE, LOOSEN; RETORQUE
25-30
BOLTS, NUTS AND STUDS
KLINCHER WITH ENGINE OIL UNLESS 4. TORQUE ALL DRAIN PLUGS
NPE NUT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TO 60-80
95-125
2.’LUBRICATE WITH UNFLAVORED 5. TORQUE VALUES ARE GIVEN
MILK OF MAGNESIA (MAGNESIUM IN LB.-IN.
OXIDE, MGO)
CJ610-6062-02
Engine Torque Chart CJ610-4. CJ610-6, and CJ610-8A
Figure 3
72-01-3
Dec 31/95 Page 9
6I1111119111ClllE
CJB10 TURBOJET
PROCEDURE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE POSITIONING-TYPE UNIVERSAL FITTING
i. General. These instructions apply to the positioning-type universal fit-
tings. See figure i.
PIPE FITTING
i. INSPECT VISUALLY.
2. CLEAN IF NECESSARY.
3. LUBRICATE FITTINGS.
d. ASSEMBLE FITTING. SCREWING DOWN TO WITHIN ONE-HALF TURN OF
FINAL POSITION.
S. REMOVE. CLEAN. AND INSPECT MALE THREAD.
6. RELUBRICATE.
7. REASSEMBLE AND SCREW DOWN TO FINAL POSITION.
u~-rl
O-RINC
UNION ~E3
i. LUBRICATE THE O´•RIN~ AND ASSEMBLE THE O-RING TO THE GROOVE

ON THE UNION.
SCREW THE UNION INTO THE 80SS UNTIL CONTACT IS MADE WITH THE
SURFACE OF THE 8055.
3. TIGHTEN THE UNION TO THE PROPER TOROUE VALUE.
BULKHEAD FITTING
i. LUBRICATE THE FITTING END. ASSEMBLE THE NUT TO THE FITTING

UNTIL THE WASHER FACE OF THE NUT LINES UP WITH THE UPPER
CORNER OF THE SEAL GROOVE.
2. LUBRICATE THE O-RING AND ASSEMBLE THE O-RING TO THE GROOVE
ON THE FITTING 50 THAT IT CONTACTS THE NUT.
3. SCREW THE FITTING AND NUT SIMULTANEOUSLY INTO THE BOSS UNTIL
THE SEAL CONTACTS THE CHAMFER AT THE FACE OF THE BOSS AND
UNTIL THE NUT CONTACTS THE BOX
4. POSITION THE FITTING BY EITHER TURNING IN AS MUCH AS 3 ~4 TURN
i ´•270 DEGREES) OR TURNING OUT AS MUCH AS 1 4 TURN 1-90 DECREES).
ASSEMBLE THE LINE TO THE FITTING TO CHECK THE ALIGNMENT OF NUT O-RING
THE FITTING. TIGHTEN THE NVT TO THE PROPER TORI)VE.
FITTINGS WITH BACKUP RINGS
i. LUBRICATE MALE THREADS OF FITTWG. BACKUP RING AND ORING.

2. ASSEMBLE THE NUT TO THE FITTING WITH THE COUNTERBORE SIDE
BACKUP
FACING THE FITTING END.
ASSEMBLE THE BACKUP RING TO TnE FITTING AND SEAT IT IN THE
RING
NUT
b
COUNTERBORE OF THE NUT WITH ITS CONVEX SIDE FACING THE
FITTING END.
a. ASSEMBLE THE O-RINC TO THE GROOVE ON THE FITTING.
5. ADJUST THE NVT SO THAT THE BACKUP RING FORCES THE O-RING
FIRMLY AGAINST THE LOWER THREADED PORTION OF THE FITTING.
6. SCREW THE FITTING AND NVT SIMULTANEOUSLY INTO THE BOSS UNTIL
THE O-RINC CONTACTS THE CHAMFER AT THE FACE OF THE BOSS.
7. HOLD THE NUT AND TURN THE FITTING INTO THE BOSS 1-1;2 TURNS.
I O-RING
THE FITTING MAY BE POSITIONED FURTHER BY ONE ADDITIONAL TURN. NUT
8. ASSEMBLE THE LINE TO THE FITTING TO CHECK THE A~IGNMENT OF.
BOSS
THE FITTING.
9. HOLD THE FITTING AND TIGHTEN THE NVT TO THE’PROPER TORQUE.
crsa´•llll.o-e2
Assembly Procedures Hose and Tube Fittings

Figure 1
Mar. 30/67 72-01-4
Page 1
aon
GIWIRILQID ELICTRIC
CJG1O,TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE ~ANUAL
CONVERSION TABLES
i. General. The limits (dimensionaljr vai;es: (torque) etc. are expressed in

the English system of measurement. A table for converting English to Metric
is added in -this section for customers using the Metric system.
TABLE I
CONVERSION OF ENGLISH TO METRIC SYSTEM
METRIC AND DECIU4L EQUIVALENTS FOR FRACTIONS OF AN INCH AND FOOT

I:IN. 25.4 MM 1 MM 0.03937 IN.
FRACTIONS OF AN INCH FRACTIONS OF AN INCH´• FRACTIONS OF AN INCH FRACTIONS OF A FOOT
IN. DECIMALS MM IN. DECIMALS MM IN. DECIMALS MM IN.DECIMALS MM
1/64=0.016 0.4 11/32 =0.344 1~ 8.7 43/64=0.672 17.1 .1 =0.0833 25.4

-1/32 =0.031 0.8 23/64=0.359 9.1 11/16 ~0.688 17.5
3/64=0.047 1.2 3/8 =0.´•37519.5 45/64=0.703 17.9 2 =0.1667 50.8
~1/16 =0.063 1;61 25/61=0:391 -9.9 23/32 =0.719 18.3
5/64´•=0.078 2.01. 13/32 =0,.406’ 1 10.3 47/64=0.734 18.7 3 =0.2500 76.2
3/32 =0.094 2.4 27/64=0.422 10.7´•(3/4 =0.750 19.1
7/64´•=0.109 2.8 7/16´• =0.438 11.11 49/64=0.766 19;4 4 =0.3333 101.6
1/8 =0.125 3.2 29/64=0.453´• 11.5 25/32 =0.781 19.8
9/64=0.)41 3.6 15/32 =0.469: 111.9. 51/64=0.797 1 20. 2 5 =0.4167 127.0
5/32 =0.156 4.0( 31/64i=0.484 12.3 13/16 =0.873 20.6
11/64=0.172 4.4 1/2’ ~=0.500 12.7 53/64=0.828 21.0 6 =0.5000 152.4
3/16 =0. 188´• 1 4.8 33/64=0.516 13.1 27/32 =0.844. 21.4
13/64=0.203. 5.2 i 7/32 =0 5jl´• 1 13.5 55/64=0.859 21.8 7 =0.5833 177;8
7/32 =0.219 5.61 35/64~=0.547 13.9 7/8 =0.875 22.2
15/64=0.234 6.0 9/16 =0.563 14.3 57/64=0.891 22.6 8 =0.6667 203.2
1/4 =0.250 6.4 37/64=d.578: 1 14.7 29/32 =0.906 23.0
17/64=0.266 k.7 19/32´• =0´•;594 1-15.1 59/64=0.922 23.4 9 =0.7500 228.6
9/32 =0.281 7.1 39/61=0.609 15.5 15/16 =0.938 23.8
19/64=0.297 7.5 5/8 =0.625 15.9 61/64=0.953 24.2 10=0.83331 254.0
5/16 =0.313 7.9 41/64.=0.641 16.3 31/32 =0.969 24.6
21/64=0.328 8.3´• 21/32 =0.6561’) 16.7 63/64=0.984 25.0 11=0.9167 1~ 279.4’
CTS8-3591-(2)-0-D2
May 15/70 72-01-5
Page 1
8FllBRIL 9 ILECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE I(Cont.)
CONVERSION OF ENGLISH TO METRIC SYSTEM
INCHES TO MILLIMETERS
IN. MM IN. MM IN. MM IN. MM I IN. MM
0.001 0.0254 0.01 0.254 0.1 2.54 1 25.4 10 254

0.002 0.0508 0.02 0.508 0.2 5.08 2 50.8 20 508
0.003 0.0762 0.03 0.762 0.3 7. 62 3 76.2 30 762
0.004 0.1016 0.04 1.016 0.4 10.16 4 101.6 40 1016
0.005 0.1270 0.05 1.270 0.5 12.70 S 127.0 50 1270
0.006 0.1524 0.06 1.524 0.6 15.24 6 152.4 60 1524
0.007 0.1778 0.07 1.778 0.7 117.78 7 177. 8 70 1778
0.008 0.2032 0.08 2.032 0.8 20.32 8 203.2 80 2032
0.009 0.2286 0.09 2.286 0.9 22.86 9 228.6 90 2286
100 2540
FEET EQUIVALENTS OF METERS

(1 METER=3.2808 FEET)
METERS: 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
M FEET
0 3.28 6. 56 9.84 13. 12 16.40 19.69 22.97 26.25 29. 53
10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34
20 65.62 68.90 72. 18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14
30 98.43 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 )14.83 118.11 121.39 )24.67 127.95
40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160;76
50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.17 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57
60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.26 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38
70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.63 255.91 259.19
80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99
90 295.27 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80
WEIGHT: 1 LB 0.454 KG
SQUARE INCHES AND SQUARE CENTIMETERS EQUIVALENTS
(1 SQ IN. 6.452 SQ CM SQ CM 0.155 SQ. IN.)
1 KG 2.205 LBS.
SQ SQ SQ SQ SQ SQ SQ SQ SQ SQ SQ SQ
IN. CM IN. CM IN. CM IN. CM IN. CM IN. CM
PRESSURE: 1 PSI 0.0703 KG PER CM2
1 6.45 18 116.13 35 225.81 52 335.48 69 445.16 86 554.84
2 12.90 19 122.58 36 232.26 53 341.93 70 451.61 87 561.29
1 PSF 4.88 KG PER M2
3 19.36 20 129.03 37 238.71 54 348.39 71 458.06 88 567.74
4 25.81 21 135.48 38 245.16 55 354.84 72 464.51 89 574.19
VOLUME: 1 CU FT 0.02832 CU M
5 32.26 22 141.93 39 251.61 56 361.29 73 470.97 90 580.64
6 38.71 23 148.39 40 258.06 57 367.74 74 477.42 91 587.10
1 CU M= 35.31 CU FT.
7 45.16 24 154.84 41 264.52 58 374.19 75 483.87 92 593.55
8 51.61 25 161.29 42 270.97 59 380.64 76 490.32 93 600.00
9 58.06 26 167.74 43 277.42 60 387.09 77 496.77 94 606.45
10 64.52 27 174.19 44 283.87 61 393.55 78 503.22 95 612.90
T’ORC~VE: LB-IN.X1.1S=KG-CM.
28 180.64 290.32 79 96 619.35 LB-FT. X )3.84=KG-CM.

11 70.97 45 62 400.00 509.68
12 77.42 29 187.10 46 296.77 63 406.45 80 516.13 97 625.80
83.87 30 193.55 303.22 98 632.26 LENGTH: INCH 25.4 MM.
13 47 64 412.90 81 522.58
438.71) 1 MM =0.03937~1NCH
14 90.32 31 200.00 48 309.68 65 419.35 82 529.03 99
15 96.77 32 206.45 49 316.13 66 425.81 83 535.48100~645.161 1 FT 30.48 CM
16 103.23 33 212.90 50 322’.58 67 432.26. 84, 541.931--1 I 1 M 3.2808 FT
17´• 109.68~ 34 219.35: 51’ 329.03 68´• 438.71 85 548.391--
CT~8-3591-(ll-0-h?*
72-01-5 May 15/70

Page 2
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
MARKING OF ENGINE PARTS
i. General. When it is necessary to mark an engine part only approved marking

method shall be used.
2. Temporary Marking of Engine Parts. In general, lead and sulphur containing

materials are unacceptable for marking. All marking materials listed are
equally recommended for all parts.
CAUTION: GREASE PENCILS MUST NOT BE USED TO MARK ENGINE PARTS.
Chalk
Dykem red, yellow, black.

Ink Justrite Slink, black; MarcoS-1141, black; Marsh Stencil Ink.
Soapstone
Oct. 15/70 72-02-0
Page 1
CJ610 IURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HOSE TUBE AND CLAMP INSPECTION AND REPAIR
WARNING: ASBESTOS
THIS ENGINE MAY CONTAIN SMALL AMOUNTS OF ASBESTOS. WHEN WORK-

ING WITH THIS ENGINE, THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS MUST BE RIG-
IDLY ADHERED TO:
BEFORE ANY MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES ARE UNDERTAKEN, REVIEW THE

ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN/CATALOG INDEX TO DETERMINE IF THE
HARDWARE TO BE WORKED ON OR USED CONTAINS ASBESTOS.
WHENEVER MECHANICAL REMOVAL OF MATERIAL. SUCH AS MACHINING,

GRINDING, BUFFING, DRILLING, SANDING OR ANY TYPE OF MATERIAL
BUILD-UP ON PARTS THAT CONTAIN ASBESTOS IS NECESSARY, APPRO-
PRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT MUST BE WORN, AND NA-
TIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS REQUIRED FOR THE HANDLING OF
ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL MUST BE COMPLIED WITH.
BEFORE HANDLING. REPLACING, OR DISPOSING OF ASBESTOS-CONTAIN-

ING HARDWARE, APPROPRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS MUST BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO
FOR HANDLING ASBESTOS-CONTAINING HARDWARE.
1. General. The following are general limits and repair and will apply unless
specific part information is given.
2. Fire Sleeve Inspection and Repair.
A. Inspection of Fire Sleeve.
(1) Tears, scratches and cuts may be treated as chafing (below) provided
none of them are completely through the sleeve; if through sleeve, the
sleeve must be replaced per paragraph B.(1).
(2) Chafing and wear is serviceable in any amount provided it is not deeper
than 0,06 inch; if deeper repair per paragraph B.(2).
(3) Broken clamps must be replaced.
B, Repair of Fire Sleeve.
72-02-1
Dec 31/95 Page 1
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. Repair of Fire Sleeve.
WARNING: ASBESTOS
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MAY INVOLVE A PART THAT CONTAINS ASBESTOS,

WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. READ GEN-
ERAL INFORMATION BEFORE PROCEEDING, AND ADHERE TO ALL SITE SAFETY AND
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CONCERNING ASBESTOS. OTHERWISE, PERSONAL INJURY
MAY RESULT.
(1) Replacement of fire sleeve.
NOTE: Lines requiring only replacement of fire sleeve may be repaired

without by replacing
teardown with an oversized fire sleeve, per
paragraph (b) below or by installing a split fire sleeve and sta-
pling it in place, per paragraph (c) below.
(a) Remove old fire sleeve by removing the wire clamps, then cutting
the sleeve material from the line with a sharp knife or razor
blade.
(b) If replaceing old fire sleeve with an oversize fire sleeve, (which
applies only to straight and standard elbow hose line), select a
fire sleeve from Table I below. Cut the sleeve to proper length by
using the measurement taken between nipple heres on the end fitting
of the hose. Install fire sleeve and secure with several turns of
safety wire (MS9226 or equivalent) over the socket or select wire
clamps to fit from Table II.
NOTE: These fire sleeve sizes are optional with the operator and
may be used if a bulkier fire sleeve installation is not
objectionable.
72-02-1
Page 2 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE I
AEROQUIP 624 FIRE SLEEVE SIZES REQUIRED TO SLIP OVER SWIVEL

NUT STYLE HOSE FITTINGS
Hose Dash No. Fire Sleeve P/N
-3 624-11
-4 -11
-5 -14
6 -14
-8 -18
-10 -20
-12 -24
-16 -28
-20 -42
NOTE: Fire sleeve installation will be easier if the

sleeve is bunched and pushed on so as to in-
crease sleeve diameter.
TABLE II
FIRE SLEEVE CLAMP SIZES
OD Range (In.)
From To Aeroquip Part No.
1/2 9/16 900976-8

19/32 11/16 -10
3/4 7/8 -14
15/16 1-1/8 -18
1-3/16 1-3/8 -22
1-7/16 1-5/8 -26
1-11/16 1-7/8 -30
1-15/16 2-1/8 -34
2-3/16 2-3/8 -38
2-7/16 2-5/8 -42
2-11/16 3 -48
72-02-1
I Dec 31/95 Page 2A/2B

cpn ERAL E LECTRIC
CJB10 TU-RBOJET
(c) If replacing old fire sleeve with a split fire sleeve (624A),
proceed with the following instructions:
1 Select proper sleeve width from Table III and cut to proper
length as measured between nipple heres. Add "Y’~ dimen-
sions to length per Table IV, before cutting.
2--0pen crease and fold fire sleeve to a double thickness

(width-wise).
3 Trim ends on a 4 degree angle, cutting from the center fold

to the sleeve edges to form a trapezoid. Refer to figure i.
4 Coat each end of fire sleeve by dipping into synthetic

sealer, Table V, a minimum of 1/2 inch, and allow to dry.
;rhe sleeve can beassembled with ends "tacky" if these ends
are powdered with talc or powderedsoap stone.
5 Adjust Stapling Fixture Stop to "X" dimensions as referenced

in figure 2 and Table III. (Use Aeroquip Corp. Stapling
Fixture No. S1067, or equivalent.) Dimension "X" can vary
according to desired tightness of sleeve application; how-

ever,.dimension "X" must be considered a minimum for rec-
ommended practice.
FOLDED
-j 40
OPEN
CJ110S-3695-0-F2
Fire Sleeve Trim Cut

Figure 1
30/67
Mar.
72-02-1Page 3
G EW ERAL E LECTR ie
’CJ610- TURBOJET
´•s~--, 1/4" t 1/16"
"X" DIM.
CJ805MPCO-F2
Fire Sleeve´•Staple Spacing

Figure 2
6 Wrap firesleeve
around hose, aligning cut end edges, and
clinch.first staple approximately 8 inches from one end or,
in the´•case of a short hose assembly, at the mid-point of
the assembly. (Use Aeroquip staples, part number.900122-~
or equivalent.)
7 Complete the stapling of the first section (working from

the center to the end), placing staples approximately 1/4
inch apart per figure 2 until the sleeve is closed to with-
in 2 inches of the socket.
8 Complete the stapling on opposite end in a like manner.
9 Flip the st~p downStapling Fixture and continue

on the
stapling each end

as close
possible to the socket.
as As
this is being done, there willbe a gradual opening of the
flap. Continue to staple as far as possible by stapling

through the flap as close as possible to the socket.
10 Select proper wire clamp for the assembly from Table III
and assemble onto the hose. The two wire str~nds should
straddle the hex on the hex socket and in the relatively
same position on the round and two (2) flat socket designs.
11 Place wires in snubber (Aeroquip No. S1072, or equivalent),

and turn clamp to hold wires.
72-02-1 Mar. 30~67

Page 4
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE III
Hose Dash No. 624A-No. Wire Clamp "X" Dimension
-4 -1 900591A-14C 5/32
-5 -2 -14C 5/32
-6 -3 -16C 5/32
-8 -4 -18C 3/16
-10 -5 -22C 7/32
-12 -6 -24C 7/32
16 -7 -32C 1/4
-20 -8 -36C 9/32
-24 -9 -42C 9/32
12 Turn crank. This

will~tighten the wires around the sleeve.
Roll the assembly in a direction that will start a bend in
hose
the wire strands in a direction over the loop, This is a
slight bend and is intended to be enough of a bend to hold the
tightness when the wire’s ends are cut off. (See figure 3.)
13 Lift the wire cut-off handle. This will part the hose assem-
bly-sleeve-wire clamp assembly from the snubber.

14 Fold the cut wire ends back against the sleeve tightly and the
assembly is complete.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES. AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. READ
GENERAL INFORMATION BEFORE PROCEEDING, AND ADHERE TO ALL SITE
SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CONCERNING ASBESTOS. OTHERWISE,
PERSONAL INJURY MAY RESULT.
(2) Repairing fire sleeve.
(a) Abrasions and scuffs. Cover with brush application of synthetic

sealer. Table V, if minor. If damaged beyond minor abrasions and
scuffs, wrap with fireproof tape for three thicknesses then coat
with fireproof sleeve sealer. Table V.
(b) Frayed ends. Trim loose or frayed ends and brush or dip ends at
least 1/2 inch into synthetic sealer, Table V.
72-02-1
Dec 31/95 Page 5
CEIERAL d~ ELECtlllC
CJ610 TURBOJET
CUT TO LENGTH
.30 REF
IPLACES
~---tn_,1
´•-i
I i%
CLAMP
Clamping of Fire Sleeve

Figure 3
TABLE IV
624A No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
,,y" .158 .175 .198 .231 .263 .291 .385 .463 .532
TABLE V
FIRE SLEEVE SEALER
Trade Name Manufacturer
Pliobond Goodyear Rubber Company
3. Metal Braid.
A. Inspect metal braid for frayed or broken strands. Hose is serviceable

if no more than 9 strands in any 1/2 x 1/2 inch square is damaged. If
more than 9 but less than 15 strands are damaged in any 1/2 x 1/2 inch
square the hose must be repaired in accordance with paragraph B.
72-02-1 Mar. 30/67

Page 6
GIIERIL ELEEIRIE
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEIT186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. Repair frayed or broken strands as follows:
(1) Carefully bend back each broken strand so it does not stick into the
teflon.
(22~ Cut and’fold a piece of 100 mesh, 0.004 inch diameter, stainless
steel cloth (Buffalo Wire Works, Buffalo, N.Y. or equivalent) in ac-
cordance with figure 4.
(3) Wrap the patch around the damaged section of the hose with the folds
against the hose and the smooth side facing out.
(4) Secure the patch in place with 0.032 inch stainless steel lockwire
formed into a knot as shown in figure 5. Knots should be placed

along the length of the patch so they are no more than one hose
diameter apart. The knot is formed as follows:
(a) Make a loop of the lockwire and wrap around the hose.
(b) Feed the ends of the wire through the loop, around the house and
back through the loop.
(c) Use needle nose pliers on the free ends to tighten the knot.
When tight, bend the ends back and cut off.
(LENtTH OF BROKEN BRAID

PLUS 2.5 HOSE DIA.)
W
WRAP PITCH
AROUND HOSE
(2-in TURNS AROUND HOSE)
Q EDGS)1/2 HOSE DIA.

(4
FOLD ON
DOTTED LINES
C1)8-32310E)
Metal Braid Repair Wire Cloth Patch
Figure 4
72-02-1
Mar. 30/67
Page 7
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WIRE
CUT OFF
EXCESS WIRE
BRAIDED HOSE
O O
FINISHED REPAIR CTYI-323)-0´•FI
Metal Braid Repair Knot Construction
Figure 5
WARNING: ASBESTOS
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MAY INVOLVE A PART THAT CONTAINS
ASBESTOS. WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRA-
TORY TRACT. READ GENERAL INFORMATION BEFORE PROCEEDING, AND

ADHERE TO ALL SITE SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CONCERN-
ING ASBESTOS. OTHERWISE. PERSONAL INJURY MAY RESULT.
4. Hose Clamps.
Visually inspect clamps and cushion material for serviceability if damage is

suspected. Repalce clamps with ~notches formed in the tangs by bolt heads, nuts
or brackets, or those that have suffered other mechanical damage. Replace
clamps whose cushion material is torn(damaged), have swollen due to the effects
of fuel and oil or have been compressed so that the clamp will not securely hold’
a tube or hose.
5. Chafina.Shield.
A. Inspect hose and tubing shafting shield for chafing and wear. Any amount of
chafing or wear is serviceable provided shield is not cut through.
72-02-1
Page 8 Dec 31/95
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINT%NANCE MANUAL
B. Replacement of Chafing Shield.
(1) Measure length of damaged chafing shield; note location on hose or tub-
ing and remove.
(2) Cut Teflon spiral wrap to length, choosing SWT 3/8 or 1/2 as the hose or
tubing diameter requires. (Manfuactured ty Illumintronic Engineering

Corporation. 680 East Taylor Avenue. Sunnyvale, Calif.)
(3) Clean hose and wire braid with tichloroethane.
72-02-1
IDec 31/95 Page 8A/8B

etn ERAL it
c J el q~ .:~r rJ’R a oE T
(4) Assemble spiral wrap to hose or tube. Wrap tightly, keeping space
between each successive spiral to a minimum.
NOTE: Hold hose straight while wrapping.
(5) Tape one end of spiral wrap to hose or tube starting approximately
1/2 inch from end_of wrap. (Use 1/2 inch Mystic Tape #7010, or as
an alternate, use Minnesota Minning and Mfg. Co., St. Paul 6, Minn.)
Use approximately 3 to 4 wraps of tape to secure this end and pull
tape tight during wrapping.
(6) Re-adjust~andtighten spiral wrap each 5 to´•6 inch interval using 3

to 4 turns of tape pulled tightly each time to secure the
electrical
spiral wrap. Continue this procedure, finishing off with a tape’
wrap approximatelyl/2 inchfrom the end.
6. Tubing and Fittings Inspection. W~en serviceable limits are exdeeded the
parts may be repaired inaccordance with the Overhaul Manual.
Inspect Paximum Serviceable Limits Remark;
A. Tubing for:
(1) Splits or cracks None allowed.
(2) Nicks, scratches, Not serviceable if of meas-
gouges, wear or urable depth.

chafing except
chafing due to
tubing clamps
(3) Chafing caused 0.003 inch belowad3acent

by tubing clamps non-defective ~surface with
no high metal.
(4) Dents Depth of defect no~more

than 1’/5 of the tube OD if
there are no sharp corners
and the defect is not on
the heel of a sharp bend

(radius of bend is less
than twice the tube OD).
(5) Flattened cross- Tube is acceptable if the
section OD is not reduced more
than 25"/o.
Mar. 30/67 .72-02-1

Page 9
oL#ERAL :ELECTRIC~---"_
CJ610 ’TURBOJET
’MAINT‘ENA~CE MANUAL ISEI-186
Inspect Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
B. The bolt flanges on tubes for:
(1) Flatness of the Flat within 0.0d5 inch.

mating surface
(2) Cracks None allowed.
C. Teflon lined flex hoses for:
(1) Kinks None allowed.
(2) Frayed or broken Nine strands In any 1/2

wire braid inchx 1/2 inch square.
D. Combination flex those) and rigid (tube) assemljlies for:
(1) ~’Tubing defects Refer to step A.
(2) Frayed or broken Refer to step C.

I
braid in the flex
section
E. Hex coupling nuts for:
(1) Damaged corners Any amount with nohigK

on wrenching metal if at least 2 oppo-
flats site corners are not
rounded making it impos-
sible to use a wrench.
(3) Nicks and burrs Any amount with no high

metal.
(4) Distortion ~None allowed.
(5) Stripped threads 1/2 of the entrance thread
missing with no high ~metal

if nut can be used without
cross threading, and the
rest of the threads are not
damaged.
78-02-1 njIa-r; 30/67

Page 10
a EW fRAL B~D ELE’C~RIC
:cJsio´• ~URBOLjET
(c) Nicks and’gouges Any number, 1/32 inch deep

on the end of with no high metal if the
flares fitting passes the pressure
check per paragraph 8.
(d) Dirt on OD of None allowed. Remove with tri-

c
flare chloroethylene or
an equivalent sol-
vent and a clean
shop rag.
(3) Hose sockets for:
(a) Cracks and None allowed.

distortion
(b) Nicks and Any~ amount with’ no high

scratches metal.
(4) Tube flare sleeves for:
(a) Cracks None allowed.
(b) Shiny, burnished´• Any amount.

surfaces due to
normal assembly
(c) Adhesion to flare Any amount if-nut´•and sleeve

nuts are free to slide on tube.
7. Torn Lockwire Hole Repair. (See 6;)
A. Choose same dri’ll’size for new loc~kwi’re holes.
B. Blind hole fittings (caps, plugs, etc.) shall be redrilled for lockwire
not closerthan i/2 the drill diameter a~dparallel to’the wrenching
flat. Locate hole midway along flat.
C. Through-hole fittings’(unions, connector, etc.) shall beredrilled for

lockwire across the hexagon corners. Locate hole to provide at least
one drill diameter wall thickness to corner and position midway along
flat.
Mar. 30/67 ’7 2 -~02-1
Page 13
G E I ERAL ~b E LC CT R I C --L----
´•CJ61-0´• TURBC)JET
CONNECTORS (TUBULAR)
CAPS AND PLUGS (HOLLOW)
TORN OUT
LOCKWIRE HOLES TORN OUT
LOCKWIRE HOLES
´•DRILLED HOLE NOT CLOSER

TO INNER CAVITY THAN
’h DRILL DIAMETER.
I IIE1~7 ,I
II
DRILL ACROSS CORNERS II DRILL PARALLEL TO FLATS
CJ610d06)-O.E2
Torn Lockwire Hole Repair

Figure 6
D. Deburr holes to remove sharp edges.
I CAUTION: REDRILLED LOCKWIRE

CAVITY THAN
HOLES MUST NOT PASS ANY CLOSER TO AN
1/2 OF THE: DRILL DIAMETER.
INNER
8. Pressure Checking Hose and Tube Assemblies.
Pressure checking hose and tube assemblies requires two separate tests.
They are high pressure hydraulic test in which a fluid under high pressure
a
is introduced into the assembly and a low pressure test in which.air under
low pressure is introduced into the assembly and the entire assembly sub-
merged in tap water or a transparent liquid. The high pressure test ´•is used
to determine the mechanical inte~grity of the assembly and the low pressure
test is used.to determine minute leaks. In both tests cap off all openings
of the assembly´• except the one through which the pressure will be introduced.
Use suitable MS or AN caps which´• are known to be serviceable. On openings
which require gaskets, be sure the proper gasket is used under the cap.
Perform.the pressure tests inthe sequence shown asfollows:.
A. Low Pressure Check.
(1) Connect the assembly to a 90 to 110 psi source of clean dry air.
72-02-1 May 15~70

Page 14
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Damaged threads ~Cumulative length of defects

(nicks, burrs, no more than 1/2 of one
high metal), thread length with no high

metal.
(7) Torn lockwire At least one hole not torn Drill a lockwire
holes (applicable out. hole in a corner
only if nut is not already drilled,

no rma Ily lock per paragraph 7.
wired)
F. Tube fittings.
(1) The male fittings for:
(a) Nicks, scratches, Any number of circumfer- Reface the sealing

ridges, dents, and ential defects no rougher surface per para-
pits on sealing than a 63 microinch finish graph 9, if the
surfaces, if fitting passes the pres- cutting edge of
sure check per paragraph the refacing tool
8. Any number of super- does not touch the
ficial axial defects, with fitting’s threads.
no high metal, on aft half
(nearest the fitting threads)
of the sealing surface if the
fitting passes the check per

paragraph 8. 4 superficial
nicks, dents or pits with no
high metal on the aft half

of thesealing surface if
the fitting passes thepres-
sure check per paragraph 8.
(b) Shiny, burnished Any amount if the fitting

surfaces on seal- passes the pressure check
ing surfaces due per paragraph 8.

to normal assem-
bly.
(c) Nicks, scratches, Cumulative length of defects

dents, gouges, not more than 1/2 of one
and burrs on thread length, with no high

threads. metal.
72-02-1
Dec 11/95 Page 11
6EY ~RIL ~g ELEtfRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SE1-186
(d) Nicks, scratches, Any number, 0.005 inch deep

dents, arib gouges with no high metal.
on remaining sur-
faces of fitting
(e) Stripped threads 1/2 of entrance thread mis-
sing with no high metal if
fitting can be used without

cross threading.
(f) Cracks None allowed.
(g) Torn lockwire At least one hole not torn Drill a lockwire
holes (appli- out. hole in a corner
cable only if not already drilled,

fitting is nor- per paragraph 7.
mally lockwired)
(2) The female fittings (includes tubing flares) for:
(a) Nicks, scratches, Any number of circumfer-
ridges, dents and ential defects no rougher

pits on sealing than a 32 microinch finish
surfaces if the fitting passes the
pressure check per para-

graph 8. Any number of
superficial axial defects
with no high metal, on the
leading half (nearest as-

sembly extremity) of the
sealing surface if the
fitting passes the pres-

sure check per
paragraph
8. 4 superficial nicks,
dents or pits with no
high metal on the leading

half of the sealing sur-
face if the fitting passes
the pressure check per
paragraph 8.
(b) Shiny, burnished Any amount if the fitting

surfaces on seal- passes the pressure check
ing surfaces due per paragraph 8.

to normal assembly
´•72-02-1 Mar. 30/67

Page 12
SEwERILOELEtTRlt~-
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-1SG MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Check all caps and fittings to be sure all are secure.
(3) Immerse the manifold in a tank of clean tap water or some available
transparent liquid.
(4’) Pressurize the assembly to 90-110 psi.
(5) After the assembly has pressurized for approximately 3 minutes,

been
check all sections of assembly for escaping air bubbles.
the Leaks
anywhere on the assembly are cause for rejection unless otherwise

stated.
(6) After completing the check, dry off the-assembly and subject it to
the high pressure check.
B. High Pressure Check.
(1) If checking metal bellows (pneumatic) hoses, connect the

hose to a 475-525 psi sourse of dry air or
nitrogen, then
check for leaks using the procedure for the low
pressure
check. Connect
other hoses ortube assemblies to a 2500
psi sourse of oil or water.
(2) Check all caps~and fittings to be sure all are secure.
(3) Pressurize the assembly to 2450 to 2550 psi.
(4) After the assembly has been pressurized for 30 seconds, check all
sections for weepage, leaks or ruptures. All are cause for rejec-
tion.
WARNING: TRICHLOROETHANE VAPORS ARE HARMFUL DO ?JOT

’JSE NEAR OPEN FLk’IES, OR ON VERY HOT SURFACES.
DO NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, A SOURCE OF
CONCENTRATED ULTRAVIOLET RAYS. INTENSE
ULTRAVIOLET RAYS CAhT CAUSE THE FORMATION OF
PHOSGEPiE GAS, !JHICH IS INJURIOUS TO THE LUNGS.
USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. AVOID
PROLONGED OR REPEATED BREATHING OF VAPORS,
AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT.WITH SKIN.
APPROVED GLOVES AND GOGGLES (OR FACE
SHIELD) WHEN HANDLING AND WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY
AFTER HANDLING. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. DO
NOT SMOKE WHEN USING IT. STORE IN APPROVED
METAL SAFETY CONTAINERS.
(5) After completing the test, pressure flush the assembly with
trichloroethane solvent (Fed Spec 0-T-620) in both directions.
Cap all inlets and outlets with plastic caps after flushing.
Dec 1/79 72-02-1Page 15

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Procedure to Reface Sealing Surfaces of Male Fitting Flare Connector Ends.
A. Use this procedure to reface the sealing surfaces of standard tube end con-
nectors (MS33656 and R494 series). The sets of cutters and bushings found
with tool set, 21C6277, cover most of the fitting sizes found in the engine.
(1) Determine the style and size of the fitting being refaced. Refer to
Table VI of this instruction to see if the fitting is listed there. If

it is, obtain cutter and bushing set, 21C6277. Table VI indicates the
group number to be used for the various sizes.
(2) Select the desired group number cutter/bushing from the set.
(3) Note that there is a shoulder in the bushing bore. Screw the bushing
down onto the threads of the defective fitting until it bottoms against
the fitting hex or shoulder. If neither a hex nor a shoulder exists,
screw the bushing in until the lead thread is just above the bushing
shoulder.
(4) A drill press or equivalent can be used provided the spindle can be hand
fed. Install the cutter in the machine’s chuck.
(5) Set up the part with the defective fitting in a suitable clamping ar-
rangement secured to the machine table so the fitting is in line with

the machine spindle. Position the part so the cutter in the machine
spindle will slide freely in and out of the bushing on the defective
fitting. Secure the part in this position.
(6) Move the cutter into the bushing, with the machine off, until it con-
tacts the fitting. Set themachine stop so the cutter will move no
further than 0.005 inch beyond the point of contact.
NOTE: The cutter may have a tendency to chatter; therefore, a slow

spindle speed (200-500 RPM) and the use of cutting oil is recom-
mended when refacing a fitting.
(7) Slowly and carefully run the cutter onto the fitting just enough to
remove the defects. Do not remove any more material from the fitting
than is necessary to clean it up. Most defects will clean up with 0.002
inch spindle movement. Total cumulative metal removal is limited up to
the point where the cutter runs into the lead thread of the fittings.
Do not run the cutter into the bushing shoulder.
(8) Remove the part and the cutter from the machine and the bushing from the
fitting. Return the cutter and bushing set to its storage case.
72-02-1
Page 16 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
~MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (STODDARD SOLVENT) P-D-680
COMBUSTIBLE DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES, NEAR WELDING AREAS, OR

ON HOT SURFACES.
PROLONGED CONTACT OF SKIN WITH LIQUID CAN CAUSE DERMATITIS. RE-

PEATED INHALATION OF VAPOR CAN IRRITATE NOSE AND THROAT AND CAN
CAUSE DIZZINESS.
IF ANY LIQUID CONTACTS SKIN OR EYES, IMMEDIATELY FLUSH AFFECTED

AREA THOROUGHLY WITH WATER. REMOVE SOLVENT-SATURATED CLOTHING. IF
VAPORS CAUSE DIZZINESS, GO TO FRESH AIR.
WHEN HANDLING LIQUID OR WHEN APPLYING IT IN AN AIR-EXHAUSTED, PAR-

TIALLY COVERED TANK. WEAR APPROVED GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
WHEN HANDLING LIQUID OR WHEN APPLYING IT AT UNEXHAUSTED, UNCOVERED

TANK OR WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR, GLOVES, AND GOGGLES.
NOTE: Protective caps are to be installed onto all fitting ends once they
have been cleaned.
(9) Wash all chips and oil from the repair area paying particular attention
to ensure that the internal passage is free of all foreign material.
Use dry cleaning solvent, P-D-680, or an.equivalent solvent.
(10) Inspect the repaired fitting end to its serviceable limits and check it
for leaks per the pressure check specified for the component on which
the fitting is used. No leaks allowed.
72-02-1
Dec 31/95 Page 17
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE VI -2106277 CUTTER/BUSHING SETS FOR

REFACING STANDARD TUBE CONNECTION ENDS
R494 SDherical Style

21C6277 Tube Size R494
Grou No. Inch Part No.
G05 0.500 1/2 P08
MS33656 Conical 370 Style

21C6277 Tube Size MS33656
Grou No. Inch ash N
G13 0.750 (3/4) 1 -12
72-02-1
Page 18 Dec 31/95

C.J61:0 ´•TURBOJET
’SEI-186 MAINTENANCE: MANUAL
CARBON SEAL AND RUNNER INSPECTION AND REPAIR
NOZ
N01
CJ61DdWI4-F2
Carbon Rubbing Seai:Runners

Figure 1
i. General. The following instructions apply to the inspection of carbon seals

and runners.
2. Carbon Rubbing Seal Runner Inspection. (See figure i.) When serviceable
limits are exceeded the parts may be repaired in accordance with the Over-
haul Manual.
A. Seal runners for:
(2) Dents, nicks, None allowed.

scratches on
sealing surfaces
NOTE: Sealing surface is the area which contacts the carbon seal, plus a
1/16 inch beyond on each side. On No. 1 seal runner, the sealing
surface is the area betweenthe end of the axial slots andthe front
edge of the pulling slots.
Mar. 30/67 72-02_2

Page 1
6LW ERAL ELICIRIC _--
C´•L1610; TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE; MANUAL SEI-186
Inspect Max’imum Serviceable Limits Remarks
(3) Dents, nicks and Any amount, 0.015 inchdeep

scratches on sur- with no high metal.
faces other than
sealing surfaces
(4) Chipping of chrome i Narie allowed-.

plating
(5) Circumferential Any amount that cannot be
grooves felt with a pointed scribe.:
(6) Chatter marks Chatter marks allowed.
(7) Heat discolor- Discoloration of blueing

ation with no apparent change in
surface finish is allowed.
ObviouS -burns are not
allowed.
(8)´•Foreign material Any amount no higher than Clean with solvent.

deposits base surface. Carbon A600 grit polishing
crazing and fine pits paper or~ crocus
.normal. cloth may be used

on non-sealing sur-
faces.
NOTE: Carbon deposits that remain after cleaning may be removed by’buffing
the lathe-spun carbon seal runner with a soft, cotton buffing wheel.
(9) Crazing of chrome Any amount that cannot be
plate (superficial felt with’a pointed:scribe.

honeycomb cracks)
CAUTION: USE EXTREME CARE DURING BUFFING PROCESS TO ASSURE REQUIRED FINISH
ON MATING SURFACE IS MAINTAINED.
r´•
Mar. 30/67
72-02-2Page 2
GOWERIL ~D IIICTRIC
.´•cJsio TURBdJET
SEI-186 MA I NTENANCE.. MANUAL
SURFACE X It
12 15
d" AREA"X"E´• .i.i:i ’r !2
SURFACE Y
10 I 2 2
I
1
4
I5 li’il
19
11
20
’i
NO. 1 CARBON SEAL
1. SEALING DAM 13. LOCKING KEY

2. ROUNDED CORNERS 14. LINEUP PINS
3. GROOVES ADJACENT.TO GAPS 15. SNAP RING
4. AXIAL SPRINGS 16. CARBON SEGMENT
5. SEAL HOUSING 17. KEY SLOT
6. GARTER SPRINGS 18. GARTER SPRING
7. AXIAL GROOVES 19. SEAL HOUSING
8. AXIAL GAPS 20. LOCATING PINS
9. BACK RING SEGMENT 21. LIP WASHER
10. CARBON SEGMENT 22. PIMPLE SPRING-BACKPLATE ASSEMBLY
11. COVER RING 23. SNAPRING..
12. COVER PLATE
Carbon Seal Assembly

Figure 2
3. Carbon Seal *ssembly In.pecrion. (See.figure´•2.) In’spect the No. l´•and No.
3 carbon seals in thb assembled condition. If a seal does notmeet inspec-
tion limits, or the carbon segmentsappear sticky when actuated´•gently with
the fingers, replace the seal.
CAUTION: THE RUNNING SURFACES OF THE CARBON OIL SEALS ARE EXTREMELY BRITTLE
AND EASILY DAMAGED. ~BE CAREFUL WHEN HANDLING THEM. DO NOT ATTEMPT
TO REPAIR THE CARBON SURFACES OF THE SEAL. REWORK SURFACE DEFECTS

ON THE SEAL HOUSING~AND RETAINING PLATE. REPLACE THE OIL-SEAL AS-
SEMBLY IF THERE ARE ´•CRACKS INTHE HOUSING OR PLATE.
A. Assembled carbon seals for:
(1) Chipped sealing None allowed.

dam (1)
Mar. 30/67 72-02-2

Page 3
GE WERAL ELECTRI C
CJ610 TURBOJET
(2) Cracks in carbon None allowed.

s egments
(3) Foreign material None allowed.

imbedded in ca/r-
bon segments
(4) Any chips (other Chips not exceeding 0.020

than in sealing inch.
darns or at axial
gaps)
(5) Excessive wear of Surface wear allowed up to

carbon segments a maximum of 50~ depth of
grooves adjacent to gaps
(3). (Measure by comparing
to a new seal.)
(6) Coked axial springs None allowed.

(4). (Carbon seal
segments sticky and
binding when checked
by depressing gently
with the fingers)
(7) Buildup of coked Coked oil or hard material

oil or hard mate- buildup allowed to maximum
rial in axial of 25~ of the original depth
grooves (7) of the ~grooves.
(8) Buildup of coked None allowed.

oil or hard mate-
rial in axial
gaps (8)
B. Assembled carbon seal housings, cover plate and snap ring for:
(1) Nicks, dents;~ Any number, 0.005 inch Remove high metal
burrs, carbon With no high’metal. using a fine file
and varnish or stone, wash part
deposits in trichloroethyl-
I ene.
Sept. 15/69
72-02-2Page 4
GEAimaftEnqines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ANTI-FRICTION BEARING METHOD OF INSPECTION
1. General.
A. If any of the bearings require replacement during hot section

mainshaft
inspection repair, the bearing must be replaced with a new or
or
serviceable bearing with enough residual life to reach the next

scheduled engine overhaul or bearing exposure. In any event, all
mainshaft bearings must be replaced with new bearings at engine
overhaul. Cumulative life limits on serviceable bearings are given in
Chapter 5-11.
CAUTION i: BEARING COMPONENTS ARE MATCHED ASSEMBLIES. IF ANY PART OF A

BEARING DOES NOT MEET THE INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED
AND IS REJECTED, THE ENTIRE BEARING MUST BE REJECTED.
CAUTION 2: MATCHED DUPLEX BEARINGS MUST HAVE THE SAME SERIAL NLR´•IBER AND
THE SAME PART NUMBER.
B. Any of these bearings that have residual life remaining must meet
serviceability limits of this section before reassembly to the engine.
To control bearing reuse, the "TIME SINCE NEW" must be vibropeened on
all serviceable bearings. Location of time marking on all bearings
(except mainshaft bearings) must be on the outer race, on the side
opposite the part identification number. See figure 1 for location
of the time marking on the mainshaft bearings.
2. Bearing Cleaning Procedure.
A. Bearings may become magnetized and attract small foreign particles to

the balls, rollers, or races. The attraction can be so strong thatthe
particles will not come off during the soaking and washing operations.
Therefore, completely demagnetize each bearing before cleaning.
B. Demagnetize non-separable bearings as an assembly, but demagnetize the

component parts of separable bearings individually; be extremely
careful not to mix the parts of one bearing with those of another.
CAUTION: HOLD TIGHTLY TOGETHER THE INNER AND OUTER RACES OF NON-SEPARABLE
BEARINGS TO PREVENT THE BALLS OR ROLLERS FROM VIBRATING.
C. Turn the bearing races slowly as you pass them through the
demagnetizer; turn the inner and outer races of non-separable bearings
in opposite directions. Pass the bearings or bearing components through
the demagnetizer at a rate not to exceed 12 feet per minute. Remove the
bearings from the demagnetizing field before you de-energize the
magnet.
D. ~After the demagnetization, use a Gaussmeter (RFL Model 1890 or

equivalentr to test the bearings or bearing components for residual
magnetism. If the reading exceeds 5 Gauss at any point, the
demagnetization is incomplete.
72-02-3
Jul 15/99 Page 1
GEAirc~ftEnaines MAINTENANtE MANUAL
TIME MARKING
INC
(SEE
N3L~’
RACE
CAGE OR
RETAINER
NER RACE
TIME MP~RKINC
(SEE NOTE)
NO. 1 ROLLER BEARING
TIME MARKING
[SEE NOTE)
NO. 3 ROLLER BEARINi

-j
NOTE: VIBRD-PEEN THE "TIFE SIHa NEW’ ON
SIDE OPWSITE SLOT. NO- 2 BE~LL BEARIHCI j
HAND POL~SH TO RE~OYE HIOH ~TAL. BC-Olll
Time-Marking of Engine Bearings

Figure 1
E. Separable bearings should be assembled before cleaning. All components

of one bearing should be kept together during the cleaning process.
CAUTION: DO NOT INTERMIX COMPONENTS OF ONE BEARING WITH ANOTHER. DO

NOT ALLOW THE COMPONENTS OR BEARINGS TO BUMP AGAINST EACH
OTHER DURING THE CLEANING PROCESS. NEVER SPIN OR ROTATE
BEARINGS PRIOR TO CLEANING.
F. Allow the bearings to reach the temperature of the cleaning solvent

before cleaning in order to prevent corrosion due to condensation.
WARNING i: COMPRESSED AIR WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR FOR ANY COOLING,
CLEANING, OR DRYING OPERATION, DO NOT EXCEED 30 PSIG AT THE
NOZZLE.
EYES CAN BE PERMANENTLY DAMAGED BY CONTACT WITH LIQUID OR

LARGE PARTICLES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED AIR. INHALATION OF
AIR-BLOWN PARTICLES OR SOLVENT VAPOR CAN DAMAGE LUNGS.
WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN AIR-EXHAUSTED WORKBENCH,

WEAR APPROVED GOGGLES OR FACE SHIELD.
WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN UNEXHAUSTED WORKBENCH,

WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR AND GOGGLES.
72-02-3
Page 2 Dec 31/91
61*LIIL~ILTCTDIC
C361~ TURBOJET
WARNING 2: DRY CLEANING SOLVENT P-D-680 COMBUSTIBLE DO NOT USE NEAR

OPEN FLAMES, NEAR WELDING AREAS, OR ON HOT SURFACES.
PROLONGED CONTACT OF SKIN WITH LIQUID CAN CAUSE DERMATITIS.

REPEATED INHALATION OF VAPOR CAN IRRITATE NOSE AND THROAT AND
CAN CAUSE DIZZINESS.
IF ANY LIQUID CONTACTS SKIN OR EYES, IMMEDIATELY FLUSH

AFFECTED AREA THOROUGHLY WITH WATER. REMOVE SOLVENT-SATURATED
CLOTHING. IF VAPORS CAUSE DIZZINESS, GO TO FRESH AIR.
WHEN HANDLING LIQUID OR WHEN APPLYING IT IN AN AIR-EXHAUSTED,

PARTIALLY COVERED TANK, WEAR APPROVED GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
WHEN.HANDLING LIQUID OR WHEN APPLYING IT AT UNEXHAUSTED,

UNCOVERED TANK OR WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR, GLOVES,
AND GOGGLES.
G. Pressure bearing component with a clean solvent-air spray.

flush each Do
not allow spin during flushing.
bearing to Dry cleaning (Stoddard) solvent,
Fed Spec P-D-68O (Van Waters and Rogers, Colonial Rd., Salem, MA., 01970) is
recommended. Solution should be 1300F. Use cleaning tank equipped with
pump, 20-micron filtration and stand pipes. Immerse bearings for 5 to 10

minutes and dip several times to give a thorough rinsing action before
removal.
WARNING: CARBON REMOVAL COMPOUND MIL-C-251O7 COMBUSTIBLE DO NOT USE

NEAR OPEN FLAMES, NEAR WELDING AREAS, OR ON HOT SURFACES.
CONTACT WITH DRY IJLATERIAL OR LIQUID WILL CAUSE SEVERE EYE AND
SKIN IRRITATION, AND BURNS. INHALATION OF VAPOR CAN CAUSE
DROWSINESS AND PERMANENT LIVER, LUNG, AND KIDNEY DAMAGE.
IF ANY SOLUTION OR POWDER CONTACTS SKIN OR EYES, FLUSH AFFECTED

AREA THOROUGHLY WITH WATER. IMMEDIATELY GET MEDICAL HELP.
IMMEDIATELY REMOVE SOLVENT-SATURATED CLOTHING. IF VAPORS CAUSE
DROWSINESS, GO TO FRESH AIR.
WHEN MIXING OR HANDLING SOLUTION AT AIR-EXHAUSTED, PARTIALLY

COVERED TANK OR WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED GLOVES AND APRON, AND
WEAR FACE SHIELD OR GOGGLES.
WHEN MIXING OR HANDLING SOLUTION AT UNEXHP.USTED, UNCOVERED TANK

OR WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR, GLOVES AND APRON, AND
WEAR FACE SHIELD OR GOGGLES.
CAUTION: FILTER AND SOLUTION MUST BE CHANGED REGULARLY TO MINIMIZE

CONTAMINATION.
Dec 31/91 72-02-3

Page 3
GLWERIL~ILtCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
H. If carbon deposits, varnish, or other foreign material remains on the

bearing surfaces, soak the part for five minutes in an ultrasonic
cleaning tank using a carbon remover. Turco’2538 (MIL-C-25107) may be
used (Turco Products, Inc., P.O. Box 195, Marion, Ohio, 43302, U.S.A.).
Reflush per paragraph G. Do not allow the carbon~ rem’over to contaminate
the Stoddard Solvent Tank.
WARNING: DRY CLEANING SOLVENT P-D-68O OBSERVE WARNING IN STEP G.
I. Rinse bearings in a solution of P-D-68O at room temperature in a tank

equipped with a pump and lO-micron filtration. Dip.bel_rings (handle with
tongs, gloves or a metal rack) in the solution at least 5 times and drain
for 1 minute. Filter and solution must be changed regularly
WARNING: ENGINE OIL IF OIL IS DECOMPOSED BY HEAT, TOXIC GASES ARE

RELEASED.
PROLONGED CONTACT WITH LIQUID OR MIST MAY CAUSE DERMATITIS AWD

IRRITATION.
IF THERE IS ANY PROLONGED CONTACT WITH SKIN, WASH AREA WITH

SOAP AND WATER. IF SOLUTION CONTACTS EYES, FLUSH EYES WITH
WATER IMMEDIATELY. REMOVE SATURATED CLOTIIING.
IF OIL IS SWALLOWED, DO NOT TRY TO VOMIT. GET IMMEDIATE

MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WHEN HANDLING LIQUID, WEAR RUBBER GLOVES. IF PROLONGED

CONTACT WITH MIST IS LIKELY, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR.
J. After rinsing, dip the bearing in an engine oil conforming to GE Aircraft

Engines Specification D50TF1 (see 79-00, Servicing, for listing of
approved oils) and rotate one race slowly relative to the other to ensure
that all surfaces are covered with oil.
(1) Bearings to be used for immediate requirements are to be wrapped and

placed in their individual containers.
(2) Bearings to be stored for an unknown time duration are to be wrapped

in grease-proof wrapping paper and placed in covered containers.
3. Handlinn of Bearinns.
A. Keep handling of bearings to a minimum. When inspecting, wear clean

synthetic rubber gloves so that bare hands do not contact the bearing
balls, rollers or´•race active surfaces at any time. See figure 2 for
identification of bearing components.
B. Do not allow components of one~bearing to mix with those of another.
72-02-3 Dec 31/91

Page 4
GIWI~*LQILIETRle
CJ610 TURBOJET
TYPICAL TYPICAL
ROLLER BEARING BALL BEARING
j RACEWAY
RACEWAY
CAGE
INNER RACES
~RDLLER
OUTER RACE
OUTER RACE
1
CAGE BALL
000585-718600
Engine Bearings Typical

Figure 2
C. If, for any reason, one unit of a bearing is rejected, always reject the
complete bearing.
D. Do not inspect bearings (or components) by the magnetic-particle

inspection method. (This precaution is taken to prevent burning of the
parts during magnetization.) If a bearing component is assemb~ed to a
part which is to be magnetic-particle inspected, the bearing component
must be removed from the part.
4. List of Terms
A. Nicks. Sharp indentation.
B. Scratch. Long narrow impression.
C. Dents. Smooth surface cavity.
D. Pitting.~ A shallow, irregular sharp-edged hole with a rough bottom and

no material displacement. ~itting is caused by corrosion or spalling on
the’bearing active surfaces.
E. Skidding. Skid marks appear as a frosted film on the otherwise highly

polished surface. Microscopic examination will show that the film is a
transfer of metal.
C) having
F. Groove. Continuous channel no sharp edges.
G. Scoring. Circumferential polished groove on either the race or rollers.

Scoring is caused by foreign material trapped in the bearing and being
pushed by the rollers.
Dec 31/91 72-02-3

Page 5
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MAMJAL SEI-1R~
H. Active Surface. Surface which comes in contact with roller or ball

during engine opration.
I. Inactive Surface. Surface which is not active.
J. Wear. Removal of parent material.
K. Discoloration. Bearing in service usually has a brownish color, caused

by varnish deposits left by oil. Bluing or black carbon buildup on
bearing is a sign of overheating and is cause for rejecting bearing.
L. Spalling. A sharply roughened area caused by cracking off, or flaking

off of small particles of metal.
PI. Fretting. Loss of metal caused by rubbing against another metal.
N. Distortion. Twisting or bending out of a normal, natural or original

shape.
5. Preliminary Instructions. (See figure 2.)
Inspect ball and roller bearings as instructed.in paragraph 6. The

inspection limits for main engine bearings in paragraph 6 take precedence
over all other technical references for bearing inspection.
A. Bearings shall be inspected when:
(1) Bearings are removed from the engine during engine disassembly.
(2) Bearing housings containing assembled bearings are removed from the
engine (remove bearings from housing and inspect).
(3) Chip detector inspection indicates contaminants in the lube system.
(4) Turbine or compressor rotor are removed because vibration limits have
been exceeded.
B. Bearing surface defects shall be located and identified using a scriber

with a 0.030 inch radius tip.
C. Visually inspect all bearing surfaces for heat discoloration as

instructed in paragraph 6. Bearing steels that have been subjected to
high temperatures will vary in color from light straw, to brown, to
purple, to blue, to black.
D. Visually inspect bearings for surface defects (pits, grooves, scratches,

dents, fretting, etc.) as instructed in paragraph 6.
E. Using a scriber having a 0.030’inch radius tip, inspect any defects that
are found during visual inspection as follows:
(1) Position scriber at right angles to surface having defects.
72-02-3 Dec 31/91

Page 6
OIYIRLL~ILIETnEE
CJ610 TURBOJET
(2) Apply light pressure to scriber and move tip transversely across
defect.
NOTE: Defects shall be disregarded if they can be seen but not felt
when using a 0.030 inch radius tip scriber;
(3) Disregard defect if it cannot be felt when scriber tip is moved

across it.
6. Roller Bearing Inspection. (See figure 2.)
This inspection is limited to those surfaces exposed during normal engine

maintenance or repair. Do not remove rollers from their retainers to
inspect the inner or outer race.
Inspection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
A. Engine Main and Accessory Bearings.
CAUTION i: BEARING COMPONENTS ARE MATCHED ASSEMBLIES. IF ANY PART OF A

BEARING DOES NOT MEET INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS AND IS
REJECTED, THE ENTIRE BEARING MUST BE REJECTED.
CAUTION 2: BE SURE THAT ANTI-ROTATION PIN OF NO. 1 BEARING IS FLUSH TO

0.005 INCH BELOW SURFACE AT OD.
NOTE: Inspection of bearings for heat discoloration is done only after

cleaning opration has removed all oil stains and deposits.
(1) All bearings for:
(a) Heat dis- Straw or light Replace bearing.

coloration and brown color is
stains on balls, acceptable.
rollers, and Purple, blue
raceways. or black color
is not acceptable.
(b) Correct Attracted to a Replace bearing.

material. magnet.
(2) Cage for:
(a) Scratches, Any number Not applicable.

pits, and nicks allowed.
on inactive
surfaces.
(b) Dents. Visible dents Replace bearing.

I are not allowed.
Dec 31/91 72-02-3

Page 7
61YEalL~tLtCrRIC
CJGIO TURBOJET
(c) Distortion. Visible distor- Replace bearing.

tion is not
allowed.
CAUTION: IF WEAR IS FOUND ON SILVER PLATE, A NIGH VIBRATION

CONDITION MAY EXIST. REFER TO OPERATING LIMITS.
(d) Worn silver

plate (determined
visually):
1 Polished Any amount Not applicable.

appearance. allowed.
2 Feath- Not allowed. Replace bearing.

ering (over-
lap) of
silver plate
into roller
or ball
socket.
3 Wear thru Base material exposure Replace bearing.

silver plate limited to 100 to
on ID or on a radial plane passing
No. 2 ball circumferentially thru the
socket, ball socket.
4 Wear thru Base material exposure Replace bearing.

silver plate in a line of width that
on No. 1 and does not exceed 0.060
3 roller inch is acceptable.
pocket.
(e) Dents, nicks, Not allowed. Replace bearing.

and scratches
on active
and/or inactive
surfaces.
(f) Cracks. None allowed. Replace bearing,
CAVTTO_IP~: BE SURE THAT ANTI-ROTATION PIN OF mo. 1 BEARING IS FLUSH TO

0.005 INCH BELOW SURFACE AT OD.
NOTE: Roller bearing visual inspection is limited to those surfaces

i
visible after removal from engine.
72-02-3 Dec 31/91

Page 8
OEI1IIIL~tltnRlf
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTEmANCE MANITAL
inspection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
(3) Roller bearings

for:
(a) Circumfer- Three per roller Replace bearing.

ential grooves on 50% of rol-
or scores on lers, with none
rollers. wider than

0.010 inch, or
that cannot
definitely be
felt with a
0.030 inch
radius scriber.
(b) Scratches (1) Scratches Replace bearing.

on rollers. that exceed
0.010 inch
width are not
allowed.
(2) Crossed Replace bearing.

scratches are
not allowed.
(3) One scratch Replace ´•bearing.

per roller
allowed up to
half the circum-
ference, pro-
vided width is
within limits.
(4) Three Replace bearing

scratches per
roller allowed
up to 25X of
the circum-
ference pro-
vided width is
within limits.
(5) Any number Replace bearing.

less-than 0.1
inch inlength,
provided width
is within
limits.
Dec 31/91 72-02-3

Page 9
GTIIIRIL~ILICTlle
CJ610 TURBOJET
(c) Pits on None allowed. Replace bearing.

rollers,
id) Concentric Any roller Replace bearing.

wear on roller having end
ends. (See wear with a
figure 3.) detectable

step is not
usable,
(e) Eccentric Not allowed. Replace bearing.

wear. (See
figure 3.)
if) Cracks on None allowed. Replace bearing.

rollers.
(g) Nicks and (1) Nicks or Replace bearing.

smooth dents dents that
on rollers, exceed 0.015
inch in
greatest
dimension are
not allowed.
(2) Three nicks Replace bearing.

or dents per
roller within a
0.25 inch diam-

eter circle if
greatest dimen-
sion of defect
is within limits.
(h) Flat spots Not allowed. Replace bearing.

on rollers,
(4) Roller bearing

raceway active
surfaces for:
(a) Scratches on (1) Scratches Replace bearing.

roller path. that ´•exceed
0.010 inch in
width are not
allowed,
22-02-3 De~ 31/91

Page 10
GflltRIL~ELEe7RIC
CJGIO TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANZIAL
ECCENTRIC CONCENTRIC
ROLLER END WEAR I ROLLER END WEAR
NOT ALLOWED I NOT ALLOWED
ROLLER
PATH
DISCOLORED AND OF NO
APPARENT DEPTH, OR
FROSTED BAND (DIRT
TRACKING) OF NO I SCORE OR GROOVE
APPARENT DEPTH,
(2 BANDS) IS
ACCEPTABLE.
BURNISHED (BRIGHT)
CIRCULAR BAND (2 BANDS)
WITH NO APPARENT DEPTH
ROLLER IS ACCEPTABLE.
PATH
AXIAL OR TRANSVERSE SCORING FLAT SPOT OR AXIAL SCORE ON ROLLER

CAUSED BY DAMAGED ROLLERS SURFACE, (SINGLE OR MULTIPLE), NOT
NOS ALLOWED. THOROUGHLY ALLOWED.
EXAMINE ALL ROLLERS.
000CJ~-882500
C Race Way and Roller Imperfections

Figure 3
Dec 31/91 72-02-3

Page 11
CJGIO TURBOJET
~LAINTENANCE MAMTAL SEI-186
Manimum Ser~iceable Liloits RemarRs

InsDectian/Check
(2) No crossed Replace bearing.

scratches
allowed.
(3) One circum- Replace bearing.

ferential scratch
allowed per
raceway up to
0.50 inch in
length, pro-
vided width is
within limits.
(4) Three Replace bearing.

scratches
allowed per
raceway up to
50X across
raceway, pro-
vided width
Is within
limits.

less than 0.1
inch in length,
provided width
is within
limits.
(b) Pits on Bone allowed. Replace beating.

roller path.
(c) Scoring. Any amount Replace bearing.

that cannot
be felt with a
0.030 inch
radius scriber.
(d) Cracks. Bone allowed. Replace bearing.
(e) Skidding Not allowed. Replace bearing.

(dull areas in
an otherwise
shiny roller
path) on roller
path.
72-02-3 Dec 31/91
Page 12
GIYIIIL~6UCIRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(5) Roller bearing

raceway inactive
surfaces for:
(a) Axial (1) Axial Replace bearing.

scratches on OD scratches are
of outer race acceptable, pro-

and ID of inner vided defect
race. dimensions are
within limits
and scratch does
not extend across
corner radii or
chamfers onto
the bore or
outer diameter
surface. No
high metal
allowed.
(2) Scratches Replace bearing.

that exceed
0.015 inch in
width are not
allowed.
(3) Ten Replace bearing.

scratches per
race greater
than 0.1 inch
long with no
high metal,
provided width
is within
limits.

of scratches
per race less

than 0.1 inch
long with no
high metal,
provided width
is within
limits.
Dec 31/91 72-02-3

page 13
CJ610 TURBOJET
(b) Corrosion 25% of width, Replace bearing.

stains on thickness or
surfaces circumference
other than with no
roller measurable
track, depth.
(c) Fretting Max fretted Replace bearing.

on ID, OD and area 0.5 square
side surfaEes inch; max depth
of roller in fretted area
bearing. 0.001 inch,

with no high
metal.
(d) Pits. None allowed. Replace bearing.
(e) Nicks and (1) Nicks and Replace bearing.

smooth dents. dents that do
not exceed 0.015
inch in greatest
dimension are
within limits.
(2) Up to three Replace bearing.

nicks or dents
per raceway
allowed within
0.25 inch dia.
circle, provided
defect dimensions
are within limits.
NOTE: The only ball bearing that can be easily inspected is the
No. bearing.
2 Accessory gearbox, transfer gearbox and
PTO ball bearings can be iOO% inspected only after
disassembly by a qualified bearing inspection vendor.
(6) Ball bearings

for:
(a) Scratches (1) Scratches that Replace bearing.

on balls, exceed ´•0.010 inch
in width are not
allowed.

scratches allowed.
72-02-3 Dec 31/91

page 14
G(yIRIL~tlfeTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
Ins~ection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
(3) One scratch per Replace bearing.

ball allowed up to
half the circumference,
provided width is within
limits.
(4) Any number less Replace bearing.

than 0.1 inch in
length, provided
width is within
limits.
tb) Pits on None allowed. Replace bearing.

balls.
tc) Nicks and (1) Hicks or dents Replace bearing.

smooth dents that exceed 0.025
on balls. inch in greatest
dimension are not
allowed.
(2) Three nicks Replace bearing.

or dents per ball
allowed in 0.25
inch dia. circle,
provided defect
dimensions are
within limits.
(a)~ skidding None allowed. Replace bearing.

tdull areas in
an otherwise
shiny path) on
balls.
te) Scoring on None allowed. Replace bearing.

balls.
(f) Cracks on None allowed. Replace bearing.

balls.
(7) Ball bearing

raceway tactive
surfaces) for:
´•_ (a) Scratches. (1) Scratches

exceed 0.010
that
inch
Replace bearing.
width are not

allowed.
Dec 31/91 72-02-3

Page 15
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENINCE MA~UAL SEI-186

scratches allowed.
(3) One circum- Replace bearing.

ferential scratch
allowed per raceway
up to 0.50 inch in
length, provided
width is within
limits.
(4) Three scratches Replace bearing.

allowed per raceway,
no more than 50X
across raceway, pro-

vided width is within
limits.
(5) Any number less Replace bearing.

than 0.1 inch in
length, provided
width is within
9
limits.
(b) Pits. None allowed. Replace´•bearing.
~c) micks and (1) Nicks or dents Replace bearing.

smooth dents. that exceed 0.010
inch in greatest
dimension are not
allowed.
(2) Three nicks or Replace bearing.

dents per raceway
allowed in 0.25
inch diameter circle,
provided defect dim-
ensions are within
limits.
72-02-3 Dec 31/91
Page 16
CJGIO TURB03ET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE
_InsDection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
(8) Bail bearing

raceway inactive
surfaces for:
(a)Axial (1) Axial scratches Replace bearing.

scratches on are acceptable pro-
the OD of outer vided defect dim-
race and ID of ensions are within
inner race, limits and scratches
do not extend across
corner radii or cham-

fers or to the bore
or outer diameter
surface. No high
metal allowed.
(2) Scratches that Replace beating.

exceed 0.015 inch
in width are not
allowed.
(3) Any number of Replace bearing.

scratches per race
less than 0.10 inch

long, with no high
metal, provided
width is within
limits.
(4) Up to ten Replace bearing.

scratches longer
than 0.10 inch,
with no high metal,
provided width is
within limits.
(b) on Flax fretted area Replace bearing.

OD of bearing 1.0 so. inch in a
outer race. 6-inch circum-

ference; max depth
in fretted area
0.001 inch with no
high metal.
(c) Corrosion Twenty percent of Replace bearing.

stains on sur- width, ~hickness,
faces other or circumference
than raceway with no measurable
path. depth.
Dec 31/91 72-02-3

Page 17
CJGIO TURBOJET
ectisn/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
(d) Pits. Any number that Replace bearing.

cannot be detected
using 0,030 inch
radius scriber not
exceeding 20X of
contact area of the
inner race bore,
outer race outside
diameter and surfaces
affecting face
sguareness or
assembly.
(e) Cracks. None allowed. Replace bearing.
72-02-3 n~e 31/91

Page 18
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANLTAL
WELDING PROCEDURES _GENERAL
i. General.
All welding should be done by qualified welding operatbr.

a No repair welds
other than those authorized in the repair procedures should be attempted
I without approval of a GE Aircraft Engines Representative. Any procedure
involving the melting of a filler or of the parent metal will be performed
in accordance with this section. This includes welding, brazing, or
soldering.
2. General Weldinn Procedures.
NOTE: Weld repairs may be difficult in some areas due to space

restrictions. In these it may be helpful to
cases consider the use
of torches having flexible-type necks.
A. Clean all oils and grease from surface to be welded. If any other
foreign material is present, remove it by wire brushing, vapor degreasing,
or vapor blasting the surface.
B. Remove any defect in the part before welding. Grind out the cracked area
and spot fluorescent-penetrant, per 72-03-1, to make sure entire cracked

area has been removed.
C, Weld the damaged area using the rod suited for the metal being repaired.
A suitable weld rod will be found in the repair procedure for any part
that has allowable weld repair.
D. After repair welding is completed, the weld should be cleaned and

inspected to make sure a good quality weld has been performed,
Dec 31/91 72-02-4

Page 1
ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
3. General Inert Are Procedure.
A. Preparation of Material. Prior to welding the area to be welded should be

cleaned, inspected, ground, etched and inspected.
WARNINGt TRICHLOROETHANE VAPORS ARE HARMFUL DO.NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES,
OR ON VERY HOT SURFACES.
DO NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, A SOURCE OF CONCENTRATED ULTRA-

VIOLET RAYS. INTENSE ULTRAVIOLET RAYS CAN CAUSE THE FORMATION
OF PHOSGENE GAS, WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO THE LUNGS.
USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED

BREATHING OF VAPORS.
AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN. WEAR APPROVED

GLOVES AND GOGGLES (OR FACE SHIELD) WHEN HANDLING AND WASH
HANDS THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING.
DO NOT TARE INTERNALLY.
STORE IN APPROVED METAL SAFETY CONTAINERS.
(1) Clean the area all dirt, paint, scale, rust and inorganic foreign
of
material. Remove all oil or grease by wiping area with a solvent
that does not film upon
leave a drying. Trichloroethane, Fed. Spec.
0-T-620, is recommended.
(2) Inspect the area, using spot fluorescent penetrant, to determine

location and extent of crack. Where possible both sides of material
should be inspected.
(3) Cracks should be´•prepared for welding by grinding and/or benching.
72-02-4 Sep 1/75

Page 2
ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE: MANUAL SEI-186
(b (a) Cracks that do not extend to both surfaces shall be completely

removed. Length should extend 0.125 inch beyond the end of the
crack and the width should be enough to completely remove the
crack.
(b) Through-cracks should be prepared as follows:
Stock Thickness Preparation
to 0.045 inch Grind to 50 percent of parent metal

thi cknes s
0.045 to 0.090 inch Grind to 75 percent of parent metal

thickness.
0.090 inch and larger Grind to within 0.030 inch of opposite

surface.
(4)Etch all areas to be welded.
(Zi)Inspect the area rising spot fluorescent penetrant method to make

certain all of the crack has been removed.
B. Weld the crack using the following:
(1)Filler Material See specific part information.
(2)Shielding Gas Argon to 10 to 15 cubic feet per hour
(3)Amperage requirements:
Nominal Thickness Amperage (DC Straight Polarity)
to 0.045 30-40
0.045 to 0.065 50-60
0.065 to 0.090 60-80
over 0.090 60-80 (Multipass)
Castings 60-100
NOTE: A remote control, variable current device should be employed

to minimize heat input. Arctrol (Mullenback Electrical Manu-
facturing Co., P.O. Box 15436, 2300 East 27th Street, Los
Angeles, Calif.) or equivalent is recommended.
(4jUse gas and/or copper backing directly behind repair weld areas.
Never allow the weld penetration to be directly exposed to air since
this causes the formation of oxides on the weld bead which reduces
the strength of the weld.
72-02-4
1 Sep 1/75
Page 3
GEWERAL~ELfCfRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
NOTE: Gas backing provides the best protection against oxidation

while copper backing is used mainly to prevent distortion of
the part in the repair area. If both backing methods cannot
be used at the same time, gas~is the preferred backing method.
.(5) Multipass weld if required. Each bead should be thoroughly cleaned

by grinding or rotary filing, followed by wire-brushing. Wipe clean
with acetone prior to next pass. Where welding is performed on both
sides, the root shall be ground or rotary-filed to sound metal,
inspected, wire-brushed, and cleaned with acetone before resuming
welding.
C. Clean the welded area thoroughly with a wire brush to remove scale or
oxide.
D. Inspect weld area using spot fluorescent-penetrant method.
4. Weldinn Standards.
All welds should conform to standards contained in GE Aircraft Engines

Specification M50T1.
72-02-4 Dec 31/91
Page 4
cJeio TURBOSET
TOUCHUP PROTECTIVE COATING (SERMETEL AND SOLARAMIC)
1. General. (International Harvester Co., Solar Division,

Solaramic S5-8A
2200 Pacific Diego, California 92101) is an oven fired ceramic
Highway, San
coating. :Solaramic coated part~ having minor damage may be touched-up in
place with SermeTel 413. The part must be r~moved and returned to an over-
haul facility to accomplish touch-upwith Solaramic.
SermeTel 413 (Teleflex Inc., North Wales, Pennsylvania) is a room tempera-
ture curing chromium oxide coating compound.: If unavailable, SefineTel 196
or 250 may be used.
WARNING: SERMETEL COMPOUNDS ARE HIGHLY COMBUSTIBLE. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN

TO MINIMIZE DANGER OF EXPLOSION AND’FIRE HAZARDS.
2. Procedure. SermeTel may be used to touch-up areas not exceeding 10 percent

of the total coated area.
A, Clean the area to be touched up, using only dry or wet blasting with
220-500 mesh aluminum oxide or with abrasive cloth. If wet blasting is
used, part should be dried immediately afterrinsing to prevent corrosion.
WARNING: TRICHLOROETHANE VAPORS ARE HARMFUL DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES,
DO NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, A SOURCE OF CONCENTRATED ULTRAVIOLET

RAYS. INTENSE ULTRAVIOLET RAYS CAN´•CAUSE THE FORMATION OF PHOSGENE
GAS, WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO THE LUNGS.
USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION.’ AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED

BR~ATHING OF VAPORS.
’AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN. WEAR APPROVED GLOVES

AND GOGGLES (OR FACE SHIELD) WHEN HANDLING AND WASH HANDS THO-
ROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING.

~STORE IN APPROVED METAL SAFETY CONTAINERS.
B. Clean:the part by vapor degreasing or by wiping the area with a clean rag,
moistened in trichloroethane, Fed. Spec.O-T-620, or equivalent.
C. Apply SermeTel 413 by brushing (1 coat) or by spraying (3 coats). If

SermeTel 113 (green color) is not available, use SermeTel 196 or 250
(aluminum color).
D. Air dry for 24 hours (10 minutes between spray coats).
NOTE: Make sure that no water or foreign matter comes in contact with the
coated surface during this period.
Dec 1/77 72-02-5

Page 1
G LW ERAL ~i ELtETRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TOUCHUP A12/HI51 ZNTERMETALLIC DIFFUSION COATING
i. General.
A. A12 American Corp., Turbine Support: Division

~Ianufactured by Chromalloy
(TSD), 4430 Director Drive, San Antonio, Texas 78220). The touchup solu-
tion (TSD process No. SPM-1771) is available with touchup kit, P/PI PM-11.
The kits have a shelf-life of 6 months (90 days maximum after container is
opened).
B. HI51 (Manufactured by Alloy Surfaces, 100 Justison Road, Wilmington,

Delaware 1984’9).
NOTE: HI51 and A12 material may be used interchangeably to touch
up surfaces.
C. These coatings are aluminum base, intermetallic diffusion types which give
ferrous alloys excellent corrosion resistance.
WARNING: AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN WASH HANDS WITH
SOAP AND WATER AFTER USE.
2. Surface Preparation:
TRICHLOROETHANE VAPORS ARE HARMFUL DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES,

D~ NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, A SOURCE OF CONCENTRATED ULTRA-

VIOLET RAYS. INTENSE ULTRAVIOLET RAYS CAN CAUSE THE FORMATION
OF PHASGENE GAS, WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO THE LUNGS.


A. Remove contaminants from the area to be repaired, using an abrasive pad

such as Scotchbrite (manufactured by 3M Co.) or equivalent.
Dec 30/78 72-02-6

Page 1
6PIERAL Q ELE eTRIC
eJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEZ-186
B. Degrease the surface area, using an abrasive pad moistened with trichlor-
oethane.
C. Remove loose particles in area to be touched up, using 600-grit silicon

carbide abrasive paper.
D. Remove abrasive dust, using oil-free and moisture-free compressed air or a
lint-free swab and trichloroethane.
3. Application,
A. Apply A12 or HI51 solution, using a brush or other suitable lint-free

applicator. Cover all exposed metal completely. Remove all excess
solution to produce a thin, continuous film before curing.
B, Air-cure for at least 10 minutes.
NOTE: For maximum protection, 2 touchup coats are recommended. Allow

the first coat to cure for at least: 19 minutes before applying
the second coat.
72-02-6
Page 2 Dec 30/78
GEW LRAL EIECtlllC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TOUCHUP, TSM-3 INTERMETALLIC DIFFUSION COATING
i. General. TSM-3(Manufactured by Chromalloy American Corp., Turbine Support

Division (TSD), 4430 Director Dr., San Antonio, Texas, 78220) is a magnesium
base’, Intermetallic diffusion coating thdt has a dark gray appearance which
gives low alloy steels excellent corrosion resistance. The touchup material
(TSD process No. SPM-1777) adheres to parent metal and to surfaces coated with
TSM-3 when properly applied. The touchup mixture, P/N PM-12, can be applied
with a brush or thinned with solvent, P/N PM-13, and applied with a spray gun.
The shelf-life of the touchup kit is limited to 90 days. Kits can be purchased
fromChromalloy American Corp.
WARNING: TSM-3 TOUCHUP COATING VAPORS ARE HARMFUL USE ONLY IN WELL
VENTILATED AREAS.
FLAMMABLE DO NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, OR NEAR OPEN FLAMES

OR SPARKS.
AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN WASH HANDS WITH

SOAP AND WATER AFTER USE.
DO NOT SMOKE IN VICINITY OF APPLICATION.
2. Surface Preparation.
WARNING: TRICHLOROETHANE VAPORS ARE HARMFUL DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES,
DO NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, A SOURCE OF CONCENTRATED ULTRA-

VIOLET RAYS. INTENSE ULTRAVIOLET RAYS CAN CAUSE TH~ FORMATION
OF PHOSGENE GAS, WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO THE LUNGS.


Dec 30/78 72-02-7

Page 1
GEICRAL~ ELEttRIC
cJ~´•i;o TURBOJET
.MAINTENANCE MANUAL ’SEI-186
A. Remove contaminants from the areato be repaired, using an abrasive pad

such as Sco~chbrite (manufactured by 311 Co.) or equivalent.
B. Degrease the surface area, using an abrasive pad moistened with trich-
loroethane.
C. Remove loose particles in area to be touched up, using 600-grit silicon

c$rbide abrasive paper.
D. Remove abrasive dust, using oil-free and moisture-free compressed air or a
lint-free swab and trichloroethane.
3. Touchup Application.
A. Thoroughly mix contents in bottle of touchup coating material.
B. Apply mixture, while particles are in suspension, using a brush or other

suitable lint-free applicator. Cover all exposed metal completely.
NOTE: To keep particles in suspension while using the touchup mixture,

repeat step A. as required.
C. Heat the coated area to 500-5500F (260-2880C) for at least 10 minutes.

Curing can be done in an oven or with a heat gun providing the cure
cycle limits are adhered to.
D. Trial-fit mating parts and, if necessary, remove high spots, us´•ing.

600-grit silicon carbide paper.
72-02-7 Sep 1/75

Page .2
GEW ERAL ELECfRI’C
CJ610’ TURBOJET
TOUCHUP, SERMETEL 725 PROTECTIVE COATING
i. General. SermeTel (725 Teleflex Inc., North Wales, PA) coating is applied
as aprotective coating to surfaces that are subject to corrosion. SermeTel
coating is light gray and has a dull finish similar to a vapor-blasted sur-
face. The procedure is of a general nature and should be used in conjunction
with details given for individual parts.
WARNING: SERMETEL 725 COATING CONTAINS ALUMINUM PARTICLES OF A 5 TO 10

MICRON SIZE. THESE PARTICLES, WHEN ACCUMULATED IN THE DRIED
STATE, REACT SIMILAR TO PURE ALUMINUM OF THE SAME PARTICLE’SIZE
WHEN IGNITED. EXPLOSIVE PRESSURES ARE GENERATED WHEN IGNITION
OF AN AIR MIXTURE (DUST CLOUD) OCCURS.
SERMETEL 725 COATING ALSO REACTS WITH ALKALINE SOLUTIONS AND

MANY ACIDS TO LIBERATE HYDROGEN GAS WHICH, WHEN IGNITED,
GENERATES EXPLOSIVE PRESSURE.
CARE SHALL THEREFORE BE TAKEN TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION OF SERMETEL

725 COATING OVERSPRAY RESIDUES. PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHALL BE
TAKEN TO ASSURE ACCUMULATIONS DO NOT OCCUR WHERE THEY CAN BE
DISPERSED IN AIR (SHAKEDOWN OF A DUCT FOR EXAMPLE) OR WHERE THEY
MAY BECOME MIXED WITH ALKALINES OR CERTAIN ACIDS.
2. Preparation for Coating.
A. Mask all areas not to be painted per detailed part instructions.
B. Wipe clean with a lint-free cotton cloth.
NOTE: Following cleaning operations do not handle parts with bare

hands. Clean, white, cotton gloves should be worn to handle
parts after cleaning. If parts are not to be coated within

four hours after cleaning, they should be stored in clean,
sealed polyethylene bags.
3. Application of Coating.
A. Coating shall be applied to the required thickness in separately cured

coats.
NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, coating shall be 0.0015-0.003 inch

thick.
B. Standard paint spray equipment is preferred for application. Use a

DeVilbiss Model PEGA-502-390F nozzle (DeVilbiss Corporation, Somerset,
Pennsylvania) or equivalent.
72-02-8
Dec 30/.78
Page 1
6EWLRAL ~b ~LECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
C. SermeTel 725 is used as received; no thinning is necessary.
NOTE: During use, coating should be continuously agitatedto

the
assure that solids do not settle out of suspension.
4. Procedure.
A. Apply touchup coat by either brush or spray as follows:
(1) Spray part until a uniform green coating is obtained. Spray with
nozzle held 8 inches from and parallel to the work piece.
(2) Brush coating material on the part.
(3) Air-dry part at room temperature for at least 15 minutes.
CAUTION: CURING MUST BE ACCOMPLISHED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AE;TER

SPRAYING OR BRUSHING: IF NOT, THE COATING WILL ABSORB
MOISTURE AND WEAKEN THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PROTECTIVE
COATING.
B. Apply and cure second base coat same as the first coat if necessary.
C. Check the finish as follows:
(1) Coating should be free from cracks, foreign matter, bubbles, pin holes,
runs, sags, or other imperfections.
(2) When finish is rubbed with either cloth or cotton dampened with water,
the base metal will not be exposed; if it is, the coating must be
stripped and reapplied.
NOTE: A light uniform deposit of powdery material may be deposited

on the cotton swab and not require re-finishing.
72-02-8 Dec 30/78

Page 2
6EWLRIL~ELECTRIC----
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANU~
BLENDING PROCEDURES
i. Gen_e_r~.
Blending is a repair procedure used to remove stress concentration~caused by

nicks, scratches, etc. on critical parts. Removal of the material that
surrounds the stress concentration, in a smooth contour, relieves this
stress concentration and permits further use of the part by lessening the
danger of cracking.
2. Hand Blending.
A. Blending may be done with an Arkansas stone, a fine file, or a crocus

cloth. Iflarge
a or deep blend is to be made, a medium file or heavy
grade abrasive paper may be used to shorten the time required to remove
the metal, but a fine finish must then be applied.
B. When blending compressor rotor blades, stater vanes, turbine blades and
similar parts, the part will be blended in a radial direction in relation

to the engine. To avoid reworking leading and trailing edges into sharp,
thin sections, initial benching should be directed in the chordial
direction with subsequent blending into the airfoil surface to maintain
the original contour. Refer to the inspection limits in the inspection
specific limits
section of this manual for instructions on
benching
applicable to each part of the engine.
C. When blending a cylindrically-shaped part, blend in a circumferential

direction, not along the axis of the part.
D. The finish onthe blended area must be as close as practical to the

original finish of th~ part.
E. When blending on a part involves a radius, maintain radius as specified

in detailed parts section. If radius is not specified, maintain as near
as possible to original radius. (Refer to similar part, if necessary to
determine original radius.)
3. Power Blending.
A. Blending may be done by using power driven polishing wheel when

instructions on the individual part permit.
CAUTION: POWER BLENDING MUST ONLY BE USED WHEN SPECIFIED BY INDIVIDUAL

PART INSTRUCTIONS.
B. Rough out defects using a coarse grade of silicon carbide impregnated

rubber wheels and points. Use fine and extra-fine grade of rubberized
abrasive wheels and points to finish blend area. Abrasive wheels and
points to be Crater Tool and Die Maker’s Kit No. 777, Crater
Manufacturing Co. Inc., 1600 Rollins Road, Burlingame, California, or
equivalent.
I Dec 31/91
7;E~Page 1
GEWfRAL~ILECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
CAUTION: THE POWER BLENDING DEVICE MUST BE A TYPE THAT WILL NOT
GENERATE EXCESSIVE HEAT AND THERMAL STRESSES IN THE PART,
C. Thetechniques of paragraph 2, are to be followed when power blending.

Spot-fluorescent penetrant inspect after blending.
72-02-9 Dec 31/91

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ810 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
I SPOT METHOD OF POST EMULSIFIED LIQUID PENETRANT INSPECTION
1. General. This method is not intended as a substitute for the standard method of
I post emulsified
liquid penetrant inspection. However, it is considered an ac-
ceptable alternate process for the detection of surface defects after repair
operations to remove known defects, or for the inspection of isolated areas when
it is not considered practical to process the entire part.
2. Materials and Eaui~ment Reauired.
A. Post emulsifiable fluorescent liquid penetrant (Type I, Method C or D, or
equivalent). Sensitivity level 2, 3, or 4 approved for use and listed on
Qualified Products List (QPL) 25135-15.
B. Penetrant remover approved for use and listed on QPL 25135-15.
C. Dry powder developer or nonaqueous developer approved for use and listed on
QPL 25135-15.
D. Black light that meets requirements of MIL-STD-6866 and/or GE Aircraft En-
gines Specification P3TF2.
E. A darkenedinspection area that meets requirements of MIL-STD-6866 and/or GE

Specification P3TF2. (May be a hood made from canvas or similar opaque
material.).
3. Procedure.
A. Thoroughly clean parts by a process that will remove all traces of scale,
carbon, grease, and oils or other foreign matter that could mask or interfere
with detection of discontinuities.
72-03-1
Dec 31/95 Page 1
GENERAL ELECTRI~--
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PROLONGED OR REPEATED INHALATION OF POWDERS AND VAPORS OF CLEANING

SOLVENTS. DEVELOPERS. AND EMULSIFIERS USED IN FLUORESCENT PENETRANT
INSPECTION CAN IRRITATE MUCOUS MEMBRANE AREAS OF THE BODY.
CONTINUAL EXPOSURE TO PENETRANT INSPECTION MATERIALS CAN IRRITATE THE

SKIN. DIRECT EXPOSURE OF EYES TO BLACK LIGHT AND PROLONGED EXPOSURE
OF SKIN TO BLACK LIGHT CAN INFLAME AND DAMAGE EYES AND SKIN.
WEAR NEOPRENE GLOVES WHEN HANDLING PENETRANT INSPECTION MATERIALS.

KEEP INSIDES OF GLOVES CLEAN.
STORE ALL PRESSURIZED SPRAY CANS CONTAINING PENETRANTS. DEVELOPERS.

AND EMULSIFIERS IN A COOL. DRY AREA PROTECTED FROM DIRECT SUNLIGHT.
HEAT. AND OPEN FLAMES. TEMPERATURES HGIHTER THAN 1200F (490C) MAY
CAUSE PRESSURIZED CAN TO BURST AND CAUSE INJURY.
IF DIRECT EYE CONTACT WITH BLACK LIGHT CAUSES EYE PROBLEMS. IMMEDI-
ATELY GET MEDICAL HELP.
WHEN USING BLACK LIGHT FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTIONS. WEAR SAFETY

GLASSES.
B. Apply penetrant only to areas to be inspected. Penetrant oil may be applied

by either brushing, spraying, or dipping.
C. Allow penetrant oil to remain on parts for a minimum of 15 minutes.
D. Remove all excess penetrant oil from surface of part by first wiping with a
clean, dry lint-free cloth.
E. Complete penetrant removal by wiping with a lint-free cloth moistened with
approved remover.
NOTE: Do not spray remover onto surface of inspection area as this may remove
penetrant from shallow or tight discontinuities.
F. Check inspection area with black light to ensure complete removal of excess
penetrant oil.
G. Apply developer uniformly and allow to remain on areas for a minimum of 10

minutes.
H. In darkened inspection area, inspect all treated parts and surfaces for de-
fects or discontinuities.
I. Use approved marking pen to identify discontinuities that warrant rejection.
J. Clean liquid penetrant and developer from all treated areas using approved
cleaning materials and procedure.
72-03-1
Page 2 Dec 31/95

6EBE RAL ~B ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
COMPRESSOR SECTION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
i. General. The Compressor Section of the CJ610 engine consists of the com-
pressor front frame, compressor stater casing, compressor rotor and main-
frame assemblies. A brief description of their construction and function
will be covered in the following paragraphs.
2. Description.
A. Compressor Front Frame. The compressor front frame (see figure 1) is a

stainless steel fabrication made up of an inner and outer casing joined´•
together by fifteen hollow struts. Three of the struts are larger and
house the No. 1 bearing service tubes. The No. S.strut houses the No. 1
bearing sump vent tube; the No. 8 strut houses the scavenge oil tube and
the No. 13 strut houses the oil inlet tube. An over board drain tube is
located in th’e No. 9 strut to drain any oil that may leak past the No. 1
bearing carbon seal.
The No. 1 bearing housing, which houses the No. 1 bearing outer race, is
brazed to the rear of the inner casing and reinforced at the front by
three stiffening ribs. The carbon seal, inlet guide vane shroud and
seal ring and collector assemblies are bolted to the No. bearing hous-
1
ing. A sump cover is bolted to the front of the inner casing and pre-
vents oil leakage from the bearing area and also functions as a~ retainer
for the outer race of the No. 1 bearing.
The front frame also provides a mount for the fifteen variable inlet
guide vanes which directly

are located the behind each strut. Around
outer casing guide vane actuating ring
the inlet is assembled and is
connected through linkage to the variable vane actuators. Movement of
the actuator piston is transmitted through the linkage to the actuating
ring, which positions the vanes.
B. Compre_ssor Stater Casing. The compressor stater casing assembly (see

figure]2) is a matched chromoloy steel unit, split and flanged along
the horizontal centerline. Mounted on the inner surface are seven
stages of fixed stater vanes. The vanes are held in segments, 12 per
stage, which are assembled circumferentially into tracks that are ma-
chined into the inner diameter of the

Locking keys are as- casings.
sembled at splitthe prevent line segments from rotating.
to the vane
The first and second-stage vanes have shroud rings attached to the inner
bands. The shroud rings form the static halves of the interstage laby-
rinth seals. All parts are split at the horizontal split line to permit
assembly/disassembly of the casing halves.
Mar. 30/67 72-30
Page 1
--L
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANL’AL SEI-186
FRONT FRAME CASING ASSEMBLY

2. INNER SHELL
15 3. OUTER SHELL
20 4. NO. 1 BEARING OUTER RACE AND ROLLERS
5. O~L IW~ET FITTING
217
6. OIL SUMP FITTING
14
7. OIL VENT FITTING
7 ~e 8. OIL NOZZLE
9. CARBON RUNNING RUBBING SEAL
1O. OIL COLLECTOR
11. OVERBOARD SEAL DRAIN FITTING
3 12. VARIABLE VANE
13. STRUT
12 14. ACTUATOR RING
15. MANIFOLD
16. FRONT FRAME DOME "BULLET NOSE"
17. SHROUD AND SEAL RING
18. SUMP COVER
19. ACTUATOR LEVER
13~---t \\II 1 ~17 20. LOCKING CLIP
10 21. PIVOT PIN
9 8
"L=-
18 _I ~i
lr i~
11
DOOWF-884600
Front Frame Assembly

Figure 1
72-30
Page 2 Dec 31/91
CJG1OTURBOJET
GEAircr~ftEnsines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
Filing
Instructions: Put this
Temporary Revision (TR) in the CJ610 MAINTENANCE
MANUAL SEI-186, adjacent to page 3, dated Dec 31/95 in Chapter
72-30.
Subject: New Compressor Rotor Description and Operation
Reason:’ This TR revises paragraph 2.C. to describe the compressor spool

rotor configuration for CJ610-6 engines modified to SE CJ72-148.
Change i: Revise existing paragraph 2.C.to add an applicability statement

at the start.
C. Compressor Rotor
f f
FOR ALL ENGINES INCLUDING CJ610-6 ENGINES NOT MODIFIED TO SPOOL
ROTOR CONFIGURATION, SE CJ72-148
Change 2:Add the following description after the existing paragraph.
FOR CJ610-6 ENGINES MODIFIED TO SPOOL ROTOR CONFIGURATION
(SB CJ72-148)*
The compressor rotor assembly (see figure 2A) is an 8-stage axial rotor.
The rotor consists of a forward spool (DA 718) for stages 1 and 2, a stage
3 disk (DA 718), a rear spool (DA 718) for stages 4 through 8, and a drive
shaft.
72-30
Page 1 of 2
Oct. 10/2000
CJGIOTURBOJET
GEAircraftEnqines NIAINfENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARY RRIISION 72-477(continued)
The stage 1 blades are attached to the forward spool by pins and retaining
rings. Stage 2 and stage 3 blades are dovetailed into the forward spool
and stage 3 disk respectively, and are held in by retaining rings. The
remaining stages of the blades are dovetailed to the rear spool in

circumferential grooves, and are held by one retainer key on each stage.
Stages i, 3, and 4 blades are of AM 355 material and are coated with a
corrosion resistant coating. Stage 2 blades are titanium and uncoated.
Stages 5 through 8 blades are AM 355 material and uncoated.
The drive shaft is of INCO 718 material and is bolted between the stage 3
disk and the rear spool. Two external splines on the rear of the shaft
mate with the power take-off bevel gear and the turbine rotor front shaft.
Holes through the main drive shaft cone provide a path for the forward
seal pressurizing air.
The labyrinth air seal is integral with the forward spool and mates
front
with a stationary seal on the front frame, providing seal pressurization.
The stage 1 labyrinth seal is integral with the forward spool, the stage 2
labyrinth seal is integral with the stage 3 disk, and these mate against
the first and second stage compressor shroud Seals. The eighth stage air
seal is integral with the Year spool and mates with a stationary seal on
the rear frame, and controls compressor air leakage, which is then used
for sump pressurization.
x
FOR ALL
72-30
Page 2 of 2
Oct. 10/2000
GENERAL ELECTRI~--
CJ63 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
´•t MANUAL
Holes drilled through the casings at stages 3, 4 and 5 allow compressor air
to enter manifolds around the compressor casings. The manifolds direct the
air to the four bleed port pads on the outside of the casings. Each pad has
three openings, one for each of the three stages, on each half of the cas-
ings.
Two variable vane actuators, one at 10 o’clock, one at 5 o’clock, are mounted
on the compressor casing. Two bleed valves, one at 3 o’clock, one at 9
o’clock are mounted on the compressor casing bleed port pads. The ignition
unit is mounted at the 12 o’clock position on brackets attached to the front
and rear compressor casing flanges.
C. Compressor Rotor. The compressor rotor assembly (see figure 2) is an 8 stage

axial rotor. The rotor consists of a front disc shaft and blade assembly,
seven stages of discs and blades, seven spacers, a main drive shaft, seals
and hardware. The front disc shaft (AM 355) is a one piece assembly made up
of a shaft, disc and spacer. The serrated rotating half of the compressor
front labyrinth air seal is attached to the front shaft.
The first-stage blades are attached to the first-stage disc shaft by pins and
snap rings. The remaining stages of blades are dovetailed to the disc and
held in by the spacers. The first and second-stage blades are of greek
ascoloy material and coated with a corrosion resistant coating. The remain-
ing blades, disc, and spacers are of AM 355 material.
The main drive shaft is of A-286 material and is bolted to the rear of the
fourth-stage disc and 3rd stage spacer inner flange. Two external splines on
the rear of the shaft mate with the power take-off bevel gear and the turbine
rotor front shaft.
The rotor has an air duct of A-286 material assembled between the third and
fourth-stage discs. The duct provides positive pressurization of the No. 1
bearing seal.
The first and

second-stage spacers have serrated labyrinth type seals. The
seals against the first and second-stage compressor stater shroud seals.
mate
The eighth-stage air seal is mounted on the rear of the eighth-stage disc and
is a labyrinth-type seal. This seal mates with a stationary seal on the rear
frame and controls compressor air leakage, which is then used for sump pres-
surization.
D. Mainframe. The mainframe (see figure 3) is either an Inconel 718 casting

(figure 3A) or a chromoloy steel fabrication made up of an inner and outer
casing joined by six hollow struts welded in openings in the casings. Struts
No. 2 and 6 vent eighth-stage leakage air through poppet valves mounted on
the strut pads. The No. 3 strut houses the No. 3 bearing scavenge tube and
the sump vent tube.
I TEMPORARY
Dec
31/95REVISION that revises this page.
72-30
Page 3
CJ610 TURSOJET
134
-’I I V
i---- 9
i. CASING UPPERHALF
2. CASING LOWERHALF
3. STATORVANE
4. MANIFOLDS
II I 1 5. BLEEDPORT
6. FRONT SHAFTASSEMBLY
7. DRIVESHAFT
8. SPACER
9. ROTORDISC
10. ROTORBLADE
Compressor Stater and Rotor Assemblies
Figure 2
The No. 4 strut provides a passage way for the radial drive shaft. The
No. 5 strut houses the No. 2 and 3 bearing lube supply tube and the No.
2 bearing scavenge tube. The No. 1 strut is not used during engine
operation and is blanked-off.
The No. 2 bearing support is aligned and bolted to the front inner (main-
frame) flange and supports the front of the power take-off (PTO) housing
and the No. 2 bearing carbon seal support. The‘~O drive assembly is
assembled in the PTO housing and transfers power from the main engine
drive shaft through the radial drive shaft to the accessory drive train.
72-30 Mar. 30/67

Page 4
CJGIDTURBOJET
GEAimaftEn~ines MAINTENANCE MINUAL
SEI-1 86
2
TEMPORARYREVISION M-478
Filing
Instructions: Put this Temporary Revision (TR) in the CJ610 MAINTENANCE
MANUAL SEI-186, adjacent to page 4, dated Mar. 30/67 in Chapter
72-30.
Subject: Compressor Stater and Rotor Assemblies
Reason: This TR adds a new figure 2A to show a section of the compressor

stater and rotor for CJ610-6 engines modified to the spool rotor
configuration.
Change i: Revise title for figure 2.
(For All Engines Including CJ610-6 Engines Not Modified to Spool

Rotor Configuration SB-CJ72-148)
Change 2:Add figure 2A as shown on page 2.
72-30
Page 1 of 2
Oct. 10/00
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARY REVISION 72-478(oontinued)
(For C~610-6 Engines Modified to Spool Rotor Configuration, SE C572-148)
Figure 2A
72-30
Page 2 of 2
Oct. 10/00
stwMirO ELECIRli-------
CJB1O~.TURBOJET
SEI-i86 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
,I ---~-;--iS
1. MAINFRAME
1 ´•2. POWERTAKEOFFHOUSING
3. FUELNOZZLE
I 4.
5.
FUEL MANIFOLD
EIGMTH-STAGE STATOR-EXIT
GUIDE VANE SECTOR
1 6. No. 2 (MID, SEAL SUPPORT
1 7. DRIVERSHAFT GEAR
8, NO. 1(N;ID) BEARING
9. DRIVERSHAFTGEAR BEARING
10. INSULATION BLANKET
11. NO. 2 (MID)BEARING SUPPORT
CJ610d01~-0-C2
Mainframe Assemi3ly
Figure 3
The outer casing has twelve equally spaced pads for mounting the fuel
nozzles. Four compressor bleedport pads for. customer connection are
located at~the i, 5, 7 and 11 o’clock positions. Additional compressor
discharge air pads are provided to supplycompressor discharge air (CDP)

as aspirator air for the T2 sensing bellows and Pg bellows of the fuel
control.
The eight-stage stater and exit vanes are mounted in 12 segments and
assembled in the machined track on the ID of the outer casing.
Mar. 30/67 72-30

Page 5
e Er ERAL ELICTRIC
CJ610 ~URBOJET
3. Operation.
A. The compressor front frame provides the support for the front engine
mount, the No. 1 bearing, and on some model engines the accessory gear-
box.
The front frame forms the inlet for air into the compressor and directs
the air into the compressor. The inlet guide vanes (IGV) which are
mounted behind the front frame struts and are movable through linkage
from the variable vane actuators and can change the angle and meters the
air that enters thecompressor.
Anti-icing air is necessary to prevent the formation´•of ice in the air

inlet. anti-icing valve is mounted on the front frame and allows
A
anti-icing air to enter~a manifold around the outer caslngof the frame.
The air can then enter each strut of the frame and the IGV’s. The frame
also has passages to allow anti-icing air to the bulletnose and the
shroud and seal assembly.
B. The compressor stater casing~is bolted to´•the rear flange of the front
frame andprovides the support for the stater
vanes. The vanes direct
the air´•flow´•through the compressor. The- manifold around stage 3, 4
and 5 allowS for bleeding-off compressor air when necessary for proper
compressor operation.
C. The compressbr rotor is a axial compressor and compresses the air in the
compressor:section by means of´• rotation. The rotor is coupled to and
driven by the turbine rotor through the compressor rotor drive shaft.
The compressorrotoi´• is supported at the front by the No. 1 bearing and.
at the rear by the No. 2 bearing.
D. The provides the support for the rear engine mounts.

mainframe The
mainframe provides the mounting for the No. 2 bearing and the power
also
take-off drive assembly.‘ The compressor stater casing rear flange is
bolted to the mainframe front flange and the combustion casing is bolted
to the rear flange. The mainframe struts and the eighth-stage stater
and exit guide vanes direct the air flow from the compressor into the
combustion section. The mainframe~ provides for the collection of com-
pressor air for air.frame and.engine use.
72-30 Mar. 30/67

Page 6
GENEnAL EiECTRIC------
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SET-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
6 1
--11
io
SEE DETAIL B O
15.535 12
15.495
DIA L 8
~----11
13 4
16 15
SECTION A-A
i. Fuel Noule Pad (12 Pods)

2. Leakage-Air Duct Pod
[2 Pods)
3. Bleed Pod (4 Pods)
DETAIL B 4. Scavenge Pod (2 Pods)
5. P3 Pod (2 Pods)
0.035 6. Forward Outer Flange

CHAM 7. Forward Inner Flonge
0.015
8. Aft Outer Flonge
9. Aft Inner Flonge
10. ID of Forward Outer Flange
11. Outer Bond
12. Inner Bond
13. Strut
16.000
14. Gong Channel Nuts
15. Bracket
15.996
16. Stage 8 Seal Mounting Holes
DIA H
rALL DIMENSIONS I
JAREININtHES I
.ooocPI-nss~oo
MAINFRAME Cast (Inco 718) Configuration (6051T95)

All 8 Stage Models
Figure 3A
72-30
Dec 31/95 Page 7
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
COMPRESSOR SECTION MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

ING WITH THIS ENGINE. THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS MUST BE RIG-
IDLY ADHERED TO:


GRINDING, BUFFING, DRILLING. SANDING OR ANY TYPE OF MATERIAL
BEFORE HANDLING, REPLACING, OR DISPOSING OF ASBESTOS-CONTAIN-

1. General.
The following paragraphs describe the removal, installation, disassembly, and

assembly procedures that are approved for the compressor section.
2. Front Frame Removal/Installation.
NOTE 1: Whenever the front frame is removed, complete gearbox bracket align-
a
ment per paragraph 7 and a complete accessory drive gearbox alignment

per 72-64-0 is required.
NOTE 2: Whenever the shroud and seal (6. figure 201) is exposed, check that
each bolt (9) is a 12-point head with letter A marked on head. Replace
only those bolts that are not 12-point head with latest part number.
A. Removal. It is recommended that the front frame be removed with the engine
in the vertical
position, front end up, suitably supported on the rear tur-
bine casing flange. However, the front frame can be removed with the engine
in a horizontal position in which case the removal of the exhaust cone per
step (1) is not required.
(1) Remove the exhaust cone as instructed in 78-11-0.
(2) Remove the accessory drive gearbox as instructed in 72-64-0.
NOTE: This step is to be omitted on the CJ610-4, -6, -8. and -8A engines
as the gearbox is not mounted on the front frame.
72-30
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
9
4
3 eas
i. SUMPCOVER
2. O-RING
3. OUTER RACE AND ROLLERS
NO. 1 BEARING
4. OIL COLLECTOR
5. GASKET
6. SnROUDAND SEAL
CARBON RUBBING SEAL
8. O-RING
9. BOLT
10. SCREW
It. FRONTFRAME
Front Frame
Figure 201
(3) Remove the anti-icing valve as instructetd in 75-1-0.
(4) Disconnect the turnbuckle (bellcrank to actuating ring) as instructed in

75-31-0.
(5) Remove the gearbox mounting bracket as instruccted in paragraph 7.
NOTE: This step is to be omitted on the CJ610-4. -6 and -8 engines.
(6) Remove the bulletnose as follows:
(a) Using a screwdriver or other suitable tool, depress, toward the

engine centerline, the plunger that locks the dome to the forward
hub of the front frame.
(b) Turn the dome approximately 1/6 of a turn clockwise (facing the
front frame). Remove the dome.
(c) If bulletnose cannot be turned,

apply several turns of cloth tape
to circumferential surface of dome
that is adjacent to front frame.
(See figure 201A.) Place´•a flat band those type) clamp over the
taped area of the dome. (2 clamps may be jointed together to fit

the diameter.) Tighten clamp so that it does not slip.
(d) Depress the plunger that locks the dome to the forward hub of the
front frame. Tap the clamp, with a mallet, in a clockwise direc-
tion to loosen dome. Remove the dome. (After removal of
bulletnose, remove clamp and tape.)
72-30
I Page 202 Dec 31/95
GENERAL ~B ELECTRI~----
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
’MPZINTI~JANCE MANUAL
j
I~ :PLUNGER
TAPE
I/
Bulletnose Removal
Figure 201A
(7) Remove the sump cover as follows:
(a) Remove the 3 bolts that secure the sump cover (1, figure 201) to
the forward face of the front frame inner hub.
(b) Remove the sump cover. Remove the 0-ring from the cover’and dis-
card the 0-ring.
(c) Remove the No. 1 bearing.locknut retaining ring and remove the
locknut using spanner wrench 205359. Prevent the engine rotor from
turning by locking the gearbox with the gearbox locking adapter.

205360. as follows:
1 Remove the four locknuts, four washers and cover frtom the
axis gearbox
"B" pad. (Accessory aft drive gearbox for CJ610-
4. -6 and -8 engines; transfer gearbox for CJ610-1. -5 and -9
engines.
2 Install the
gearbox locking adapter. 2C5360, onto the axis "B"
aft gearbox pad by engaging the axis "B" gearshaft female
spline with the tool male spline. Assemble the flat plate of
the tool against the gearbox pad face, with the four gearbox
pad studs protruding through the four holes in the tool.
72-30
IDec 31/95 Page 202A

GENERAL ELECTRIC-~--
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Alignment of the holes in the

gearbox pad tool with the
studs be
accomplished by positively engaging the
can
spline teeth and slowly rotating the tool by hand until

alighnment is accomplished.
a Press the tool firmly in place against the gearbox pad face.
install two washers and two nuts on two studs (diagonally
opposite). Use the fingers to run-on and tighten the nuts.
Do not torque; the nuts are used only to position the tool in
place to assure rotor locking.
NOTE: The use of plain nuts rather than locknuts is recom-
mended. Be certain that the nuts used have the same NF

threads as the studs to assure that thread damage does
not occur.
4 Check the compressor rotor for

locking by carefully inserting
the hand past the front frame and attempting to rotate
struts
the compressor. With the locking tool in place, rotor "play"
may be as much as one stage 1 blade platform width.
(d) Remove the bearing spacer.
(8) Remove the engine support ring as instructed in the Aircraft Maintenance
Manual, if necessary.
CAUTION: BOTH CASING HALVES MUST BE INSTALLED.
(9) If the front frame is being removed with the engine in a horizontal
position, support the forward end of the compressor by inserting

rotor
shims between the first-stage blade tips and the compressor casing ID.
WARNING: ASBESTOS
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MAY INVOLVE A PART THAT CONTAINS AS-

BESTOS. WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN. EYES, AND RESPIRATORY
TRACT. READ GENERAL INFORMATION BEFORE PROCEEDING. AND ADHERE
TO ALL SITE SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CONCERNING AS-

BESTOS. OTHERWISE. PERSONAL INJURY MAY RESULT.
(10) Screw the pilot guide 2C5326G1 and G2 (depending on type of No. 1 bear-
ing) into the compressor rotor forward shaft.
72-30
Page 202B Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAIN~NANCE MANUAI.
(11) Disconnect the oil scavenge. vent. and supply lines at the 6. 2 and 10
o’clock positions on the front frame.
CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE NO. 1 CARBON SEAL. DO NOT ALLOW THE
FRONT FRAME TO BECOME "COCKED" DURING REMOVAL.
(12) Remove the bolts and nuts that secure the front frame to the compressor
casing. C~-refully move the -front frame forward. away from the compres-
sor casing. until it is free of the compressor rotor front shaft.
72-30
I Dec 31/95 Page 202C/202D
GENERAL ELECTRIC--~--
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. Installation.
CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE NO. 1 CARBON SEAL, DO NOT ALLOW THE FRONT
FRAME TO BECOME "COCKED DURING INSTALLATION.
(1) Carefully install the front frame over the Pilot assembly 2C5326G1 or G2
(depending on type of No. 1 bearing) and the compressor rotor front

shaft until the frame seats on the compressor casing flange. Be sure
the No. 1 bearing outer race does not move axially forward off its seat.
(2) Ro.tate the frame into position so that the oil scavenge port is at the 6
o’clock position.
(3) Install the accessory gearbox mounting bracket as instructed in para-

graph 7.
NOTE: This step is to be omitted on theCJ610-4. -6 and -8 engines.
(4) Install the accessory gearbox as instructed in 72-64-0.
NOTE: This step is to be omitted on the CJ610-4, -6 and -8 engines.
(5) Connect the turnbuckle (bellcrank to actuating ring) as instructed in

75-31-0.
(6) Install the anti-icing valve as instructed in 75-11-0.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. READ
GENERAL INFORMATION BEFORE PROCEEDING, AND ADHERE TO ALL SITE
SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CONCERNING ASBESTOS. OTHERWISE,
PERSONAL INJURY MAY RESULT.
(7) Connect the oil scavenge, vent, and oil supply lines at the 6, 2 and 10
o’clock positions on the front frame.
(8) Replace the remaining bolts and nuts at the front frame-compressor cas-
ing flange. Torque the nuts to 35-40 Ib-in.
(9) Remove the pilot guide from the~compressor rotor forward shaft. Install
the spacer and No. 1 bearing locknut per paragraph 3.G.
(10) Install the sump cover as follows:
(a) Lubricate the O-ring with a light coat of petrolatum, Specification

VV-P-236, or engine oil, and install it in the groove of the front
frame sump cover.
72-30
Dec 31/95 Page 203
GENERAL
CJ610 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Install the sump cover (1, figure 201) into the bore of the front
frame. Secure the cover with 3 bolts. Torque the bolts to 6-10
Ib-in. and lockwire them.
NOTE: Insure that the sump cover is seated against the front frame
flange before securing with the 3 bolts. The sump cover is
seated if a 0.001 inch shim will not slip between the two
mating flanges. Wheninstalled properly, the sump cover
prevents the No. 1 bearing outer race from moving axially

forward.
(11) Install the bulletnose as follows:
(a) Clean frame and bulletnose contact areas with trichloroethylene.
(b) Apply sealant RTV 106 (G.E. Silicone Products Dept., Waterford,
N.Y.), equivalent, on the outer
or circumference of shoulder in 3
places 1/2-inch long, opposite the three flange lugs.
(c) Depress the locking plunger inward and insert the dome into the
front frame hub. Turn the dome counterclockwise until the plunger
engages the slot in the front frame.
(12) Install the engine support ring as instructed in the Aircraft Mainte-
nance Manual, if it was removed.
3. No. 1 Bearinn Removal/Installation.
A. Remove the front frame per paragraph 2.
B. Place front frame on bench, rear side down. Insert hand into frame bore and
check bearing outer race (3,
figure 201) for looseness. If bearing is loose,
use puller, 2C5313, to remove bearing from bore. If bearing is tight in

bore, turn frame over so that front side is down. Remove oil collector (4,
figure 201), shroud and seal (6) and carbon seal (7) by removing the bolts
that secure them to frame. Turn frame over so that rear side is down and
proceed to remove bearing outer race, using puller, 205313, as follows:
(1) Adjust the puller legs to obtain the maximum grip on the bearing outer
race and pull bearing approximately 0.250 inch forward.
(2) Reposition puller legs on tool to grip the outer aligning ring and re-
movebearing.
C. Remove the No. 1 bearing locknut retaining ring, bearing locknut, and bearing
spacer per paragraph 2. A. (7) steps (c) and (d).
72-30
IPage 204 Dec 31/95

GEWfRAL ~i CLCCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
D. Use puller, 2C5311, and remove the No. Ibearing inner race and seal runner
from the compressor rotor front shaft.
NOTE: The seal runner must be removed as it has the puller grooves.
BEFORE INSTALLATION, BE SURE THAT ANTIROTATION PIN OF NO. 1

BEARING IS FLUSH TO 0.005 INCH BELOW SURFACE AT OD.
Place the front frame on the bench, front side up. Lubricate the bore
lightly with engine oil. Using pusher, 2C5312, if necessary, to seat the
No. 1 bearing outer race and rollers in the bore. Be sure the pin in the
bore nests in the groove of the bearing outer race.
NOTE: Be sure the No. bearing oil slinger is in place

1 on the compressor
rotor front shaft beforedoing the next step.
F. Heat both the No. 1 bearing inner race and the seal runner in an oven at
121"C (2500F) for 20 minutes; then seat them on the compressor rotor front
shaft (after lubricating lightly with engine oil) with pusher, 265310.
Check to besure they are seated after the parts return to normal tempera-
ture.
G. Screw the pilot guide 2C5326G1 or G2 (deFending on type of No. 1 bearing)

into the compressor rotor forward shaft and install the front frame per
paragraph 2.B.
(1) Install No. bearing locknut.

1 Prevent the engine rotor from turning
by locking gearbox using gearbox locking adapter, 2C5360, per’

the
paragraph 2.A. (7) (c) steps 1 thru k.
(2) Observe the clock positions of the two notches in the forward edge of
the compressor rotor shaft. Using a colored marking pencil (grease
or felt tip), mark the corresponding notch locations on the
sump cover
mounting flange of the front frame. These marks will facilitate loca-
tion of the shaft notches during assembly of the locking nut and
installation of the retaining ring. (Notches are not visible after
installation of the locking nut.)
(3) Assemble the spacer onto the exposed end of the rotor shaft.
C Seat the spacer firmly against the No. 1 bearing
compressor
inner race.
NOTE: The spacer must extend beyond end of compressor rotor shaft
when seated against the No. 1 bearing inner race.
Mar 30/84 72-30

Page 204A
CEntRIL~ ELECIIIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MP~UAL SEI-186
(4) Using engine oil, lubricate the threads and the surface of the nut that
contacts the compressor rotor shaft threads and the spacer, respective-
ly. Assemble the nut into the exposed end of the compressor rotor shaft.
(5) Insert spanner wrench, 205359, lugs into the holes on the forward
the
side of the nut. Using a standard torque wrench, torque the nut to
450 Ib-in.to seat the parts on the compressor rotor shaft.
(6) Back-offthe nut to free running torque. Torque the nut to 150 Ib-in.
and remove the torque wrench and spanner wrench.
(7) Using the marks on the sump cover mounting flange (see step (2)) as
references, locate a radial hole on the ID of the nut that aligns with
either of the notches in the compressor rotor shaft.
NOTE: A short piece of drill equivalent,that has been flat-

rod, or
tened on the end to be to thetang on the retaining ring,

similar
will facilitate determining analigned radial/hole shaft notch
condition.
(8) Observe the following conditions:
(a) If alignment has occurred, proceed to the following step (9)..

(b) If alignment has not occurred, advance the nut in the tightening
direction by torquing until alignment is accomplished, then pro-
ceed to step (9). DO NOT exceed 450 Ib-in. of torque.
(c) If alignment DOES NOT occur at 450 Ib-in. of torque, remove the
nut. Using a new nut, perform steps (4) through (7).
´•(9) After establishingradial hole/shaft notch alignment, assemble the
retaining ring.
CAUTION: ASSURE THAT THE RETAINING RING IS PROPERLY SEATED INTO THE
NUT AND WILL NOT "POP OUT"
(10) Remove marks made on the sump cover mounting flange in step (2). Do not
use abrasive material or action that will damage or otherwise remove
material from the mounting flange.
I (11) Remove gearbox locking adapter and reinstall the gearbox axis
the 3
"B" pad cover using a new gasket. Torque the nuts to 120-150 Ib-in.
72-30 Sept 1/76

Page 204B
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4. No. 1 Bearing Carbon Seal Removal/Installation.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the front frame as instructed in paragraph 2.
(2) Place the frame on a bench, front side down.
(3) Remove the oil collector (4, figure 201), shroud and seal (6, figure
201) and carbon seal (7,
figure 201) by removing the bolts that secure
them to the frame. Discard the oil collector, gasket, and~carbon seal
preformed packing (O-ring)
B. Installation.
NOTE: Whenever the shroud and seal (6, figure 201) is exposed, check that
each bolt (9) is a 12-point head with letter A marked on head. Replace
only those bolts that are not 12-point head with latest part number.
(1) Install a new carbon seal and preformed packing (O-ring) on frame inner
hub.
(2) Install the shroud and seal to the frame.
(3) Install a new gasket and the oil collector to rear of shroud and seal
and install on the frame.
(4) Secure the oil collector, shroud and seal, and carbon seal with bolts.
Torque the bolts to 20-24 Ib in. and lock-wire.
(5) Install the front frame as instructed in paragraph 2.
5. Compressor UDDer Casing Removal/Installation.
A. Removal. (May be done with engine in vertical or horizontal position.)
(1) Remove the ignition exciter as instructed in 80-21-0.
(2) Remove the right-hand variable geometry actuator as instructed in

75-31-0.
(3) Remove both bleed valves as instructed in 75-32-0.
(4) Remove the anti-icing valve as instructed in 75-11-0 and anti-icing air
tube as instructed in 75-12-0.
(5) Disconnect the upper half of the

synchronizing cable at the left-hand
variable geometry actuator by removing the cotter pin, washer, and
clevis pin. The cable was disconnected on the right-hand side when the
right-hand actuator was removed.
72-30
Dec 31/95 Page 205
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE SEI-186
(6) Remove the upper half of the compressor casing (upper casing) as
follows:
CAUTION: DO N3T REMOVE THE COMPRESSOR CASING UPPER HALF IF TKE FRONT
FRAME ~S BEEN REMOVED AND THE ENGINE IS IN A HORIZONTAL
POSITION.
(a) Holding the boltheads, remove the locknuts and washers from the
body-bound bolts (first, fifth, and eleventh bolts from the front
flange) in both horizontal flanges. Remove the body-bound bolts,
using a platic or brass pin to drive the bol.ts out of the holes.
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW BODY-BOUND BOLTS TO TURN WHEN REMOVING THE

NUTS. ALSO, DO NOT TURN THE BOLTS TO AID BOLT
REMOVAL. TURNING OF THE BODY-BOUND BOLTS WILL ENLARGE
THE HOLES, AND THE ALIC-MVIENT OF THE COMPRESSOR CASING
WITH THE COMPRESSOR ROTOR WILL BE AFFECTED.
(b) Remove the remaining bolts and loeknuts from the horizontal
flanges.
(c) Remove the bolts from the front and rear flanges of the
compressor upper casing. Note the location of all brackets and
supports that are attached to the flanges.
(d) Remove the conpressor upper casing upper-half (3, figure 202) by
pulling it radially away from the engine. Remove 2 locking vane
keys (1, figure 202).
B. Installation.
NOTE: Whenever stater removed, be sure that holes in

sectors have been
stages 3, 4, and 5aligned with the bleed holesin
sectors are
the bleed manifold. Sectors are aligned krhen gage 205501 fits
into both holes with sectors positioned against retainer key at
the splitline flange. G~hen properly assembled, at least one hole
in each bleed port must be aligned.
(1) Place the vane locking keys (1, figure 202) in the slots of the
compressor casing horizontal flanges. The keys must seat on the
slots so that they are either flush or below the mating surfaces of
the horizontal flanges. The endsof the stater sectors (stages 1 and
2) and vane segments (stages 3 through 7) must be either flush or
below the flange faces.
(2) Install the compressor casing upper half (upper casing) (3, figure
202). Be careful not to damage the blades or vanes.
72-30 Dec 31/91

Page 206
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENA~jCE MANUAL
CAUTION: THE HORIZONTAL FLANGE BOLT TORQUING SEQUENCE HAS A DEFINITE EFFECT
ON COMPRESSOR CASING RUNOUTS. TIGHTEN OR TORQUE THESE BOLTS AND
NUTS ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED ORDER.
(3) Bolt casing halves together and tighten nuts in the sequence of 5, 1,
11, 6, 4, 7, 3, 8, 2, 10, and 9. Torque nuts 1-7 to 44-48 Ib in, and
nuts 8-11 to 70-80 Ib in. Inspect the following:
Maximum Maximum
Inspect Serviceable Limits Repairable Limits Corrective Action
(a) The rear Reference No. 3. 16.972 maximum Repair per para-
rabbet ID diameter. graph 7.
diameter X
(average
measurement of
eight loca-
tions).
(b) Local With flanges Any amount. Cold-work flanges

distortion. bolted together, within maximum
a 0.001 inch wide serviceable lim-
shim cannot be its. Fluorescent-
inserted anywhere penetrant inspect
along the outside area for cracks.
or inside of the None allowed.
flange.
(4) Install the body-bound bolts, nuts, and washers in both horizontal
flanges in the first, fifth, and eleventh holes from the front flange.
CAUTI_ON: DRIVE THE BODY-BOUND BOLTS STRAIGHT THROUGH AT INSTALLATION. DO

NOT TURN THEM. TURNING THE BOLTS MAY ENLARGE THE BOLTHOLES AND
ADVERSELY AFFECT ALIGNMENT OF THE CASING.
(5) Install the synchronizing cable supports and the remaining bolts, nuts,
and washers in the horizontal flanges. Torque the first seven nuts to
44-48 Ib in. Torque the last four nuts to 70-80 Ib in.
72-30
Dec 31/95 Page 206A/206B
GEIIRILg ELtelA(C
CJ818 TUReOSET
SEI-186 -MAINTENANCE MANUAL
~111
i. VANE KEYS
2. STATOR LOWER HALF
3. STATOR UPPER HALF
4. VERTICAL SUPPORT
3)6 IO-6013-0-C1
Compressor StaterUpper Half Removal

Figure 202
I Dec 1/77 72-30

Page 207
CJGIOTURBOJET
GEAircraft Engines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
Filing

30/78 in Chapter 72-30.
Subj~ect: Removal and Installation of Stage 1 Blades.
Reason: This TR provides instructions for removing and installing

stage 1 blade retaining rings, for CJ610-6 engines modified
to the spool rotor configuration, SE C572-148.
Change i: Revise paragraph 6.A. (3) (a).
f
FOR ALL ENGINES INCLUDING CJ610-6 NOT MODIFIED TO SPOOL
ROTOR CONFIGURATION SE C572-148.
(a) Remove the pin retaining ring, using a sharpened

screwdriver. Use care so as not to damage air seal
serrations. Remove the pin that secures the blade to the
disc.
f f
FOR CJ610-6 ENGINES MODIFIED TO SPOOL ROTbR CONFIGURATION,
SE C572-148
(a)Remove the pin retaining ring using tool 21C6302P07.

Discard the retaining ring. Remove the pin.
X
FOR ALL
72-30
Page 1 of 2
Oct. 10/2000
CJG1DTURBOJET
GEAircraftEn~sines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-1 86
TEMPORARY REVISION 72-479(confnued)
Change 2: Revise paragraph 6.A. (3) (b).
(b) Mark the blade for location on the disc (or forward
spool if modified to SE CJ72-148); then removethe blade
land balancing washer if installed)
Change 3:Revise paragraph 6.B.(1) and (2)
(1) the blade (or its moment-weighted equivalent)

Assemble
to the (or forward spool if modified by SE C572-148,
disc
with the balancing washer, if applicable) in the location
for which the blade was marked at removal. Secure the blade
to the disc (or spool) With the pin. (The head of the pin
is on the forward side of the disc or flange of spool.)
FOR ALL ENGINES INCLUDING CJ610-6 NOT MODIFIED TO SPOOL

ROTOR CONFIGURATION SE C572-148. X
(2) Assemble the retaining ring to the pin using tool

21C5319. Be sure the retaining ring is seated properly in
the pin groove.
FOR CJ610-6 ENGINES MODIFIED TO SPOOL ROTOR CONFIGURATION

SE CJ72-148
(2) Using new retaining ring, assemble it to the pin using

tool 21C6302G01. Be sure the retaining ring is seated
properly in the pin groove by using the retaining ring
gage 21C6309G01.
FOR ALL
72-30
Page 2 of 2
Oct. 10/2000
tLECTRIC
CJ6I0 TURBOJET
(5) Install the vertical flange bolt and any brackets or supports. Torque
the front flange bolts to 35-40 Ib-in, and the rear flange~bolts to
44-48 Ib-in. Use a 0.001 inch thick by 0.200 inch wide piece of shim
stock to check the gap between the mating surfaces of the horizontal
flanges; The shim shall not enter more than 0.100 inch anywhere
along the inside or the outside of the flange.
(6) Install the anti-icing valve and tube as instructed in 75-11-0 and
75-12-0.
(7) Install both ble~d valve as instructed in 75-32-0.
(8) Install the right hand actuator as instructed~´•in 75-31-0.
(9) Install the ignition exciter as instructed in 80-21-0.
(10) Connectthe synchronizing cadre tothe left-hand actuator using the

pin, washer and cotterpin.
(11) Adjust the variable geometry system as instructed in 75-00, Maintenance

Practices..
6. First-Stage Rotor Blade Removal/Installation.
A.- Removal.
(1) Remove the frontframe as instructed in paragraph 2.
(2) Remove the compressor casing upper-half as instructed in paragraph 5.
(3) Remove any number of first-stage compressor rotor blades tall of them
if required) as follows:
CAUTION: THE COMPRESSOR ROTOR IS DYNAMICALLY-BALANCED TO A CLOSE TOLER-

ANCE WHICH MUST BE MAINTAINED. TO PREVENT DISTURBANCE OF THIS
BALANCE CONDITION, ALWAYS IDENTIFY EACH BLADE (WHEN IT IS RE-
MOVED) AND PIN HOLE WITH THE CORRECT MOMENT WEIGHT OF THE BLADE
TO ENSURE THAT A REPLACEMENT BLADE OF EQUAL MO~IENT WEIGHT IS
USED. ALSO IF BALANCING WASHERS ARE USED, BE SURE THE WASHER
Is IDENTIFIED WITH ITS PIN HdLE.
(a) Remove the pin retainer, using a sharpened screwdriver. Use care so
as not to damage
air seal serrations.~ Remove the pin that secures
the blade to the disc.
NOT~: Please see the

TEMPORARY
REvlslonr
72-30 that revises this page.
Page 208
Dec 30~78
GEN ERAL ~g E Lf CTR It
CJ610 TURBOJET
(b) Markthe blade for location onthe disc; then remove the blade land
balancing washer if installed)..
B. Installation.
NOTE: The preferred method of blade replacement is with equal moment

weight blades. However, replacement by pan weight in grams is
acceptable provided the replacement blade is within +0.1 gram
of the removed blade. The removed blade must have all of the
original material remaining for an accurate pan weight. Blend-
ing of the blade being installed to provide equal panweight is
not permitted.
(1)Assemble the blade (or its moment-weighted equivalent) to the’disc

(with the balancing washer, if applicable) in the location for which
the blade was marked at removal. Secure the blade to the disc with the
pin. (The head of the pin is on the forward side of the disc.)
(2) Assemble the retaining ring to the pin using tool 21C5319. Be sure
the retaining ring is seated properly in the pin groove.
(3) Install the compressor casing upper-half as instructed in paragraph 5.
(4) Install the front frame as instructed in paragraph 2.

r
7. Accessory Gearbox Bracket Removal/Installation (CJ610-1, -5 and -9 engines.)
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the accessory gearbox as instructed in 72-64-0.
(2) Remove the bolts and n~ts that secure the accessory gearbox mounr~ng
bracket to the front frame and compressor casing flanges.
(3) Remove the bracket and shims.
Dec 30/78
72-30
Page 208A/208B
BEWERAL PIOGTRIC
CJB10 TURBOJET
S&I-L86 MAINT~NANCE MANUAL
B. InstaL~ation.
(1) Position the gearbox bracket onto the rear side of the front flange
of the front frame at the 6 o’clock position.
(2) Secure with 2 bolts at holes 22 and 28 of the front flange of the
front frame.
NOTE: Bolt holes are numbered in a clockwise direction, starting at

12 o’clock; aft looking forward.
(3) Install the alignment fixture, 2C5323, onto the engine at the trans-
fer gearbox adapter, with the large locating plug inserted into the
bore of the transfer gearbox adapter.
CAUTION: THE DOWEL PIN ON THE ADAPTER WILL FIT INTO THE BUSHING OF
THE FIXTURE. USE EXTREME CARE WHEN INSERTING THE LOCATING
PLUG TO PREVENT FORCING OR BENDING THE DOWEL PIN.
(4) Loosen the handknob on the fixture and locate the 2 pin locators of
the cross into the gearbox bracket; install 2 shoulder bolts with
the heads of the bolts on the side of the fixture.
(5) Install the 4 bolts (1/4-28) into the transfer gearbox adapter and
torque to 60-90 Ib-in.; tighten the bolts on the cross pad.
(6) Tighten bolts securing bracket front flange and tighten handknob.
Loosen the bolts and tighten again.
(7) Check the gap between the bracket and the rear side of the compres-
sor casing front flange; add shims at each set of 2 holes to main-
tain a gap of 0.000-0.004 inch.
(8) Remove the alignment fixture to provide access for installing shims.
(9) Install shims and all bolts and nuts in bracket rear flange. Do not
tighten.
(10) Reinstall alignment fixture per steps (3) through (6).
´•(11) Torque the bolts in the bracket rear flange to 35-40 Ib-in; in
bracket front flange to 24-27 Ib-in.
(12) Remove alignment fixture,
(13) Install the accessory gearbox as instructed in 72-64-0 and’the

transfer gearbox as instructed in 72-62-0.
May 15/70
Page
72-
;b
gA-eE to 9
CLWMAL flEtTRIC
CJB10 TURBOJE7
8. Accessory Gearbox Bracket Removal/Insrallarion. (CJ610-4, -6 and -8 engines.)
A. Removal. (See figure-203.)
VERTICAL CENTERLINE
t
P
-I I
I 3r 2
i 0.166-O.IX)
f
-1
(B
t
ii
0.166-0.1701N. 1
I. MAINFRAME 9. AXIS "A" COUNTERBbRE

2. GEARBOX BRACKET 10. CLAMPING DOG
3. FORWARD FLANGE 11. SMALL HANDKNOB
4. AFT FLANGE 12. CEN7ER PLUG
5. SHIM 13. CLAMPING SCREW
6. BOLT 14. BACKUP WEDGE
7. BOLT 15. LARGE HANDKNOB
8. GEARBOX MOUNT 16. SHIM CJ610d0110- ~I
Gearbox Bracket Assembly (CJ610-4; -6 and -8)

Figure 203
72-30
Dec 30/78
Page 210
ELEtfllt--~--
CJ610 TURBOJET
(1) Remove the accessory gearbox as instructed in 72-64-0.
(2) Remove the bolts (6, 7) that secure the accessory gearbox mounting
bracket (2) to the mainframe flanges (3, 4).
(33 Remove the bracket and shims (5).
NOTE: The shims are an I’as required" item and may not have been
used.
B. Installation. (See figure 203.)
(1) Install the accessory gearbox brackets (2) to the mainframe flanges
(3, 4).
(2) Position the right-hand gearbox brackets (2) between

left-hand and
the forward flanges (3, 4) of the mainframe so that the
andaft
gearbox mounting surface, formed by the two gearbox brackets is per-
pendicular to the engine vertical centerline.
(3) Hold the forward flange of the gearbox brackets firmly against the
forward flange (3) of the mainframe. Use a feeler gage to check the
gaps between the gearbox brackets and the aft flange (4) of the
mainframe. If the gap is greater than 0.004 inch, install a shim
(5) of the required thickness to reduce the gap to 0,000 to 0.004
inch.
(4) Secure each gearbox bracket to the mainframe with 4 bolts (6) in the
forward flange (3) and 3 bolts (7) in the aft flange (4).
NOTE: Only partially tighten bolts (6, 7) so that the gearbox

brackets (2) are free to move for final alingment.
(5) Use fixture 205353 and proceed as follows, if original brackets are
being assembled.
~a) Back off the small handknobs (11) and turn the 2 clamping dogs
(10) in towards each other to permit the center plug (12) to
enter the axis A bore.
(b) Carefully insert the center plug (12) into the axis A bore and
the two diamond-shaped pin locators and the two clamping screws
(13) into the four gearbox mounting holes in the gearbox

brackets.
NOI~E: Be sure the shoulder on the center plug (12), the axis A
counterbore (9) and the gearbox bracket mating surfaces
are clean and free burrs and high metal.
Mar. 30/67 72-30
Page 211
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAI~JTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Install backup wedges (14) on the two clamping screws (13) to se-
cure the fixture to the gearbox brackets (2). Do not tighten the
large handknobs (15) at this time. Leave about 0.060inch end play
in the clamping screws.
(d) Turn the feet of the two clamping dogs (10) away from each other
until they enter the slots in the center plug (12).
(e) Tighten the two small handknobs (11) until the shoulder on the
center plug seats against the axis A counterbore (9).
(f) Tighten the two large handknobs (15) to pull the gearbox brackets
(2) snugly against the mating surface on the fixture. The 0.166-
0.170 inch dimension is now established.
(g) Torque b-o-l-ts- (6, 7) to 44-48 Ib-in. and remove fixture.
(6) Use fixture. 2C5353 and proceed as follows if other than original brack-
ets are being assembled.
(a) Perform steps (5) (a). (b). (d) and (e). If the fixture bottoms on
the gearbox brackets before the cetner plug (12) bottoms on the
counterbore (9) the brackets are too long and must be replaced or
machined in accordance with Overhaul Manual instruction. If a gap
exists between fixture and brackets aftercetner plug bottoms pro-
ceed with the next steps.
(b) Do not tighten the large handknobs (15). but move the brackets out
as far as they will go.
(c) Measure the gap between the fixture and gearbox brackets to deter-
mine amount of shims (16) that are required.
(d) Remove fixture and assemble shims (16). Repeat all steps of (5).
Keep shim with gearbox bracket and use when gearbox is assembled to
engine.
72-30

GENERAL ELECTRIC~---
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENAN~E MANUAL
9. Scavenge Tubes Removal/Installation.
WARNING: ASBESTOS
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MAY INVOLVE A PART THAT CONTAINS ASBESTOS.

ERAL INFORMATION BEFORE PROCEEDING, AND ADHERE TO ALL SITE SAFETYAND
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CONCERNING ASBESTOS. OTHERWISE. PERSONAL INJURY
MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove bolts that secure scavenge tubes to the mainframe.
(2) Remove scavenge tubes by pulling radially from the mainframe.
(3) Discard O-rings, backup rings and gaskets.
B. Installation.
(1) Lubricate O-rings and backup rings with engine oil. Install the backup
rings on the tubes first, then install the O-rings. Install gasket on
the scavenge tubes with raised side toward mainframe pad.
(2) Assemble the scavenge lube tube to the mainframeat the 8 o’clock posi-
tion and the scavenge air tube at the 4 o’clock position. Push in
firmly to seat.
(3) Secure the tubes with bolts lubricated with EaseOff 990 (Texacone Co..
Box 4236. Dallas. Texas) or G-392 Versilube (G.E. Products Co.,
Waterford. N.Y.). Torque bolts to 10--12 Ib-in. and lockwire in 2 groups
of 2.
72-30
Dec 31/95 Page 212A/212B

GENERAL. ELECTRIC---~
CJ610 TURSOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
10. Installation of Air Pad Covers or Airframer Fittinns.
A. Air pad covers or airframer fittings should be secured to mainframe with

bolts lubricated with EaseOff 990 Texacone Co.. Box 4236. Dallas. Texas) or
G-392 Versilube (G.E. Products Co.. Waterofrd. N.Y.)
11. Stater Sector Removal/Replacement
A. Removal. (Compressor casing upper half must be removed from engine per para-
graph 5.)
NOTE: Stater sectors are normally identified as to their position in the

stage in the numerical order at the time of original installation.
This order is 1 through 12 inclusive, in the clockwise direction start-
ing at the right horizontal (split-line) flange, aft looking forward.
During removal of sectors, check the outer support of each sector as it

is removed to verify the numerical order. If the sector is not marked.
or the marking is illegible, identify and mark the sector by vibro-peen

or electro-chemical etch 0.003 inches deep on the sector outer support
being careful not to touch the brazed joints in any of the sectors and
the bleed holes in the third, fourth and fifth stage sectors.
(1) Position the upper casing half in support 2C5371.
NOTE: Removal of sectors from lower casing half maybe accomplished with
casing in place on engine, and upper casing half removed.
(2) Remove stage 1 and stage 2 sector assemblies using pusher 205371. If
sector assemblies are difficult to remove, penetrating oil may be used
along hte lands and grooves of the casing.
(3) Remove stages 3 through 7 sector stops and sectors using pusher 2C5371.
Use penetrating oil on vane sector grooves, if necessary, to facilitate
removal of sectors.
72-30
Dec 31195 Page 213

SEW EIAL E;LESTWtt
CJ610 TURBOJET
MBINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186
NOTE: The
stop sector is the sector that is located
9 e
o’clock
position
ht
stage on
vane
each of the lowerhalf

at
compressor
casing and the 3 o’clock position on each stage of the upper
half.
B. Replacement. (On CJ610-1 and -4 engines, any number of sectors per

stage may be replaced with preground sectors. On 0J610-5, -6, -8 and -9
engines, replacement of stater sectors, with preground sectors, is

limited to 50 percent per stage.)
(1) Using applicator tool 205442, lubricate the stater sector grooves
with General Electric Grease, 0-392, or equivalent.
(2) Assemble the stage 1 and stage 2 sector assemblies into the casing.
(3) Assemble the sector stops and sectors, stages 3 through 7, into the
casing, using pusher, 205371.
CAUTION: MAILE CERTAIN THE VANE SECTORS IN EACH STAGE, 3 THROUGH 7,

ARE PROPERLY POSITIONED. IT IS POSSIBLE TO ASSEMBLE THESE
SECTORS IN REVERSE ORDER SINCE THE SECTOR SUPPORTS ARE
SMIMETRICAL.
(4) Assemble the key at the horizontal flange.
172-30 Nov. 15/72

Page 214
GLIERAL~1 OLLCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
FRONT FRAME ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
I. General. Maintenance of the front frame assembly is limited to those items
I that are accessible. Refer to 72-30 for part identification/location.
2. Inspection/Check. Where serviceable limits are exceeded, parts may be re-
paired in accordance with Overhaul Manual instructions.
A. Visually inspect the front frame (with the frame assembled to engine) as
follows:
(1) Cracks (see figure

201).
(a) In "U" section One crack per strut, 1-1/2

at rear of inches long, provided adja-
strut. cent struts are not cracked.
(b) All other areas. Not serviceable.
(2) Nicks and scratches

(see figure 201).
(a) Struts. One per strut, 0.010 inch

deep, 2 inches long; or
any number up to 2 inches

cumulative length, 1/2
inch from doublers.
(b) 811 other. Any n~rmber 0.010 inch deep.

areas.
(3) Dents (see figure

201).
(a) Inner and Any n~rmber 1/8 inch deep,

outer casings.
(b) Struts, Any nrrmber 1/16 inch deep.
(c) Anti-icing Any number, provided cross
manifold. section area is not re-
duced more than 25 percent

and no sharp edges or bends
are present.
(4) Missing paint. Any amount.
Dec 31/91 72-31-0

Page 201
GEWIRALO ELECTRIC~
CJ610 TURBOJET
IdAINTENANCE ddANLIAL SEI-186
8 6 I MAXIMUMENGAGEMENT
MINIMUM ENGAGEMENT
4
I
0. 065 MINIMUM
BULL~TNOSE PLUNQERINGACEIV~N;T
0.050 MAXIMUM
13 1~ FITTINGS
8
2. DRAIN
b 3. ANTI-ICING MANIFOLD
4. AFTFLANGE
5. FORWARD FLANGE
7 6. OUTER CASING
7. BOSSES
1 8´• DOUsLER
9. STRUT
10. INNER CASING
Il. STIFFENER
12. BEARING HOUSING
13. BULLETNOSE RING
VIEW IN DIRECTION OF ARROW A CJ61W0)7-1-E2
Front Frame Inspection Limits

Figure 201
NO NUBELON FINISH
ON THESE SURFACES.
~A
;A
I olM.0.075 SECTION A’A

0.060
0.0815
0.0735
i. BULLETNOSE (PARABOLIC DOMD
i.
C .3GNIR
PLUNGER
DIA.
4. SPRING
F 5. SLENE
6. NUT
0.025
CHAM.
0.015
4.035
DIA.
0.015 4.015
0.005 clalo~o,s-l-c2
Bulletnose Inspection Limits

Figure 202
72-31-0 Sept. 15/69

Page 202
ctwtini~ PLLCIIIC
CJ810 TURBOJET
(5) Fittings for thread One full thread, continuous

damage (see figure or cumulative may be mis-
201). sing after chasing.
(6) Bulletnose Plunger Not to exceed 0.050 inch Install new plunger in
height above frame above inner casing; mini- bulletnose. It mus t not
inner casing (see mum plunger engagement exceed more ´•than 0.040
figure 201). _must be 0.065 inch. inch~ above inner casing.
(7)
I Missing’A12coating. Any amount.
B. Visually inspect the front frame as follows: (Frame removed from engine.)
(1) Rear flange ID for Up to 0.003 inch deep;

rotor blade rub. 15 inches in length;
from 0.003 inch to 0.007
inch deep; 6 inches in
length; from 0.007 to
0.010 inchdeep; 4
inches in length, after
removal of all high
metal.
(2) Bearing housing ’~Not serviceable,

stiffness for
cracks or dents.
(3) Bearing housing

for:
(a) Cracks. Not serviceable.
(b) Damaged threads. 25 percent of threads

may be missing after
’j chasing.
fi,
Dec 1/77 72-31-0
Page 203
tLiCtllC
CJ610 TUWBOJEV
C, Visually inspect the bulletnose for: (See figure 202.)
NOTE: Bulletnose should be removed from engipe for inspection. Bulletnose

to be removed for inspection only wnen’ it is excessively loose.
(1) Cracks in:
(a) Ou~er shell. 3 cracks,

~1/2 inch
longT Stop-drill both ends of
cracks.
(b) Inner shell. Not serviceable.
(c) Ring. Notserviceable.
(d) Retainer sup- Not serviceable.
port.
(2) Brate defects. Cumulative length not to
exceed 20 percent of
braze area.
(3) Dents.
(a) Nose area One dent, 1/8 inchdeep,

(first 1/2 5/8 inch in diameter.
inch).
(b) All other Four dents, 1/8 inch

areas. deep, 5/8 inch in
diameter.
(4) Retaining ring wear
on:
(a) OD (Dia. F, 4.272 inches minimum.

figure 202). (Average of 6 equally
spaced readings.)
(b) Front face 0.236 inch maximum.

(Dim. A, figure
202.) (If
noted visually).
(6) Missing A12 Any amount.
coating.
72-31-0 Dec 1/77

Page 204
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Visually inspect the variable vanes for:
(1) Cracks. Not serviceable.
(2) Bends. 1/32 inch from original

contour.
(3) Nicks, scratches Any number, 0.010 inch deep.

and pit.s.
(4) Dents. Any number, 0.020 inch
deep; 5 per vane 0.060

inch deep.
(6) Missing A12 coat- Any amount.
ing.
(7) Radial Inlet (IGV)
´•I
guide vane Replace IGV. Send vane to
movement. shall not move more than an approved GE Aircraft
0.020 inch maximum. Engines overhaul facility
for repair.
E. The actuator ring for:
(2) Scratches nicks,

or chafing.
(a) Rear band of Any number, 0.020 inch

ring (with 1/4 deep up to 1 inch long
inch x 1/2 after removal of all high
inch through metal.
slots).
(b) Remainder of Any number, 0.010 inch

ring, deep after removal of
all high metal.
(3) Ring pivot pin 0.099 inch maximum

holes for wear, if diameter.
noted visually.
(4) Lug pinholes. 0.130 inch maximum

diameter.
(5) Braze joint defect. Any number up to 0.030

inch long and not
closer together than
0.120 inch.
72-31-0
Dec 31/95 Page 205
6EIEIIL~BI tLECTIIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
Inspe ction/~eck Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
F. The actuator levers for:
(1) Cracks, dents,

Or bends, Not serviceable. Replace lever.
(2) Ball for:
(a) Movement. Ball shall move freely with Replace lever.

not more than 0.002 inch
radial movement. Bearing
assembly must be tight in
lever but the torque to move
hall not to exceed 4 inch-
ounces.
(b) Wear in I,D. 0.097 inch maximum diameter. Replace lever.
(3) Wear in square hole. No looseness allowed between Replace lever.

lever and variable vane.
(4) Nicks and scratches. Any number after removal of

all high metal,
G. The locking clips for:
(1) Cracks or distortion. Not serviceable. Replace clip.
(2) Spring characteristic. Clip surfaces must meet when Replace clip.
removed from actuator ring.
(3) Nicks and scratches. Any number after removal of

all high metal.
72-31-0 Nov. 15/73

Page 206
GEIERAL~ ELfCTRIC
CJB10 TUFPBOJET
H. The pivot pins for:’
(1)~ Cracks, bends or Not serviceable. Replace pin.

distortion.
(2) Wear if noted 0.0922 inch minimum. Replace pin.

visually.
(3) Nicks and Any number after removal

scratches. of all high metal.
I. Gearbox mounting bracket for:
(1)Cracks. Not serviceable.
(2) Cracked or missing Not serviceable. Touch-up per 72-02-5.

Solaramic coating.
for Not serviceable if base Any amount to 1 square

(3) All areas up
missing A12 metal is exposed. inch may be touched-up

coating. per 72-02-6. Return
bracket to Overhaul
Facility for stripping
and recoating if any
amount exceeds 1 squafe
inch.
J. No. 1 bearing for:
NOTE: Remove the bulletnose and sump cover as instructed in 72-30,

Maintenance Practices, paragraph 2.
(1) Missing rollers or Not serviceable. Replace bearing.

tangs.
(2) Discoloration Not serviceable. Replace bearing.

(evidence of over
heating).
K. Sump cover for:
(2) Nicks and dents. Any number after removal

of high metal.
1)
Dec 1/77 72-31-0
Page 207
GIIERAL~B fLECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
L. Shroud and seal for:
(1) Cracks. Not serviceable. Replace shroud and seal.
(2) Nicks and dents. Any number up to 1/16 Replace shroud and seal
inch deep after removal if depth exceeds 1/16
of high metal. inch.
(4) Missing A12 Any amount.
coating.
72-31-0 Dec 1/77

Page 208
GPnEAIIL ~P ~LECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
COMPRESSOR STATOR CASING ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. Maintenance of the compressor stater assembly is limited to those

items that are accessible.
IA. Preparation for Inspection. Prior to inspection, it is acceptable to prepare

the stater sector vane leading and trailing edges by hand using a fine stone
or 600-grit wet or dry abrasive paperer equivalent. Time used to prepare
each leading or trailing edge shall not exceed 2 minutes. No localized pre-
paration is allowed.
2. Inspection/Check. Where serviceable limits are exceeded, parts may be repaired

in accordancewith Overhaul Manual Instructions.
A. Visually inspect the compressor casings as follows: (See figure 201.)
(1) Cracks.
(a) In welds be- 2 rlange, 1/8 inch

per
tween casing long spaced 2 inches
and flanges. apart.
(b) All other Not serviceable.

areas.
(2) Nicks and scratches.
(a) Casing body and number 0.015 inch deep.

air manifold.
(b) Casing flanges. Any number 0.020 inch deep.
(3) Dents.
(a) Casing. Any number 0.020 inch deep.
(b) Air manifold. Any number 0.040 inch deep.
(4) Cracked or missing Not serviceable. Touch-up per

Solaramic coating. 72-02-5.
(5) Casings coated with

TSM-3 for missing
coating on:
Mar 30/84 .7 2- 32-0
Page 201
GLWERAL E Lt CIR It
CJ610 TURBOJET
1. FORWARD FLANGE
i. CASING
3. BLEED VALVE MOUNTING FLANGE
4. HORIZONTAL FLANGE
5. AIR MANIFOLD
6. REAR FLANGE
2 5 C1610-6011-PD1
Compressor Casing Inspection

Figure 201
Inspection/Check’ Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
(a) External Not serviceable. Cumulative area
surfaces, not to exceed 2
square inches.
Touch-up per
72-02-7.
(b) Blade path Any amount.
lands.
(6) Flanges (1,4,6) With flanges bolted together, Cold-work flanges

for local a 0.001 inch thick by 0.200 within max. service-
distortion. inch wide shim shall not be able’ limits. Fluo-
able to be inserted more rescent penetrant-
than 0.100 inch anywhere inspect area for
along the outside or cracks. None
inside of the flange. allowed.
72-32-0 Mar 30/84

Page 202
6 IEAAL E LE CTI IC
CJ610 TURBOJeT
3. Inspection of Stater Sector Vanes for Pits (Corrosion). (See figure 202.)
NOTE: The eighth-stage and exit guide vane are included in this inspection.
A. Vanes with the following defects in the airfoil are to be scrapped:
(1) Corrosion pits on leading or trailing edge which can be felt with
the
a wire. (Refer to inspection paragraph 4 for applicable wire sizes).
Slide the wire up and down the edge at different angles to pick up
defects on all portions of the edge.
(2) Corrosion of the leading or trailing edge which may appear as a stain,
darker than the balance of the vane surface, and containing occasional
pits.
(3) Rough appearance of the surface including eroded areas which are
depressed from the surrounding surface and appear as black or dark
patches on the surface (random visible pits are acceptable).
NOTE: If a single vane is found to contain any of the above conditions

the entire vane sector/segment shall be scrapped.
B. Intermetallic diffusion coated vanes with more than 10% of the coating
missing after all other defects have been repaired shall be touched up
per 72-02-6.
NOTE: Disregard missing coating within 0.100 inch of the vane tip.
C. Vanes with defects, other than thosesteps A. described in and B., in
the vane airfoil shall be inspected per paragraph 4.
Sep 1/75 72-32-0

Page 203
CJ610 TURBOJET
MIIlJOAZ, SEf-lsb
SrAGES 1 AND e I AA6a 3 THROUGN 7 STAGE 8 AND 568

(f(lPIW) (T~PICIIL)
CONUIYE eQIYVEX
I sra SIDE i I 1
11
n I Llo.LoR
SfA6ES 3 AAC 4---3 I

L/2
3
STA6ES 5, 6 AnD 7--X V3
S 1 CURLED nP tORAENS
4 UI I 0.10D IrAX.
_
ERmw AREA
I ~ac-cnTIcu 1~El
NOlE: cRrrlW AREA DO~ I[T1 INEUIPE

88412 FILLR´• 801 PWSED VANE 1. DuterSupport
2. InnerSupport
NYL’ILRIAL 10688 F~1LLn SIW BE
3. InnerBand
C~IOERED As CRITIW AREA.
4. RSvet
5. shroud
6. Shroud Ring
I. Airfoil
8. Eighth-Stage and EDV Inny Band
s. shroud CliP
16. Side of inner Supatr (TypSca1)
11. Toe of Ledge (fygical)
12. BotDan of Ledge (Typical)
8C-08l 0-2
Stater SeCtors laspection

Figu~e 202
72-32-0 Dec 31/91

Page 204
GLIERAL~BB ELECTRIC
ccis~o TijRBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE’MANUAL
4. Inspect the Vane Sectors/Segments as follows: (See figure 202.)
A. First- and second-stage

sector halves for:
(1) Loose or missing Not serviceable. .Replace rivets.

tivets (4).
B. First- and second-stage inner band (3) for:
(2) Nicks and scratches. Any number 0.015 inch

deep after removal of
all high metal.
(3) Dents. Any number 0.015 Cold-work to original

inch deep. contour. ~Fluorescent-
penetrant inspect
no cracks allowed.
(4) Pits. Any number 0.010

.peedhcni
(5) Elongated None allowed.
rivet holes.
Sep 1/75 72-32-0

Page 205
a~LCtlle
C4619 TUWBOJET
First- and second-stage shroud (5) for:
(2) ~Nicks and scratches. Any number 0.015 inch

all high metal.
(3) Dents. Any number 0.015 inch Cold-work to original

deep, contour. Fluorescent-
penetrant inspect
no cracks allowed.
(4) Broken spot welds Not serviceable.

on clips (9).
(5) Pits. Any number 0.010 inch

deep.
(6) Rubs. Not more than 0.005 inch

deep afterremoval of
high metal.
First- and second-stage shroud ring (6) for:
(2) Nicks, dents, Any amount 0.030 inch

pits, and deep after removal
scratches, of all high metal.
(3) Wear grooves. Any number not over
0.020 inch deep.
(I
Sep 1/75
72-32-0
Page 206
Ertc~nle
CJ6r0 TURBOJET
SEZ-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
inspection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
E. Inner support (2) ~all stages) for:
(1) Cracks. None allowed.
(2)~Nicks, Any number 0.015 inch

a~terremoval of all
and’ dents.ScratcheS1 high~ pe d.latem
(3) Rubs. Any amount 0.005 inch
all high metal.
(4) Pits. Any number 0.010 inch

deep.
(5) Wear. Any amount provided:
(a) 0. 005´• inch minimum

stock thickness.
remaining on radial
side of support (10)
at end showing most
sever wear.
(Ij~Top (11) or~bottdm (12)

layer of ledge material
is not reduced more
than 25% of stock

thickness.
F. Outer support (1) tall stages) for:
(1) Cracks. Notserviceable.
(2) Nicks and Any number 0.015 inch

scratches. deep after removal of all
high metal.
,(3) Dents.~ 0.060 inch. deep with

no torn metal.
(4) Pits. Any number0.010

.peedhcni
Sep ’1/75 72-32-0

Page 207
G E I ERAL C LE e~ a Ic
CJ610 TURBOJET
STATOR SECTORS/SEGMENTS INSPECTION
G. Airfoils (7) in all stages for:
(2) Edge waviness Any number 0.050 inch Cold-work to original

and bends. from original contour. shape. Fluorescent
penetrant-inspect; no
cracks allowed.
(3) Trailing edge Any amount if edges

erosion (air- are not curled or
foil thinning). rolled.
(4) Missing coating

on A12 coated
vanes in:
(a) Area within Any amount.

0.100 inch
´•of blade tip.
(b) Other areas. 10X of coating missing. Refer to paragraph 3.B.
H. Stages 1 and 2 airfoils Any number which cannot Blend within limits
for nicks, dents, pits,´• be felt. (refer to paragraph 5).
and scratches on
0.030 inch along

area
entire leading and

trailing edges.
(Using light finger
pressure, slide a
0.070-0.075 inch
diameter.wire along
edge at various
angles.
I
NOTE: For CJ610-8A engines, all blade clearances shall be
measured (for all stages) if compressor rotorhas been disassembled
and disks and spacers have been separated. Blade and vane tip
clearances shall be measured using procedures in SEI-136, 72-00,
FITS and CLEARANCES.
7i-32-0 Nov 1/80

Page 208
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ,
STATOR SECTORS INSPECTION
I. Stages 3 thru 7 airfoils for:
(1)Nicks, dents,
pits, and
scratches on:
(a) Cri.tical areas. i. On assembled vanes, If the defect cannot
(Using light any number that canbe felt using a
finger pressure, not be f~lt. 0.120-0.125 inch

slide a 0.070- diameter wire or if
0.075 inch dia- they are clearly the
meter wire along direct result of FOD,
the edge at blend within limits
various angles). (refer to paragraph 5).
2. On unassembled vanes, If the defect can be

any number that can- felt with a 0.120-
not be felt, inch diameter
´•I placed.0125
wire and is not clearly
the result of FOD, the
sector is not repair-
able and shall be re-
(b) Non-critical Any number which cannot Blend within limits

areas of lead- be felt. (refer to paragraph 5).
ing and trail-
ing edges.
(Using light
finger pres-
sure, slide a
0.120’0.125
inch diameter
wire along
edge at various
angles)
(2) Corrosion (except Any amount which cannot (a) Stages 3 and 4:
leading and trail- be felt. use a 0.070-0.075
ing edges). (Using inch diameter

light finger wire.
pressure, slide
a wire across the (b) Stages 5. 6, and
corroded area). 7, use a 0.120-
0.125 inch diam-
eter wire.
72-32-0
Dec 31/95 Page 209
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAIrJTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE i: After inspection, mark the first vane (counting clockwise, aft
looking forward) of each serviceable stater sector. This will

ensure proper installation of the stage 6 and 7 stater sectors
at assembly. Make the mark on the aft (concave) side of vane
in the form of a 1/2-inch dot. using yellow dykem or equiva-

lent. (See figure 203.)
NOTE 2: For CJ610-8A engines, all blade and vane tip clearances shall
be measured for all stages (using procedures in SEI-136, 72-00,
FITS and CLEARANCES) under any of the following conditions:
When compressor rotor has been disassembled and disks and spac-
ers have been separated.
When vane segment(s) have been replaced.
J. Stage 8 and EGV airfoils for:
(1)Nicks, dents, Any amount which cannot Blend within limits

pits, and be felt. per paragraph 5.
scratches on a
0.030 inch area
along leading and

trailing edges.
(Using light finger
pressure, slide a
0.070-0.075 inch
diameter wire along the
edge at various angles.)
(2) Corrosion (except Any amount which cannot
leading and be felt.
trailing edges)
(Using light finger
pressure, slide a
0.070-0.075 inch
diameter wire across
the corroded area.)
K. Cracks, gaps, and

porosity in all
brazed joints:
(1)Stage 1 and 2 Any number 1/4 inch long,

vane sector cumulative length not to
inner band (3). exceed 50 percent of joint

length.
72-32-0

GENERAL ELECTRIC~-
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAT,
(2) Stage 1 and 2 Any number up to 1/8 inch

outer support long, cumulative length
(1) and inner not to exceed 50 percent
support (2). of joint length.
(3) Stages 3 through Any number up to 1/8 inch

8. long. cumulative length
not to exceed 50 percent
of joint length.
72-32-0
i Dec 31/95 Page 210A/210B

CEICRAL~ ELECfRIC
CJB10 TUIPBOJET
Airfoil Blending Procedure. (See figure 204.)
A. Blending is done to remove the stress concentration of nicks, pits,and

scratches to prevent vane failure. The~removal of high metal is done to
restore the airfoil to nearly its original aerodynamic shape.
NOTE: Blending is restricted to leading and trailing edges and tip

corners.
B. Hand blending should be finished with a fine stone or 600 grit wet or
dry abrasive paper. Finish blending must be done in a direction along
the length of the vane and must remove all evidence of crosswise marks
that may have been made during initial blending.
C. All FOD defects more than 1/4-inch apart should be blended separately;
those less than 1/4-inch apart should be blended together. All blends
must have a minimum radius of 1/4-inch. The total reduction in chord
width may be taken on either side or split between the sides. Amount
of rework is controlled by the minimum chord width limit. Minimum
allowable chord is given for root and tip of airfoil, minimum chord at
other points is proportional. (See figure 204.)
D. If FOD minor repair limits

are not exceeded in a stage, any number of
vanes in stage may be repaired. If both major and minor FOD repair
that
is required in a stage, major repair is limited to 10 percent of the
vanes, and minor repair is allowed on the remaining vanes of that stage.
Tip rubs may be repaired on any number of vanes.
CAUTION:’ EXCESSIVE BLENDING OF CORROSION PITS MAY HIDE DEFECTS THAT

COULD LEAD TO VANE FAILURE. THE CHORD LIMITS SPECIFIED IN
FIGURE 204 APPLY TO FOD ONLY.
E. Corrosion pits shall be hand blended parallel to the leading and trailing
edges using a fine Arkansas stone. If blending for several minutes does
not reduce corrosion pits to within serviceable limits the vane sector
shall be scrapped.
F. The shape of the vane leading edge is very important to engine performance.
Leading edges are to be smoothly radiused as shown in figure 2-5.
G. Repair and touchup of A12 coated vanes shall not exceed limits specified
in paragraph 3.B.
cl,
Sep 1/75 72-32-0
Page 211
6tRllll~ tllGtlE
C4~b10 TU#~04ET
MAIEcTTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186
nspnox. 1/2 INCH DiSK

MARKED ON AFT (CONCAVE)
SIDE OF VANE
CF700-30990-F2
Marking of Stage 6 and 7 Stater Sectors (Typical)

Figure 203
TIP CORNER REPAIR MAY BE PERFORMED ON VANES’WHICH HAVE BEEN

REWORKED TO MAXIMUM MINOR OR MAJOR LIMITS
DEFECTS MORE THAN 1’4 INCH APART

(BLENDSEPARATELY)
STAGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 EG
MINOR REPAIR
DEFECTS LESS THAN A-MIN. CHORD ROOT .900 1.7001.5801.4901. 4301.4001.4001.4001
1/4 INCH APART (BLEND
TOGETHER) B-MIN. CHORD TIP .830 1.6601.5601.4801 .4201.4001.4001.
MAJOR REPAIR
A-MIN. CHORD ROOT .830 1.6501.5801.4901. 430 1.4001.4001.
B-MIN. CHORD TIP .770 1.6101.5201.4401. 3901.3601.3601.

’I TIPRADIUS Y MAX. .1251.1001.1001.1 .100
NOTE
MINIMUM tHORD IS MEASURED FROM THE
BASE OF ANY REWORKED AREA ACROSS
RADIUS Y THE AIRFOIL TO THE OPPOSITE EDGE
CONCAVE SIDE
OR TO THE BASE OF ANY OPPOSITE
REWORKED AREA tJ110´•30611´•0´•E2
Stater Vane FOD Repair

Figure 204
72-32-0 Sep 1/75

Page 212
GTIEIAL tltCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
I 1 RAD.
1
i I’
E~
CORRECT INCORRECT
8(3-0224
Typical Leading Edge After Blending

Figure 205
II´•-
Sep 1/75
72-32-0
Page 21’3
tf~LRIL ~P ILteTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
COMPRESSOR ROTOR ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General. Maintenance of the compressor rotor assemby is limited to those

items that are accessible.
1A. Preparation for Inspection. Prior to inspection,acceptable to prepare

it is
the compressor rotor blade leading and
trailing edges by hand using a fine
stone or 600-grit, wet or dry abrasive paper or equivalent. Time used
’TRAILING
EDGE
CONCAVE DISTANCE
SIDE ~L OUT
ic\ CURLED
CORNER
DAMAGE
-I
DENT
.,brn DEPTH
0.040 L 0.040
SIDE
i Z
L
O.P30 /,W/Z STAGE I
0.030
W
CONVEX CONCAVE
SIDE SIDE
CRITCIIL*RI* I MINOI! AREA
STAGE
DIMENSION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AIRFOIL CRITICAL AREAS
Z 1/3 L 2/3L 1/2L 1/ZL 2/3L 2/3L 2/3L 2/3L
EXTEND DCWN TO AIID
A~OUND FILLET
Gi-C0~7-1
Compressor Rotor Blades Inspection

Figure 201
Mar 30/84 72-33-0

Page 201
GEIERAL ~B E LL CTR It
CJ610 TURBOJET
I to prepare each leading

localized preparation is allowed.
or trailing edge shall not exceed 2 minutes. No
2. Inspection of Compressor Rotor Blades for Pits (Corrosion)
A. Blades with the following defects in the airfoil critical areas (see figure
201) are to be scrapped:
(1) Corrosion pits on the leading or trailing edge which can be felt with a
wire (refer to paragraph 3 for applicable wire sizes), or pits which

appear to besharp notches in the leading or trailing edge. Slide the
wire at different angles to pick up defects on all portions of the edge.
(2) Rough appearance of the surface including eroded areas which are
depressed from the surrounding surface and appear as black or dark
patches on the surface (randon visible pits are acceptable).
B. Intermetallic diffusion coated blades with more than 10% of the coating
missing aftzr all other defects have been repaired shall be touched up
(72-02-6).
NOTE: Disregard missing coating’within 0.100 inch of the blade tip.
C. Inspect blades with defects, other than those described in st~p A,

the leading or trailing edge of the airfoil (refer to paragraph 3).
in
i)
paired in accordance with instructions in Overhaul Manual (SEI-136).
COMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADES INSPECTION
A. Entire blade for:
(1) Fatigue crack Not serviceable. If crack is within 3/16

indications, inch of corner of
trailing edge tip,
blend out crack but do
not exceed limits in
paragraph 4.
(2) Manufacutring Not serviceable.
process defect
indicatidns.
NOTE: For CJ610-8A engines, all blade and vane tip clearances shall
be measured (for all stages) if compressor rotor has been
disassembled and if disks and spacers have.been separated.
Blade and vane tip clearances shall be measured using pro-
cedures in SEI-136, 72-00, FITS and CLEARI1~NCES.
72-33-0 Mar 30/84

Page 202
6LWERAL~ LLEC’IRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAIN~NANCE MANUAL SEI-186
Inspection/Check Maximum Serviceable.Limits Remarks
B. Airfoils all stages for:
(1) Bends, distortion, Leading and trailing

or edge waviness. edges´•must be straight
within 0.015 inch per
inch of height; provided
such defects form long,
smooth curves.
(2) Nicks, dents, pits,

and scratches on:
(a) Critical areas. Any amount which Blend within limits
(Using light cannot be felt, per paragraph 4 if

finger pressure the defect cannot
slide a 0.070- be felt with a 0.120-
0.075 inch dia- 0.125 inch diameter
meter wire along wire.
the edge at var-
ious angles).
(b) Non-critical Any amount which Blend within limits

areas. cannot be felt. per paragraph 4.
(Using light
finger pressure,
slide a 0.120-
0.125 inch dia-
meter wire along
the edge at var-
ious angles).
(3) Visible corrosion in

critical areas:
(a) Stage i, 2, 5, Any amount if the

6, 7,and 8. area does not appear
rough or eroded.
(b) Stage 3 and 4. Not serviceable.
C. Blade tips for:
(1) Curled corners. Not over 0.010 inch. Repair per paragraph
(2) Burrs due to rubs. Not serviceable. Remove burrs.
Sep 1/75 72-33-0

Page 203
CJ610 TURBOJET
Inspect ion/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
D. Pin holes (first stage) for:
(1) Wear. Not over 0.255 inch ID.
(2) Burrs on edge. Not serviceable. Remove burr. Edges

of holes must have
a 0.005 inch
minimum radius.
E. Critical areas of Any number 0.005 inch

blade shanks (Ist deep after removal of all
stage) for nicks, high metal.
dents, scratches,
and pits.
F. Minor area of plat- Any number 0,020 deep

form and blade after removal of all
shanks (Ist stage) high metal.
for nicks, dents,
scratches, and pits.
G. Missing coating
on A12 coated
blades in:
(1) Area within Any amount.

0.100 inch of
blade tip,
(2) Other areas. 10 percent of coating Refer to paragraph

missing. 2.B.
H. Spacer vane path Any amount not exceeding Blend per 72-02-9.
for nicks, dents, 0,005 inch deep, with no
Pits, scratches, high metal.
and rubs.
72-33-0 Dec 31/91

Page 204
GLWE RAL~ ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTE~IANCE MANLTAL
Inspection/Checks Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
I. Stage I blade retaining pin:
(1) All areas for Not serviceable. Replace pin.

cracks.
(2) Pin shank for:
(a) Nicks, dents, Any number less Blend per

i... and scratches. than 0.005 inch 72-02-9.
deep,with no high
metal.
(b) Wear. 0.2490 inch min OD. Replace pin.
(3) Pin head for Any number less Blend per

I nicks, dents, than~0. 010 inch 72-02-9.
and scratches. deep, with no high
metal.
(4) All areas for Not serviceable. Replace pin.

pits due
noisrct or
fret ring.
4. Airfoil Blending Procedure. (See figure 202.)
A. Blending_is done to remove the stress concentration of nicks, pits, and

scratches prevent blade failure. The removal of high metal is done
to to
restore the airfoil to nearly its original aerodynamic shape.
CAUTION: BLENDING OF CONCAVE AND CONVEX AIRFOIL SURFACES WHICH WOULD

REDUCE THICKNESS IS PROHIBITED. ONLY REMOVAL OF HIGH METAL
IS PERMITTED ON THESE SURFACES.
B. Hand blending should be finished with a fine stone or 600 grit wet or
dry abrasive paper. Finish blending must be done in a.direction along
the length of the vane and must remove all evidence of crosswise marks
that may have been made during initial blending.
C. All FOD defects 1/4-inch apart should be blended separately;

more than
those less than 1/4-inch apart should be blended together. All blends must
have a minimum radius of 1/4-inch. The total reduction in chord width may
be taken on either side or split between the sides. Amount of rework is
controlled by the minimum chord width limit. Minimum allowable chord is
given for root and tip of airfoil: minimum chord at other points is pro-
portional. (See figure 202.)
Dec 31/91 72-33-0

Page 205
6LB EI6L I1ICtll~
CJ610 TURBOJET
DEFECTS MORE THAN 1/4 INCH

tRaDlus Y APART (BLEND SEPARATELY)
STAGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B
NOR REPAIR
A-MIN. CHORD ROOT11. .61 .495
B-MIN. CHORDTIP 1. .61 460 .445
DEFECTS LESS THAN 1/4 INCH
REPAIR
APART (BLEND TOGETHER)
A-MIN. CHORDROO 1.240 610 .495
B-MIN. CHORDTIP 1.420 .415
P RADIUS Y MAX. .2501. i 150 1 .1 i 1 .100
TIP CORNER REPAIR MAY BE PERFORMED ON BLADES WHICH

HAVE BEEN REWORKED TO MAXIMUM MINOR OR MAJOR LIMITS.
NOTE
MINIMUM CHORD IS MEASURED FROM THE BASE OF
ANY REWORKED AREA ACROSS THE AIRFOIL TO THE
OPPOSITE EDGE OR TO THE BASE OF ANY OPPOSITE
REWORKED AREA.
CONVEX SIDE
C1610-3079-101
Compressor Rotor Blade FOD Blending Limits

Figure 202
D. If FOD minor repair limits exceeded in

are not a stage, any number of
blades in that stage may be repaired. If both major and minor repair
is required in a stage, major repair is limited to 10 percent of the
blades, and minor repair is allowed on the remaining blade of that
stage. Tip rubs may be repaired on any number of blades.
CAUTION: EXCESSIVE BLENDING OF CORROSION PITS MAY HIDE DEFECTS THAT

COULD LEAD TO BLADE FAILURE. THE CHORD LIMITS SPECIFIED
IN FIGURE 202 APPLY TO FOD ONLY.
E. Corrosion pits shall be hand blended parallel to the leading and trailing
edges using a fine Arkansas stone. If blending for several minutes
does not reduce corrosion pits to within serviceable limits the blade
shall be scrapped.
72-33-0
Se~p 1/75
Page 206
GEWEl~iL a~ ILECtlllE
CJB10 TURBOJET
I
I
RAD.
I
I
CORRECT INCORRECT
BC-0224

Figure 203
F. The shape of the bladeleading edge is very´•important to engine perfor-

mance. Leading edges are to be smoothly radiused as shown in figure 203.
G. Repair and touchup of A12 coated dlades shall not exceed limits specified
in paragraph 3.B.
CI)
Sep 1/75
72-33-0
Page 207
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ,
MAINFRAME MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. Maintenance of the mainframe assembly is limited to those items that

are accessible. Disregard this inspection when mainframe is Inconel 718 cast-
ing.

in accordance with Overhaul Manual instructions.
NOTE: Confirm suspected cracks per 72-03-1.
A. Visually inspect the external areas of the mainframe as follows:
(1)Mounting pads for:
(a) Damaged threads. Damage equivalent to one

full thread missing after
chasing.
(b) Cracks. One per pad, 3/4 inch

long.
(c) Nicks, dents, Any number, 0.020 inch deep.

scratches and
pits.
(d) Broken bo~lts. Not serviceable. Remove and replace

all broken bolts.
(2) Flanges for cracks. Not serviceable.
(3) Outer band for:
(b) Nicks and Any number, 0.020 inch deep.

scratches.
(c) Dents. Any number, 0.030 inch deep,

1 inch in diameter.
(4) All welds for No through cracks allowed.

cracks. Surface cracks 0.030 inch
long, with a cumulative

length of 0.090 inch in any
1.0 inch of weld. Cumula-
tive length not more than 8
percent of joint length.
72-34-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
GENERAL ELECTRIC-~---
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Gearbox bracket Not serviceable.

adapter for
cracks.
(6) Mainframe for Not serviceable. Touch-up per

cracked or 72-02-5.
missing Solaramic
coating.
(7) Mainframes coated Not serviceable. Cumulative area not
with TSM-3 for to exceed 2 square

missing coating. inches. Touch-up
per 72-02-7.
B. Visually inspect the internal areas of the mainframe as follows:
NOTE: Inspect these areas only when the combustion section has been removed.
(1) Struts and inner band for cracks.
(a) Outer band. Not serviceable.
(b) Strut. Not serviceable.
(c) Inner band. Not serviceable.
(2) Nicks, pits, and Any number, 0.020 inch
scratches, deep, with no high

metal.
(3) Dents. Any number, 0.030 inch deep,

1 inch diameter that does not
cause interference or improper

fit.
(4) Welds ~Eor cracks. No through cracks allowed.

Surface cracks 0.030 inch
long, with cumulative
length of 0.090 inch in
any 1.0 inch of weld.

Cumulative length not
more than 8% of joint

length.
(5) Eighth-stage See 72-32-0,

stater vanes. paragraph 3.
72-34-0
Page 202 Dec 31/91

OIslRIL~ELECTRIE
CJ610 TURBOJET
(6) Bearing~support Not serviceable, Touch-up per

for cracked or 72-02-5.
missing Solaramic
coating.
NOTE: Inspect this area only when the combustion section has been
removed.
C, Borescope-inspect No surface roughness Remove excess
internal flowpath due to corrosion corrosion with
area for corrosion. allowed. emery cloth or
equivalent.
oo
o 4
1J i. MOUNTING PADS
D 2. FRONT OUTER FLANGE
3
p o 5 3. FRONT INNER FLANGE
o
4. REAR OUTER FLANGE
5. REAR INNER FLANGE
12 6. OUTER BAND
7. STRUTS
14 8. INNER BAND
O 9. GUSSETS
10. SUPPORTS
11. STRUT SUPPORT
12. GANG CHANNEL
13. RIVETS
O 14. GANG CHANNEL NLITS
8 15. EIGHTH-STAGE SEAL RABBET
16. REAR-FLANGE RABBES
OoO 1
zl
1
0
P~oo 3
Clb10d02CO-C2
Mainframe
Figure 201
Dec 31/91 72-34-0

Page 203
CflEIAL O ELLCtllC
CJB10 TURBOJET
681-186
9
COMBUSTION SECTION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
i. General.
The combustion section, figure i, consists basically of the outer combustion

casing, inner combustion casing, combustion liner, thenumber 3 bearing and
support, the number 3 carbon seal and support, the turbine stationary air
seal, the shaft shield and the combustion heat shield (optional equipment).
The first-stage turbine nozzle is shown because it attaches to the combus-
tion section rather than the turbine section. The description for the first-
stage turbine nozzle is covered in the turbine section.
2. Description.
A. Outer Combustion Casing. The outer combustion casing (13) is one piece,
and is made of chromoloy material. It isa major structural unit, bolt-
ing to the mainframe at‘the front and to the turbine stater at the rear.
’Anigniter plug is seated at each of the two igniter bosses (1) and
extend through the casing into the combustion liner. An insulation
shield (optional) is secured around the outer surface of the casing to
shield airframe components from excessive heat.
d s. Inner Combustion~Casing. The annular inner combustion casing (11) is

made of chromoloy and is one-piece. At the front, it bolts to the inner
casing of the mainframe and at rear and supports the No. 3 bearing sup-
port (5). Extra holes provided
are in the rear flange to form passages
so air-can enter the balance piston chamber area.
C. Combustion Liner. The combustion liner (1’2) consists of a cowl section,

a dome section, an outer’shell, an inner shell, and the outer and inner
shell, and the outer and.inner flanges. All of these components are
welded and riveted to form a one-piece fabrication, made from Hastolloy

material. Air from the compressor section enters the liner through per-
forated areas designated as thimble holes and louvers. The thimble
holes direct air into the burning area while the louvers provide bound-
ary layers of air along the inner surfaces of the liner to prevent for-
mation of hot spots. Free thermal expansion ofby the liner is allowed
the following method of support. The twelve fuel nozzles protrude into
the liner at the swirl cups ~2) and provide a s-teady support at the
front. At the rear, the outer flange is held in place by the common
joint ~of the turbine casing and the outer combustion casing.
The flange is held in place by the common joint of the inner com-
inner
bustion casing and the first-stage nozzle. Thus, the liner is supported
mainly by its inner and outer flanges at the aft end. Equally spaced
holes in the outer flanges direct the passage of the relatively cool air
from along the outer combustion´•casing into the hollow partitions of the
first-stage ´•turbine nozzle (4).
Mar. 30/67 72-40
Page 1
ELIERIL EL~CfllC
CJB10 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL 822-186
i. IGNITER BOSS
4. FIRST-STAGE TURBINE NOZZLE

5. NO. 3 (REAR) BEARING SUPPORT
6. NO. 3 (REAR SEAL SUPPORT
’7. NO. 3 (REAR) CARBON SEAL
8. NO. 3 (REAR) BEARING
9. INSULATION BLANKET
no
eP 10. TURBINE STATIONARY SEAL
2 5 11. INNER CASING
C~3
6 12. COMBUSTION LINER
13. OUTER CASING
14´• DRAIN BOSS
1
it
I
6
15
3
a
i) i
Il--U 13 12 11
clalo-do?~-o-cl
Combustion Section
Figure 1
D. No. 3 Rearing Support. The No. 3 bearing support is made from chromoloy
anrl retains the outer race and-cage assembly of the No. 3 bearing (8);
it the oil nozzle assembly which lubricates the No. 3 bearing;
and it also retains the No. 3 seal support. The seal support retains
the c,il seal and the inner turbine 3 bearing support
air seal. The No.
and the forward race of first-stage turbine wheel form thebalance
the
piston air chamber. Boundary layer´•air from the inner combustion casing
enters this chamber and bears against the face of the turbine wheel to
counteract the rotor forward thrust.
E. Shaft Shield. The shaft shield (3) is made from 321 stainless steel.
Il The
bly
forward
and the
flange
aft flange
is bolted
is bolted
to the
to
collar of
the No. 3
the power take-off
bearing support (5).
assem-
It
j
72-40 ´•Mar. 30/67

Page 2
BERERAL tLEelRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
protects the oil lines and the engine shaft from excessive heat and con-
nects the No. 2 bearing area to the No. 3 bearing area to form a common
oil sump.
3. Operation.
Fuel enters the through the 12 fuel nozzles.

combustor Each fuel nozzle in-
corporates a flow a primary and secondary flow passages, ensuring

divider,
a´• proper fuel spray pattern and flow ´•through the engine operating speed
range. The compressor discharge air enters the space between the outer com-
bustion casing and inner combustion casing, and passes through the louvers
and thimble holes into the liner where combustion takes place with the fuel.
A small amount of air enters the combustion dome through the swirl cups to
provide primary combustion, dome cooling and fuel nozzle carbon sweeping.
The resulting gases pass to the turbine through an annular opening at the
rear of the liner and the first-stage turbine nozzle.
Mar. 30/67 72-40
Page 3
6EW ERAL ELECTRIC
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
COMBUSTION SECTION -MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. The following paragraphs describe removal, installation, disassem-

bly and assembly procedures that are approved for "hot section" inspection
and No. 3 bearing replacement.
2. Removal/Installation Procedures for Combustion Neat Shield. (Optional

Equipment)
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the two igniter leads. Remove the igniter plugs.
(2) Remove the 2 nuts from the igniter bosses.
(3) .Remove the 2 bolts and washers from ignition lead supports.
(4) Remove the 2 nuts, bolts and gaskets from the 2 pairs of supports
located at the aft end of the horizontal split line. Note that the
nut, bolt and gasket on the left side 09 the engine also attaches a
bracket for the ign-ition lead clamp.
(5) Remove the union and packing from the combustion casing drain (lo-
cated at 6 o’clock position).
(6) Remove the 16 bolts and washers that attach the heat shield to the
heat shield brackets that are bolted ´•to the forward side of the
outer combustion’casing rear flange.
(7) Remove the heat shield halves.
B. Installation.
(1) Install the upper-half of the heatshield over the outer combustion
casing. Install the lower-half of shield so that the splitline

heat
edge fits betwe’en the inner and outer spring clips of the upper half.
(2) Align and insert the 16 bolts and washers that attach the heat
shield to the heat shield brackets. Torque the bolts to 21-27 Ib-in.
Lockwire the bolt heads to the brackets if no firewall has to be in-
stalled later.
(3) Insert the 2 (bolt head up).that are.used to bolt the two
bolts
halves of the together at the forward heat shield sup-
heat shield
ports. Insertthe gasket-type-washers betweenthe 2 pairof sup-

ports. Assemble the locknu´•t and´•the clamp fo‘r the thermocouple
harness on the left-hand side of the engine. Assemble the locknut
Dec 30/78 Page 20172-40

CJ610 TURBOJET
to the bolt on the right-hand side of the engine. Torque the lock-
nuts to 24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire the bolt head to the support.
(4) Using a new packing, assemble and torque the combustion casing drain
fitting to 40-60 Ib-in.
(5) Attach the 2 ignition lead brackets to the heat shield using bolts
and 2 washers, Torque the bolts to 24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(6) Assemble the gasket and nut that secures the heat shield to the outer
combustion casing igniter boss.
(7) Igniter plug tips must have an immersion depth into the combustion
liner of 0.000-0.015 inch. The inrmersion depth is controlled by the
number of washers or shims used on the plug. Set the immersion depth
per section 80-23-0.
3. Removal/Installation Procedures for CombustionSection Inspection. (See

figure 201.) Use this procedure for routine combustion section removal,
inspection and re-installation.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the exhaust section and turbine sections as outlined in the
sections 87-11, and´•72-50 respectively, the necessary external lines
and leads, and the igniter plugs per section 80-23-0.
(2) Remove the turbine stationary seal, the first-stage nozzle, and the
combustion liner as follows:
NOTE: First-stage turbine nozzles have 5 "T" positions (T1 through

T5) stamped circumferentially around the aft face of the outer
flange. Before removing the nozzle, record in the engine
records the "T" number located at the 12 o’clock position.
(a) Match-mark the turbine outer stationary seal with first-stage

nozzle. Match-mark the first-stage nozzle with the outer com-
bustion easing.
(b) Remove the bolts (5) that attach the turbine stationary seal (6).
Remove´•the seal, first-stage nozzle (7), and the combustion
liner (8).
B. Installation. the~combustion liner (8), first-stage

Install nozzle (7),
and the turbine stationary seal as follows:
NOTE: Use procedure outlined in paragraph 5 if the No. 3 bearing support

has been removed from engine.
72-40 Dec 30/78

Page 202
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186´•: MAINTENANCE MANUAL
9 .e
2~ r---------’---~
3 i r
r------
I I
la
I 1~
5--!1 I I
I I
~I I
I
I,
I I
I 1 ’I
7 1
,,13 11
I’
1
I 14
II ii t 15
I
_1
ii
.i.
I ii
17
8
Ii
II I
II 19--zt 1 1~--18
I I
II L-C~ o
II I I
I
I L-,-,-,------, --I I
i. INSULATION BLANKET 20
2. BOLT,SEAL SUPPORT 22 21
3. REAR SEAL SUPPORT SUB-ASSEMBLY
4. O-RING
5.
6.
BOLT. TURBINE STATIONARY
TURBINE STATIONARY SEAL
O
7. FIRST-STAGE TURBINE NOZZLE 23
8. COMBUSTION LINER
9. BOLT
10. VIEW-PORT COVER
11. GASKET
12. OUTERCOMBUSTION CASING
13. IGNITERBOSS
14. OILNOZZLE
15. BOLT, SHAFT SHIELD
16. NO. 3 BEARING SUPPORT SUB-ASSEMBLY
18.17. O-RINGINNER COMBUSTION CASING

19. BOLT
20. O-RING
21. NO. 3 BEARING LUBE TUBE
22. SnAFTSHIELD
23. MAINFRAME C~610dOZB´•2-Bi
Combustion Section Installation
Figure 201
May 15/70 72-40
Page 203
6 EW PRAL ~g ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTE~NANCE MANUAL SEI-186
(1) Install the combustion liner (8) over the inner combustion casing
(18) and line up the opening for the igniter with the igniter boss
(13) on the outer combustion casing (12).
(2) Visually check the rear flanges of the combustion liner (8) to be
sure they are seated on the rear flanges of the inner and outer
combustion casings (12, 18).
(2A) Check the fit between the first-stage nozzle and the combustion liner
before assembly to the liner. See figure 201A, View A. The nozzle
outer band should fit snugly into the liner and should be capable of
rotating in it. If interference exists between these parts, proce~d

as follows:
Interference Corrective Action
(a) Nozzle fits into liner, but Bend tabs uniformly outward
interferes with outer tabs; around circumference of liner.
or nozzle fits into liner on Max allowable bend on any tab is
one side, but interferes 0.02 in. See figure 201A, View a
with rivets on the other.
(b) Nozzle fits into liner, but Bend rivets inward until nozzle
interferes with rivets. fits without interference. See
figure 201A, View C.
(c) Nozzle band has a wavy Remove waves from nozzle outer
pattern and interferes band, using a rawhide mallet or

with outer tabs and plastic hammer. Nozzle outer
rivets. band must be 15.35-15.37 inch ID
on forward end.
(3) Install the first-stage turbine nozzle (7) by inserting the nozzle
outer band over the flanges of the combustion liner (8). Check the
engine disassembly records for the designation of the "T" number that
is located at the 12 o’clock position. Before seating the nozzle,
align the bolt circles at the inner and outer combustioncasing
flanges with the designated "T" mark on the nozzle at the 12 o’clock
position. (See BOTE, paragraph 3.A.) Secure the nozz~e to the aft
I
flange of the combustion casing (12) with 4 bolts and locknuts
equally spaced. Install the bolts from the combustion casing side of
the flange.
(4) Lubricate the threads of bolts (5) with a light coat of engine oil.
72-40 Dec 31/91
Page 204
GEIERAL tlfCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MAMTAL
(5) Position the turbine stationary seal (6) so that the match-marks on
the seal and nozzle the

first-stage nozzle (7)
and the
are
aligned. Secure
stationary seal to the inner combustion casing (18) with 4
equally spaced bolts (5). Torque the bolts to 10-12 Ib-in. Check
each bolt to makethat it is snug against the stationary
certain
seal. If any bolt is not snug remove the bolts; realign and reseat
the parts and reinstall the bolts. When each bolt is snug with a
10-12 Ib-in. torque, apply a final torque of 45-50 Ib-in.
NOTE: The bolts (5) are assembled into shank nuts in the inner com-
bustion casing aft flange. Turn the bolts into the shank nuts
by hand until the first few threads are~ engaged. Then torque
the bolts carefully to avoid unseating the shank nuts.
(6) Check the radial runout between the engine certerline and ID (bronze
sealing surface) of the No. 3 seal support and ID of stationary seal"
per paragraph 5.B.(4).
(7)´•Lubricate threads of remaining bolts (5) with a light coat of engine

oil and install. Torque the bolts to 10-12 Ib-in. Check each bolt
to make certain that it is snug against the stationary seal. If any
bolt is not snug remove the bolt, inspect threads for other condi-
tions causing bolt hang up. When each bolt is snug with a 10-12
b Ib-in. torque, apply a final torque of 45-50 Ib-in.
(8) Lockwire the turbine stationary seal bolts being careful not to pass
the lockwire over the louver edges so as to block the louver openings.
(9) Prior to assembling the turbine casing, remove the bolts used to
attach nozzle to combustion outer casing.
D. Install the turbine and exhaust sections per 72-50 and 78-11 respective-
ly. Assemble all removed lines, leads, and accessories removed per
applicable sections of manual; such as ignitor plugs per 80-23-0.
4. Removal/Installation Procedures for the Outer Combustion Casing.
I A. Removal.
(1) Remove the first-stage turbine nozzle and combustion liner as

outlined in paragraph 3, before removing casing as follows:
s (a) Remove casing by removing all bolts, locknuts, the installation

lug and brackets from the´•combustion casing mainframe flange.
NOTE: On CJ610-4/-6 engines the ascessory drive gearbox must be

removed per 72-46-0.
Dec 30/78 72-40

Page 205
IIICIIIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
OUTER TAB
COMBUSTION LINER
VIEW A
FIRST-STAGE
NOZZLE
RIVET
WOODEN BLOCK OR
EQUIVALENT
OUTER TAB MAY BE
DUCKBILL
BENT OUTWARD
PLIERS OR
0.020 INCH MAX
EPUIVALENT
VIEW B
MASK END DF
PLIERS TO PREVENT ‘PLIERS MUST NOT TOUCH
NICKING OR GOUGING AFT FLANGE OF LINER
OF LINER
END MAY BE GROUND BACK

TO CLEAR OUTER TAB
RIVET MAY BE BENT INWARD

VIEW C 0.~020 INCH MAX
ROUND THE END OF PLIERS

AND MASK TO PREVENT
GOUGING OF LINER
DUCKBILL
PLIERS
DRILL 0.12-0.19 HOLE IN

PLIERS TO CLEAR RIVET HEAD
BC-O143
Fitting First-Stage Nozzle to Combustion Liner

Figure 201A
72-40 Nov. 15173

Page 206
666 ERAL ELEetRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
(2) Remove the casing from engine.
(3) Remove view port cover anddiscard gasket.
B. Install the outer combustion casing as follows: (See figure 202.)
(1) Position the outer combustion casing on the mainframe with the drain
boss at the 6 o’clock position and the flange bolt holes aligned.
(2) Secure the forward flange of the outer combustion casing to the
mainframe as follows:
NOTE: Be surethe flange bolt holes are aligned before

tightening
the flange bolts. If the bolt holes are not
aligned it may
notbe possible to install the gearbox brackets properly on
CJ610-4/-6 engines.
(a) Install the 2 bolts at holes 24 and 25. Torque the bolts and
lockwire them.
(b) Secure the trunnion mount adapters to the flange at bolt holes
10 through 15 and 35 through 39 with the bolts. Torque the
bolts.
(c) Secure the 4 offset brackets (4) to the aft side of flange, at
holes 2, 40, 43 and 46 with bolts and loclanuts. Torque the
bolts.
O
.o O LOCKWIREt) BOLTI (TRUNNION MOUNT PIDAPTEI~)
9199113
ct15
(6 1
5
O LOCKWIRED BOLTS
O
91
b
I O GEARBOX BRACKET (CJ610-4/-6)
10 9 O IGNITION LEAD BRA~KET (Cj6l0d/d)
r) 1D
39 11
31 12
36 1J
19
35
15
39
O
16,/ ASSEMBLY NOTES
32 11
1 31 Is
APPLY LIGHT COAT OF ENGINE OIL TO ALL BOLTS
1 19
29
20
27 22
21
19 INSERT ALL BOLTS
WITH BOLT HEADS FORWARD
(EXCEn ITEMSO, OAND O)
tb 11 24 23
o TORQUE ALL BOLTS TO 24-26 LB -IN. (CJ610-1/-5)
3 ’3
TORQUE ALL BOLTS 44-48 LB -IN. (CJ610-4/-6~
2 LOCKWIRE ITEMS 0,0 AND O. NO NUTS USED
AT THESE LOCATIONS
CJ61040299-E2
Outer Combustion Casing Flange Bolt Circle

Figure 202
72-40
/Rlov. 15/73
Page 207
GElfRAL~ELE CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANOAL SEI-186
(d) Secure a bracket to flange at hole 34 with a bolt and torque it.
(e) The bolts and locknuts at holes 19, 20, 21, 28, 29 and 30 on
CJ61O-4/-6 installed later with the gearbox brackets per

are
72-30, Maintenance Practices. Install accessory drive gearbox

per 72-64-0.
(f) Assemble the remaining bolts and locln~uts to the flange. Torque
all the bolts.
(3) Coat both sides of new gasket (11, figure 201) with a light coat of
sealing compound, Plastiseal F (Johns-Manville Co., 22 East 40th
Street, New Pork, N.Y. 10016) or equivalent. Coat mating surfaces
of viewport cover (10) with a light coat of Molykote Type Z (Dow
Coming Corp., Alph-Molykote Plant, 65 Harvard Ave., Stamford,
Conn., 06902) or equivalent. Secure the viewport cover and gasket
to the inspection port on the outer combustion casing with the 6
bolts. Tighten bolts and lockwire. Lubricate bolts with Ease-Off
990 (Texacone Co., Box 4236, Dallas, Texas).
NOTE: Be sure to install viewport cover (10, figure 201) with

concave surface external.
4A. Removal/Installation Procedure for Inner Combustion Casinn. (See figure

201,)
NOTE: Use this procedure whenever it is necessary to remove the inner

combustion casing.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove 16 bolts (19) that attach the inner combustion casing (18) to
the mainframe.
(2) Remove the inner combustion casing.
B. Installation.
(1) Install inner combustion casing (18) over shaft shield (22).
(2) Attach the forward flange to the mainframe with 16 bolts (19).
(3) Turn the bolts all the way in; then, back them off one-half of a
turn. This will allow the inner combustion casing to line up with
the outer bolt circle of No. 3 bearing support after it is installed.
5. Removal/Installation Procedure for No. 3 Bearing.
NOTE: This procedure is to be followed when removing the No. 3 bearing.
72-40 Dec 31/91

Page 208
cJsio iURBOJET
SEI-186
A. Removal. Remove thefirst-stage nozzle as outlined in paragraph 3,

prior to the following procedure for removal of No. 3 bearing.
(1) Remove the lockwire from bolts (2, figure 201) and then remove the
seal support insulation blanket (1).
(2) Remove the bolts (2) that attach the seal support to the bearing
support, Remove the seal support and the attached carbon seal
assembly. (The carbon seal assembly can be removed from the support
by removing screws. Discard O-ring).
(3) Remove and discard the 0-ring (4).
(4) The mo. 3 bearing support (16) is removed with the No. 3 bearing
locking key attached to the support and the outer race and
cage of
the No. 3 bearing installed in the support. Remove the support and
oil nozzle (14) as follows:
(a) Remove the bolts (15) that attach the bearing support to the
shaft shield. Remove the No.~3 bearing support with the oil
nozzle attached.
(b) Remove and discard the 0-rings (17 and 20) for the oil nozzle
supply tube and the No. 3 bearing support.
(c) Remove the No. bearing outer race snap ring (4, figure 204).
3
Remove the 2 (1) and nuts (2) that secure the locking key
screws
(3) to the No. 3 bearing support; remove the key. Remove the 2
bolts or screws (9) that secure the oil nozzle (8). Use a pusher
(205309) and push the bearing outer race (5) out of the bearing
support by tapping the pusher with a soft faced mallet.
T1Dec 31/91 72-40

Page 209
6EllE RIL ~D EL~CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
1 2
No. 3 Bearing Support

Runout Check fIIBJt~ a
14--c~ ~C-- 12~ 1 a13

10
12
;12
11
1 1
Turbine Stationary Seal
5 Runout Check
I t113
10
12
12 1
11
i. FIRST-STAGE TURBINE NOHLE 8. NO. 3 BEARING OIL NOZZLE

2. INDICATOR 9. THWBSCREW
3. INDICATOR ROD 1O. DRIYER
4. TURBINE STATIONARY SEAL 11. COMPRESSOR ROTOR DRIYE SHAFT
5. BOLT 12. COMBUSTION LINER
5. NO. 3 BEARING SUPPORT 13. INNER COMBUSTION CASING
08
7. 80LT 14. OUTER COMBUSTION CASING
500044-1
15. SIMULATOR
No. 3 Bearing Support and Turbine Stationary Seal Runout Check

Figure 203
72-40 Dec 1/77
Page 210
GEWE~RAL ~g ELEC!RIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
NOTE: The No. 3bearing inner and outer races are matched
assemblies and must be replaced with a matched set.
Refer to section 72-50 for removal and installation
of the No. 3 bearing inner race with the turbine
rotor shaft.
B. Installation. Install the No. 3 bearing outer race, bearing support, seal
support and first-stage turbine nozzle in accordance with the following
procedure.
(1) Sub-assemble the No. 3 bearing support as follows: (See figure 204.)
(a) Lubricate the OD of the bearing outer race (5) with engine oil.
(b) Align the key slot in the outer race with the key slot in the
bearing support (1800 from the oil nozzle position).
(c) Assemble the outer race into the bearing’support (6). The bearing
support may require slight heating with a l~mp in order to seat
the bearing.
I i. SCREW
iii 2. LOCKNUT
3. KEY
4. SNAP RING
5. NO. 3 BEARING OUTER RACE
6. NO. 3 BEARING SUPPORT
O
7. KEY SLOT
8. OIL NOZZLE
9. SCREW
T
g 7
5 CJ610d03~-0-F?
No. 3 Bearing Support Assembly
Figure 204
Dec 30/78 72-40

Page 211
GLIERAL ELPCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
PIAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186
i. SCREW
2. NO. 3 CARBON RUBBING SEAL
3. O-RING
4. REAR SEAL SUPPORT
Rear Carbon Seal Support Build-Up

Figure 205
(d) Assemble key (3) to the bearing support and secure with the
screws (1) and locknuts; torque the screws 8-10 Ib-in and lock-
wire.
(e) Install the.nap ring (4) that;etsins the outbr race in the ´•O
support.
Assemble the No. 3 oil nozzle (8) to the bearing support.

Torque the screws (9) to 6-10 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(2) Assemble the carbon seal to rear seal support if removed as follows:
(See figure 205.)
(a) Install the O-ring (3) into the groove in the bore of the rear
sealsupport (2); assemble the rear carbon seal (2) into the
support.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE O-RING.
(b) Assemble screws (1) to the carbon seal and seal support.
Torque the screws 6-10 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(3) Install the No. 3 bearing support to engine as follows: (See figure
201.)
(a) Install new O-ring (17) into the groove in the shaft shield aft
flange and new O-ring (20) on the No. 3 oil nozzle supply tube.
15/73
I ;ip~g:0212 Nov~
’CJ610 TURBOJET ENGINES
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) With 3 bearing lube tube adapter hole aligned

the No.
in the No.bearing support, install the No. 3 bearing
3
support (16). Use a straight downward motion, and seat
the bearing support, being careful not to damage or cut
the O-ring (17)
(c) Align the bolt and the air cooling holes tin the bearing
support) with the bolt and the air holes in the shaft
shield and the inner combustion casing.
(d) Attach the No. 3 bearing support to the shaft shield with
four bolts.
(e) Install the remaining bolts that attach the No. 3 bearing
support to the shaft shield. Torque all bolts to
28-32 Ib-in.
(f) Cross-torque the 16 bolts (19) that attach the inner

combustion casing to the mainframe (these bolts were
installed in paragraph 4.A.) to 45-50 Ib-in.
1 (4) Install the first-stage turbine nozzle (refer to figure 201) as
follows:
(a) Install the combustion liner (8) on the inner combustion

casing (18); then, align the opening for the ~igniter with
the igniter bosses (13) on the outer combustion casing.
(b) Inspect the aft inner flange of the combustion liner (8)
for burrs and sharp edges. Remove any burrs and blend the
sharp edges.
(C) Install the nozzle as follows:
1 Put the nozzle one or more "T" positions from where it

was when removed (the "T" position must be aligned to
obtain proper cooling of the nozzle). If the new ‘T"
position cannot be identified, the nozzle must be
marked again (refer to 75-51-0, paragraph 4.D.)
2 Put the nozzle on the engine. Connect the forward edge

of the turbine nozzle outer band with the aft flange of
the combustion liner.
(d) Install four bolts´• (5), equally-spaced, through the turbine

nozzle inner flange and the No. 3 bearing support outer
flange. Torque the bolts to 10-12 Ib-in. Check each bolt to
make sure that the bolt is snug against the turbine nozzle.
If any bolt is not snug remove the bolts, re-align and
reseat the parts, and install the bolts again.
(e) Use your hand.and install the bolts (5) in the shank nuts
on the aft flange of the inner combustion casing until the
first few threads are engaged. Then torque the bolts to
10-12 Ib in, carefully to avoid unseating the shank nuts.
72-40
May 31/98 Page 213
CJ610 TVRBOJET ENGINES
GEAirvaftEnsines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) Remove the bolts that you installed in step (d). Be careful
not to unseat the turbine nozzle.
(g) Measure the axial runout on the aft face of the No. 3
bearing support, adjacent to the seal support rabbet.
The maximum TIR limit is 0.005 inch. If the maximum
TIR limit is exceeded, do as follows:
1 Remove the No. 3

bearing support and check its mating
surfaces for burrs or foreign particles. Remove the
burrs or particles.
2 Install the No. 3 bearing support and measure the axial

runout again. If the maximum TIR limit is still out-of-
limits, removethe inner combustion casing and check
the forward flange for burrs or foreign particles.
Remove the burrs or foreign particles.
2 Re-install the inner combustion casing (refer to

paragraph 3)
(h) Use four bolts and locknuts, at approximately the 1:30,

4:30, 7:30, and 10:30
clock positions, and attach the
turbine nozzle to the outer combustion casing. Make sure
that the nozzle flange rabbet is seated
(i) For CJ610-1, -4, -5, -6 or -9 engines, check the radial

runout between the engine centerline and the rabbet, on
the No. 3 bearing support, that locates the No. 3 seal
support. Use tool 2C5308, as shown in figure 203, and do
as follows:
NOTE: i. If the No. 3 seal support has not been removed

to expose the rabbet on bearing
the No. 3
support, measure the runout check using the
non-grooved area of the bronze sealing surface,
on the ID of the No. 3 seal support.
NOTE: 2. For CJ610-1, -4, -5 and -6 engines, a
0.005-0.012 inch TIR runout is necessary

to preload the bearing.
1 Putthe dial indicator (2, figure 203) at the 12

o’clock position. Set the dial indicator to read minus
0.014 inch if the engine is in the horizontal
position, or zero if the engine is in the vertical
position.
2 Put the dial indicator at the 6 o’clock position, and

record the indicator reading.
3 Put the dial indicator at 3 o’clock position, and set

the indicator to read zero.
72-40
Page 214 May 31/98
’CJB10 TURBOJET ENGINES
GEAimaffEn9ines ci,.-
mA I.N UA L

record the indicator reading;
5 The readings obtained in steps 2 and 4 must be within

these limits:
For CJ610-1, -4, -5, -6 0.005 to 0.012* inch

engines
For CJ610-9 engines 0.000 to 0.020* inch
*Readings can be plus or minus
6 If the TIR is not within these limits, remove bolts and

turn the nozzle to another
position. Attach "T" number
the nozzle and check the rabbet runout again. Repeat
this procedure until the runout is within the limits.
(j) For CJ610-8A engines only, measure the radial runout

between the engine centerline and the rabbet OD as follows:
I Install a nut and bolt in every third bolthole of the

stage 1 nozzle-to-outer combustion casing flange. Do
not tighten the nuts.
2 Make sure that the nozzle flange is seated.
3 Set the dial indicator to read the runout of the

No. 3 bearing support rabbet diameter, as shown in
figure 203.
4 Slide a 0.010 inch thick shim between the No. 3

bearing support and the dial indicator lever. Note
the direction of movement on the dial indicator.
This is the plus direction.

set the dial indicator to zero.
6 Turn the dial indicator assembly 3600 around the No. 3

bearing support, and record this information:
Clock location of maximum runout.

Clock location of minimum runout.
If the runout is within the requirements of step 10,

go to step 11. If the runout is not within the limits
of step 10, do steps 7 through 13.
7 Put a small drift pin in the stage 1 nozzle inner bolt

circle, at the 3 and 9 o’clock positions.
8 Use the drift pins and pull the stage 1 nozzle and the
No. 3 bearing assembly toward the 12 o’clock position.
Deflect this assembly until the dial indicator reads
approximately these values for the rear bearing support
part number and the engine positions being assembled:
72-40
May 31/98 Page 215
GEAircraftEn~qines MAINTENANtE MANUAL
Engine Position
Rear Bearing
Support Part Number Vertical Horizontal
37D401649P107 -0.005 inch -0.013 inch
6041T49G01/G02 0.000 inch -0.009 inch
9 As you hold the stage 1 nozzle and the No. 3 bearing

assembly, hand-tighten half the bolts in the outer
flange of first-stage nozzle; then, torque the bolts
to 55-60 Ib in.
NOTE: It may be necessary to turn the No. 1 nozzle to a
different "T" position to obtain the required

runout.
10 Check bearing offset, and determine the

the No. 3
runout and clock
position of the maximum positive
reading (refer to figure 206). The runouts must be
as follows for the rear bearing support part number,
and the engine position being assembled:
Engine Position
RearBearing
Support Part Number Vertical Horizontal
37D401649P107 0.005/0.012 0.013/0.022

inch TIR inch TIR
between between
10 and 2 10 and 2
o’clock o’clock
6041T49G01/G02 0.003 inch 0.009/0.013

max TIR in inch TIR
any circum- between
ferential 10 and 2
position o’clock
11 Install the remaining bolts and nuts in the outer

flange. Torque the bolts to 55-60 Ib in., and repeat
step 10.
12 At the point opposite the maximum positive dial

indicator reading, try to insert a 0.001-inch shim
between the stage 1 nozzle and the No. 3 bearing
support circumferential flanges. The shim must not
enter. If the shim enters, repeat step 10.
13 Continue to assemble the engine and comply with these

instructions:
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE MORE THAN HALF THE BOLTS THAT

ATTACH THE STAGE 1 NOZZLE TO THE OUTER
COMBUSTION CASING AT ONE TIME. IF MORE THAN HALF
THE BOLTS ARE REMOVED, THE NO. 3 BEARING OFFSET
MUST BE RESET PER THIS PROCEDURE, AS DEFINED IN
STEPS 1 THROUGH 13.
72-40
I Page 216 May 31/98
’CJ810 TURBOJEI ENGINES
GEAjrCraffEn(lineS MnIT~NngCg´•;i´•F1ANUAL
14 Final-torque the on bolts, on the forward flange of the

turbine casing, to 55-60 Ib in.
(5) Install the No. 3 seal support assembly and insulation blanket
(refer to figure 201) as follows:
(a) Install the O-ring (4) in the groove on the flange of the
rear support (3). Check the position of the O-ring,
seal
and attach the seal support to the bearing support (16)
with bolts (2). Torque the bolts to 18-22 Ib in.
(b) Lockwire the bolts (2) with 0.032-inch diameter, single

strand, safetywire.
(C) Install the insulation blanket (1) on the rear seal

support. Work the tabs on the insulation blankets under
the back, around the lockwire for bolts (2), to retain the
insulation blanket in position.
(6) Install the turbine stationary air seal (refer to figure 201) as
follows:
(a) Put the turbine first-stage

stationary seal (6) on the
turbine nozzle. Install equally spaced,
four bolts (5),
through the seal flange, the inner flange of the turbine
nozzle, and the outer flange of the No. 3 bearing support.
Torque the bolts to 10-12 Ib-in.
(b) Check each bolt [5) to make sure that each bolt is snug
against stationary seal. If any bolt is not
the snug,
remove the bolts, re-align and reseat the parts, and
install the bolts again.
(c) Use your hand and install the -bolts (5) in the shank nuts
on the aft flange of the inner combustion casing until the
first few threads are engaged. Then torque the bolts to
10-12 Ib in. carefully to avoid unseating the shank nuts.
(d) Install the simulator (15, figure 203), and check the
runout on the ID of the stationary seal (4). Remove the
bolts and turn the seal to obtain minimum runout.
(e) Remove the simulator (15)
WARNING: LUBRICATING OIL
DO NOT LET LUBRICATING OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN. DO NOT

BREATHE THE FUMES RELEASED FROM LUBRICATING OIL FOR A
LONG TIME. LUBRICATING OIL IS DANGEROUS TO YOUR EYES,
NOSE, AND LUNGS.
(f) Use lubricating oil and lubricate the threads of the bolts
for the turbine stationary seal (6, figure 201)
72-40
May 31/98 Page 217
CJ610 TURBOJET ENG1NES
GEAircraftL~nsines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g) Install the bolts. Pre-tighten the bolts to 10-12 Ib-in.

Make sure that all seated against the seal
the bolts are
(6). If the bolts are not seated, remove the bolt and
inspect the threads for damage. When each bolt is seated
and pre-tightened to 10-12 Ib-in., apply a final torque of
45-50 Ib-in.
(h) Lockwire the turbine stationary seal bolts, being careful

not to pass the lockwire over the louver edges so as to
block the louver openings.
(i) Before you assemble the turbine casing, remove the bolts
used to attach the nozzle to the combustion outer casing.
12 O’CLOCK
AGE 1 NOZ~
NO. 3 BEARING SUPPORT
450 450
MAXIMUM POST~IVE
RUNOUTINTHIS AREA
PULL NOPLVBEARING
IN THIS DIRECIION
SWPORTj
COMPRESSOR DRIVE SHAF~
BC-8085
No. 3 Bearing Offset CJ610-8A Only

Figure 206
72-40
Page 218 May 31/98
GE W E RAL L LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MI~JUAL
OUTER COMBUSTION CASING MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
I. General.-´• Maintenance of the outer combustion´• casing is limited to those items

which are accessible. (See figure 201.)
A. Visual inspection of the casing usually involves only the external area
of casing.
B. Visual inspection of the internal area is required when the combustion

liner is removed from engine.
C. Internal inspection per 72-03-1 of the welds around the drain, viewport
bosses, and igniter bosses is required at hot section inspection (HSI)
when the combustion liner is removed from the engine.
Removal/Installation. Refer to section 72-40 for procedures.
3. Inspection/Check. When’serviceable limits are exceeded,tbe casing may be

repaired in accordance with overhaul manual.
Inspectionldheck Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
A. Combustion section assembled to engine:
(1) Cracks in shell Not serviceable.

or body.
(2) Dents in shell Any number, i/4 inch deep Cold-work any
or body. with a minimum radius of number up to 3/8
´•8 times the depth and not inch deep and
closer togethe; than 3 not closer than
inches. 1 inch to flange.
No cracks are
serviceable.
(3) Igniter boss for:
(b) Igniter boss Not serviceable.

broken off.
(4) Drain boss for.:
(a) Clogging.´• Not serviceable. Pass a (No.

wire
9 gage) through
the drain, in-
cluding the 2
holes in~casing
skin.
(b) dracks or boss Not serviceable.

broken off.
June 1/71 72-41-0

Page 201
GEIERAL~ ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(c) Excessive weld Weld repairs at edge of’drain

repair. pad or across drain pad skin
are not allowed. (See figure
202.)
(5) All fusion welds Any number, cumulative

for cracks. length of cracks in any one
inch of weld not to exceed

0.100 inch.
(6) View port pads Not serticeable.

for cracks.
(7) View port pads for Not serviceable. Replace gasket.

gasket blowout.
(8) Casing for cracked Not serviceable. Tgughrup´• per

or missing .72-02-5.
Solaramic coating.
BI Combustion section removed from engine:
(l)´•Flanges for:
(a) Cracks. .Not serviceable.
(b) Dents. Any number df dents pro-

vided sealing capability
of the flange is main-
tained and the casing
can be assembled to
mating parts without

abnormal force.
(c) Missing A12 Any amount.
coating.
(2) Damaged threads in Cumulative length of Chase threads if

drain or igniter damage not to exceed damage does not
boss. 1-1/2 threads with no exceed 1-1/2
high metal. ’threads.
(3) Casing for:
a) Cracked or miss- Not serviceable. Touch-up per

ing Solaramic 72-02-5.
coating.
(b) Any number 0.010 inch
Corrosion pits.
deep if protective coat- C
ing is intact in the
defect area.
72-41-0 Dec 1/77

Page 202
GEIERAL~ ELECfRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
Inspection/Check Maximum S~rviceable Limits Remarks
(c) Areas of general None allowed that reduce

corrosion that wall thickness to less
reduce wall than 0.023 inch.
thickness.
(d) Missing
I .gnitaoc21A Any amount.
ag 1;.
2.
3.
IGNITION BOSS
IGNITERPAD
AFTFLANGE
4. VIEW-PORT BOSS
3 -f;\ 1 5. VIEW-PORTPAD
6. CASINGSHELL
4 7. DRAIN
.i 8. DRAIN BOS5
r 9. FORWARD FLANGE
i
5
8---Y-’ ’3
CJ6104036-0-F?
Outer Combustion Casing

Figure 201
Dec 1/77 72-41-0

Page 203
rLrcrRie
CJ610 TURBOJE+
COMBUSTOR DRAIN PAD
OUTER COMBUSTION CASING O DRAIN BOSS REPAIR WELDS

IN SHADED AREA-
RE3ECT CASING
~3
5-~7 5)3~,1
5?
c
´•’_ t
c cc_
ctcc~ccC
REPAIR WELD
IN THIS AREA FILLET WELDING
ORIGINAL MANUFACTURE
(WITHIN 1/4 INCH ALONG EDGE OF
SPOT WELD ALLOWED
OF CVASHER OR DRAIN BOSS I DRAIN PAD REJECT
CAST FITTING)- I CASING
ALLOWED
(’I;’ :;: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :’:’j’ C~

r~e C
JF
BC-0002
Outer Combustion Casing Drain Pad Weld-Inspection

Figure 202
72-41-0 Junel/71
Page 204
GEntRAL~gB ~LtClqlC
CJ61´•0 TURBOJET
COMBUSTION LIN%R MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General. Visual inspection and maintenance of the combustion liner is usually

requiredonly at time of "hot section" inspe~tion.
NOTE .1: At "hot section" inspection the inner and~outer shells

are to be replaced with new shells and the cowl and dome
assembly reconditioned in accordance with overhaul manual

or replace the combustion liner with a new or~overhauled
liner withzero time.
NOTE 2: On CJ610-9 -engines the inner and outer shells of com-
bustion liner Part No. 6008’194 are life-limited to 1200

hours and shall be replaced at every other 600 hour.hot
section inspecfion. The shells shall be inspected per
paragraph 3. every 600 hours.
at Record th~time on the
combustion liner in the engine log book.
2. Refer to section 72-40 for procedures.
3. Inspection/CheCks. When.the combustioniiner is made accessible at’other

thanthe specified inspection interval as stated in Service Bulletin
(CJ610) 72-43, the,~liner may be removed from the engine to perform the
inspection checks as-;listed in the following section of this maintenance
manual.
If only maximum serviceable cracklimits of the inner’and outer shells are

exceeded, repair weld them at an authorized CJ610/CF700 overhaul faciiitl
in accordance with applicable sections of this manual. Inner and outer
shell replacement prior to the specified Hot Section ins~ection interval is
not required unless the maximum serviceable limits cannot be met by weld
repair.´• If replacementf the inner and/or outer shells is required, the

cowl-dome assembly must be reconditioned (along with the replacement of the
shells) at an authorized CJ610/CF700 overhaul facility in accordance with
the overhaul manual.
I pec 1/77 72-42-0

Page 201
6tYt RII~ ~LICTRle
CJ610. TURBOJET
20
SURFACE A
THIMBLE HOLE LIP BURNOUT
21 DIMENSION X
ORIGINAL CONTOUR
o\ 7.
1 2 314
;aa6
9 LC
~L L
20 1
10 C
o
r’(b
Le LLL
19
"1
Ph’ ab
,o
i~
r
,1~I jbI r
I
11
Ic~
;ab1~ Ir II´•
r
12
ALTERNATE CONFIGURATION
I
i
Ir
tl
a
b~’P
fD FORMATION
CRACK
id t4 LOUVER
o,
13
14
15
18 17 16
CONVERGING
LINER CRACK NOT
LOUVER DIE
ALLOWED
MARKS
GENERALLY
TYPICAL OIE MARK CRACKS
APPEAR HERE
SERVICEABLE LIMIT 0.062
1. Cowl 13. Thimble Hole

2. Fuel Nozzle Ferrule 14. Outer Shell
3. Swirl Cup 15. Cowl O.D. Louvers
4. Dome 16. Shield
5. Igniter Washer 17. Fuel Nozzle Cutouts
6. Inner Shell 18. Cowl I.D. Louvers
7. Aft End of Inner Shell 19. Dome Louvers
8. Inner Flange Cooling Holes 20. Swirl Cup Louver
9. Inner Flange 21. Washer, Fuel Nazzle Ferrule
1O. Cowl Tab
11. Louver
12. Outer Flange Cooling Holes
BC-0321-1
Combustion Liner
Figure 201
72-42-0 Dec 1/77

~Page 202
GEIERALQ ELECtRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
Inspection/Check Maximum Senriceable Limits Remarks
B. The inner and outer shells for:
(1) Burn holes. Not serviceable.
(2) Thimble holes for Any number of burned or
burned or eroded eroded lips, provided dimen-

lips. sion "X", figure 201 is no
less than 3/16 inch and two
thimble lips per alternate
axial row with dimension
"X" no less than 5/32 inch
and one lip no less than
1/8 inch.
(3) Burned metal.
(a) At outer shell aft None allowed unless cor- Blend burned
inner edge. rective action has been areas to unburned
taken. edge to of
max
1/4 inch from

aft .edge, 1 inch
long and 3 inches
apart.
(b) At the inner None allowed unless cor- One area can be
shell aft edge. rective action has been blended to un-
taken. burned edge, to
max cepth of 1/4

inch from aft
edge, not to ex-
ceed 1.50 inches

long. Blend t8
smooth contour.
(c) At all other areas. Not serviceable.
sept 1/76 72-42-0

Page 202A/202B
SEI-186

Filing
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, replacing TR 72-488,
dated Dec 10/09 and pages 203-204, dated Dec 1/77
in Chapter 72-42-0.

Revisions.
Subject: Combustion Liner Inspection/Checks
Reason: This TR provides inspection/checks for thermal

barrier coated (TBC) combustion liners and non-TBC
combustion liners.
Change: Revised item A.(5) and added item A.(6).

Revised item B.(6). Deleted item B.(7).

and is disclosed in confidence. It is the property of GE and shall not
be used, disclosed to others or reproduced without the express written
Unauthorized export or re-export is prohibited.

respect to assembly and disassembly, cleaning, inspection methods and
72-42-0
Page 1 of 4
Nov 19/10
SEI-186

A. The liner for:
(1) Missing or Not serviceable. Replace liner.

broken rivets.
(2) Loose rivets. Not serviceable. Replace liner.
(3) Missing metal. Not serviceable. Replace liner.
(4) Louver openings Any amount. Reset louver per

(inspect paragraph 4.A.
visually).
(5) Rivet tack-weld

cracks:
(a) Non-thermal Not serviceable. Retack-weld rivet

barrier heads, 180 degrees
coated (TBC) from original tack-
liners. weld, per paragraph
4.C.
(b) TBC liners. Not serviceable. 1 For rivets on

internal
combustion
flowpath (TBC)
side, retack-weld
not permitted.
Replace liner.
2 For rivets NOT on

internal flowpath
(TBC) side,
retack-weld rivet
heads, 180
degrees from
original tack-
weld per
paragraph 4.C.
72-42-0
Page 2 of 4
Nov 19/10
SEI-186

(6) TBC liners for:
(a) Missing Any amount. Not applicable.

pieces or
eroded TBC
sections in
any area.
(b) Cracks in Any amount, provided parent Not applicable.

TBC. metal under TBC is not
cracked or cracks in parent
metal meet manual limits.
B. The inner and outer

shells for:
(2) Thimble holes for Any number of burned or

burned or eroded eroded lips, provided
lips. dimension "X”, figure 201 is
no less than 3/16 inch and
two thimble lips per
alternate axial row with
dimension "X" no less than
5/32 inch and one lip no
less than 1/8 inch.
(3) Burned metal.
(a) At outer None allowed unless Blend burned areas

shell aft corrective action has been to unburned edge to
inner edge. taken. max of 1/4 inch
from aft edge, 1
inch long and 3
inches apart.
(b) At the inner None allowed unless One area can be

shell aft corrective action has been blended to unburned
edge. taken. edge, to max depth
of 1/4 inch from
aft edge, not to
exceed 1.50 inches
long. Blend to
smooth contour.
(c) At all other Not serviceable.

areas.
72-42-0
Page 3 of 4
Nov 19/10
SEI-186

(4) Buckles, warps or Not serviceable. Cold-work any

dents. deformation 3/8
inch or less to
original contour.
(5) Cracks at rivet Not serviceable. Replace liner.

holes.
(6) Cracks at louver

and thimble
holes:
NOTE 1: The dies that are used in forming the louvers (in the
combustion liner) leave a mark on the surface being formed
and also cracks, approximately 0.030 inch long. These marks
and cracks do not represent any deterioration of the liner
and should not be identified as defects. When viewed with a
10 power glass they can be distinguished from the thermal
stress cracks by their even, uniform pattern. The cracks that
are to be inspected around the louvers generally appear to be
jagged and the material is usually separated. When measuring
the length of the louver crack, begin where the louver
embossment radius blends with the surface of the dome or
shell. See figures 201 and 202.
NOTE 2: Previous weld repairs that are cracked, cannot be weld

repaired.
(a) Non-TBC Any amount provided the sum Repair-weld per

shells. of the uncracked fractional paragraph 4.B., all
portion of each ligament in cracks longer than
any crack loop is more than 1/16 inch to meet
2. (See figure 202.) serviceable limits.
(b) TBC shells. Any amount, on both TBC and Replace liner.
non-TBC sections of the
shell, provided the sum of
the uncracked fractional
portion of each ligament in
any crack loop is more than
2. (See figure 202.)
(7) Deleted.
72-42-0
Page 4 of 4
Nov 19/10
GEIEIAL~ ELECtRIC
´•cJe~o TURB6JET
Inspecfion/Checks Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
A. The liner for:
(1) Missing or Not senriceable. Replace liner.

broken rivets.
(2) Loose rivets. Not serviceable. Replace liner.

(3) Missing metal. Not serviceab~le. Replace liner.
(4) Louver openings Any amount. Reset.louver per
(Inspect visually) paragraph 4.A.
(5) Rivet tack-weld Not serviceable. Retacklweld;~rivet
cracks. heads, i80 degree
from or~ginaltack-
weld, per paragraph
4.C.
B. The inner and outer’sheiis for:
(2) Thimble holes´•.foy; Any number of burned or

burned or eroded eroded lips, provided dimen-
lips. si~on "X’(, figure 201 is no
less than 3/16 inch and two
thimble lips per alternate
axial row with dimension
"X" no less than 5/32 inch
andone lip no less than
1/8 inch.
(3) Burned metal.
(a) At outer shell None allowed unless cor- Blend burned areas
aft inner edge. rective action has been to edge to

unburned
taken. max 1/4 inch from
of
aft edge, 1 inch long
and 3 inches apart.
(b) At the inner None allowed unless cor- One area can be
shell aft edge. rective action has been blended to unburned
taken. edge, to max depth
of 1/4 inch from aft
edge, not to exceed
1.50 inches long.
Blend to smooth con-
tour.
(c) At all other Not serviceable.

areas.
Dec´• 1/77 72-42-0

Page 203
GEIERAL ~B ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(4) Buckles, warps or Not serviceable. Cold-work any de-

dents. formation 3/8 inch
or ´•less to original
contour.
(S) ’Cracks at rivet Not serviceable. Replace liner.

holes.
(6) -Cracks at louver

and thimble holes:
´•NOTE i: The dies are used in forming the louvers

that tin the
combustion liner) leave a mark on the surface being
formed and also cracks, approximately 0.030 inch long.
These marks and cracks do not represent any deterioration-
of the liner and should not be identified as defects.
When viewed with a 10 power glass they can be distin-
guished from the thermal stress cracks bytheir even,
uniform- pattern. The cracks that are to be inspected
around.the louvers generally appear to be jagged and~
the material is usually separated. When measuring the
length ~of the louver crack,´•begin where the louver
embossment radius blends with the surface of the dome
or shell. See figures 201 and 202.
NOTE 2: Previous weld repairs that arecracked, cannot be weld

repaired.
Any amount provided the Repair-weld per

sum of the uncracked paragraph 4.B., all
fractional portion ´•of each cracks longer than
ligament in any crack loop 1/16 inch to meet
is more than 2. (See serviceable limits.
figure 202.)
72-42-0 Dec 1/77

Page 204
GEIERIL~ ELECTRlC
._cJsi.i, iOR´•BOj’Et
SEI-186 MANUAL
DEFINITIONS
Li~oment jsee v;ewl) Shell materiol between any 2 NOTES:

odjocent stomped openings. If a crack should exist any
uncrocked portion of shell material between such openings Only the shell material between stamped openings is
be considered a fraction of the ligament. used to establish a crack-loop.

LIGAMENT STRENGTH VALUES
´•Thir method is to determine the strength of the remaining
(See viewC) material to retain a shell sectibn, not to measure crack
A Connecting crock =O
length.
B No crack =1
Cracks shown in views A thru i) are typical and do not
show all configurations of crock loops which could develop.
C 1/2 length uncracked =1/2
Add only Jncracked liganientsond/or uncracked fractions
D 3/4 length uncracked 3/4
,ofligaments to determine serviceable status of cracks in
Crack-Loops (see view and E) Any number of
any loop.
ligaments which, if completely crocked, would ollow a
shell section to fall out. There must be at least 2 partially

cracked ligaments to establish a crack-loop.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Determine serviceability of crocks in crock-loop follows:

a. inspect the liner for thimble hole or louver cracks, d. a as
i. Add the uncracked ligaments or fractional parts in the

b. Using v;ewA, find the smallest crock-loop. crack-loop.
2. If the sum is more than 2, the cracks in the crqck-loop
Expend crack-loop concept
the to determine the
c.
ore serviceable.
serviceability of larger oreos os applicable. 3. If the sum is 2 or less, the crocks ore not rerviceable.
;i t.
Q c
I J
C5 A
n
VIEW VIEW C
VIEW B I VIEWD I VIEW E

CJ6 10´•6004´•1-*2*
Combustion Liner Crack Loop Analysis

Figure 202
I Dec 1/77 72-42-0

Page 205
GEIPRAL~ ELE61RIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
Inspection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limi~s Remarks
C. The ou~er flange for:
(1) Cracks at the for- Any number 1/16 inch long, Repair-weld per
ward and aft cool- not more than one per hole, paragraph 4.B. to
ing ´•holes. meet serviceable
limits.
D. The inner flange for:
(1) Cracks at the Any number 1/16 inch long,. Repair-weld per
holes. not more than one per hole. paragraph 4.B. to
meet serviceable
limits.
E. Thesame weld be-

tween the aft end of
the inner shell add
the inner flange for:
F. The dome for:
(1)~ Cracks. Any number, 1/16 inch long;´• Stop-drill cracks

1 per Iouver 1/8 inch long over service limit’,
provided no piece isin but extending no
danger of falling out. closer to another
louver than 1/16
inch and no more
than 2 such cracks

at each fuel nozzle
louver pattern. USe
a 0.047 inch dia-
meter drill.
(2) Swirl cup for Any number, 1/16 inch

cracks. long.
1 72-42-0 Dec 1/77

Page 206
SEI-186

Filing
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, adjacent to page 207,
dated Dec 1/77 in Chapter 72-42-0.

Revisions.
Subject: Combustion Liner Inspection/Checks
Reason: This TR provides inspection/checks for thermal

barrier coated (TBC) combustion liners and non-TBC
combustion liners.
Change: Revised item G.


72-42-0
Page 1 of 2
Nov 19/10
SEI-186

G. The cowl for:
(1) Cracks on 6 cracks 1/8 inch long per Replace liner.

louvers. each band of rivets.
(2) Cracks on all

other areas,
including welds:
(a) Non-TBC 6 cracks 1/8 inch long per Repair-weld per

cowls. each band of rivets. paragraph 4.B.
(b) TBC cowls. 6 cracks 1/8 inch long per Strip TBC, if
each band of rivets. necessary, per
paragraph 4.D.
Repair-weld per
paragraph 4.B.
Recoating of TBC
after welding is
NOT required.
72-42-0
Page 2 of 2
Nov 19/10
tlt~lllt
CJ610 TURBOJET
(3) Wear on swirl cup

end plate (cowl and
dome assembly).
(8) Plate wear. With fuel nozzle ferrule Remove fuel nozzle
and washer moved off center ferrule and washer
to extreme limit in four and measure thickness
directions (see figure 201), of end plate. If
there shall be no wear thickness is under
grooves in Surface A. Use 0.M5 inch, replace

a 0.030 inch radius ball end plate at an ap-
scribe to measure wear. proved overhaul
facility.
(b) End plate With fuel nozzle ferrule Remove fuel nozzle
opening. and washer moved off center ferrule and washer and
to extreme limit in four measure inside dia-
directions (see figure 201), meter of end plate
the edge of the end plate opening. If the
opening shall not be opening exceeds 0.800

uncovered. inch, replace end
plate at an approved
overhaul facility.
G. The cowl for:
(1) Cracks. 6 cracks 1/8 inch long

per each band of rivets,
1 (2) Delefed.
Dec L/77 72-42-0

Page 207
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
H. The fuel nozzle ferrules for:
(1) Burnt metal. Remaining material must ex-
tend 1/8 inch minimum beyond

ferrule ID for 270 degrees
of are and 5/32 inch minimum
for remaining 90 degrees of
are.
(2) Seizure. The ferrules shall slide Work ferrule free;

freely. application of lubri-
cating oil may help
to free seized parts.
I. The igniter washers for:
(1)Tightness. The washer shall slide Work washer free;

freely. application of lubri-
cating oil may help
to free seized parts.
(2) Burnt metal. Not serviceable.
(3) Looseness. Clearance between washer Re-swage or replace

and cowl not to exceed washer.
0.030 inch.
4. Repair.
A. Louver Inspection and Resetting Procedures.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE GO/NO-GO GAGES FOR PRYING THE LOUVERS OPEN. DO
NOT BEND LINER INTO COMBUSTION AREA. SEE FIGURE 203.
(1) Inspect and reset the dome louvers as follows:
(a) Inspect the dome louver openings using gage. 2C5483.
72-42-0
Page 208 Dec 31/95

G 66 EkAL ~LEeTRIC
‘CJ610 TURBOJET
LINER --7 LOUVER I LINER LOUVER
AREA
iiiiii
~I WRONG
WROIYC I
:iS´•~´•´•5’ i
81358i:
DO NOT BEND LINER

INTO COMBUSTION AREA.
CJ610-3264´•0-FZ
Resetting Louver Openings

Figure 203
1 If opening is too small, use tool, 205482, to open.
2 If opening is too big, use tool, 205482, to close by tapping

lightly with small brass hammer.
(2) Inspect and reset swirl cup louvers as follows:
(a)~Inspect and reset swirl cup louver openings using gage, 205452.
1 If opening is too small, use spreader, 205450, to open.
2 If opening is too big, use tool, 205451, to close.
(3) Inspect and reset cowl louvers as follows:
(a) Inspect inner cowl louver openings using gage, 2C5453Pll.
1.If opening is too small, use spreader, 2C5453P08, to open.
2 If opening is too big, use small brass hammer to close.
(b) Inspect outer cowl louver openings using gage, 2C5453P12.
1 If opening is too small, use spreader, 2C5453P07, to open.
2 ~If-opening is too big, use small brass hammer to close.
Dec 1/77 72-42-0
Page 209
GEIERAL~ ELECfRIG--~----
CJ610 TURBOJET
(4) Inspect and reset inner and outer shell louvers as follows:
(a) Inspect inner shell louver openings to the dimensions shown in

figure 203A, using standard steel wire-type plug gages.
NOTE: The go-size of the gage shallbe theminimumlouver size

and the no-go size shall be the maximum louver size. The
wire-type plug gage shall be mad~ of dardened´•tool.steel
and be manufactured within +0.0001 inch of the go-no-go
size required. Wire-type plug gages in standardsizes are
available from most precision measuring tool manufacturers.
One such source is the Van Keuren Company, Watertown,
Massachusetts.
1 If opening is too small, use spreader, 2C5453P05, to open.
2 If opening´•is too big, use small brass hammer to close.
(b) Inspect outer shell louver openings to the dimensions shown in figure
203B using standard steel wire-type plug gages.
NOTE: The go-size of the gage shall be the minim’um louver size and
the no-go size shall be the maximum louver size. The wire-
type plug gage shall be made of hardened tool steel and be

manufactured within +0.0001 inch of the go-no-go~size required,
Wire-type plug gages in standardsizes are available frommost
precision measuring tool manufacturers. ´•One such source is
the Van Keuren Company, Watertowni Massachusetts.
1 If opening is too small:use spreader, 2C5453P06, P07 or P08, as
applicable, to open.
2 If opening is too large: use small b;rass’hammer to close.
B. Weld Repair of Combustion Liner,
CAUTION: THIS PROCEDURE MUST BE PERFORMED BY A CERTIFIED WELDER.
(1) Grind out through-cracks to a depth of approximately 0.020 inch, from

the outside, keeping width to an absolute minimum.
(2) Cracks that do not connect ground 1/16 inch beyond end
2 openings are
of crack and checked with a 10 power glass. Keep grinding width to a

minimum. Grind to an approximate depth of 0.020 inch.
(3) Clean surface and back side of weld area within 1/4 to 1/2 inch of the
crack, using fine emery cloth or soft abrasive wheel. Do not reduce
material thickness.
72-42-0 Dec 1/77.

Page 210
SEI-186

Filing

Revisions.
Subject: Combustion Liner - Repair
Reason: This TR provides a procedure for removal of

thermal barrier coating (TBC) for weld repair of
combustion liner parts.
Change: Added paragraph 4.D.


72-42-0
Page 1 of 3
Nov 19/10
SEI-186

D. Removal of Thermal Barrier Coating (TBC) for Weld Repair.
(1) Remove TBC from coated areas requiring weld repair as follows:
(a) White-light inspect the defect under 5-power or better

magnification. Locate and mark the limits of the defects.
(b) Mask areas that are not to be grit blasted using DeWal 410
tape or equivalent. Mask to within 1/4-inch on either side of
defect.
WARNING: BLASTING WITH ALUMINUM OXIDE MIL-A-21380, TYPE 1
• WHEN HANDLING MATERIAL IN AIR-EXHAUSTED, ENCLOSED

CABINET, BE SURE THAT VENTILATION IS IN OPERATION AND
THAT DOORS ARE PROPERLY SEALED.
• WHEN HANDLING MATERIAL IN A PARTIALLY ENCLOSED, AIR-
EXHAUSTED CABINET, OR IN OPEN WORK AREA, WEAR APPROVED
RESPIRATOR, GLOVES, GOGGLES, AND LONG-SLEEVED
CLOTHING.
• SPILLED MATERIAL SHOULD NOT BE DRY-SWEPT. WET DOWN
SPILLAGE AND PLACE IT IN A SEALED CONTAINER.
WARNING: COMPRESSED AIR
• WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR FOR ANY COOLING, CLEANING,

OR DRYING OPERATION, DO NOT EXCEED 30 PSIG AT THE
NOZZLE.
• EYES CAN BE PERMANENTLY DAMAGED BY CONTACT WITH LIQUID
OR LARGE PARTICLES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED AIR.
INHALATION OF AIR-BLOWN PARTICLES OR SOLVENT VAPOR CAN
DAMAGE LUNGS.
• WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN AIR-EXHAUSTED
WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED GOGGLES OR FACE SHIELD.
• WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN UNEXHAUSTED
WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR AND GOGGLES.
NOTE: The TBC top coat is cream colored, and the base is a gray
metallic color.
(c) Using 60-80 grit aluminum oxide at 30-60 psig, grit blast the
repair area to remove the top coat. After top coat has been
removed, blow away all residue using clean, dry, compressed
air.
(d) Using a hand-held electric or air grinder and an abrasive

point (shape B-71 or B-135/specification VA90-OVJ) having a
1/8 inch shank, grind off the base coat as follows:
72-42-0
Page 2 of 3
Nov 19/10
SEI-186

WARNING: POWER GRINDING
• AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH DUST.

INHALATION OF DUST MAY CAUSE TEMPORARY COUGHING
AND WHEEZING, RESPIRATORY TRACT IRRITATION, AND
PERMANENT LUNG PROBLEMS. IF COUGHING OR WHEEZING
PERSISTS, GET MEDICAL HELP.
• IF DUST CONTACTS EYES, FLUSH THEM THOROUGHLY
WITH WATER.
• WHEN USING AN AIR-EXHAUSTED GRINDING WHEEL, WEAR
APPROVED RESPIRATOR AND FACE SHIELD.
• IF GRINDER IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH LOCAL EXHAUST
VENTILATION, WEAR AN APPROPRIATE RESPIRATOR AND
GOGGLES OR FACE SHIELD.
CAUTION: • IF THE TBC IS NOT COMPLETELY REMOVED AROUND THE

AREA BEING REPAIRED, IT WILL BE DIFFICULT TO GET
A QUALITY WELD.
• IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO COMPLETELY REMOVE THE BASE
COAT WITHOUT REMOVING SOME PARENT METAL. CARE
MUST BE TAKEN TO KEEP PARENT METAL REMOVAL TO A
MINIMUM.
1 Grind off the base coat to expose parent metal, being

careful to remove a minimum amount of parent metal.
2 Regrind in a direction perpendicular to the direction of

the first grind until all evidence of the first grind has
been removed.
WARNING: COMPRESSED AIR
• WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR FOR ANY COOLING, CLEANING,

OR DRYING OPERATION, DO NOT EXCEED 30 PSIG AT THE
NOZZLE.
• EYES CAN BE PERMANENTLY DAMAGED BY CONTACT WITH LIQUID
OR LARGE PARTICLES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED AIR.
INHALATION OF AIR-BLOWN PARTICLES OR SOLVENT VAPOR CAN
DAMAGE LUNGS.
• WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN AIR-EXHAUSTED
WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED GOGGLES OR FACE SHIELD.
• WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN UNEXHAUSTED
WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR AND GOGGLES.
(e) Blow away all residue using clean, dry, compressed air.
72-42-0
Page 3 of 3
Nov 19/10
GEIEIAL ~B PLECIRIC
cjeiO‘
SEI-186 MANUAL
_´•i .´•i
(4) Use aluminum foil to make a pocket for back-up gas on the back side of
the weld area....Permit gas to flow for 3-4 minutes to.forceut all air
before welding.
(5)Weld using data specified in Table 201,
(6) Blend out all repair welds that obstruct louver openings. Blend as
necessary all repair welds flush with parent material.
ULUTION: DO NOT UNDERCUT PP~RBhlT MATERIAL.
(7) Inspect welds with 10 power glass. No cracks permitted. If cracked,

repeat paragraph 4;B.
C. Tack-weld of Rivet Heads:
(1) Clean both manufactured and upset rivet heads, and linermetal, in
areas to be tack~welded, using 80-100 grit emery cloth.
(2) Vapor degrease or clean the area to be welded using t~rfchloroethylene

or equivalent.
(3) Tack-weld both manufactured and upset rivet heads per figure ?04 using
weld data in Table 201.
I Dec 1/77 72-42-0

Page 211
i
rlrcrnle
CJGIO TURBOJET
ViSq~ABOOgZO
V
=r
VD,
x"l I)x"
1C FWD
LOUVERS HEIGHT GAGE GAGE

GO SIZE NO-60 SIZE
V 0.018
0.013 0.013 0.018
X. 0.027 0.023 0.027

0.023
Z 0.042 0.038 0.042

0.038
AB 0.018 0.013 0.018

0.013
BC-0141
Inner Shell Louver Measurements

Figure ´•203A
72-42-0 Dec 1/77

Page 212
EIIIRIL, FLOCIRIE
c~islo i~R B’O’~jEV
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAZ.
CB; o
o II
ii
O
o
T 7
T T T T
o
7
O II
B AM
DBD ~II
D AM
DC 1Fp
LOUVERS HEIGHT GO SIZE ND GO SIZE
0.025
T 0.025 0.030
0.030
NOTE:LOUVERS MARKED M Z AT
0.017
EACH IGNITER CUT OUT. I RM 0.017 0.022
0.022
0.025
Z )le~ 0.025 0.030
0.030
0.020
M )ic 0.020 0.024
0.024
0.017
B 0.017 0.022
0.022
0.020
C 0.020 0.024
0.024
50-0351
Outer Shell Louver Inspection

Figure 203B
Dec 1/77 72-42-0

Page 213
SEI-186

Filing

Revisions.
Subject: Tackweld of Combustion Liner Rivet Heads
Reason: This TR provides revised tackweld locations for

combustion liner rivet heads.
Change: Revised Figure 204.


72-42-0
Page 1 of 2
Nov 05/10
SEI-186
Tackweld of Combustion Liner Rivet Heads

Figure 204
72-42-0
Page 2 of 2
Nov 05/10
GEWII1LLO tltCtlllE
CJ610 TUFPB6JET
TACK-WELD WIDTH NOT TO EXTEND

TACK-WELD OUTER SHELL
BEYOND DIAMETER OF RIVET H
(SEE NOTE)
WELD
RIVET
RIVET 0.10
A~´•1123336
0.05
VET AN123319
1/0.20
0.04
MIN 0.20
0.10
DOME TACK-WELD TACK-WELD NOT TO

(SEE NOTE) EXTEND BEYOND
CENTER OF RIVET HEAD
rRIVET
AN123319
INNER SHELL
RIVET 0´•07
TYPICAL TACK-WELD 0.07
AN123336 0.04
0.04
TACK-WE LD
(SEE NOTE)
(I).
NOTE: MANUFACTURED HEAD OF RIVETS SHALL BE
AGAINST THE COWL FOR COWL/DOME AND
OUTER SHELL RIVET BANDS, AND AGAINST
THE SHELL FOR THE INNER SHELL RIVET
RIVET
BAND. ORIENTATION OF THE TACK-WELDS AN123319
~AY BE FORWARD OR AFT (OPTIONAL) OF
OUTER IGNITER
THE RIVET HEADS. TACK-WELD BOTH HEADS TACK-WELD
WASHER
OF EACH RIVET. (SEE EIOTE) OUTER SHELL
COWL
TACK-WELD
(SEE NOTE)
INNER IGNITER WASHER
JF
OC-8020
Tack-Welding Combustion Liner Rivet Heads

Figure 204
1 72-42-0 Dec 1/77

Page 214
NOTE: Please see the Temporary Revision that revises this page
6 E II E R A L E LE Cf R IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TABLE 201
WELD DATA
NOTE:
Use 1/16 inch diameter, pointed, one percent thoriated tungsten electrode.
a Keep the torch in a near vertical position to achieve good gas coverage over
and around the melt. Electrode extension 1/8 3/16 inch beyond ceramic cup.
Upon reaching end of weld, rotate the torch so that the are goes back into
the bead and, with the remote control, slowly decrease the current until the
are goes out. Hold torch over the bead with gas flowing until the red glow
disappears.
Use 1/32 1/16 inch diameter filler wire (1/32 inch preferred).
Keep filler rod in gas stream to keep hot end from oxidizing.
Current Torch Backup

Combustion Filler
Component (Amps) Gas Gas Weld
Liner Wire
Material DC Straight Flow Flow Contour
Component Material
Polarity (CFH) (CFH)
(1) Inner and Hastelloy X Hastelloy X 15-35 Argon Argon Flush

outer shell (AMS5536) (AMS5798) 8-14 5-10
and outer
flange.
or
Alternate
Hastelloy W
(AMS5786)
(2) Inner flange. Incoloy T Hastelloy X 10-35 Argon Argon Flush

(AMS5552) (AMS5798) 8-14 5-10
or
Alternate
Hastelloy W
(AMS5786)
(3) Rivet heads. Inconel 600 Hasteloy W Argon Tack-

(AMS5540) (AMS5786) 5-10 weld
Use a control variable current device to minimize heat input.

remote
Actrol (Mullenback Electrical Mariufacturing Co., 2300 East 27th St.,
Los Angeles, California) or equivalent, is recommended.
72-42-0
Dec 1/77 Page 215
GEWPRAL~ OLECtRIE
CJ610 TURBOJET
INNER COMBUSTION CASING MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. Inspection of the inner combustion casing is usually required only

at time _of "hot section" inspection.
A. Visual inspection of the casing usually involves only the outer areas of
casing.
B. Visual inspection of the internal areas, which are accessible, is re-
quired when the No, 3 bearing support is removed from engine.
2. Removal/Installation. Refer to section 72-40 for procedures,
3. Inspection/Check. When serviceable limts are exceeded, the casing may be

repaired in accordance with the Overhaul Manual.
A, Inner combustion casing with No. 3 bearing support installed on engine:
(1) Welds for cracks. Total length of cracks in

any joint shall not ex-
ceed 1/4 inch.
(2) Shell for dents. Any n~mber of small dents

with smooth indention,
1/4 inch deep.
(3) Shell for nicks Any n~rmber 0,010 inch

and scratches. deep.
(4) Casing for Not serviceable. Touch-up per

cracked or missing 72-02-5.
Solaramic.
B. Inner combustion casing with No. 3 bearing support removed from engine:
(1) Flange for:
(b) Nicks and Any number 0.010 inch deep,

scratches. with no high metal.
Dec 31/91 72-43-0

Page 201
GEWfRAL~IB LLOCtRIE
CJ610 TURBOJET
(c) Dents. Any number of small dents

with no high metal on the
flange faces or on mating ID.
(d) Missing A12 Any amount.
coating.
(2) Casing for:
(a) Cracked or Not serviceable. Touch-up per

missing 72-02-5.
Solaramic
coating.
(b) Missing A12 Any amount.
coating.
72-43-0 Dec 1/77

Page 202
GEntRAL~B ELfCfRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TURBINE STATIONARY OUTER SEAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General. Visual inspection and maintenance of the turbine stationary seal

is usually required only at time of "hot section" inspection.
2. Remova~,/Installation. Refer to section 72-40 for procedures.
3. Inspection/Checks. When serviceable limits are exceeded, the seal may be

repaired in accordance with overhaul manual. (See figure 201.)
A. Seal support for:
(2) Nicks and scratches. Any number 0.015 inch deep

after removal of high metal.
(3) Dents. Any number 0.015 inch deep

B. The silver brazed surface for:
(l) Grooves. Any depth: provided they do

not penetrate to the steel
ring and not wider than
0.090 inches.
6 2. SILVER BRAZED SURFACE
oo~oo
Turbine Stationary Outer Seal

Figure 201
Dec 1/77 72-45-0

Page 201
eEIEIALQ
1
CJ6I0, TUFPeOJeT
sEI-lse N~INTENANCE MANUAL
NO. 3 CARBON SEAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. ´•Visual inspection and maintenance of the seal support is usually

required only at time of "hot section" inspection.
2. Removal/Installation Reie’r’to section j2-4q, No. 3

B~aring
for procedures.
3. Inspection/Checks. When serviceable limits;are exceeded, the seal support

may be repaired in accordance with’~ouerhaul manual:; (See figure 201.)
Inspection/Che’ck Maximum´• Serviceabld.Lir;iits Remarks
A. Seal support for:
(1) Cracks Not serviceable,
1(2)’ Nicks and scratches -Any number 0.010 inch deep

(3) Pits due to cor- Any’number, 0.015 inch diam-

rosion eter, 0.010 inch deep.
B. Welds for cracks Any number, 0.030 inch long,

provided cumulative length
in any 1 inch does not ex-
ceed 0.090 Inch or does not

exceed 1/4 inch in any
joint.
C. Silver braze surface Any number 0.080 inch wide

for~ grooves and depth not into base
material.
D. Threaded holes for Cumulative length of damage

defects (with sup- not to exceed 1-1/2 threads
port removed from with no high metal.
engine)
Mar. 30/67 ...72-46-1

Page 201
tEIIIRILO ELICTRlt
CJB10 TURB.OJET
EAL SUPPORT
3
BRAZE
JOINT
clslo~ole-o.p?
No. 3 Carbon Seal Support

Figure 201
72-46-1 Mar. 30/67

Page 202
B EW EIAL E LE CTR I C
CJ810 TURBOJET
INSULATION BLANKET~ (NO. 3 BEARING AREA) MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. Vi’sual inspection and maintenance of the insulation blanket is
usually required only‘at time of No. 3 bearing carbon seal replacement.
2. Inspection/Checks. When serviceable limits are exceeded, the seal support

may be repaired in accordance with the overhaul manual (see figure 201).
A. Cracks in foil or Any amount, provided

separation at welds, insulation is not missing
or oil soaked.
B. Missing tabs. 3 per blanket provided no
2 are adjacent.
i. FOIL
2---;47 2´• TAB
cJeio-sos7-o-Fz
No. 3 Bearing Insulation Blanket

Figure 201
Mar. 30/67´• 72-46-2
Page 201
e En EaA O E LL CIR le
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186´• MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CARBON SEAL (NO. 3 BEARING) MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. Visual inspection of the No. 3 bearing carbon seal is outlined in

section 72-02-2. Inspection is usually required only at time of "hot sec-
tion" inspection.
2. Removal/Installation. Refer to section 72-40, No. 3 Bearing Replacement,

for procedures.
Mar. 30/67 72-46-3
Page 201
GEIEIAL ELECTRrC
CJ610 -TUR eoJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE’ MANUAL
NO. 3 BEARING SUPPORT MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. Inspection of the No. 3 bearing support is usually required only

at time of "hot section" ´•ihspection.
A. Visual inspection of the No. 3 beari´•ng.support usually involves only the

aft surfaces of the support.
B. Visual inspection of the-forward surfa~Bs is required-when the No. 3
bearing support is removed from engine.
2. Removal/Installat ion. Refer to section 72-40, No. 3 Bearing Replacement

pro cedu re;
3.´• Inspection/Check. When serviceable limitsare exceeded, the support may be

repaired in accordance with overhaul manual. (See figure 201.)
Inspection/Check´• Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
A. No. 3 bearing support installed on engine
(1) Crai~ks. Not serviceable.
(2) Nicks, scratches Any number 0.010 inch

and´•dent~. deep after removal of
high metal from mating~

surface’s.
(3) Corrosion pits.
(a) Conical portion 0.030 inch of metal re-
of web. maining;
(b) All other areas. 0.050 inch of metal re-
maining.
serviceab’l0.
I
(4) Support for cracked Not Touch-up per
72-02-5.
or missing
•´gnitaoc imaraloS
B. No. 3 bearing support removedfrom engine.
(1) Gang channel nuts ior:
(a) Cracks or broken Not serviceable.

nut retainers.
(b) Nuts for self- Serviceable provided a
locking capability. bolt can not be threaded

(using fingers only) all
the way through the nut.
June 1/71 72-46-4

Page 201
2 eN CRAL tLEeTRIC
cJeio ~URBQJPT
;´•(2) Surfaces R and Yi Any, number 0.010 inchdeep

Diameter F for with not over 50´•percent of i,...
nicks, dents and surface damage in any one
local scoring. quadrant after removal of.
high metal?
(3) Support for ´•cracked Not- serviceable. Iouch-up per

or missing Solaramic 72-02-5,
coating,
NOZZLE MOUNTING ´•RABBET
t
DIA S
SEAL SUPPORT MOUNTING RABBET

SHAFT SHIELD
FWD.
MOUNTING RABBET
t AFT.
DIA F
SECTION
C´•´•´•´•
A-A
i. SUPPORT
’2. BEARING BORE
3. GANG CHANNEL NUT~ c
C1610d01P-0´•F2
No, 3 Bearing Support

Figure 201´•
72-46-4 June 1/71

Page 202
OOWERAL tLECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEIr186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NO. 3 BEARING MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. Visual inspection of the No. 3 bearing is outlined in section
72-02-3. Inspection is usually required only at time of "hot section" in-
spection.
2. Removal/Inspection. Refer to section 72-40, No. 3 Bearing Replacement, for
procedure.
Oct. 15/70 72-46-5
Page 201
GLIE RAL ~:ELEC!RIC
’C.J s~! O i T U R B’OJ T
SEI-186 ’MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HEAT SHIELD MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. Maintenance of the heat shield (optional equipment) is limited to
those items which are accessible. (See figure 201.)
A. Visual inspection of the heat shield usually involves only the external
area.
B. Visual inspection of the internal area is only‘ required if the heat
shield is suspected~to have damage.
2. Removal/Installation Refer tP 72-40for procedures,

3. Inspection/Check.. When serviceable limits are exceeded the’heat shield may
be repaired in accordance with overhaul manual.
A~ Cracks in shell 4 per half; l/l~inch´•.long.

(body) or welds
B. Cracks in gussets Iper gusset or boss, 1/8

or bosses inchlong.
C. Rivets
(1) Missing Not serviceable. Replace rivet.
(2) Loose Not serviceable. Re-strike rivet or
replace.
D. Dents in shell Any number, 1/4 inch deep

or body provided they do not in-
terfere with assembly and
are not cracked.
E. Anchor nuts for:
(1) Cracked or broken Not serviceable. Replace anchor nut.

nut retainer
(2) Damaged thread Not serviceable. Replace anchor nut.
(3) Self-locking Serviceable provided a
capability bolt cannot be threaded
(using fingers only) all

the way through the nut.
Mar. 30/67 j2-47-0

Page 201
GEWERAL E Lf CTR le
CJ610 TURBOJET
CJ610-6010-0-FZ
Heat Shield
Figure 201
72-47-0 Mar. 30/67

Page 202
CtWERAL~al,, t, I,,,-----
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 ~aINTENANCE
TURBINE SECTION DESCRIPTION AND OPER4TION
3
I
2 /i´•
a
-i
1
d’
a ~:r
J g
\r
:s:
:i c,
.´•;2!
aL!i ;r´•’
I´•’
7\
5
iI
liEn
NO. NOMENCLkTU~E SECi;OS
1. FIRST-STAGE TURBINE N0ZZ:E 72-51-0

2. FIRST-STAGE TURBINE SH~OVD 72-55-0
SE0ON3-SiAGE TURBINE NO:Z:E 7i-ji-C
4. TURBINE CASING
~u´•g 5. SECOND-STAGE TURBIHE SHRSUS ;2-5i-0
U
.(L E. RADIATIO~ SEAL O
~zA
B 6
r~
7.
6.
INTERSTAGE SEAL
TURBINE ROTOR ASSEMBLY
;i-5:-0
72-53-0
2 6.~
Ui; i\\\v//
ii
SECTIONaL vlEw
CJ610-8 AND 9 1 AT ARROw A 00-0459
Turbine Section
Figure 1
l~r 30/84
OFaO Cl$dBh As 72-50
RECEIYED BY ATP
Paee 1
EltcTRle
CJ610 TURBOJET
hWIrrrENANCE MPL~UAL SEI-186
i, General. The turbine section consists of the turbine casing, shrouds, noz-
and rotor. The primary function of the turbine is to extract energy

ties,
from the heated air to drive the compressor.
2. Description.
A. Turbine Casing. The turbine casing is an annular shaped steel case,
and flanged along its horizontal centerline. Tracks inside the

split
casing serve as mounts for the first- and second-stage turbine shrouds
and the second-stage turbine nozzles. Two external bosses admit the
anti-rotation bolts which lock the second-stage nozzle to the casing.

The CJ610-8 and -9 engines have cooling air passages to provide addition-
al cooling air to the second-stage nozzle area and also has darns adjacent
to the split-lines to decrease leakage.
B. Turbine Shrouds. On CJ610-1, -4, -5 and -6 engines, the first-stage

shroud is a solid, metal shroud; the second-stage shroud is a honeycomb
shroud. Each shroud consists of four interlocking segments which slide
into mounting tracks inside the turbine case. On CJ610-8 and -9engines,
the first- and second-stage turbine shrouds are Bradelloy-filled honey-
comb shrouds. Each stage of shrouding consists of four interlocking seg-
ments which slide into mounting tracks inside the turbine case.
C. Turbine Kozzles. The first-stage nozzle consists of an outer, band joined

to an inner band by radially positioned, hollow partitions, welded in the
outer combustion casing, the first-stage nozzle and the turbine casing
together. An inner support flange; welded to the inner band, is bolted
to the number three bearing support and the inner combustion casing. The
second-stage nozzle consists of an outerband joinedto an inner band by

welded partitions and is split horizontally. The outer band mounts in
tracks inside the turbine casing. The inner band flange retains the
stationary position of the turbine interstage seal on the CJ610-1, -4,

-5 and -6 engines. The CJ610-8 and -9 turbine interstage seal consists
of 6 segments bolted to the inner flange of the second-stage nozzle.

Both engine models employ a honeycomb construction type seal.
D. Turbine Rotor. The major components of the turbine rotor assembly are:
two turbine wheel assemblies, a turbine interstage seal assemb.ly, a
torque ring assembly, and standard hardware. The first-stage turbine
wheel is integral with an internally splined shaft which mounts theen-
tire assembly on the engine drive shaft. Turbine blades are inserted
into dovetails in the circumference of the wheel and are held in place
by locking strips. Baffles are inserted between turbine blade shanks
to prevent cross-flow of gases, and to dampen vibration. The inner air
seal labyrinth ring is riveted to the forward face of the first-stage
wheel
A locking nut and a washer retain the No. 3 rubbing seal runner and the
No. 3 roller bearing inner race. The torque ring assembly is mounted on
the rear of the first-stage wheel. The bolts-that secure this assembly
72-50 Jan. 15:’69

Page 2~
CtHIRIL~tltCTRIC------
CJ610 TURBOJET
ITEM
NO. NOMENCLATURE
i. TURBINE ROTOR ASSEMBLY

2. FIRST-STAGE TURBINE WHEEL
5
3. FIRST-STAGE TURBINE BLADE
4. SECOND-STAGE TURBINE WHEEL
5. SECOND-STAGE TURBINE BLADE
6. TORQUE RING
3 7. BALANCE WASHER
8. BALANCE WASHER
9. OUTER LABRYRINTH SEAL
1O. INNER LABRYRINTH SEAL
ii. NO. 3 BEARING CARBON SEAL
RUNNER
12. NO. 3 BEARING INNER RACE
13. NO. 3 BEARING LOCKWASHER
14. NO. 3 BEARING LOCKNUT
1 Y\U1YVY~- I 1 I i FIOT SHOUH
FIRST-STAGE BLADE LOCKING STRIP

FIRST-STAGE TURBINE BLADE BAFFLE
B hJ~Y SECOND-STAGE BLADE LOCKING STRIP
SECOND-STAGE TURBINE BLADE BAF~LE
14 ‘13 11 7 ’NTERSTAGE SEAL
10I
2 NOTE: FOR INSPECTION OF AL:
PARTS, SEE SECTION 72-53-0.
Bt-045E
Turbine Rotor Assembly

Figure 2
Mar 30/84
72-50
Page 3
GEN ERAL ~B E Lt CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
also secure the seal labyrinth ring on the forward face of the
outer air
first-stage wheel. The

torque ring assembly couples the two turbine
wheels and has an integral baffle withholes that allow the passage of
cooling air. The turbine interstage seal on the CJ610-1, -4, -5 and -6
engines is supported by pins which rest on the slotted inner band of the
second-stage nozzle ton CJ610-8 and -9 engines the interstage sealbolts
to the second-stage nozzle). The honeycomb portion of this sealbears
against the torque ring for sealing. The labyrinth portion of the seal
is integral with the torque ring.
3. Operation.
The heated gases pass from the combustion chamber through the turbine noz-
ties, across both turbine wheels and out the exhaust cone’. The~turbine
wheels extract energy from the heated gases and transmit this energy for-
ward.by means of the engine drive shaft to drive the compressor rotor and
accessories. Temperatures of the exhaust
gases high are so that without
provisions for cooling air, the life of the turbine components would be very
short. A portion of the compressed air not used for combustion flows from
the combustion section outward through radial holes in the first-stage noz-
zle outer band and aft to cool the first-stage nozzle and the turbine casing
at which point it re-enters the main gas stream. The remainder of the air
flows inward through the hollow partitions of the first-stage nozzle into
the inner band of the nozzle, and is expelled aftward against thP shanks of
the first-stage turbine buckets. Some of the air, as it passes through the
partitions is expelled through small slots drilled in the concave surface

and cools the trailing edges of the partitions. Another portion of air
flows aft from the combustion section through holes in the first-stage noz-
zle inner flange and pressurizes the balance piston chamber formed by the
inner and outer air seals on the forward face of the first-stage turbine
wheel. This pressure utilizes the wheel as a piston to offset the forward
thrust moment of the compressor rotor, reducing the loading on the number
two bearing. Some of the balance piston air flows through the inner air
seal and pressurizes the number three carbon seal. The remainder of the air
flows aft through holes in the first-stage wheel and cools the remainder of
the turbine rotor before passing into the main exhaust stream.
1 72-50 Nov. 15/73

Page 4
ccN ERAL i LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
TURBINE SECTION MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General. This section gives the procedures for the removal/installation of

the turbine section parts required for hot section inspection or component
replacement.
1A. Preliminary Procedures. Prior to removal of turbine stater casing, check
eccentricity of second-stage turbine blades using a feeler gage as follows:
A. Place feeler gage between any second-stage blade tip and shroud at 5 o’clock
position. Rotate the turbine rotor and measure this clearance for each
blade. The difference from the minimum to maximum measurement will estab-
lish the turbine blade eccentricity. Record this measurement in the engine
records.
B. Review previous enginerecords. If eccentricity is the same or less than

that determined at the last eccentricity check, if there has been no re-
ported noise or vibration, and if first-stage nozzle

the is not cracked,
re-balance of the turbine rotor assembly is not required.
C. If no prior records are available and turbine blade eccentricity is 0.010

inch or greater, if there report of noise or vibration, or if
has been a
there is a cracked first-stage’nozzle inner band, re-balance the turbine

rotor assembly per SEI-136.
D. Matchmark the turbine rotor with compressor drive shaft at teardown for re-
assembly in the same location.
2. Removal/Installation.
NOTE: The exhaust(see Section 78-11) and the combustion heat shield
cone
(see 72-40) must be removed prior to starting this procedure.

Section
The required special tools are listed in Section 72-00.
A. Removal of Turbine Stater. Remove the turbine stater halves (with second-
stage nozzle and turbine shrouds installed) as follows:
CAUTION: ON CJ610-8A ENGINES, DO NOT UNBOLT OR LOOSEN MORE BOLTS THAN

NECESSARY TO DISASSEMBLE OR ASSEMBLE ONE TURBINE STAT6R HALF AT A
TIME. CLAMPING FORCE OF THE FIRST-STAGE NOZZLE FLANGE TO THE
COMBUSTION CASING MUST BE MAINTAINED ON AT LEAST ONE HALF OF THE
FLANGE CIRCUMFERENCE AT ALL TIMES. A MINIMUM OF 8 EVENLY-SPACED
BOLTS ON A STATOR HALF IS REQUIRED WITKTORQUE AS SHOWN ON FIGURE
205.
NOTE: Antirotation bolts (used on CJ610-1, -4, -5, and -6 engines) with
rectangular heads marked "Y" on the shank are not reusable. Those
marked with "A" must pass inspection per 72-52-0, before reuse. Oval
head bolts (not marked) (used on CJ610-8A, and -9 engines) must pas’s
inspection per 72-52-0, before reuse.
Mar 30/84 .72-50

Page 201
GEN ERAL it CTR le
CJ610 TURBOJET
(1) Remove the flange~(see figure 205) nuts and bolts on each
9 horizontal
side of the
engine. Do not let the body-bound bolts, which align the
stater halves, turn when removing the nuts. If the bolts are
allowed to turn, alignment of the halves may be affected. After the
nuts are removed, tap the bolts out of the holes using a plastic drift.
(2) Remove the forward flange bolts from the upper turbine stater half.
Note the location of shield brackets and matchmark the upper
the heat
stater half with the combustion casing. Remove the upper stater half
by carefully pulling it radially away from the engine.
(3) Matchmark the interstage seal with the second-stage nozzle.
(4) Remove the forward flange bolts from the lower turbine stater half.
Note the location of the heat shield brackets. Remove the lower
stater half by carefully pulling it radially away from the engine.
B. Removal of Turbine Rotor. (See figure 201.) Remove the turbine rotor
as follows:
(1) Remove the turbine rotor locknut by straightening the bent tab of lock-
washer, and then removing the locknut using the spanner and torque
wrench (2C5317). Be sure that the wrench properly engages with the
locknut and that the 12 bushings of the wrench are seated over the heads
of the 12 bolts of the turbine rotor. Hold one of the handles of the
wrench and back off the turbine rotor locknut using a wrench with a
standard 1/2 inch sq~uare drive. Remove the wrench, locknut and lock-
washer. Discard the lockwasher.
(2) Pull the turbine rotor using the hydraulic puller (205305) as follows:
(a) Matchmark the turbine rotor and the compressor rotor by marking
the end rotor shaft and the inside diameter’of
the turbine rotor using paint, chalk, or other suitable marking
material.
(b) Holding the puller arms close to the puller anchoring stem, screw
the hydraulic puller anchoring stem into the compressor rotor
driveshaft. Turn in the hydraulic puller until it is hand tight
and then back itoff 1/2 turn.
72-50
Mar 30/84
Page 202
ErlrnuO runale
CJ610: TURBOJET
SET.-186 MANUAL
´•ra~
USING TURBINE~ROTOR
3
LOCKNUT SPAN~ER
AND TORPUE WR"NCH
i. Turbine Rotor Locknut

2. Lockwasher
3. Turbine Rotor Assembly
a. Turbine Rotor Locknut Spanner
USING TURBINE ROTOR and Torque Wrench 2C5317
HYDRAULIC PULLER I 1- 8 5. Spanner and Torque Wrench Bushing
6. Bolt
7. Spanner and Torque Wrench Shaft
8. Turbine Rotor Hydraulic Puller
2(35305
9. Puller Anchoring Stem
10. Puller Arm
1()
11. Compressor Rotor Drive Shaft
1\
BC-O286
Removal of Turbine Rotor

Figure 201
a2-50
Sept 1/76 Page 203
Gf# ERAL ~B OLtCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJEV
Figure 202
DELETED
NOTE: A force of 5000 psig is usually required to free the rotor.

If this force does not free the rotor, check the puller for
proper installation. If properly installed, continue to
apply pressure until the rotor becomes free.
CAUTION: REMOVAL (3F THE TURBINE ROTOR IS A TWO MAN OPERATION.

ONE MAN MUST SUPPORT THE ROTOR TO PREVENT DAMAGE IF
THE ROTOR SUDDENLY BREAKS FREE.
(c) Connect hydraulic actuator, 2C5337, or equivalent, to the puller

coupling. Apply pressure to the hydraulic puller to unseat the
turbine rotor. ~hile pressure is being applied to the puller,
hold the turbine rotor by hand
sudd~nly break so that should it
free, it will not drop down onto the engine and damage the No. 3
carbon seal or the No. 3 bearing. Continue to apply hydraulic
pressure until the turbine rotor is free of the end of the com-
pressor rotor shaft. (The turbine rotor is free when it can be

lifted by hand from the end of the compressor rotor shaft.) Dis-
engage the
hydraulicpuller from the turbine rotor by pushing the
3 puller arms in close to the anchoring stem and at the same time
carefully reseating the turbine rotor onto the end of the com-
pressor shaft. Disconnect the hydraulic line from the puller and
remove the puller.
(3) Remove the turbine rotor being careful not to damage the No. 3 car-
bon seal and the No. 3 bearing.
(4) Install the turbine rotor onto the turbine rotor stand (2C5303).
;I
72-50 1 Sept 1/76

Page 204
GEIEIIL~ ELEGIIIG
C3610 TURBOJLT
C. Determination of Turbine Rotor Rotating Seal Clearances. The turbine

rotor radial clearances must be determined before the rotor is assembled
to the engine.
Turbine rotor radial clearances are not required unless affected
parts have been replaced.
(1) Measure the diameter of the seals in 3 places.
(2) Determine the minimum radial clearance by subtracting the largest OD

of the rotating seal from the smallest diameter ID of the mating
stationary seal. The result is the minimum diametral clearance be-
tween the parts. Divide the result by 2 to obtain the minimum ra-
dial clearance.
(3) Determine the maximum radial clearance by subtracting the smallest

OD of the rotating seal from the largest ID of the stationary seal
and dividing by 2.
(4) Determine the minimum and maximum radial clearances between:
(a) The turbine outer rotary seal and the outer stationary seal.
(See figure 204, ref. No. 8.)
(b) The turbine´•inner rotary seal and the inner stationary seal.
(See figure 204, ref. No. 9.)
(c) Turbine interstage seal and

torque ring. This clearance appli~s
to CJ610-8 and -9 engines only. (See figure 204A, referdnce Nd.
13.)
(d) Torque ring seal and second-stage nozzle inner baffle. This
clearance applies to CJ610-8 and -9 engines only. (8ee figure
204A, reference No. 12.)
D. Installation of Turbine Rotor. Install the turbine rotor as follows:
CAUTION: THE NO. 3 BEARING INNER RACE, LOCATED ON THE TURBINE ROTOR
SHAFT, MUST BE REPLACED IF THE OUTER RACE WAS REPLACED. BEAR-
ING COMPONENTS ARE MATCHED ASSEMBLIES AND MUST NOT BE INTER-
MIXED.
(1) Check the mating surfaces of the turbine rotor shaft and the com-
pressor rotor shaft for burrs and pickup that could interfere with
assembly. Remove any burrs or pickup. Using a light coat of engine
Sept 1/76 72-~0

Page 204A
ClnERILQtLtCTRIC------
CJ610 TURBO~JET
oil lubricate the mating splines of the compr´•essor r´•otor shaft and
the turbine rotor shaft.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE NO. 3 SEAL OR THE NO. 3 BEARING DURING
TURBINE ROTOR ASSEMBLY. THE PUSHER TUBE AND ANCHORING
STEM IS USED AS A´• GUIDE AND PROTECTOR.
NOTE: Axial clearances between turbine rotor and combustion section
parts must be determined per paragraph E.
(2)Assemble the turbine rotor pusher (205300) as follows: (See figure

203.)´•
72-50
Page 204B Sept 1/76
e En ERAL ILECTRIC
cJs~o ’TURIE~OJET
SEI-186 ´•MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ANCHORI
COMPRESSOR ROTOR DRIVE SHAFT
SHIM GAGE CHECK POINT
CJ610-6088-0-D2
Turbine Rotor Hydraulic Pusher
Figure 203
.(a) Remove the thread-protector cap from´•the’anchqring stem. Screw

the anchoring stem out of the tool.
(b) Screw the anchoringstem´•into the.nd.of the compressor rotor
shaft, until it seats and then back it off 1/2 turn.
CAUTION: THE POSITION OF´•THE ANCHORING.S~EM IS IMPORTANT. IF

THE STEM SEATS AGAINST THE END OF THE~ COMPRESSOR ROTOR
SHAFT, IT ISDIFFICULI! TO REMOVE. ´•IF THE STEM IS NOT

TURNED IN FAR ENOUGH THE TOOL WILL; BOTTOM AGAINST THE
STEM AM) WILL NOT SEAT THE ROTOR.
(c) Install the pusher tube inside the turbine rotor.
(d)- Align the matchmarks- for the turbine rotor and compres´•sor rotor
shaft. Carefully.assemble the .turbine rotor onto- the end of the
compressor rotor shaft-.
30/67
Mar.
Page
205´•72-50
GEWERAL ELECTRIC
CJ6-10. TURe oJET
(e) Screw the rest of the tool assembly onto the end of the anchor-
ing stem by aligning the 6 holes in the pusher housing with the
6 pins in the pusher tube. ´•Turn in the tool assembly until it
seats against the turbine rotor.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE ANCHORING STEM DOES NOT TURN WHILE THE
TOOL ASSEMBLY IS BEING INSTALLED. IF THE ANCHORING
STEM BOTTOMS ON THE END OF THE COMPRESSOR ROTOR SHAFT
IT MAY BE VERY DIFFICULT TO REMOVE THE ANCHORING STEM
AFTER THE TURBINE ROTOR IS PUSHED INTO PLACE.
(f) Connect hydraulic actuator 205337, or’equivalent, to the pusher

coupling. Apply up to 5000 psi to tool.
CAUTION: DO NOT´•EXCEED 5000 PSI.
(g) Remove the pusher assemdly and replace the thread-protector cap
on the anchdring stem.
(h) Using a 0.001-inch thickness gage, check the seating. The 0.001-
inch feeler gage shall not fit between the end of the compressor
rotor shaft and the shoulder in the turbine rotor.
(i) If the turbine rotor is not seated, make sure the tool was not
seating on the anchoring stem. Next, pull the turbine rotor

again and´• remove any burrs or pickup that could interfere with
assembly. Do not heat or cool parts to aid assembly.
(3) Lubricate a new turbine rotor lockwasher (figure 201) with engine oil
and install it so that the 2 tabsmate with thekey slots in the com-
pressor rotor shaft.’
.CAUTION: NEVER REUSE A LOCKWASHER.
(4) Check the surfaces of the turbine rotor locknut for burrs. If nec-
essary, remove´•burrs. Lubricate the locknut´•´•threads with Molykote

Type ~JI77, anti-8eize dompound per MIL-A-907 or equivalent. Lubri-
cate the Iockwasher´•mating surface with’engine oil. Assemble the
iocknut~ ´•handtight using the ´•turbine’ rotor spanner wrench, 2C5321.
Remove the wrench and c~ieck thd lockwasher for proper seating and
alignment with the key slot in the compressor rotor shaft. Match-
mark onelockwasher t~b with´•the inside of the turbine rotor shaft.
(5)´•Tdrque the turbine rotor locknut using the Bpanner and torque wrench,
2C53I7; Install the turbine~rotor locknut spa’nner and
torque wrench
on the turbine rotor. Be sure that the spannerwrench properly en-
gages the turbine rotor locknut and that the 12 bushings of the
72-50Page 206
April 15/68
a
c E ii I R L ~p I If
C!II It
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186NTENANCE’ MANUAL
wrench are seated on the 12 bolt heads on the second-stage turbine

wheel. Install a standard 0-50 Ib it torque wrench on the drive shaft
of the spanner and torque wrench. Hold the handles of the spanner and
torque wrench to prevent the turbine rotor from turning. Torque the
I turbine rotor locknut to 225-250 Ib ft by multiplying the torque indi-
cared on torque wrench indicator by the ratio on the name plate of the
spanner wrench.
NOTE: Due to the internal gearing in the turbine rotor locknut span-
ner and torque wrench, each Ib ft of torque applied through a
standard torque wrench is equal to the result of the ratio ton
the name plate of the spanner wrench) times the indicated torque
on torque wrench.
(6) Remove the torque wrench and check the lockwasher for alignment by
noting the position of the matchmarks made in step (4).
CAUTION: BE SURE TKE LOCKW~SHER DOES NOT MOVE WHEN TORQUING THE LOCK-
NUT. IF THE LOCKWASHER MOVES, THE BENT TABS THAT FIT INTO
THE COMPRESSOR ROTOR SHAFT I(EY SLOTS MAY SMEAR OFF.
NEVER LOOSEN THE TURBINE ROTOR LOCKNUT TO LINE UP A LOCK-

WASHER TAB AND A LOCKNUT SLOT.
(7) Select a lockwasher tab that lines up with one of the slots in the
turbine rotor locknut and bend the tab into the slot. If none of the
lockwasher tabs line up with a slot, gradually tighten the nut until
one does.
E. Determination of Axial Clearance Between Turbine Rotor and Combustion

Section Parts. (See figure 204 or 204A.)
(1) Axial clearance between turbine outer stationary seal rear edge and
first-stage turbine wheel (reference No. 1) must be determined at as-
sembly.
(2) Axial clearance between stationary seal rear edge and

turbine´•inner
first-stage turbine wheel (reference No. 2) must be checked only when

the seal support has been replaced.
(3) Axial clearance between No. 3 seal support attaching screw heads and
first-stage turbine wheel (reference No. must be checked only when
the carbon seal has been replaced.
(4) Clearances may be taken as follows:
Mar 30/84 72-50

Page 207
CJGIOTURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
10 11
O 000 OOC
5 j-f
r
31-7~L´• Ilf
REF DIR.
MIN. MAX.
NO. MEAS.
1 A 0.154
2 A 0.154
3 A 0.130
4 A 0.110 1 II Ill THE AVERAGE CLEARANCES FOR ENGINES HAVING
5 A 0.165 1 II II I PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS SHALL BE MEASURED
6 A 9.110 11 II I AND CORRECTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE OVER-
7 A 0.210 1 _j HAUL MANUAL. THESE CORRECTIONS SHOULD
8 R 0.001 0.008 BE MADE IN CONJUNCTION WITH OTHER
9 R 0.001 0.006 ESTABLISHED MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
10 R 0.050 0.058’ 1 FOR TROUBLESHOOTING ENGINE PERFORMANCE
11 R 0.005
000BC-D177-01
Turbine Section Clearances CJ610-1, -4. -5 and -6
Figure 204
72-50
Page 208 Dec 31/95
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAZ,
10
13
12
REF DIR.
NO. MEAS. MIN. HAX.
A 0.170
A I 0.1
3 A 0.110
4 A 0.100
5 A
NOTE: THE AVERAGE CLEARANCES FOR ENGINES HAVING
6 1 .A 0.130
PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS SHALL BE I´•1EASURED
AND CORRECTED AS DESCRIBED IN THE OVER-
8 R 0.001 0.008
HAUL MANUAL. THESE CORRECTIONS SHOULD
9- R 0.00 0.
BE MADE IN CONJUNCTION WITH OTHER
10
11
R
R~
O.
C.03
ENOTE
0.045
~51 ESTABLISHED MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
FOR TROUBLESHOOTING ENGINE PERFORMANCE.
12 R 0.070 .100
13 R 0.010 0.035 nLL DIMENSIONS
*REININCHES
BC-0178-3
Turbine Section Clearances CJ610-8A and -9

Figure 204A
Mar 30/84 72-50

Page 209
GEWERAL~B ELECIRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(a) Place sufficient thickness of wax at 6 equally spaced locations at
each required clearance check point.
(b) Install turbine rotor per paragraph 2.D. except do not install
locknut.
(c) Rotate rotor one complete revolution.
(d) Remove rotor per~paragraph 2.B,’
(e) Determine clearances by measuring minimum thickness of wax at
point of clearance.
F. Installation of Turbine Stater. After the turbine rotor is installed, in-

stall the turbine stater halves. Check the serial number to be sure that
the stater halves are matched halves. Install the stater halves as follows:
CAUTION: ON CJ610-8A ENGINES, DO NOT UNBOLT OR LOOSEN MORE BOLTS THAN

IS NECESSARY TO DISASSEMBLE OR ASSEMBLE ONE TURBINE STATOR
HALF AT A TIME. CLAMPING FORCE OF THE STAGE 1 NOZZLE FLANGE
TO THE COMBUSTION CASING MUST BE MAINTAINED ON AT LEAST ONE
HALF OF THE FLANGE CIRCUMFERENCE AT ALL TIMES. A MINIMUM OF
8 EVENLY SPACED BOLTS ON A STATOR IIALF IS REQUIRED WITH TORQUE
AS SHOWN ON FIGURE 205.
NOTE: If either casing, second-stage nozzle, interstage seals,

the turbine
turbine rotor, rotor torque ring and first- or second-stage
turbine
wheels have been replaced, it is necessary ~o assemble the lower half
of the stater to the engine and then make the clearance checks
specified in paragraph G.
(1) Position the interstage seal in the same relationship to the second-
stage nozzle as previously installed.
(2) Align the stater half with the outer combustion casing using the match-
marks made during disassembly. engine.
Assemble the stater half to the
On CJ610-1, -4, -5,and -6 engines make sure that the inner\flange of
the second-stage nozzle is engaged with the inferstage seal, and the
3 rivets of the interstage seal are in the 3 slots in the nozzle inner
flange.
(3) Install two bolts in the forward flange and snug but do not tighten.
(4) Assemble the other stater half. On CJ610-1, -4, -5,and -6 engines,
make sure ~hat the second-stage nozzle inner flange is properly fitted
between the flanges of the seal support on the interstage se~l as
follows:
72-50 Dec 1/79

Page 210
G E W E RAL ~B E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
(a) Guide the stater half slowly into place until the horizontal flanges
on both sides of the stater half are approximately one inch from
mating with the horizontal
flanges of stater half already installed.
With the aid of bright light, visually assure that the second-
a
stage nozzle inner flange is properly engaged between the flanges of

the seal support on the interstage seal. Proper engagement must be
possible and visible; if not, the second-stage nozzle inner band
flange or interstage seal support flange must be inspected for dis-
tortion or warpage. If necessary, correct these faults before pro-
ceeding with further installation attempts.
Dec 1/79 72-50

Page 210A/B
GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
COMBUSTION CASING-TURBINE CASING FLANGES TURBINE CASING-EXHAUST CONE FLANGES

ASSEMBLY NOTES I ASSEMBLY NOTES
APPLY LIGHT COAT OF ENGINE OIL TO ALL BOLTS APPLY LIGHT COAT OF ENGINE OIL TO ALL BOLTS
INSERT ALL BOLTS WITH HEADS FORWARD INSERT ALL BOLTS WITH HEADS AFT
USE A WASHER BETWEEN HEAT SHIELD BRACKET B AND FLANGE THE LIFTING LUG C AND BRACKETS D ARE LOCATED ON
ALL BRACKETS ARE LOCATED ON THE AFT SIDE OF FLANGES THE FORWARD SIDE OF FLANGES
TORQUE ALL NUTS TO 35-39 LB IN., EXCEPT ON CJ61O-8A USE A WASHER BETWEEN THE BRACKETS D AND FLANGE
TORQUE ALL NUTS TO 55-60 LB IN. FOR CJ610-8A TORQUE ALL LOCKNUTS TO 28-32 LB IN.
AB c
B B D
0000d o o D
B O 1
o o
o 46 (7
2 g o B O
O
16 41
48 t 2 j
e
I5 O 11 4
",,U 6 D
.U
o~ 50
i a
42
7 D
Il aB
o
~Itz I o
(II ~o 9
o IO o
fg jg IO
11
e j) OJa 11 o
It o 37 It o
AFT LOOKING FORWARD ,j AFT LOOKING FORWARD
36 o a If O
BO Ilo
18jj~
o 35 IS 1( o
3( D dj( IS
33 16
J2 032 II
D
31
19
B o Si 18 o
JO o 30 19 o
29
o
~9 29 20
’B 21 2( 21
B o ’7
26 25 2( 23
22 O 27 u
o
B o 26 25 24 t3 o
00000 000000 D
B B
B A. THERMOCOUPLE HARNESS BRACKET (0FFSET AFT)
B. HEAT SHIELD BRACKETS (066567 FORWARD) (CJ610-1)
C. LIFTING LUG
D. THERMOCOUPLE HARNESS BRACKETS (OFFSEI FORWARD)
HORIZONTAL FLANGES
LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE
FORWARD
3 3
4 4
5 5
BODY-BOUND BOLTS
6 60
7 7
8 8
ASSEMBLY NOTES
APPLY LIGHT COAT OF ENGINE OIL TO ALL BOLTS

INSERT ALL BOLTS WITH HEADS UP
USE A WASHER UNDER LOCKNUTS OF BODY-BOUND BOLTS
TORQUE ALL LOCKNUTS TO 50-55 LB IN.
DO NOT ALLOW BODY-BOUND BOLTS TO TURN WHEN TORPUING LOCKNUTS C
TORQUE THE BOLTS IN THIS SEQUENCE ORDER: 1, 9, 5, 6, 4, 7, 3, 8, AND 2 000(356-608502
Bolting Diagrams for Turbine Stater
Figure 205
72-50
Dec 31/95 Page 211

CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) After proper engagement of the second-stage nozzle inner flange and
interstage seal is visually made, seat and mate the stater horizon-
tal flanges.
(c) An alternate method

of assuring proper engagement of the second-
stage nozzle inner

flange and interstage seal can be achieved by
tilting the stater half until the second-stage nozzle inner flange
at the 3 o’clock location is engaged between the flanges of the
seal support on the interstage seal. Before final seating of the

stater half, assure that proper engagement of second-stage nozzle
and interstage seal can be made as described in step (a). After
proper engagement is visually made, assure that the engagement
achieved at the 3 o’clock location is maintained; then seat and
mate the stater horizontal flanges.
(5) Bolt the turbine casing horizontal flanges together as follows:
NOTE: Refer to figure 205 for assembly notes.
(a) Using a soft-face mallet and starting at the forward end of the
horizontal flange with bolthole No. i. tap the four body-bound
bolts (figure 205) into boltholes No. 1 and No. 9 alternating from
left side to right side until all four body-bound bolts and their
locknuts have been installed. Then, alternating from side to side,
tighten each locknut fingertight.
(b) Install the remaining bolts and locknuts starting with bolthole No.
5 and
alternating from the left side to the right side following
torque sequence in figure 205. Tighten remaining bolts
fingertight.
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW THE BODY-BOUND BOLTS IN BOLTHOLES NO. 1 AND 9 TO

TURN WHILE TORQUING THE LOCKNUTS.
(c) Using the sequence in figure 205. torque all locknuts to 50-55 Ib
in., starting with the body-bound bolts, alternating from the left
side to right side for each locknut.
(d) Back off the locknuts and retorque each locknut in the sametorque
sequence (figure 205) used in step (c).
(e) Using a piece of shim stock. 0.002 inch thick X 1/8 inch wide.
check the gap between the mating surfaces of the horizontal
flanges. Shim shall not slide into flange more than 3/8 inch.
(6) Install two bolts in the forward flange of the upper casing half and
snug but do not tighten.
72-50
Page 212 Dec 31/95

GENERAL:~ ELECTRIC------
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MANUAL
(7) Check turbine rotor for freedom of rotation.
(a) If rotor is binding determine point of rub.
(b) The casing can be repositioned by tapping firmly with a soft mallet
opposite the point of rub.
(c) ~hen rotor turns free tighten the four bolts in´•the forward flange.
72-50
Dec 31/95 Page 212A/212B

GEIERAL~ ELLCfRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(8) Attach the forward flanges of the stater halves to the outer combustion
casing. See figure 205 for assembly notes and torques.
(a) Insert the bolts around the forward flange. The longer bolts are
used to attach the thermocouple harness and the heat shield brackets.
(b) Assemble the thermocouple harness support with the offset facing aft.
Assemble the heat shield supports with the offset facing forward.
(c) Assemble the locknuts to all the bolts.
(d) Starting with the bolts next to the horizontal flanges and working
towards the center of the flanges (top or bottom), torque all the
bolts except those for the heat shield brackets.
G. Clearance Checks Between Turbine Rotor and Stater. After the turbine stater
has been assembled to the engine rotor clockwise and
engine, rotate the
listen for rubs. Rubbing is not allowed except a light drag or rub between
the turbine rotary and stationary seals is permissible. Rubbing between the
turbine rotary seals and the stationary seals is normal and allows the seals
to wear or cut in, particularly if new seals have been installed. If the
rotor does not turn easily by hand it is advisable to remove the turbine
stater and rotor and reposition the turbine outer stationary seal and tur-
bine interstage seal. Re-assemble removed components per applicable para-
graphs.
(1) With the upper half of the turbine case removed, measure the following
clearances (see figure 204 or 204A) using a standard commercially

available feeler gage.
(a) Axial clearance between first-stage turbine blades and the

second-stage nozzle (ref. No. 4).
(b) Axial clearance between second-stage nozzle outer band and

second-stage turbine blades (ref. No. 5).
(c) Axial clearance between first-stage turbine blade platform and
second-stage nozile inner band (ref. No. 6).
(d) Axial clearance between second-stage nozzleinner band and
second-stage turbine blade platform (ref. No. 7).
(e) Radial clearance between first-stage turbine blade tips and
first-stage shroud (ref. No. 10).
(f) Radial clearance between second-stage turbine blade tips and

second-stage shroud (ref. No. 11).
(2) Install turbine stater upper half per paragraph F.
JSep 1/75 72-50

Page 213
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ,
FIRST-STAGE TURBINE NOZZLE ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General. The first-stage nozzle can only be inspected when removed from the
engine.
2. Removal/Installation. Refer to Section 72-40.
3. Inspection/Check. Visually inspect the first-stage nozzleassembly as follows:
Any crack or cracks that may converge and permit metal breakout during further
service is not allowed. Where serviceable limits are exceeded, parts may be
repaired in accordance with the Overhaul Manual.
NOTE: Two nozzle configurations used

the CJ610 engine.
are The "non-film-
in
cooled" nozzle is shown(figure 201).
in The "film-cooled"
Detail C
nozzle, which has cooling air holes in the partition leading edges, is
shown in Detail D. Inspection limits apply to both types except where
otherwise specified.
A. Incoming Inspection.
If Diameter U, H, or V has evidence of previous weld repair, measure over
existing welds to determine serviceability. (Example: If there are eight
equally spaced welds, make four measurements). If no welds are present, make
six equally spaced measurements. (All other requirements apply.)
B. In Process Repair. Repair/Inspection of Diameter U, H, or V.
This may require repair of one, two, or three diameters. Repair only out-of-
limit diameters. On diameters requiring repair, process as directed per
applicable paragraphs. If weld repair is required, process as directed per
applicable paragraphs and T.R.’s. After weld and machine, measure across
welded areas (Example: Eight equally welded areas on a diameter requires

four measurements). All other requirements apply.
A. The partitions for:
(1) Axial cracks in the Any number, 1/8 inch long.

trailing edge (15,
figure 201). 5 per partition, 3/8 inch
long, max. 15 partitions.
2 partition, 5/8 inch

per
long, 5 partitions.
max.
(2) Cracks in the leading edge.
(a) Non-film cooled Any number, 1/8 inch long.

nozzle. Four per partition, 1/4 inch
long, max. 15 partitions.

72-51-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
6LIEIIIL~ fLECTlle
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ. SEI-186
1C FwD. 15
14_1 f CFWD.
a
6 ~v is
1 5
DETAIL A DETAIL B
I
C
11
6
CDLE s
’~o´•
I,
C’""´• n
i
2\13
DETAIL O
11 t-10 C 1~ 12
DETAIL
65
i. OUTER FLANGE 11. INNER FLANGE

2. OUTER BAND 12. PARTITION S LOT S
3. PARTITION 13. COOLING AIR HOLES
COOLING AIR SLOTS 14. PARTITION SLOT CRACKS
C Fwe. 4.
5. INNER BAND (CRACKS EXTENDING FROM END OF SLOT)
2 6. SEAL IS. PARTITION TRAILING EDGE AXIAL CRACKS
1
~1 7. SEAL HOLES 16. PARTITION RADIAL CRACK
8. EXPANSION SLOT 17. SEAL HOLE CRACK EXTENDING FWD.
9. LOUVER OPENINGS 18. SEAL HOLE CRACK EXTENDING AFT
DETAIL
10. SEAL SUPPORT
CJ610-8 AND -9 C1610d0001-B)
First-Stage Turbine Nozzle

Figure 201
72-51-0 Sep 1/75

Page 202
-1.’ I
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MANUAL
(b)~ Film-cooled 1~ cracks per partition with Any number, any

nozzle. max. of 10 cracked partitions. length may be
No triangular cracks which repaired per
might allow loss of parent paragraph 4.C.
metal. No cracks within 3/16 provided not
inch of outer band. more than 5 cool-
ing air holes are
plugged during
weld repai~.
(3) Radial cracks (16. Any number, 1/16 inch long.

figure 201). One crack partition, 3/8
72-51-0
I Dec 31/Y5 Page 202Ai202B

GLWERAL ELECTRle --_-
CJ610 TURBOJET
inchin trailing half of
partition. Max. of 15 par-

titions.
(4) Burns or erosion.
(a) Trailing edge. 1/8 inch in from trailing

edge axial. One inch long
radial. Max. of 20 partitions,
(b) Leading edge. 1/4 inch wide axial by one
inch radial. Max. of 20~
partitions, provided erosion-

does not
open into
partition
cavity when inspected visu-
ally.
(5) Nicks, dents or Any number, 0.015 inch deep, Remove high
gouges along trailing with no high metal. metal.
edge (within 3/16
inch of edge).
(6) Nicks, dents or Any number, 0.040 inch deep, Remove high
gouges other than with no high metal, or punctures. metal.
on trailing edge.
(7) Cooling air holes in Not serviceable. Clean holes with

leading edge blocked fine wire.
by other than weld
repair (film-cooled
nozzle).
(8) Trailing edge cooling air slots (4, figure 201).
(a) Cracks extending Two per slot 3/32 inch long

into partition max.
(Not converging).
(b) Converging cracks. Not serviceable if crack Replace parti-

extension would allow loss tion.
of parent metal.
(c) Closed area (when 0.013 inch min, opening. Open to 0.013-
noted visually). 0.019 inch.
.I
(d) Baffles for:
1Cracks. Any number 1.0 inch long. Replace nozzle.
2 Missing pieces. One piece, 1.0 inch long. Replace nozzle.
72-51-0
Dec 30/78
Page 203
Gtl ERAL ~B tLECIRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
’~iirnum Serviceable’Limits Remarks
B. The weld area (parti- One crack, 5/8 inch long per
tion to’ inner and outer partition. Maximum of 15
band) for cracks. partitions per nozzle.
C. The seal and the inner or outer band for:
(1) Buckling and/or No distortion allowed which Cold-work and

distortion. causes interference at inspect for
assembly., cracks.
(2) Cracks.
(a) Cracks extending 12 cracks in each band (inner

from the end of the and outer).
partition slot to
the leading or
trailing edge of
the band (14,
figure 201).
(b) Cracks extending Any number.

from the partition
slot and terminating
in the band.
(3) Circumferential cracks:
(a) Inner band and Ten cracks,

support structure 1/2 inch long.
(6, figure 202).
(b) Outer band Not Serviceable. Repair-weld per

(2, figure 201). paragraph 4.C.
(c) Seal holes One crack per hole, 5/16 inch Repair as in-
(7, figure 201). long, if crack does not branch´• structed in para-
out, and if no material is in graph 4.E. pro-
danger of breaking loose. vided circumfer-
ential crack does
not prdduce a
step (at the ex-

pansion joint on
the innerband)
exceeding 0.030‘
inch.
Mar 30/84
72-51-0
Page 204
GEIERAL~ ELECTRIC~
CJ610 TURBOJET
6 4
5
O
1. AXIAL CRACK LEADING EDGE

(TYPICAL FOR TRAILING EDGE)
2. RADIAL CRACK LEADING EDGE
3. AXIAL CRACK INNER AND
OUTER BAND
4. CIRCUMFERENTIAL CRACK (EXTENDED
i INTO AREA BETWEEN PARTITIONS)
5. BUCKLING OR DISTORTION
6. CIRCUMFERENTIAL CRACK
CJ610´•600B-0-EZ
First-Stage Nozzle Defects

Figure 202
(4) Burnouts touter band). Not Serviceable.
(5) Burnouts tinner band). Not Serviceable.
D. The seals for cracks originating at the seal holes:
(1) Cracks extending aft (18,figure 201):
ta) In non-film-cooled Any number that have not Repair per para-
nozzles. branched provided there is graph 4.B.
no danger of any material
breaking off.
(b) In film-cooled One crack per hold, 5/16

nozzles. inch long, provided the
crack does not branch and
there is no danger of
parent metal loss.
30/84
Mar
Page 204A/204B72-51-0
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAI,
Inspection/Check Maximum Serviceable LimitS Remarks
(2) Cracks extending Any number, 5/16 inch long,

forward (17, provided the crack does not
figure 201). branch and there is no danger
of parent metal loss.
E. Outer flange (1) for:
(1) Radial cracks from Any amount, providing cra~ks

boltholes. do not connect and there is
no danger of any material
breaking off.
(2) "T" position’ All "T" positions must Re-locate and

marking. be clearly marked. mark per para-
graph 4.D.
(3) Fretting and galling. Not closer than 0.060 inch Repair per
toedge of boltholes. Flange paragraph
thickness not less than 4.F.
0.050 inch.
(4) Visual damage (dents, Two circumferential lengths

distortion, etc.) to each 1-3/4 inch long, at
rabbet diameter least 90 degrees apart.
and/or boltholes.
(5) Elongated boltholes. Any number, 0.060 inch

oversize.
(6) Aft outer rabbet 15.984-15.992 inch diameter. 15.969 inch

OD (diameter V, fig- Free state average diameter diameter max.
ure 207). taken at six equally spaced rapairable.

locations must fall within Repair per
these limits. Individual paragraph 4.6.
readings may exceed limits.
NOTE: Concentricity of diameter V relative to diameter U is taken

with an axis established by diameter U and surface AP (see
figure 207).
(7) Diameter V (figure 0.010 inch TIR. Any amount can
207), concentricity be repaired per

with diameter U. paragraph 4.6.
Dec 31/91 72-51-0

Page 205
OIIIERIL~ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
F. Inner flange (11,

figure 201) for:
(1) Out-of-flatness. Not visually out-of-flat. Repair per

paragraph 4.A.
(2) Fretting and galling. Not closer than 0.060 inch to Repair per
end of boltholes. Flange paragraph 4.F.
thickness not less than 0.050
inch.
(3) Undersize ID (dia- 7.296-7.306 inch diameter. 7,321 inch dia-

meter U, figure 207). Free state average and meter max. re-
individual minimum readings pairable per

taken at six equally spaced paragraph 4.6.
locations must fall within
these limits. Individual
maximum readings may exceed
limits.
(4) Undersize inner rabbet 8.271-8.275 inch diameter. 8.290 inch dia-
ID (diameter H, figure Free average and indi-
state meter max. re-
207). vidual minimum readings taken pairable per

at six equally spaced loca- paragraph 4.6.
tions must fall within these
limits. Individual maximum
readings may exceed limits.
NOTE: Concentricity of diameter H relative to diameter U is taken

with an axis established by diameter U and surface AP (see
figure 207).
(5) Diameter H (figure 0.004 inch TIR. Any amount can
207) concentricity be repaired per

with diameter U. paragraph 4.6.
4. Repair.
A. Repair of Bent Inner Flange. (See figure 203.)
(1) Gradually and locally cold-work to match orginal contour.
(2) Finish cold-work to the drop dimension from the forward face of the
inner flange to the forward face of the outer flange as shown in
figure 203.
(3) Control cold-working by using

parallel bar obtain the final
.snoisn emidpord a to
72-51-0 Dec 31/91

Page 206
CJ610 TURBOJET
8.275 DIA
8.271
0.062
0.052
I Ilu DIMENSIONS 1
000WF-605601
IARE’nlNCHEs I
Bent Inner Flange Repair

Figure 203
mOTE: A crescent wrench with smooth-face jaws may be used effectively

to cold-work the flange.
(4) Measure the aft rabbet diameter on the inner flange at 6 equally
spaced locations. The average diameter must be within the limits
shown in figure 203. If the average diameter is not within limits,
the nozzle is not usable.
(5) Spot fluorescent-penetrant inspect the reworked area per Section

72-03-1. No cracks allowed.
(6) When assembling the nozzle, check the bolt hole alignment using the
proper stationary air seal and bolts.
B. Repair of Seal. (Non film-cooled nozzle only)
(1) Cracks originating at the seal holes and extending aft to the trail-
ing edge of the louver opening and/or spot weld joint may be re-
paired as follows:
(a) Starting at air seal hole, cut parent metal as required to re-
move all cracks. Parent metal cutouts should have generous radii
throughout. (See figure 204.)
(b) Blend all edges.
Dec 31/91 72-51-0

Page 206A/206B
cEW ER A.L
cJ81d TURBOJET
SPOT WELD JOINTS LOUVER OPENINGS
ITPICAL CRAC K
TYPICAL METAL TYPICAL CRACK

REMOVAL I
SEAL HOLE IN LINE WITH SEAL HOLE IN LINE WITH

SPOTWECD JOINT LOUVER OPENING
CJ610-60S7-0-F?
Seal Hole Crack Repair

Figure 204
C. Partition Weld Repair. Weld per 72-02-4, using the following informa-
tion.
(1) Grind out´•cracks’before welding.
(2) Inert are weld partitionsusing the filler specified in paragraph (7).
(3) Keep amperages at a minimum to reduce shrinkage.
~4) Purge interior of partition thoroughly with inert gas by feeding gas
through the open end, at the outer band.
(5) Do notweld in one area so as to overheat the nozzle. Cool with dry
ice or weld in opposite sections if required.
(6) Bench after welding toremove all excess material. Use small d~am-
eter or pointed files to work into corners. Maintain smooth sur-
faces. Restri’ctions in the nozzle ~area are undersirable. Repair

welding is to be kept to a minimum.
(7) The welding rod and part material are as follows:
(a) Partition Material AMS 5537~ (L-605)
(b) Welding Rod AMS 5796.(L-605)
Jan, 15/69 72-51-0

Page 207
~B ELtCTRIC
cJslo
D. Locating and Marking "T" Number Positions.
(1) Place the nozzle on a table with the partition trailing edges- up.
NOTE: The inner band is sectioned into 6 segments. One of the

segments has 8 partitions; allthe other segmentshave 7
partitions.
(2) Locate the segment with´• the 8 partitions and place it in the position
shown in figure 205.
NOTE i: The first partition in the 7-partition segment, clockwise

from the 8lpartition segment,~is the number 1 partition.
The centerline of the number 1 partition corresponds tothe
centerline of the nozzle.
NOTE 2: The number 1 bolthole is the first hole clockwise from the
nozzle centerline. Boltholes are numbered 1 through 48 in
a clockwise direction. "T" marks are located between the
following bolthole numbers:
"T" Mark Between Bolt Holes
T5 1&2
T1 11 i 12
T2 21 i 22
T3 30 i 31
T4 40 i 41
(3) Notch the nozzle flange OD at each "T" position using a small rat-
tail file. Notches to.be 0.01-0.02 inch deep with no sharp edges
or burrs. Notch as follows:
"T" Position No. of Notches
T1 1
T2 2
T3 3
T4 4
T5 5
E. Repair of Circumferential Cracks Around Seal Holes.
mark locations of all cracks at seal holes at both forward

(1) Inspect and
and aft locations.
(2) Align surfaces at cracks to minimize offset.
(3) all marerial is removed irom ueld-repair area.
(4) Place backing-gas hose in one of the seal holes.
72-51-0 Mar 30/84

Page 208
GEIERAL ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
VERTICAL
OUTER 80LT
CENTERLINE
CIRCLE
1 ~2
8 PART´•ITION
o
o
o INNER BAND
o
SAW CUT
O
4\ O
O NO. 1 PARTITION
40/~8 O
O
O
0 12
AFT O
9 O’CLOCK 3 O’CLOCK
LOOKING FORWARD
O
O
O
0~ /O
Of O
31~0
O
O
30~ 0;
o
22
6 O’CLOCK-
BE-1094´•1
Location of "T" Marks on First-Stage Turbine Nozzle
Figure 205
Nov. 15/73 72-51-0

Page 209
GEWERAL ~B ELECTRle
CJ610 TURBOJET
(5) Mask remaining seal holes and slots to provide backing-gas cavity.
(6) Punch a hole through the masking of one of the holes for purging.
(7) Purge for 3 to5 minutes before welding.
(8) Extend electrode approximately O.Ginch beyond gas lens on torch.
(9) Weld-repair cracks using welding rod A~IS 5796 (L-605). Assure weld bead
at hole has a radius and is smooth. Hold torch with gas flowing over
weld-repair area while cooling takes place.
NOTE: Weld-repair bead to extend beyond end of crack at least 1/4 inch.
Current 15-35 amps. DCSP. Torch gas argon 15 CFH.
(10) Revise masking as required and weld-repair other crack locations.

Assure weld-repair area is clean prior to welding.
(11) Visually inspect,~ using a 5X glass minimum, to be sure that all cracks
have been repaired completely.
(12) Inspect as instructed in paragraph 4, step A.(4).
F. Repair´•of Inner Flange.
This repair should be done obly after out-of-flatness of inner flange has been
restored to serviceable limits. See paragraph 3, item G.(1),
(1) Secure nozzle in a locally made turning fixture, functionally similar to
the one shown in figure 206.
(2) Diameter U shall be within 0.005 inch TIR when using the 4-point check
method. Surfaces A and N shall be within 0.005 inCh TIR.
(3) Mask outer partition ports to avoid contaminating air-cooling passages

during repair. Masking should be made of heat-resistant material.
(4) Machine off all fretted and galled metal, removing a minimum amount of
material. Note the minimum thickness allowed for each flange.
(5) ´•Remove nozzle from fixture.
(6) Prepare and plasma-spray machined surfaces with Metco 450 per STANDARD
PRACTICES, 70-49-1, paragraph 6, step D of Overhaul Manual (SEI-136).
(7) Remove all masking except at outer partition ports.
72-51-0 Mar 30/84

Page 210
ELECTRIC
~3610 ’TURSO3ET
SEI-186 MANUAL
i. SECWE STAGE 1 NOZZLE W FIXn]RE.
8 EQDWY
8 EPUBLLY INNER 111 111 H OUTEB SPACED CLAMPS
_~
SPACED CLAMPS PLBNGE FLIIIJGE

SUBFACEA SUBPI~CEN
DIAMETER n
I~
if
.I nnre~Elsurr8
8.250D~A 1 I I ~Y1 ~III -r! Ii MI l.oo o~ol
8.240
jj
1.00
0.057 LESS TB~N
DIMnrsIoN B 0.01
16.055~118
16.052
18.50IIZA-I
18.45
2. nBCBINE TO PRETPHD AND GALLED METAL.

0.060 HIN
0.060 MIN
~OLE
eDcE
CS 0.050 NI~
I
HOLE
EDGE
450
459
0.052 naJ
3. ~CBWE PLASMA COAT.
0.002 STEP AtUIUED

0.060 Mnr 0.060 nnr
HOLE HOLE
PLASMA COAT
EDGE EDGE
BREAK EDGE
45; 45"
ALL DIMENSIONS
r
ARE IN INCHES V~ BC-04Y(
Repair of Flanges with Plasma Spray

Figure 206
Mar 30/84 72-51-0

Page 211
CJ610 TURBOJET
(8) Secure nozz.le in turning fixture per steps (1) and (2).
(9) Machine plasma coat until it is flush with parent metal. A 0.002 inch
step is allowed as indicated in figure.
(10) Remove nozzle from fixture. Remove all masking. Clean and
vapor-degrease nozzle per STANDARD PRACTICES, 70-20-1 of Overhaul
Manual (SEI-136).
(11) Inspect flanges using a l0-power magnifying glass. Cracks, chips,

and loose plasma are not allowed. Plasma overspray is not allowed and
must be removed.
G. Repair of First-Stage Turbine Nozzle Flanges.
(1) Repair lmdersize diameters U and/or H (figure 207) as follows:
WARNING: TBICHLOROETHANE 0-T-620 DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES,

WELDING AREAS, OR ON VERY HOT SURFACES. DO NOT SMOKE WHEW
USING IT. HEAT AND FLAMES CAN CAUSE THE FORMATION OF
PHOSGENE GAS WHICH IS INJURIOUSTO THE LUNGS.
REPEATED OR PROLONGED CONTACT WITH LIQUID OR INHALATION OF

VAPOR CAN CAUSE SKIN AND EYE IRRITATION, DERMATITIS,
NARCOTIC EFFECTS, AND HEART DAMAGE.
AFTER PROLONGED SKIN COmTACT, WASH CONTACTED AREA WITH SOAP

AND WATER. REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING. IF VAPORS CAUSE
IRRITATON, GO TO FRESH AIR. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION FOR
OVEREXPOSURE OF SKIN AND EYES.
WHEW HANDLING LIQUID IN VAPOR-DEGREASING TANK WITH HINGED

COVER AND AIR EXHAUST, OR AT AIR-EXHAUSTED WORKBENCH, WEAR
APPROVED GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
WHEN HANDLING; LIQUID AT OPEN, UNEXHAUSTED WORKBENCH, WEAR

APPROVED RESPIRATOR, GLOVES, AND GOGGLES.
DISPOSE OF LIQUID-SOAKED RAGS IN APPROVED METAL CONTAINER.
(a) Clean nozzle with trichloroethane or equivalent.
(b) Setup and restrain nozzle on diameter P and surface N.
(c) Obtain best runout on diameter U.
(d) Machine diameters U and/or H to repairable limits. Limit

machining to minimum amount.
72-51-0 Dec 31/91

Page 212
GEIYERAL ~gB ELECtRIC
c.J.s 1101 ´•~uR BOJ ET
SEI-186 ~IAINTEmAN%E MAMJAL
0.020
RAD
DIA P II o.oio
SURF N
Y---~ t
DIA V
15.990
15.986
SURF A
0.07
RAD
0.020 0.04
O.O1ORAD DIA H
8.274
8.272
t C- 0.064
DIA U 0.052
7.302 0.035
CHAFPFER
7.300 0.020 I ALL DIMENSIONS I
I AREININCnES 1
000585-714500
First-Stage Nozzle Flange Repair

Figure 207
Dec 31/91 72-51-0

Pagi 213
CJ610 TURBOJET
NOTE: Flame spray is the preferred method,
(2) Repair oversize diameters U and/or H using either the flame spray
or the weld repair method.
(a) For flame spray method proceed as follows:
1 Set up and restrain nozzle on diameter P and surface N.

Obtain best runout on diameter U or diameter H.
2 Machine diameters U and H only enough to produce a finished

machine metal spray material thiclmess of 0.010 inch.
Machining cleanup dimensions prior to metal spray must not
exceed the following:
Diameter U 7.310 inches

Diameter H 8.284 inches
3 Vapor-degrease nozzle.
WARNING: COMPRESSED AIR WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR FOR A~P

COOLING, CLEANING, OR DRYING OPERATION, DO NOT
EXCEED 30 PSIG AT THE NOZZLE.
EYES CAN BE PERMANENTLY DAMAGED BY COmTACT WITH

LIQUID OR LARGE PARTICLES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED
AIR. INHALATION OF AIR-BLOWN PARTICLES OR SOLVENT
VAPOR CAN DAMAGE LUNGS.
WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN AIR-EIMAUSTED

WOREBENCH, WEAR APPROVED GOGGLES OR FACE SHIELD.
WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN UNEXHAUSTED

WOREBENCH, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR AND GOGGLES.
4 Vapor-blast surface to be metal sprayed to remove oxides and

other contaminants.
I Mask off all areas that are not to be sprayed.
72-51-0 Dec 31/91

Page 214
IEYERbL~IIECTRIC
CJ610 TI~RSOJET
WARNING: NICKEL METCO POWDERS HIGHLY REACTIVE DO NOT MIX

WITH STRONG ACIDS AND COMBUSTIBL~E MATERIAL SUCH AS
WOOD, PAPER, AND SULFUR.
DO NOT HAVE ANY CONTACT WITH POWDER. CONTAINS

NICKEL. CONTACT WITH POWDER CAN CAUSE SKIN
SENSITIZATION AND EYE IRRITATION. REPEATED
INHALATION OF POWDER CAN CAUSE COUGHING AND
WHEEZING, AND CAN CAUSE PERMANENT DAMAGE TO LUNGS
AND NASAL PASSAGES.
IF ANY POWDER CONTACTS SKIN OR EYES, FLUSH AFFECTED

AREA THOROUGHLY WITH WATER. REMOVE CONTAMINATED
CLOTHING. IF COUGHING AND WHEEZING PERSIST, GET
MEDICAL ATTENTION.
CHARGING AND REMOVAL OF POWDER FROM SPRAY GUN AND

APPLICATION OF COATING MUST BE PERFORMED IN
AIR-EXHAUSTED, PARTIALLY ENCLOSED SPRAY BOOTH. WHEN

SPRAY GUN IS IN OPERATION, WEAR APPROVED GOGGLES AND
HEARING PROTECTION. IF ANY AIRBORNE POWDER IS
PRESENT, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR.
DO NOT EAT, SMOKE, OR CARRY SMOKING MATERIALS IN

AREAS WHERE POWDER IS HANDLED.
NOTE: Metco 405 spray requires grinding. Metco 450 may be

machined by means other than grinding.
6 Metal spray diameters U and/or H using either Metco 405 or

Metco 450. Be sure spray is thick enough to produce a finished
spray thickness of 0.010 inch.
WARNING: POWER GRINDING AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT

WITH DUST. INIIALATION OF DUST MAY CAUSE TEMPORARY
COUGHING AND WHEEZING, RESPIRATORY TRACT IRRITATION,
AND PERMANENT LUNG PROBLEMS. IF COUGHING OR
WHEEZING PERSISTS, GET MEDICAL HELP.
IF DUST CONTACTS’~EYES, FLUSH THEM TKOROUGHLY WITH

WATER
WHEN USING AN AIR-EXHAUSTED GRINDING WHEEL, ~TEAR

APPROVED RESPIRATOR, GOGGLES, OR FACE SHIELD.
IF GRINDER IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH LOCAL EXHAUST

VENTILATIO~, WEAR AN APPROPRIATE RESPIRATOR AND
GOGGLES OR FACE SHIELD.
Dec 31/91 72-51-0

Page 215
CJ610 TURBOJET
Z Grind or machine to dimensions shown in figure 207.
8 Dimensionally inspect nozzle.
(b) For weld repair method proceed as follows:
1 Install turbine nozzle into locally manufactured stage 1

turbine nozzle welding fixture (figure 208) to prevent
excessive distortion.
2 Restrain nozzle on diameter P and surface.N.
1 Restrain inner flange forward surface (surface AP, figure 207).
WARNING: GENERAL WELDING DO NOT LET FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS SUCH

AS ACETONE AND METHYL ETHYL KETONE CONTACT HEATED
CITELDED PARTS.
CONTACT WITH FUMES MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION,

DERMATITIS, AND EYE IRRITATION. REPEATED INHALATION
OF FUMES CAN CAUSE COUGHING, WHEEZING, AND PERMANENT
LUNG DAMAGE.
IF FUMES CAUSE IRRITATION, GO TO FRESH AIR. IF

COUGHING OR WHEEZING PERSISTS, GET MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WELDING SHOULD ONLY BE DONE IN AN AIR-EXHAUSTED

ENCLOSED OR SHIELDED WORK AREA.
CONTACT WITH ULTRAVIOLET RAYS MAY CAUSE FATIGUE,

NAUSEA, AND FEVER. REPEATED CONTACT MAY CAUSE
PERMANENT SKIN AND TISSUE DAMAGE.
COVER ALL EXPOSED SKIN TO AVOID REDDENING OF SKIN.

IF REDDENING OF SKIN OCCURS AFTER REPEATED USE OF
WELDING MACHINE, GET MEDICAL ATTENTION.
ONLY EXPERIENCED TRAINED PERSONNEL SHOULD USE

WELDING MACHINES. WHEN USING EQUIPMENT, FOLLOW
APPROVED SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR SHIELDING AND
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT.
4 Build up diameter U and/or H as required, using TIG weld

method and weld data table.
5 Fluorescent penetrant-inspect welds for cracks. No cracks are
allowed.
6 Machine diameter U and/or H to dimensions shown in figure 207.
72-51-0 Dec 31/91

Page 216
i
´•i
i ’:i
GFIIERILO ELICTRIC
CJ610 ´•TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANIJAL
0.020 CHAMFER X 45" DRILL AND TAP FOR NO.

0.030 (TYPICAL 4 PLACES) ~10-32 NC 0.600 DEEP 16 HOLES
EO. SPACED AND LOCATED
WITHIN 0.005 R OF TRUE
1’6.926DIA. POSITION.
16.921
125
DRILL AND TAP FOR NO.

1.500 16.54 DIA. 8-36NF-3A 0.650 DEEP 16
DIA. HOLES EP. SPACED AND
BOLT CIRCLE
LOCATED WITHIN 0.005 R
OF TRUE POSITION.
0.062 R
(TYPICAL)0.060
O 054
125 1 MATERIAL: LOW

8.450 DIA. I CARBON STEEL
MAX
7.650 DIA.
ALL DIMENSIONS
BOLT CIRCLE
AREININCHES
3.00
7.450 DIA.
MIN 000585-716600
Stage 1 Turbine Nozzle Welding Fixture

Figure 208
WELD DATA TABLE
Filler Wire
Material Torch Backup
Material (1/32- Gas Gas
Being 1/16 inch Current Flow Flow Weld
Nomenclature Welded dia.) Amperes (CFH) (CFH) Contour
Outer Flange AMS 5759 AMS 5786 20-35 DC Argon, Argon, Buildup
(Hastelloy W) Straight 8-14 10-15
Polarity
Inner Flange AMS 5510 AMS 5786 20-35 DC Argon, Argon, Buildup
(Hastelloy W) Straight 8-14 10-15
Polarity
Dec 31/91 72-51-0

Page 217
GERfRAL EL~CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
7 Correct concentricity of diameter H or diameter V as follows:
a Restrain nozzle on diameter P and surface N and obtain best

runout on diameter U.
b Buildup diameters U, H or V with weld as required, using

eight equally spaced welds 3/8 to 1/2 inch long. Use weld
data from flange weld repair.
c Set up same as step a. If diameter U is being repaired, the

inner flange forward surface must also be restrained.
d Machine diameters U, H, and V as required to dimensions

shown in figure 207,
72-51-0 Dec 31/91

Page 218
OIWERAL9 ~LICTRIC -_
CJ610 TURBOJET
TURBINE CASING ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
OVAL HEAD
CJ610-8 AND 9 o~ 6
9O
RECTANGULAR HEAD
CJ610-1 -4 -5 AND 6
;1-1
5 -\O
t1O
II
12
10 0( -J
e
a
’b
t 13
12
t
t 7
I. UPPER HALF TURBINE CASING
2. LOWER HALF TURBINE CASING
3. BODY-BOUND BOLT
4. NUT
5. SHROUD, SECOND-STAGE
7
6. SEALING SHROUD, SECOND-STAGE
7. NOZZLE, SECOND-STAGE
15 1 1 8. NUT
9. WASHER
10. BOLT, ANTI-ROTATION
11. SHROUD, FIRST-STAGE
12. SEALING SHROUD, FIRST-STAGE
13. NUT
1 14. BOLT
11 1 15. RADIATION SEAL
16. INTERSTAGE SEAL
SECTIONAL VIEW
CJ610-8 AND9 I AT ARROW A C)610-6121-0*2*
Turbine Stater Assembly

Figure 201
Jan. 15/69
72-52-0
Page 201
GEIPRAL ELECTRle
CJ610 TURBOJET
i. General. Only ~the external areas of the turbine casing are inspected unless
the casing is removed from the engine.
2. Removal/Installation. Refer to Section 72-50.
3. Inspection/Check. Visually inspect the turbine casing assembly as follows:

Where serviceable limits are exceeded, parts may be repaired in accordance
with theOverhaul Manual.
A. The turbine casing: (Figure 201B.)
(1) The foward (1), aft (2), and horizont~al flanges for:
(b) High spots Not serviceable. Remove high spots.

(caused by
nicks), on the
mating surface.
(c) Loose bolts. Not serviceable. Re-torque flange

bolts.
(2) The caging for Not serviceable.

cracks.
(3) The horizontal 3 cracks, each lj8 inch

flange (3) welds long and not closer
for cracks. together than 1/2 inch.
NOTE: Thefollowing items are to be inspected if the turbine casing as-
sembly is removed from the engine.
(4) The turbine Any amount whichdoes

shroud tracks(6) not cause interference
for deformation, during assembly of
.sduorhseht O
(5) Dents. Any number .020 inch
deep, 3 per casing half
.060 inch deep providing
there is no interference
at casing.
(6) Cooling air tubes Not serviceable. Reset tab on forward

in first stage end of tube with
shroud tracks for brass drift.
looseness (CJ610-8
and -9 only). ´•j~
72-52-0 Dec 30/78
Page 202
GEWERAL ~B ELLETRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MANUAL
Insp ect ion/ Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
B. Anti-rotation bolt (rectangular head, marked "A" on shank and unmarked oval
head bolt for:
(1) Fluorescent Not serviceable. Replace bolt.

penetrant-inspect
for cracks.
(2) Thread damage. Cumulative length one full Replace bolt.

thread after chasing.
(3) Shank deformation. Not serviceable. Replace bolt.
C. First-stage shrouds (11 and 12, figure 201) for:
NOTE i: First-stage shrouds on CJ610-5 and -6 engines are machined during
engine assembly and cannot be replaced according to this manual. If

the shrouds are removed for inspection, be sure to identify them as to
location to facilitate re-installation.
I:1":‘ Note 2: Inspect first- and second-stage filled honeycomb shrouds (CJ610-8, -8A,
and -9) according to paragraph 3.D. If the shrouds are removed for in-
spection, be sure to identify them as to location to facilitate re-in-
stallation. Remove and re-install according to the Overhaul Manual,
(I) Cracks. 1 crack3/8 inch long, 3 cracks Shrouds (CJ610-1

3/16 long per segment, pro-
inch and -4) may be
vided no material is in danger replaced per
of falling out. No cracks al- paragraph 4.A.
lowed in rails.
(2) Burns. Not serviceable.
(3) Rubs. Any amount 0.025 inch deep,

with no high metal.
(4) Missing anti- Not serviceable.

rotation stops.
(5) Distortion Any amount 0.025 inch deep, with

(blisters). no high metal.
(6) Nicks and dents. Any amount 0.025 inch deep, with Remove high
no high metal. metal.
(7) Metal deposits. Any amount with no high metal.
Dec 31/91 72-52-0

Page 202A
SIYERLLO IIECTRIE
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MAN[TAL SEI-186
HONEYCOMB CELLS ARE FILLED

WITH A SINTERED NICKEL-ALUMINUM
POWDER COMPOSITION.
FILLED HONEYCOMB SHROUD
SOLID METAL SHROUD
NON-FILLED HONEYCOMB SHROUD CF’1006050~CF2
Typical Turbine Shrouds

Figure 201A
i. Forward Flange
;~e 2. Aft Flange
3. Horizontal Flange
a 4. Anti-Rotation Bolt
5. Locating Hole
1 2 6. Turbine Shroud Tracks
7. Body Bound Bolt Holes
6 o
a
a
a
BCD308
Turbine Casing
Figure 201B
72-52-0
II Page 202B
Dec 1/77
GEWERAL~ ELEGTRIC
CJ610´• T.URBOJET
D. Second-stage shrouds for: (Figure 20iC.)
NOTE: First--and.second-stage shrouds on the CJ610-8, and -9 engines are
filled honeycomb shrouds (see figure 201A). These shrouds are ma-
chined during engine assembly and cannot be replaced according to
this manual. If the shrouds are removed for inspection, be sure to
identify as to location to facilitate re-installation.
(1) Cracks Any number 1/4 inch long with Non filled shrouds
no danger of a piece breaking ‘may be welded per
away, provided there are no paragraph 4.E. (pro-

cracks in the rails. vided honeycomb re-
moval does not ex-
ceed serviceable
limits) or may be
replaced per para-

graph 4.B.
(2) Rubs. Any amount not into the band.
(3) Deleted.
(4) Nicks and dents. Any amount 0.025 inch d.eep Remove high metal.
with no high metal.
i. Honeycomb
2. Support Strip
3. Band ~S, 3
2 3
SECTION A-A
eC-0093
,,´•I Second-Stage
erugiFduorhS
2010
’72-52-0
Sept 1/76 Page 203
GEWERAL ~B ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
Inspection/Check Maximum Senriceable Limits Remarks
(5) Missing or damaged Not to exceed 80 missing or
honeycomb. damaged cells per segment.
(6) Missing support strips. One per segment except end strips.
E. The second-stage nozzle for: (Figure 202.)
NOTE: Any crack or cracks that may converge and permit metal breakout during
further service, is not allowed. An unserviceable half of a stage 2
nozzle may be repla~ed with a serviceable half having a different serial
number. For replacement procedure see paragraph 4.0.
(1) The partitions for:
(a) Axial cracks in Any number, 1/8 inch long. Five

trailing edge (11). per partition, 3/8 inch long,
max of 8 partitions per half..
Two per partition, 5/8 inch long,

max of 6 partitions per half.
(b) Axial cracks in the Any number, 1/8 inch long. Four
leading edge (10). per partition, 1/4 inch long,
provided crack does not open
into partition cavity, when~in-
spected visually.
(c) Radial cracks (12). Any number, 1/16 inch long. One
crack per partition 3/8 inch
long in trailing half of par-
tition. Max of 15 partitions.
(d) Burns or erosion on:
1 Trailing edge. 1/8 inch in trailing edge

from
axial. Onelong radial
inch
Max of 12 partitions per noz-
zle half.
2 Leading edge:
a PN 6028T79G01 Thickness of leading edge shall
and 3902T49P01 be at least 0.024 inch at loca-
nozzles. tion 1.8 inches in from parti-
tion opening, and at least 0.029
inch at location 0.250 inch in
from partition opening. See
paragraph 3A.
72-52-0 Mar 30/84

Page 204
GEWERAL L~B E LE CIR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAI~TENANCE MANUAL
Inspection/Check
´•I
Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
b All other 1/4 inch wide axial by one inch

nozzles. long radial. Max of 12 parti-
tions per nozzle half, provided
erosion does not open into par-
tition cavity when inspected
visually.
(e) Nicks, dents or Any number, 0.015 inch deep Remove high:
gouges along trail- with ~no high metal. metal.
ing edge (within
3/16 inch of edge).
(f) Nicks, dents or’ Any number, 0.040 inch deep

gouges other than with smooth deformation.
trailing edge.
(g) Type IA and Type Any amount providing there

II nozzles for are no cracks, burns or
missing coating erosion beyond serviceable

in gas passage. limits.
(2) The partition brazed Not over 25% of any joint

joint for cracks (14). affected.
(3) The inner band flange and the inner or outer band for:
(a) Distortion. No distortion which would pre- Cold work to

vent assembly of nozzle in original shape
casing or affect engagement and inspect for
of interstage seal, cracks.
(b) Axial cracks ex- 15 cracks in each band (inner

tending from the and outer) per nozzle half.
end of the parti- Axial cracks connecting to
tion slot to the circumferential cracks are
leading or trail- not serviceable.

ing edge of the
band (13).
(c) Axial cracks ex- Any number.

tending from the
partition slot and
terminating in the
band.
(d) Circumferential 10 cracks, 1/2 inch long, in

cracks (15). each band and the support
structure.
(e) Burnouts. Not serviceable.
Mar 30/84 72-52-0

Page 205
eEWERILeILICjplEI-1-
CJGIO TURBOJET
VIEWA I VIEW A SHOWING NOZZLE

DEFECTS
13
4 ,TRAILING EDGE I 11
16
12
VIEW A I ~-LEADING EOGE n I

(MISSING
VIEW B’ltl~ I I\ CORNER~
13
10
7’ I U~
14
1 16
5 14
TYPE 1 NOZZLE
VIEW B
ANTI-ROTATION 5LOT
FOR INTERSTAGE SEAL RIVET
1; Outer Band Support

2. Outer Band I
3. Partition
4. Inner Band
5. Inner Band Flange
6. Inner Band Seal
7. End Shield I TYPE 1A NOZZLE
8. Brazed Joint
ANTI-ROTATION SLOTS
9. Expansion Slot FOR INTERSTAGE SEAL RIVETS
1O. Axial Crack Partition
Leading Edge I h~4\ 5
11. Axial Crack Partition
Trailing Edge
12. Radial Crack- Partition
13. Axial Crack Inner
and Outer Band
14. Partition Brazed 0 TYPE II NOZZLE 5
Joint Crack
MOUNTING BOLT HOLES
15. Circumferential Crack
FOR INTERSTAGE SEAL
16. Buckling or Distortion
NOTE: TYPE 1A AND TYPE II NOZZLES HAVE A DIFFUSED

METALLIC COATING (MDC 1) ON THE GAS PAS-
SAGE SURFACE OF THE PARTITIONS, INNER BAND,
AND OUiER BA~´•I0.
80-0307
Second-Stage Turbine Nozzle

Figure 202
Figure 203
DELETED
72-52-0. sept lj36

Page 206
G EW ERAL LLECTRIC
CJ610 -TURBOJET
SEI-186 MANUAL
Inspection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits- Remarks
(f) Outer band expan- One axial crack per expansion

sion (9)
slot slot, 1/2 inch long max and
cracks (Type IA does not extend into partition
and Type 11 joint.
nozzles only).
(4) Inner band (4) for:
(a) Missing corner. Any amount up to 0.200 inch
from apex of corner measured

along either edge.
(b) Dents. Any amount up to 0.030 inch

deep, and no cracks.
(5) Inner band flange (5) for:
(a) Fretting and pit- Any amount, if the thickness

ting (CJ610-1, is not less than 0.040 inch.
-4, -5 and -6 Thickness as low as 0.030 inch
only). is allowed if no more than 15
percent of any 60 degree seg-
ment is affected.
(6) Outer band (2) for:
(a) Dents. Any amount, 0.020 inch deep. Remove high

metal.
(b) Bulged sections No visual distortion. Repair per para-

(CJ610-1, -4, graph 4.D.
-5, and -6 only).
(c) Braze void at Length 0.22 inch, width 0.06 Repair per para-
corner of frame inch. See Note and figure graph 4.D1.
stop hole. 203B.
NOTE: A braze void located at the corner of the frame stop hole
on the second stage nozzle
the forward side of (specifically
the 0.08-0.06 inch chamber) is inherent in the design. When
measured in the direction of arrow (figure 203B) and does
not exceed 0.22 inch in length, or0.06 inch in width, the
void is acceptable.
(d) Cracks emanating Not serviceable, Repair per para-

from antirotation graph 4.D1.
bolt slots.
(7) Inner band seal (6) for:
I Ilar 3018a
6EW ERAL ~B EL~CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(b) Missing Seal. mot serviceable.
(8) Nozzle end shield Any amount, providing there
C7) .for dents, are no cracks in the brazeq

nicks, and or welded joint or in the
scratches. end shield.
3A. Measuri~g Leading Edge Thickness of Partitions on Second-Stage Turbine Nozzle,

(See figure 202A.)
A. Place nozzle on flat surface with leading edge of partition facing up.
B. Open jaws of gage 2106198 or equivalent. Insert smaller probe into

partition opening on outside diameter of nozzle until partition opening
and scribed line (1.8 inches) on lower jaw of gage are aligned.
C. Release pressure on gage and allow probes to contact inner and outer
surface of leading edge of partition.
D. Move gage radially outward along leading edge, and read minimum thickness
on dial indicator of gage.
E. Repeat steps A through D for remaining nozzle partitions.
F. Open jaws of gage and insert smaller probes into partition opening to a
depth of 0.250 inch.
G. Repeat steps C and D.
H. Repeat steps F and G for remaining nozzle partitions.
4. Repair.
NOTE: Lubricate edges of shroud and stage 2 nozzle with Ease-Off 990
(Texacone Co., Box 4236, Dallas, Texas).
A. Replacement of first-stage shrouds. (See figure 201.)
NOTE: On CJ610-1 and -4 engines, all first-stage shroud segments may

be replaced. On CJ610-5, -6, -8, -8A, and -9 engines, shrouds
are machined at assembly and cannot be replaced according to
this manual.
72-52-0 Dec 31/91
Page 2063
6 EW LRAL ~B tLECTRIC
6J616 IT U 6 e:o JET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1.800 INCHES
0.250 INCH
STAGE 2 NOZZLE
LEADING EDGE
PARTITION
SIRIBEO LINE
THICKNESS GAGE
PARTITION OPENING BC-O447
Measuring Second-Stage Nozzle Partititon Leading Edge

Figure 202A
Mar 30/84 72-5~-0

Page 207
GEWERAL E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
CAUTION: PRE-GROUND SHROUDS MUST BE USED AND ASSEMBLY CLEARANCES MUST

BE MET.
(1) Removal.
(a) Soak shroud tracks with penetrating oil or engine oil to facili-
tate removal.
(b) Slide shroud segments ~il and 12) from the casing half.
(2) Assembly,
Q
(a) Slide shroud segments into the casing half.
(b) Shrouds must be installed so they interlock at the horizontal
split line when the casing halves are assembled.
B. Replacement of Second-Stage Shrouds (CJ610-1,~-4, -5 and -6 only).
NOTE: All CJ610-1, -4, -5 and -6 second-stage shroud segments may be

replaced provided assembly clearances are met. Shrouds on CJ610-8
and -9 engines are ground at assembly and canndt be replaced per
this manual.
(1) Removal.
(a) Soak shroud tracks with penetrating oil or engine oil to facili-
tate removal.
(b) Slide shroud segments (5 and 6) from the casing half.
(2) Assembly.
(a) Slide shroud segments (5 and 6) into the casing half.
NOTE: Every other shroud segment is a locking segment.
(b) Shrouds must be installed so that the shroud anti-rotation tabs

mate with the slots at the horizontal split line when the casing
halves
the
are
horizontal
assembled.
split line
Be sure
is
the clearance
0.020 inch across the en-

at least
between shrouds at
O
tire shroud ends, and the shroud ends are flush with thehori-
zontal split line. Bench the shroud ends as required to obtain
this clearance. The clearance between shrouds at the 6 and 12
I o’clock positions shall be 0.100-0.250 inch.
72-52-0 Mar 3b/84

Page 208
CEWERAL ~P tLICTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
C.´• Replacement of Second-Stage Nozzle. (See figure 201.)
(1) Removal.
(a) Remove the anti-rotation bolt (10). Rectangular headed bolt

marked on shank, is not reusable. A bolt marked 1IAll must
pass inspection before reuse. An oval headed bolt (not marked)

(used on CJ610-8, and -9 engines) must pass inspection before reuse.
(b) Remove the nozzle half (7) by sliding it from the turbine case
(1). It may be necessary to soak the tracks with penetrating

oil or engine oil to facilitate removal.
(2) Assembly.
(a) Lubricate the edges of the outer ring of the nozzle with Fel Pro C-5.
(b) Slide nozzle half into turbine case. If necessary, bench the
nozzle half to obtain a slide fit.
(c) Install the anti-rotation bolt (10) into the frame stop of the
nozzle half.
~OTE: Lubrication of threads on anti-rotation bolts nor re-
quired.
(d) Hold nozzle half in the extreme aft position. Secure the bolts
to the turbine casing with nuts (8). On CJ610-1, -4, -5 and -6
engines, also use washers (9). Washer must be installed with

recessed face against turbine casing. Torque the nut to net
torque of 40 Ib inches; loosen nut and retorque to net torque of

20-40 Ib inches tall models).
NOTE: Net torque equals gross torque minus run-on torque.
FL~SH
SECOND-STAGE
SH~OUD
:1SEALING UPPER-HALF
TURBINE CASING
I
0.100-0.250 INCH
t- /I 0.020 INCH MIN.
CLEARANCE
j CLEARANtE
?Y
SECOND-STAGE SHROUD
C6 SEE DETAIL A
O’CLOCK POSI;ION
lj IOUER-HALF
!j TURBINE CASING eC-0312- Z
Second-Stage Turbine Shrouds Installation CJ610-1, -4, -5, and -6

Figure 203A
72-52-0
Mar 30/84 Page 709
G n ER i ~p r it er a Ic
CJ610 TURBOJET
(3) If only one half of the nozzle is serviceable, proceed as follows:
(a) Replace the faulty noizle half with a like serviceable half hav-
ing the same part number. (Serial number will be different.)
When matching nozzle halves, the exit area for the replacement
half must fall within the following limits:
Nozzle Half Part No. Nozzle Half Area Limits
On CJ610-1, -4, -5, -6:
37R601096 (Type I) 37.200 37.600 sqi in. Amk
1 6010’132 (Type IA) 36.615 37.352 sq. in., Am*
On CJ610-8, -9:
6006T90 (Type II) 35.368 35.723 sq. in. Amk

602ST79 (T’ype ´•II) 35.589 36.30Li sq. in. i~m"
Sam Area, mechanical (measured by gage).

Trial assemble the halves in a casing and check the outer band
gaps. Gaps must be within 0.100-0.200 inch and

equal to each
other within 0.010 inch. If gaps are too small, bench material
equally
anotherhalf.
from all
(Do
four
not
ends
mix
(both ends
nozzles of
of both halves) or tr~
different part numbers.)
´•1
D. Repair of Second-Stage Kozzle Bulged Outer Band.
(1) Cold work the bulged section of the outer bandto its original con-
tour by tapping a´•ith a light hammer.
(2) Drill a 0.080 inch diameter hole in the reworked area in the location
sho~n in figure 204.
NOTE: Exercise care to preLent chips from entering the hole. It may
be helpful to remove chips before breaking through the outer
band while drilling.
(3) Spot fluorescent penetrant-inspect the reworked area per Section

72-03-1.
D1. Second-Stage Nozzle Weld-Repair. Weld per 72-02-4 using the follow-
ing information.
(I) Grind out c´•racks before welding. Whenever possible, grind out 50%
of crack depth on one side, weld and repeat procedure forother
side. Before attempting to repair-weld cracks containing braze filler
material, remove as much of the braze material as possible. in areas
to be repair-welded to minimize weld contamination.
72-52-0
Mar 30/84
Page 210
6 66 ERAL ELEETR it --_-
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
X
0.06 40"
C1610-3291-0-E?
Braze Void at Frame Stop Hole

Figure 203B
(2) Weld using the filler specified in paragraph (8).
NOTE: Type IA and. Type II nozzles have ~a aluminide diffusion coating

on gas passage surfaces of the partitions, inner band and outer
band. Difficulty encountered when welding in these,areas
may be
due to contamination of the weld by the coating; so.when‘ repair is
required, remove the coating in theaf~fected area with~ a carbide
burring too~.and60-grit sanding pads. Type II nozzle partitions

made.bf Mar-M-509 cast material does not have or require anycoating.
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE MORE COATING THAN THA~ WHICH IS NECESSARY.

DO ~OT UNDERCUT PARENT METAL MORE THAN THAT WHICH IS
REQUIRED TO PREPARE THE WELD AREA.
(3) Keep amperages at a minimum to reduce shrinkage.
(4) Back up repair welds in the bands with copper to maintain alignments.
If´•area is inacces~ible, use inert gas backing.
(5) Do not weld in one area so as to overheat the nozzle. Cool with dry
ice or weld inopposite sections.
72-52-0
Sept 1/76
Page 210A
G E I E RAL ~D E LE ETR It
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MAM~AL SEI-186
(6) Bench after welding to remove all excess material. Use small-diameter
or pointed files to work into corners. Maintain smooth surfaces where
possible. Try to maintain the nozzle area. Restrictions in the noz-
sie area are undesirable. Repair welding is to be kept to a minimum.
NOTE: It is not necessary to recoat areas on Type IA and Type II

nozzles where the coating had been removed for weld repair.
(7) Trial assemble nozzle into casing half.
(8) The welding rod and part material is as follows:
NOTE: When welding L605 to Rene 41 material, use Hastelloy X

(AMS 5798) welding rod.
Part Nomenclature Part Material Welding Rod Process
(1) Partitions
(a) Type I Nozzle AMS 5537 (1-605) AMS 5796 (1-605) Inert are.
(b) Type IA Nozzle AMS 5545 (Rene 4~1) AMS 5798 Inert are.
(MDC-I or CO-DEP- (Hastelloy X)

B-l coated)
(c) Type II Nozzle AMS 5545 (Rene 41) AMS 5798 Inert are.
(MDC-1 or CO-DEP- (Hastelloy X)

B-l coated)
MAI(-N-509 AMS 5796 (L-605) Inert are.
(2) Inner band
(a) Type I Nozzle AMS 5537 (L-605) AMS 5796 (1-605) Inert are.
(b) Type IA Nozzle AMS 5537 (1-605) AMS 5796 (1-605) Inert ate.
(MDC-I or CO-DEP or AMS 5798

B-l coated) (Hastelloy X)
(c) Type II Nozzle AMS 5537 (1-605) AMS 5796 (L-605) Inert are.
(MDC-1 or CO-DEP or AMS 5798

B-l coated) (Hastelloy X)
(3) Inner Band Seal AMS 55’37 (21-605) AMS 5796 (1-605) Inertarc.
(4) Outer Band
(a) Type I Nozzle AMS 5759 (L-605) AMS 5796 (1-605) Inert are.
72-52-0´• Sept 1/76

Page 2102
0 E I E R ~i L O~ E LC Cf Ri C
CJ 610 TUR BOJET
0.080 DlA nOLE TnRU

c)UTER BIND
0.520
0.460
0.120
P""-l
VEEIT nOLE LOCATION C;b10dW6-I-F2
Second-Stage Turbine.Nozzle Outer Band Repair

Figure 204
(a) Remove honeycomb, as required, in the area of the cracks up to a
limit of 80 cells per segment. If number of damaged or missing

cells exceeds 80, the shroud must be replaced per paragraph 4.B.
(CJ610-1, -4, -5, and -6 only). Shrouds on CJ610-8 and -9 en-
gines must be replaced per overhaul manual.
(b) Weld the crack per 72-02-4 using the following data.
NOTE: Weld bead should not be more than 0.025 inch above band
parent metal ID.
Part Nomenclature Part Material Welding Rod Process
Band AMS 5536 AMS 5798 Inert are
(2) Deleted.
F. Replacement of Interstage Seal Segments. (CJ610-8 and -9)
(1) Removal.
(a) Break lockwire and remove the 3 screws holding segment to nozzle.
NOTE: Match-mark the to facilitate re-installation in

segments
the same positions.
(b) Remove segment
72-52-0
Page 211
sept 1/76
tLEC~IIC
CJ6I0 TURBOJET
’(2) Assembly.
NOTE: Check match-marks on segments to re-align in same´•positions.
(a) Position segment on nozzle inner flange.
CAUTION: POSITION SEGIMENT WITH THICK FLANGE FORWARD (SEE FIGURE

201, 72-53-0.)
(b) Install 3 screws, nuts, and washers.
(c) Torque screws to 7-9 Ib-in, and lockwire.
NOTE: Lockwire the 3 screws of each segment together. Do not

lockwire across segment end gaps.
(d) Check gap between segment ends. Gap must be a of 0.025

inch. Bench end of segment if required.
72-52-0
I Page 212 Sept 1/7b
GENERAL ELEiTTRIC~--
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TURBINE ROTOR ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General. This section covers the maintenance practices that can be performed on
the turbine rotor for either the scheduled, hot section inspection, or unsched-
uled repair.
2. Removal/Installation. Refer to 72-50 for this procedure.
CAUTION: TURBINE BLADE FAILURE WILL RESULT IN TURBINE ROTOR UNBALANCE AND CAN CAUSE THE
INNER COMBUSTION CASING/MAINFRAME BOLTS TO FAIL. WHENEVER INSPECTION
REVEALS
ANYBLADES HAVE FAILED. REPLACE ALL INNER COMBUSTION CASING/MAINFRAME BOLTS.
3. Ins~ection/Check. (See figure 201). Visually inspect the turbine rotor’assem-

bly. When serviceable limits are exceeded, the rotor may be repaired in accor-
dance with the Overhaul Manual.
CAUTION: USED. SERVICEABLE BLADES CAN BE INSTALLED IN ENGINES OTHER THAN THE ENGINE
FROM WHICH THEY WERE REMOVED, WITH THE FOLLOWING RESTRICTIONS:
CONVENTIONALLY CAST R80 AND R100 MATERIAL BLADES REMOVED FROM CJ610-9 EN-
GINES MUST BE REINSTALLED BACK INTO THE ENGINE FROM WHICH THEY WERE RE-
MOVED. THE BLADE PART NUMBERS ARE 5008T30P01. 5039T1lP01. AND 6009T97P01.
USED. SERVICEABLE BLADES MAY BE MOVED FROM ENGINE TO ENGINE ONLY IN COM-
PLETE SETS. IF A SET IS INCOMPLETE, IT SHOULD BE FILLED UP WITH NEW
BLADES.
THE BLADE TIME. PART NUMBER. HEAT LOT. AND ENGINE OR ORIGIN MUST BE ENTERED
IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OF THE ENGINE LOG BOOK.
A. Turbine blades (figure 202).
72-53-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
SEI-186

Filing
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, Chapter 72-53-0,
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES, adjacent to page 201,
dated Dec 31/95.

Revisions.
Subject: Turbine Blade - Inspection
Reason: This TR adds data for new stage 2 turbine blades

PN 6009T98P02.
Change: Added a CAUTION for stage 2 turbine blades

PN 6009T98P02 to the Inspection/Check table in
paragraph 3.

approval to do so. If consent is given for reproduction in whole or in part, this notice and the
notice set forth on each page of this document shall appear in any such reproduction in whole or
in part. This technical data is considered EAR controlled pursuant to 15 CFR Parts 730-774
respectively. Transfer of this data by any means to a Non-US Person, whether in the United
States or abroad, without the proper U.S. Government authorization (e.g., license, exemption,
NLR, etc.), is strictly prohibited.
disassembly, cleaning, inspection methods and limits, repair methods and limits, operational
limits, life limits and the like, have been developed and approved for use with engines and parts
that have been manufactured and/or approved by GE and that have been maintained in
accordance with GE technical documentation and recommendations. GE has no contractual or
legal obligation for, nor knowledge of, non-GE-approved parts and repairs. Accordingly, this
72-53-0
Page 1 of 2
Dec 13/12
SEI-186

CAUTION: CONVENTIONALLY CAST R80 MATERIAL BLADES PN 6009T98P02 ARE
APPROVED ONLY FOR CJ610-8A ENGINES AND MUST BE REINSTALLED
BACK INTO THE ENGINE FROM WHICH THEY WERE REMOVED OR ANOTHER
CJ610-8A ENGINE.
72-53-0
Page 2 of 2
Dec 13/12
ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MANZiAL SEI-186
12
1 1- 1~ 1111111111 13
CJ610-1. -5 AND -6 CJ610~ AND -9

11~ II
CJ610-8 AND -9 CJ610-1. -5 AND -6
CJ610-I,
-5 AND -6
CJ610-8 AND -9
17
18
~--ls
1. FIRST-STAGE WHEEL 8. FIRST-STAGE BAFFLE 15. INNER ROTARY SEAL

2. SECOND-STAGE WHEEL 9. SECOND-STAGE BAFFLE 16. TORQUE RING
3. DOVETAIL SERRATION lo. LOCKING STRIP 17. NO. 3 BEARING LOCKNUT
4. DOVETAIL EDGES II. INTERSTAGE SEAL 18. NO. 3 SEAL RUNNER
5. FIRST-STAGE WHEEL SHAFT 12. INTERSTAGE SEAL OUTER BAFFLE 19. TURBINE LOCKNUT
6. ROTOR BORE AND PULLER GROOVE 13. INTERSTAGE SEAL INNER BAFFLE K). NO. 3 BEARING INNER RACE
7. RIVETS 14. OUTER ROTARY SEAL
CJ610-6!22-1-A2L
Turbine Rotor Assembly

Figure 201
72-53-0
Mar 30/84
Page 202
GENidAi ELE~TRIC------
CJ61 O~ TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MANUAL

SOLVENTS, DEVELOPERS, AND EMULSIFIERS USED IN FLUORESCENT PENETRANT
INSPECTION CAN IRRITATE MUCOUS MEMBRANE AREASOF THE BODY.
CONTINUAL EXPOSURE TO PENETRANT INSPECTION MATERIALS CAN IRRITATE THE

SKIN. DIRECT EXPOSURE OF EYES TO BLACK LIGHT AND PROLONGED EXPOSURE OF
SKIN TO BLACK LIGHT CAN INFLAME AND DAMAGE EYES AND SKIN.

KEEP INSIDES OF GLOVES CLEAN.
STORE ALL PRESSURIZED SPRAY CANS CONTAINING PENETRANTS. DEVELOPERS,

AND EMULSIFIERS IN A COOL, DRY AREA PROTECTED FROM DIRECT SUNLIGHT,
HEAT, AND OPEN FLAMES. TEMPERATURES HIGHER THAN 1200P (490C) MAY CAUSE
PRESSURIZED CAN TO BURST AND CAUSE INJURY.
IF DIRECT EYE CONTACT WITH BLACK LIGHT CAUSES EYE PROBLEMS, IMMEDI-
WHEN USING BLACK LIGHT FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTIONS, WEAR SAFETY

GLASSES.
CAVTrON: REPLACE THE ENTIRE STAGE OF BLADING IF ONE OR MORE BLADES IS CRACKED.
IF IT CAN BE DETERMINED POSITIVELY THAT THE CRACKS ARE DUE TO FAULTY
PROCESSING OR FOD. THEN ONLY THE DAMAGED BLADES NEED TO BE REPLACED.
(1) Overall blade for:
(a)Cracks. Not serviceable. Remove FOD cracks
only in non-critical
areas on leading and
trailing edges. Blend
per paragraph 4.D.

and validate
by
fluorescent-penetrant
inspection after
blending.
72-53-0
Dec 31/95 Page 202A
GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-´•186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Bends. twists, Leading and trailing edges Replace blade.

and bowing within 0.046inch from true
(see figure nominal shape of blade.

201A)
(c)Tip rub. Tip rub and scoring allowed Remove high metal
without high metal, up to 0.020 inch
from tip.
(d) First-stage blade See maximum warp angle Replace blades.

tip chord warp limits Specified in figure.
angle (see fig-

ure 202A).
NOTES: i. Inspection of all blades in the first-stage turbine wheel

assembly las shown in figure 202A) is necessary only on en-
gines that have performance problems.
2. Inspection of the warp angle must be made with blades in

stalled in the first-stage turbine wheel or equivalent.
(2) Airfoil for:
(a) Nicks, pits. Any number 0.010 inch deep. Blend per para-
dents. or graph 4.D.
scratches in
critical areas.
(b) Nicks. pits, Any number 0.020 inch deep. Blend per para-
dents. or graph 4.D.
scratches in
minor areas.
(c) Corrosion (swell- Not serviceable. On leading and

ing, flaking, trailing edges
chipping. etc.). only, remove
corrosion to
bright metal by
blending per
paragraph 4.D.
(d) Hot environmental

attack (hot gas
corrosion on
diffusion-coated
blades).
72-53-0
Page 2028 Dec 31/95
SEI-186

Filing
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES, adjacent to page 202B.2,
dated Dec 31/95.

Revisions.
Subject: Turbine Blade - Inspection

PN 6009T98P02.
Change: Revised step A.(2)(d)1 to add new blade identification

code (HM) for stage 2 turbine blades PN 6009T98P02 to
the Inspection/Check table in paragraph 3.

72-53-0
Page 1 of 2
Dec 13/12
SEI-186

1 All blades
identified
as HM, HP,
HR, HS,
HT, and
HW.
72-53-0
Page 2 of 2
Dec 13/12
?i r i´•:~
GENERAL ~B ELECTRIC------
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MANUAL
1 FOE BOWING.
E~
REMOVE 2 WORST BULDESIN
4 114 MCB
WIDE AND 0.046 MCIITILI~K. d
EACH STAGE AND INSPECT THEM, ONE AT A WIRE THICKNESS GAGE THAT IS 0.046 INCH
TIME. I THICK MAY BE USED AS AN ALTEBNATE.
PLbCe BUDE ON SUBPbCE BO Igh~

2 a F~
CONCAVE SIDE OP BLADE IS FACING UP. 5
TR~ ro ersF~ cncn se?vEw Ea;E op
BLADE AND FLAT SUBFACE. IF GAGE
HOLD BLADE IN PLACE WITH PINGEB- I ENZFBS, BLADE IS OUT-OF-LWTS AND
PBESSURE, I SHALL BE BEPLACED.
;--L(~c1/32
INCH
MN
BEPE~ WaC~IWE POB SPMND BLhOE.

6
TP ET~ ~UIE IW d SPICE TS

3 BLADE PLATFORM SHALL EXTWD AT LEAST
1132 MCH BPYOBO EOGE OP P~T SDPPACE
I LIMITS, BEklOVE
OUT-OP-
BLADES IN THAT
SO THAT BEADING WILL NOT BE AFFECTED I- STAGE AND Z1SPECT ~HW, USMG THIS
BY PLATFORM BADIUS, I PBOCED]BE.
000CF7-89040)
Bowing of Turbine Blades Inspection

Figure 201A
72-53-0
Dec 31/95 Page 202B.1

CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1 All blades
identified as
Hp. HR. HS. HT.

and HW.
a Shaded areas Any amount of discoloration

only. (See nowith
surface roughness,
figure 202B.) blistering, or separation

of airfoil surface.
b Unshaded Any amount of discoloration,

areas. (See surface roughness, or missing
figure 202B.) coating with no blistering or
separation of airfoil surface.
2 All other Any amount of discoloration.

areas. (See surface roughness, or missing
figure 202B.) coating with no blistering or
separation of airfoil surface.
(3) Visible area of dovetail for nicks, pits, dents, and scratches in:
(a) Critical area. Any number 0.005 inch Replace blade.

72-53-0
Page 202B.2 Dec 31/95

6EIER1\LQ ELtnRlt
CJ610 TU~RBOJET
SEI-186 .MAINTENANCE MANLTAL
CONVEX SIDE
4~´•c,
0.060 INCH
0.060 INCH
III
0.100 Ircn
o.lco INcn
CONCAVE SIDE
IINCH ~J ´•STA~E 1
LOCATION OF CRITICAL AREAS THRU SECTION A-A
0.)0
INCH
CONVEX SIDE
CONCAVE SIDE CONVEX SIDE TO EDGE
STAGE 1
0.100 INCH
0.100 INCH CONCAVE SIDE

STAGE 2
LOCATION OF CRITICAL AREAS THRU SECTION B-8
CONVEX SIDE
0.060 INCH
0.060 INCH
0.100 INCH
0.100 INCH
C
IINCH CONCAVE SIDE
STAGE 2
LOCATION OF CRITICAL AREAS THRU SECTION C-C
1 B
B
INCH
CRITICAL AREA
CONCAVE SIDE CONVEX SIDE j MINOR AREA (INCLUDES ENDS AND BOTTOM
OF DOVETAIL AND EDGE OF PLATFORM)
STAGE 2
NOTE THESE AREAS DO NOT DEFINE tHORD (BLENDING) LIMITS
Turbine Blade Inspection Areas

Figure 202
72-53-0
I Dec 31/91 Page 202C
6tWeRLL~ IlsefRIE~
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANLTAL SEI-186
STRAIGHT EDGE~ ~--BLOCK

0.225REF.
BLADE
WARP ANGLE
BLADE
TO BE
MEASURED
CHORD
LEADING EDGE LINE
VIEW IN DIRECTION OF ARROW
FIRST-STAGE BLADE TIP CHORD
FIRST-STAGE APPLICABLE
BLADE PART NUMBER MAXIMLR(I WARP ANGLE MARGINAL WARP ANGLE NOTES
5008T30P01 580 1 THKU 4

5039TllP01 58" 1 THRU 4
6009T97P01 61" 1 THRU 4
6009T97P03 610 1 THRU 4
ALL OTHER 55" 53" 1 THRU 5
PART NUMBERS
1. MEASURE TIP CHORD WARP ANGLE WITH BLADES INSTALLED IN THE

FIRST-STAGE TURBINE WHEEL OR EOUIYALENT.
2. DO NDT MEASURE A BLADE IF DEFECTS HAVE BEEN BLENDED OUT OF THE

LEADING AND/OR TRAILING EDGE AT THE TIP CHORD.
3 MAKE SURE THAT BLOCK RESTS ON BLADES HAVING THEIR ORIGINAL

TRAILING EDGE CONTOUR.
4. REPLACE BLADES IF TIP CHORD EXCEEDS MAXIMUM WARP ANGLE LIMIT.
5. NO MORE THAN 25 BLADES IN A WHEEL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE IN EXCESS OF

THE MARGINAL WARP ANGLE LIMIT.
ALL DIMENSIONS
ARE IN INCHES
000CJF-019902
Inspection of First-Stage Turbine Blade Tip Chord Warp Angle

Figure 202A
72-~3-0 Dec 31/91

Page 20211
r;´•:i,´•´•~´•a;´•´•-´•
GEIIERIL ~B ELICTIIC
cJsio ~UPBOJET
"Ii´•’.4;;1 i~
0.4 MAX
TYPICAL I I -o.s MAX
´•t~
0.3 MAX -t. B~L

t 0.8 MAX 1 10.6 MAX
t 1 r 1 T t t~J
CDNCAYE CONVEX
CONCAYE CONVEX
STAGE 1
STAGE 2
ALL DIMENSIONS
T~ COATED AREA ARE IN INCHES
BE-4574
Turbine Blades Inspecton for Hot Gas Corrosion

Figure 202B
Inspection /Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
(b) Minor area. Any number 0.010 inch deep Replce blade.
(4) Blade tips for Within 0.025 of true position.

curled corners.
(5) Platform, shank, Any amount of discoloration Replace blades.

and dovetail for or roughness with
surface no
hot gas corrosion blistering, or separation of

and sulfidation parent metal.
(diffusion coated
blades).
Dec 31/91´• 72-53-0
Page 203
6 OW ERAL ~B LLICfftlC
CJ610 TURBOJET
B. Baffles for:
CAUTION: TXE TURBINE ROTOR BAFFLES USED ON CJ610-1, -4, -5, AND -6
I FIRST-STAGE TURBINE
-5, AND -6
DISASSEMBLED.
WHEELS, AND THE BAFFLES USED ON
SECOND-STAGE WHEELS MUST BE REPLACED WHENEVER THEP ARE
PEmETRANT-INSPECTED.
ALL OTHER BAFFLES MUST BE FLUORESCEENT
CJ61O-1, -4,
(1) Cracks in first- Not serviceable. Replace all

stage (8, figure baffles in stage
201). and balance the
rotor if one
baffle is found
cracked.
(2) Cracks in second- Not serviceable. Replace all

stage (9, figure baffles in stage
201). and balance the
rotor if one
found
bafflecracked.is
C. Locking strips (1O, figure 201) for:
CAUTION: LOCKING STRIPS MUST BE REPLACED WHENEVER THE TAB IS´•UNBENT. DO

NOT BEND THE TAB MORE THAN ONCE.
(1) Cracks at radius Not serviceable. Replace locking

of bend. strips per
paragraph 4.B.
1 (2) Axial looseness. 0.010 inch. Replace locking

strips per
paragraph 4B.
D. Inner labyrinth seal Not serviceable. Replace rivet.

for missing or loose
rivets (15, figure
201).
E. Inner rotary seal (15, figure 201) and outer rotary seal (14) for:
C1) Cracks. Not serviceable.
72-53-0 Dec 31/91

Page 204
GEWERAL~ ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(2) Nicks and dents Any number, 0.005 inch deep; Blend to smooth
on seal teeth. A maximum of 6 per tooth, not contour removing
to exceed 0,030 inch deep, all sharp edges
A~maximum of 6 per seal, not~ and high metal.
toexceed 0.060 inch deep.
However, the total cumulative
length of all dents, nicks,
and blends per teeth shall
not exceed 10% of the circum-
ference of the seal. There
shall be no high metal or
sharp edges.
F. No. 3 bearing locknut Not serviceable.

(17, figure 201) and
turbine locknut (19)
for cracks.
G. No. 3 bearing inner race (20, figure 201).
NOTE: Refer to 72-02-3 for inspection.
H. Interstage seal (11, Detail A, figure 201) for:
(1) CJ610-1, -4, -5,

and -6 seal:
(a) Missing rivets. Not serviceable.
(b) Worn rivets. Any amount, provided the

shank diameter is not below
0.070 inch at any one
point.
(c) Cracks in seal Not serviceable.

supports.
(d) Outer and inner

baffles (12, 13,
figure 201) for:
1 Separation Not serviceable.

(broken away
from rivets).
I Dec 31/91 72-53-0

Page 205
6LW ERAL ~B E LLETRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
2 Warpage Any amount to rear; 0.030

and dents. inch forward.
3 Cracks. Not serviceable.
(e) Outer baffle for Not serviceable.

burned out sec-
tions (12, fig-

ure 201).
(2) CJ610-8 and -9 seal:
(a) Missing honey- 10 percent in any one Replace segment.

comb, segment.
(b! Grooves in Any n~rmber 1/8 inch wide by

honeycomb. 0,070 inch deep with a minimum
thickness of honeycomb wall
between any 2 grooves of 1/32
inch, measured at 1/2 of the
groove depth. No rubs allowed
into parent metal of seal sup-
port.
(c) Broken Not serviceable. Re-safety bolts

lockwire. per 72-52-0.
I. No. 3 bearing carbon seal runner (18, figure 201)
NOTE: Refer to 72-02-2 for inspection.
J. Turbine wheels: (1,2, figure 201)
(1) Cracks in any area, Not serviceable.
(2) Dovetails slots for: (if blades are removed)
(a) Scratches. Any amount that can not be Replace wheel.

felt with a 0.030 inch
radius scribe.
(b) Nicks, dents, Not serviceable.

or mars.
(c) Wear or galling. Slight wear or galling,
uniform throughout full

length of dovetail.
72-53-0 Dec 1/77

Page 206
GEWERIL~ELECTRIC------
CJ610 TURBOJET
´•9’’’:´•~:´•’;:.
SEI-186 MAlNTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Dovetail edges Any number 0.005 inch deep. Any defect can be
for scratches, removed by increas-
nicks, and dents, ing the edge
radius up to 0.040
inch.
(3) First-stage wheel shaft (5, figure 201) for:
(a) Scratches, nicks, Any number, 0.015 inch, Defects up to 0.050

and dents in bore any length after removal of inch may be blended
and puller groove. high metal. out.
(b) Threads for dam- Not serviceable. One complete defec-

age. tive thread can be
removed and the
thread chased.
(c) Spline, lands, Any number, 0.010 inch deep, Defects up to 0.050
and journals for any length after removal of inch may be blended
nicks, scratches, high metal, out.
and dents.
I Dec 31/91 72-53-0

Page 206A/2O6B
6EWEUL~tLiCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
R. Visible areas of torque

ring (16, figure 201)for:
(1) Cracks, Not serviceable.
(2) Labyrinth seal Any number, 0.005 inch deep, Blend to a smooth
teeth for nicks A maximum of 6 per tooth, not contour, removing
and dents. to exceed 0.030 deep,’
inch all sharp edges and
A maximum of 6 per seal, not high metal.
to exceed 0.060 inch deep.
However, the total cumulative
length of all dents, nicks,
and blends per tooth shall
not exceed 10% of the seal.
There shall be no high metal
or sharp edges,
4. Repairs.
A. Turbine Blade Replacement. (See figure 203.)
CAUTION: USED, SERVICEABLE BLADES CAN BE INSTALLED IN ENGINES OTHER

THAN THE ENGINE FROM WHICH THEY WERE REMOVED, WITH THE FOLLOWING
RESTRICTIONS:
CONVENTIONALLY CAST R8O AND R1OO MATERIAL BLADES REMOVED FROM

CJ61O-9 ENGINES MUST BE BEINSTAZILED BACK INTO THE ENGINE FROM
WHICH THEY WERE REMOVED. THE BLADE PART NUMBERS ARE
5008T3OP01, 5039TllPO1, AND 6009T97P01.
USED, SERVICEABLE BLADES MAY BE MOVED FROM ENGINE TO ENGINE

ONLY IN COMPLETE SETS. IF A SET IS INCOMPLETE, IT SHOULD BE
FILLED UP WITH NEW BLADES.
THE BLADE TIME, PART NUMBER, HEAT LOT, AND ENGINE OF ORIGIN
MUST BE ENTERD IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OF THE ENGINE LOG
BOOK.
Whenever tubine blades replaced, the tip clearance checks

are
specified in 72-50, paragraph 2,6,, must be made. Also, record

the blade marking on the dovetail for the engine
base except
I project
number of blades with the same
weight.
letter and the blade moment
marking.
Also,
Record the
record the
operating
time for each group of blades (see figure 203A for sample record
form). Blades will assume the operating time of their respective
Dec 31/91 72-53-0
NOTE: Please see the TEMPORARY REVISION that revises this page Page 207
SEI-186

Filing
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES, adjacent to page 207,
dated Dec 31/91.

Revisions.
Subject: Turbine Blade - Repair

PN 6009T98P02.
Change: Added a CAUTION for stage 2 turbine blades

PN 6009T98P02 in Repair paragraph 4.A.

72-53-0
Page 1 of 2
Dec 13/12
SEI-186

CAUTION: CONVENTIONALLY CAST R80 MATERIAL BLADES PN 6009T98P02 ARE
APPROVED ONLY FOR CJ610-8A ENGINES AND MUST BE REINSTALLED
BACK INTO THE ENGINE FROM WHICH THEY WERE REMOVED OR ANOTHER
CJ610-8A ENGINE.
72-53-0
Page 2 of 2
Dec 13/12
GEWfRAL~ ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
turbine wheels. engine buildup records must be searched to provide

Previous
as accurate a blade time
as possible. For example, the respective turbine
wheels may have been replaced and the blades retained ~nd vice versa. The
total actual blade operating time thus determined must be entered in the
engine log book.
Example of what must be recorded:
Marking on dovetail base (typical): BT H15BP 190
Record only this group: ?T~15BP
NOTE i: On the CJ610-8 and -9 blade

tips are ground after in-
engines,
stallation in the turbine wheel.
Replacement blades may be
ground to the length of adjacent blades, prior to installation,
using holding fixture 205377, or equivalent.
NOTE 2: Blades which have been replaced with new ones and are still
serviceable must have their time recorded and attached to the
blade.
(1) Remove either the first- or second-stage turbine blades as follows:
(a) Straighten the tab of the locking strip. Forward tab on first-
stage, aft tab on second.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE SHARP TOOL TO STRAIGHTEN THE TABS.
(b) Remove the baffles, blade and locking strip.
(2) Install replacement blade in either the first- or second-stage turbine

wheel as follows: (Selected per paragraph 4.B.)
(a) Insert thelocking strip in the dovetails on the rim of the wheel.
On the first-stage the pre-bent tab end of the strip goes on the aft
side of the wheel, on the second-stage the pre-bent tab goes on the
forward side.
(b) Assemble the turbine blade in the dovetail slot and install the
baffle to the left side of the turbine blade shank.
(c) Check the blade for proper looseness by pushing circumferentially

on the blade tip. There must be perceptible motion.
(d) Bend the unbent tab of the

locking strip radially outward to secure
the turbine blade. first-stage ta~s, on CJ610-1, -4, -5 and -6
Bend
engines, using tool 2C53O2G1; on CJ610-8 and -9 engines use tool
2C5302G2. Bend second-stage tabs, on CJ610-1, -4, -5 and -6 engines,
using tool 2C5301G1; on CJ610-8 and -9 engines, use tool 2C530162.
72-53-0
Dec 1/77
Page 208
ELfCtRle
CJ610 TURBOJET
BLADE
BLADE
SECOND
CIRST STAGE
STAGE LOCKING STRIP
LOCKING STRIP
WHEEL
WHEEL
U610d020~+1
Turbine Blade Replacement

Figure 203
(e) Apply pressure against the pre-bent tab of the lockstrip to hold
it snug to the aft side of the turbine wheel. Check the space
´•I
between the bent tab and the wheel face with a 0.005 inch shim.
If the space is greater than 0.005 inch, bend the tab further by
striking the anvil head of the bending pliers with a hard fiber
mallet
CAUTION: IF IT IS NECESSARY TO UNBEND THE LOCKSTRIP TAB, RE-

PLACE THE LOCKSTRIP. THE EN) TABS OF LOCKSTRIPS
ARE NOT TO BE FITLLP BENT MORE THAN ONCE.
Dec 31/91 72-53-0

Page 208A
SEI-186

Filing
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES, adjacent to page 208B,
dated Dec 30/78.

Revisions.

PN 6009T98P02.
Change: Revised figure 203A to add new blade PN 6009T98P02

and identification code (HM) for stage 2 turbine
blades.

72-53-0
Page 1 of 2
Dec 13/12
SEI-186
Turbine Wheel Blade Position and Time Record-Sample Form
Figure 203A
72-53-0
Page 2 of 2
Dec 13/12
mul
w
Ist. STAGE WHEEL P/N S/N TSN CSN Note: This form to accompany turbine blades.
h, E~IGINE MODEL
ao
Replacenlent turbine blades must not ENGINE S/N
2nd. STAGE WHEEL P/N S/N TSN CSN exceed the time (hrs) of the highest ENGINE TSN TSO
timed blade listed below:
IST STAGE AT REMOV 1ST STAGE AT BUI AT

ING NO. IME BLADE MARKING .IT BLADE MARKING ND. TIME BLADE MARKING NO. TIME
C
Q)
oi
Cm
ct to
O
TOTAL MUST
NOTE:
75 TOTAL MUST
BLADES WITH THE SAME MARKING SHALL ASSUME

BLADES OF THAT GROUP.
THE
75 TOTAL MUST
TIME OF TIIE HIGHEST TIME

55 TOTAL MUST 55
i t
m
Disassenibly Insp. Date REMARKS:

Assenlbl Ins &Date
ENGINE MODEL CODE TURBINE BLADES CODE TURBINE BLADES
CJ61O-1 BS 5000T14P01
CJ61O-1, -4, BT 5002T1 OP01 BG 37E501 526P101
-5, -6 BH 37E5O1526P102
HJ 5002T1 0PO3 HK 37E501 525P1 03
CJ61O-1 BJ 634E579P03
CJ61O-8, -9 HE 5008T3OPO1 HC 5008T31PO1
J
CJ61 0-8, -9 HT 5039T11P01
BC-0114-3
Cdslo-cn He 6009T91P01 HR 6009T98POI
O
W
O H
Turbine Wheel Blade Position and Time Record-Sample Form
a,
Figure 203A
SEI-186

Filing
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES, adjacent to page 208C/208D,
dated Dec 30/78.

Revisions.

PN 6009T98P02.
Change: Revised figure 204 to add new blade PN 6009T98P02 and

identification code (HM) for stage 2 turbine blades.

72-53-0
Page 1 of 2
Dec 13/12
SEI-186
Turbine Blade Code Identification and Marking Locations

Figure 204
72-53-0
Page 2 of 2
Dec 13/12
tEISRII~IIIClliC
cJeiO. TURB’OJ:ET
SEZ-186 MANUAL
i;
ENGINE PROJECT BLADE PART NO. BLADE

STAGE CODE LETTER CODE LETTER PART NO.
1 B J 634E579P03
1 B T I 5002T1OPO1
1 B S 5000T14PO1
1 H J 5002T1OPO3
1 H B 501)8T3OPO1
1 H T 5039T11PO1
i
le~B 2 B G
6009T97P01
37E501526P101
2 ~1 B H 37E501 526P102
2 H K 37E501526P1O3
2 H C I 5008T31PO1
2 H I R 6009T98P01
CONCAVE SIDE
CONVEX SIDE
ALTERNATE LOCATIONS OF
MOMENT WEIGHT NUMBERS
1.1´•1.
´•2.*~L
is~
COATING LOT IDENTIFICATION

ENGINE PROJECT (LETTER)IIIJII I NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE)
PART NUMBER (LETTER) MOMENT WEIGKT
CASTING OR FORGING VENDOR(I OR 2 LETTERS
MACHINING YENDOR(1 OR 2 NUMBERS)
HEAT NUMBER-------~ I J
HEAT TREAT LOT~ BC-01~6-3
Turbine Blade Code Identification and Marking Locations

Figure 204
Dec 30/78 72-53-0

Page 208C/208D
G E I E RAL ~D E LE CT R IC
CJ610 TUR´•BOJET
B. lethods of Blade Sub.iitution.
I NOTE: First-stage turbine

interchangeable and
blades Pt No.
may be used in
5008T30 and 5039T11
mixed lots.
are
(1) Themoment-weighted .turbine blade numbers run in 1 gram-inch increi

ments from 1’5 to 225 for the first-stage turbine wheel and from
265 to 330 for.the second-stage wheel. The moment weight is stamped
on the base of the blade dovetail (see’figure 204).
()Replace blades using Method one. If a replacement blade of the same
moment weight is not available use Method Two’or Three.
(3) Replacement Method One.
(a) Replace each blade with one of the same moment weight number; if
available. A maximum of 10 blades may be replaced using this
method.
(4) Replacement Method Two. (See figure 205.)
(a) Remove the damaged blade and one adjacent on each side.
(b) Total the moment weight numbers and select 3 replacement blades
having the same total moment weight.
(c) Install the replacement blades in the dovetail slots, retaining

3
the Same respective weights in the same relative location in the
wheel as those removed (the heaviest replacement blade replacing
the heaviest blade in the group of 3 removed)._ A maximum of 3
sets may be replaced using this method.
(d) If the twoadjacent blades of each set removed are stillservice-
able, identify them by inking the engine modeland partnumber on
Sept 1/76 72-53-0

Page 209
GEIERIL O ILtCIRIC
CJ61-0 TURBOJET
--7
,I
,I
REPLACEMENT METHOD TWO REPLACEMENT METHOD THREE
MOMENT WEIGHT NO. MOMENT WEIGHT NO.

BLADE NO. BEFORE REPAIR AFTER REPAIR BLADE NO. BEFORE REPAIR AFTER REPAIR
180 187 1 280 LIGHT 281
2 ’195 190 2 285 284
3 205 203 3 ’310 HEAVY 308
TOTAL 580 580 4 305 304
5 ’290 293
TOTAL 1470 1470
IN REPLACEMENT METHOD TWO AND THREE, IT IS ASSUMED THAT CERTAIN BLADES, MARKED ARE NOT AVAILABLE
(IN LH COLUMN) AND ARE REPLACED BY THE AVAILABLE SPARES INDICATED IN THE RH COLUMN.
C)61W110´•0-81
Blade Replacement Methods

Figure 205
72-53-0 April 15/68

Page 210
GE#fRAL O~B ELECTRIG
CJB10 TURBOJET
the convex side of the airfoil, using semi-permanent black ink

("Easy-mark" No. 2120, Easymark Ink Co., Lowell; Mass.) or equiv-
alent and return them to stock for re-use.
(5) Replacement Method Three. (See figure 205.).
’(a) Remove the damaged blade and the two adjacent blades on either
side; a total of five blades.
(b) Total the moment´•weight numbers, and select 5:replacement blades

having the same total moment weight.
(c) Install´•the replacement blades in the dovetail slots, retain-

5
ing the respective weights in the´•same relative location in

same
the’wheel as those removed (the heaviest´•repiacement blade re-

placing the heaviest blade in the-group of´•5 removed).
(d) If any of the adjacent removed blades are serviceable, return

them to stock for re-use as outlined in method two.
(e) A maximum of 1 set may’be replacedusing this method.
C. Replacement of No. 3 Bearing Inner Race and Seal Race.
NOTE: The inner and outer bearing races are matched sets and are not to
be separated, if one race is

replaced, the other must also be re-
placed. Make certain a set.. This replacement

replacementsare
is accomplished with the turbine rotor-removed.
(1) Removal.
(a) Place the turbine rotor in stand, 2C5303, ´•with the front end
facing up.
(b) Remove the No. 3 bearing locknut by straightening the tab on the
lockwasher and using spanner wrench, 2C5304.
(c) Remove the inner race and´•seal runner using puller, 2C5306.
NOTE: The bearing race and seal runner are removed at the same:
time since the pulling surface is on the forward side of´•
the seal runner.
(2) Installation;
(a) Measure the distance the’first-stage turbine

from wheel shaft
hub to the seal stop shoulder. Record reading’.
April 15/68 72-53;0

Page. 211
GEIIEAAL ELECTRIC~"------
CS810 TURBOJET
(b) Measure the height of the seal runner from the counterbore to
the top of the seal ´•runner. Measure the bearing race height.
Add the two together and record.
(c) Coat the inside diameter of´•the races-with engine oil.
(d) Wrap both races in aluminum foil, place them in.an oven, and
heat for 20 minutes at 2500F (121oC).
(e) Assemble the heated races onto the shaft. Seat the races
against the shaft and hold with inner’race holder of the fixture
2C5303.
(f) After´•the parts have returned to room temperature, measure the

distance from the end of the shaft to the seal race in four
equally spaced places. The average of these,readings must be

within f 0.001 inch of the difference between the readings taken
instep (a) and (b).
(g) Position the turbine rotor locking devise of the fixture, 2C5303
to keep rotor from~turning.
(h) Assemble the lockwasher and locknut onto the shaft;
NOTE: Lubri.cate the threads of the shaft with engine.oil.
.(i):Tighten the nut, using spanner wrench, 2C5304, to 150-170 Ib-in.

Align the locknut´•and thelockwasher tab by increasing torque
from the minimum value. Bend the tab of the lockwasher into the
locknut slot.
D, Turbine Blade Airfoil Blending Procedure.
NOTE: Blending is done to remove the nicks,

stress concentration of
pits, scratches, etc., prevent to blade

removal of failure. ´•The
high metal, and radiusing of the leading edge is done to restore

the airfoil tonearly its original aerodynamic shape. All blend-
ing should be done with a minimum of 1/4 in. radius. Blending

close to the tip should be extended straight out so as to leave a
.´•narrow projection at the corner. If the benching to remove two
separate defects runs together, round over the point between them.
Any blending near platform-to-airfoil radii must be such as to
maintain the
smooth transition as on new parts.
same The shape
of the leading edge is very important to maintain engine
airfoil
performance. They are not knife edges, but carefully radiused

edges whose shape shall be maintained in´•the blended area. (See
figure- 206.)
72-53-0 Sept. 15/69

Page 212
GENER AL~ ~LECTRIC
.TURBOJ.E7
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE RIANUAL
II
I I
I I
I I
CORRECT INCORRECT
CT58-)1PI-0-P2

Figure 206
(1) Rough blend the damaged area with a file, emery clot!;or
tool
(2) Finish blend the final .003-.005 inch with fine’ en~e’ry. paper´•,.´•a fine
stone or equivalent tool. Always finish blend ´•in a lengt~hwise

tion, removing all evidence of crosswise marks,that may have been
made during rough blending. The final finish of the reworked arefl
shall be as smooth as the undamaged area.
(3) The amount of repair is controlled by the minimum chord width. (See
figure 207 or 208.) The total reduction be taken on
either edge or divided between the edges at any given;location. ’rhe
tip chamfer shown allows a further reduction in cho’rd’at:the’tip on-

ly. The minimum chords between points spedifiedare proportional.
Allowable depths of rework, shown in parentheses,are for convenienci~
only; In the´•event of doubt or disagreement between depthand min
chord, the m’in chord is the referee method.
CAUTION: BLENDING IS TO BE DONE ON LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES ONLY.:

BLENDING IS NOT ALLOWED ONAIRFOIL SURFACES.
NOTE: The indicated minimum chord limits are not to be taken as
permission to machine the entire edge off.
(4) Fluorescent-penetrant inspect per 72-03-1.
72-53-0

GEWERAL E LE E7R I C
CJ610 TURBOJET
ROUND OVER POINT

SMOOTH RADIUS
NO OVERHANG ALLOWED
TYPICAL BLENDING
1/4 INCH RADIUS MINIMUM

SMOOTH RADIUS
0.7
3/8 MAX i-i; MIN
1 ~tl
7
1~2 MAX
ALLOWABLE TIP CHAMFER
3/8 MAX 1/2 MAX
(0.040) I MINIMUM CHORD
MINIMUM CHORD r
"r (0. 040)
0.740 39/16
(0´• 040)
(0. 040)
21/8
1 7/8
t
(0.040)’
(0.030) \----0.760
0.740
3
2
1´•/4
1/2
i (0. 030)
(0.030) I 0.950
ls/sr
13/8
(0.030)
(0.020)
0.780
0.800
129/32
r (0.030) 0.9M)
´•1 5/32 (0.020) 0.820 T
T
1 5/8 (0. 020) 0.970
29/32 (0.020) 0.840
f
1 9/32 (0. 020) 0.990
T
(0. 0?0) 1.000
FIGURES IN PARENTHESES ARE

APPROXIMATE REWORK DEPTHS
13/32T(
STAGE 1 STAGE Z
CJ61D3216-C*U
Turbine Blade Chord Limits CJ610-1, -4, -5, -6
Figure 207
72-53-0
Page 214 Sept. 15~69

orwlRIL~ FLICTIIC
CJBIO TURBOJET
ROUND OVER POINT

SMOOTH RADIUS
NO OVERHANG ALLOWED
NPICAL BLENDING
1/4 INCH RADIUS MINIMUM

SMOOTH RADIUS
MIN.
5/8 MIN.
4
1/2 MAX.
7/16 MAX. 1/2 MAX.
7/16 MAX.
7/1
(0.04) 1 1.06
(0.04) 1---0.78 (0.04) 1.04
3-7/1
(0.03) 1---1.02
(0.04) 3-1/1
2-1/4
(0.03) 0.80 -~--1 (0.02) I----1 .02

1-21/32
(0.02) 1~ 0.82 2-1
1-7/1
(0.02) I--- 0.84
(0.02) )~1.04
1-5/8
(0.02) 1---1.06
1-5/1
7/8 (0.02) 1.08
31/32
1ST STAGE TURBINE BLADE
2ND STAGE TURBINE BLADE
crrm,lll-l-*u
Turbine ~Blade Chord Limits T CJ610-8 and -9
Figure 208
72-53-0

GEWCRAL~ ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
ACCESSORY DRIVE SECTION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General.
This section (figure 1) consists of the accessory power-takeoff drive assembly

located within the compressor rear frame; transfer gearbox located on the
bottom of the mainframe; and an accessory gearbox located on the compressor
front frame. The horizontal drive shaft and cover connects the transfer gearbox-
to the accessory
gearbox. The accessories are mounted on the pads of the
accessory gearbox and transfer gearbox.
On some engines the accessory gearbox is mounted on the mainframe and the
I transfer gearbox and horizontal drive shaft are not used.
2. Description.
A. Accessory Power-Takeoff (PTO).
(1) The accessory power-takeoff drive assembly is located within the

mainframe. Its purpose is to transmit power from the engine drive
shaft to the engine accessories. This assembly consists of a housing
which houses and supports the gears and their related components.
It is secured at the forward end by bolts which pass through the No. 2
bearing support to the carbon seal support. At the aft end, it is
supported by a collar which rests on the mainframe inner shell.
(2) The engine drive shaft passes through the power-takeoff assembly,
through the driver shaftgear, and mates with the internal splines on
theaft end of the driver shaftgear. The ball bearing~and housing
assembly supports the forward end of the shaftgear whereit enters
the PTO housing. The driven shaftgear is centrallylocat~d in the
six o’clock position of the PTO housing. It is supported by a-roller
bearing at the gear end and by a ball bearing at´• the other end. The
lube-IN line enters the PTO at the eight o’clock position, and is
routed through lines which connect to the oil nozzles. These nozzles
spray oil to the No. 3 bearing, No. 2 bearing, the shaftgear
ball bearing, and the contact point between the 2 bevel gears. A
second connection at the eight o’clock location is for the PTO sump
return. The 2connections at the four o’clock position are for the
No. 3 bearing sump scavenge line and the PTO sump vent line. All
free oil in the PTO housing drains into the transfer gearbox, which
acts as a sump.
(3) An insulation blanket covering the exterior of the PTO prevents the
assembly from being overheated.
Sep 1/75 72-60

Page 1
GEWLRAL~ ILECI0I0
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAI. SEI-186
L´•
nTI•´~
cB
V/’
/L~
B~?i
6
:dlS~): ~9:
C5610-4.-6.-8
CJ610-1,5 -9
BC-0241
Accessory Drive Section

Figure 1
72-60 Sept 1/76

Page ~2
6EIERAL E Lt CTR It
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MAMTAL
Transfer Gearbox (CJ610-1, -5,

engines only).
-9 The transfer gearbox,
I mounted on an adapter at the mainframe, consists of a
the bottom of
beveled gear train enclosed in a casing. The gearbox, powered by the
engine power takeoff assembly through the radial drive shaft, powers
the accessory gearbox through the horizontal drive shaft. It also
provides power to the accessory (if installed) mounted on its rear pad.
Accessory Gearbox. The accessory gearbox, mounted on a bracket under

I the front CJ610-1, -5, and -9 engines or under the mainframe
frame on
on CJ610-4, -6 and -8 engines, consists of a gear train enclosed within

a casing and cover. The gear train is powered by the transfer gearbox
through the horizontal drive shaft if installed under the front frame,
or by the engine power takeoff assembly through the radial drive shaft
if installed under the mainframe. The fuel pump, oil pump, and over-
speed governor are mounted on pads on the accessory gearbox. Two
other pads are available for customer use.
I D. Horizontal Drive Shaft and Cover (CJ610-1, -5 and -9 engines only).

The horizontal drive shaft (enclosed in a cover) is splined at both
ends and transmits power from the transfer gearbox to the accessory
gearbox.
72-60
Sep 1/75
Page 3
GENERAL ELECTRIC---~-
CJ61 O TU R BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ,
TRANSFER GEARBOX MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General. The maintenance´•of he transfer gearbox is limited to the external

section except for carbon seal. If a problem concerning the interior of the
gearbox arises the gearbox must be replaced.
2. Removal/Installation. (CJ610-1, -5, and -9)
A. Removal.
(1) Rem.ove the horizontal drive shaft per 72-63-0.
(2) Remove the 4 nuts that secure the transfer gearbox to the mainframe
adapter.
(3) Carefully lower the transfer gearbox until it is free. Remove the gear-
box and the radial drive shaft.
CAUTION: DO NOT DROP THE RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ROTATE THE
GEARBOX TO FREE IT FROM THE MOUNTING ADAPTER DURING REMOVAL AS IT
IS POSITIONED BY A TIGHT-FITTING DOWEL PIN.
(4) Remove guide cover, shaft sheild guide and O-ring from the axis A hous-
ing (input drive). Discard the O-ring.
B. Installation.
(1) Install a new O-ring in the bore of the transfer gearbox axis A housing
(input drive). Assemble shaft shield guide and guide cover over bearing
housing.
NOTE: The guide is a hand press fit and the cover fits over the guide.
(2) Lubricate both splined ends of the radial drive shaft with engine oil.
Install the radial drive shaft and carefully position the transfer gear-
box on the mainframe adapter. Secure the gearbox~with 4 nuts.’ Torque
the nuts to 10-30 Ib-in.
(3) Check the alignment runout of the transfer gearbox with the accessory
gearbox per section 72-64-0.
(4) Remove the alignment fixture.
(5) Replace the horizontal drive shaft per 72-63-0.
72-62-0
Sep 1/75 Page 201

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ61 O TU R BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Inspection/Checks. When serviceable limits are exceeded, the parts may be re-
paired in accordance with the overhaul manual.
A. Visually inspect the transfer gearbox for:
(1)Cracks. None allowed.
(2) Nicks and scratches. Any number, 0.030 inch deep.
(3) Evidence of leakage None allowed.

between cover and
case.
(4) Evidence of leakage See operating limits. Replace seal per

at rear pad. Adjustment/Test, 72-00. paragraph 4.A.
B. At every exposure of transfer gearbox Axis B gearshaft forward and aft female
splines, clean thoroughly with a suitable solvent and using a bright light
visually inspect splines for:
NOTE: Deleted.
(1)Wear at contact 0.005 inch. (Approx. If within Service-

area. estimate can be made by able Limits lubri-
visually comparing wear cate aft

spline with
at contact point with a lubricant specified
piece of 0.005 inch shim in Section 72-01-1;
stock. lubricate forward
spline with engine

oil.
NOTE: Replacement of the transfer gearbox axis B gearshaft for forward end
spline excessive weer also requires replacement of the horizontal
drive shaft.
72-62-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

GEIERAL~ ELfCIRIC
CJ610 TUWBBJET
4. Repair.
A. Rubbing Seal Replacement. (CJ610-1, -5, and -9)
NOTE: For special tools use kits (Part Nos. 205334 and 205333).
(1) Remove the mounted accessory per the applicable paragraph.
(2) Bend the locking tabs away from the bolt heads. Discard the locking
tabs.
CAUTION: REMOVE ONE RETAINING BOLT AT A TIME AND REPLACE WITH RE-
TAINING PIN FROM TOOL KIT 205333 BEFORE PROCEEDING TO THE
NEXT BOLT. IF ALL 3 RETAINING BOLTS ARE REMOVED WITHOUT
THE RETAINING PINS, THE.BEARING RETAINER INSIDE THE
USE OF
GEARBOX WILL BE DISLOCATED REQUIRING REMOVAL AND DISAS-
SEMBLY OF THE GEARBOX TO PROPERLY ASSEMBLE THE BEARING RE-
TAINER.
(3) Remove one of the retaining retaining pin from

bolts and install a
tool kit 205333 in its place. retaining bolt and

Remove the second
install a retaining pin in its place. Remove the third retaining
bolt and install a retaining pin in its place. (By replacing retain-
ing bolts with retaining pins the bearing retainer inside the gearbox
will be held in position.)
(4) Remove the seal housing with puller, 205333.
(5) Remove the O-ring; using the pusher, 205334, remove the rubbing seal
from the seal housing.
(6) Remove the O-rings from the 3 bolt holes.
(7) Remove the mating ring and packing from the shaft.
Sep 1/75 72-62-0

Page 203
6t ERAI f It CIIIC
CJ610 TudsoJeT
(8) Replace defective part.
(9) Insert the mating ring packing into the mating ring.
CAUTION: USE EXTREME CARE WHEN HANDLING THE MATING RING. DO NOT
ALLOW THE RUBBING FACE TO BE DAMAGED.
(10) Insert a seal guide, 205336, into the bore of the gearshaft.
(11) Assemble mating ring and packing to the gearshaft, seating the
the
mating ring (packing side) against the shaft shoulder, using inserter,
2C5335.
NOTE: Some mating rings have 2 tabs. These tabs must be aligned
with slots in the spanner nut.
(12) Assemble the three O-rings to the 3 bolt hole O-ring grooves.
(13) Lubricate the OD of the rubbing seal with engine oil and assemble it
to the seal housing with the pusher, 205334.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN HANDLING RUBBING SEALS. THE CARBON SUR-

FACES ARE EXTREMELY BRITTLE AND EASILY DAMAGED.
(14) Assemble the O-ring to the seal housing.
(15) Lubricate the OD of the seal housing with engine oil and assemble it
to the gearbox housing. Use tool, 205334.
(16) Bend the washer tabs approximately 30 degrees. Lubricate the bolts
with oil. Replace the retaining pins with the bolts and tab washers.
Torque the bolts to 25-35 Ib-in. Bend the tabs to secure the bolts.
NOTE: Bend one tab on washer to meet best aligned side of hex bolt.
72-62-0 Sep 1/75

Page 204
ELPCTRIC
CJ610 TUWBOJEV
HORIZONTAL DRIVE SHAFT AND COVERS MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. The drive shaft is inaccessible without removing the overspeed

governor from the accessory gearbox.
2. Removal /-~nstallation. (See figure 201.) (CJ610-1, -5 and -9.)
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the aircraft hydraulic pump per the aircraft manual.
(2) Remove the overspeed governor from the middle front pad of the
accessory gearbox per Section 73-22-0.
NOTE: The thread in the plug (4) is 1/4-28. Thread a bolt of

convenient length into the plug for ease of removal and
replacement.
(3) Remove the retaining ring (3), plug (4), O-ring (5), and
second retaining ring (3) from the overspeed governor spline
bore. This exposes the end of the horizontal drive shaft (13).
(4) The splines of the drive shaft (13) must be reassembled to the
same mating spline in the accessory and transfer gearbox from
which it was removed. Match-mark drive shaft (13) and mating
splines as follows:
CAUTION: i. DO NOT USE PUNCH TO MATCH-MARK THE PARTS. THE

FORCE REQUIRED COULD DAMAGE THE GEARBOX BEARINGS.
2. DO NOT PLACE MATCH-MARK ON CONTACT SURFACE OF

SPLINE.
NOTE: Gearshafts and drive shaft are made of hardened material´•

and will require use of a diamond file or rotary burr for
match-marking.
(a) Rotate the compressor rotor until one of the.spline teeth

of the accessory gearbox axis B gearshaft forward spline
is located at the 6 o’clock position.
(b) Place a matchmark on the crown (tip) of the axis B gear-

shaft spline tooth and also on the forward end or chamfer
of the drive shaft (13) bore. Do not mark the aft end of
the drive shaft (13).
Sep 1/75 72-63-0

Page 201
OEWLIAL~ ELEETIIC
c~soe
(c) Make certain the matchmarks on the accessory gearbox axis B gear-
shaft and drive shaft (13) are at exactly 6 o’clock position and
then match-mark the transfer gearbox axis B gearshaft aft spline
(customer PTO/hydraulic pump). The transfer gearbox axis B gear-
shaft will not necessarily have a spline tooth located at~ the 6
o’clock position so place the matchmark on the end of the axis B
gearshaft outer diameter at exactly 6 o’clock.
(5) Remove the clamp, drain valve and tubes from the drive shaft cover (7).
(6) Remove 2 snaprings (6) from the drive shaft cover (7).
(7) Remove the 4 nuts and washers that secure the flanged cover (g)to the
transfer gearbox. Slide the flanged cover (9) and drive shaft cover (7)
forward as far as each will go.
(8) Slide thedrive shaft (13) forward and remove it by pulling it

forward through the accessory gearbox.
(9) Remove the drive shaft cover (7) and transfer gearbox flanged
cover (9). Remove and discard three 0-rings (8 and 10).
(10) Remove the accessory gearbox oil jet cover (12). Discard the
0-rings (10 and.ll).
B. Installation. C
(1) Assemble accessory gearbox oil jet cover (12) with new O-rings (10 and
II). Torque the nuts to 60-90 Ib-in.
NOTE: For ease of assembly it is recommended that clear plastic~ tem-
plates be locally -anufactured to fit the stud pattern of the

overspeed governor pad on the accessory gearbox and the customer
PTO/hydraulic pump pad on the transfer gearbox. Scribe a line on
the templates at the 6 o’clock position as an aid for lining up
the matchmarks at exactly 6 o’clock.
(2) Rotate the accessory gearbox axis B gearshaft and transfer gearbox axis
B gearshaft until the matchmarks on the end of gearshafts are at
exactly 6 o’clock.
(3) Lubricate both splined ends of the horizontal drive shaft (13) with
engine oil. Position the matchmark on the forward end of the drive
shaft at 6 o’clock and insert the drive shaft through the middle front
spline bore of the accessory gearbox so that approximately a 3-inch
length of the shaft is visible at the rear of the gearbox.
(4) Install O-rings (8) on the drive shaft cover (7), then assemble
2 new
the loosely over the drive shaft (13) and into the accessory
cover
gearbox oil jet cover (12) as far as it will go.

b
72-63-0
Sep 1/75
Page 202
GEIERAL~B E.LtCIRI’C
C J 61:0 :T i~ RBO~I E T.
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MAMIAL
(5) Install a new~0-ring (10).on the transfer gearbox flanged cover (9).
Hang the flanged cover;100sely on .the drive shaft cover (7).
(6~, Move drive shaft (13) t~oward the´•rear and align the matchmark on the
fori~ard endof the driveshaftwith the matchmark on the forward end
of accessory gearbox axis B gearshaft. Withall 3 matchmarks (drive
shaft, accessory gearbox axis B gearshaft and transfer gearbox axis B
(aft end) gearshaft) aligned.at 6 o’clock position engage and seat
drive shaft (13) into transfer gearbox spline. Ensure that all 3
matchmarks are aligned at 6 o’clock..position,
(7) Position and secure theflanged cover (9) to thetransfer gearbox pad
with 4 nuts and washers. Torque 60-901b-in.
~8) ~osition the drive shaft cover ’(7) between the 2 covers’ i9 and 12) and
install:fhe 2 snaprings (6), using tool 205325.
(9) Conne’ct andtighren:::theleft and right manifold drain tubes (26, figure 2,
Section 73-00) to’the fuel~manifold tees’ (25). Install the clamp onthe
drive shaft cover and tighten the bolt to secure the drain valve (27).
Connect and tighten thehose~o the drain valve.
(10) Install retaining ring (3, figure 201´•), 0-ring (5), plug (4) and
second retaining ring (3) in the middle front gearbox spline bore.
(11) Replace the overspeed governor per Section73-22-0:
14
12
10
9
6\
j 13
7 8
10
11
Accessory Gearbox 8. O-Ring

2. Transfer Gearbox 9. Flanged Cover 2
3. Retaining Ring 1D. O-Ring
4. Plug 11. O-Ring
5. O-Ring 12. Oil Jet Cover
6. Snap Ring 13. Horizontal Drive Shaft
7. Drive Shaft Cover \4. 01~ Passage
BC-0208-1
Accessory Drive Components

Figure 201
Sept 1/76. 72-63-0

~age 203
tLtCtllC
CJ610 TURBOJET
3. Inspection/Checks. When serviceable limits are exceeded, the parts may be
repaired in accordance with the overhaul manual.
A. At exposure of drive shaft, clean

every
thoroughly with a suitable solvent and
using a bright light visually inspect for:
(3) Spline wear at con- 0.005 inch. Approx. Replace drive shaft
tact area, estimate canbe made by if maximum service-
visually comparing wear at able limits are
contact point with a piece exceeded.

of 0.005 inch shim stock.)
NOTE: Replacement of the h~rizontal drive shaft for excessive spline wear also
requires replacement of the female spline whiCh mated with the wornend
of the drive shaft.
B. Visually inspect the flangedcover, oil

jet cover, and drive shaft cover for:
(2) Oil passage blockage None allowed. Check by blowing air

at every exposure of or smoke or puln~ing
oil jet cover. oil through tlir Oil
passage. CleLiii as
required to fret
oil passage openin~
or replace cover.
72-63-0 Sept 1/76

Page 204
6flERAL~ tlLCtl(C
cJei~o fuReo3eT
SEI-186´• MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ACCESSORY´• DRIVE GEARBOX MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General, The maintenance of the accessory drive gearbox is limited´•to the

external sectionexcept for carbon seals, If aproblem concerning the in-
terior of the gearbox arises the gearbox mustbe repladed,
2, Removal/Installat ion, (CJ610-1,-5, and -9)
´•I NOTE_: Whenever

(see
front
Section
f;ame
72-30).prior
is removed, gearbox bracket
to
must
installation of the accessory
be aligned
gearbox,
A. ´•Removal.
~(1) Remove~the following compqnentsper the referenced patagraphs:
(a) Starter (refer to the Aircraft Mainte~gnce Manual).
(b) Customer component that is mounted on the accessory gearbox

.1 (refer´• to the.Aircraft ´•Maintenance Manual).
(c) Fuel pump and control (73-13-0),
(73-i2-0).
´•I (d) Overspeed gover~or
(e Horizontaldrive shaft (72-63-0)
(f) Lube pump and oil tank ´•(79-2´•1-0).
(2).Disconnect 2 lube supply and 4 scavenge lineS fi~om the fittings on
theaccessory gearbox, (On ehgineswith ceriterventi remove the

vent line from the fitting on the~ accessory geai´•box.)´• Note the
locations of clamps and brackets,
NOTE: The front frame sump scavenge ~lirie m~y:be ~emoved more easily
after the accessory gearbox mounting nuts:have:.been removed.
(3) Remove the´•4 accessory gearbox mbi~ntitlg’nutsi and ~carefully remove
the gearbox and laminated shims,

.6135C2dna
accessory Use
NOTE: Disconnect the front frame Sump´•Scaverige~ line as the gearbox

is being removed.
CAUTION: THE LAMINAT~D SHIMS ARE’USED’TO ALIGN THE ACCESSORY GEAR-

BOX WITH THE TRANSFER GEARBOX, BE SURE THE SHIMS ARE
MARKED SO THAT THEY WILL BE IN THE SAME.LOCATION WHEN THE
ACCESSORY GEARBOX IS REPLACED.
Sept 1/76 72-64-0

Page 201
GEIERALO ELECTRIE
Cj610´• ‘TURBOJET
(4) Remove the horizontal drive shaft.end cap from the rear middle pad of
the accessory gearbox. Discard two O-rings.
NOTE: The accessory gearbox mounting bracket was not removed or in-
stalled. If removal is necessary refer to 72-30, Maintena~ce
Practices.
B. Installation. (Using gage 2C5324.) The purpose of the following procedure

is to install the accessory gearbox so that its middle splined shaft´•axis´•
is parallel toand concentric with the splined shaft aiis of the transfer
gearbox. Use-alignment gage2C5324 only to perform this alignment. ~lhe
gage shall be equipped with the special eccentric ring as shown in figure
201. The eccentric ring is designed with the center mounting hole drilled.
0.020 inch off-center. This eliminates the need for use of any thernial
compensating shims under the´•transfer gearbox. -It is necessary to set the
low point of the eccentric at exactly 6 o’clock position.
NOTES: i. In normal operation, the mainframe of the engine grows

0.020 inch more´•than the front-frame because of thermal
expansion. The alignment is set to provide proper align-
ment in the hot or running condition.
2. Since the alignment inspection and adjustment is made with

the engine cold the transfer gearbox is 0.020 inchcloser~
to the engine’ center line than is the accessory gearbox.
The purpose of drilling the ID of the eccentric´•ring off-
center 0.020 is to move the apparent location of the acces-
sory’gearbox female
spline 0.020 inch closer td the engine
center line. This would place both the accessory gearbox
apparentspline and the trans´•fer gearbox spline at the´•same

distancefrom the erigine center´•line. In this position the
ideal alignment is to have a TIR of zero.
3. To allow for some variation, the limits of alignment are
established to alldw the accessory gearbox spline to be

within 0.012 inch of the´•transfer gearbox spline. This
0.012 inch can be in any 3600 direction. Since a dial
indEcatorreads twice the displacement, the ideal
align-
ment is 0.000 TIR and the max allowable misalignment is
2 x 0.012 inch 0.024 inch TIR.
72-6430 Sep 1j7

Page 202
6~n EIAL ELEC~RIC
CJ~10 TUR183ef
(1) Connect the front frame sump scavenge hose, and secure the accessory
gearbox and shims to the mounting bracket with 4 nuts. Torque the
nuts to 220-235 Ib-in.
NOTE: On initial installation of the accessory gearbox, the use of

0.035 inch shims on the rear studs and 0.040 inch shims on
the front studs is recommended as a starting point.
(2) Install the alignment gage as follows: (See figure 201.)
(a) With the transfer gearbox in its normal installed configuration

(i.e., no thermal compensating shims) install the short arbor of
the 2C5324 gage into the transfer gearbox by backing off the
spreader screw. Insert the arbor until it bottoms against seal
plug and secure in place by expanding the slotted end using the
spreader screw and a 3/16 inch Alien screw.
(b) Install the long arbor of the 2C5324 gage into the accessory
gearbox axis-B female spline by backing off the spreader screw
in the arbor. Insert the long arbor into the accessory gearbox
until it seats. Secure in place by expanding the slotted end
using the spreader screw and a 3/16 inch Alien wrench. Install
the eccentric ring by placing it on the stub shaft of the long
arbor and secure by tightening the setscrew.
CAUTION: WHEN USING THE ECCENTRIC RING DO NOT INSTALL THE

0.020 INCH THERMAL COMPENSATING SHIMS UNDER THE
TRANSFER GEARBOX.
(c) Install the dial indicator to the post on the short arbor installed
in the transfer gearbox~ Adjust the ball of the indicator so that
it contacts 6 o’clock position on the OD of the 1.50 inch
the
diameter eccentric ring installed on the stub shaft of the long
arbor.
-I)
Sep 1/75 72-64-0
Page 203
6L P IAL E LO eT I It --_-
C;JstO fURlt~DOSET
MAINTENIL~CE MANUAL SEI-186
(d) With the ball of the dial indicator contacting the OD of the
eccentric ring 6 o’clock position rotate the accessory
at the
gearbox arbor including the eccentric ring and observe the runout.
The runout should be twice the offset of 0.020 and give a TIR
(Total Indicator Reading) of 0.040 inch. Because of tolerance in
the tool and the reading may
spline, the not be exactly 0.040.
The readings slightly by removing the long arbor
can be varied
from the accessory gearbox and reinstalling it rotated 900, 1800
or 2700 relative to its original position in the female spline.
The long arbor should be rotated to these different locations until
the TIR of the eccentric is 0.038 0.042 inch.
(e) Once long arbor is located in the proper position relative to

the
the spline locate the minimum runout at exactly 6 o’clock
female
position by placing the dial indicator at 6 o’clock position and
rotating the accessory gearbox female spline including the long
arbor and observing the runout. The minimum runout shall be located
at 6 o’clock position. The arbor should be marked with a felt tip
marker, or equivalent, at the 6 o’clock position.
NOTES: i. The 6 o’clock mark shall be checked periodically to
ensure that it has not rotated off the 6 o’clock posi-

tion. It must remain in this position for the entire
alignment procedure.
2. The face of the eccentric ring has a "V.T.)’

(Vertical
Top) stamped at the point of maximum eccentricity.
This stamp should be at !2 o’clock position as a cross
check.
(3) Check displacement of splines as follows: (See figure 201.)
(a) With the match mark long arbor located at 6 o’clock and the
on the
ball of the contacting the OD of eccentric ring, rotate
indicator
the transfer gearbox spline and short arbor and note the indicator
reading as the indicator is rotated 3600. TheTIR (Total Indicator

Reading) must not exceed 0.024 inch.
72-64-0 Sep 1/75

Page 204
GEIEIAL~ tLECIRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(4) Check face alignment runout as follows: (See figure 202.)
(a) Place the ball of the dial indicator against the face of the long
arbor. The ball should be located approximately 1-1/2 inch from
the center of the arbor. The transfer gearbox spline should be
rotated and the indicator readings noted as the indicator rotates
through 3600 The max allowable face runout is 0.006 TIR.
(5) Alignment Procedure.
(a) Install and adjust the alignment gage per paragraph (2).
NOTE: The sequence can be performed

of~adjustments in any order
convenient to the
Experience has shown that the
operator.
following sequence will often reduce the time required.
(b) Record the face runout from 12 o’clock to 6 o’clock position

and add or subtract shims as
necessary on the front studs of
the accessory gearbox to reduce the 12 o’clock to 6 o’clock
runout to as cl~se to zero as possible.
(c) The low

point of the eccentric ring is to remain located at
6 o’clock position at all times. Record the eccentric ring
runout from 12 o’clock to 6 o’clock position. Add or subtract
equal amounts of shims to all four accessory gearbox studs to

reduce the runout to as close to zero as possible.
(d) Record the eccentric ring runout from 9 o’clock to 3 o’clock

position. Loosen the four nuts on the
accessory gearbox studs
and move the accessory gearbox laterally toward 9 or 3 o’clock
to reduce the runout to as close to zero as possible. Retorque
the four nuts to 220-235 Ib-in.
Sep 1/75 72-64-0

Page 205
GL#ERAL~B nLCOIIC
CJBIO TURIOJ6T
(e) Record the face runout from 9 to 3 o’clock position and loosen
the four nuts the accessory gearbox and rotate the gearbox
on
about its vertical axis. This will effect both the face runout
and the eccentric ring runout. Adjust to obtain the minimum
runout. Retorque the four nuts to 220-235 Ib-j.n.
(f~ Loosen the 4 nuts holding the transfer gearbox and rota~e the
transfer gearbox about the vertical axis. The transfer gearbox
is located by a pin between the two rear studs. The amount of
rotation should be limited to the amount of play between the
locating pin and its hole. Do not force the box beyond this
point. The us~ of this adjustment will change the 9 to 3 o’clock
readings on both the face readings and the eccentric ring
readings. Retorque the four nuts to 60-90 Ib-in.
NOTES: i. The use of steps (d), (e), and (f) used in combination is
normally sufficient to bring the alignment within

limits.
2. There are three additional adjustments but they are
not normally required. One is to loosen the bolts

holding the accessory gearbox bracket to the front
frame and move the bracket right or left within the
tolerance of the bolt diameter and the hole diameter.
The second is to loosen the bolts holding the com-
pressor casings to themainframe. The compressor

casing, front frame and accessory gearbox bracket,
canthen be rotated right or left about the engine
center line within the limits of the tolerance of
the bolt OD and the mainframe hole ID. The third,
and seldom used, adjustment is to put unequal shims
between the left hand studs and the right hand studs
of the accessory gearbox.
3. After all adjustments have been made and all mounting

bolts torqued a final check of both the
have been
face runout and the eccentric ring runout is required.
Recheck the low point of the eccentric ring to be cer-
tain it is still at 6 o’clock. The final limits are
not to exceed the following:
a. Face Run Out 0.006 inch TIR maximum
b. Eccentric Ring Run Out 0.024 inchTIR maximum
72-64-0 Sep 1/75

Page 206
CS6CO TUR sOSET
ECCENTRIC RING DETAILS
USING STEEL STAMP. MARK

’V.T." Ir 1/8 INCH HIGH LETTERS SCAIBE HORiZONTAL
O.
II
AND YERTICAL CENTER
LINES OF OD ON THI
FACE.
0.)00
3101
Y. I T.
0.015
0.005
CHAM 259
1.52
DIA
1.50
0.0205
0.01’15
0.980
DIA
0.975
,.16,
THREAD ´•FOR NO. 5 0.140
SETSCREY.
NOTES: 1~ LOCATE 0.975 0.980 INCH DIAMETER VITHIN

0.001 INCH OF.TRUE CENTER LINE HORIZONTAL.
2. INSTALL NO. 5 METAL SETSCREU IN THREAOED

HOLE.
3. ENLARGE 0.975 0.980 INCH DIAMETER AS

WECESSAAYTO PAOYIDE A SLIP FIT ON STUB
SHAFT OF LONG ARBOR OF TOOL P/N 205324.
ALL DIMENSIONS
AREIN1NCHES
LONG
ARBOR
(225324-6) DISPLACEMENT
0.024 TIR MAX.
POST SEAL PLUG

(2C5324-3)
RCtESSORY GEARBOX
I la~b
TRANSFER GEARBOX
ECCENTRIC
RING
SHORT
ARBOR
SPREADER
SCREW (2C5324-5)
-I
ENGINE SIDE VIEW
8C-0228
Accessory Gearbox Transfer Gearbox Spline Displacement

Figure 201
Sep 1/75 72-64-0

Page 206A
GLWERAL~ ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(6) Remove alignment gage 2C5324.
(7) Replace the accessory gearbox end cap and 2 new O-rings on the rear
middle pad. Secure it with 4 nuts and washers. Torquethe nuts to
60-90 Ib-in. Secure the bracket onthe upper left mounting stud also.
(8) Connect the 2 lube lines and the 3 remaining scavenge lines (with
new O-rings installed whereused) to the fittings n theaccessory
gearbox. Assemble clamps and brackets in locations previously noted,
(9) Install the following components per the referenced paragraphs:
(a) Lube pump and oil tank (79-21-0).
(b) Horizontal drive shaft (72-63-0).
(c) Fuel pump and control (73-13-0).
(d) Overspeed governor (73-22-0).
(e) Starter (refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual).
(f) Customer component that is mounted on the acceSsory geayboy

(refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual).
B1. Deleted.
3. Removal/Installation. ~CJ610-4, -6,and -8)
NOTE: Deleted.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the following components per thereferenced paragraphs:
(a) Starter (refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual).
(b) Customer component that is mounted onthe~accessbry gearbox

(refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual).
(d) Overspeed governor (73-22-0).
(e) Lube pump and oil tank (79-21-0).
(2) Disconnect I vent line, 2 lube supply lines and 1 scavenge line from
the fittings on the accessory gearbox. Note the-locafions of-clamps
and brackets.
72-64-0 Dec 1/77

Page 206B
EEIIRILQ ILPEIRIE --_
CJ610 TURBOJET
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
LONG
ARBOR APPROX. 1-1/2
(2(35324-6)
ECCENTRIC
RING
SPREADER--’ 0"
SCREW PARALLEL
POST
WITHIN 0.006 TIR
(205324-3)
SPREADER
SHORT II~ SCREW
ARBOR
(2(35324-5
TRANSFER GEARBOX
ALL DIMENSIDNS ENGINE TOP VIEW

~REININCHES
BC-0229
Accessory Gearbox Transfer Gearbox Face Alignment

Figure 202
Sep 1/75 .72-64-0

Page 206C/206D
GLWERAL~
CJ610 TURBOJET
(3) Using wrenches (2C5315 and 2C5316), remove the 4 accessory gearbox
mounting nuts and carefully remove the accessory gearbox.
NOTE: Do not use a universal adapter and socket wrench. Due to the
limited working space in this area, using these tools can
cause damage to the fuel manifolds.
(4) Remove the radial drive shaft (3, figure 203) from the port at the
6 o’clock position on the mainframe.
NOTE: When removing the gearbox be sure that the radial drive shaft
does not fall out and become damaged.
(5) Remove the guide cover (13, figure 203), shaft shield guide (14,
figure 203), and O-ring (12, figure 203) from the axis "A" bearing
housing.
(6) Remove the 4 shims (4, figure 203) from the mounting studs. Retain
the shims for use in assembly.
B. Installation.
(1) Lubricate both splines of the radial drive shaft (3, figure 203)
with a light coat of oil. Assemble the shaft to the gearbox (2,
figure 203).
NOTE: Be sure the radial drive shaft shield, at the gearbox end, is
round and free from nicks and dents. If necessary, li.ght
polishing is allowed on the end radius of the shield.
(2) Install a new O-ring (12, figure 203) in the groove in the’axis "A"
bearing on the gearbox. Assemble the shaft shield guide (14, figure
203) over the bearing housing. The shaft shield guide is a press
fit (by hand). Install the guide cover (13, figure 203) over the
shaft shield guide, snapping it into place.
(3) Install a shim (4, figure 203) over each of the studs in the mount-
ing bosses of the gearbox.
(4) Assemble O-rings (6, figure 203) to the right-hand scavenge

2 new
tube and O-rings (9, figure 203) to the left hand scavenge
2 new
tube. Install the tubes (5, 8, figure 203) in the scavenge ports in
the gearbox casing.
I Sep 1/75
Page 207 2-64-0
GEIERAL~ ELECfRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
J
10
ri
1. LOCKNUT 8. LEFT-HAND SCAVENGE TUBE
2. GEARBOX 9. O-RING
3. RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT 10. CAP
4. SHIM )1. MAINFRAME
5. RIGHT-HAND SCAVENGETUBE 12. O-RING
6. O-RING 13. GUIDECOVER
7. CAP 14. SHAFT SHIELD GUIDEI
CJ61040P1-0-D2
Installation of CJ610-4, -6 and -8 Gearbox

Figure 203
(5) Carefully position the gearbox (2, figure 203) on the gearbox brack-
ets; at the same time align the radial drive shaft (3, figure 203)
and the 2 scavenge tubes. If necessary, loosen the bolts that
secure the service tubes to the mainframe to align the scavenge
tubes. Slowly turn the engine rotor by hand to engage the radial
drive shaft spline in the PTO.
NOTE: This is a 2-man operation. Support the gearbox at all times

until it is secured to the brackets with the 4 locknuts. Be
careful not to damage the O-rings or shaft shield guide when
aligning the gearbox.
(6) Secure the gearbox and shims to the mounting bracket with 4 nuts.
Torque the nuts to 220-235 Ib-in.
(7) Connect the1 vent line, 2 lube supply lines and 1 scavenge line
(with new O-rings installed whereused) to the fittings on the ac-
cessory gearbox. Assemble clamps and brackets in locations pre-
viously noted.
72-64-0 Sep 1/75

Page 208
ELLt~llC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(8) Install the following components per the reference paragraphs:
(a) Lube pump and oil tank (79-21-0).
(b) Overspeed governor (73-22-0).
(d) Customer component that is mounted on the accessory gearbox

(refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual).
(e) Starter (refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual).
4. Inspection/Checks. When serviceable limits are exceeded the parts may be re-
paired in accordance with the Overhaul Manual.
A. Visually inspect the accessory gearbox for:
(3) Evidence of leakage None allowed.

between cover and
case.
(4) Evidence of seal See Operating Limits, Replace seal per

leakage at pads. Adjustment/Test, 72-00. paragraph 5.A. or
5.B.
(5) Stripped threads One full entrance thread. Substitute modified

in drain plug plug for drain plug
holes, per paragraph 5.0.
I Sep 1/75 72-64-0

Page 209
GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. At every exposure (accessories removed) of accessory gearbox female splines,

clean thoroughly with a suitable solvent and using a bright light visually in-
spect splines for:
NOTE: Deleted
(1) Wear at contact Approx. estimates can be

area. made by visually comparing
wear at contact points with
pieces of shim stock sized
to the limits below.
Axis B fwd (OSG). 0.007 inch. if within Service-

able Limits lubri-
Axis B aft (Horiz. cate splines as
Drive follows:
Shaft)
(CJ610-1,-5.-9 only). CJ610-1. -5. -9:

lubricate all
splines except axis

B aft. with lubri-
cant specified in
Section 72-01-1.
Lubricate axis B
aft spline with
engine oil.
NOTE: Replacement of the accessory gearbox CJ610-1. -5. -9 axis B gearshaft

for aft end spline excessive wear also requires replacement of the
horizontal drive shaft.
Axis B aft (Customer PTO/ 0.007 inch. CJ610-4. -6. -8:

Kyd. Pump). lubricate all
(CJ610-4, -6, -8 only). splines with lubri-
cant specified in
Section 72-01-1.
Axis C fwd (Customer PTO). 0.006 inch.
Axis C aft (Starter-Gen.). 0.008 inch.
Axis D fwd (Fuel Pump). 0.006 inch.
72-64-0
Page 210 Dec 31/95

GLWIRAL~ ELECTIIC
CJ610 TUBBOJET
5. ´•Repair.
A. Rubbing Seal Replacement. Axis C‘ forward and aft, axis B forward

(overspeed governor), axis D forward (fuel pump/main fuel control).
NOTE: For special tools, use kits (Part Numbers 205333 and 2C5334).
(2) Remove the seal housing retainer nuts.
(3) Remove the sealhousing with the puller.
NOTE: Axis D and B forward have combination seal and bearing

housings. When the housing is removed the entire axis D
ball bearing may be removed at the same time. The bearing
must be disassembled from the housing before removing the
seal. When the axis B housing is removed, the bearing outer
race may come out with the housing and must be pressed out of
the housing before the seal is disassembled.
(4) Remove the O-ring, then remove the rubbing seal from the seal housing
with the pusher.
(5) Remove the mating ring and packing ring.
I (8) Assemble the mating ring and packing to the gearshaft, seating the
mating ring (packing side) against the bearing face.
(9) Assemble the O-ring to the O-ring groove in either the seal housing
or gearbox casing.
CAUTION: O-RING MUST BE INSTALLED IN FIRST (FORWARD) AXIS-B PORT

RECESS IN COVER ASSEMBLY.
(10) Lubricate the OD of therubbing seal with engine oil and assemble it
to the seal housing.
Sep 1/75 72-64-0

Page ~11
GtWIRAL~ fLECTIIC
CJ~10 TURSQJtT
(11) Lubricate OD of the seal housing with engine oil and assemble it
the
to the gear
shaft, mounting studs, and seal housing bore in the gear-
box casing with the pusher.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN HANDLING RUBBING SEALS. THE CARBON SUR-

(12) Lubricate the studs with engine oil. Secure the seal housing with
nuts; torque them to 10-15 Ib-in.
B. Rubbing Seal Replacement, Axis "B" Aft. (CJ610-4, -6, and -8)
NOTE: For special tools use kits (Part Numbers 205334 and 205333).
(2) Bend the locking tabs away from the bolt heads. Discard the locking
tabs.
CAUTION: REMOVE ONE RETAINING BOLT AT A TIME AND REPLACE WITH RE-
TAINING PIN FROM TOOL KIT 205333 BEFORE PROCEEDING TO THE
NEXT BOLT. IF ALL 3 RETAINING BOLTS ARE REMOVED WITHOUT
THE USE OF RETAINING PINS, THE BEARING RETAINER INSIDE THE
GEARBOX WILL BE DISLOCATED REQUIRING REMOVAL AND DISASSEM-
BLY OF THE GEARBOX TO PROPERLY ASSEMBLE THE BEARING
.RE-NIATER
(3) Remove one of theretaining retaining pin from
bolts and install a
tool kit 205333 in its place. Remove the second

retaining bolt and
install a retaining pin in its place. Remove the third retaining
bolt and install a retaining pin in itsplace. (By replacing retain-´•
ing bolts with retaining pins the bearing retainer inside the gearbox
will be held in position.)
(4) Remove the seal housing with the puller 205333.
(5)Remove the O-ring; using the pusher 2C5334, remove the rubbing seal
from the seal housing.
(6) Remove the O-rings from the 3 bolt holes.
.(7) Remove the mating ring and packing from the shaft.
´•i
I 72-64-0
Page 212
Sep 1/75
GLNERAL~ ELECnlC
CJ610 TUBbCBJET
i (10) Insert a seal guide, 2C5336 into the bore of the gearshaft.
s (11) Assemble the mating ring and packing to the gearshaft, seating the
mating ring (packing side) against the shaft shoulder, using inser-
ter 205335.
NOTE: Some mating rings have 2 tabs. These tabs must be aligned
with slots in the spanner nut.
(12) Assemble the three O-rings to the 3 bolt hole O-ring grooves.
(13) Lubricate the OD of the rubbing seal with engine oil and assemble it
to the seal housing with the pusher 205334.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN HANDLING RUBBING SEALS. THE CARBONI SUR-

(14) Assemble the O-ring to the seal housing.
(15) Lubricate the OD of the seal housing with engine oil and assemble it
to the gearbox housing. Use tool 205334.
(16) Bend the washer tabs approximately 30 degrees. Lubricate the bolts
with oil. Replace the retaining pins with the bolts and tab washers.
Torque the bolts to 25-35 Ib-in. Bend the tabs to secure the bolts.
Use new tab washers.
NOTE: Bend one tab on washer to meet best aligned side of hex bolt.
d
Sep 1/75 72-64-0
Page 213
G tW ERI L ELLCTIIC
CJB10 TURS83eV
.470
-I
APPROX.
MAKE FROM
MS 9571~4
CJ6106119-~C2
Replacement Plug
Figure 204
C. Substituting Modified Plug for Drain Plug.
CAUTION: THIS REPAIR IS LIMITED TO 300 HOURS OF SERVICE AND MUST BE

ENTERED IN THE ENGINE LOG BOOK.
(1) Clean drain hole to make sure it is free of foreign material.
(2) Fabricate areplacement plug per figure 204.
(3) Install O-ring onto the replacement plug and install plug into gear-
box. Tighten plug to 60-80 Ib-in. of torque and lockwire.
7?-64-0 Sep 1/75

Page 214
CHAPTER
ENGINE FUEL
AND CONTROL
6fW ERAL ~B ELfCfRl5
CJ610 TURBOJET
CHAPTER 73 FUEL AND CONTROL SYSTE~
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pane
73-00’ FUEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM

Troubleshooting 101
73-11-0 Fuel Heater (Airframe Furnished)

Fuel Filter Low Pressure (Airframe Furnished)
73-12-0 Fuel Flowmeter (Airframe Furnished)
73-13-0 Fuel Pump

Maintenace Practices 201
73-14-0 Fuel Filter O.S.G. Servo
73-15-0 Fuel Pressurizing Valve (CJ610-1, -5 and -9 Engines)
73-16-0 Fuel Drain Valve (CJ610 -1, -5 and -9 Engines)
73-17-0 Fuel Pressurizing and Drain Valve (CJ610-4, -6, -8 and -8A
Engines) Maintenance Practices 201
73-18-0 Fuel Nozzles
73-19-0 Fuel Manifolds
73-20 FUEL CONTROLLING
73-21-0 Fuel Control

73-22-0 Overspeed Governor
73-23-0 CDP Line to Fuel Control
73-24-0 CDP Line to Aspirator
73-25-0 Variable Geometry Actuator Lines
Dec 31/91 73
Page 1
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 73- FUEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
73 ’r Dec 31/95 73-19-0 *201 thru 203 Dec 31/95
Contents 1 Dec 31/91 73-21-0 201 Mar 30/67

202 Apr 15/68
73-00 Dec 30/78 *202A/202B Dec 31/95
2 Mar 30/67 *203 Dec 31/95
3 Jan 15/69 204 thru 205 Sep 1/75
4 Sep 15/69
5 Apr 15/68 73-22-0 *201 thru 203 Dec 31/95
6 Jan 15/69
7 Dec 30/78 73-23-0 *201 thru 202 Dec 31/95
8 Sep 15/69
73-24-0 *201 thru 202 Dec 31/95
101 Nov 15/67
73-25-0 *201 thru 203 Dec 31/95
*201 thru 202 Dec 31/95
*202A/202B Dec 31/95
203 thru 204 Mar 30/84
*205 thru 207 Dec 31/95
73-12-0 ’201 thru 203 Dec 31/95
73-13-0 *201 thru 202 Dec 31/95

’202A/202B Dec 31/95
*203 Dec 31/95
204 Mar 30/84
205 thru 207 Sep 1/76
208 thru 209 Nov 1/80
73-14-0 ’201 thru 203 Dec 31/95
73-15-0 *201 thru 202 Dec 31/95
73-16-0 ’201 thru 202 Dec 31/95
73-17-0 *201 thru 202 Dec 31/95
73-18-0 201 Dec 31/91

202 Mar 30/67
"202A/202B Dec 31/95
*203 thru 211 Dec 31/95
*Asterisk indicates pages added, changed, or deleted by this revision.
73
Dec 31/95 I
GE W ERA ia~ tiE CTR IC
CJGIO TURBOJET
SEr1..
ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
i. General. The fuel system is a hydro-mechanical system designed to provide

the proper of fuel to´•the engine for! optimum performance throughout
amount
the operating range.’ It also provides´•fuelfor operation of the-engine
variable geometry, to lubricate and operateservos in thefuel control and
overspeed governor, and as a coolantfor engine lube oil..
2. Description. The major components of the system include the~ fuel pump,the
fuel control, the overspeed governpr, the O.S.G. servo filter, the fuel
flowmeter (airframe furnished),~the oi~.cooler, the fuel pressurizing valve,
two fuel manifolds, twelve fuelnozzles, the manifold drain valve and two
variable ge.ometry actuators, Maintenance of the actuators is covered in
Section 75-00.) Figure 1 is a schematic of the fuel system showing the:re-
lation of the components in the´•f~ow path.
A. Fuel Pump.
The fuel~ pump is mounted on ’the ri~ht h~.nd drive pad of the accessor’y
gearbox.’ It is a dual-element~, self-lubricating pump, consisting of-a
low pressure dr boost stage, a high- pressure stage, a fuel screen, a~ re-
lief valve and’high and low pressure’taps. Its primary purpose is to
supply high ~ressure ~fuei to ~he fuel control. ´•´•I´•ts secondary: purpos:e is
to supply high pressure fuel to the dverspeed,governor servos.
B. Fuel Contro~.
l;he fuel control is mounte~d.on fuel

ahydro-
the pump. The control is
mechanical .unit’that pourejr output of the basic
se;lects’and
regulate’s thd
engine, maintaining its operation within.an.envelope of safe operating

limits by performing the fdllowinff.specific functions:
(1) It egtablishes maximum,safe~, fuel flow´•´•limits for all operating

conditions, including automatiq,´•- starting.
(2)-It regulates’engine speed by metering fuel to the combustion section.
(3).:It automatically alters the fuelschedules to maintain the desired

power setting as operatlngtemperatures and pressures change.
(4) It regulates fuel flow to simultaneously position Tthe variable vanes

and bleed valves to a defined scheduleduring tran~ient and steady-
:state operation.
(5) It provides the proper minimum fuel flow for inflight engine start-
ing, and for prevention of combustor flameouts due to lean fuel-air
mixtures during deceleration.
~Mar. 3bj67 73-00
PagB 1
b INLET GUIDE VANE AND
SENSING L!NE
(2!"7
o
t~ BLEED VALVE ACTUATORS
FUEL HEATER COMBUSTION

CHAMBER
r--l I ~r Ir’ I PRESSUR-

IZING
qll VALVE
"tl
I I I I ACTUATOR
L~SL,,,J RELIEF SERVO
v,-
r’--7
")125rl
VALVE7 011
,(IFILTERI 200 MESH STOP

COOLER
BYPASS
L,
~L+I SCREENVALVECOCK
(D I II /I 1 111/\ 11 I ~1 II i 1 I I I I I I
r
OVERSPEED
GOVERNOR
r´•e
r´• m
9~ ~IFUEL
c~
(D
j
BOOST
INLET
1
200 MESH
SCREEN lor
F\LTER
~IUMAIN RING
VALVE
I II IL FLOWMETER
PRESSURE
c~
;O’
SENSING
ELEMENT GEAR ´•O
s.c. LINE
ELEMENT VALVE t
DRAIN 10
r- TO SERVOS
a
FILTER40r MANIFOLD
MAIN PUMP I~ IB] MAIN CONTROL DRAIN
COMBUSTION
CHAMBER
CONTROL AND PUMP DRAIN I DRAIN
BYPASS FLOW
LOW PRESSURE 1~ DRAIN
HIGH PRESSURE
DASH LINES INDICATE AIRFRAME EQUIPMENT
I Im
O I Ir
cJsio-607o-o´•nrn g,
GEWERAL.~ ELECTR.e
CJ64’0 TURB:OJET
SEI-186 ´•I RIAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) It provides a positive fuel shut offvalve.
C. Overspeed Gavernor. 1
The overspeed governor is mounted on the forward center pad of.the ac-
cessory gearbox. It is an isochronous, hydro-mechanlcal, self-contained
unit placed in series with.the fuel control.- Its purpose is.to, override
the fuel control if the
engine overspeeds. Under´•normal operating con-
.ditions ~all fuel
passes through; the governor wnhindered..’ ~But i.f an
overspeed.. occurs, the governor cuts in and maintains a constant engine
speedby metering.the flow through.itand bypassing the excess fuel to
the fuel pump inlet.
D. Fuel Filter Overspeed Governor Servo.
The O.S.G. servo´•filter is externally-mounted on a´•bracket attached to
the overspeedovernor, It is a high pressure filter mounted.in the

overspeed governor servo fuel supply line to protect the servo mechanism
from contamination.
NOTE: There are three additional filters in the fuel system: The low
pressurefilter (airframe furnished), the´•fuel pump filter inter-
nally in-stalled in~ the fuel pump, and the fuel~cgntrol filter in-
ternally ´•installed.in the fuel control.
´•E. Fuel´• Flowmeter. (Airframe furnished)
The fuel~flowmeter is:installed in the fuell´•ine between theoverspeed

governor and ~the´• oil´•cooler. ´•It’ measures engine fuel, flow:to -the fuel
manifolds.
F. .OiLCooler.
The oil cooler is recessed in the oil tank which is, mounted at the 4
o’clock‘position on the compressor stater casing. it receives fuel from

theflowmeter and d-i´•scharges fuel to the.pressurizing valve. ´•´•-It uses
fuel flow;to cool´•lube.oilfrom the oil tank. For further -details refer
to Section 79-23-0.
G. Fuel Pressurizing Valve. (CJ610-1, -6 and-9 engines)
The´•fuel pressurizi\ng valveis´•bolted to the forward side.of:the oil

cooler. It maintains a back pressure on the fuel control to ensure
proper fuel pressure on the control servos and the variable geometry
servos during low fuel flow conditions.
15//69
Jan.
:Page-3’7~3-00
GEWERAL ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
H. Fuel Drain Valve. (CJ610-1, -5 and -9 engines)
The fuel drain valve is clamped to the accessory gearbox driveshaft

cover. It permits draining of the fuel nozzles and fuel manifolds at
engine shutdown.
I. Fuel Pressurizing and Drain Valve. (CJ610-4, -6 and -8 engines)
The fuel pressurizing and drain (P and D) valve is bolted to a boss at
the 6 o’clock position on the compressor casing. It performs the func-

tions of both the fuel pressurizing valve and fuel drain valve on the
CJ610-4, -6 and -8 engines.
J. Fuel Manifolds.
The2 fuel manifolds are secured with clamps to the flange of the
front
mainframe. They receive metered fuel from the pressurizing valve and
distribute fuel to the fuel nozzles.
K. Fuel Nozzles.
Twelve fuel nozzles are bolted to equally spaced pads around the main-
frame. The fuel nozzles provide the correct spray pattern of metered
fuel flow to the combustion chamber for the entire operating range of
the engine. The fuel nozzles incorporate a flow divider, a primary and
secondary flow passage, and an air shrouded spin chamber orifice. Dur-
ing starting, low-pressure fuel in the primary passage sprays toward the
igniter tip for ignition. At higher speeds, the increased fuel pressure
opens the flow divider. This allows the fuel to flow into the secondary
passage, into the spin chamber where it merges with the primary fuel
spray, and then into the mid-annulus of the combUstion liner. The air
shroud sweeps air across the nozzle orifice to prevent carbon buildup.
L. The 2 geometry actuators are located at 2 and 8 o’clock on the

variable
compressor stater
casing. The actuators position the variable vanes and
the bleed valves as scheduled by the fuel control. Synchronizing cables
ensure that the 2 actuators move in unison. (Maintenance of the actua-
tors is cove´•red in Section 75-00.)
3. System Control Signals. To provide proper engine operation, signals repre-
senting the pilot’s requirements and the engine operating conditions are fed
to the fuel control. The following is a list of the signals and their func-
tions.
Sept. 15/69
73-00Page 4
6EW ERAL e~
’CJBIO TURBOJET
Signal Function
Throttle Position Fedto control through aircraft linkage and

represents the pi´•lot’s demand for a specific
rpm.
Engine Speed Sensed through~englne-driven flyweight gov-

ernor in the fuel control. It is used to
determine fuel flow to the engine and vari-
able geometry- position.
Compressor Discharge Indicates the am~unt of air available for

Pressure (CDP) ’combustion. It is used in conjunction with
other parameters to determine acceleration
Bchedule and is the controlling parameter in
setting the deceleration schedule.
Compressor Inlet Indicates temperature of inlet air. It is
Temperature -(CIT) used to determine acceleration and variable
geometry positioning schedules.
Variable Geometry Indicates position of inlet guide vanes and

Feedback bleed valves. This is compared with desired
vane and valve position to determine fuel
pressure to the variable geometry actuators.
4. Deleted.
73-00
Page 5
.IU‘-
´•09 1 2
cDO
O
Q, 37
20
jij
-i
8 21
s
II 22
O 7~7 1 O
21 19
7
(D 2~11
r
8
~n I
40 ´•js ~II
OOm
24 t:
2 P
ro,r´• r 35-~ 25
09 ~cg m
r
5
13 ´•33
(D-
38 30 28 C=
18 17 16 15 14 12 11 10 34 32 ;11 31 29 27 26 a;XI
U1 Mmr,
RIGHT HAND SIDE LEFT HAN~D SIDE
Z1
pr O:
39 11 27 1. FEEDBACK CABLE CONDUIT 21. FUEL MANIFOLD 171
35
2. ACTUATOR HOSE FITTING 22. ENGINE MOUNT
rD
3. ACTUATOR HOSE FITTING 23. FUEL NOZZLE
M 4. ACTUATOR HOSE 24. FUEL MANIFOLD FITTING
29 5. VENT LINE 25. T-FITTING
99
r´•
33 31
32I ~I 21
6. CLAMP
7´• ACTUATOR HOSE FITTING
26. MANIFOLD DRAIN TUBE
27. DRAIN VALVE
m 8. ACTUATOR HOSE FITTING 28. SHAFT COVER
9. FUEL FLOWMETER 29. TUBE, CDP TO FUEL CONTROL
10. HOSE, FLOWMETER TO OIL COOLER 30. CLAMP
26 HOSE, FUEL CONTROL TO O/S GOVERNOR 31. OVERSPEED GOVERNOR
12. CLAMP 32. HOSE, FUEL PUMP TO FUEL FILTER
13. TUBE, CDP TO ASPIRATOR 33. TUBE, FUEL FILTER TO O/S GOVERNOR
14. HOSE, FUEL PUMP TO PRESSURIZING VALVE 34. FUEL FILTER
15. PRESSURIZING VALVE 35. TUBE, O/S GOVERNOR TO FLOWMETER
4
16. SCREW 36. HOSE, O/S GOV. TO PUMP INLET
e, 17. HOSE, PRESSURIZING VALVE TO DRAIN ADAPTER
5: 1 I~ I VALVE 37. ACTUaTOR HOSE FITTING
18. OIL COOLER 38. HOSE, FUEL CONTROL TO DRAIN TEE
11 n
19. BOLT 39. NUT
Cn
20. BOLT 40. FUEL CONTROL ´•r
Q,
BOTTOM VIEW Q,
clsio-ao73-,-n?* 0,
CO
a
O
vl
24 m
H
w r
o 03
2 lnl ii´• /--23
~J I Ilo
03
P
4 20
6 21
T30014r"f /1PYI~
ol Ib# Hlj; ,o
;000; .000;
I 17
o:
F2
21
19 ~io ~2
4 16 t
Q)
30 6
RIGHT HAND SIDE
c 31 1
H
40 LEFT HAND SIDE z It
35
9 111 7 3937 411312 1125323~ c~
.ZDO
o
2 ~O 36 32 33 35 31 14 26
cJn
~D
j i,
2.
FEEDBACK CABLE CONDUIT
ACTUATOR HOSE FITTING
21.
22.
FUEL MANIFOLD
ENGINEMOUNT
t
m
3. FLOWMETER ELBOW 23. FUEL NOZZLE
4. ACTUATOR HOSE FUEL MANIFOLD FITTING
i 5. VENT LINE 25. TUBE FITTING
F
6 6´• CLAMP TUBE P AND D VALVE TO MANIFOLD
31 26.
7. FLOWMETER BASE CONNECTOR 27. PRESSURIZING AND DRAIN VALVE
39 8, ACTUATOR TUBE FITTING 28. ACTUATOR TUBES
9. FUEL FLOWMETER 29. TUBE, CDP TO FUEL CONTROL
10. TEE FITTING 30. TUBE FITTING
ii. HOSE. FUEL CONTROL TO O S GOVERNOR 31. OVERSPEED GOVERNOR
lp 4 1 12´• CLAMP 32. HOSE, FUEL PUMP TO FUEL FILTER
13. TUBE, tDP TO ASPIRATOR 33. HOSE, FUEL FILTER TO O 5 GOVERNOR
c :I;
14. HOSE, FUEL PUMP TO P g D VALVE 34. FUEL FILTER
34
15. CLAMP 35. HOSE, O 3 GOVERNOR TO FLOWMETER
16, TUBE, NO. 1 BEARING SCAVENGE 36. HOSE, O 3 GOVERNOR 10 PUMP INLET 4C.*.PTER
1
~3 17. TEE FITTING 37. HOSE, OIL COOLER TO P AND D VALVE
18. OIL COOLER 38. HOSE. FUEL CONTROL TO DRAIN TEE
19 BOLT
BOTTOM VIEW
v
I I’sI I I- 1 20. BOLT 40.39. NUTFUELCONTROL J

L1. CLAMP 80-0383
Cb 12 14 41 16 37
OQw
m
b Fuel System CJ610-4, -6 and -8 Engines
Figure 3
5EI(ERILOIITEIIIIC--
CJ610 TURBOJET
COMBUSTION CASING DRAIN

DRAIN VALVE
OVERSPEED GOVERNOR DRAIN
HIGH PRESSURE FILTER
FUEL CONTROL FILTER
FUEL PUMP FILTER FUEL PUMP DRAIN TEE
CJ610-1, -5 AND -9 BOTTOM VIEW
OVERSPEED GOVERNOR DRAIN
01
COMBUSTION CASING DRAIN
PRESSURIZING VALVE DRAIN
HIGH PRESSURE FILTER
FUEL CONTROL FILTER FUEL PUMP FILTER

FUEL PUMP DRAIN TEE
CJ610-4, -6 AND -8 BOTTOM VIEW

CJ61~b113-I-*2*
Fuel System Filters and Drains
Figure 4
73-00 Sept. 15/69

Page 8
G EW ERAL 4~D E1E CtR IC
CJB10 TURBOJET
FUEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM TROUBLE-SHOOTING
i. General. Visual checks are important when trouble-shooting the fuel and
control system, because small defects in mechanical, hydraulic or pneumatic
signal lines canaffect the fuel flow schedule. A mistaken notion that the
fuel control must be changed disappointment when the engine
later becomes a
is run-up, and the malfunction persists despite the new fuel control. Per-
form operational checks whenever possible, to identify all available symp-

toms of the malfunction. The test facilities, spare parts on hand, type of
malfunction and the importance of time usually determine how much testing
and investigation precedes the decision to replace a component. An obvious
symptom, such as a pressurizing and drain valve that does not drain at shut-
down, requires little testing or analysis before the "fix" is established.

Acceleration problems are in a more difficult category, and special tests
are almost a necessity.
Trouble-Shooting information is furnished in Chapter 72-00.
15/67
Nov.
Page
10173-00
GENERAL
~Jslo Ti~FiSOJET
SEI-186
MAI~JTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS
IDLY ADHERED TO:
WHENEVER MECHANICAL REMOVAL OF MATERIAL, SUCH AS MACHINING,

PRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT MUST BE WORN.´•AND NA-
TTONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS REQUIRED FOR THE HANDLING OF
BEFORE HANDLING. REPLACING. OR DISPOSING OF ASBESTOS-CONTAIN-

1. General. The information presented under system maintenance applies to the
system as a whole. Maintenance information which applies to an individual com-
ponent is presented as part of the maintenance information for that component.
2. Removal/Installation. Most external lines can be removed and replaced by em-
ploying ormal maintenance procedure. When replacing lines, install new clamps
where necessary.
CAUTION: 1. WHEN REASSEMBLING ANY UNIT IN THIS SECTION. LUBRICATION COMPOUNDS MUST BE
APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES.
2. ANY SELF-LOCKING NUT IS REUSABLE PROVIDING BOLT OF PROPER SIZE CAN-
NOT BE SCREWS THROUGH BY HAND.
3. ALL O-RINGS MUST BE DISCARDED AND REPLACED WITH NEW ONES.
4. ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE LOCKWIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 72-01-2.
5. ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE TORQUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 72--01-3.
3. Adiustment/Test. The only adjustment that can be made on the fuel system is on
the fuel control; therefore, all adjustments are in 73-21-0.
73-00
Dec 31/95 Page 201

CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4. Inspection/Check. Inspect the following items during periodic inspections of

the engine.
A. Secureness of all studs, bolts, stand-off brackets or braces to which acces-
sories are fastened.
B. Accessories for leakage and/or cracking of mounting pads.
C. Lines and connection for leaks and/or evidence of wear per 72-02-1.
D. Clamping of lines for secureness per 72-02-1.
E. Throttle linkage for binding or excessive resistance.
5. Repairs.
A. Tighten or replace fittings as necessary to stop leaks.
B. Tighten bolts, brackets, and fasteners which secure the accessories to the
engine.
C. Remove and replace accessories with cracks in mounting pads.
WARNING: ASBESTOS
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE KAY INVOLVE A PART THAT CONTAINS ASBESTOS,

MAY RESULT.
D. Remove and replace leaking and/or chafed lines. If fire-sleeve is worn,
remove the line

from the engine, loosen the clamp on each end of the line,
and remove the covering. Check the line. If no damage is evident, install
new covering (72-02-1). and tighten clamps. Install the line on the engine.
torque connector nut, and lockwire.
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO STOP LEAKS AT THE END FITTINGS OF HOSES BY TIGHTENING THE
HEX FITTINGS THAT SECURE THE END FITTING TO THE HOSE.
E. If leaks result from cross threading or other damage to accessories, replace

the accessory. Refer to maintenance instructions on the component to which
the damage occurred.
73-00
Page 202 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
6. Servicing.
A. Approved fuels. Use JP-4. JP-5, conforming to G.E. Specifica-

or JP-8 fuels
tion D50TF2. MIL-T-5624, or I lists engine fuels conform-
MIL-T-83133. Table
ing to GE Aircraft Engines Specification D50TF2. Class A, and are approved

for use in GE Aircraft Engines. CJ610 series.
NOTE 1: Mixing of fuel types is allowed if density knob on the fuel control
is properly set (73-21-0).
NOTE 2: Two configurations (Type A and Type B) exist for the fuel density
setting (73-21-0, figure 201A). The JP-5 setting on Type A is
equivalent to the -3 setting on Type B. The JP-4 setting on Type A

is equivalent to the -2 setting on Type B. JP-8 fuel uses the same
setting as JP-5 fuel.
TABLE I
APPROVED FUEL LIST
Density
Setting
Company Product Name Type A/B
i. American Oil Company American Jet Fuel Type A JP-5/-3

American Jet Fuel Type A-1 JP-5/-3
2. Atlantic-Richfield ArcojetA JP-5/-3

Arcojet A-i JP-5/-3
Arcojet B JP-4/-2
3. British Petroleum BP A.T.K. JP-5/-3

Co.. Ltd. BP A.T.G. JP-4/-2
BP AVCAT 48 JP-5/-3
73-00
Dec 31/95 Page 202A/202B
Ct At R A L E LE C1R It
cJsld TUR~03ET
SE1-186 MAI~TENANCE MA~EjUAL
TABLE I
APPROVED FUEL LIST (Cont)
Density
Setting
4. California Texas Caltex Jet A-i JP-5/-3
Caltex Jet B 3P-4/-2
5. Cities Service Oil Co. Turbine Type A JP-5/-3
6. Continental Oil Co. Conoco Jet-40 JP-5/-3

Conoco Jet-50 JP-5/-3
Conoco Jet-60 JP-5/-3
Conoco JP-4 JP-4/-2
7. Empire State SMC JP-5/-3
8. Esso International Esso Turbo Fuel A-i JP-5/-3

Esso Turbo Fuel A JP-5/-3
Esso Turbo ~uel B J"-4/-2
9. Gulf OilCorp. Gulf Jet A JP-5/-3

Gulf Jet A-1 jP-5/-3
10. Humble Oil and Esso Turbo Fuel A-i JP-5/-3

Refining Co. Enco Turbine Fuel A-i JP-5/-3
Esso Turbo Fuel A JP-5/-3
Enco Turbo Fuel A JP-5/-3
Esso Turbo Fuel B JP-4/-2
Enco TurboFuel B 3P-4/-2
Esso Turbo Fuel 5 JP-5/-3
Enco Turbo Fuel 5 JP-5/-3
11. Mobil Oil Co. ´•Mobil Jet A JP-5/-3

Mobil Jet A-1 JP-5/-3
Mobil Jet B JP-4/-2
Mobil Jet 4 JP-4/-2
Mobil Jet 5 JP-5/-3
11A Murphy Oil Co. Murphy Jet A JP-5/-3
12. Phillips Petroleum Co. Philjet A-50 JP-5/-3

Philjet JP-4 JP-4/-2
13. Pure Oil Co. Purejet Turbine Fuel Type A JP-5/-3

Purejet Turbine Fuel Type A-i JP-5/-3
14. Shell Oil Co. Aeroshell Turbine Fuel JP-4 JP-4/-2

Aeroshell Turbine Fuel 640 JP-5/-3
Aeroshell Turbine Fuel 650 JP-5/-3
Shell Jet A JP-5/-3
15. Sinclair Refining Co. Sinclair Superjet Fuel JP-5j-3
73-00
Mar 30/84
Page 203
GENLRAL f LL CT R IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE I
APPROVED FUEL CIST (Cont)
Density
Setting
16. Chevron Oil Co. Chevron Jet Fuel A-i JP-5/-3

Chevron Turbine Fuel B JP-4/-2
17. Standard Oil Co. Standard JF A JP-5/-3

(Kentucky) Standard JF A-i JP-5/-3
18. Standard Oil Co. Jet A Kerosene JP-5/-3

(Ohio) Jet A-i Kerosene JP-5/-3
19. Standard Oil Co. Standard Turbine Fuel A-1 JP-5/-3

(TexaS) Standard Turbine Fuel B JP-4/-2
20. Texaco, Incorporated Texaco Avjet A JP-5/-3

Texaco A~jet A-i 3P-5J-3
Texaco Avjet B JP-4/-2
21. Union Oil Co. of 76 Turbine Fuel JP-5/-3

California Union JP-4 JP-4/-2
Industry/Government Specification
22. Air Total Turbine Fuel, 1 and 1A JP-5/-3

ASTM Jet A Aircraft Turbine Fuel JP-5/-3
ASTM Jet B Aircraft Turbine Fuel JP-4/-2
ASTM Jet A-i JP-5/-3
23. British Fuel D ENG. R.D. 2482, ACTTUR 40 JP-5/-3

British Fuel D.ENG. R.D.2486, AVTAG I
JP-4/-2
British Fuel D ENG. R.D. 2494, AVTUR 50 JP-5/-3
British Fuel D ENG. R.D. 2498, AVCAT 48 JP-5/-3
British Fuel D ENG. R.D. 2488, AVCAT JP-5/-3
24. Canadian Fuel 3-GP-22 JP-4/-2

Canadian Fuel 3-GP-23 JP-5/-3
Canadian Fuel 3-GP-24 JP-5/-3
25. France Air 3404/B JP-5/-3

France Air 3405-C JP-5/-3
France Air 3407/B JP-4/-2
26. Germany TL 9130-006 JP-4/-2

Germany TL 9130-007 JP-5/-3
73-00 Mar 30/84

Page 204
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE I
APPROVED FUEL LIST
Density
Setting
27.MIL-T-5624G JP-4 JP-4/-2

MIL-T-5624G JP-5 JP-5/-3
MIL-T-83133 JP-8 JP-5/-3
28. NATO F-30 (Jet A) JP-5/-3

NATO F-34 (Jet A-i) JP-5/-3
NATO F-35 (Jet A-1) JP-5/-3
NATO F-40 (JP-4) JP-4/-2
NATO F-42 (JP-5) JP-5/-3
NATO F-44 (JP-5) JP-5/-3
NATO F-45 (JP-4) JP-4/-2
29. Romania 3754/73 (CS-3) JP-5/-3
30. USSR COST 10227 (TS-1) JP-5/-3

USSR COST 12308 (T-7) JP-5/-3
73-00
Dec 31/95 Page 205
GENERAL ELECTRID------
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENflNCE MANUAL
B. Use of aviation gasoline.
WARNING: AVIATION GASOLINE MIL-G-5572
FLAMMABLE DO NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, NEAR OPEN FLAMES, NEAR
ELECTRICAL SPARKS, OR ON VERY HOT SURFACES.
USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. BE CAREFUL NOT TO BREATHE

VAPORS.
DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. DO NOT GET IN EYES, ON SKIN, OR ON CLOTH-

ING.
CAUTION: ENGINE OPERATING TIME USING AVIATION GASOLINE IS LIMITED TO 25

HOURS DURING ANY ONE OVERHAUL PERIOD. OPERATING TIME WITH AVIATION
GASOLINE MUST BE RECORDED WHEN THE MIXTURE CONTAINS MORE THAN 50
PERCENT OF AVIATION GASOLINE BY VOLUME.
REFER TO AIRCRAFT FAA-APPROVED FLIGHT MANUAL FOR ALTITUDE RESTRIC-

TIONS WHEN USING AVIATION GASOLINE FUEL.
(1) Use aviation gasoline as an EMERGENCY fuel only, when JP-4, JP-5, and
JP-8 fuels are not available.
(2) When aviation gasoline is used, the following conditions shall apply:
(a) The lowest octane fuel available shall be used.
(b) Adjust the fuel density knob (73-21-0).
C. Additives.
(1) Anti-icing.
Phillips PFA-55MB (Phillips Petroleum Co., 758 Adams Bldg.,

Bartlesville, OK 74004) and Methyl Cellosolve (Union Carbide Corp., Old
Ridgebury Rd., Danbury, CT 06817) are approved for use in the fuels
contained in the Approved Fuel List (table I) at a concentration not in
excess of 0.15 percent by volume.
73-00
Page 206 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRID-----
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Fuel Leak Detection.
WARNING: OIL AND JET FUEL DYES
FLAMMABLE KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT, SPARKS. AND OPEN FLAME.
USE IT IN A WELL-VENTILATED AREA. AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED

WEAR RUBBER GLOVES AND CHEMICAL GOGGLES.
FLUSH SKIN WITH WATER AND SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION IF SOLUTION

CONTACTS SKIN.
STORE IN APPROVED METAL SAFETY CONTAINER.
Automate Yellow 662 (Morton Chemical Co.. 335 McClean Blvd., Patterson.
N.J. 07504) is approved for fuel leak detection at a concentration of
1.6 ounces for every 100 US gallons.
73-00
IDee 31195 Page 20)

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL FLOWMETER MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:
BEFORE ANY MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES ARE UNDERTAKEN. REVIEW THE



1. General. The fuel flowmeter is an airframe-furnished part. The following main-

tenance procedures apply to GE Aircraft.Engines flowmeter P/N 37E501504G001.
Refer to the Aircraft Manual if a different flowmeter is installed.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the CJ610-1. -5. and -9 fuel flowmeter as follows: (See 73-00,
figure 2).
NOTE: For removal of the CJ610-4. -6. -8, and -8A fuel flowmeter, see
step A.(2).
(a) Disconnect the fuel lines (1O, 35) from the flowmeter (9).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector.
(c) Remove 4 bolts; remove the flowmeter from the bracket.
73-12-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Remove the CJ61O-4, -6, -8, and -8A fuel flowmeter as follows: (See 73-
-00, figure 3).
(a) Disconnect the electrical lead at the flowmeter; remove the O-ring
from the connector, if necessary.
(b) Disconnect the governor-to-flowmeter fuel hose (35) at the

flowmeter (9).
(c) Remove the 4 screws that secure the flowmeter to the flowmeter base
connector (7); remove the flowmeter (9) and the O-ring.
(d) Remove the 4 screws that secure the flowmeter elbow (3); remove the
elbow and O-ring.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SXIN. EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. READ GEN-
MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1) Install the CJ61O-1. -5. and -9 fuel flowmeter as follows: (See 73-00,
figure 2).
NOTE: For installation of the CJ610-4, -6, -8 and -8A fuel flowmeter,
see step b.(2).
(a) Secure the flowmeter (9) to the brackets with 4 bolts. Torque the
bolts to 12-14 Ib-in. and lockwire.
CAUTION: BE SURE THERE IS CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE TUBE (35) AND ANY OTHER
LINES, HOSES, OR ENGINE PARTS.
NOTE: Position the flowmeter so that, while looking at it from the front
of the engine, the electrical connector is at the right and behind
the fuel inlet connector.
(b) Connect the fuel line (10, 35) to the flowmeter connectors. Torque
(c) Connect the electricl connector to the flowmeter.
73-12-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRIC~-
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Install the CJ610-4. -6, -8. and -8A fuel flowmeter as follows: (See
73-00. figure 3).
(a) Install the O-ring onto the flowmeter elbow (3). place the elbow on
top of the flowmet´•er (9). and secure it with 4 screws. Torque the
screws to 14-18 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(b) Install the O-ring onto the boss of the flowmeter base connector
(7).
(c Position the flowmeter (9) on the boss of the flowmeter connector
and secure it with the 4 screws. Torque the screws to 14-18 Ib-in.
and lockwire.
(d) Connect the coupling nut of the governor-to-flowmeter fuel hose

(35) to the fitting at the top of the flowmeter. Torque the cou-
pling nut to 200-350 Ib-in.
(e) Install the O-ring in the connector of the electrical lead, if
necessary, and secure the lead to the flowmeter connector. Tighten

the connector finger-tight andlockwire.
73-12-0
I Dec 31/95 Page 203

GENERAL ELECTRIC-~----
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL PUMP MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:

WHENEVER MECHANICAL REMOVAL OF MATERIAL. SUCH AS MACHINING.

GRINDING. BUFFING. DRILLING. SANDING OR ANY TYPE OF MATERIAL
BUILD-UP ON PARTS THAT CONTAIN ASBESTOS IS NECESSARY. APPRO-
PRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT MUST BE WORN. AND NA-
ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL MUST BE. COMPLIED WITH.
BEFORE HANDLING. REPLACING. OR DISPOSING OF ASBESTOS-CONTAIN-

ING HARDWARE. APPROPRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND
1. General. Maintenance of the fuel pump consists of Removal/Installation Inspec-

tion/Check and cleaning of the fuel pump filter.
2. Removal/Installation. (See 73-00. figures 2. 3.)
WARNING: ASBESTOS

WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN. EYES. AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. READ GEN-
ERAL INFORMATION BEFORE PROCEEDING. AND ADHERE TO ALL SITE SAFETY AND
MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
NOTE: It is recommended that the fuel pump and fuel control be removed as an
assembly and that further disassembly be accomplished on the bench.
(1) Disconnect the 2 variable geometry actuator hoses (4) from the fittings
at the top of the fuel control.
(2) Disconnect, at the pressurizing valve (or P and D valve, as applicable)

the hose.(14) that runs to the fuel pump.
73-13-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TURBOJEI
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ,
(3) Disconnect, at the fuel control, the P3 tube (29) that runs from the
mainframe pad to the fitting on the rear of the fuel control.
(4) Disconnect, at the fuel control aspirator elbow, the tube (13) that runs
from the aspirator to the mainframe pad at 4 o’clock.
(5) Free the fuel control feedback cable (1) as follows:
(a) Remove the 2 screws at the fuel control mounting pad that hold the
feedback cable conduit bracket.
(b) Disconnect the feedback cable from the fuel control feedback lever
by removing the spring clip and pin.
(6) Disconnect the high-pressure fuel filter lines (32, 33) at the fuel pump
and overspeed governor (31). (It is not necessary to remove the filter
and clamp from the overspeed governor.)
(7) Disconnect, at the fuel pump inlet adapter, the line (36) from the
overspeed governor.
CAUTIION: DO NOT DISCONNECT (OR APPLY TORQUE TO) THE COUPLING NUT THAT CON-
NECTS THIS LINE TO THE FLANGED ELBOW FITTING WHEN THE ELBOW IS
ATTACHED TO THE FUEL CONTROL. IF IT IS´•NECESSARY TO DISCONNECT
THIS LINE FROM THE ELBOW FITTING, THE ELBOW MUST FIRST BE REMOVED
FROM THE FUEL CONTROL.
(8) Disconnect, at the overspeed governor, the line (11) that runs from the
aft side of the fuel control to the’governor.
(9) On CJ610-4, -6 and -8 engines with center-vent lube system, perform the
following: (See 73-00, figure 3.)
(a) Disconnect the clamps (12 and 15) that secure the No. 1 bearing
scavenge tube (16).
(b) Disconnect the No. 1 bearing scavenge tube (16) at the 6 o’clock
fitting of the front frame: and at the fitting on the left hand
side of the accessory gearbox. Remove the tube.
(c) Disconnect the No. 1 bearing vent tube (5) at the 2 o’clock fitting
on the front frame; and at the aft center fitting on the accessory
gearbox. Disconnect the clamps and remove the vent tube.
(10) Remove the 4 nuts and washers that attach the fuel pump to the accessory
gearbox. (Support the assembly while removing the nuts.)
(11) Slowly move the pump and control assembly forward to remove it from the
gearbox.
73-13-0
IPage 202 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TL~ RBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: DO NOT REST THE PUMP ON THE DRIVE SHAFT AT ANY TIME. (THIS PRE-
VENTS THE POSSIBILITY OF CARBON SEAL DAMAGE.)
NOTE: Cap all openings with suitable protective covers.
(12) With the pump and control assembly on a bench, disconnect all lines.
(It is not
necessary to disconnect the lines unless a line, the pump or
fuel control require replacement.) If it is necessary to disconnect the

fuel discharge hose from the flanged elbow fitting, the elbow must first
be removed from the fuel control.
CAUTION: IF THE FUEL PUMP DOES NOT SEPARATE FROM THE FUEL CONTROL BECAUSE OF
THE SNUG FIT OF THE MATING SURFACE DOWEL PINS, GENTLY TAP THE STUDS
WITH A NONMETALLIC HAMMER. DO NOT PRY APART WITH A SCREWDRIVER OR
OTHER SHARP INSTRUMENT BECAUSE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGING THE
MATING SURFACES.
(13) Remove 4 nuts and washers and separate the fuel pump from the fuel con-
trol.
(14) Discard the three O-rings and install protective covers over all open-
ings.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1) Install 3 new O-rings: one on the fuel pump, and two on the fuel con-
trol mounting pad.
CAV_T_I_ON: BE SURE THE TEETH OF THE GEAR IN THE FUEL CONTROL MESH PROPERLY
WITH THE TEETH OF THE GEAR IN THE FUEL PUMP BEFORE TORQUING THE
NUTS.
(2) Align the two holes in the control with the two dowel pins on the pump
pad. Install the control on the pump and secure it with four nuts and
washers. (Use caution not to pinch the O-rings.) Torque the nuts to
50-60 Ib-in.
73-1´•3.-0
Dec 31/95 Page 202A/202B
GENERAL~ ELECTRIC------
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ~
(3) Reinstall any hoses that were removed in step A.(12):
(a) Install the fuel control discharge hose (11) by removing the
flanged elbow
fitting from the fuel control. Connect the hose
coupling nut to the elbow. Torque to 710-770 Ib-in. Using a new
O-ring between the elbow and the fuel control, attach the hose and
elbow to the fuel control. Torque the 3 screws to 24-27 Ib-in. and
lockwire.
(b) Install the small hose (14) on fuel pump elbow fitting. Tighten to
standard torque.
(c) Install the small hose (38) from fuel pump drain tee to aft side of
fuel control. Tighten to standard torque.
(4) Lubricate the spline of the fuel pump shaft with Plastilube Moly No. 3
(Thiem Automotive Div.. 5151 Denison Ave., Cleveland, OH, 44102) or
approved equivalent. Install the fuel control and pump assembly with a
new gasket on the pad of the accessory gearbox. Secure it with 4 nuts
and washers. Torque the nuts to 60-90 Ib-in.
(5) Connect, at the overspeed governor (31), the large hose (11) from the
rear of the fuel control and tighten to standard torque.
(6) Connect the

high pressure fuel filter lines (32. 33) to the fuel pump
and overspeed governor and tighten to standard torque.
(7) Connect, at the fuel pump inlet adapter, the hose (36) from the
overspeed governor. Tighten to standard torque.
73-13-0
Dec 31/95 Page 203
6EIERAL ELECtRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Install the No. 1 bearing vent and scavenge tubes (5 and 16, 73-00,
figure 3) if applicable, and tighten the fittings to standard torque.
Install the tube clamps (12, 15) and tighten the-clamp nuts to 24-27
Ib in.
(9) Secure the feedback cable conduit bracket to the -fuel control pad
with 2 screws. Torque the screws to 10-12 Ib in, and lock-wire.
(10) Connect the feedback cable to the fuel control feedback lever with
the spring clip and pin.
I VASELINE MUST NOT BE USED FOR LUBRICATION WEEN

E B~LTGNLLLBTSW
(13).
(11) Connect, at the fuel control aspirates elbow, the tube (13) that runs
from the aspirator to the mainframe pad at 4 o’clock. Tighten to
standard torque.
(12) Connect the tube (29) from the mainframe pad to the fitting on the
rear of the fuel-control. Tighten to standard torque.
(13) Connect, at the pressurizing valve, the hose (14) from the fuel
pump. Tighten to standard torque.
(14) Connect the 2 variable geomirry acutator tubes to the fuel control
ports and torque per 73-25-00.
(15) Adjust the feedback cable per section 75-00.
(16) Perform the checks required after a fuel control change per figure
503, section 72-00.
3. InspectionlCheck. When serviceable limits are exceeded, the fuel pump may
5e repaired in accordance with the accessory overhaul manual (SEI-154). Vis-
ually inspect the following areas.
A. Inlet flange for 0,020 inch movement when Replace pump.

loose studs measured at end Of stud.
B. Any evidence of Not serviceable, Replace pump,

leakage
C. External spline 0.4761 inch diameter over
wear (if noted 0.080 inch diameter pins.

visually)
73-13-0 Mar 30/84

fage 204
GEW ERAL ELECtRIC.-------
cJeio TURBOJET
*i-
~II
CJ61D-60B2-ID2
Fuel h~mp Filtc~r

FFigre6 201
4. Cleaning of Fuel-Pump~ Filter.~- (S~ee figul;e 201.)
A. Removal.
(1) Remove: the::plug and spring assembly: (1), O-ring(2) and filter (3)
from the bo.ttbm of the fuelpumphousing.
~lse.t1/76 73-13-0
Page 205’
GEIEIAL~ LLLCTIIC
CJ610 TURBOJLT
B. Cleaning.
(1) Ultrasonic Procedure. This process is the reconrmended method for

cleaning the filter.
WARNING: TRICHLOROETHANE VAPORS ARE HARMFUL DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN

FLAMES OR ON VERY HOT SURFACES.
DO NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, A SOURCE OF CONCENTRATED

ULTRAVIOLET RAYS. INTENSE ULTRAVIOLET RAYS CAN CAUSE THE
FORMATION OF PHOSGENE GAS, WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO THE LUNGS.
USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. AVOID PROLONGED OR

REPEATED BREATHING OF VAPORS.

(a) Pour trichloroethane, or an equivalent cleaner, into the cleaning

tank of a Blackstone Model SG-2 Ultrasonic Cleaner (Blackstone
Ultrason;ics Inc., Sheffield, Pa. 16347), or equivalent, to a depth
of approximately 3 inches.
(b) Connect suitable power.source and, with the

the cleaner to a
cleaner switches in the OFF or normal position, allow the cleaner

to warm up for approximately 15 seconds.
(c) Place the filter (3, figure 201) in the cleaner tank andturn the
cleaner on for the desired length of time (approximately 12
minutes), adjusting the cleaner for maximum surface agitation.
(d) Shut off the cleaner, remove the filter,and cover the tank to
prevent the contamination of the cleaning fluid.
73-13-0 Sept 1/76

Page 206
etnELii;~ ELICTRIC
CJ810 TURBOJET
(2) Alternate Procedure. When ultrasonic cleaning equipment is not
available,the filtershould be cleaned as follows:
WARNING: CLEANING OPERATION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN AN APPROVED

CLEANING CABINET OR WELL VENTILATED AREA. PRECAUTIONS
SHALL BE EXERCISED TO PREVENT INHALATION OF VAPOR EMITTED
W’VOLATILE CLEANING MATERIALS, -AND TO MINIMIZE DANGER OF
EXPLOSION AND FIRE HAZARDS.
I ’(a~ Clean the fi~ter by inrmersing it in carbon tetrachloride,

trichloroethane, kerosene, or equivalent. While continually
agitating the filter, use a suitably contoured soft bristle
brush to dislodge contaminants.
NOTE: Onlyciean, filtered solventsshould be used. Assure

that containers used during´•the cleaning procedure are
clean and free from contaminants.
(b) Blow it outwith filtered compressed air and be sure´•no dirt
particles have collected in the filter.
(c) Visually inspect the.filter using a magnifying glass (10X mini-

mum) and a strong´•light. If the filter is not completely clean,
repeatsteps(a) and (b).
C. Replacement.
(1) Install a new O-ring (2) on the plug and spring assembly (1).
(2) Apply petrolatum to the filter (3)’ to hold it in position until the
spring is installed and insert the filter, closed end,out, into the
fuel pump.
CAUTION: BE SURE THATTHE FIZ~ER IS SEATED. THE- END OF THE FILTER

SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY 1/2 INCH INSIDE THE CASTING AND 5.
OR MORE THREADS SHOULD BE VISIBLE.
(3) Install the plug and spring assembly (1) and maintain the filter
position with the spring.
(4) Torque the plug to 20-30 Ib-in. and lockwire.
CAUTION: IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO TURN THE PLUG 2 COMPLETE TURNS

WITH THE FINGERS, THE FILTER HAS DROPPED OUT OF POSITION
AND FURTHER TIGHTENING WILL COLLAPSE IT. REMOVE THE PLUG
AND RESEAT THE FILTER.
73-13-0
Sept1/76 Page 207
OIIII~L8 ILICIIIC
CJ~10
5. Replacement of Fuel Pump High-Pressure Relief Valve’ Cover.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove 1 of 3 screws (1, figure 202) and washer (2) which retain
relief valve cover’ (3).
(2) Get a longer screw (AN500AlO-28 or AN500A10-32)and run a nut

well up onto.the thread. Install screw into cover. Run liut
down onto cover.
(3) Replace other 2 screws by repeating steps (1) and (2).
(4) After replacing all 3 screws, back off nuts sequentially,

2 turns at a time, until all compressive force on relief
valve spring (6) is relieved.
(5) Remove screws, nuts, andrelief valve cover (3).
NOTE: When removing cover (3), note thenumber and position

of shims (5) located under the cover.
(6) Remove shims (5). Remove and discard o-ring (4).
B. Replacement.
(1) Inspect o-ring groove on relief valve cover (3, figure 202)‘´• for
nicks or burrs. Repair any defects.
(2) Install shims (5). Use the same quantity and position as
noted during removal.
(3) Install o-ring (4) on to cover (3).
(4) Install cover (3). Use 3 screws (1) and washers (2). Turn
screws sequentially, 2 turns at a time, until they are snug.
(5) Torque screws (1) to 20-30 Ib in.
73-13-0 Nov 1/80
Page 208
OlltlliL´•
cJato ruR~aJrr
SEI-186 MALNTENANCE MANUAL
i. MACHINE SCREW
6. SPRING
2. WASHER
7. RELIEF VALVE
3. FUEL PUMP RELIEFVALVE COVER
8. SLEEVE
4. O-RING
9. O-RING
5. SHIM
10. FUEL PUMP
~b "I
~e o~ I~
3
t 9
t t 7
8 10
6
5
i
BC-0417
Fuel plrmp High-Pressure Relief Valve

Figure 202
Nov 1/80 73-13-0

Page 209
GMERAL ELECTRIC------
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL FILTER. O.S.G. SERVO MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:



I. General. Maintenance of the fuel filter consists of Removal/Installation and

Cleaning.
2. Removal/Installation. (See figure 201.)
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the fuel lines from the high-pressure filter housing which is
located on a bracket attached to the
overspeed governor. (Clamp is
attached to OSG to flowmeter fuel tube on CJ610-4, -6 and -8 engines.)
(2) Remove the filter housing and clamp from the mounting bracket.
(3) Remove the plug (5) and filter (3) from the housing (1).
73-14-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ61 6 TU RE OJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1) Install 2 new O-rings (2, 4) on the filter plug and filter_element.
(2) Install the filter (3) and plug (5) in the housing (1). Torque the plug
to 90-110 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(3) Install the filter housing and clamp on the mounting bracket. (The
largest OD of the filter housing should be forward of the clamp.)
(4) Connect the fuel lines to the filter housing.
3. Cleaning.
A. Ultrasonic Procedure. (Refer to Accessory Overhaul Manual, SEI-154, for

ultrasonic cleaning process.) This process is the recommended method for
cleaning the filter.
B. Alternate Procedure. When ultrasonic cleaning equipment is not available,

the filter should be cleaned as follows:
73-14-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

GENERAC ELECTRIC~----
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ,
WARNING: TRICHLOROETHANE, O-T-620
DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES, WELDING AREAS, OR ON VERY HOT SUR-
FACES. DO NOT SMOKE WHEN USING IT. HEAT AND FLAMES CAN CAUSE THE
FORMATION OF PHOSGENE GAS WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO THE LUNGS.
REPEATED OR PROLONGED CONTACT WITH LI4UID OR INHALATION OF VAPOR

CAN CAUSE SKIN AND EYE IRRITATION, DERMATITIS,NARCOTIC EFFECTS,
AND HEART DAMAGE.
AFTER PROLONGED SKIN CONTACT, WASH CONTACTED AREA WITH SOAP AND
WATER. REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING. IF VAPORS CAUSE IRRITATION, GO

TO FRESH ATR. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION FOR OVEREXPOSURE OF SKIN AND
EYES.
WHEN HANDLING LIQUID IN VAPOR-DEGREASING TANK WITH HINGED COVER AND

AIR EXHAUST, OR AT AIR-EXHAUSTED WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED GLOVES
AND GOGGLES.
WHEN HANDLING LIQUID AT OPEN, UNEXHAUSTED WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED

RESPIRATOR, GLOVES, AND GOGGLES.
(1) Clean the filter element by immersing it in carbon tetrachloride,

trichloroethane, kerosene or equivalent. While continually agitating
the filter, use a suitably contoured soft bristle brush to dislodge
contaminants from the filter convolutions.
NOTE: Only clean, filtered solvents should be used. Assure that con-
tainers used during the cleaning procedure are clean and free from
contaminants.
(2) Blow it out with filtered compressed air and be sure no dirt particles
have collected in the filter.
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO PROBE THE FILTER CONVOLUTIONS WITH A SHARP

TOOL AS THIS MAY DAMAGE THE FILTER AND RENDER THE FILTER NOT
SERVICEABLE.
(3) Visually inspect the filter using a magnifying glass (10X minimum) and a
strong light. If the filter is not completely clean, repeat steps (1)
and (2).
NOTE: If some dark colored stains remain at the bottom of the convolu-
tions, these are not harmful, and the filter is serviceable.. If
any doubt exists as to the cleanliness of the filter, repeat the
cleaning procedure.
73-14-0
Dec 31/95 Page 203

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL PRESSURIZING VALVE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
(CJ610-1. -5, and -9 Engines)
WARNING: AS BESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:


GRINDING. BUFFING. DRILLING. SANDING OR ANY TYPE OF MATERIAL

1. General. Maintenance of the fuel pressurizing valve is limited to Removal/

Installation.
2. Removal/Installation. (See 73-00. figure 2.)
WARNING: ASBESTOS

WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES. AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. READ GEN-
MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect 4 hoses from the fittings of the pressurizing valve (15).
(2) Remove 2 screws (16) and washers and remove the pressurizing valve from
the oil cooler (18).
73-15-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. Installation.
(1) Install a new O-ring on the OD of the pressurizing valve (15). Secure
the valve to the upper port of the oil cooler (18) with 2 screws and
washers. Torque the screws to 7-9 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(2) Connect the 4 hoses to the pressurizing valve and tighten to standard
torque values.
73-15-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL DRAIN VALVE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
(CJ610-1, -5 and -9 Engines)
WARNING: ASBESTOS
T´•HIS ENGINE MAY CONTAIN SMALL AMOUNTS OF ASBESTOS. WHEN WORK-

IDLY ADHERED TO:



1. _GQ_neral. Maintenance of the fuel drain valve consists of Removal/Installation
2. Removal/Installation. (See 73-00, figure 2.)
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the left- and right-hand manifold drain tubes (26) from the
drain valve (27).
(2) Disconnect, at the drain valve, the hose (17) that connects the fuel
pressurizing valve to the drain valve.
(3) Remove the drain valve and clamp.
73-16-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1’) Wrap the clamp around the

body of the manifold drain valve~(27). Secure
the clamp and valve loosely to the clamp onthe accessory gearbox drive
shaft cover (28) with a bolt and nut.
NOTE: The unthreaded projection on the valve should be positioned at the

rear of the clamp, and the drain should be in the 6 o’clock posi-
tion.
(2) Connect the hose (17) leading from the bottom of the pressurizing valve
to the threaded fitting on the front of the drain valve. Torque the
hose nut to 70-100 Ib-in.
(3) Connect the left- and right-hand manifold drain tubes (26) to the drain
valve (27). Torque the nuts to 135-150 Ib-in.
(4) Tighten the clamps with the nut and bolt. Torque the clamp bolt to 20-
25 Ib-in.
73-16-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL PRESSURIZING AND DRAIN VALVE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
(CJ610-4, -6, -8, and -8A Engines)
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:
IL´•LUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN/CATALOG INDEX TO DETERMINE IF THE

GRINDING. BUFFING, DRILLING, SANDING OR ANY TYPE OF MATERIAL


1. General. Maintenance of the pressurzing and drain valve consists of Removal/

Installation and Inspection/Check.
2. Removal/Installation. (See 73-00, figure 3.)
WARNING: ASBESTOS


MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the left- and right-hand fuel manifolds (21) from the P and D
valve (27).
(2) Disconnect. at the valve, the hose (37) connecting the oil cooler to the
valve.
(3) Disconnect, at the valve, the hose (14) connecting the fuel pump to the
valve.
(4) Remove the 3 bolts (39) that secure the P and D valve to the compressor
casing; remove the valve (27).
73-17-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: ASBESTOS

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CONCERNINGASBESTOS. OTHERWISE, PERSONAL INJURY
MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1) Secure the pressurizing and drain valve to the compressor casing with 3
bolts. Torque the bolts to 24-27 Ib-in.
(2) Connect the hose (14) from the fuel pump to the valve. Torque the cou-
pling nut to 90-100 Ib-in.
(3) Connect the hose (37) from the oil cooler to the valve. Torque the
coupling nut to 650-770 Ib-in.
(4) Connect the left- and right-hand fuel manifolds to the valve. Torque
3. Ins~ection/Check, When serviceable limits are exceeded, the valve may be re-
paired in accordance with the accesssory overhaul manual SEI-154. Visually

inspect the following areas:
Housing for:
Exterior wear or None allowed deeper than
chafing. 0.010 inch. Nicks not
deeper than 0.060 inch

allowed around boltholes.
Burrs and sharp None allowed. Blend sharp edges

edges. and remove burrs.
73-17-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

GEIERAL~ELE6TRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
FUEL NOZZLES MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. G_eneral. Maint enane e o f the fu el no z ties cons i s t s of Removal/ Ins t allat i on

and Inspection/Check.
2. Removal/Installation. (See 73-00, figures 2 and 3).
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove engine mounting pads

the to replace
I’ the nozzles adjacent to the pads. On CJ610-4, -6, -8, and -8A
engines, the accessory gearbox must be removed per 72-64-0 to
replace the 4 lower nozzles.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the fuel manifold fitting (24) from the fuel nozzle (23).
(2) Use too12C5322 to remove the 4 bolts (20) that secure the nozzle
to the mainframe pad. Apply penetrating oil if the bolts seize.
(3) Remove the nozzle by pivoting the forward edge of the mounting
flange radially outward and to the rear.
B. Installation.
(1) Insert the fuel nozzle (23) through the mainframe opening with the
nozzle orifice facing to the rear, making sure the nozzle tip is
extending into the combustion liner nozzle ferrule.
CAUTION: DO mOT HANDLE THE mOZZLE TIP. FINGERPRINTS ALONE MAP BE

ENOUGH TO DISTORT THE NOZZLE SPRAY PATTERN.
(2) Lubricate the 4 bolts (20) with ~ase-Off 990 (Terracone Co., Box
1 4236, Dallas, Texas). Secure the nozzle to the mainframe with

bolts, torque to 16-19 Ib-in., and lockwire.
(3) Connect the fuel manifold fitting (24) to the fuel nozzle (23).
I Torque it to 140-160 Ib-in.
3. Inspection/Check. When serviceable limits are exceeded, the fuel nozzles

may be repaired in accordance with the Accessory Overhaul manual. Visually
inspect the following areas.
Dec 31/91 73-18-0

Page 201
G EN ERAL ELECTRI C
CJ610 TURBOJET
A. Nozzle housing for:
(1) Evidence of Not serviceable. Replace nozzle.

leakage
(2) Cracks Not serviceable. Replace nozzle.
(3) Damaged threads Not serviceable.
B. Nozzle tips and orifice for:
(1) Carbon buildup Any amount if it does not

interfere with the spray
pattern or close any of
the air shroud annulus.
(2) Nicks, scratches Any amount if it does not

interfere with spray
pattern.
C. Air shroud for Any amount, 0.010 inch

wear deep after removal of
high metal.
73-18-0 Mar. 30/67

Page 202
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Flow and S~rav Test.
A. Equipment and Material.
WARNING: CALIBRATING FLUID MIL-C-7024
COMBUSTIBLE DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES, NEAR WELDING AREAS, OR ON

HOT SURFACES.
PROLONGED CONTACT WITH SKIN MAY CAUSE IRRITATION. PROLONGED INHALATION

OF VAPOR CAN CAUSE DIZZINESS, HEADACHE, AND INTOXICATION.
IF THERE TS ANY PROLONGED CONTACT WITH SKIN, WASH AFFECTED AREA WITH
SOAP AND WATER. IF LI4UTD CONTACTS EYES, FLUSH EYES THOROUGHLY WITH
WATER. REMOVE SOLVENT-SATURATED CLOTHING. IF VAPORS CAUSE LIGHT-
HEADEDNESS, GO TO FRESH AIR. IF LIQUID IS SWALLOWED, DO NOT TRY TO
VOMIT. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WHEN HEATED, HOT FLUID MAY CAUSE BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH HOT FLUID.
IF SKIN CONTACTS HOT FLUID, FLUSH AFFECTED AREA WITH COLD WATER FOR 10
MINUTES. SEEK MEDICAL HELP IMMEDIATELY.
WHEN HANDLING OR WHEN APPLYING LIQUID AT AN AIR-EXHAUSTED WORKBENCH,

WEAR APPROVED GLOVES AND GOGGLES (OR FACE SHIELD).
WHEN HANDLING OR WHEN APPLYING LIQUID AT AN UNEXHAUSTED WORKBENCH,

WEAR APPROVED GLOVES, GOGGLES (OR FACE SHIELD) AND APPROVED RESPIRA-
TOR.
(1) Use calibrating fluid, MIL-C-7024A. Type II. Maintain temperature at
nozzle at 780 to 820 F (25.560 to 27.780 C).
(2) Provide a test stand capable of supplying psig fuel pressure at the
600
fuel nozzle, and a temperature control provide a fuel temperature at
to
the nozzle within the limitations specified in step (1).
(3) Provide a measuring capability of +1 psig and fl% of fuel flow rate.
(4) Connect the measuring gage to the side port of the fuel fitting adapter
P/N 5232270-F3 (3, figure 201), and the inlet fuel pressure line to the
end port of the adapter.
73-18-0
Dec 31/95 Page 202A/202B
CJ61 6 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINT~NANCE MANUAG
i. Adjusting Hrench (5232270-F1)

2. Stand Pipe Adapter (5232270-F2)
3. Fuel Fitting Adapter (5232270-F3)
4. Special Socket (523U7~-F4)
Tool Vendor is Diesel E~ulplpent Dlv.. ~IC.
M0Wb-890700
Special Tools
Figure 201
73-18-0
Dec 31/95 Page 203
GENERAL ELECTRIC---
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. Test Procedure.
(1) Refer to the fuel nozzle performance specifications.
(2) Refer to SEI-154, 73-16-1 (Troubleshooting), paragraph 9 and table 5 in
conjunction with the tests specified.
Fuel Nozzle Performance Specifications
Pressure Low Average High Flow Spray

Drop Flow Limit Flow Limit Flow Limit Hysteresis Angle
(psig) (Ib/hr) (Ib/hr) (Ib/hr) (Degrees)
100 24.26 25.4 26.54 0.5% 72 to 98
135 45.68 48.6 51.52 72 to 98
400 259.76 272.0 284.24 1.0 PPH 84 to 98
Flow tests to be conducted by increasing pressures from low pressure to the next
higher pressure.
Hysteresis must be checked when increasing and decreasing pressure.
*Flow shall be within 4 Ib/hr of the reading at the previous 135 psig increasing
test point and must be within flow limits.
(3) Flow and spray test nozzles as follows:
(a) With the fuel nozzle

assembly installed in the stand pipe adapter
5232270-F2 (2,
figure 201), connect and securely tighten fuel fit-
ting adapter 5232270-F3 (3. figure 201) to the threaded inlet of
the fuel nozzle assembly.
(b) Connect two suitable flexible hoses with connections to fit the
side and end ports of the adapter and of sufficient length to con-
nect to the measuring gage and the fuel pressure source. Provide a
suitable reservoir to catch fuel spray.
CAUTION: FLEXIBLE HOSES AND CONNECTORS WITHIN THE TEST SETUP MUST BE
CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING FUEL PRESSURES OF MORE THAN 600 PSIG.
(c) With the line pressure set and maintained at 135 psig by means of
the test throt~ling mechanism, adjust the
stand nozzle flow rate to
the applicable limits by rotating the adjusting screw (9. figure

202) clockwise to reduce the flow and counterclockwise to increase
the flow.
73-18-0
Page 204 Dec 31/95

CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MANLIAL
3
6
\15
21~Y
17
8
819 II
i. Protective Plug Cap 12. Valve and Valve Guide Assembly

2. Protective Cap 13. Valve Retaining Pin
3. Cap 14. Netering Valve
4. Cap Gasket 15. Valve Gage
5. Spring 16. Valve Cage Seal
6. Valve Cage Assembly 17. Filter
7. Lockscrew Retainer 18. Spray Tip Hut Assembly
8. Lockscrew 19. Inner Spray Tip Assembly
9. Adjusting Screw 20. Spacer
10. Valve Spring 21. Body Subassembly
11. Valve Spring Shaft
C
C(atched parts. nust be replaced as a set.
000CJ 6-890800
Fuel Nozzle Assembly Exploded View
Figure 202
73-18-0
Dec 31/95 Page 205
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Secure the adjusting screw in position by tightening the lockscrew

(8) against the adjusting screw (9) to a torque value of 10-15
Ib-in. This is
accomplished by using the 5/32-inch Alien wrench
portion adjusting wrench 5232270-F1 (1, figure 201) while main-
of
taining the position of the adjusting screw with the 1/16-inch

Alien wrench portion of the adjusting wrench.
CAUTION: SINCE AT THIS POINT, FUEL FLOW WILL OCCUR THROUGH THE
METERING VALVE, IT WILL BE MORE CONVENIENT TO INSERT THE
ADJUSTING WRENCH IN POSITION PRIOR TO SETTING THE LINE
PRESSURE AND MAINTAIN THE WRENCH IN POSITION UNTIL ADJUST-
MENT HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
REMOVAL OF THE WRENCH WHILE THE LINE PRESSURE IS APPLIED

WILL ALLOW EXCESSIVE FUEL TO FLOW THROUGH THE 1/16-INCH
ALLEN WRENCH SOCKET OF THE ADJUSTING SCREW (9, FIGURE 202).
THIS WILL CAUSE AN INCORRECT READING.
BE CAREFUL WHEN INSTALLING THE WRENCH INTO OPERATING

POSITION. IF THE WRENCH IS INSERTED TOO FAR INTO THE
ADJUSTING SCREW (9), IT MAY CAUSE THE END OF THE 1/16-INCH
ALLEN WRENCH TO STRIKE THE VALVE SPRING SHAFT (11) AND
INTERFERE WITH NORMAL MOVEMENT OF THE VALVE.
(e) Install cap (3) and used cap gasket (4). Tighten cap to a torque
value of 120-140 Ib-in. with a 17/32-inch socket wrench and a
torque wrench.
(f) Reset line pressure at 135 psig and recheck flow rate. If the flow
does not fall within the specified limits, readjust as necessary,
as instructed in steps (c) and (d).
(g) Decrease line pressure to zero psig, then increase to 100 psig,
then to 135 psig, and finally to 400 psig. Read the flow rate and
spray angle point.

at each Flow rate and spray angle must fall
within the limits specified in table 2. Measure spray angle as
shown in figure 203.
(h) Reduce line pressure to 135 psig, taking care not to reduce pres
sure below 135 psig during operation, and read flow rate. Flow
must be within 4 Ib/hr of reading previously obtained at 135 psig
and must be within flow limits.
(i) Starting at zero psig, slowly increase line pressure to 400 psig,
while viewing the spray under a strong light and slowly rotating
the nozzle tip. There shall be no high contrast streaks. Minor,
random streaking is allowable but streaks must flare into a uniform
spray (see figure 204, sheets 1 and 2). The spray should not pul-
sate or abruptly change spray angle during transient operation.
Spray cone skewness shall be within 2 degrees of the nozzle axis.
73-18-0
Page 206´• Dec 31/95

;;~i ~:;’nB::" :‘$’:h::
GENERAL ELEC,TRIC-------
CJ61 6 TU dSOJ ET
SE1-186 I
´•1 MANUAL
1/2 INCH
PORTION OF
SPRAY
EVALUATED
PROTRACTOR BLADES
(PARALLEL TO STRAIGHT
PORTIONS OF SPRAY It!
FUEL
WITHJN 1/2 INCH
NOZZLE
OF
ORIF~C7 bololE
;...;,11:.5
.i´•
´•´•´•´•Eapav
~:ir;´• RL~
I:::::::>j:´•:.:´•:´•´•;::~::::
B
i´•i
: : : i: : : : :´•: : : : : :j: : :i: : : : :j: : : :i M: :~: :
j´•iI i:´•´•:´•:´•r;1´•~´•ii:2::ii:::~ji::::::::iii1
´•´•:´•1:ji1 j:i
34577A
BB-02~7-1
Spray Angle Measurement
Figure 203
73-18-0
Page 207
Dec 11/95
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
135 PSlt now CHECK

SPRAY QVALITI DEVIATIOHS
AS SH~I( ARE ACCEPTABLE
~6 .u´•
t;a~
400 PSIC now CHECK 400 PSIC FLOw CHECK
SPRAY QUALIM OEYIATIONS SPRAY PUALITI OEVIATIONS
AS SHOUN ARE ACCEPTABLE AS SHOUN ARE ACCEPTABLE
345774
BB-024EZ
Fuel Nozzle Spray Cone Limits (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 204
73-18-0
Page 208 Dec 31/95
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
´•i
-:i´•’´•´•~?´•llr´• MANUAL
r:´•:
:’tl
spa*r Hlmwe wlaoa
SPRAY ANGLE IOT ALLOUED
SPRAY ANGLE AtCEPTABLE
WlcunrFoiw SPRAY (wIRLIaE STREAKS)
AttEPTABLE
~1 i
1:
SPRAY ANGLE AND UWIFORn nou

AtCEPTABLE
I
5´•;
NoN-vnIFonn SPRAY (HEAVY STREAKS) na-uwIFoRn SPRAY (voro)

NOT ALLOUED NOT ALLOYED
8-)669-1
Fuel Nozzle Spray Cone Limits (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 204
73-18-0
Dec 31/95 Page 209

CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(j) Increase line pressure to 600 psig and check for leakage at split
line between spray tip nut assembly (18, figure 202) and body sub-
assembly (21), and at cap gasket (4) seal.
C. Remove fuel nozzle from stand pipe adapter (2, figure 201) and install pro-
tective cap (2, figure 202) on spray tip nut assembly (18) and protective cap
(1) on threaded inlet fitting of body subassembly (21).
D. Weld the spray tip nut assembly (18) to the body subassembly (21) as follows:
NOTE: Only Class A welders qualified per Specification MIL-T-50?1C are autho-
rized to accomplish thisprocedure.
(1) Mark the body subassembly (21) as shown in figure 205. Do not mark on
machined surface. Marking of the body subassembly aids in location of
spray tip nut weld.
(2) Locally clean the area where spray tip nut assembly (18) is to be welded
to body subassembly.
NOTE: This is a fusion type weld. Do not use filler material.
(3) Using a gas shielded tungsten are adjusted to approximately 60 amps DC

straight polarity, weld one tab of the spray tip nut to the body subas-
sembly. (See figure 205 for optimum and alternate weld locations.)
(4) Test the

integrity of the weld by inspecting the weld joint using a 10X
glass. joint must be free of cracks and must appear fused (melted
The
and flowed together) and the length of perimeter of the joint must not
be less than 0.40 inch.
73-18-0
Page 210 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TWRBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DO NOT WELD WITHIN 45´• OF CENT~R-

LINE OF FLOW PASSAGES.
WELD ONE CORNER ONLY
.1.!´•.´•
A~J A-OPTIMUM LOCATIONS FOR

WELD (USE ONE CORNER)
SECTION A-A
ALTERNATE LOCATIONS
FOR WELD (FUTURE USE)
r(ARKING LOtATION
(USE YIBRO PEEN OR EPUIVALEHT)
WltHINED SURFAQ
dS
CEHTERLIIIE THROOtH
FLOU PASY\tES
000Wbs90900
Spray Tip Nut Weld Locations

Figure 205
73-18-0
Dec 31/95 Page 211
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL MANIFOLDS MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:


1. General. Maintenance of the fuel manifolds, consisting of Removal/Installation

and Inspection/Check, is covered in the following paragraphs.
2. Removal/Installation. (See 73-00, figures 2 and 3).
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the engine mount (22) from the mainframe flanges.
(2) Disconnect the fuel manifold fittings (24) from the fuel nozzles (23).
(3) Disconnect the fuel manifold (21) from the T-fitting (25, figure 2) or
from the P (pressurizing) and D (drain) valve (27, figure 3), as appli-
cable.
(4) Remove the manifold and manifold clamps.
73-19-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
I. TUBING
2. FITTINGS
4 3. BRAZED JOINTS
1 i 4. SADDLE
C161W069002
Fuel Manifolds
Figure 201
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
CAUTION: IMPROPER LOCK-WIRING OF THE MANIFOLD AND T-FITTING CAN RESULT IN

OIL TANK DAMAGE. REFER TO SECTION 72-01-2 FOR PROPER LOCK-WIRING
PROCEDURES.
(1) Connect the fuel manifold fittings (24) to the fuel nozzles (23).
Torque to 140-160 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(2) Connect the manifold (21) to the T-fitting (25, figure 2) or to the P
and D valve (27. figure 3). as applicable. Torque to 270-300 Ib-in.
(3) Secure the manifold clamps to the brackets. Torque the clamp bolts to
20-25 Ib-in.
(4) Secure the main engine mount (22) to the’mainframe flanges. Torque the
bolts to 44-48 Ib-in. and lockwire.
73-19-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRIC~-
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTEN~NCE MANUAL
3. Inspection/Check. When serviceable limits are exceeded, the manifold may be
repaired in accordance with the Overhaul Manual. Visually inspect the following
areas. (See figure 201).
A. Tubes for:
(1)Cracks. Not serviceable. Replace fuel mani-

fold.
(2) Nicks or Not serviceable if there Blend. Do not de-

scratches. is measureable depth. crease tube diam-
eter more than
0.005 inch. Blend
along axis of tube.
(3) Dents. Twelve large-tube dents,

0.020 inch in depth. One
small-tube dent, 0.010 inch
in depth. No sharp edges.
(4) Distortion. Any amount, if fittings line
up with nozzle, the tubes

are not collapsed, and there
is no interference with other
parts of the engine.
(5) Chafing. Any amount, 0.003 inch below
adjacent non-defective sur-
face.
B. The fittings for:
(1) Burrs. Not serviceable. Remove by working

threads with lapping
compound. Flush
with cleaning sol-
vent.
(2) Stripped threads. Not serviceable.
C. Brazed joints for Not serviceable.

cracks.
D. Contact or inter- 0.060 inch minimum clear-

ference between ance with adjacent parts.
tubing assembly
and adjacent parts.
CAUTION: BE SURE THAT ALL FOREIGN MATERIAL IS REMOVED FROM MANIFOLD.
73-19-0
Dec 31/95 Page 203

CLNLRAL ~LEGTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
FUEL CONTROL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Ir~.: General. Maintenance of the fuel control consists of Removal/Installation,

Adjhstment/Test and cleaning of the control filter.
2. Remaval/Installation.
A. Removal; Remove the fuel control per 73-13-0.
B. InStalla%ion.. Install the fuel control per 73-13-0.
3. Atljudtnient/Test.
Three ~i´•eld adjustments are allowed on the fuel.control:
Idle Speed Adjustment.
Maximum Speed Adjustment.
Fuel Density Adjustment.
These adjustments can be made from outside the fuel control with the control
installed on the engine.
A. Idle Speed Adjustment. (See figure 201.)
WARNING: DO NOT ADJUST IDLE SPEED WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING ABOVE
IDLE.
(1) The:adjusting screw is located at the bottom right-hand side of the
fuel control. To increase speed turn the IDLE adjusting screw

clockwise; to decrease speed turn it counterclockwise. One click of
the adjusting screw will change engine speed approximately 55´• rpm.
NOTE: Adjustment clicks are sensed by touch and can easily be de-
tected after limited experience.
NOTE: To eliminate the effect of backlash, preload the internal

linkage of the fuel control by completing all adjustments of
idle speed in a counterclockwise direction with Sclicks.
For example: (1) To increase engine speed 1 click, turn the
adjusting screw 6 clicks clockwise, then 5 clicks counter-

clockwise. (2) To decrease engine speed 1 click, turn the
clockwise.
30/67
Mar.
Page
20173-21-0
GE#ERAL~E LECTRIC
CJ610: TURBOJET
i:
o
iiii FUEL DENSITY

ADJUSTMENT
IZ
´•%rii
MAX. AND IDLE

SPEED ADJUSTMENT
´•CJ610-6071-0-D2
Fuel Control Adjustments

Figure 201
(2) Adjust idle speed after the engine has operated at maximum speed for
-at least 3 minutes. Set speed per 72-00, Adjustment/Test. Recheck
maximum speed whenever idle speed has been adjusted.
B. Maximum Speed Adjustment. (See figure 201.)
WARNING: DO NOT ADJUST MAXIMUM SPEED WITH THE ENGINE OPERATING ABOVE
IDLE. REDUCE ENGINE SPEED´• TO´• IDLE .OR SHUT THE ENGINE DOWN,
MAKE THE ADJUSTMENT, THEN RUN THE ENGINE UP TO CHECK THE AD-
JUSTMENT.
(1) The´•adjusting screw is located at the bottom right-hand side of the

fuel control. To increase speed, turn the MAX adjusting screw
clockwise; to decrease speed turn it counterclockwise. One click of

the adjustingscrew will change engine speed approximately 30 rpm.
NOTE: Adjustment clicks are sensed by touch and can easily be de-´•
tected after limited experience.
73-21-0 April 15/68

Page 202
CJ610 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAIN~ENAEjCE MANUAL
NOTE: To eliminate the effect of backlash, preload the internal

linkage of the fuel control by completing all adjustments of
maximum speed in a counterclockwise direction with 5 clicks.
For example: (1) To increase engine speed 1 click, turn the

clockwise. (2) To decrease engine speed 1 click, turn the

clockwise,
(2) Adjustment of maximum speed affects idle speed. Recheck idle speed
after every maximum speed adjustment.
C. Fuel Density Adjustment. (See figures 201 and 201A.)
CAUTION: THE ADJUSTMENT KNOB MUST BE SEATED IN ITS POSITIONING DETENT FOR
SATISFACTORY OPERATION.
(1) A fuel density adjustment on the front of the fuel control allows the
fuel control to compensate for
varying fuels of densities. It meters
more or less fuel to the combustion

area.depending on the density of the
fuel-. The engine will operate satisfactorily with a mixture of approved
fuels provided that the density adjustment on the fuel control is set to
correspond to the fuel that is the larger part of the mixture. To make
an adjustment, push the knob in, rotate it to the desired setting, and
release pressure. If necessary, jiggle the knob until it locks.
CAUTION: ENGINE OPERATING TIME USING AVIATION GASOLINE IS LIMITED TO 25

HOURS DURING ANY ONE OVERHAUL PERIOD. OPERATING TIME WITH AVIATION
GASOLINE MUST BE RECORDED WHEN THE MIXTURE CONTAINS MORE THAN 50%
OF AVIATION GASOLINE BY VOLUME.
(2) The fuel control density knob (see figure´• 201A) is to be set according
to the following table depending upon the type of fuel control used and
the mixture of aviation gasoline and JP-4, JP-5, or JP-8 fuel.
Percent by Volume Density Knob Setting

of Density Setting Equivalents
Aviation Gasoline (fi~ure 201A, TvDe A) (fi~ure 201A. TvDe B)
I Below 20% JP-4, jp-5, or JP-8 -2 or -3

20-35% .75 -1
35-50% .72 b
Above 50% .69
NOTE: Density knob adjustment must be restricted to plus or minus 1 click from
setting specified for type of fuel being used.
73-21-0
Dec 31/95 Page 202A/202B
CJ610 TURBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MAN~AI.
o~P A)
B INDEX
PIN
P I rp O
co u
h
9
Cd
4’
a 9~L
Pg ’1´•6o 9-
s
~dr
INDEX
PIN
9‘
PIPE A TYPE 8
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 a +1
TYPES I 1 I r I 1
Li~J
JP-5
I AV GAS I
I JFT A.
In A-i, OR
A, ~-1. JP-8
OR JPB I
IJP4 JET 8]
JP-4 OR In B
I L_ I I I
MPEA
0.86 0.813 0.78 0.75 0.72 0.69
JP-5 6 JP-4
FUEL DENSITY ADJUSTMENT
BC-80B41
Fuel Density Adjustment

Figure 201A
73-21-0
Dec 31/95 Page 203
O~IEIAL ~a fLEtTIIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
4. Cleaning of Fuel Control Filter. (See figure 202.)
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the plug (4), O-ring (3), spring (2) and filter (1) from the
front of the fuel control housing.
NOTE: Do not remove the second filter located behind the retaining
ring.
B. Cleaning.
(I) Ultrasonic Procedure. (Refer to Accessory Overhaul Manual, SEI-154,

for ultrasonic cleaning procedure.) This is the recommended method
for cleaning the filter.
(2) Alternate Procedure. When ultrasonic cleaning equipment is not

available, the filter should be cleaned as follows:

SHALL BE EXERCISED TO PREVENT INHALATION OF VAPOR EMITTED
BY VOLATILE CLEANING MATERIALS, AND TO MINIMIZE DANGER OF
EXPLOSION AND FIRE HAZARDS.
(a) Clean the filter

element by immersing it in carbon tetrachloride,
trichloroethylene, kerosene or equivalent. While continually
agitating the filter, use a suitably contoured soft bristle
brush to dislodge contaminants.
NOTE: Only clean, filtered solvents should be used. Assure

that containers used during the cleaning procedure are
clean and free from contaminants.
(b) Blow it out with filtered compressed air and be sure no dirt
particles have collected in the filter.
(c) Visually inspect the filter using a magnifying glass (10X mini-
mum) and a strong light. If the filter is not completely clean,
repeat steps (a) and (b).
C. Installation.
(1) Install a new O-ring (3) on the plug (4).
(2) Install the filter (1), spring (2) and plug (4) in the fuel control
housing. Torque the plug to 60-80 Ib-in. and lockwire.
I Page 20473-21T0~ Sep 1/75

tLECIRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
’c´•
n~i;s: I
-U 1
Ii
t~
C)610-b083´•0´•EZ
Fuel Control Filter

Figure 202
I Sep 1/75 73-21-0

Page 205
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OVERSPEED GOVERNOR MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:



1. General. Maintenance of the overspeed governor consists of Removal/Installation

and Inspection/Check.
Removal/Installation. (See 73-00, figures 2 and 3).
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the hose (36) that connects the overspeed governor (31) to the
fuel pump adapter.
(2) Remove the tube (35) that connects the overspeed governor to the fuel
flowmeter (9).
(3) Disconnect. at the overspeed governor, the hose (11) that leads to the
fitting at the rear of the fuel control.
(4) Remove the 2 tubes (32, 33) that connect the high-pressure filter to the
fuel pump and to the overspeed governor.
73-22-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAZ~
(5) Disconnect the drain line (if attached).
(6) Remove the high-pressure filter (34) per 73-14-0. Remove the clamp from
the bracket on the overspeed governor. (Clamp is attached to overspeed
governor to fuel control tube on CJ61O-4, -6, -8 and -8A engines.)
(7) Remove the 6 nuts (39) and washers that attach the overspeed governor
(31) to the front middle pad of the accessory gearbox and carefully
remove the governor and gasket.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1) Lubricate the spline of the overspeed governor shaft with Plastilube
Moly No. 3 (Thiem Automotive Div., 5151 Denison Ave., Cleveland, OH,
44102) or equivalent. Secure the overspeed governor (31) and a new
gasket to the front middle pad of the accessory gearbox with 6 nuts (39)
and washers. Torque the nuts to 25-35 Ib-in.
NOTE: Viewed facing the gearbox, the drain fitting should be in approxi-
mately the 5 o’clock position.
(2) Secure the high-pressure filter (34) and clamp to the bracket on the
overspeed governor (31). (The largest OD of the filter housing should
be forward of the clamp.)
(3) Connect the high-pressure filter to the overspeed governor and to the
fuel pump with 2 tubes (32, 33).
(4) Connect to the overspeed governor (31) the large hose (11) that is at-
tached to the rear of the fuel control. Tighten to standard torque.
CAUTION: BE SURE THERE IS CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE TUBE (35) AND ANY OTHER
LINES, HOSES, OR ENGINE PARTS.
(5) Install the tube (35) that connects the overspeed governor to the fuel
flowmeter. Tighten to standard torque.
73-22-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

´•s:-
F:’´•!i:´•´•
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAI~NANCE MANUAL
(6) Install the hose (36) that connects the overspeed governor to the fuel
pump inlet adapter. Tighten to standard torque.
NOTE: Position the overspeed governor lever arm up for normal operation;
position it down for test.
3. Inspection/Check.
A. Visually inspect the overspeed governor for evidence of external leakage and
replace governor if evidence of leakage exists.
B. Check the overspeed governor for excessive internal leakage, if suspected, as
follows:
(1) Disconnect the OSG bypass line at the fuel inlet manifold and run the
line into a bucket or other container. Cap the fuel inlet manifold
connection.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE IGNITION SWITCH IS OFF DURING MOTORING.
(2) Engage the starter and bring engine speed up to the maximum speed
starter is capable of producing. Advance the throttle to IDLE (without
ignition) and measure the quantity of fuel discharged from the overspeed
governor bypass line in 30 seconds. (Do not exceed maximum starter
operating time per duty cycle.)
(3) The maximum allowable bypass flow is 80 pph or about 370 cc (or 0.8 pts)
per 30 seconds. If the bypass flow is more than 370 cc per 30 seconds,
replace the overspeed governor.
(4) STOPCOCK the throttle disengage starter motor.

and After compressor
rotor has stopped rotating, allow starter to cool for 3 minutes. Then
motor the engine for 30 seconds to clean the engine of fuel.
(5) Reconnect the overspeed governor bypass line to the fuel inlet manifold.
73-22-0
I Dec 31/95 Page 203
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CDP LINE TO FUEL CONTROL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:

ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN/CATALOG INDEX TO DETERMINE IF T´•HE



1. General. On CJ610-1, -5 and -9´•engines, the flanged end of the CDP (P3) line is
secured to the mainframe at the 8 o’clock position. On CJ610-4, -6 and -8 en-
gines, the flanged end of the line is secured to the compressor rear frame at
the 4 o’clock position. Maintenance of the CDP line consists of Removal/Instal-

lation and Inspection/Check.
2. Removal/Installation. (See 73-00. figures 2. 3.)
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the 2 bolts that secure the flanged end of the tube (29) to the
mainfrme.
(2) Disconnect the tube at the fuel control.
(3) On FJ610-1, -5 and -9 engines, remove the clamp (30, 73-00, figure 2)
that secures tube to the synchronizing cable conduit on the left side of
the engine and remove the CDP tube.
73-23-0
Dec31/95 Page 201
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: ASBESTOS

WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN. EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. READ GEN-
MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1) Assemble the CDP tube (29) to the aft fitting on the fuel contol.
(2) Lubricate the 2 tube flange bolts with Fel-Pro C-5 (Felt Products Mfg.
Co.. 7450 N. McCormick. Skokie. Illinois) or equivalent. Use a new
gasket and secure the flanged end of the tube to the mainframe with the
bolts. Torque to 24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(3) Torque the tube coupling nut at the fuel control to 90-100 Ib-in.
(4) On the CJ610-1, -5 and -9 engines, install the clamp (30). Torque the
clamp nut to 24-27 Ib-in.
3. Inspection/Check. Inspect the CDP line per 72-02-1.
73-23-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
IIAINTE~ANCE MANUAL
CDP LINE TO ASPIRATOR MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:



ING HARDWARE, APPROPRIATE PERSONAL P.ROTECTTVE EQUIPMENT AND
1. General. Maintenance of the CDP line to T2 aspirator is limited to Removal/

Installation. This information is given in the following paragraphs.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
2. RemolrallInstallat ion.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the CJ610-1, -5, and -9 T2 aspirator air tube as follows: (See
73-00, figure 2).
NOTE: For removal of the CJ610-4, -6, -8, and -8A aspirator line, see
step A. (2).
(a) Remove the 2 bolts (19) that secure the aspirator tube flange to
the mainframe at the 4 o’clock position. Discard the gasket.
(b) Loosen the tube coupling nut at the sensor eductor on the front of
the fuel control.
(c) Remove the clamp (12) that secures the tube to the flowmeter oil
cooler fuel line and remove the air tube (13).
73-24-0
Dec 31/95 Page ’201
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Remove the CJ610-4, -6. -8, and -8A T2 aspirator air tube as follows:
(See 73-00. figure 3).
(a) Loosen the tube coupling nuts at the connector pad (19) on the
mainframe and at the sensor eductor (25) on the fuel control and
remove the tube (13).
WARNING: ASBESTOS

ERAL INFORMATION BEFORE PROCEEDING. AND ADHERE TO ALL SIT~ SAFETY AND
MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1) Install the CJ610-1, -5 and -9 T2 aspirator air tube as follows: (See
73-00, figure 2).
NOTE: For installation of the CJ610-4. -6. -8, and -8A aspirator air
tube, see step B.(2).
(a) Assemble the air tube (13) to the fitting on the sensor eductor.
(b) Lubricate the 2 tube flange bolts (19) with Ease-Off 990 (Texacone
Co.. Box 4236. Dallas, Texas). Use a new gasket and secure the
flanged end of the tube (13) to the mainframe with the bolts.
Torque to 24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire.
NOTE: To eliminate unnecessary stresses in the P3 line, make sure
that the bolt holes in the P3 line flange are properly

aligned with the holes in the mainframe. If the holes are
not aligned, determine the cause of misalignment and, if

necessary re-form the line for proper alignment before in-
stalling the bolts.
(c) Torque the connecting nut at the eductor to 75-125 Ib-in.
(d) Install the clamp (12) and torque the clamp bolt to 24-27 Ib-in.
(2) Install the CJ610-4, -7 and -8 aspirator air tube as follows: (See 73-
00, figure 3.)
(a) Install and connect the aspirator tube (13) to the connector pad on
the mainframe. Connect the other end (25) to the sensor eductor.
(b) Torque both fittings to 180-200 Ib-in.
3. Inspection/Check. Inspect the CDP to aspirator line per 72-02-1.
73-24-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJGld TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
VARIABLE GEOMETRY ACTUATOR LINES MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:




1. Gene_ral. Maintenance of the actuator lines consists of Removal/Installation.

When.performing maintenance on the actuator linesuse the following procedures.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the CJ610-1, -5 and -9 V.G. actuator lines as follows: (See 73-
00, figure 2.)
NOTE: For removal of the CJ610-4, -6 and -8 V.G. actuator lines, see
step A.(2).
(a) Disconnect the attaching hose clamps (6) at the 3, 9, 11 and 12

o’clock positions.
73-25-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Loosen the coupling nuts (7, 8) at the control and the coupling
nuts (2. 3, 37) at the actuators and remove the actuator lines (4).
NOTE: On actuator systems equipped with drain lines, remove the

drain lines.
(2) Remove the CJ61O-4, -6 and -8 V.G. actuator lines as follows: (See 73-
OO, figure 3.)
(a) Disconnect the attaching hose clamps (6) at the 3 and 6 o’clock
positions.
(b) Loosen the hose coupling nuts connected to the tee fittings (10,
17) and the coupling nuts (2) at the actuators and remove the ac-
tuator lines (4).
(c) Loosen the coupling nuts on the fuel tubes (28) at the fuel control
and remove the tubes and tee fittings (10, 17).
NOTE: On actuator systems equipped with drain lines, remove the

drain lines.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1) Install the CJ61O-1, -5 and -9 V.G. actuator lines as follows: (See 73-
0O, figure 2.)
NOTE: For installation of the CJ61O-4, -6 and -8 V.G. actuator lines,

see step B(2).
(a) Install the fuel hose between the forward port (3) on the actuator
and the fitting (7) on the fuel control. Torque the coupling nuts
to 70-100 Ib-in.
(b) Install the fuel hose between the aft port (37) on the actuator and
the fitting (7) on the fuel control. Torque the coupling nuts to
70-100 16-in.
(c) Install the fuel hose between the 2 forward ports of the actuators.
Torque the coupling nuts to 70-100 Ib-in.
73-25-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANGE MANUAL
(d) Install the fuel hose between the 2 aft ports of the actuators.
Torque the coupling nuts to 10-130 Ib-in.
NOTE: On actuator systems equipped with drain lines, install the

drain lines and tighten the coupling nuts to standard torque.
(e) Connect the hose clamps (6) at the 3, 9, 11 and 12 o’clock posi-
tions. Torque the clamp bolts to24-27 Ib-in.
(2) Install the CJ610-4, -6 and -8 V.G. actuator lines as follows: (See 73-
00,. figure 3.)
(a) Connect the 2 fuel tubes (28) to the fuel control.
(b) Connect the 2 tee fittings (10, 17) to the fuel tubes.
(c) Install the 2 fuel lines. (4) between the tee fittings and the ac-
tuator at the 2 o’clock position.
(d) Install the 2 fuel lines~between the tee fittings and the acutator
at the 8 o’clock position.
NOTE: On actuator systems equipped with drain lines, install the

drain lines and tighten the coupling nuts to standard torque.
(e) Torque the tube coupling nut at the fuel control forward port (30)
to 135-150 Ib-in. Torque the 3 coupling nuts at the tee fitting
(10) to 160-165 Ib-in.
(f) Torque the tube coupling nut at thefuel control aft port (8) to
180-250 Ib-in. Torque the 3 coupling nuts at the tee fitting (17)
to 210-220 Ib-in.
(g) Torque the hose coupling nuts (2) at the actuators to 135-150 Ib-
in.
(h) Connect the hose clamps (6) at the 3 and 6 o’clock positions.
Torque the clamp bolts to 24-27 Ib-in.
3. Inspection/Check. Inspect the actuator lines per 72-02-1.
73-25-0
IDec 31/95 Page 203

C H A PT E R
AIR
GEN ERAL ~b L LE CtR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 hlAINTENANCE MAhTUAL
CHAPTER 25 AIR SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page I
75-00 AIR 8YSTEM
Description and Operation Ij

Troubleshooting 101 1
Adjustment of Variable Geometry System 202 i

Bleed Valve Adjustment 203
Variable Vane Zero Position Setting 206
1
Variable Vane Adjustment 206
Fuel Control Feedback Cable Adjustment 207
Synchronizing Cable Adjustment 207

i
75-10 ANTI-ICING
75-11-0 Anti-Icing Valve

75-12-0 Anti-Icing Air Tube
75-20 COOLING AIR
75-21-0 Eighth-Stage Leakage Air Tubes

75-30 COMPRESSOR CONTROL
75-31-0 Variable Geometry Actuators

Maintenance Practices 201..j
75-32-0 Air Bleed Valve
75-33-0 Feedback Cable
Mar 30/84 75 i
Page 1
OEN~RAL ELECTRIC------
CJ610 TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENAP~CE MANUAL
CHAPTER 75 -AIR
LIST OF EFFE_CTIVE PAGES
CHAPTER/
SECT~ON DATE
75 +I Dec 31/95
Contents 1 Mar 30/84
75-00 i Mar 30/84

2 thru 5 Mar 30/67
101 Nov 15/67
201 Mar 30/67

202 thru 204 Dec 30/78
*205 Dec 31/95
206 thru 209 Dec 30/78
75-11-0 201 thru 203 Mar 30/67
75-12-0 201 Dec 31/91

202 Mar 30/67
75-21-0 *201 thru 202 Dec 31/95

C202A thru 202B Dec 31/95
’203 thru 206 Dec 31/95
75-31-0 201 thru 205 Mar 30/67
75-32-0 2203 thru 202 Dec 31/95

’202A thru 202B Dec 31/95
*202C/202D Dec 31/95
203 Nov 15/72
204 thru 205 Jun 1/71
75-33-0 201 thru 202 Mar 30/67

203 May 15/70
’Asterisk indicates pages added. changed, or deleted by this revision.
75
Dec 31/95 I
GEN ERAL E LE CT R IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 ~IANUAL
AIR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
i. General. The engine air systems consist of a primary and bleed air systems.
2. Air System Components.
A. Anti-icing Valve.
The electrically energized anti-icing air valve controls the ON-OFF flow
of anti-icing air to the front frame. A fail-safefeature in the valve
assures air flow in the event of electrical power failure. The valve is
located at the 10 o’clock position on the front frame.
B. Compressor Bleed Valves.
The amount of air being bled from the third, fourth and fifth stages of
the compressor is controlled by two bleed valves which are mounted at
three and nineon o’clock
compressor ca~ing. the Each valve has six
openings or two for each stage. Each valve is operated by a single
pushrod which moves two camplates in opposite directions inside the

valve. Each camplate moves three gates which slide across t’i~ie valve
ports, opening or closing the bleed valve. The pushrod travels forward
or aft in a’ direction parallel to the engine centerline. A rod end
which threads onto each pushrod is connected by means of a clevis pin to
a third arm on-the bellcrank link.
C. Variable Vane Actuators.
The two actuators are operated by high pressure fuel, whichis scheduled
by the variable geometry servo in the main fuel control, and is intro-
duced to either side of a piston inside the actuator, causing a shaft,
is attached to the piston, to either extend or retract. This
shaft is connected, through linkage, to one arm on a master bellcrank
link. There are two bellcrank links, one mounted and pivoting about a
clevis pin on each actuator bracket. Each link has five arms, one of
which is attachedto the actuator piston shaft as described above.
.I\notherarm on each bellcrank is connected to the inlet guide vane ac-
tuator ring at three and nine o’clock.
3. Operation.
A. Engine Combustion Air Flow.
The combustion air is directly associated with combustion and thrust.

The variable vanes in the front frame annulus guide the air into the
compressor for optimum airflow. The air passes through the compressor
Mar 30/84 75-00
Page 1
GEWERAL E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
~1AINTEh:AhTCE hlAh’UAL SEI-186

C
and is diffused in the mainframe. It is then mixed u:ith fuel in the
combustor and ignited. The combustion gases then pass through the tur-
bine where the greater portion of available energy is used to drive the
engine compressor, and the rest passes through the exhaust cone and tail-
pipe to provide thrust.
B. Engine Cooling and Pressurizing Air Flow. (See figure 1.)
Compressor discharge air which leaks across the eighth stage compressor
air seal is used to pressurize the number one and number two carbon
seals and the lube system. As the air leaves the seal it moves forward
along the bearing housing

number two support pressurizes and seal and
the number seal.
two Seal leakage air also passes through hole,
carbon
located in the compressor drive shaft mounting flange between the mount-
ing bolts, into the rotor. It movesforward through the rotor and ou~
through holes in the forward compressor shaft and pressurizes the number
one carbon seal. The lube system itself is pressurized by this sanle aii´•
which leaks across the carbon seals. The pressure of the seal leakage
air is controlled by tuo poppet valves which are mounted on the tu´•o a~e
ten o’clock mainframe strut pads. Excess eighth stage seal leakage air,
u:hich passes through the poppet val~:ez,iz dumped overboard or ducted
aft to the exhaust cone. (Refer to 79-41-0 for poppet valve maintenance
practices.)
Compressor discharge air that is not mixed into the fuel-air charge is
used for cooling engine components in the combustion and turbine sec-
tions. This is necessary because of the high temperature generated by
the burning process which is centered in the combustion section. Tem-
peratures are so high that without provisions for cooling air, the life
of the components in the combustion and turbine sections would be ex-
tremelp short. Cooling of the inner walls of the combustion liner is
accomplished by a pattern of louvers cut in the inner and outer liner

shells. These perforations direct the flo~´• of secondary combustion air
or cooling air through the liner and along the liner inner skin to keep
the flame away from both liner walls. The
air flowing between the com-
bustion liner and the outer combustion casing, cools the outer wall of
the liner, and then passes inward through a series of holes in the aft
outer flange of the liner. A portion of this air then flows outward
through radial holes in the first stage~turbine nozzle outer-band and

aft to cool the turbine casing and first stage turbine shroud at which
point it re-enters the main gas stream. The remainder of the air flows
through the hollow partitions in the first stage turbine nozzle, into
the inner the nozzle, and is expelled aftward, through slots in
band of
the band, against the shanksof the first stage turbine blades.
inner
Some of the air, as it passes through the partitions, isexpelled
through small slots in the concave surface and cools the trailing edges
of the partitions.
75-00 Mar. 30/6~

Page 2
GEWERAL ELE~CTRIC
CJ610´• ´•TURBO’JET
~j--ZE
~3 a
Al
DETAIL C
B- d
a
DETAIL 6
j
CJb10-6025-0-*2*
Engine Cooling and Pressurizing Air Flow
Figure 1 75-00
Mar. 30/67
Page 3
GEW ERAL O~ E LE Cf R IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
Secondary combustion air which flows between and cools the combustion
liner and the inner combustion casing is directed into the balance pis-
ton chamber. This chamber is located just forward of the first stage
turbine wheel. The air enters the chamber through a series of holes
spaced between the bolt holes in the rear flange~of the inner combustion
casing. pressurizes the chamber and acts on the forwardface of the

It
first turbine wheel, utilizing the wheel as a piston.
stage This action
offsets the forward thrust of the´•compressor rotor, reducing the thrust
loading on the number two bearing. Balance piston air leaves the cham-
ber through twelve holes in the first stage turbine wheel. These holes
are located between the first stage turbine wheel-torque ring bolt holes.
Six of the holes bleed air back toward the second stage turbine wheel
cooling the.aft side:of the first stage wheel, the inner diameter of the
torque ring and the forward face of.the second stage wheel, cooling the
aft side of this wheel, and re-enters the main gas stream. The other
six holes in the first stage;turbine wheel direct air to a chamber form-
ed by the aft side of the first stage wheel and the baffle ring which is
integral with the torque ring. A series of axial holes in the baffle
ring allows the air to continue aft, through the turbine interstage seal
and onto the second stage blades~shanks and turbine wheel outer rim.
Some of the air that passes through the baffle ring moves outward past
the baffle on the stationary half of the interstage seal and cools the
aft side of the first stage wheel outer rim and the blades shanks.
Air also leaves the.balance piston chamber through the inner forward
turbine labyrinth seal into a chamber at the root of the turbine forward
shaft. At this point it pressurizes the number three carbon seal and
passes aft through holes in the first stage turbine wheel. It combines
with air between t~ie two turbine ´•wheels and aids in cooling this area
and then passes through the bore of the second stage wheel and out into
the main gas stream.
Some of the compressor-discharge air may be bled off through four main-
frame~ports for airframe use.
C. Anti-icing:Air Flow. (See figure 2.)
Anti-icing air´•flow is controlled by an electrically operated valve

which is mounted on the aft side of the manifold on the front frame at
the o’clock position.
10 Compressor dis~charge air is bled from the
eleven o’clock bleed port on the mainframe and ducted forward, through
the anti-icing valve, into the manifold. Some of this air passes aft
through slots cut in each of the IGV supporting bosses, through the hol-
lowed out vane stemsand into the hollow IGV’s. Inside the IGV’s the.
air flows radially inward, around baffles, then outward through holes´•in
the outboard ends of the vanes and into the airstream. The rest of the
75-00 Mar. 30/67

Page 4
GEWERAL tLECTRIC
CJB10 TURBOJET
anti-icing air passes through the struts into the inner hub. A portion
of this air is directed forward into the bulletnose, which has two skips,
througha hole at the forward end of the inner skin, then aft between
the two skins and out through radial holes at the aft end of the outer
skin. The remainder of the air in the inner hub passes aft through inr
ternal passages and into the double skinned IGV shroud and seal. This
air anti-ices the shroud ring and then passes out into the air stream
through radial holes at the aft end of the shroud.
D. Compressor Bleed Air.
The air Pled from the compressor at the third, fourth andfifth stages
is metered overboard, as scheduled by the main fuel control, to maintain
airflow stability within the compressor ´•and to prevent compressor stalls.
FRONT FRAME ANTI-ICING

AIR MANIFOLD
~e
INLET
INLET
BULLET NOSE )I I It~´•dRr SHROUD
VIEW FORWARD LOOKING AFT
CJ610´•6026´•0´•D?
Anti-icing Air Flow
Figure 2
Mar. 30/67
Page
57 -0
G EW ERAL tLf CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-L86 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
AIR SYSTEM TROUBLE-SHO(YTING
i. General. The air system trouble-shooting mus~ be accomplished in a system-

atic manner based on all available information. External air leaks may be
found by inspection (discoloration
visual connecting parts)
aroundduring or
engine coastdown. A thorough knowledge of theengine air system, applied

with logical reasoning, should solve anyproblemS which may occur.
Nov. 15/67 75-00
Page 101
6IllEIALQ ILEETRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
AIR SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. The following maintenance practices are the adjustmei~ts that can
be made to the air system. For removal and replacement, refer to the indi-
vidual component section.
A. Inspect the parts of the variable geometry system for wear per figure
201 before disconnecting or removing any of them. Measure the amount of
free movement (turning) or looseness of the variable vanes and the
amount of axial play in the bleed valve clevis.
i. MANUALLY POSITION VARIABLE VANES TO THE FULL OPEN POSITION. i. BELLCRANK

2. YOKE
2. USING FIRM HAND PRESSURE, TO TURN THE VARIABLE VANE, TAKE UP 3. ACTUATOR CYLINDER
THE SLACK FIRST IN ONE DIRECTION AND THEN IN THE OTHER. EXCESSIVE 4. ACTUATOR PISTON ROD
PRESSURE CAN MOVE THE ACTUATOR AND THE MEASUREMENT WILL BE 5. VARIABLEVANE
MEANINGLESS. CAREFULLY MEASURE FREE TURNING MOTION (LOOSENESS) 6. BLEEDVALVE
OF THE SYSTEM USING A DIAL INDICATOR OR A THIN SCALE HELD FIRMLY 7. BLEED VALVE CLEVIS OR ROD END
INSERTED BETWEEN THE OUTSIDE END OF THE VARIABLE VANE AND HELD 8. FEEDBACK CABLE
FIRMLY AGAINST THE FRONT FRAME CASING. MAKE THE MEASUREMENTS 9. SYNCHRONIZATION CABLE
OF VARIABLE VANES NEAREST TO THE 3 AND 9 O1CLOCK POSITION. -THE 10. ACTUATOR RING
MEASUREMENT SHOULD BE MADE AT THE OUTSIDE TRAILING EDGE OF THE 11. LEVERS
VARIABLE VANE.
3. MEASURE THE AXIAL PLY OF THE BLEED VALVE CLEVIS USING

A DIAL INDICATOR OR A SCALE.
i\
6 o
‘´•".i’ ~i-.i
&´•j
,i,,,
SERVICEABLE LIMIT
MEASUREMENT POINT
Q
0.020 INCH MAX B

SERVICEABLE LIMIT t‘
j,
5
i Y
-´•r´•´•
i, \I o.oso INCH MAX
I-- SERVICEABLE LIMIT
CJ6~0d011-0-C1
Variable Geometry System Inspection

Figure 201
Mar. 30/67 75-00
Page 201
GEW~RAL ~B ELEeTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(1) If the free motion of the variable vane is less than 0.05 inch total
and the axial play in the bleed valve clevis is less than 0.020 inch,
the variable geometry system is serviceable and no additional inspec-
tion is required.
(2) If the free motion of the variable vane exceeds 0.05 inch total and/
or the axial play in the bleed valve clevis exceeds 0.020 inch, inspect
and replace parts only as required to bring the system looseness and
clevis play within serviceable limits. Reassemble the system and again
measure the free motion in the system and the clevis axial play. In-
spect and replace parts in the following order:
(a) The bellcranks of both actuators for wear in the bearing and
pivot shaft.
(b) The actuator ring for wear in ring pivot pin holes and the lug
pin holes.
(c) The levers for wear in the square holes.
(3) If the free motion in the system is not corrected by the above, the
front frame assembly must be removed and replaced as instructed in
72-30, Maintenance Practices.
2. Adjustment/Test.
A. Initial Bleed Valve Adjustment. (See figure 202.)
(1) Disconnect the synchronizing cables (12), the feedback cable (9) and
the bleed valves (2) from the~actuator bellcranks (5).
NOTE: On some engines the pin (head next to compressor casing) for
the synchronizing cable cannot be removed until the actuator
is removed, For this configuration, remove the outer´•syn-
chronizing cable.
(2) Set and maintain the actuators (1) in the fully extended position.
Take the linkage backlash out in the direction of retracting the
actuator.
(3) Close the bleed valve gates (6) against their stops, fully extending
the operating arm (3) to remove the backlash.
(4) Adjust the rod end (4) and insert the clevis pin (17) through th_e rod
end and the bellcrank (5) arm to make sure that the parts are properly
aligned.
75-00 Dec 30/78

Page 202
6 EW ERAL ~B ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 EIAINTENANCE MANUAL
i. ACTUATOR
2; BLEED VALVE
3. BLEED VALVE OPERATING ARM 1
EXTEND ACTUATOR
4. ROD-END OR CLEVIS END
5. ACTUATOR BELLCRANK
12
6. BLEED VALVE GATE
6 11
7. VARIABLE VANE ACTUATOR RING
8. ADJUSTABLE LINK
9. FEEDBAG K CABLE AN D CONDUI T
II ,1
~;hC ~FB
11. NUT 5~ 8
14
12. SYNCHRONIZING CABLE
13. HEX TURNBUCKLE NUT
14. JAM NUT
CLOSE BtEED
VALVE GATE I)
15. JAhn NUT
16. WASHER
.81)MIHS(
17. CLEVIS PIN
COTTERPIN
19. PIN I 69/ 1 U B
20. WASHER .I i
j O
2
W NUTS,11
LOCKWI RE
bOU
C
NUT,~O
SUPPORT LUG
VIEW IN DIRECTION OF ARROW A

iP~ VIEW IN
20
DIRECTION OF ARROW A
f
c
VIEW IN DIRECTION OF ARROW

(WITH PARTIAL CUTAWAY)
C
t le 116 _Fa py16 0.005 TO 1\6 F~ 16 5

0.005 TO 0.015 INCH
0.015 INCH
BLEED VALVE
BLEED VALVE
;9k~M ROD-END~ n~BELLCRANK ARM
0.005 TO
0.015 INCH
0.005 TO
0.015 INCH
_f 17’16
WASHER
(OPTIONAL)
SECTION 8-8 SECTION 8-8

CJ610´•6041-0-*2P,
Bleed Valve and Variable Vane Adjustnents

Figure 202
Dec 30/78 75-00

Page 203
6flERAL ELfCTRlt
CJ610 TURBOJET
(5) Remove the clevis pin and rotate (counterclockwise) the rod end one
turn away from the valve. Insert the clevis pin through the rod end
and the bellcrank arm. Check to ensure that the valve gates no longer
bottom against their stops.
NOTE: The gates should be fully-closed. No visual opening of gates

should exist;
(6) Move the actuator piston by hand to itsfully retracted position,

with I.inkag’e backlash taken out in the direction of extending the
actuator. (The bleed valve is now open.)
(7) Check the position of the bleed valve gates. They should not protrude
more than 1/16 inch into the bleed valve opening. If the gates pro-
trude into the bleed valve opening mote than 1/16 inch, remove the
clevis pin and rotate (counterclockwise) the ro~ end 1/2 turn.
(8) Repeat step (7) until the 1/16 inch dimension is met.
(9) Move the actuator piston by hand to its fully extended position (valve
gates closed) and check to ensure that no visual opening exists.
(10) Move the actuator piston by hand to its fully retracted position
(valve gates open).
(11) Remove the clevis pin and check to ensure that the valve gates can be
opened further. If the valve gates cannot be opened further, make
the following inspection checks:
(a) Actuator travel at the valve connection points is~within limits

of 1.64 to 1.66 inches.
(b) The valve operating arm (3) has a full travel of 1.73 inches
(minimum).
(12) Replace the actuator if it is out of dimensional limits. If the valve

gates do not open or operate properly, check the valve for proper as-
sembly and replace it if it cannot be made to operate within limits.
(13) Shim each side of the actuator bellcrank arm that is connected to the
bleed valve rod end. the shims (16) to obtain a clearance of
Insert
0,005 to0.015 inch between the shim and the inside surface of the
rod end. Be sure not to apply a side load to’the bleed valve operat-
ing arm by shimming. Connect the bellcrank arm to the rod end with
the clevis pin, 2 washers and cotterpin. Torque the jam nut against
the rod end to 95-125 Ib-in; Be sure the operating arm is not twisted
in its slot so that opposing corners can rub.
75-00 Dec 30/78

Page 204
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Install one washer under the head of the clevis pin and one under the
cotterpin, The axial movement of the clevis pin shall not exceed 0.022
inch.
(14) Inspect the valve gates for full closing as follows:
(a) Fully close the bleed valve. The openings must be completely cov-
ered. Apply finger pressure down on the upper gates and up on the
lower gates to remove all play.
(b) Visually inspect with a good light to ensure that no gaps or cracks
exist between the gate and bleed valve opening. Attempt to insert
a strip of shim stock 0.001 inch thick between the top and bottom
of the gate and the valve port. Attempt to insert the shim perpen-
dicular to the gate along the entire edge including the corners.
Replace the valve if the shim can be inserted.
(15) Deleted.
B. Initial Variable Vane Adjustment, (See figure 202,)
(1) Set the variable vanes in the zero-degree position (full open)
(2) Extend each actuator (1) until it reaches its stop. Remove all backlash
as described in paragraph A.
(3) Centralize the variable vane actuator ring (7) by moving it radially
until the gaps between the ring and the front frame are approximately
equal at the 6 and 12 o’clock positions.
(4) Adjust adjustable link (8) (turnbuckle) so that the clevis pins can
the
be through the variable vane actuator ring lug and the ball
inserted
joint of the adjustable link. Connect each adjustable link to each of

the actuator ring lugs with a clevis pin, washer and cotterpin, The
head of the clevis pin faces aft and the washer is installed under the
cotterpin. Bend the cotter pins that secure the adjustable lirik clevis
pins at each actuator bellcrank and at the actuator ring lugs. Torque
the adjustable link jam nut to 6-8 Ib-in.
(5) Loosen the 2 bolts that secure the upper and lower actuating ring halves
together one full turn.
NOTE: Disregard steps (1) and (3) on engines without actuating ring
plastic support buttons.
(6) Secure an alignment clamp, 2C5374, to each of the three oversize struts
I (located
the arrow
at
on
the 2, 6, and 10 o’clock
body pointing toward the bulletnose,

the
positions) on the front
as shown
frame,
in
with
figure
203. Tighten the wing nuts fingertight.
75-00
Dec 31/95 Page 205
666 ERAL ~gD ELECtllC
CJ610 TURSOJET
MAINTENANCE MAM~AZ, SEI-ls6
SECURE A CLAMP TO VARIABLE VANE AT EACH

OF THE OVERSIZE STRUTS UITH RADIUSED EDGE OF
CLAMP UP AGAINST FRONT FRAME INNER CASING.
FRONT FRAME
INNER CASI ,,~,:,,j,
´•Q:i- ii
Q j
W\DIUSED EDGE
Df CLAMP 3 CLAMPS
2[35376
9´•
‘j!
i::t a~ii i
WING
NUT
D
‘i:I
OVERSIZE1
i VARIABLEa frj
STRUT
ii~j’
a
DC-0223
Setting Variable Vanes to Zero Position

Figure 203
75-00 Dec 30/78

Page 206
GEWERAL ~P ELEGTRIC
C’J610 ‘TURBOJET
SEI;186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Tighten the 2 bolts, that were loosened in step´•(5) to 28~321b-in.

The vanes are now at the "zero degree" (full open) position.
NOTE: Check the the actuating ring for alignment

scribe line on
with the longest (00 line) of the five lines on the

line
front frame. If they do not align, paint dykem (blue) or
equivalent on the actuating ring and rescribe actuating
ring using alignment gage 205356 as a guide.
(8) Set and maintain the actuators in the full extend~d position. Remove
backlash by exerting fingertip pressure against the bellcrank arm in
direction of actuator retraction.
(9)Adjust the length of the adjustable links (8, figure 202) so they can
be connected to the variable vane actuator ring lug without changing
the "zero degree" setting. Secure using a clevis pin, washer and
cotter pin.
(10) Torque the adjustable link jam nut to 6-8 Ib-in.
(11) Remove the 3 alignment clamps,2C5374´•.
(12) Manually retract the actuators, then move to the fully extended posi-
tion and check alignment of th’e scribe lines for "zero degree" posi-
tion. If lines do not slign~, repeat adjusting procedure.
C. Initial Fuel Control Feedback Cable Adjustment. (See figure 202.)
NOTE:- Final adjustment is performed during engine runup per paragraph E.
(1) The feedback cable and conduit (9) must be connected and fastened at
the main fuel control for this adjustment.
(2) Extend the actuators (1) until the stop is reached. (The bleed
valves (2) should be in a full-closed position.)
(3) Loosen nut (10) and the 2 nuts (11) or remove pin (19). Bend the
conduit mounting bracket, if necessary, to ensure that the feedback
cable moves freely through the support lug at the actuator bellcrank
(5). Final alignment considered satisfactory when the cable contin-
is
ues to move freelythrough the lug, regardless of the bleed valve posf-
tion (either in the full-open or the full-closed position). Return the
bleed valves tothe full-closed position after alignment is completed.
(4) Pull the feedback cable to bring the variable geometry feedback arm
ton the control) against

fuel its stop and tighten nut (10) or in-
stall pin (19).
Dec 30/78 75-00

Page 207
GEIERAL ~D ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBQJET
(5) Loosen nut (10) exactly 2 turns or remove pin (19) and turn rod-end
counterclockwise 2 full turns.
(6) Secure the assenlbly by installing pin (19) and washer (20) or torquing
the 2 nuts (11) to 6-8- Ib-in. Lockwire.
D. Synchronizing Cable Adjustment. (See figure 202.)
(1) Connect loosely the 2 synchronizing cabies (12) to the clevis pins
in each of the actuator bellcranks (5) with a cotter pin.
NOTE: On some bellc;ank configurations, washers are used with the

cotter pin. On these configurations, install the washer
under the cotter pin and bend the cotter pin.
(2) Maintain the 2 actuators (1) in an extended position (the bleed valves
should be fully-closed). Take the slack out of the linkage in the
direction of opening the bleed valve (2).
(3) Record the actuator piston rod position of both actuators.
(4) Tighten the hex turnbuckle nut (13) finger-tight to take the slack out
of the synchronizing cable and place it in tension. Pre-load the

cable by tightening the hex turnbuckle 1/4 to 1/3 turn. Be sure to
restrain the cable from turning with the turnbuckle.
(5) Ensure the ends of the cable and clevis end are properly engaged by
checking inspection holes in the turnbuckles. Hold the hext turn-
buckle nutsagainst rotation and secure them by torqufng the jam nuts
(14). Torque the sheet metal type locknut(not free running) to 6-8
Ib-in. If the new free running locknut is used, torque to 25-30 Ib-in.
Lockwire the jam nuts.
(6) Check the actuator rod position. The measurement must fall within
0.015 inch of the original valve position in step (3).
(7) Check the bleed valve lag by comparing the size of the openings of the
gates (6) of one bleed valve with the other. The difference between
the sizes of bleed valve gate openings must not exceed 1/16 inch.
E. Final Adjustment of Variable Geometry System. (See figure 202.)
NOTE: See 72-00, figure 505 for proper schedule.
(1) If the plotted points on the bleed valve operating schedule in 72-00,
Adjustment/Test are out of limits, proceed with the following.
75-00 Dec 30/78

Page 208
CLRERALO ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJaT
SEI-1S6 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
O
(2) If both recorded points fall above the maximum limit, increase the.
effective length of the fuel control feedback cable (where it con-
nects to the right-hand actuator bellcrank) by one of the following,

depending on feedback cable configuration.
(a) Back off adjusting nut (10) and tighten locking nuts (11).
Torque nuts to 6-8 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(b) Remove pin (19) and turn rod-end to increase the length of the
cable. Install pin, washel and lockwire,
(c) Recheck and adjust until points fall within limits of 72-00,
Adjustment/Test.
(3) If both recorded points fall below the minimum limits, decrease the
effective length of the fuel control feedbackcable (where it con-
nects to the right-hand actuator bellcrank) by one of the following,

depending on feedback cable configuration.
CAUTION: USE CARE WHEN REDUCING THE EFFECTIVE LENGTH OF THE

FEEDBACK CABLE. IF CABLE IS TOO SHORT, IT WILL
BOTTOM AGAINST THE STOP IN THE FUEL CONTROL WHEN
ACTUATOR IS FULLY EXTENDED. WITH ACTUATOR FULLY
EXTENDED A SMALL AMOUNT (0.015 INCH) OF SPRING
LOADED END PLAY SHOULD BE EVIDENT IN THE CABLE.
(a) Back off locking nuts (II) and tighten adjusting nut (10). Torque
nuts to 6-8 Ib-in. and.lockwi?e.
(b) Remove pin (19) and turn rod-end to decrease the length of the
cable. Install pin, washer and lockwire.
(c) Recheck and adjust until points fall within limits of 72-00,
Adjustment/Test.
Dec 30/78 75-00

Page 209
C EW ERAL E LE CT R iC
CJ610 TURBO~ET
SEI;186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ANTI-ICING VALVE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. The following procedures are to be used when performing mainte-

nance on the anti-icing valve.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the electrical lead from the anti-icing valve.
(2) Remove the bolts (1, figure 201) that secures the clamp (2, figure
201) to the bracket (3, figure 201).
NOTE: Some engines may not have this´•clamp installed on the engine.
(3) Disconnect the tube (4, figure 201) from the rear pad of the anti-
icing valve by removing the bolts (5, figure 201).
(4) ~emove the bolts (6, figure 201)and nuts (7, figure201) that se-
cure the rear of the anti-icing valve. Removethespacer (8, figure

201) and any shims that are used,
(5) Remove the´•bolts (9, figure 201) that securethe anti-icing’valve to

the anti-icing manifold. Use tool 205322 for the inside bolt.
(6) Remove the anti-icing valve and discard the gasket.
B. Installation.
(1) Place a new gasket on the anti-icing valve front pad and assemble
the valve to the manifold. Secure with bolts (9, fi’gure 201). Use
tool 205322 for the inside bolt. Do not tighten the bolts at thisl
time.
(i)-Place the spacer (8, figure 201) between the valve and front frame
rear flange. Use shims, as required, to fil.l´•any gap between spacer
and valve. Secure the valve and spacer with bolts and nuts (6 and 7,
figure 201). Do not´• tighten nuts at this ’time.
(3) Place a gasket on theanti-icing valve-rear pad and connect tube

new
(4, figure 201) to valve. Secure with bolts (5, figure 201). Do
not tighten bolts at this time.
Ma~. 30~67 ‘75-11-0
Page:201
GEWERAL ELECTRIC
CJB10 TURBO~ET
(4) Install´•clamp (3, figure 201) over the valve. Secure to bracket (3,
figure 201) with bolts (1, figure 201). Torque the bolts to 24-27
Ib-in. and lockwire.
(5) Torque bolts (9, figure 201) to 20-25 Ib-in.-and lockwire.
(6) Torque nuts (7, figure 201) to 35-40 Ib-in.
(7) Torque bolts (5, figure 201) to 20-25 Ib-in. and lockwire.
3 2
r
~\io
7 U--J g
Anti-icing Valve Removal

Figure 201
75-11-0 Mar. 30/67

Page 202
GEIERALQ,i,,,,,,
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-1B6
3. Inspection/Checks. Where serviceable limits’are exceeded, parts may be re-
Inspection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Corrective Action
A. Cr~cks Not serviceable. Replace valve.
B. Damaged threads One full thread, cumulative

or continuous, maybe missing
after chasing.
C. Electrical connec- Not serviceable. Replace valve.

tor for broken pins
Mar. 30/67
Page
20375-11-0
6 EI ERAL ~B f LE CIR IC
cJsio TURB03ET
SEI-186 ~IAINTENANCE MANUAL
ANTI-ICING TUBE MAINTENANCE. PRACTICES
I. General. The following procedures are to be used when performing maintenance

on the anti-icing airtube.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the tube (1, figure 201) from the rear pad of the anti-
icing valve (2, figure 201).
(2) Loosen air tube clamps (3, figure 201).
(3) Remove air tube from hose (4, figure 201). Discard gasket from
anti-icing valve end.
(4) Remove tee (5, figure 201) by removing the bolts securing it to the
mainframe. Discard gasket.
B. Installation.
(1) Install tee (5, figure 201) and new gasket on mainframe pad. Secure
with bolts, lubricated with 990 Texacone Co.,
Ease-Off Box 4236, Dallas,
I Texas). Torque bolts to 16-19 Ib-in. and lockwire.
1 3 f 3
CJ610dOC1-0-E2
Anti-Icing Air Tube Removal
Figure 201
Dec 31/91 75-12-0
Page 201
GPIERAL ELECtRIC -_-
CJ610 TURBOJET
(2) Install air tube into hose (4, figure 201).
(3) Secure the anti-icing tube (1, figure 201) and a new gasket to the
rear pad of the anti-icing valve with bolts. Torque the bolts to
20-25 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(4) Tighten clamps (3, figure 201) to 30-40 Ib-in. and lockwire.
A. Tube for splits Not serviceable. Replace tube.

or cracks.
B. Nicks, chafing or 0.005 inch deep after re-
scratches, moval of high metal.
C. Dents. Not over 1/5 of tube diam-
eter, if the dent is not on
the heel of a sharply-bent

radius.
D. Flatness or out- Not over 1/4 of the tube

of-roundness. diameter.
E. Tube bolt flange Not to exceed 0.005 inch Lap or reface to

for flatness. provided 3/4 of flange within 0.005 inch
thickness remains after flatness or replace
refacing. tube.
75-12-0 Mar. 30/67

Page 202
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EIGHTH-STAGE LEAKAGE AIR DUCT MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:


GRINDING, BUFFING. DRILLING. SANDING OR ANY TYPE OF MATERIAL
BEFORE HANDLING, REPLACING. OR DISPOSING OF ASBESTOS-CONTAIN-

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS MUSTBE STRICTLY ADHERED TO
1. General. The following procedures are to be used when performing maintenance

on the air duct.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

WHICH IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES. AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. READ GEN-
MAY RESULT.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the nuts securing the leakage air duct (1, figure 201) to the
exhaust casing.
(2) Remove the bolts securing the elbow (2, figure 201) to the mainframe.
(3) Remove the tube from the engine and separate the elbow from the duct.
Discard gaskets (3 and 4. figure 201).
NOTE: When the elbow is removed the 8th-stage leakage air valve is ex-
posed the should be inspected in accordance with 79-41-0.
75-21-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAI~TENANCE MANUAL
2 5 1 4~
i. AirDud
2. Elbow
3. Gasket
4. Gasket
5. Piston Ring
O
~a
c
CJ610-6045-1-E2
Eighth-Stage Leakage Air Tube Removal
Figure 201
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
B. Installation.
(1) Place new gaskets (3 and 4, figure 201) on mainframe and exhaust casing.
Inspect piston ring (5. figure 201) and replace if damaged,
(2) Assemble the air duct (1, figure 201) into the elbow (2, figure 201).
(3) Place the tube on the engine with the elbow on the mainframe and duct on
exhaust casing.
75-21-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAI~TENANGE MANUAL
WARNING: EASE OFF 990 ANTISEIZE COMPOUND
OVEREXPOSURE CAN LEAD TO CHRONIC HEALTH HAZARDS SUCH AS SEVERE DAM-
AGE TO BLOOD FORMING, NERVOUS, URINARY, AND REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEMS.
INHALATION MAY CAUSE IRRITATION OR BURNING OF RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.
CONTACT WITH EYES/FACE/SKIN MAY CAUSE IRRITATION OR BURNING.
INGESTION MAY CAUSE IRRITATION OR BURNING OF DIGESTIVE SYSTEM.
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE E4UIPMENT REQUIRED WHEN HANDLING OR USING THIS

MATERIAL.
(4) Torque the bolts, lubricated with Ease Off 990 (Texacone Co., Box 4236,
Dallas, Texas), that secure the elbow, to 16-19 Ib-in. and lock-wire.
Torque the nuts that secure the duct to 16-19 Ib-in.
C. Replacement of Ferrule on Leakage Air Duct.
(1) Machine off old ferrule in area shown per figure 202. Using a horizon-
tal miller or equivalent with a slitting saw, remove ferrule end.
(2) Locally manufacture an alignment rod per figure 203.
(3) Locally manufacture a new ferrule per figure 204.
(4) Assemble and line up new ferrule with duct and inspect the 16.600-16.640
inch dimension in figure 202. If total length is greater, remove mate-
rial from the tapered end of the ferrule so the length is within speci-
fied limits.
(5) "V" prep ferrule weld joint (figure 205) and vapor degrease.
(6) Assemble alignment rod, ferrule, and duct per figure 205.
75-21-0
Dec 31/95 Page 202A

GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: GENERAL WELDING
DO NOT LET FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS SUCH AS ACETONE AND METHYL ETHYL KE-
TONE CONTACT HEATED WELDED PARTS.
CONTACT WITH FUMES MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION. DERMATITIS. AND EYE
IRRITATION. REPEATED INHALATION OF FUMES CAN CAUSE COUGHING, WHEEZ-
ING, AND PERMANENT LUNG DAMAGE.
IF FUMES CAUSE IRRITATION, GO TO FRESH AIR. IF COUGHING OR WHEEZING
PERSISTS, GET MEDICAL ATTENTION.
WELDING SHOULD ONLY BE DONE IN AN AIR-EXHAUSTED ENCLOSED OR SHIELDED

WORK AREA.
CONTACTWITH ULTRAVIOLET RAYS MAY CAUSE FATIGUE, NAUSEA, AND FEVER.

REPEATED CONTACT MAY CAUSE PERMANENT SKIN AND TISSUE DAMAGE.
COVER ALL EXPOSED SKIN TO AVOID REDDENING OF SKIN. IF REDDENING OF

SKIN OCCURS AFTER REPEATED USE OF WELDING MACHINE. GET MEDICAL AT-
TENTION.
ONLY EXPERIENCED TRAINED PERSONNEL SHOULD USE WELDING MACHINES. WHEN

USING EQUIPMENT, FOLLOW APPROVED SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR SHIELDING AND
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT.
(7) Tack weld ferrule to duct at four approximately equally spaced locations
to hold in position. (See weld data, table 201).
(8) Remove alignment rod.
(9) Gas-back the air leakage duct with argon (5-10 cu ft/hr).
(a) Place a gas tube in the flange endof the duct and seal with alumi-
num tape.
(b) Seal ferrule end of tube with aluminum tape.
(c) Purge duct vent ferrule end with a small hole to allow purge gases
to escape.
(10) Clean weld area prior to welding. Weld ferrule using argon torch gas
(8-14 ft/hr), tungsten electrode 0.062 diameter, filler material AMS

cu
5786 (Hastelloy W) 0.035 inch diameter, and a current of 25-35 amps DC
straight polarity (reference weld data table 201).
75-21-0
Page 202B Dec 31/95

CJ61 O’ TU RBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SOLVENTS, DEVELOPERS, AND EMULSIFIERS USED IN FLUORESCENT PENETRANT
INSPECTION CAN IRRITATE MUCOUS MEMBRANE AREAS OF THE BODY.
CONTINUAL EXPOSURE TO PENETRANT INSPECTION MATERIALS CAN IRRITATE

THE SKIN. DIRECT EXPOSURE OF EYES TO BLACK LIGHT AND PROLONGED
EXPOSURE OF SKIN TO BLACK LIGHT CAN INFLAME AND DAMAGE EYES AND
SKIN.

KEEP INSIDES OE GLOVES CLEAN.
STORE ALL PRESSURIZED SPRAY CANS CONTAINING PENETRANTS. DEVELOPERS,

AND EMULSIFIERS TN A COOL, DRY AREA PROTECTED FROM DIRECT SUNLIGHT,
HEAT, AND OPEN FLAMES. TEMPERATURES HIGHER THAN 1200F (490C) MAY
CAUSE PRESSURIZED CAN TO BURST AND CAUSE INJURY.
IF DIRECT EYE CONTACT WITH BLACK LIGHT CAUSES EYE PROBLEMS, IMMEDI-
WHEN USING BLACK LIGHT FORFLUORESCENT INSPECTIONS, WEAR SAFETY

GLASSES.
(11) Fluorescent-penetrant inspect. No cracks allowed.
(12) Inspect 16.600-16.640 dimension per figure 202.
3. Ins~ection/Check. Where serviceable limits are exceeded, parts may be repaired

A. Visually inspect the duct (1. figure 201) for:
(1)Cracks. Not serviceable. Replace duct.
(2) Dents. One dent, 1/4 inch deep

and 1/2 inch diameter, if
the dent is 1/2 inch away
from welded area.
B. Visually inspect the elbow (2, figure 201) for:
(1)Cracks. Not serviceable. Replace elbow.
(2) Dents. Three dents, 1/8 inch

deep, or one dent 1/4 inch
deep.
C. Inspect ring land OD (ferrule, figure 202) for:
Wear. 1.356 inch minimum diameter Replace duct.

(0.008 inch wear).
75-21-0
Dec 31/95 Page 203
OECIERAL ELECTRID--------
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
16.600-16.64
NEW WELD JOINT
-~-l---C-I-
M- 0.895-0.900
FERRULE
IALL DIMENSIONSI
IAREININCHES I
000CF7-895000
Eighth-Stage Air Leakage Duct
Figure 202
1.067 1.40
t DIA DIA
1.062 1.38
C2.10 2.00
I 1.2601
1.250
ALL DIMENSIONS
ARE IN INCHES MATERIAL: SAE 1010-1025
(machine steel)
999987-895199
Alignment Rod
Figure 203
75-21-0
Page 204 Dec 31/95
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MATERIAL: AMS 5645 0.02-0.04 CHAMFER, 0.005-0.015 R
4’40’
3’20’
1.0 7-1.11
1.364-1 .368
DIA
DIA D
NOTES:
DIAMETRAL RUNOUT OF
1.175-1.180
DIA B
1
L
I- 1
DIAMETERS BTO D,NOT
TO EXCEED 0.002 INCH FIR
0.03
T0.058-0.068
2. 125 SURFACE FINISH 0.150-0.155
BLEND
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 63/ 1 1 163
0.189-0.191
3. REMOVE SHARP EDGES
0.50-0.52
4. ALL DIMENSIONS
0.895-0.900-----
ARE IN INCHES 000CF7-895200-02
Ferrule Dimensions
Figure 204
"V" PREP JOINT
ALIGNMENT ROD
FERRULE
0.030-0.040 INCH
WELD JOINT
000CF7-895300
Assembly of Ferrule
Figure 205
75-21-0
Dec 31/95 Page 205
yuul
09
TABLE 201
(D h,
TIG WELD DATA
NOTE:
i. Read welding instructions before using this table.
2. Fluorescent-penetrant inspect all repair welds for cracks unless otherwise noted.
3. Use a 1/16 inch diameter, pointed, 1 percent thoriated tungsten electrode.
4. Use 1/32 1/16 inch diameter filler wire 1/32 inch preferred for most repairs.
Material(s) Machine Torch Gas Backup Gas
To Be Filler Wire Current Flow Flow Weld
Item Component To Be Welded Welded Material (amperes) (cu ft/hr) (cu ft/hr) Contour
8 AMS 5645 25-35 DC Argon Argon Reinforced

201-1 Duct, Leakage Stage
AMS 5570 8-14 5-10
Straight
c~
Polarity Q)a
AMS 5786
o
(Hastelloy W) -1
0.035 inch dia.
C~
ms
o
c
m
-1
ii v,
GEWERAL ELECtR1C
CJ6´•IO TURBOJ´•ET
SEI-1SG ´•MAINTENANCE MANUAL
VARIABLE GEOMETRY ACTUATORS MAINTENANCE. PRACTICES
1-.. General. Thefollowing procedures are to beused when.performing mainte-

nance on the variable, geometry actuators’.
NOTE: The procedures in this paragraph.apply to both the left and ri~ht-
hand actuators except where otherwise noted.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect thehoses at the actuator housing (1)..Move.´•the actuator
piston forward to the retracted position.
(2) Remove the cotterpins, washers, and.clevis pins that..secure the ac-
tuator to the bleed valve rod end (2) and to the synchronizing cable
(3). r.
NOTE:. Onsomeengines (head of pin nextto compressor casing) the
clevi:s pincannot be removed uniil the actuator is removed

from its mount.
(3).Remove at the variable vane actuator~ring, the, cotterpin, washer,

and clevis pin that Secure the~turnbuckle to the actuator ring (4).
i. VARIABLE GEOMETRY ACTUATOR

2. BLEED VALVE ROD END
4 1 3. SYNCHRONIZING CABLE
O 4. TURNBUCKLE
i´• i~tll. ii 1 I’) 5. PIN
6. WASHER
7. NUT
3
8. MOUNTING BOLTS
i 5 DETAIL A
C1610-60160-F2
Variable Geometry Actuator Removal
Figure 201
Mar. ´•30/67 15-31-0
’9age::201
eEIERPL~B ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(4) For the´•right-hand actuator only, do the following:
(a) Remove the pin (5) and washer (6) or the nut (7) (depending on
feedback cable configuration) from the end’of the fuel control

feedback cable at the actuator bellcrank lug.
NOTE: If necessary, disconnect the feedback cable conduit
clamps to allow removal of the feedback cable from the

bellcrank lug.
(5) Remove the 2 bolts that secure the actuator mount to the bosses on
the compressor casing.
(6) Remove the 2 nuts and bolts that secure the actuator to the forward
flange of the compressor casing.
tkie actuator (1).
B. Installation.
(1) Secure the variable geometry actuator (1), together with the assem-
bled turnbuckle, to the forward flange‘of the compressor casing with

2 bolts and nuts. Torque the bolts to 35-40 Ib-in.
NOTE: On some model engines (head o~f pin-next to compressor casing)

before securing the actuator, insert the clevis pin to secure
one end of the synchronizing cable.
(2) Secure the actuator mount to the bosses on the compressor casing
with 2 bolts´•(8). Torque the bolts to 24-27 Ib-in. (The 2 rear
bolts secure the synchronizing cable clamps also.)
NOTE: For the right-hand actuator only, the´•stand-off bracket for

the igniter plug leads and feedback cable are secured by the
top, rear bolt.
(3) Adjust and connect the actuator to the bleed valve, synchronizing
cable, and variable’vane actuatorring per’75-00, Maintenance

Practices.
(4) If the right-hai~d actuator is being replaced,’connect the feedback

cable as follows:
(a) Cycle the variablegeometry feedback cable and check for freedom
of movement.
~Mar. 30/67
75-31-0Page i02
GEW tRAL ELtCtRIC.---~-
CJ610 TU~RBO.J-ET
SEf1186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b): the feedback cable~to the actuator per 75-00, Maintenance

Practices
(5) Connect the hose’s ~to the variable geometry actuator fittings. Torque
as 73-25-0.
3. Inspection/Check. Where serviceable limits are exceeded,‘parts’may be re-
paired in accordance withOverhaul Manual instructions.
Former Present
Configuration Configuration
A. Visually inspect the bellcranks for:
(1) Loose bearings Not serviceable.
(2) Bleed valve arm 0.195inch ID ´•0.195´•inch ID.

bearing wear
(1, figure 202)
(3) Variable vane 0.134 inch ID 0.i95 inch ID.

arm bearing wear
(2, figure 802)
(4) Synchronizing 0.195 inch ID 0.195 inch ID.

cable arm bear-
ing wear (3,

figure 202)
(5) Actuator arm 0.195 inch ID 0.195 inch ID.

bearing wear
(4, figure 202)
(6) Center pivot 0.255 inch ID 0.380 inch ID.

bearing wear
(5, figure 202)
(7) .Feedback:´•lcable 0.255 inch ID.

arm hole wear
(6, figure 202)
(8) Feedback cable Block must be free to rotate
block for stick- 360 degrees when lockwire is
ing (7, figure removed.

202)
Mar. 3~/67 .75-61-0

Page 203
8 rn ERAL EL4CTRIF
CJ610 -TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL ´•SEI 186
Former Present
Configuration Configuration
B. Visually inspect the actuator bracket for:
(1) Loose or missing Not’serviceablk.

rivets or collars
(8, 9, figure 202)

in ithe bellcrank
pivot shaft
(2) Wear on bellcrank 0.245 inch 0.369 inch
pivot shaft (10, minimum OD minimum OD.
figure 202)
(3) Mounting bolt 0.225 inch 0.230 inch

holes for wear maximum ID maximum ID.
(11, figure 202)
(4) Bends or cracks Not serviceable.
C. Actuator body for One full thread, continuous
damaged threads or cumulative may be mis-
sing after chasing.
D. Visually inspect the actuator shaft for:
(1) Dents, nicks and 0.001 inch deep after re-
scratches in area moval of all high metal.

of shaft seal
(2) Flaking chrome Not serviceable.

plate
(3) Yoke for wear 0.005 inch deep after re-
(12, figure 202) moval of high metal.
E. The pins used at Not serviceable. Replace pin.

connecting points
(1-7, figure 202)
for wear
75-31-0 -Mar. 30/67’~

Page 204
G EI E RAL O~ E LE CIR 15
CJ610 TURBOJET
PROSBNT CONFIGURAtlON
SECTION kB
IS
IORMtR CON~IOURATION
A’
12 4
I 1 6
i
O
11
3
j!
5
j Bi
SECTION ~LA
0.250 _(
0.2201
CJ610d053´•0-*2*
Variable Geometry Actuator Inspection

Figure 202
Mar. 30/67 75-31-0
Page 205
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
AIR BLEED VALVE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
WARNING: ASBESTOS

IDLY ADHERED TO:



1. General. The followingprocedures are to be used when performing maintenance on
the bleed valve.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
NOTE: The procedures in this paragraph apply to both the right- and left- hand
bleed valves except where otherwise noted.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the actuator fuel lines (1) from the top of the fuel control
to relieve
hydraulic pressure. Position the actuator pistons in the
fully extended position (2).
(2) Remove the clevis pin that secures the bleed valve (3) rod end to the
actuator bellcrank (4).
75-32-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
i. Fuel Line I
2. Actuator
Bleed Yalve a
3.
4. Bellcrank
5. Screw
C)
6.
wercSelbaC
Feedback
1"
CJ610-6054-1-E2
Bleed Valve Removal
Figure 201
(3) Remove the bleed valve and gaskets from the compressor casing mounting
pad by removing the screws (5 and 6) securing the valve to the casing.
Discard gaskets.
NOTE: The channel nut holders are also held by the screws.
WARNING: ASBESTOS

MAY RESULT.
B. Replacement.
(1) Install 2 new gaskets and the bleed valve (3) on the compressor casing
mounting pad.
(2) Secure the bleed valve with screws (6) and 4 channel-nut holders.
Torque the screws to 25-30 Ib-in.
(3) Secure the bleed valve with screws (5) tin the tapped holes in the com-
pressor casing). Torque the screws to 25-30 Ib-in. and lockwire them.
75-32-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
i MANUAL
(4) Adjust the bleed valve per 75-00. Maintenance Practices.
NOTE: If the right-hand bleed valve is being installed, adjust the fuel
control feedback cable (7) per 75-00. Maintenance Practices.
(5) Connect the actuator hoses (1) to the fuel control fitting per 73-25-0.
(6) Check the variable geometry system per 75-00. Maintenance Practices.

A. Visually inspect the Not serviceable.
upstream and down-

Stream cases for
cracks.
B. Visually inspect the cover or nameplate for:
(2) Loose or missing Not serviceable. Replace drive screw
drive screws. per paragraph 4.
C. Visually inspect the Not serviceable.
gates for cracks.
D. Visually inspect the pushrod for:
(2) Bent. Not serviceable.
(3) Damaged threads. One full thread within

first ten threads. pro-
vided remaining threads
are free of damage.
E. Visually inspect the Not serviceable.
camplate for cracks.
75-32-0
Dec 31/95 Page 202A

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Roller and roller pin inspection.
(1) Visually inspect rollers, using a 10x glass for:
(a) Transverse Not serviceable.

surface wear.
(b) Circumferential Not serviceable.

surface wear.
(c) Flat spots. Not serviceable.
(d) Chips or cracks. Not serviceable.
(2) Deleted.
G. Visually inspect the bleed valve rod-end or clevis for:
(1) Damaged threads. Twenty-five percent of

threads may be missing
after chasing.
(2) Wear in rod-end 0.192 inch maximum width Replace rod-end or
or clevis hole. (axial direction), clevis.
H. Fluorescent penetrant- Not serviceable. Replace pushrod

inspect the pushrod assembly.
assembly for cracks.
Roller Inspection
Figure 201A Deleted.
75-32-0
Page 202B Dec 31/95

CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4. Approved Repairs.
A. Repair of Loose or Missing Drive Screws.
(1) Separate the up stream case from the down stream Keep the bleed
case.
valve components with the case that is not being repaired. Refer to
paragraph 5 for disassembly procedure.
(2) Remove loose drive screws.
(3) Op-en up drive screw hole with a No. 38 drill (0.1015 inch),
(4) Drill hole in cover and nameplate (or just cover) with a No. 32 drill
(0.116 inch).
(5) Remove all burrs and chips.
(6) Install oversize drive screw. Drive screws in the downstream case must
have their heads benched until they are 0.025-0.030 inch in height.
75-32-0
I Dec 31/95 Page 202C/202D

´•:i.:
E’Ct.CTR!C
C;leTO ~URBOcJET
SEI:; 186
~INUAL
5. Lubrication. (See figure 202.) During disassembly, inspect per paragraph 3;
Disassemble the bleed valve, except for items 2 and 3, in the

;A.
I :’´•sequenca ’established by the item numbers of. figure 202.
NOTE i: Loctite !compound

was applied to the screws (l)~when they were
installed’. ’Thereforei :they:may be difficult:´•tq remove. If
´•difficulty ´•is encountered removing screws, ´•apply´• heat, 3000F
maX..; to screw ar.ea´•of downstream tosoften the Loctite.
Be careful not to damage the slots in the screws when removing
:the~mri
NOTE´• 2: During disassembly of gates, note position and stages they were
.from, to assure’ correct, assembly.
’B. Using. a´• mo~y:disulphide spray, lubricate..the rol´•lers,´•.gates, camplate
I ‘ass~mbl’ie’s,´• cam riding surfades,. gate riding sur-faces, roller slots and
push rod assembly to a thickness of app roximately 0.0005 inch.
C. the´•lb.leed valve as follows:;l (See figure202.)
(1) Place the upstream (inboard~, caseassemb,ly (l6)ona clean surface,

with the mounting surface down and the pushyod groove to the left.
(2) Insert 0.618.inch diameter roller (14) in the left-hand vertical

Slot, and place one of thethree0.455 inch diameter rollers (7)
in;the~´•right-hand vertical´•slot.
(3) Assemble one camplate assembly (8) so that the pins fit into the
:holes of ´•´•the: 2 rollers which were assembled.in paragraphZ.
the slidebar.assembly (15) .on the upstreamcase:by in-
serting the slide bar.pins in.the holes of the upstream case. ´•i
(5)’-´• Insert a second 0.455 inch diameter,’roller ´•(7)´•- in the center
(horizontal) groove of the upstream case.
´•r :.-´•C´•:.:(6)7, Place one-of the two0.499 inch (12a on topof

roller--(7) assembled in paragraph (5). Line up -the~ holes of the
two rollers. Roller (12) is now located.in the camplate slbt.
(7) Assemble the pushrod assembly (13) so that the pin facing down will
fit into the two rollers that were assembled in paragraphs (5) and
(6). The shank fits into the pushrod insert (13A) with the offset
down.
Nov;’ ´•15/72 ...75-32-0

GtlEIAL fLtCTIIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(8) Place second 0,499 inch diameter roller (12) and then the third
0.455 inch diameter roller (7) on the pin of the pushrod assembly.
(9) Assemble one set of gates(9, l0,.and 11) so that´•the lips (grooves)
are-down and engage the camplate assembly. Assemble a second set
of gates (9, 10, and ll) with the lips (grooves) up.
NOTE: To equalize gate wear, turn gates over from their previously
installed position in each stage.
CAUTION: THE GATES: ARE- NOT INTERCHANGEABLE BE~EEN STJ~GES.
(10) ’Assemble the second camplate (8) (with pins up) to engage the lips
of the "free" set of gates. Place.pin of the pushrodlin the slot
of the camplate.
(11) Place 0.578 inch diameter roller (5) on the´•left-hand pin of the
camplate assembly. Place 0.393 inch diameter roller (6) on the
right-hand pin of thecamplate.
(12) Install downstream case so that installed rollers are in their
proper slots.
(13) After assembly, actuate theipushrod by hand a minimum of 10 cycles

to remove excess lubricant from working parts.
(14) Remove downstream case and carefully remove: -excess lubricant.
(15) ´•Assemble thedownstream and upstream:case assemblies again and

secure using 4 screws (1), after applying one drop of Loctite,
Grade H, Military Specification MIL-P-11268D, or equivalent, to
the threads. Tighten the screws to a torque value of 7 to 9 Ib-in.
(16) To assurecorrect assembly, check for binding or internal piece
part hangup by operating the push rod assembly to the full open and
closed positions. The force to actuate the push rod shall not
;exceed 0.25 pound.
75-32-0 June 1/71

Page 204
6 EW ERAL
CJ610 TURBOjeT
LEGEND:
i. SCREW
I\\
2. NAMEPLATE AND COVER
3. DRIVESCREW
4. CASE (DOWNSTREAM)
5. ROLLER
6. ROLLER
16 ~C;71 I 7. ROLLER
8. CAMPLATE
1 9. GATE
1
.d 10.
11.
12.
GATE
GATE
ROLLER
13. PUSHROD
14
\‘7 ‘8
13A. INSERT
14. ROLLER
t
8- Is.
16.
SLIDE BAR
CASE (UPSTREAM)
bbe 13 8
I´•,
9 4q--1~
10
s
cJsla-saoz-1-c2
Bleed Valve
Figure 202
75-32-0
June 1/71
Page 205
CEI ERAL ~´•E LECtRle
CJB10 TURIOJeT
SEI-186 ´•I MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FEEDBACK CABLE MAINTENANCEPRACTICES
i. General.- ´•-The following procedures.8re to be used when performing mainte-

nance-on the’feedback cable.
´•i:
i’;: i~rtfimova i/ Ins ta l’l-a t i on. (See figure 201
Removal.. i;´•‘
i
j<l) Discoiinei~f’t’he fee.dback cable from the fuklcontr’ol by removing;the
-pin (i)~andclip (2) and the screws securing.the cable housing to
the co;nt’k´•ol.
i N~TE: To ~cdomplish this on some engines~ it may be easier if the

i
;uel dontrol-is. removed.´• (ref.~73-li310); If the control is
removed it.must be supported during removal to prevent damag-
ing the f~edback cable and other attaching lines.
(~-):’pi’sconnect It~e´• feedback cable from the bellcranic by-removing the pin
(3) (4).
NOTE: On some engines the’cable end is connected by nuts (5) and
(6).
(3) Remove the feeddack cabie’by~remoirihg the nuts and bolts securing
the cable brackets to t’heengine.
B. Installation.
(1) Install th~ feedback cable’on the engine’andsecur’e the cdblebrack-

ets with bolts and nuts.
’(2)’ Connect.the. bellcl’ank end to t’he bellc;rank. Secure;with and

washer (4) or with nuts (5) and (6), depending on cable configura-
tion. Lockwire.
(3) Connect the fuel control end to the control´•and´•secure with´•Ijin´•(l)

and clip (2). Secure the cable housing tothe control with screws.
Torque and lockwire the screws.~:
NOTE: If the fuel control was renioved, install the feedback cable
on the control before installing the fuel control on the
engine.
(4) Adjust the cable per 75-00, hiaintenance Practices.
Mar. 30/67 75-33-0
´•Page~´•801
sEn ERALQ ELECYRIC
CJ810 ´•TURBOJET
ib~
a
iJ
o s
f L i ~00
CJLIO~OI-O-DI
Feedback Cable Removal
Figure 201
A. Visual check
(1) Feedback cable for:
(a) Kinks Minor kinks that do not

interfere with cable
actuation.
(b) Bends Not serviceable.
(c) The rod end hole 0.127 inch diameter.

(at fuel control)
for wear
75-33-0 Mar. 30/67

Page 202
GEWLRAL ELECtRIC
~CJ610 TURBOJET
(d) Rod end hole Not serviceable. Remove high metal.

pickup, galling
or burrs
(e) Bracket looseness Not serviceable.
(f) Binding. 2.5 Ib pull to movecable
through travel range.
(g) Bent rod end Any amount provided bent

connector section does not affect
assembly of cable.
(h) Cracks on-threaded Not serviceable. Replace cable.

section
(2) Feedback cable conduit for:
(a) Nicks and chafing Any amount as long as
nicked or chafed area is

not through tube wall
and cable binding is not
apparent.
(b) Dents Not over 1/5 of the tube

diameter and cable does
not bind.
May 15/70
Page
20375-3 -0
CHAPTER
ENGINE
INDICATING
GEWERAL Q ELEC!IIC
C3610 TURBOJET
~lis6 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CH~PTEH 77 ENGINE INDICATING; SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS´•
Page
77-00 ENGINE INDICATING

TioubleshooLing 101
77-10 I’OWER(Tablef Contents Only)
77-11-0 Pressure Ratio Probes and Manifold

77~-20 TEMPERATURE (Table of ContentsOnly)

it
77-2~-0 Thermocouple Harness Engineand
Temperature Protector
dJv. 15/73 77
Page 1
CJB10 TURBOJET ENGINES
77-21-0, Relocated the NOTE before step F.(1), 203

MAINTENANCE and revised the corrective action
PRACTICES column of item F.(1) in para 3
77-21-0, Revised the corrective action column 204

MAINTENANCE of item F.(2)(a) in para 3
PRACTICES
77-21-0, Relocated the NOTE before step 204

MAINTENANCE F.(2)(b), and revised the corrective
PRACTICES action column of item F.(2)(b) in
para 3
HIGHLIGHTS
Jul 15/99 77
Page 1 of 1
GEAirClidlEnqines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 77 ENGINE INDICATING SYSTE~
CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE
List of
Effective
Pages *I Jul 15/99
Contents 1 Nov 15/73
77-00 1 thru 2 Nov 15/73
101 Nov 15/67
77-11-0 201 thru 204 Dec 31/91
77-21-0 201 Dec 31/91

202 Dec 30/78
*203 thru 204 Jul 15/99
77
Jul 15/99
G C:l E R A.L E LE CTI It
~CJ610 TUIPBOJET
ENGINE INDICATING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AM) OPERATION
i. General.
A. The engine -fumished indicat?lng- system.´• consists of an 8 probe, thermo-

couple harness for~indidating exhaust ´•gas. temperature and 2 exhaust gas
pressure sensing probes.
NOTE: CJ610-9 engines used on~Israel Aircraft Industries (I.A.I.) air-

craft, includes an engine temperature protector;(ETP), The ETP
consists of a resistor installed inseries in-the thermocouple
harness circuit to more accurately indicate the actual average
exhaust gas t~erpperature.
B.´•.The airframe furnished indicatingsystem consists of one tachometer~gen-

erator, located at aft end of oil tank, and a fuel flow indicator. Op-
tional airframe equipment consists of oil pressure and´•anti-icing tem-
perature indicating leads and indicators.
2. Description.
A Thermocouples.
The thermocouple harness consists of 8 probes containing chromel-alumel

thermocouples arranged in the front of a single integral harness and
lead assembly to monitor turbine exhaust temperature. The harness is
mounted on the exhaust cone with the thermocouple probes projecting into
the gas stream, through the exhaust casing and the lead extending fdr-
ward and terminating in an electrical connector.
B. Tachometer Generator.
The-engine speed indicating equipment consists of the tachometer gener-

ator (airframe-furnished). It is mounted on 4 studs on the rear of the
lubrication pump that extends through an aft mounting pad of the oil
tank.
C. Pressure Probes.
The 2 pressure probes (Pt5) are mounted at 6 and 12 o’clock on the ex-
haust’cone and connect to a common manifold.
Nov. 15/73 77-00

~qage 1
GtlLRAL 9~ ELECiRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAt SEI-186
3. Operation.
A. Thermocouple.
The thermocouples are mounted on the exhaust cone and are wired in par-
allel and geometrically balanced. ~hen the
junctions to the
are exposed
exhaust gases, avoltage isproduced (between the 2 dissimilar metals).
The net millivolt output of the thermocouples is the arithmetical aver-
age of their individual voltages and varies directly with the exhaust
gas temperature. The resultant temperature is shown on an indicator
mounted in the aircraft cockpit.
B; Tachometer Generator.
The frequency output of the tachometer generator is proportional to en-

gine speed. This resulting electrical signal is transmitted through an
airframe-furnished electrical lead to the cockpit tachometer indicator.
C. Pressure Probes.
The 2 pressure probes (Pt5) are optional equipment, extend into the ex-
haust gas stream and connect to a common manifold loca~ed´•at the aft end
of the exhaust cone. The airframe pressure indicating system connects
to this manifold’and the resultant aircraft cockpit indicator reading is
the engine pressure ratio (Pt5/Pt2)´•
177-00 Nov. 15/73

Page 2
G EW ERAL ~D ELtCtRIC
CJB10 TURBOJBT
ENGINE INDICATING SYSTEM TROUBLE-SHOOTING
i. General.
If trouble occurs in indicating system, it is important to be sure that

the
all connections are and correctly made.
secure Because the system consists
of only one engine-furnished component, establish whet´•her the malfunction is
an airframe or an engine fault is relatively simple.
15/67
Nov.
Page
10177-00
G E R E RAL ELE CJR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
ENGINEPRESSURE RATIO PROBES AND MANIFOLD MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General.
The pressure probes and manifold are optional equipment. The maintenance is
to be limited to that as stated.
2. Removal/Installation. (See figure 201).
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect exhaust pressure probe (1) from the manifold.
NOTE: If manifold is to be removed, disconnect both pressure probes.
(2) Remove brackets (4), bolts (2), and nuts (3) from probes (1),
(3) Remove brackets (4), bolts (5), and nuts (6) from exhaust cone aft
flange.
(4) Remove probes and probe hex nuts from exhaust cone bosses.
(5) Record probe part number to ensure correct probe reinstallation.
B. Installation.
(1) Check probe part number to verify it is the same part number of the
probes removed in step A.(S).
(2) Place probe (1) in the boss on the exhaust cone. Make sure the pin
on probe is aligned with the slot in the boss.
(3) Lubricate the threads of the probe and the hex nut with anti-seize
compound, unflavored milk of magnesia, or equivalent.
(4) Align the probe with the manifold tube nut. Tighten the manifold
nuts to 40-50 Ib-in. and lockwire.
(5) Tighten the probe hex nuts to the eirhaust cone boss to 40-50 Ib-in.
and lockwire to thermocouple nut.
(6) Install brackets (4) to probes (1) with bolts (2) and nuts (3).
(7) Fasten brackets (4) to exhaust cone aft flange using bolts (5) and
nuts (6).
Dec 31/91 77-11-0

Page 201
GEWEII~LO ELICTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENAmCE MANLTAL SEI-186
2 1
i..-
i. EXHAUST PRESSURE PROBE

2. BOLT
3. NUT
4. BRACKET 1
5. BOLT
6. NUT
6(3-0357
Exhaust Pressure Probe Mounting

Figure 201
77-11-0
Dec 31/91
Page 202
GEIERAL ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
3. InsPection/Check. (See figure 202). Check probes for the following defects.
A. Obstructions in Not serviceable. Remove obstructions.

holes D and X.
B. Bent or distorted. Not serviceable. Straighten and ex-
amine very closely

for cracks.
C. Cracks. Not serviceable. Replace probe.
D. Missing alignment Not serviceable. Replace probe.

pin located in
collar.
WARNING: COMPRESSED AIR WHEN USING CO~IPRESSED AIR FOR ANY COOLING, CLEAN-
ING, OR DRYING OPERATION, DO NOT EXCEED 30 PSIG AT THE NOZZLE.
EYES CAN BE PERMANENTLY DAMAGED BY CONTACT WITH LIQUID OR LARGE

PARTICLES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED ALR. INHALATION OF AIR-BLOWN
PARTICLES OR SOLVENT VAPOR CAN DAMAGE LUNGS.
WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN AIR-EXHAUSTED WORKBENCH, WEAR

APPROVED GOGGLES OR FACE SHIELD.
WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN UNEXHAUSTED WORRBENCEI, WEAR

APPROVED RESPIRATOR AND GOGGLES.
4. Cleaning, If the probe is clogged, it can be cleaned by passing a cleaning

wire through the sensing holes (0.029-0.033 inch diameter) and then applying
compressed air. The manifold can also be cleaned by applying compressed air.
NOTE: Before applying compressed air disconnect the manifold from the air-
frame connector.
5. Repairs. No repair permitted other than those specified in paragraph 3.
Dec 31/91 77-11-0

PagB203
ruetRle
CJGIO TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANLIAL SEI-186
I I
O HOLE X
ONE HOLE
THRU OWE
=I WALL
4.01
3.99
HOLE A
HOLE D THRU
ONE WALL
HOLE D
ONE HOLE
7890 ONE
I
WALL
PLUG WELD PN 110,
111, 112,
113 ONLY
FILLER MATERIAL:AMS 5680
ASSY IDENT NO HOLE D HOLE A HOLE X
37D401739P1O8 OPEN 0.031

370401739P~10 PLUG WELD 0.080
3713401739Pl11 O. 020 PLUG WELD 0. 080
3704017399112 0.035 PLUG WELD 0.080
37[)401739P113 0. 045 PLUG WELD 0´•080
37D401739P114 0.020 OPEN 0.031

37D401739P115 0.035 OPEN 0.031
ALL DIMENSIONS 37D401739P116 0.045 OPEN 0.031
AREININCHES
50-0464
Pressure Probe
Figure 202
77-11-0 Dec 31/91

Page 204
6 66 ERAL ~B ELECTA IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MP;NUAL
THERMOCOUPLE ~ARNESS AND ENGINE TEMPERATURE
PROTECTOR MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. The thermocouple harness, probes, and engine temperature protector

(ETP) are covered in thfs:section and the remainder of the indicating system
is covered in the Aircraft Manual.
N~OTE: The ETP is installed on CJ610-9 engines used on Commodore Jet Model
1123 aircraft (Reference Service Bulletin 77-2) and Hansa Model 320
aircraft (Reference Service Bulletin 77-1).
Ih_ (2
ti~
~ar
jo
1 5
i.
1.
2.
EXn*UST PRESSURE PROBES
THERMOCOUPLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
II
q 3’
3. THERMOCOUPLE HARNESS
4. EXHAUST CONE
5. NUTS-THERMOCOUPLE TO MOUNTING BOSS V C~6(0-6075-0-C2
Thermocouple Karness
Figure 201
Dec 31/91 77-21-0

Page 201
GPIERAL fLECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
2. Removal/Installation Thermocouple Harness. (See figure 201.)
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the harness connector (2) from the bracket.
(2) Disconnect the 6arness (3) and clamps from the standoff brackets.
(3) Disconnect the nuts (5) from the mounting bosses on the exhaust
cone (4). Remove theharness.
B. Installation,
(1) Lubricate the threads of the 8 thermocouple bosses with unflavored

milk of magnesia.
(2) Install the thermocouples in the mounting bosses. Torque the nuts
(5) to 40-50 Ib-in. and loclcwire.
NOTE: Do not allow anti-seize compound to get on the thermocouple

elements. Do not damage the tips when inserting them into
the bosses.
(3) Clamp the harness (3) to the brackets. Tighten the clamp nuts to
standard torque value.
(4) Secure the harness connector (2) to the mounting bracket. Torque
the screws to 8-10 Ib-in. and lockwire them.
NOTE: Before running engine, check the aircraft/engine EGT indicat-

ing system for correct circuit resistance. Refer to appro-
priate aircraft manual for procedure.
t 77-21-0 Dec 30/78

Page 202
GEAircraftEnsines MAINTENANCE MAYUAL
3. Ins_pection Limits. (Installed on the engine.)
rnspection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Corrective Action
A. Rigid tubing Not serviceable. Replace the harness.

for cracks.
B. Hot junctions
for:
(1) Erosion or 1/2 of the original Replace the harness.

burning. diameter.
(2] Carbon Not serviceable. Remove the carbon.

buildup.
(3) Broken loops. One broken loop Replace the harness.

per harness.
C. Harness for 1200 ohms minimum. Replace the harness.

insulation
resistance
(lead-to-ground)
D. No indication when One per harness Replace the harness.

local heat is
applied (including broken
to an individual probe loop)
(use a clean.heat
source)
E. Harness for continuity 0.525-0.645 ohm. Replace the harness.

resistance.
F. Engine temperature
protector (ETP) for
resistance:
NOTE: Resistance of checked by disconnecting both the

the ETP is
connectors shorting across pins A and B on the
to the ETP,
input connector (from the thermocouple harness), and measuring
the resistance across pins A and B on the output connector
(to the aircraft Tg meter) with a Wheatstone Bridge.
(1) CJ610-9 engines +0.1 ohm of the resistance Replace the ETP with
installed on valuestamped on the ETP one that has the
Commodore Jet nameplate. same resistance
Model 1123 value as the ETP
aircraft, being replaced, as
stamped on the metal
ETP nameplate and
recorded in the
engine log book.
77-21-0
Jul 15/99 Page 203
GEAircraftEnsines MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2)CJ610-9 engines
installed on
Hansa 320 aircraft:
(a) Input circuit 500 ohms minimum when Replace the ETP with
(between pins measured at 750F +150F one that has the
A and B of the same resistance
(250C +8.30C)
input connector) value as the ETP
being replaced, as
ETP nameplate and
recorded in the
engine log book.
NOTE: Resistance of the ETP output circuit is checked while connected

to the engine thermocouple harness, or a suitable resistance
(0.6 ohm +5%) can be used across terminals A and B of the input
connector.
(b) Output circuit 100 ohms maximum. Replace the ETP with
(between pins A one that has the
and B of the Same resistance
trim-box output value as the ETP
connector). being replaced, as
ETP nameplate and
recorded in the
engine log book.
77-21-0
Page 204 Jul 15/99
C H A PT E R
EXHAUST
GEW ERAL ECSCfRIC-_-
CJ610 TURBOJET
cJ
SBI-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
i´•
CHAPTER 78 EXHAUST SECTION
TABLE OF CO~TENTS I
78-00 EXHAUST SECTION

Description
78-10 COLLECTOR SYSTEM (Table of Contents Only)
78-11-0 Exhaust Cone Assembly

ii-i narso/s~ 78
Page 1
GE W ERAL E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
CKGPTER 78 EXHAUST SECTION
CIIAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE
78 *I Dec 31/91
78 Contents 1 Mar 30/84
78-00 1 thru 2 Apr 15/68
78-11-0 201 thru 202 Sep 15/69

203 Apr 15/68
204 thru 205 Mar 30/84
206 thru 207 Oct 15/70
*Asterisk indicates pages added, changed, or deleted by this revision.
78
Dec 31/91
oaiER1~QDlrucrnie----
CJ6I0 TU:RBOJET
EXHAUST SECTION DESCRIPTION
CENTERBODY SUPPORT
OUTER CA~SING
TERBODY
BAFFLE
Mn I THERMOCOUPLE BOSS
CJ610´•’6003-1´•C2
Exhaust Section
Figure 1
i. General. The exhaust section consists of an outer casing, centerbody, and
struts. The primary functions of the exhaust section are to confine and
direct the flow of turbine exhaust gases and support the engine tailpipe.
April 15/68 78-00
Page 1
´•6 EW ERAL E iECTR iC:------
CJ610 TURBOJET
2. Description.
A. Outer Casing. The steel outer casing has eight bosses to admit the ex-
haust gas thermocouples and two bosses for mounting the exhaust gas total
I pressure sensing probes. Four pads serve as mounts for the centerbody
s~pports. Some‘cones also have two pads for admitting eighth-stage leak-
age air. The forward edge is flanged for mounting to the turbine casing;
the aft edge is flanged for attaching a customer furnished tailpipe and
jet nozzle assembly.
I B. Centerbody. The front of the steel centerbody is a baffle which keeps

the second-stage turbine wheel from overheating by preventing the hot
exhaust gases from flowing across the rear face of the wheel. The cone
shell has four reinforced openings to admit the struts. A slight clear-
ance between the shell and the strut allows independent expansion of
either part.
C. Struts. The four steel.struts are welded together at the middle of the
centerbody and supported

are at their outer ends by the centerbody sup-
ports. Thesesupports are bolted to pads on the;outer casing and pro-
trude into the ends of the struts. This permits expansion and contrac-
tion of the struts throughout the temperature range and also provides for
removal of the centerbody.
78-00 April 15/68

Page 2
BEIERAL tL~CTRIC
CJ610 ´•TURB03ET
EXHAUST CONE ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE’ PRACTICES
1.~ .Gene~ral. Only the external area of the exhaust cone and those areas seen
through thetailpipe are inspected unless the cone is removedfrom the en-
gine.
NOTE: The ~ailpipe must be removed before the exhaust cone can be removed.
A. Removal of Exhaust Cone and Attached Par’ts. Remove the exhaust cone
and attached parts as follows:
(1) Disconnect the thermocouple harness connector by: removing the 4

screws that attach the connector to the connector support bracket.
(2) Remove the nuts and bolts that attach the 8lthermocouple harness
clamps to the brackets.
(3) On CJ610-5 and -6 engines remove the 2 Isakage airducts by removing

4 nuts from each flange at the exhaust cone. Pull the ducts from
the. .elbows.
(4) Remove the nuts-and bolts that attach the exhaust cone to the tur-
bine casing. Note the location of harness brack-

ets a~l’ the engine aft lifting lub. Match-markthe exhaust cone
with the turbine casing. Remove the exhaust cone and the attached
parts.
B. ~Installation of Exhaust Cone~and Attached:Parts, :Instal´•l exhaust cone
and.attached parts as follows:
NOTE: Assemble pressure probes and manifold according to 77-11-0.
(1) Position the exhaust cone on the turbine casing.
I (2) Install
See .Sect ion
the vertical
72 -50
flange bolts;
figure 205, for
lugs, brackets and locknuts.
assembly notes and torques.
(a) Insert the 2 long’bolts for the engine installation lug.
(b) Insert the long bolts for the thermocouple brackets. Use a
washer between the forward side of the flange and the bracket.
The offsets of the bracket face forward.
(c) Insert the remaining bolts.
;’’8ept. ’15~69 78-11-0
Page 201
GEI ERAL ~B E LE CJR IC
CL1610. TURBOJET
maIms~iawa: MINII*I SEI-I.B
(3) Assemble t~e locknuts.

Tighten´•~the bolts so th~t the flanges are
pulled together evenly, and torque all the bolts.
(4) Attach the thermocd~ple harness clamps to ~the brackets with bolts
and locknuts.
(5) Assemble the harness connector to the bracket.
(6) On CJ610-5 and -6 engines install the 2 leakage air ducts as follows:
(a) Slide the ducts into the elbows.
(b) Place gaskets and ducts on flange bolts.
(c) Install 8 nuts onto flange bolts and torque.
(7) Axial clearances exhaust cone to second-stage turbine wheel.
NOTE: Exhaust cone axial clearances must be determined when any

affected parts are replaced. Determine clearances as follows:
(See figure 201.)
(a) Place wax in 4 equally spaced places in the´• turbine wheel throat,
the locking strips and the blade platforms.
(b) Attach the exhaust cone to the turbine casing using 4 bolts and
locknuts equally spaced around the flange.
(c) Remove the exhaust cone.
(d) Measure the thickness of each piece of wax at the~point of im-
pression. Record these dimensions as the clearances.’ Dimen-

sions i, 2 and 3 (figure 201) must be met.
(e) Remove all traces of wax from the engine.
(f) Install cone per paragraphs 2.B.(1) through 2.B.(6).
3. Inspection Check. Visually inspect the exhaust cone assembly as follows:

Where serviceable limits are exceeded parts may be replaced in accordance
with the Overhaul Manual,
Sept. 15/69
78-11-0Page 202
siicnileEIPcrile----
CJ610 TURBOJET
CENTERBODY
1--3
SECOND-STAGE
TURBINE WHEEL
DIR.
REF. MIN. MAX.
MEAS.
1 A 0.2\0
2 0.210
3 A 0.210
CJ6106080:1-82
Exhaust Cone Clearances

Figure~aOl
A~rll 15/6878-11-0
GLWERAL ~g LLfCTRIG
CJ610 TURBOJET
A. The outer casing for:
(1) Cracks in´•parent (a) Two 1/4

cracks inch long,
material. separated by a minimum
of 1/2 inch;
(b) Ten cracks 1/8 inch long,

separated by a minimum
of 1/4 inch.
(2) Weld cracks. (a) Two 1/4

cracks inch long,
separated by a minimum
of 1/2 inch.
(b) 1/8
Ten cracks inch long,
separated by a minimum qf
.1/2 inch.
(3) Dents. 3/16 inch deep with a minimum

radius of 8 times the depth.
B. The outer casing bosses for:
(1) Cracks Not serviceable.
(2) Damaged threads One full thread with no
metal beyond thread contour.
C. The boss doublers for:
(2) Missing’or loose Not serviceable. Replace rivets.

rivets
NOTE: The following items are to be inspected if the exhaust cone assembly
is removed from the engine.
jD. The flanges for:
(2) Nicks, scratches Any number, 0.020 inch deep

and burrs with no high metal and
across no more than 3/4 of
a mating or sealing surface.
78-11-0 ´•´•111:~
Page 204 Mar 30/84
6EAERAL ~BB E LE CTR It ---5-
CJ610 TURBOJ~T
SEI;1´•86 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Inspection/Check‘´• Maximum.Serviceable Limits Remarks
E. The centerbody for:
(2) Any number, 3/16 inch deep

with a~minimum radius of 8
times the depth
F.-The struts for:
(2) Dents Any number, 3/16 inch deep

with a minimum radius of 8
times the depth.
G. The struts and strut Any amount if struts are not

i~ollars for wear wornthrough (use a bright
light inside strut to check).
H.-The cov~r fo~:
(1) Cracks: Not serviceable, j
(2) Bulging Any amount not closer than I i

.210 inch to aft face of
second-stage turbine wheel.
I. Intersection of Not serviceable.

strut cover and
exhaust cone weld
area -for cracks
J. ´•Cracks at junction Not serviceable Replace exhaust

of´• outer casing cone.
boss with doubler
K. Centerbody support See following note and

to centerbody support figure 203
flange alignment
N(YTEi Inspection may be made with exhaust assembled on engine. Remove

bolts, nuts and washers.from 2 adjacent centerbody support flanes.
Do not the
centerbody supports.
remqve Permit the struts and
supports to take relaxed position.
a Measure dimensions X and ~2;,
figure 203. Replace exhaust cone assembly if´•X dimension is
greater than 3/16 inch, or if Z is greater than 0.040.inch, on
either support flange.
78-11-0
(Mar 30/84
Page 205
OIOEIIILOILICTRIC
CJ610 TURB03ET
IWA~NTENANCE MANUAL
SEI-186
l/8" D!A. lioD
MATEAIAL-AMS5680
347 STAINLESS STEEL
1/2" DIA. ROD

CJL1D~II-CC)
Pulling Tool´•
Figure 202
fir"
;EN;ERBODY ´•~JJ;.C) b
SUPPORT I
FLANGE
Y I ;I FWD
~3L___________ji3:
CENTERBODY
SUPPORT
i I" REF.
CEhTERBOD‘r
f SUPPORT
U 01
Centerbody Support Flange Alignment

Figure 203
78-11-0
Oct 15j70
Page 206
6EI ERA L B~ E LE CT R IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SE1-186
4. Approved Repair.
A. Centerbody Dent Repair. This procedure may be used to remove dents in

the portion of thecenterbody aft of the circumferential weld. Remove
dents in this area as follows:
(1) Locally manufacture pulling tool as shown in figure 202.
(2).Clean oxides from the center of dent and tack weld the 1/8 inch di-
ameter rod of the pulling tool to the center of the dent. Use gas
backup.
(3) Use an oxy-acetylene torch and heat the dent area to a cherry red
using a circular motion. Do not hold the torch too long in one spot.
(4) Whilecontinuing to play the torch over the dent area, use the rod
T-handle and pull on rod to remove dent.
(5) Cut off rod close to weld and blend dent area to driginal contour..
´•Do not undercut parent metal.
(6) Fluorescent-penetrant inspect therepaired area. No cracks allowed.
I Oct. 15/70 78-11-0
Page 207
CHAPTER
OIL
GEIERAL ~g) ELECTRIG
CJ610 TURBOJET
CHAPTER 79 LUBRICATION SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page,
79-00 LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Description and Operations 1´•
Troubleshooting loli
Servicing 201
Inspection/Checks 207
79-10 STORAGE (Table of Contents Only)

79-11-0 Oil Tank
79i12-O Oil Tank Relief Valve
I
Maintenance Practices
zoli
79-20 DISTRIWPTION (Table of Contents Only)
79-21-0 Lube and Scavenge Pump

Maintenance Practices 201:
79-22-0 Oil Filter
zo~
79-23-0 Oii
Maintenance
Cooler
Practices
I
Maintenance Practices 201;
79-40 SUMP PRESSURIZING AND VENT SYSTEM (Table of Contents Only)
79-41-0 Eighth-Stage Air Leakage Valves

79-42-0 Oil Tank Check Valves

79-43-0 Oil Manifold Check Valve
Mt~intenance ~ractices 2011
L_
79
Dec 30/78
Page 1
CJ61 O TU R BOJ ET
SEI-186
MANUAL
CHAPTER 79 LUBRICATION SYSTEM
CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
79 *I Dec 31/95 79-41-0 201 Jan 15/69

202 Dec 31/91
Contents 1 Dec 30/78 203 Jan 15/69
79-00 Mar 30/84 79-42-0 201 thru 202 Mar 30/67

2 May 15/70
2A/2B Sep 15/69 79-43-0 201 thru 202 Mar 30/67
3 Sep 15/69
4 May 15/70
4A/4B Sep 15/69
5 thru 7 Mar 30/67
101 Nov 15/67
201 thru 202 Dec 31/91

202A/202B Dec 31/91
203 thru 204 Dec 1/79
205 Jan 15/69
206 Dec 1/79
206A/206B Dec 1/79
207 thru 208 Nov 15/72
79-11-0 201 May 15/70
79-12-0 201 Jan 15/69
79-21-0 201 thru 202 Jan 15/69

202A/202B Nov 15/73
203 Nov 15/73
204 thru 208 Jan 15/69
209 May 15/70
210 Mar 30/67
211 thru 214 Apr 15/68
215 May 15/70
216 Oct 15/70
*217 thru 218 Dec 31/95
79-22-0 201 thru 203 Jan 15/69

204 thru 205 Nov 15/73
79-23-0 201 thru 202 Jan 15/69

203 Mar 30/67
*Asterisk indicates pages added. changed. or deleted by this revision.
79
Dec 31/95 I
6EW LRAL ~B LLPCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
LUBRICATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTIDN AND OPERATION
i. ’General.
The engine has a pressurized closed-circuit lube system designed to furnish

oil to parts which require lubrication during engine operation. After oil
has been supplied to these parts it flows to the sumps where it is recovered
and recirculated throughout the system. All system components are engine-
furnished and engine-mounted, The main components of the lube system in-
dude:
Lube and Scavenge pump-mounted on the rear right-hand pad of the acces-
sory gearbox..
Oil Tank secured to the lube and scavenge pump.
Oil Cooler mounted on the oil tank.
Oil Filter contained within the lube and scavenge pump casing.
2. Operation.
A. Lubrication, The pressure’ element of the lube pump pumps oil from the
tank, through the oil cooler, throug’h the oil filter and into the acces-
sory gearbox. Part of the oilservices the gearbox; the remainder flows
through the gearbox to 2 outlet ports on the left-side of the gearbox.
Oil then flows from one port through an external line to the frontsump.
Oil flows from the.other port through an external line to´•the main sump.
This line services, through internal tubing, the internal bearings,
seals and gears of the engine. The five scavenge elements of the lube
and scavenge pump pick up the oil which collects in the engine sumps and
returns it to the oil tank.
B. Sump Pressurizing. The pressurizing system conducts air through pas-

sages in the engine components to pressurize the oil seals and the en-
gine lube system.
Compressor-discharge leakage air flows across the~compressor eighth-

stage air seal and pressurizes the No, 2 bearing carbon seal. Part of
this air circulates throughthe compressor rotor interior and fourth-
stage air duct to pressurize the No. 1 bearing carbon seal. Air leakage
across the carbon seals enters the lube sumps where it is scavenged with
the oil to. the lube tank or vented overboard through the center vent.
Mar 30/84 79-00
Page 1
GIWER119tLECTRIC-----
CJ610 TURBOJET
Part of the combustor cooling air flows into the balance piston chamber
through holes in the aft
flange of the inner ´•combustion casing. The air
then flows
through the turbine wheel inner labyrinth seal to pressurize
the No. 3 bearing carbon seal. Air leakage across the carbon seal en-
ters the lube sump where it is scavenged with the lube oil to the lube
tank.
FRONT FRAME OIL INLET
MAIN SUMP VENT

FRONT FRAME SUMP VENT
OVERBOARD VENT
RELIEF VALVE
OIL
CHECK DWELLCHAMBER c~" 1,1 ~To
TANK
VALVES
OVERBOARD
II FRONT NO. 263
SEAL DRAIN NO. 3 BEARING SCAVENGE
LUBE AND FRAME
SCAVENGE I SUMP SCAVENGE~W IOIL INLET
PUMP 11 DRIVE END
NO.2SUMPAND
615141312 1#1 p´• r. o.
SCAVENGE
POWER TRANSFER GEARBOX
ACCESSORY
RELIEF VALVE I I ~GEARBOX
BYPASS TRANSFER GEARBOX SCAVENGE

O1L FILTER ACCESSORY GEARBOX
VALVE
SCAVENGE
evbAss VENT SERVICE SCAVENGE
OILCOOLER VALVE
CJ610-6052´•1-C1
Lubrication System CJS10-l (Non-Center Vent)

Figure 1
79~00 May 15/70´•

Page 2
GEwEIIIQILtETIIC~
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAIN SUMP VENT

OVERBOARD VENT
FRONT FRAME OIL INLET
RELIEF VALVE
OVERBOARD
OIL TANK SEAL DRAIN
CHECK
VALVES j P~fDWELL
CHAMBER
FRONT FRAME
SUMP SCAVENGE L1II IJ a NO. 3 BEARING SCAVENGE
DRIVE END
NO. PSUMPAND
PTOSCAVENGE Lf~.l
LUBE AND SCAVENGE NO. 2 AND 3 BEARING
PUMP
6 5 4 3 2 1 OIL INLET
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
RELIEF VALVE
ACCESSORY GEARBOX SCAVENGE

OIL FILTER
BYPASS VALVE
BYPASS VALVE
I~ VENT SERVICE ~SCAVENGE
OIL COOLER
CJ610-612Co-CZ
Lubrication System CJ610-4 (Non-Center Vent)

Figure 1A
79-00
Sept. 15/69 Page 2A/2B
GEIERAL4~ ELECfRIC
CJ610 .TU dsoJ E:T
SEI-LSG MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C. I
~Sump Vent System~(Npn-Center Vent). ~See figures 1 and 1A.
The sump system is´•designed to~maintain a controlled positive pres-

vent
sure in the bearing sump,’main sunip, gear case, and oil tank.
front The
pui´•pose of maintaining a positive pressyre’.(´•above ambient) is to make

the lube-system insensitive to altitude. Controlled carbon seal leakage
for the systemis the source of pressurizing air which is normally re-
circulated except-for excessive airwhich is vented out of the system
.t~irough the’tank-lreligf ira;lve.
.The ~scavenge pu~ps´• extract an aillioil mixture from the sumps and return
it tothe oil~tank where the a:ir is separated and.carried.´•tothe air
chamber of the tank. From the air chamber,theair i~´•directed to the
forward and main sumps. Under normal eonditibns, airis forced toflow
from the tank to the sumps ~because the displ:acemen.t of the:scavenge
pumps isgreater than the combined carbon seal air leakage.and oil flow
from the oil supply pump:, and hence: would tend, to evacuate.jthe ´•´•sumps if
air’were not allowed´•´•td return to the sumps. Il a malfunction occurs in
either sump, air~may flow, from-.the. siimp to the tank and´•;is handled as
referred to later,in~ this description. Any’ excess of air Ilot:required

to maintain equilibrium.i~n the sys.tem.is ’vented the
vent relief valve ´•´•located ´•on the tPnP;. The,’lfunctions-df ’the valves in
the system are as follows:
(1) One check’:.valve nly -alldws ’~low tlie air chambek´• of the
tank. It is a swing or flapper type check valve used to allow the
normal air flow to return from the tank to the Sum,s ~and yet check
´•or prevent any´•back flow-of oil.from:the sumps::td the´•air~chamber
during maneuvers of malfunction such as etcessive pj~essure in the
sumps.
(2) The other check valve allows air from th8 sumps in excess of scav-
enge ´•pump capacity to flow directly into the oil -tank and be vented:
overboard. This valve in the check direction (away from the tank)
does not permit oil to drain iank to the :sumps during ma-
neuvers or in the event of overservicing.
(3) Overboard Vent Relief Valve. The pressure relief valve is used to
control the
system pressure p61 above ambient. Ex-
cessive pressure buildup resulting from excessive air leakage into

the System’ is preveritetl by thjis vaive.: The valve has .a small vent
orifice ~to allow~ depressurization of’ th$ pressure system at shut-
down.
.,,t. 15/6"
GLWIRII BE r~ieTnie
CJ610 TURBOJET
3TH-STAGELEAKAGE
AIR BLEED HOLE
FRONT FRAME
TURBINE ROTOR
SUMP VENT FRONT FRAME’
OVERBOARD VENT OIL INLET LOCKNUT VENT HOLES
RELIEF VALVE \I I II PTO DRIVER SHAFTGEAR
VENT HOLES
I)
DWELL CHAMBER
OIL
TANK ´•OVERBOARD L~U ~I Cllo
SEAL DRAIN
FRONT FRAME COMPRESSORI, II1Y#-# ICOMPRESSOR ROTOR

LUBE AND ROTOR DRIVESHAFT
SUMP SCAVENGE
SCAVENGE DRIVESHAFT
PLUG VENT HOLES
PUMP DRIVE
NO. 2 SUMP AND PTO
END
SCAVENGE
61514131211#] I a 1 Till I\ NO~ 2 AND 3 BEARING
OIL INLET
NO. 3 BEARING’SCAVENGE
f
ACCESSORY
POWER
RELIEF VALVE I EI GEARBOX
’TRANSFER GEARBOX
OIL FILTER
BYPASS VALVE
ACCESSORY
GEARBOX POWER
SCAVENGE \TRANSFER
GEARBOX
SCAVENGE
OILCOOLER "MAIN SUMP PRESSURE REFERENCE LINE
OIL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
BYPASS VALVE
VENT SERVICE ~J SCAVENGE
CJ610-6125-I´•C2
Lubrication System CJ610-1, -5, and -9 (Center Vent)

Figure 2
D.. Sump VentSystem (Center Vent). See figures 2 and 2A.
The center vent system makes use of internal venting in the main sump
through holes drilled in the compressor drive shaft. The forward end of
the drive shaftplugged to preventcompressor discharge leakage air
is
from overpressurizing the main sump. Holes are also drilled in the tur-
bine locknut (which screws into the aft end of the compressor shaft) to
complete the airflow path out of the main sump and overboard’via the
turbine exhaust.
79-00 May 15/70

Page 4
6tY ERLL IllnRIC
CJGIO TURBOJET

OVERBOARD VENT RELIEF VALVE
8TH STAGE LEAKAGE AIR BLEED HOLE
FRONT~ FRAME OIL INLET HOLES
DWELL CHAMBER
COMPRESSOR R6TOR DRIVESHAFT
OIL TANK VENT HOLES
ill
FRONT FRAME I
SUMP I OVERBOAR
SCAVENGE SEAL TURBINE ROTOR
COMPRESSOR
ROTOR LOCKNUT VENT HOLES
DRIVE END IDRIVESHAFT PLUG
NO. 3 BEARING SCAVENGE
LUBE AND NO. 2 SUMP AND
PTO SCAVENGE NO. 2 AND 3 BEARING
SCAVENGE PUMP
6 5 4 3 2 1RI oil INLET
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
FILTER c
I ACCESSORY
GEARBOX SCAVENGE
RELIEF VALVE
BYPASS
MAIN SUMP PRESSURE REFERENCE LINE
BYPASS VALVE --~m’ I VALVE
OIL COOLER
VENT ISERVICE ~1 SCAVENGE
OIL PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
CJ610-6051-1-C2
Lubrication System CJ610-4, -6, and -8 (Center Vent)

Figure 2A
79-00
Sept. 15/69 Page 4A/4B

6 EW ERAL O~ E LECTR´•IC.---~-
CJ810 TURBOJE´•T
To vent the forward sump through the compressor shaft it is necessary to
connect the forward sump vent line externally to theaccessory gearbox

instead of the oil tank. Vent airthen flows from the forward sump to
the gearbox, through gearbox axis I)A"
the radialdrive shaft into the
main sump, and then overboard through the compressor drive shaft. This
system increases the vent capacity of the forward sump.
Thecenter vent system eliminates the oiltank check valve aswell as
the main sump vent line and tankto operate independ-

enables theoil
ently of the engine sumps. Therefore, the oil~tank operating pressure

is increased by changing the tank´•relief valve cracking pressure. The
increased tank pressure suppresses the formation of vapor inthe lube
pump pressure inlet supply, thus eliminating cavitation and improving

pump performance at altitude. This.reduces the tendency for oil pres-
sure to drop off at high altitude.
3. Lubrication System Components.
A. Lube and Scavenge Pump.
The combined lube and scavenge.pump is a-posi-tive displacementpump con-
sisting of six guided-vane type pump elements´• mounted along a common
drive shaft and contained within a common housing. The pump elements
that service the main engine sump are 3 GPM scavenge elements. The ele-
ments that service the gearbox and No. 1 bearing sump are 1 GPM elements.
The pressure element is a 2.5 GPM element.. ´•The operating elements of
the pump extend aft into the oil tank from the pump flange on which the
oil tank is mounted.
The oilpasses´•between the pump and the~gearbox through six oil ports on
the pump mounting flange which mate with six ports~ on the lube pump
mounting pad on the gearbox. All scavenge oil from the pump is dis-
charged into the oil~tank dwell chamber. Lube~oil from the oil tank en-
ters the pressure element through a pendulum-type swivel pickup tube
that extends out from the aft right-hand side of the pump body. It is
delivered by the pressure element directly-´•to the oil cooler, through
the oil filter, into the gearbox where it´•is distributed throughout the
system.
A pressure relief valve mounted in parallel wi´•th the lube discharge pas-
sage is included to prevent damage that might result from exce~ssive oil
pressure due starting or restriction of normal oil flow.
to cold The
relief factory adjusted to open at a pressure differential or
valve is
85-95 psi (115-125 on center-vent systems) across the valve. If this
pressure differential is reached, the relief valve opens and oil from
the pressure element is discharged directly into the oil tank.
Mar. 30/67
Page
579-0
GEIERAL.~ ELECtRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
B. Oil Filter.
The oil filter assembly is mounted in the sump housing. It is a full-
flow, in-line type filter with a corrosion resistant screen element of
corrugated steel. The screen filters out oil contaminants over 40 mi-
crons in size, and is removable for cleaning. A filter bypass valve is
included in the core of the filter element. If the pressure difference
between oil entering the filter and oil leaving the filter exceeds 21-23
psi, the valve opens to permit a direct flow of oil through the unit
without filtration
C. Oil Cooler.
The oil liquid-to-liquid type heat exchanger mounted on the

cooler is.a
oil mounting flange and against the right-hand side of the oil
tank
tank. It consists of numerous longitudinal passages arranged in a
honeycomb pattern. Both fuel and oil flow simultaneously through ad-
joining passages and an exchange of heat occurs between hot engine oil
and cool fuel. Oil enters and leaves the cooler through ports located
in the housing for the pressure bypass valve. When the pressure across
the valve exceeds 16-24 psi due to clogging,he valve will open and the
oil will bypass the heat exchanging elements.
D. Oil Tank.
The oil tank is mounted on the aft flange of the lube and scavenge pump.
There are both steel and aluminum tanks in service. Included within the
oil tankis an air chamber (isolated from the remainder of theoil tank),
a dwell chamber and a system of vent tubes. The oilfilling port
tank
is located on the aft face and the oil level is indicated
bya-dip-stick
graduated in pint-s (to be added). Oil that overflows during filling is
collected in a scupper and drained overboard through a scupper drain
port. A vent relief valve boss, a remote fill vent boss, and a series
of check valve boss are located on the top or front of the oil tank.
The lube andscavenge pump mounting flange, oil cooler mounting flange,
and the oil tank drain boss are located on the forward face. A remote
filling boss is located on the aft side of the oil tank. Beneath the
oil tank is a deep well which forms a recess for the tachometer-genera-
tor-alternator unit which is driven from the rear pad of the lube and
scavenge pump. The dwell chamber in the tank is adequate to limit the
volume of entrained air to a maximum of 5~. The tank capacity is 4.0
quarts total with approximately 3.0 quarts usable.
Mar. 30/67
79-00Page 6
GEWERAL ~B E.LP CTR le
CJ610 TURBOJET
E. Eighth-Stage Air Leakage Valves.
The eighth-stage air leakage valves are located at the 2 and 10 o’clock
position on the mainframe. These valves maintain a controlled sump pres-
sure by bleeding-off eighth-stage air leakage when the pressure exceeds
the necessary value.
Mar. 30/67
Page
7 9-0
eEn ERAL O~ tLtCTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
LUBRICATION SYSTEM TROUBLE-SHOOTING
i. General. A malfunction within the lube system is usually quite obvious.

Either the cockpit pressure indicator will display an abnormal reading or
visual observation will establish the need for corrective action. The lu-
brication system is
complex,
not so little trouble may be anticipated in
operation or service by
the engine mechanic. Beyond obvious leaks the cock-
pit indicators provide the first symptoms of a system malfunction. Read´•ings
other than normal suggest the nature of the malfunction, but cannot isolate
the cause. Various troubles may create similar indications; however, ex-
perienceand forethought will indicate the most probable causes.
I Trouble-Shooting information is furnished in Chapter 72-00.
Nov. 15/67
Page
10179-00
tEWER*L~ELICTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
LUBRICATION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. -The information presented under system maintenance applies to the

system as a whole. Maintenance infomration which applies to an individual
component is presented as.part of the maintenance information for that
component.
WARNING: LUBRICATING OIL IF OIL IS DECOMPOSED BY HEAT, TOXIC GASES ARE

RELEASED
PROLONGED CONTACT WITH LIQUID OR MIST MAY CAUSE DERMATITIS AND

IRRITATION.
IF THERE IS ANY PROLONGED CONTACT WITH SKIN, WASH AREA WITH SOAP
AM) WATER. IF SOLUTION CONTACTS EYES, FLUSH EYES WITH WATER
IMMEDIATELY. REMOVE SATURATED CLOTHING.
IF OIL IS SWALLOWED, DO NOT TRY TO VOMIT. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL

ATTENTION.
WHEN HANDLING LIQUID, WEAR BUBBER GLOVES. IF PROLONGED CONTACT

WITH MIST IS LIKELY, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR.
CIA_UT_IPN: SILICONE OR SILICONE BASED OIL OR GREASE SHALL NOT BE USED ON

LUBE SYSTEM COMPONENTS. SMALL AMOUNTS (SUCH AS THAT USED TO HOLD
O-RINGS DURING ASSEMBLY) WILL COETTAMINATE THE OIL SYSTEM.
SILICONE CONTAMINATION WILL CAUSE THE ENGINE OIL TO FOAM, THEREBY
RESULTING IN OIL Loss THROUGH THE OVERBOARD VENT, IN Loss of oIL
PRESSURE, END ULTIMATELY IN DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE.
2. Servicing.
A. Approved Oils/Operating Requirements.
(1) Approved oils. following list of lubricating oils is approved

The
I for use in GE Aircraft Engines, CJ610 series and supersedes and

cancels all previous information on this subject.
CAUTION: THE INTERMIXING OF DIFFERENT APPROVED BRANDS OF TYPE 2 OR

OF TYPE 1 OILS IS AUTHORIZED; HOWEVER, INTERMIXING OF OIL
TYPES SHOULD BE AVOIDED. IF INTERMIXING OF OIL TYPES HAS
OCCURRED, THE OIL SYSTEM MUST BE DRAINED, FLUSHED PER
PARAGRAPH 2.E. AND REFILLED IMMEDIATELY.
Dec 31/91 79-00

Page 201
GE#ERAL ELPCfRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANIJAL SEI-186
(a) Type 1 Oils: (Conforming to GE Aircraft Engines Specification

DSOTF1 current revision)
NOTE: Type 1 oils should be used in expected cold climates,

-180 to -540 C (Oo to -650F). For best engine oper-
ation, it is recommended that engine oil be heated to
-180C (OOF) or above when in cold climates.
1 2389 Turbo Oil Rumble Oil d Refining Company
2 RM 184A Mobil Oil Company
2 shell Aircraft Oil 307 Shell Oil Company
(b) Type 2 Oils: (Conforming to GE Aircraft Engines Specification

D50TF1 current revision): See Table I,
(2) Oil approval.
Operators desiring to use an oil not included in the lists

of approved
oils must obtain specific approval from GE Aircraft
Engines prior to
its use. Approval will be granted upon submission by the operator or
the oil company involved of valid evidence demonstrating that the
particular oil conforms to the requirements of GE Aircraft Engines
Specification D50TF1, or revisions thereto.
79-00 Dec 31/91

Page 202
GEYERIL~ELEeTRle
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MBNLIBL
TABLE I
TYPE 2 APPROVED OIL LIST
Brand Name Oil~ Company
i. AeroShell Turbine Oil 500 Shell Oil Company

2. AeroShell Turbine Oil 555 Shell Oil Company
(1 3. AeroShell Turbine Oil 560 Shell Oil Company

4. AVTUR Oil Synthetic Dillons Chemical Company
5. Castrol 205 Stauffer Chemical Company
Castrol, Ltd.
6. Caltex RPM Jet Engine Oil 5 Caltex Petroleum Corporation
7. Caltex 7388 Caltex Petroleum corporation
8. Chevron Jet Engine Oil 5 Chevron International Oil Company
9. Enco Turbo Oil 2380 Humble Oil 6t Refining Company
10. Esso Turbo Oil 2380 Humble Oil 6 Refining Company
11. Mobil’Jet Engine Oil II Mobil Oil Company
12. Mobil Oil 254 Mobil Oil Company
13. Royco Turbine Oil 560 Royal Lubricants
14. Sinclair Turbo-S Type 2 Sinclair Refining Company
15. Stauffer Jet II Stauffer Chemical Company
16. Texaco SATO 7388 Texaco, Incorporated
17. Texaco Starjet 5 Texaco, Incorporated
18. Caltex Starjet 5 Caltex Petroleum Corporation
19. Exxon Turbo Oil 2380 Exxon Company
NOTE: i. Stauffer Jet II, AVTUR Oil Synthetic, and Castrol 205 are
identical oils.
2. Texaco SATO 7388 and Caltex 7388 are identical oils.
3. Chevron Jet Engine Oil 5 and Caltex RPM Jet Engine Oil 5 are
identical oils.
4. Enco Turbo Oil 2380, Esso Turbo Oil 2380, and Exxon Turbo Oil
2380 are identical oils.
5. Texaco Starjet 5 and Caltex Starjet 5 are identical oils.
6. Aeroshell Turbine Oil 560 and Royco Turbine Oil 560 are
identical oils.
Dec 31/91 79-00

Page 202A/2OiB
GEWERAL ~b E LE etR IC --_-
CJ610 TURBOJET
(3) Operating Requirements.
(a) Replace Type 1 oils with Type 2 at first opportunity using pro-
cedure outlined in following paragraph E.
(b) Change Type 2 oils at engine operating time intervals outlined

in Table´•BO1, Section 72-00. The engine lubrication system
should be serviced with the approved oils. Type 2 oils should
in this engine because they capable of
eb.slio
used
higher operating temperatures than Type 1

are
withsandi gType 2 oils
also have improved anticoking characteristics. Use of Type 1
oil is limited to those occasions when Type 2 oil is unavailable.
B. Oil Servicing During Postflight Inspection.
The oil level should be checked immediately following engine shutdown

because some oil willseep from the tank into the gearbox while the
engine is inoperative. After an engine shutdown or during a postflight
inspection, immediately check and add oil, if required as follows:
(1) Remove the oil tank filler cap.
i
(2) Check oil level on the dipstick.
CAUT~: USE THE SAME TYPE OIL THAT IS ALREADY IN THE O1L SYSTEM.
(3) If required, add oil until the oil level in the tank is at the full
mark (4 quarts) or slightly below.
NOTE: All approved oils which come in 1 quart or less containers are
ready for use and have been filtered to 10 microns. Bulk oil
must be filtered through a 10 micron paper or metallic filter.
Paper filter shall be used only when the oil is at ambient tem-
perature. Metallic filters can be used at ambient or elevated
temperatures.
(4) Install the filler cap and lock it.
Oil Servicing During Preflight Inspection.

After an engine has been inoperative (or during a preflight inspection),
to avoid over-filling the system check and add oil, if required, as
follows:
(2) Check the oil level on the dipstick.
Dec 1/79 79-00

Page 203
GE#ERAL~ ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
S~N:OTL TYPE TI~T IS *LRE~DY IN THE OTL
NOTE: All approved oils which come in 1 quart or less containers are
ready for use and have been filtered to 10 microns. Bulk oil
must be filtered through a 10 micron paper or metallic filter.
Paper filter shall be used only when the oil is at ambient

temperature. Metallic filters can be used at ambient or elevated
temperatures.
(a) If level is low (but still visible on the dipstick) motor

the oil
the engine for 30 seconds, recheck the oil level and add oil as
required. Install filler cap and lock it.
(b) If there is NO oil level indication on the dipstick add oil until
there is an indication on the dipstick. Motor the engine for 30
seconds, recheck the oil level and add oil as required. Install
filler cap and lock it.
D. Oil Changes Using Same Type of Approved Oil.
The procedure in this paragraph is used only tochange oil when the
lube system is to be refilled with the same type of approved oil that
is presently being used in the lube system. If the lube system is
to be refilled with a different type of oil, if oil types have been mixed
or if an unapproved oil has been used, the lube system should be drained,
flushed and the filter checked per paragraph 2.E. Change the oil as
follows:
(2) Remove the drain plugs from the oil tank, accessory gearbox and
transfer gearbox. (See figure 201.) Catch the draining oil in a clean
container that will hold 4 ormore quarts.
79-00 Dec 1/79

Page 204
bll~RI1Q ILEnRIC
CJG1Q; TURBOJET
TRANSFER GEARBOX MAGNETIC DRAIN PLUG

ACCESSORY GEARBOX MAGNETIC
DRAIN PLUGS
OIL TANK DRAIN PLUG
OIL FILTER
CJ610-1, -5, AND -9 BOTTOM VIEW
111~ -ll(r
L, o
OIL TANK DRAIN PLUG

OIL FILTER
ACCESSORY GEARBOX‘MAGNETIC
DRAIN PLUGS
CJ610-4, -6, AND -8 BOTTOM VIEW
CJ610-6112-2-*2A
Location of~Oil’Drain Plugs and Filter

Figure 201
Jan: 15/69 79-00
Page 205
G E W ERAL ~B E LE CI R IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEIr186
(3) Remove the oil filter per 79-22-0.
(4) Inspect the magnetic drain plugs, filter, and drained oil for metal-
lic particles. If metallic particles are present, examine the parti-
cles per paragraph 3.A.
(5) Clean the oil filter per 79-22-0;
WARNING: VAPORS ARE HARMFUL DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES, OR ON VERY
HOT SURFACES. DO NOT USE NEAR WELDING AREAS, A SOURCE OF
CONCENTRATED ULTRAVIOLET RAYS. INTENSE ULTRAVIOLET RAYS CAN
CAUSE THE FORMATION OF PHOSGENE GAS, WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO
THE LUNGS. USE ONLY WITHADEQUATE VENTILATION. AVOID
PROLONGED OR REPEATED BREATHING OF VAPORS. AVOID PROLONGED
OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN. WEAR APPROVED GLOVES AND
GOGGLES (OR FACE SHIELD) WHEN HANDLING AND WASH HANDS
THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. DO NOT
SMOKE WHEN USING IT. SOTRE IN APPROVED METAL SAFETY CONTAINERS.
(6) Clean the drain plugs with a suitable solvent, such as: carbon
tetrachloride, trichloroethane or kerosene.
(7) Using new O-rings on the drain plugs and filter, install the plugs
and filter to the torque values specified in the Engine Torque Chare
in Section 72-01-3. O
(8) Using the same type of oil that in the lube system,
was
fill the oil tank (passing through a l0-micron filter)

the oil to
the "FULL" mark, or slightly below, (4 quarts) on the dipstick.
Install the filler cap and lock it.
NOTE: The engine will require additibnal oil after the first run, to
bring the level to the "FULL" mark on the dipstick because a
small amount of oil remains in the sumps and oil lines after´•
engine shutdown.
E. Oil Changes (Draining and Flushing Lube System).
This procedure is used for changing the oil when the lube system will NOT
be refilled with the same type of oil. This procedure should also
be used as soon as possible after oil types have been mixed or after
an unapproved oil has been used. Drain and flush lube system and check
oil filter as follows:
(1) Drain oil; inspect plugs and filter; clean and install plugs and
filter per paragraph 2.D., steps (1) through (7).
(2) Using an approved oil, fill the oil tank (passing the oil through a
l0-micron filter) to the "FULL" mark, or slightly below, (4 quarts)
on the dipstick. Install the filler cap and lock it.
79-00 Dec 1/79

Page 206
GLWEIIL tLICTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(3) Operate the engine for 5 minutes.
(4) Drain oil tank and gearboxes. Install plugs per Paragraph 2.D.(7).
(5) Refill oil tank with the same type of oil used in step
(2).
(6) Attach a metal tag or other suitable device to the oil tank filler
cap that designates the type of oil being used in the system.
79-00
Dec 1/79
Page 206k/206B
GEIERIIL´•~ ELEETRIC
cSs i.o T.U R e)OJE T
r (7) .After has been operated

clean ~f ´•necessary.
in service forl5-35 hours, check
NOTE´•:~ ~impottant to’establish a’written

It ‘’is of: findings
during~a filter inspection.;´• Thidwill allow detection of a
build-up of contamination durihg
A. Metallic Particle Check.
~he i~iigine is:man’u~factured anh bsseI~hb‘led with clbse´• to’ler;i;nce’S.- Therefore,

metai´•li~ parti~les‘ih the~ lub´•i´•icatidn’ sy.stem are .c~ause’ for iizvestigation.
Accumulation of particles may result from different causes, good judgment
beused before: continuing’ to:;bperate’ the e’ngine; ’A fi~iriew of pre-
mtist
vi~us filte’r inspection re~ords- and .findings sh´•buld’be made;
’When‘ contamination by ~metal par’ti´•d-~es is ´•les~: than’ teri percent of

the total area,;but to be’Basily: db;senreld by ´•’the’’´•nali~d eye, the
recormnendations listed below are applicable. If contamination is greater
.than .t~en ’percen^t;l (lgrge’ curls, lieavill::~oadecl,. Iiart:ia’lly
dr completely Ti-lleh´• p’le~ats-´• in filter)"l)0 ~NOT’I’OPERATE
ENGINE. untii-.the’ sbiir~e of~inatal ~articie. defined and
coYrected.‘ i
NOTE: A light deposit of minute silver particles may be found on the

filter during the early stages of engine operation and is consider-
ed normal. Silver particles can be generated from the normal
seating engine bearing cages that are silver plated during
of
manufacture. In addition, a light accumulation of oxide "fuzz"
(fine light particles) on the magnetic plugs may also be considered
normal.
(1) Deleted
(2) If metallic (magnetic and/or non-magnetic) particles are found in the

filter oil, they may have been externally introduced or caused by
or
wear of engine rotating parts. These contaminants could contribute

to faulty lube system operation and may damage lube system components
or bearings. Contaminants may be in the form of metal curls, chips,

flakes, etc. In either case proceed as follows:
(a) Drain oil from tank andgearbox(es).
(b) Clean and reinstall the filter and magnetic drain plugs per
paragraph 2.D.(7).
(c) Re-service with approved oil.
(d) Run engine for 10 minutes at 85% RPM and then check filter.
Nov. 15/72 ,79.-00

,Page 207
GCIEIAI tLtCTlle
CJ610 TURbOJeT
(e) If filter is significantly contaminated DONOT OPERATE THE ENGINE

and DO NOT CLEAN THE OIL FILTER until a cause for contamination can
be determined. This may require removal, disassembly and cleaning of

engine. An analysis of filter contaminants may be helpful in determin-
ing source of contaminants.
(f) If filter is significantly cleaner than before, reclean and reinstall

filter. Drain all oil from engine and re-service with approved oil.
(g) Continue to operate engine normally for two hours. During this period,
monitor oil temperature and oil pressure for significanf~ changes.
Check filter and magnetic drain plug after this time. Record findings.
(h) If contaminants are found in excess of minute quantities DO NOT

OPERATE THE ENGINE and DO NOT CLEAN THE OIL FILTER until a cause for
contamination can be determined. This may require removal, disassem-
bly and cleaning of engine. An analysis of filter contaminants may
be helpful in determining source of contaminants.
(i) If contaminants are not found continue to operate engine normally and
repeat step (g) every five hours for at least four times. DO NOT
CLEAN FILTER. Record findings. Resume normal filter inspection
periods when satisfied system is clean and not generating additional
contaminants.
79-00 Nov. 15/72

Page 208
6ORORAL O OLOCtRIC
CJ610 TUFPBQJET
OIL TANK MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. The maintenance practices for the oiltank are concerned with the
Removal/Installation and Inspection/Check and Cleaning of the component.
2. Servicing. (Refer to 79-00, Servicing,)
NOTE: The oil tank, lube pump and tachometer generator are mounted in tan-
dem. The removal of the tank is simplified if all three units are
removed as an assembly and then separated. (Refer to 79-21-0.)
4. Inspection/Check,
A. Dents on corners Any number, 1/8 inchdeep;. Replace tank.
B. Dents on flat Any number, 1/4 inch deep. Replace tank.

surfaces
C. Sharp dents or None allowed. Replace tank.

creases
D. Leaks None allowed. Replace tank.
5. Cleaning.
If required the oil tank can be cleaned after it has been removed from the
engine.
A. Remove the oil tank from the engine.
B. Slosh the oil tank with a solvent, such as carbontetrachloride or tri-
chloroethylene, until all dirt and contamination is removed.
NOTE: A discoloration may remain on the ´•inside surface of the oil tank.
This is normal and allowable.
WARNING: THESE SOLVENTS ~ARE TOXIC AND SHOULD BE USED WITH ADEQUATE VEN-
TILATION. -AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF VAPORS. REPEATED OR
PROLONGED CONTACT WITH THE.SKIN WILL REMOVE SKIN OILS AND CAUSE
SEVERE DERNLATITIS.
C. Inspect inside of tank with a light and dental mirror for evidence of
contamination. Clean as necessary.
May 15/70 79-11-0
Page 201
GERERAL O~ ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
OIL TANK RELIEF VALVE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General. The maintenance of the valve consists of the removal and replace-
ment of defective valves.
2. Removal/Installationi (CJ610-1, -5 and -9)
NOTE: Disconnect any aircraft line connected to the valve.
A. Removal.
(1) Remove the lockwire securing the valve to the side of the tank.
(2) Remove the valve by threading the valve from the tank.
(3) Remove and discard O-ring from the valve.
B. Installation.
(1) Install a new O-ring on to the valve.
(2) Assemble the valve to the oil tank.
(3) Tighten valve to 90-110 Ib-in. and lockwire.
NOTE: Connect any aircraft lines that were removed.
1 3. Removal/Installation. (CJ610-4, -6 and -8)
A. Removal.
NOTE: Disconnect any aircraft line connected to the valtre.
(1) Remove the lockwire securing the valve to the top of the tank.
(2) Rgmove the valve by threading the valve from the tank.
(3) Remove and discard the O-ring.
B. ~nstallation.
(1) Install a new O-ring on tothe valve.
(2) Assemble the valve to the tank.
(3) Tighten the valve to 90-110 Ib-in. and lockwire.
Jan. 15/69 79-12-0

Page 201
sEWFRAL~E LtCTRIF~--
CS61Q TURBOJET
LURE AND SCAVENGE PUMP MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. Gene ra 1 The following procedures cover the maintenan’ce.t´•~at may be, per-
formed on the pump.
1 2. Removal/Installation. (CJ610-ll -5 and -9 only)
NOTE: Refer to figure 201.
A. Removal. 1
(1) Drain the lubricationtank by removing the.tank draih piug~.
(2) Disconnect´•the 2 vent’Iines fromthe oil tank check valves. (On en-
gines without´•center vent only’.)
(3) Remove.the.oil cooler´•~and fuel-pressurizing valve asfollows:
(a) Remove the tube (1) that- runs fiom:the mainframe pad ‘(at 4
o’clock) to the fuel controlcompressor inlet temperature aspi-

rater.
(b)DISconnect’4 lines-from the fuel-pressurizing valve.
´•(c):Remove the tube that runs from the fuel flowmeter to the oil
cooler.
(d) Remove the 2 bolts that secure the oil cooler to the oil tank.:
Remove the oil cooler-fuel pressurizing valve assembly.
(e) Remove three O-rings and the O-ring adapter from the oil cooler
ports..
(4) Disconnect the oil pressure transducer line at the lube pump, oil
filter ports (if applicable).
(5) Remove the.lube pump, i~il tank and tachometer from the.accessory
gearbox as follows:
(a) Remove 3 mounting nuts and washers atthe gearbox pad.
(b) Carefully move the lube pump aft until it clears the 3 mounting
studs on the accessory gearbox. Remove seven O-rings.
1:
CAUTION: PROTECT THE- LUBEPUMP AND ACCESSORY.GEARBOX FROM DAM-
AGE AND CONTAMINATION.
Jan. 15/69 79-21-0
Page 201
6EIEIIL~ flLCfllC --_-
´•CJ810 TUR BOJET
MAINT~ENANCE MANUAL SEI-186
l---t\~
P o
el\
OIL COOL~ER
OIL TANK
2
PRESSURIZING VALVE
tJ610-6092-0-C2
Lube and Scavenge Pump Removal/installation

(CJ610-1, -5 and -9 Engines)
Figure 201
(6) Separatethe lube pump, oil tank, and tachometer-generator as fol-

lows:
(a) Remove 4 nuts and washers and remove the airframe tachometer-
generator.
(b) Remove bolts and washers, and separate the lube pump from the
oil tank. Remove two 0-rings from the grooves in the face of.
the oil’tank, and one O-ring from the groove in the aft OD of
the lubepump.
79-21-0 Jan. 15469
Page 202
´•-´•´•~1.
GEILIA:L ELE(IIIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAZ,
B. Installation.
NOTE: Prior to installation, prime the elements of the lube and

scavenge pump with engine oil by filling all of the inlet and
outlet ports and then rotating the drive gear by hand.
(1) Install 1 new O-ringin the groove in the aft OD of the lube pump
and 2 new O-rings in the grooves in the forward face of the oil
tank. Use O-ring lubricant and holding grease A.1 or A.2 of
Section 72-01-1.
b
Nov. 15/73 79-21-0
Page 202A/202B
cEWIRAL O~b rLEC’TR!C
.CJ610 TURBOJET
(2) Carefully insert the lube pump vertically into oil tank and visually
check alignment. Secure pump and oil tank together with 2 opposite
bolts andwashers tighten to 24-27 Ib-in.
and to seat pump. Install
remaining 13 bolts and tighten to 24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire all bolts.
NOTE: Some earlier configuration:pumps and,tanks have only 13 bolt

holes. When either tanks or pumps are interchanged, 2 bolts
may be omitted and the holes left open.
~3).Check the lube pump-oil tank assemblyfor free movement of pick-up

tube as-follows:
(a) Disconnect and restrict the movement of the oil tank filler cap
and chain;
(b) Hand-hold the subassembly upright with the pump in the 12 o’clock
position.
(c) Gently tilt the oil tank back and forth, check for audible free
movement, from stop-to-stop, of´•the lube pick-up tube.
NOTE: If unable to substantiate the free movement, remove the

lube pump and check for hang-up. Repeat.until free move-
ment is obtained.
(4) Install the airframe tachometer-generator on the 4 studs that pro-

trude through the rear of.the oil tank. Secure it with ~nuts.and
washers. Tighten the nuts to 28-35 Ib-in.
(5) Install 7 new O-rings in the grooves on the face of the lube pump
mounting flange. Use 0-ring lubricant and holding grease A.1 or A.2
of Section 72;01-1. -Install the:lube pump, oiltank and tachometer
on the right, rear pad of the accessory gearbox and secure it with
the´•nuts and washers´•. .Tighten the nuts:to 120-150;1b-in.
(6) Connect the oil pressure transducer line to the lube pump. Tighten
to´• 30-50 Ib-in.
7 Ihs tall ..the oil cooler-fuel-pressuriz ing valve assembly´• as´• ´•f ollows
(a) Assemble 2 new O-ring adapter and 1 new O-ring on

0-rings on the
the oil cooler lube-OUTport. Install the 9-ring adapter inthe
lube-IN port of the oil cooler.
(b) Align the lube-IN and lube-OUT ports of the oil cooler to the
ports in the lube pump and install the oil~cooler. Secure the
oil cooler to the front face.of the oil tanli with 2 bolts.
Tighten the bolts to 24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire them.
Nov, 15/73 ’~’79-21-0

Page 203
ctrr’l~r tricF~le
CJO10~ TURBOJET
(c) Connect 4 hoses to the fuel-pressurizing valve.
(d) Install 1 new O-ring and install the fuel tube (2) that connects
the flowmeterto the oil cooler. Tighten the 2 screws to 24-27
Ib-in. and lockwire them.
(8) Install the tube (1) (with a new gasket) that runs from the main-
frame pad (at 4 o’clock) to the fuel control compressor’inlet tem-
perature aspirator. Tighten the 2 screws to 24-27 IbTin. and lock-
wire them. Adjust and tighten the support clamps.
(9) Connect the 2 vent lines to the oil tank check valves. (On engines
without center vent only.)
(10) Reservice the lubrication system per 79-00, Maintenance Practices,

paragraph 2.D.
CAUTION: WHEN REPLACING THE LUBE PUMP, BE SURE THE LUBE FILTER IS
INSTALLED.
1 3. Removal/Installation. (CJ610-4, -6 and -8 only)
NOTE: Refer to figure 202.
NOTE: On CJ610-4 engines without center venting, disconnect the 2 vent
lines from the oil tank 3 way check valve.
A. Removal.
(1) Drain the oil tank by removing the tank drain plug.
(2) Disconnect the electrical leads at theflowmeter and tachometer-
generator.
(3) Disconnect, at the flowmeter, the governor to flowmeter hose (1).
(4) Remove the 4screws that secure the flowmeter to the flowmeter base
connector, remove the flowmeter and O-ring.
(5) Remove the 2 locknuts and bolts that secure the flanged ends of the’
oil cooler-to-pressurizing and drain valve hose and the tube (2).
Separate the hose from the tube. Remove the O-ring.
(6) Remove the 2 screws (3) that secure the oil cooler-to-pressurizing
and drain valve tube to the oil cooler. Remove the tube and O-ring.
79-21-0 Jan. 15/69

Page 204
sEn ERAS ~B:f LECTRIC
C.J610- TUR-BOJET
SEI-186 ´•’MAINTENANCES MAN~AL
d~ .o~
1
0
O~I
-I-d
111 1 1 i 1\ i nn 6~’ ii bJ\SY Trl /.L
I
4-
OIL COOLER
OIL TANK
FLOW METER
cJsto-sos3-o-c2
Lube and Scavenge plump Removal Ins’t al lation

(CJ610-4, -6 and -8 Engine~)
Figure 202
(7) Remove the 2 screws (c~)´•that’secure the fl.owmeter cdnnector to the

oil cooler; remove the flowmeter connector and remove the ~ring.
(8) Remove the oil cooler as follows:
(a) Removethe 2 bolts that secure the oil.coolei´• to the oil tank.
Remove the oil cooler.
(b) Remove three 0-rings and the O-ring´•’adapter from the oil cooler
ports.
Jan. 15/69 79-21-0

Page 205
GLIPRAL E‘LECTRIC
cJsio TURBO;IET
MAINTENANCE MAN[JAL SEI-186
´•(9) Disconnect-the oil pressure ´•transducer line´•´•at -the´• lube pump ´•(if
necessary.
(10) Remove the lybe pump‘ from the accessory gearbox ar;‘follows:
(g) mounting nuts and washers atl the gearbox pad.

i
(b) Carefully mbve the’lube pump and tank assembly aft until the
pump clears.the 3~ mounting studs.-on’ the accessory gearbox. Re-

move seven’Orrings.
CAUTION: PROTECT THE LUBE;PUMP AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX FROM DAM-

-A6E AND CONTAMINATION.
(11). Separate ´•t’he lube..pump, oi’l tink and alternator-t achometer generator
as follows:
(a~ Remove 4 nuts and.washers:aand remove the ~tachometer-generator.
(b) Remove 13 bolts and washers and separate.the lube pump from the
oil tank. Remove two ~rings from~the.’groov8s :in the~ face of
theoil tank, and one O-rin~ from the.groove in the aft´•OD of
the lube pump.
B.´• Insta~lation.
Pri~r.to inst~ai’lation,. prime ´•the elements of the lube and scavenge

I
NOTE:´•
pum~ with engine~oil by filling all of the inlet’and outlet ports
and"then rotating the drive gear by hand.
(1) Install 1 new ~ring in the grove in the aft OD of the lube pump
and 2 new 0-ringsin the grooves in the forward face of the oil tank.
(2) Carefully insert .the tube pump vertically into oil tank and visually
check alignmen~. Secure pump and oil tank together with 2 opposite
bolts and tighten to 24-27 Ib-in. to seat pump.
washers and Install
remaining 13 bolts tighten to 24-27 Ib-in. and lockiire all bolts.

and
Be sure to assemble the bracket which supports the lube pump-to-
transducer hose at the six o’clock position.
(3) Check the lube pump-oil tank assembly for free movement of the pick-
up tube as follows:
(a) Disconnect and restrict the movement of the oil tank filler cap
and chain.
(b) Hand-hold the subassembly upright with the pumpin the 12 o’clock
position. 4
79-21-0 Jan. 15/69

page 206
GEWERiL’~a
CilGIIO;´•TURBOJET
SEi’186 NjaiINTENAN~E MANUAL
(c) Gently tilt the oil tank back and forth, check for audible free
movement from stop to stop of the lube pump pickup tube.
NOTE.: If unable to substantiate the audible free movement, re-
move the lube pump from the oil tank, check for "hangup",
then reassemble. Repeat audible free movement check.
(d) Tighten the bolts to 24-27- Ib-in. and lockwire them.
(4) Install the tachometer-generator Iqn the 4 studs that protrude through
the rear of the oilltank.. Secure It with nuts~ and washers. Tighten
fhe nuts to 28-35 Ib-in.
(5) Install O-rings in the grooves on

7 new the face of the lube pump
-mounting flange. Install the lube pump on theright, rear pad of
the accessory gearbox and secure it.with 3 nuts and washers. Tighten
the nuts to120-150 Ib-in.
CAUTION: DO NOT FORCE THE SEATING OF:THE LUBE PUMP ON TI;E GEARBOX
MATING FLANGE. IF NECESSARY. ROTATE THE ROTOR TO ASSIST
IN MESHING THE LUBE PUMP IEfiERNAZI GEAR WITH.THE GEARBOX
MATING GEARSHAFT.
(6) Connect- the fitting to the iube- pump-to-transducer hose to the lube
pump las applicable).
(7)´•Install the oil cooler.as follows:
(a) Assemble Bnew O-rings on the O-ring adapter an6´•:1 new O-ring on
the oil cooler lube-OUT port. Install the O-ring adapter in the
lube-IN port of the oil cooler.
(b) Align.the lube-IN and lube-OUT ports of the’oil’dooler:to the
ports´•in the lube pump´•and install.the oil cooler. Secure the

oil cooler to the front of the oil tank with 2 bolts.~ Tighten
the boltsto 24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire them.
.(8) Installthe O-ring onto~the fuel-OUT portbossof-the flowmeter con-
nector.
(9) Position the flowmeter connector on the oil cooler-with the fuel-OUT
port boss inserted into the lower port of the dil cooler.´• As´•semble
2 ´•screws through the 2-1ower holes of the flowmeter connector.
Tighten the screws, to 14_´•18 ~lb-in.
(10) Install the O-ring to the boss at’ the ~connector of the oillco~ler-to-
pressurizing and drain valve fuel tube.
I Jan. 15/69 79-21-0

Page 207
GEWERAL
cJsio TURBOJ~´•ET
(11) Position the tube with the boss inserted through the top port in the
flowmeter connector and into the oil cooler fuel-OUT port. Secure
the tube to the oil cooler with the 2 screws (3). Tighten the screws
to 14-18 Ib-in. and lockwire them to the 2 screws that secure the
flowmeter connector.
(12) Install the O-ring into the groove in the flanged fitting of the
tube. Position the flanged end of the oil cooler-to-pressurizing
and drain valve hose on the tube flange. Secure the flanges of the
tube and hose with the 2 bolts andlocknuts. Tighten the bolts to
20-25 Ib-in.
(13) Install the O-ring to the boss on the flowmeter connector. Position
the flowmeter on the boss of the flowmeter connector and secure it
with the 4 screws. Tighten to 14-18 Ib-in. and lockwire them.
(14) Connect the coupling nut (1) of the governor-to-flowmeter fuel hose
to the.fitting at the top of the flowmeter; Tighten the coupling
nut to 200-350 lb-in.
CAUTION: HOLD THE FLOWMETER FITTING WITH A WRENCH TO PREVENT DAM-

AGE TO THE FITTING WHEN TIGHTENING THE COUPLING NUT.
(15) Install the O-ring into the electrical connector at the flowmeter,
if necessary; secure the lead to the flowmeter. Tighten the connec-
tor fingertight (approximately 10-15 Ib-in.) and lockwire.
N(YTE: Do not lubricate the O-ring.
(16) Install O-rings, if necessary, to the electrical connectors that

attach to the alternator-tachometer generator. Tighten the connec-
tors fingertight (approximately 10-15 Ib-in.) and lockwire.
(17) Reservice the lubrication system per Servicing, 79-00.
CAUTION: WHEN REPLACING THE LUBF: PUMP, BE SURE THE LUBE FILTER IS
INSTALLED.
I 4. Inspection/Check.
Check the lube pump, while installed, for leakage.’ No leakage allowable.
If leakage is from lube pump-tachometer generator drive shaft seal replace
seal per repair paragraph. If leakage is from non-repairable areareplace
pump.
Jan. 15/69
79-21-0Page 208
6EICRAL.~ PLECTRIC
cJsio TUFPBQJET
~5,. ~Approved Repair.
A. Replacement Procedure for Lube Pump Tachometer-Generator Drive Shaft

Plain Encased Lip Seal (Without Removing Lub’e Pump from Engine). (See
figure 203.)
(1~ Drain the oil from the oil tank.
(2) Disconnect the electrical leads from the tachometer-generator. Re-
move the 4 nuts and washers, then, remove the tachometer-generator

from the lube pump.
(3) Remove the.retainer ring, using a:small screw driver orscriber. Be
careful not to scratch or damage the surface of the seal retainer or
the lube pump bore. Carefully-lift out the shims and flat washer.
Note the thii~kness of the shims; the same amount of shimming that is
removed must be reinstalled at assembly._ (See figure 204.)
NOTE: Inspect the pump housing bore at the retainer ring groove and
bench out any nicks,’dents, etc.
i4) Lubricate the counterbore atthe threaded end of puller 2C5331. In-
sertthe threaded end into the rubber’ofthd seal.;andti~rn the puller

1 or 2 turns clockwise to engage seal. Do not pull seal at this
time. (See figure 205.)
NOTE: Do not remove the large O-ring until after the puller is en-
gaged. This is to keep the seal retainer from rotating with
the puller. If O_ring does not~prevent ;~j?tation insert a
small screwdriver or scriber into O-ring to prevent rotation.
011 TANK FT LOOKING
LOCATION :j FORWARD
J ~I
i j~i AFT END OF
CJ610-6097-0´•F2
ReRlacement.of’ Lube-Pump Seal
Figure 203
Mgy 15/70 i:: 79-´•21-0

Page 209
..OEwERlle IIICrRIC.-----
´•cJs~o TURB~OYET
BORE
LURE PUMP ROTOR
CJ610-60P8-I].E2
Seal Retainer
Figure ~204
PULLER
:5,j
IF
SEAL j
SEAL SEAL-RETAINER
PUMP ROTOR
CJ610-609P-0´•E?
Seal Puller Installed
Figure 205
79-21-0 Mar. 30/67

’Page 210
GIW IRAL O~B ELEeTRIC
cJeiq TURBOJET
SEEI;186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) After puller.is engaged, use~a small scriber or~equivalent tool

the
to-remove the large O-ring from infront of the seal retainer. Make’
sure the seal retainer does not move outward with the O-ring.
CAUTION: AFTER THE O-RING IS REMOVED, BE THAT T~IE PUMP ROTOR

DOES NOT MOVE OUTWARD WITH THE.SEAL AND RETAINER ASSEMBLY
AS THIS WILL UNSTACK THE PUMP. IF THIS SHOULD HAPPEN, THE
LUBE PUMP MUST BE REPLACED.
Push the plunger towards the threaded end of the puller with the
small T-handle and hold in this position.
it The plunger should en-
..,gage in the.bottom of the female square in the, ~drive shaft.

and hold the internal parts of the pump in~place during the removal
of the seal retainer and the seal.
(7) While holding.the small T-handle in, pull the largeT-handle out to:
remove the seal retainer and the seal. (See figure 206.)
CAUTION: IF ANY INTERNAL PARTS;OF THE LUBE PUMP ARE INADVERTENTLY

REMOVED (EXCEPT BEARING AND SPRING TENSION WASHER), MIS-
PLACED OR DAMAGED DURING.REMOVAL OF THE SEAL RETAINER AND

THE SEAL, THE LUBE PUMP MUST BEREPLACED.
PULL OUT
PULLER
HOLD IN
HANDLE
SEAL-SEAL RETAINER
SPRING TENSION WASHERS
CJd10-6100-~D2
Removing
Figure 206
April´•15/68 79-21-0
Page 211
CJ610 TURBOJET
NOTE: Re-install bearing and spring washer if removed, making sure
the keyways on bearing and pump rotor are aligned.
(8) Insert guide (1, figure 206A) into base (2).

the Place seal retainer
and assembly onto guide (1) with slotted side of seal retainer
seal
facing up. Position driver (3) on top of seal retainer.
(9) Using an arbor press, push seal retainer down to separate it from the
seal. Remove the seal, guide (1), and seal retainer from the base
(2).
(10) Remove the square seal O-ring from the inside diameter groove of the
seal-retainer.
(11) Install a new square seal O-ring into the groove on the inside diame-
ter of the seal retainer.
(12) Place the new seal (metal surface down) into the base (2, figure 207)
and using petrqlatum equivalent, lubricate the outside diameter of
or
the seal. Insert the guide (1) through the inside diameter of the
seal and into the pilot hole of the base (2) of 205331.
(13) Lubricate the inside diameter of the seal retainer and square seal
O-ring. Install the seal retainer (slotted side up) onto the guide
(1). Position driver (3)´•on top of seal retainer.
ARBOR PRESS
i. GUIDE
2. BASE
3~ 3. DRIVER
SLOTTED END
THIS END UP
STAMPED CJ610-1 AND
SEAL RETAINER
C)61C6108´•0´•EZ
Removal of Seal from Seal Retainer
Figure 206A
79-21-0 April 15/68

Page 212
GsY ERIL tuerkle
C-J 61 O T U R B OJ E T
C ARBOR PRESS
I. GUIDE
2. BASE
3.DRIVER ‘I r
THIS END UP
STAMPED CJ610-1 and -4
SQUARE O-RING
SEAL RETAINER
NEW SEAL
PILOT HOLE
I t
CJ610-6101´•1-E2
Assembly of Seal
Figure 207
(14) Using an arbor press, carefully push the seal retainer down over the
seal until it bottoms inthe’:base (2). Remove the seal retainer and
seal assembly.
CAUTION: CHECK THE.SEAL AND SEAL RETAINER ASSEMBLY TO BE CERTAIN

THAT EACH END OF THE SEAL IS.BELOW THE SURFACES OF THE
SEAL RETAINER. THE SEAL RETAINER SLOTS MUST BE OPEN AT

THE INSIDE DIAMETER TO PERMIT OIL PASSAGE WHEN INSTALLED
IN THE PUMP.
(15) Lubricate with petSolatum theoutside diameters of the seal retainer

and the spreader (1,
figure 208), of 2C5331. Position the spreader
against the lube pump rotor as shown, push seal and seal retainer
assembly over the spreader (1) and into the lube pump until it bot-
toms against the spring tension washers. -Remove.spreader (1).
(16) Lubricate a new O-ring and install:between the:OD ofthe seal retain-´•
er and ID of the lube pump bore. Coat the washer and shims with
petrolatum and
assemble into pump; Work the -retaining"´•ring into the
pump borepush it against the shims,. Carefully center the shims,

and
using a sharp pointed´• tool, around the´•drive~shaf´•t so:that they will

not hang up in retainer groove. (See figure 209.)
~NOTE:- If there is not enough room toi-nstall the retaining ring, the,
spring washers have become unseated. Remove the parts and re-
position the washers.
April 15/68 79-ii-0

Page 213
OIIII~L´•ELInllC-----
CJB10 TURbOJET
SEAL AND
SEAL-RETAINER
SPRING TENSION WASHERS M ASSEMBLY
i. SPREADER
CJ610-6102-I-F2
Seal Spreader Installed

Figure 208
RETAINER RING GROOVE
LUBE PUMP BORE
DISHED
FLAT WASHER
t
SHIMS
CJ6106101-0´•F?
Installation of Retainer
Figure 209
(17) Assemble pusher of 2C5331 over 2 of the

the studs in the lube pump
mounting flange and against the shims, then assemble 2 nuts to the
studs. (See figure 2-10.)
(18) Tighten the nuts evenly and drive the pusher against the shims until
the retainer ring groove is accessible. Using a small screwdriver,
work the retaining ring into its groove.
NOTE: Use the space on each side of the pusher and the 2 access
holes in the pusher to work the retaining ring into place.
79-21-0 April 15/68

Page 214
oEWIRAL 408 ELECfR-1C
C´•J 61.0 ´•T U R B QJ E T
SEI-L86 ’MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MOUNTING STUD
RETAINER RING
MOUNTING STUD
ACCESS HOLES
NUT
CJ610-610~-0-F1
Pushing Retainer into Place
Figure 210
(19) Remove the 2 nuts and the pusher from the lube"pump~.
NOTE: The retaining ring must.bethoroughly checked to make certain

it is properly seated in the groove in the inside diameter of
the lube pump bore. It must be properlJi seated or the per-

formance of the lube pumpwill be greatly reduced.affecting
the, lubrication system.,
(20) Assemble the tachometer-generator to the lube pump with the 4 nuts
and washers. Tighten the nuts to 28-35 Ib-in.
(21~ .Connect ´•the .electri cal leads. to the tachometer-gene rater.
(22) Refill the lube tank with oil.
’B. Replademei~t -Procedure ´•fo´•r Lube Pump Tachometer-Generator~ Drive Shaft

Carbon Seal (Without Removing Lube Pumpfrom-Engine). (See figure 211.)
(1) Drain the oil from.theoil tank.
(2) Disconnect the electrical’’leads from the ’,tachometer-generator. Re-
move the 4 nuts and washers, then remove the tachometer-generator

the lube pump:
(3) Remove the retainer ring (5), using a small screw driver or scriber.
Be careful not to.scratch or damage the surface of the seal retainer
or the lubepump bore. C~arefully l~ftout theshims (4), flat wash-
er (3); and’spring washers (6).

NOTE: Retain shims and washers for reinstallation. Inspect the pump
housing bore at the retainer ring groove and bench out any
nicks, dents, etc.
May 15/70 i9-21-0

ELtCFIIC------
CJ~10 ~TURIOJET
O 10
off~
CF700-6057-0-EZ
Lube and Scavenge Pump Rear Seal Replacement

Figure 211
(4) Install’puller 2C5436P02 on shoulder of seal retainer (8) and re-
movewith a straight pull. Remove O-ring (7) from seal retainer

and discard.
CAUTION: AS THE SEAL AND SEAL RETAINER IS REMOVED, BE CERTAIN THAT

THE PUMP ROTOR DOES NOT MOVE OUTWARD WITH THE SEAL AND
SEAL RETAINER ASSEMBLY AS THIS WIL;L UNSTACK THE PUMP. IF
THIS SHOULD HAPPEN, THE LUBE PUMP MUST BE REPLACED.
I (5) Remove mating ring (1) using puller 205484.
mating ring and discard.

Remove O-ring (10) from
CAUTION: DO NOT PERMIT PUMP ROTOR TO MOVE OUTWARD WITH THE MATING
RING AS THIS WILL UNSTACK THE PUMP AND LUBE PUMP MUST THEN
BE REPLACED.
(6) Place seal retainer (8) in guide 2C5436P09 and press out carbon seal
using pusher 2C5436P07.
(7) Place seal retainer (8) in base 2C5436P05and position guide

2C5436P09. Install a new carbon seal (2) into seal retainer using
pilot 2C5436P03.
79-21-0 Oct. 15/70

Page 216
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: ALIGN SLOTS ON MATING RING WITH THE PINS ON THE ROTOR SHAFT.
NOTE: With the pins on the rotor shaft in the slots of the mating ring
there will be approximately a 1/32 inch gap between themating
ring and the bearing (9).
(8) Install new O-ring

a (10) into a new or reconditioned mating ring (1).
Lubricate O-ring with Mobile Assembly Fluid RT403C or an approved
equivalent and install mating ring on rotor shaft using puller 2C5484 as
a pusher.
WARNING: TRICHLOROETHANE O-T-620
DO NOT USE NEAR OPEN FLAMES, WELDING AREAS, OR ON VERY HOT

SURFACES. DO NOT SMOKE WHEN USING IT. HEAT AND FLAMES CAN
CAUSE THE FORMATION OF PHOSGENE GAS WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO THE
LUNGS.
REPEATED OR PROLONGED CONTACT WITH LIQUID OR INHALATION OF

VAPOR CAN CAUSE SKIN AND EYE IRRITATION, DERMATITIS, NARCOTIC
EFFECTS, AND HEART DAMAGE.
AFTER PROLONGED SKIN CONTACT, WASH CONTACTED AREA WITH SOAP

AND WATER. REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING. IF VAPORS CAUSE IRRI-
TATION, GO TO FRESH AIR. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION FOR OVEREXPO
SURE OF SKIN AND EYES.
WHEN HANDLING LIQUID IN VAPOR-DEGREASING TANK WITH HINGED

COVER AND AIR EXHAUST, OR AT AIR-EXHAUSTED WORKBENCH, WEAR
APPROVED GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
WHEN HANDLING LIQUID AT OPEN, UNEXHAUSTED WORKBENCH, WEAR

APPROVED RESPIRATOR, GLOVES, AND GOGGLES.
(9) Install O-ring (7) onto the seal retainer (8).

a new Lubricate O-ring
with Assembly Fluid RT403C or an approved equivalent.
Mobile Insert
seal retainer into guide 2C5436P10. Wipe mating ring and carbon seal
face with a clean lint free cloth dampened with clean trichloroethane.
Mount guide onto lube pump housing until it seats against the bearing
using guide 2C5436P09 as a pusher. Remove guide and pusher.
(10) Install spring washers (6), flat washer (3) and shims (4).
79-21-0
Dec 31/95 Page 217
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: CENTER WASHERS AND SHIMS SO THAT THEY DO NOT CATCH IN RETAINING
RING GROOVE AS STACK IS COMPRESSED.
(11) Assemble retaining ring (5) into housing bore and install pusher
2C5436P08 to compress stack and ease installation of retaining ring.
NOTE: It may be necessary to use pusher first to compress the stack of
pump rotating parts below.the retaining ring groove.
(12) Using a small screwdriver and/or scribe. work the retaining ring into
its~ groove. Remove pusher.
(13) Assemble the tachometer-generator to the lube pump with the 4 nuts and
washers. Torque the nuts to 28-35 Ib-in.
(14) Connect the electrical leads to the tachometer-generator.
(15) Refill the lube tank with oil.
79-21-0

GEW~RAL
-e J;s.~ O T U RBO J E T
OIL FILTER MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General. The following procedures cover the maintenance procedures for the
filter.
2. Remov al /Inst al 1 ati on
A. Removal. (See figure 201.)
(1) Cut ~the lockwire securing fil’ter cap to the pump:
(2) Thread the cap out of thepump.
NOTE: A small container (approximately 1/2Pint) should be used to
catch´•the small amount of oil that will’-drain from the pump

housing.
(3) Remove the cap and the filter element from pump.
NOTE: On some filters the cap and the element are separate, on
others they gre held together by a hin.
(4) Discard the O-rings.
B. Disassembly of Filter;
(1) Reusable filters.
NOTE.: On filters that are Pinned to the cap, the removed

and the cap and protective´•shield rem~ved for cleaning.
(a) Type~A and B.
i. Cut the lockwire and reniove the valveseat frdm the.bottom bf

~.the filter.
2..Remove the ball, valve protective sh~eld r
(Type A) from the element-.
(b) Type C.
i. Remove-large snapring and slide -prbtective shield off filter

element.
2. Remove small snapring, carefully push bypass valve out from

filter element.
3. Remove 0-ring from bypass valve. Discard ~ring.
Jan. 15/69 79-22-0

Page 201
CJ610~ TURLIOJET
LURE PUMP I i. CAP

2. FILTER ELEMENT
3. O-RING (CAP)
O 4. O-RING (FILTER)
5. VALVE SEAT
6. 8ALC
7. VALVE GUIDE
8. SPRING
O
9. PROTECTIVE SHIELD
10. ROLL PIN
11. SNAP RING (SMALL)
1 12. O-RING
1 19´•.41EVLA .IS_P YB
3
SNAP RING (LARGE)
15; O-RING (FILTER CORE)
16. FILTER
.71EROC SNAP RING
L__-l
TYPE D
r--1
P
r- !OoP o I I-
los
to or
Q’1
’I
2
e13 12
L__ ____J
TYPE A I TYPE TYPE C CJ110d072-282
Oil Filter Removal/Installation

Figure 201
Jan. 15/69
79-22-0
Page 202
GEWERAL ~jb ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURB’OJET
’SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Disposable filters.
(a) Type D.
i. Remove large snapring from filter core and discard snapring.
2. Slide filter element off filter core.
3. Discard filter element.
C. Assembly of Filter.
(1) Type A and B.
(a) Install the protective shield over the filter element’ (Type A).
(b) Install the spring, valve guide´•and´•ball into thefilter element.
NOTE: Position the valve:guide by´•-inserting the ~smaller diameter
inside the ´•spring.
(c)´•Install thevalve seat and tighten.to 30-60 Ib-in. torque value.
(d) wire the valve seat to the element.´•
CAUTION: THE PIGTAIL AT THE EMD:OF THE:: WIRING SHOULD.:CONSIST OF

A MINIMUM OF THREE TWIS;TS AND MUST BE FLUSH OR:’iBELOW
VALVE SEAT SURFACE (5/8 INCH HEXAGON) AND MUST BE BENT
BACK TO WITHIN THE OUTER EDGE OF THE THREE ANTI-
ROTATION LUGS.
(e) Assemble filter element to filter cap with roll pin. Push roll
pin into cap until it isflush with cap ~Type A)´•..
(2) Type C.
(a) Assemble new ~ring to.bypass:va~ve.
(b) Push bypass valve, small end first into filter element until it
seafs.
(c)Install new’small snapring´•into grodve:in filter element to
secure bypass valve.
(d) Slide protective shie~dover´•filter element and secure with
large snapring.
NOTE: The large snapring~ may be reused if undamaged.
Jan. 15/69 79-22-0
´•Page 203
QEILLIL´•IL~CfMC
’CJ61~ tURIOJET
(e) Assemble filter eZement’ into filter cap using roll pin. Push
roll pin i~t6 cap until it is flush with cap.
(3) Type D.
(a) Slide new filteir element´•onto filter core.
NOTE: Disposable filter elements from different vendors may

differ slightly in appearance and construction but are
physically and functionally interchangeable.
(b) Install large snapring into groove in filter core to secure
filter element.
D. Installation.
(1) Install the filter, with new ~rings, into the lube pump housing.
CAUTION: ON THE FREE CAP.TYPE FILTER BE SURE THE BYPASS END OF THE
FILTER GOES INTO THE HOUSING LAST.
(2) Tighten the filter cap to 40-60 Ib-in. and iockwire it.
3. Inspection/Checks,
If magnetic particles are found in the filter refer to Inspection/Checlrs,

79-00.
4. Cleaning.
A. Reusable Filters.
(1) Ultrasonic Procedure. (Refer.to SEI-154 for filter cleaning.) This

method of cleaning is the recommended method for cleaning the filter.
(2) Alternate Procedure. When ultrasonic cleaning equipment is not avail-

able the following procedure can be used.
(a) Clean the body by immersingiit in carbon tetrachloride,

filter
trichloroethylene, kerosene or equivalent. While continually
agitating the filter, use a suitably contoured soft bristled

brush to ~islodge contaminants from the filter convolutions.
NOTE: Only clean, filtered solvents should be used. Assure that

containers used during cleaningprocedure are clean and
free from contaminants.
79-22-0 Nov. 1,5/73

Page 204
GEWERAL ~B E LE CTR IC
CJB10 TURBOJET

SHALL BE EXERCISED TO PREVENT INHALATION OF VAPOR
EMITTED BY VOLATILE CLEANING MATERIALS, AND TO MINI-
MIZE DANGER OF EXPLOSION AND FIRE HAZARDS.
(b) Visually inspect the filter using a magnifying glass (10X mini-
mum) and a strong light. If the filter is not completely clean,
repeat step (a), above.
NOTE: If some dark colored stains remain at the bottom of the

convolutions these are not harmful, and the filter is
serviceable. If any doubt exists as to the cleanliness
of the filter, repeat the cleaning procedure.
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO PROBE THE FILTER CONVOLUTIONS WITH A

SHARP TOOL, AS THIS MAY DAMAGE THE FILTER AND RENDER
THE FILTER NOT SERVICEABLE.
B. Disposable Filters.
(1) Clean the filter core per paragraph 4.A.(1) and (2).
NOTE.t Disposable filters can be cleaned once and then must be

replaced at the next inspection period.
Nov. 15/73 79-22-0
Page 205
8 En ERAL ~.E LECIRIC
CJS10 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCEMANUAL
OIL COOLER MAINTENANCE´• PRACTICES
i. General.. The following procedures cover the maintenance that may be per-
formed on the oil cooler.
a. RemoVal/Installation. (CJ6i0-1,-5and-90nly)
NOTE: See figure 201, 79-21-0.
A. Rem~val.
(l)´•Separate the fuel-pressurizing valve from the oil cooler. Remove

and´• discard the O-ring.
(2) Separate the fuel inlet tube from the´•front of the oil cooler. Re-
move and discard the.O-ring.
(3) ’Remove the 2 bolts that secure-the oil cooler to the front face of
the oil tank.
(4) Carefully -li‘ft‘ the oil cooler up´• and away from the lube pump. Re-
move the O-ring adapter; remove and discard three O-rings.
B. Installation.
(1) Assemble 1 new O-ring in the groove on the OD of the lube-OUT (bot-
tom) port of the oil cooler. Assemble 2 new O-rings on the O-ring
adapter; install the O-ring adapter in the lube-IN(top) port of the
oil cooler.
(2) Carefully align the lube-IN and lube-OUT ports to the mating parts
of the lube pump.
(3) Secure the oil cooler to the forward’fa‘ce of-the oil tank with 2
bolts. Torque the bolts to 24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire them.
(’4) Install a ne’wO-ring on the fuel-pressuri’zing valve. Secure the

valve to the ’top-pdrt of the oil. cooler: with 2 screws and washers.
Torque the screws to 12-14 Ib-in. and lockwire them;
(5) Install‘a;new O-ring on the‘fuel´• tube. Secure.:the tube az’id clamp

bracket to the
bottom’port of the oil cooler~with 2 screws and
washers. Torque the screws to 12-14 Ib-in. and lockwire them.
(6) Readjust the clamps that were disturbed during theoil cooler re-
moval. Torque the clamp bolts to 20-25 Ib-in.
Jan. 15/69 79-23-0

Page´• 201
sEn ERA L LLECTalC
CJ610 TURBOJET
3. AemoVal/Installation. (CJ810-4, -6 and -8 only)
NOTE: See figure 202, 79-21-0.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the electrical lead at the flowmeter.;,
(2) Disconnect, at the flowmeter, the governor to flowmeter hose.
(3) Remove the 4 screws that secure the flowmeter to the flowmeter base
connector; remove the flowmeter and O-ring.
(4) Remove the 2 locknuts and bolts that secure theflanged ends of the
oil cooler-to-pressurizing and drain valve hose and the tube; sepa-
rate the hose from the tube. Remove the ´•O-ring.
(5) Remove the 2 screws that secure the oil cooler-to-pressurizing and
drain’valve tube to the oil cooler. Remove the tubeand O-ring.
(6) Remove the 2 screws that secure the flowmeter connector to the oil
cooler, remove the flowmeter connector and remove the O-ring.
(7) Remove the oil cooler as follows:
(a) Remove the 2 bolts that secure the oil cooler to the oil tank.
Remove the oil cooler.
(b) Remove’ three O-rings and the O-ring adapter from the oil cooler
ports.
B. Installation.
(1) Assemble 2 new O-rings on the O-ring adapter and 1 new O-ring on the
oil cooler lube-OUT port.
(2) Position the O-ring adapter in the lube-IN port of the oil cooler,
assemble the oil cooler to the lube pump and align the 2 holes in
the oil cooler mounting legs with the 2 tapped holes in the oil
tank.
(3) Secure the oil cooler to the oil tank with the 2 bolts; Torque the
bolts.to 24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire them.
(4) Install 1 new O-ring onto the fuel out port boss of the flowmeter
connector.
Jan. 15/69
79-23-0Page202
GEN ERAi O~ ILEeTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(5) Position the flowmeter connector on the oil cooler with the fuel-OUT
port boss inserted into the lower part of the oil cooler. Assemble
2 screws through the 2 lower holes of the flowmeter connector.
Torque the screws to 14-18 Ib-in.
(6) Install O-ring to the

the boss at the connector of the oil-cooler-
to-pressurizing and drain valve fuel tube.
(7)Position the tube with the boss inserted through the top part of the
flowmeter connector and into the oil cooler fuel-OUT port. Secure
the tube to the oil cooler with the 2 screws. Torque the screws to
14-18 Ib-in. and lockwire them to the 2 screws that secure the flow-
meter connector.
(8) Install the O-ring into the groove in the flanged fitting of the
tube. Position the flanged end of the oil cooler-to-pressurizing
and drain valve hose on the tube flange. Secure the flanges of the
tube and hose with the 2 bolts and locknuts. Torque the bolts to
20-25 Ib-in.
(9) Install the O-ring to the boss on the flowmeter connector. Position
the flowmeter on the boss of the flowmeter connector and secure it
with the 4 screws. Torque to 14-18 Ib-in. and lockwire them.
(10) Connect the coupling nut of the governor-to-flowmeter fuel hose to

the fitting at the top of the flowmeter. Torque the coupling nut to
200-350 Ib-in.
NOTE: Hold the flowmeter fitting with a wrench to prevent damage to
the fitting when tightening the coupling nut.
(11) Install the O-ring into the electrical connector at the flowmeter,
if necessary; secure the lead to the flowmeter. Torque the connec-
tor fingertight (approximately 10-15 Ib-in.) and lockwire.
NOTE: Do not lubricate the O-ring.
30/67
Mar.
Page
20379-23-0
GEWERAL ~g EI~CTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE MANLTAL
AIR LEAKAGE VALVES MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
O
-3.
ii:
-~iti
i
´•6~ NOTE: DUCTING NOT USED
I eNNt~6:P-I *NO 4
CJ610 -5,-6.-8 AND -9 8 CJ610 -1 AND -4
1 6
q~VV
5
CJ6104096-2CZ
Eighth-Stage Air Leakage Valves

Figure 201
i. General. This section covers the maintenance that can be performed of these
valves.
A. Removal.
Jan. 15/69 79-41-0

Page 201
GEIERAL ~b ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(1) Remove the eighth-stage air leakage ducts by removing the bolts that
secure the ducts and valves to the mainframe at the 2 and 10 o’clock
position. Use penetrating oil if bolts are seized.
NOTE: On some engines the ducts for air leakage are airframe
installed.
(2) Lift the valves and gaskets from the mainframe pads.
B. Installation.
NOTE: Lubricate all attaching bolts with Ease-Off 990 (Texacone Co.,
Box 4236, Dallas, Texas).
(1) CJ61O-1 and -4 engines.
(a) Place a new gasket (1) and valve (2) on mainframe.
NOTE: Use either "lo~pressure" or "high-pressure" eighth-stage

air poppet (leakage) valves. There are no valve versus
compressor rotor eighth-stage seal (single- or douljle-

step) compatibility restrictions for these engines.
(b) Attach with four bolts, torque to 16-19 Ib-in., and lockwire.
NOTE: The CJ61O-1 and -4 engines do not require ducting.
(2) 03610-5, -6, -8, -8A, and -9 engines.
(a) Place a gasket (1), poppet valve (2), gasket (3) and duct elbow
(4) on mainframe pad and retain with four bolts (5).
(b) Install two piston rings (6) (lubricate with petrolatum) on rear
duct (7) and assemble to duct elbow (4). Connect the rear leak-
age duct (7) to exhaust cone with 4 nuts and use new gasket
(8).
(c) Torque mainframe bolts (5) to 16-19 Ib-in. and exhaust cone nuts to
24-27 Ib-in. and lockwire.
CAUTION: CJ61O-5 AND -6 ENGINES INCORPORATING A SINGLE STEP

EIGHTH-STAGE COMPRESSOR AIR SEAL MUST USE "HIGH-
PRESSURE" EIGHTH-STAGE AIR POPPET (LEAKAGE) VALVES.
THE SINGLE-STEP SEAL AND "LOW-PRESSURE" VALVES ARE NOT
COMPATIBLE FOR THESE ENGINES.
CJ610-8 AND -9 ENGIhTES INCORPORATE A DOUBLE-STEP COM-

PRESSOR ROTOR EIGHTH-STAGE SEAL AM) MUST USE "HIG~
PRESSURE" EIGHTH-STAGE AIR POPPET (LEAKAGE) VALVES.
79-41-0 Dec 31/91

Page 202
CJ610 TURBOJET
Insp‘ection/Check Maximum Serviceable Limits Remarks
A. Housing, cap and Not serviceable

valve for cracks
B. Gap between valve 0.060 inch

stem and cap
I Jan.15/69 79-41-0
Page 203
6EN tLECf RIC
ic´•Js‘ioi TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE -MANUAL
OIL TANK CHECKVALVES´•
(CJ610-1 Engine Non-Center Vent Only)
i. General. The following covers the maintenance.t~iat can be performed on
these valves.
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect’the vent lines from the valves~´•.
(2) Thread the valves out of the fittingson´•the-oil tank.
NOTE: Discard O-rings.
B. Installation.
(1) Place new O-rings on the valves and install on ’the -fittings:on the
tank. Tighten and lockwire.
-(2) Connect the´•vent lines to the valves.
A. Entire valve for Not serviceable.

cracks
B. Threads for One entrance thread. Clean-up and chase
damage thread.
C. Free movement No binding that keeps

and seating of swing seat from seating.
swing seat
Mar. 30/67 i
Page 2;01
OEIIBRIL8 ILECTIIC
cJgio TURBOJET
F~I
CHECI( VA~VE
CJ610-6091-0-D2
Oil Tank Check Valves

Figure 201
79-42-0 Mar. 30/67

Page 202
GEILIAL EIEEt.l:IC--´•Tr~
cJ elo aso’SET
,SEI-186 MAINTENANCE
OIL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
(C3610-4 Engine, Non-Center Vent Sy~temOnly)
91
ji
iiiliiiiiiii
i´•aa~
CJ610-60PS-OD2
Oil Manifold Check: Va’lve

Figure 201
i. General. The maintenance that can be performed on this valve is given in
this section.
2. Removal/Installation. (Refer to figure 201.)
A. Removal.
(1) Disconnect the tube that connects the valve to the mainframe.
(2) Disconnect the tube that connects the valve to the front frame.
Mar. 30/67 79-43-0

’Page 201
GEIERAL ~b ELECTRIC --´•L_
CJ6I0 TURBOJET
(3) Remove the valve by cutting the lockwire and removing the three
machine screws.
N(YTE: Discard the two O-rings under the valve.
B. ´•Installation.
(1) Install two new O-rings in the ports in the oil tank.
(2) Install the valve on the tank and secure with three screws. Tighten
and lockwire.
~(3) Attach the tube that connects the valve to the front frame. Tighten
and lockwire.
(4) Atiach the tube that connects the valve to the mainframe. Tighten
and ´•lockwire.
3. Inspection/Check. If serviceable limits are exceeded, valve can be inspected

and re~aired per Accessory Overhaul Manual.
A. Assembly for cracks Not serviceable.
B. Housing flange for Any amount provided valve

distortion seats flush on tank pad.
C. Thread damage One full entrance thread. Clean-up and chase

thread.
:79-43-0 Mar. 30/67

Page 202
CHAPTER
STARTING
c r r ElnL ~BE Lf C’IR I´•C
CJ810 TURB03:E~
MAINTENANCE U4NLTAL
CHAPTEH 80 STARTING SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
80-00´• STARTING SYSTEM-

DescriDtion and Operation 1
Troubleshooting 101
80-10 CRANKING (Table of Contents Only)
80-11-0 Starter
Maintenance Practices 20’1
80-20 IGNITION (Table of Contents Only)
80-21-0 Ignition Exciter

80-22-0 Ignition Leads
23-0 Igniter Plug
Maintenance Practices 201´•
k’ i
30/B7 80
Page 1
GENERAL ELECTRI~
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 80 STARTING SYSTEM
CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE
80 *I Dec 31/95
Contents 1 Mar 30/67
80-00 Mar 30/67

’2 Dec 31/95
101 Nov 15/67
201 thru 202 Mar 30/67
80-11-0 201 Dec 31/91
80-21-0 ’201 thru 202 Dec 31/95
80-22-0 *201 thru 202 Dec 31/95
80-23-0 *201 thru 202 Dec 31/95

*202A/202B Dec 31/95
203 Dec 1/77
204 Jan 15/69
205 Dec 1/77
’Asterisk indicates pages added. changed. or deleted by this revision.
80
Dec 31/95
6EW LRIL ~D ELECIRIC
C3610 TURBOJET
STARTING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
i. General.
The engine starting system consists of an ignition exciter, 2 igniter leads

and the igniter plugs. These components are engine furnished, externally
mounted on the engine and are accessible for removal and replacement.
NOTE: The engine starter motor is airframe furnished.
2. Description.
A. Ignition Exciter.
The ignition exciter (a capacitor discharge ignition unit) is often re-
ferred to as a low tension, high 3,000

energy device. Its volt D.C.
output is low when compared 10,000 volt or 20,000 volt jet engine
to the
ignition units. The amount of energy produced is very small, however an

intense spark is developed by the expenditure of a small amount of elec-
trical energy in an infinitesimal period of time.
B. Igniter Plugs.
The igniter plugs are self-ionizing, shunted gap type igniters designed
for relatively low voltage application. A semi-conducting material ef-
fectively shunts the radial gap by providing a conducting path between

the electrodes.
C. Igniter Leads.
The 2 igniter leads connect the ignition plugs with the ignition exciter
unit. Each end of the lead has a machanical connector for attaching to
the plugs and ignition exciter.
3. Operation.
A. General.
Ignition of the atomized fuel-air mixture is accomplished by an intense
electrical spark produced 2

igniter plugs
at are in the
which immersed
combustor. A dual output capacitor discharge type of ignition exciter
produces the electrical energy necessary to create the high intensity

spark at the igniter plugs. Generally, the
ignition exciter~converts 28
volt D.C. to a moderately high potential pulsating ~.C. to charge an
aspirator which is discharged across the igniter plugs in a comparative-
ly short period of time. At the completion of the starting cycle spark-
ing automatically ceases and combustion is self sustaining.
Mar. 30/67
Page
180- 0
CJ61 O TU RBOJ ET
SEI-186
MAI~JTENANCE MANUAL
B. Ignition Exciter.
There are two manufacturers for ignition exciters: ESC Electronics Corp., 534
Bergen Blvd., Palisades Park, NJ 07650, and the Bendix Jet Ignition Exciter
made by Unison Industries Ltd., 7575 Bay Meadows Way, Jacksonville, FL 32256
(FSCM 59501). Both makes of exciters work from a 28 volt D.C. input which is
supplied to the exciter from an airframe mounted battery or generator. The

internal electrical circuits differ between manufacturers, but in both units
each time the ionization potential of the sealed gap is reached, the capaci-
tor will discharge across the sealed gap to the igniter plugs. Table I lists
the leading particulars of the ignition exciter.
Table 1 Ignition ExciterData
Input Voltage 14-30 Volts D.C.
Input Current 4.4 Amps. Max.

No. of Plugs Fired 2
Operating Altitude 60,000 Feet

Ambient Operating Temperature Range -650 to +2500F
Spark Rate 2.0/Sec. Min. at 14 Volts D.C.
Stored Energy 2.05 Joules Nominal
C. Ignition Plugs.
When the ignition unit output reaches approximately 800 volts, enough current
flows through the semi-conductor to the igniter plug air gap.
ionize Once
ionization has been initiated, a conducting path is provided for the output
current, which arcs across the air gap.
80-00
Page 2 Dec 31/95

B E IE R A L E LE CTII I 5
CJ6I0 TURBOJET
STARTING SYSTEM TROUBLE-SHOOTING
i. General.
Thestarting (ignition) system troublesgenerally easy to detect. ´•How-

are
ever,isolating thetrouble to the componentsis sometimes more

individual
difficult. If replacement components are available, it is normally quicker
and more.economical to isolate-the defective component by replacing parts
with known good parts.. The component most likely.to malfunctionfirst, is
the igniter plugs, then the ignition exciter.
I Trouble-Shooting information is furnished in Chapter 72-00.
Nov. 15/67 80-00

Page 101
´•~il:´•
OEWERAL OLLeiRle
CJB10’ TURBOiJET
SE’I;´•186 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
STARTING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.PRACTICES
i. General.
Maintenance of the starting system deals primarily with the routing and
clamping of the system.
WARNING: EXERCISE CARE WHEN HANDLING ANY IGNITER COMPONENT IN ORDER TO

AVOID CONTACT WITH THE ELECTRICAL OUTPUT. MAKE.SURE.THAT THE
IGNITIONUNIT AND IGNITER PLUGS ARE GROUNDED PROPERLY BEFORE
ENERGIZING UNIT.
2. Inspection/Check,
A. Check for security of all components, brackets and bolts.
B. Check for high voltage are-through or shorts, i’ndicated by burnt:or

severely discolored cable.
C. Check for loose connections.
D. Run engine up to maximum, available starter speed without attempting

ignition. Check that RPM available is normal.
´•3. Approved Repairs.
A. Tighten aniir Ibose’~component.
B. Replace any component indicating´• shorts.
C. Tighten loose connections’.
,Mar;~ 30/67
_Page
20180-00
(lr tl I L t LL ETI I C
C3~1"0 TURBOJET
Z 3 1
I,: : : : : : : : : : : :
I Ici
f3~
ii~ LL,
i. IGNITER PLUG
2. IGNI~TER LEAD’
3. CLAMPS
4. IGNITION EXCITER
5. CLAMPS
6. IGNITER LEAD
RIGHT-HAND SIDE
2 1
165
LEFT-HAND SIDE
CJb10-60~7-0-*2*
Starting System
Figure 201 Mar. 30/67
80-00
Page 202
G EW ERAL ELECTRIC
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186 MAINTENANCE NIANUAT~
STARTER MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
i. General.
Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual for starter requirements and in-
stallation procedures.
NOTE: When installing the starter, lubricate the splined shaft with
grease, Plastilube Moly No. 3 or Plastilube No. 3, GE Aircraft
Engines Specification A5OT18, (Thiem Automotive’Div., 5151 Denison
Ave., Cleveland, OH, 44102) or approved equivalent. Torque the 6
mounting nuts to 220-325 Ib-in. Be sure the gasket is installed
between the gearbox and the starter mounting pad.
Dec 31/91 80-11-0
Page 201
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
IGNITION EXCITER MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. Removal/Installation of Innition Exciter. (See figure 201, section 80-00.)
A. Removal.
(1) Shut off power supply before handling any leads or cables.
WARNING: DISCONNECTING IGNITION LEADS
HIGH VOLTAGE MAY BE PRESENT. CONTACT WITH CENTER CONDUCTOR OF ELEC-

TRICAL CABLE OR CENTER ELECTRODE OF IGNITER PLUG WILL CAUSE ELEC-
TRIC SHOCK IF THE BLEED RESISTORS INSIDE IGNITION UNIT HAVE FAILED.
BEFORE REMOVING IGNITER PLUG. BE SURE THAT DISCHARGE CONNECTOR IS
GROUNDED.
(2) Disconnect the igniter plug leads (2) at the ignition exciter (4).
(3) While supporting the ignition exciter to prevent if from falling, remove
the ignition exciter, isolators, and ferrules from the mounting brack-
ets.
B. Installation.
(1) Ensure that power supply is shut off. The electrical cable, when ener-
gized, becomes a high voltage hazard even if previously grounded.
(2) Install an isolator and ferrule above and below the ignition exciter
mounting brackets at the four mounting hole locations. Secure the igni-
tion exciter (4) (isolators and ferrules in place) to the brackets with
four bolts and nuts. Torque the nuts to 8-10 Ib-in.
(3) Connect the igniter plug leads (2) to the ignition exciter connectors.
Torque the nuts to125-150 Ib-in.
80-21-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201

CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Inspection.
Inspect Maximum Serviceable Limits Corrective Action
A. The cover for:
(1) Dents. Any number. 1/8 inch deep. Replace exciter.
(2) Scratche9. Any number. Not applicable.
(3) Cracks.’ Not serviceable. Replace exciter.
B. The case and support for:
(1)Dents. Any number, 1/16 inch deep. Replace exciter.
(2) Scratche~. Any number. Not applicable.
3. O~eration Duty Cycle.
Do not use the ignition exciter in excess of the following limits.
2 Min. On. 3 Min. Off

2 Min. On. 23 Min. Off
or
5 Min. On 25 Min. Off
80-21-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

F-:~´•
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
IGNITER LEADS MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. Removal/Installation of Ieniter Leads. (See figure 201, section 80-00.)
A. Removal.
(1) Shut off power supply before handling starting system components or
cables.
WARNING: DISCONNECTING IGNITION LEADS
HIGH VOLTAGE MAY BE PRESENT. CONTACT WITH CENTER CONDUCTOR OF ELEC-

TRICAL CABLE OR CENTER ELECTRODE OE IGNITER PLUG WILL CAUSE ELEC-
TRICSHOCK IE THE BLEED RESISTORS INSIDE IGNITION UNIT HAVE FAILED.
BEFORE REMOVING IGNITER PLUG, BE SURE THAT DISCHARGE CONNECTOR IS

GROUNDED.
(2) Disconnect the igniter leads (2) at the ignition exciter (4) and igniter
plugs (1).
(3) Remove the clamps from the lead and take igniter lead from engine.
B. Installation.
(1) Ensure that power supply is shut off.
(2) Coat the threads igniter plug with unflavored milk of magnesia.
of the
Connect each (2, 6) to its igniter plug (1); then connect
igniter lead
igniter leads to the exciter (4) to prevent any residual voltage in the
exciter from becoming a hazard. Torque connections to 125-150 Ib-in.
(3) Install clamps (3) and (5), torque nuts to 8-10 Ib-in.
80-22-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
CJ610 TUR BOJ ET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Inspection.
A. The braided shield- 25 broken wires or a break Replace lead.
ing for broken wires. that is less than 1/4 of

the circumference.
B. Connectors for:
(1) Loose o~r; missing Not serviceable. Replace item with
pin or socket the damaged

contacts. connector.
(2) Cracked shells. Not serviceable. Replace item with

the damaged
connector.
(3) Swelling of in- Swelled not more than 0.060 Replace harness.
sert. inch beyond end of connec-
tor with no breaks between

insert holes.
C. Lockwire hole worn Not serviceable. Replace lead.
through the wall.
80-22-0

SEI-186

Instructions: MAINTENANCE MANUAL SEI-186, replacing all pages
in Chapter 80-23-0.

Revisions.
Subject: Installation of Igniter Plugs
Reason: This TR provides the procedure for installation of

the igniter plug into combustion liner with
igniter outer mounted ferrules.
Change: Added new steps 1.B.(1)(d),(e), and Note.

Added new step 1.B.(2)(i) and Note.
Added new figure 201B.


80-23-0
Page 1 of 9
Dec 10/09
SEI-186

IGNITER PLUGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. Removal/Installation of Igniter Plugs. (See figure 201, Section 80-00.)
A. Removal.
(1) Shut off power supply before handling cables, plugs, or leads.
BEFORE ENERGIZING THE IGNITION CIRCUIT, BE CERTAIN THAT NO

FUEL OR OIL IS PRESENT. HAVE FIRE EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT
PRESENT.

NEVER TOUCH OR MAKE CONTACT WITH THE ELECTRICAL OUTPUT

CONNECTOR WHEN OPERATING ANY IGNITION COMPONENT.
NEVER HOLD OR MAKE CONTACT WITH THE IGNITER PLUG WHEN

ENERGIZING THE IGNITION COMPONENT.
(2) Disconnect the wire lead (2) from the igniter plug (1).
Igniter Plug
Figure 201
80-23-0
Page 2 of 9
Dec 10/09
SEI-186

(3) Remove the igniter plug and washers (shims) from the combustion
casing.
NOTE: Keep the washers (shims) together for use at replacement.
B. Installation. Use one of the following methods for installing igniter

plug. Ensure that power supply is shut off before handling cables,
leads, or starter system components.
(1) Install igniter plug using tool 2C5318 as follows: (See figure
201A, Type I or figure 201B.)
(a) Insert the gage (l, figure 201A or figure 201B) 2C5318, into
the igniter plug boss (4) on the outer combustion casing (7).
(b) Push down and twist the spring-loaded hook (2, figure 201A or
figure 201B) 180 degrees (arrow on the gage denotes hook
direction) so as to engage the inner face of the igniter
eyelet (5, figure 201A) or igniter ferrule (5, figure 201B),
as applicable. Lock the hook in place by tightening screw (3).
(c) Insert the igniter plug (8) into the recessed groove of the
gage body so that the electrode tip touches the top surface of
the spring-loaded hook (2, figure 201A or figure 201B).
* * * * * FOR COWL AND DOMES WITH IGNITER PLUG EYELETS * * * * *
(d) Add shims (9, figure 201A) until the clearance between the top
shim and the igniter shoulder is 0.010-0.015 inch. Check the
clearance with a thickness gage (10).
(e) Remove the igniter and gage.
NOTE: The igniter is now shimmed to give an immersion depth of

0.000-0.015 inch. Be sure that this immersion depth is
maintained. The 0.010-0.015 inch clearance between the shim
and the igniter shoulder compensates for the radial
clearance that is built into the igniter eyelet.
* * * * * FOR COWL AND DOMES WITH IGNITER OUTER MOUNTED FERRULES * * * * *
(d) Add shims (9, figure 201B) until the clearance between the top
shim and the igniter shoulder is 0.055-0.070 inch. Check the
clearance with a thickness gage (10).

maintained. The 0.055-0.070 inch clearance between the shim
and the igniter shoulder compensates for the radial
clearance that is built into the igniter ferrule.
80-23-0
Page 3 of 9
Dec 10/09
SEI-186

Igniter Immersion Depth Check
Figure 201A
80-23-0
Page 4 of 9
Dec 10/09
SEI-186

Figure 201B
80-23-0
Page 5 of 9
Dec 10/09
SEI-186

* * * * * FOR ALL * * * * *
(f) Lubricate the threads of the igniter with unflavored milk of

magnesia. Install the igniter and torque to 225-275 lb in.
NOTE: Avoid contacting the igniter tip or ceramic with the

unflavored milk of magnesia.
CAUTION: POSITION THE WASHER(S) TO PERMIT PROPER INSPECTION OF

IGNITER PLUG. PLUG SHOULD THREAD EASILY INTO BOSS BY
HAND. ANY ADDITIONAL FORCE MAY INDICATE AN INTERFERENCE
PROBLEM WITH SHIM NOT SEATED IN BOSS OR IGNITER PLUG NOT
ENGAGED IN COMBUSTION LINER FERRULE. EITHER CONDITION
WILL CAUSE RAPID BURN OUT OF COMBUSTION LINER. NOTE
FIGURE 202 FOR LOCATIONS.
(g) Connect the igniter leads to the igniter plugs. Torque nut to
125-150 lb in.
(2) Install igniter plug using tool 2C5388 as follows: (See figure
201A, Type II.)
(a) Retract the contact foot at the lower end of pin (8) by
turning the upper thumb knob (1) fully clockwise. Note the
position of the index mark on the upper thumb knob.
Igniter Plug Installation

Figure 202
80-23-0
Page 6 of 9
Dec 10/09
SEI-186

(b) Insert the gage 2C5388 into the igniter plug boss (4) on the
outer combustion casing (7) making sure the shoulder of body
(9) is seated on the seating surface inside the igniter plug
boss.
(c) Rotate the upper thumb knob (1) 180 degrees counterclockwise.
The arrow on the knob denotes contact foot direction.
(d) Engage the contact foot of the pin (8) under the inside
surface of the igniter plug eyelet (5) by pulling the pin
outward.
(e) Lock the pin in place by turning the lower thumb knob (3) down
until it just contacts the body (do not tighten). Then turn
the middle thumb knob (2) down jamming the lower thumb knob in
place. This sets the gage to the depth between the seal inside
the igniter plug boss and the inner surface of the igniter
plug eyelet.
(f) Disengage the contact foot of pin by rotating the upper thumb
knob clockwise 180 degrees and remove the gage.
(g) Measure the distance between the inside surface of the contact
foot and the seating shoulder on the body and record the
dimension.
(h) Measure the length from the plug tip to the seating shoulder
on the plug and record the dimension.
NOTE: This measurement to be to inner end of igniter OD, not

center electrode.
(i) Subtract the dimension obtained in step (g) from the measured
length of the igniter plug body obtained in step (h). Select
washers to reduce this difference to 0.010-0.015 inch.
(Dimension from plug tip to the washer face to be 0.010-0.015
inch greater than dimension obtained in step (g)). Refer to
figure 201A, Type II.

maintained. The 0.010-0.015 inch greater plug length
compensates for the radial clearance that is built into the
igniter eyelet.
80-23-0
Page 7 of 9
Dec 10/09
SEI-186

washers to reduce this difference to 0.055-0.070 inch.
(Dimension from plug tip to the ferrule face to be 0.055-0.070
inch greater than dimension obtained in step (g)). Remove the
igniter and gage.

maintained. The 0.055-0.070 inch greater plug length
compensates for the radial clearance that is built into the
igniter ferrule.
* * * * * FOR ALL * * * * *
(j) Lubricate the threads of the igniter plug with unflavored milk
of magnesia. Install the igniter and torque to 225-275 lb in.
NOTE: Avoid contacting the igniter tip or ceramic with the

unflavored milk of magnesia.

HAND. ANY ADDITIONAL FORCE MAY INDICATE AN INTERFERENCE
PROBLEM WITH SHIM NOT SEATED IN BOSS OR IGNITER PLUG NOT
ENGAGED IN COMBUSTION LINER FERRULE. EITHER CONDITION
WILL CAUSE RAPID BURN OUT OF COMBUSTION LINER. NOTE
FIGURE 202 FOR LOCATIONS.
(k) Connect the igniter leads to the igniter plugs. Torque nut to
125-150 lb in.
2. Inspection. See figure 201.
Inspect Maximum Serviceable Limit Corrective Action
A. The igniter for 0.030 inch deep on diameter. Replace igniter.

chafing.
B. The outer electrode Not serviceable. Replace igniter.

for cracks, breakage,
or looseness.
C. The weld for cracks. Not serviceable. Replace igniter.
80-23-0
Page 8 of 9
Dec 10/09
SEI-186

D. The center electrode

for:
(1) Loose center. Not serviceable. Replace igniter.
(2) Erosion 0.040 below outer electrode. Replace igniter.
E. The ceramic insulator

for:
(1) Missing material. 25 percent of original area. Replace igniter.
(2) Cracks or Not serviceable. Replace igniter.

looseness.
80-23-0
Page 9 of 9
Dec 10/09
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MANUAL
IGNITER PLUGS MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. Removal/Installation of I~n_iter Plu~s. (See figure 201. Section 80-00.)
A. Removal.
(1) Shut off power supply before handling cables, plugs, or leads.
BEFORE ENERGIZING THE IGNITION CIRCUIT. BE CERTAIN THAT NO

FUEL OR OIt IS PRESENT. HAVE FIRE EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT
PRESENT.

NEVER TOUCH OR MAKE CONTACT WITH THE ELECTRICAL OUTPUT CONNEC-

TOR WHEN OPERATING ANY IGNITION COMPONENT,
NEVER HOLD OR MAKE CONTACT WITH THE IGNITER PLUG WHEN ENERGIZ-
ING THE IGNITION COMPONENT.
(2) Disconnect the wire lead (2) from the igniter plug (1).
(3) Remove the igniter plug and washers (shims) from the combustion casing.
NOTE: Keep the washers (shims) together for use at replacement,
i. CENTER ELECTRODE I t i
2. OUTER ELECTRODE
3. CERAMIC INSULATOR
4. SEMI-CONDUCTOR
Igniter Plug
Figure 201
80-23-0
Dec 31/95 Page 201
GENERAL ELECTRIC~--
CJ610 TURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. Installation. Use one of the following methods for installing igniter plug.
I Ensure
starter
that power supply
system components.
is shut off before handling cables, leads, or
(1) Install igniter plug using tool 2C5318 as follows: (See figure 201A,
Type I.)
(a) Insert the gage (1, figure 201A) 2C5318, into the igniter plug boss
(4) on the outer combustion casing (7).
(b) Push down and twist the spring-loaded hook (2, figure~201A) 180
degrees (arrow on the gage denotes hook direction) so as to engage
the inner face of the igniter eyelet (5). Lock the hook in place
by tightening screw (3).
(c) Insert the igniter plug (8) into the recessed groove of the gage
body so that the electrode tip touches the top surface of the
springloaded hook (2, figure 201A)
80-23-0
Page 202 Dec 31/95

GENERAL ~B ELECTRID------
CJ61O TTURBOJET
SEI-186
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
s´•~ I
0.010-0.015 INCH CLEARANCE
I 1.
2.
OEPTH IMMERSION
SPRING LOADED HOOK
t~tE
3. LOCK SCREW
4. IGNITER PLUG BOSS
5. IGNITER PLUG EYELET
6. COMBUSTION LINER
TYPE I
7. COMBUSTION CASING
7 8. IGNITER PLUG
1
9. SHIMS
I 10; FEELER%AGE
1. UPPER THUMB KNOB

g 2. MIDDLE THUMB KNOB
j 3. LOWER THUMB KNOB
4. IGNITER PLUG 805S
5. IGNITER PLUG EYELET
TYPE II 6. COMBUSTION LINER
7. COMBUSTION CASING
1
8. nN
I 1 9. BODY

Figure 201A
80 23-0
IDec 31/95
Page 202A1202B
G E II E R A L E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
(d) Add shims (9) until the clearance between the top shim and the
igniter shoulder is 0.010 to 0.015 inch. Check the clearance
with a thickness gage (10, figure 201A).

0.000 to 0.015 inch. Be sure that this immersion depth
is maintained. The 0.010 to 0.015 inch clearance between
´•I theshim
radial
and
clearance,that
the igniter shoulder compensates for
is built into the igniter eyelet.
the
(f) Lubricate the threads of the igniter plug with unflavored milk of
magnesia. Install the igniter and torque to 225-275 Ib-in.
NOTE: Avoid contacting the igniter tip or ceramic with t~ie:’un-

flavored milk of magnesia.

HAND. ANY ADDITIONAL FORCE MAY INDICATE ´•AN INT%RFER-
ENCE PROBLEM WITH SHIM NOT SEATED IN BOSS OR IGNITER
PLUG N(YT ENGAGED IN COMBUSTION LINER FERRULE. EITHER’
CONDITION WILL CAUSE RAPID BURN OUT OF COMBUSTION
S LINER. NOTE FIGURE 202 FOR LOCATIONS.
(g) Connect the igniter leads to the igniter plugs. Torque nut to
125-150 Ib-in.
(2) Install igniter plug using tool 2C5388 as follows: (See figure 201A,
Type II.)
(a)-Retract the contact foot’at the lower end´•of pin (8) by turning
the upper thumb knob (1) fully clockwise. Note the position of.
the index mark on the upper thumb knob.
(d) Insert the gage into the igniter plug boss (4) on the
2C5388
outer combustion casing (7) making sure the shoulder of body (9)
is seated on the seating surface´•inside the igniter plug boss.
(c) Rotate the upper thhmb;knob (1),180:degrees counterclockwise,

arrow on the knob denotes´•contac~ foot direction.
(d) Engage the contact fodt of the pin (8) under the inside surface
of the igniter plug eyeiet (5) by pulling the pin outward.
(e) Lock the pin in place by turning the lower thumb knob (3) down
.until it (Do tighten)
_
just contacts~the body. not then turn the

middle thumb knob (2) down jamming the lower thumb knob in place.
;´•B
Dec 1/77 80-23-0
Page 203
GE N ERAL ~b EIECTRIC
CJGIO TURBOJET
MAINTENANCE MANUAL .SEI-186
i. IGNITER PLUG
SHIM/S MAY HANG-UP 3 2. OUTER COMBUSTION CASING BOSS
ON THIS CORNER
3. SHIM/S
4. OUTER COMBUSTION CASING
5
4
IGNITER PLUG MAY
5. COMBUSTION LINER
C
HANG-UP ON FERRULE
RADIUS BOTH
CORNERS SLIGHTLY
cJs10-3167´•1;F?
Igniter Plug Installation

Figure 202
This sets the gage to the depth between the seal inside the
igniter plug boss and the inner surface of the igniter plug eye-
let.
(f) Disengage the contact foot of pin by rotating the upper thumb
e
knob clockwise 180 degrees -and remove the gage.
(g) Measure the distance between the inside surface of the contact
foot´• and the seating shoulder on the body and i´•ecor;l the dimenr
sion.
(h) Measure the length from the plug tip to theseating shoulder on
the plugand record the dimension.
NOTE: This measurement to be to inner end of igniter OD. Not

center electrode.

washers to reduce this difference to 0.010-0.015 inch. (Dimen-
sion from plug tip to the washer face to be 0.010-0.015 inch
greater-than dimension obtained in step g.)
NOTE: The igniter is now shimmed to give’an immersion depth of

0.000 to 0.015 inch. Be sure that this immersion depth
~ct
is maintained. The 0.010 to 0.015 inch greater plug
length compensates for the radial clearance that is built
into the igniter eyelet.
C
80-23-0 Jan. 15/69
Page 204
GEWERAL E LE CTR IC
CJ610 TURBOJET
i.J
(j) Lubricate the threads of the igniter plug with unflavored milk of
magnesia. Install the igniter and torque to 225-275 Ib-in.
NOTE: Avoid contacting the igniter tip or ceramic with the un-
flavored milk of magnesia.

HAND. ANY ADDITIONAL FORCE MAY INDICATE AN INTERFER-
ENCE PROBLEM WITH SHIM N(YT SEATED IN BOSS OR IGNITER
PLUG N(YT ENGAGED IN COMBUSTION LINER FERRULE. EITHER
CONDITION WILL CAUSE RAPID BURN OUT OF COMBUSTION
LINER. NOTE FIGURE 202 FOR LOCATIONS.
(k) Connect the igniter leads to the igniter plugs. Torque nut to
125-150 Ib-in.
2. Inspection. See figure 201.
Inspect Maximum Serviceable Limit Corrective Action
A. The igniter for chafing. 0.030inch deep on diameter. Replace igniter.
B. The outer electrode for Not serviceable. Replace igniter.

liO cracks, breakage
.ssenesoolro
C. The weld for cracks. Not serviceable. Replace igniter.
D. The center electrode for:
(1) Loose center. Not serviceable. Replace igniter.
(2) Erosion. 0.040 below outer electrode. Replace igniter.
E. The ceramic insulator for:
(1) Missing material. 25 percent of original area. Replace igniter.
(2) Cracks or looseness. Not serviceable. Replace igniter.
Dec 1/77 80-23-0

Page 205

SEI-186 - Maintenance Manual CJ610

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SEI-186 - Maintenance Manual CJ610

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

8

NOTICE TO AIRCRAR OWNER

MARCH 30, 1967

Rev. Revision Date of Insertion

Basic Mar 30/67 Mar 14/67

1 Nov 15/67 Dec 11/67

2 Apr 15/68 Mar 1/68

3 Jan 15/69 Jan 7/69

4 Sep 15/69 Sep 12/69

5 May 15/70 Apr 27/70

6 Oct 15/70 Oct 16/70

7 Jun 1/71 May 10/71

8 Nov 15/72 Oct 10/72

9 Nov 15/73 Oct 5/73

10 Sep 1/75 Jul 15/75

II Sep 1/76 Jul 8/76

12 Feb 23/77 Feb 17/77

13 Dec 1/77 Sep 29/77

14 Dec 30/78 Nov 14/78

15 Dec 1/79 Sep 24/79

16 Nov 1/80 Oct 14/80

17 Mar 30/84 May 31/84

18 Dec 31/91 Mar 10/92

19 Dec 31/95 Nov 15/96

Rev. Revision Date of Insertion

20 May 31/98 Apr 15/98

21 Jul 15/99 Jun 8/99

SEI-186 RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Temporary Inserted Date

72-433 72-32-0 204 2-14-86 1/21/02 /VP

72-474 2 504 JRS

72’00 1&2 II ill

5 5- -4´• 1/9103 ATP G

1- s~- 7´•2- go-so 50 st oB B I

Temporary Inserted Date

General Electric Company

A~TTENTION: Diane Piening

Telephone: (513) 672-8400, Ext. 130

THE INFORMATION (INCLUDING TECHNICAL DATA) CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS THE

REVISION NO. 21, DATED JUL 15/99

CHAPTER/SECTION DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE PAGE (S)

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

INTRO 1 Dec 31/95

Asterisk denotes pages added, changed, or deleted by this revision.

A. This maintenance manual is written to cover the varying degrees of

the variances that are involved in dealing with an installed engine,

ENGINE MODEL AIRCRAFT APPLICATION

CJ610-1 LearJet 23, Hansa Jet, Jet Commander 1121/1121A

CJ610-4 LearJet 23 and 24

CJ610-5 Jet Commander 1121B, Hansa Jet

CJ610-6 LearJet 24B and 25

CJ610-8A LearJet 25, 28, 29

CJ610-9 Commodore Jet, Hansa Jet

NOTE: GE Aircraft Engines will not assume responsibility for engines

NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, all instructions in this manual

B. Standard safety procedures, and precautionary measures

(1) Read and follow specific instructions in MSDS for types of

TEMPORARY REVISION INTRO 001

Record this TR number in the Record of Temporary

Subject: Replacement Parts and Life-Limited Low Cycle

Reason: Revised the CAUTION stating to use only genuine

Ghange: Revised the CAUTION before step C.